Bala Bhadra’s

Hora Ratnam
(With Original Deva Nagari Slokas)

English Translation
& Notes by
R. Santhanam

■ Part One
Part 2 was never translated
since he died.
Saptarishis Astrology is
trying to get Part 2
translated and have been
working on it
Beware!

This Work Needs Great

Patience and Perseverence to
Attain Mastery to Probe into
Divine Secrets,

Not Meant for a

Quick Reading!
Preface

It gives me great pleasure to be amidst my learned readers with

the present volume of Hora Ratnam, a giant ancient textbook of
Hindu astrology. Such a venture would not have been at all possible
without the mercy of goddess Sarasvathi and the Nava Gtahas.
Our ancients who sacrificed their lives and spent their entire
energy on propagation of such subjects as astrology belonged to
mainly two categories. The first category consisted of divine
exponents like sages Kasyapa, Garga, Vasishta, Suka and Parasara.
They excelled in their efforts purely because of their staunch penance
and intimate contacts with divine beings.
The later category comprises of compilers of astrological texts
based on the vast literature that were available to them during their
times and or based on what their preceptors taught them. To such
section belonged great men like Sphujidhwaja, Mina Raja, Varaha
Mihira, Prithu Yasas, Kalyana Varma, Venkatesa, Achyuta,
Vaidyanatha, Bala Bhadra, Punja Raja and others. The contribution
of these men is of no less importance, for they have been actually our
guides in these days of darkness marked by deficiency of genuine
knowledge.
There is no denying the fact that with Varaha Mihira’s works,
viz. Brihat Jataka, Brihat Samhita, Yoga Yatra, Pancha Siddhantika,
Laghu Jataka etc. a great revival began in the country in the fields of
astronomy and particularly astrology. Prior to him existed
Sphujidhwaja, said to be a Yavana ruler.
There is a meaningless controversy that'Yavanas" (in the
context of astrology too) meant Greeks (as if ’Yavana" means nothing
else). Such belief will only be belied if we know the correct implication
of the term of "Yavana or Yavanas" in the context of astrology.
The term "Yavana” has several meanings like: one legitimately

5
born between a Kshatriya and Vaisya couple; a certain people to whom
Lord Krishna was inimical (hence known as "Yavanaari a
foreigner, a Mohammedan', sometimes
applied to Ionia, Arabia, Greece, Bactria.
There is, in reality, more than this. Yavana was one of the 18
sages, exponents of divine disciplines for that matter. Sage Yavana
was by name referred to by Bala Bhadra as could be found in the
original text of the. present volume itself. Reference to Yavana kings
belonging to Godavari region could be found in reliable astrological
literature like Deva Keralam (my English translation of which, in 3
volumes, is already with the reader) Possibly there were also some
particular sect of Yavanas in the western part of India also. Just
because a couple of so-called Greek terms like "Jaamitra" frequent
our astrological literature, we should not say that astrology in the
present form is imported into India from Greece. In fact, I have my
own doubts whether in today’s Greek literature, the term "Jaamitra"
means son-in- law.
The original Sanskrit term for "Jaamitra" is "Yaamatru". The
terms like Panaphara and ApokHma too have their original Sanskrit
terms like Anukendra and Upakendra.
The kind of effects found in all our works, the references to
various deities like Lord Vishnu, and the kind of culture noted in
various astrological texts hardly reflect any Greek tradition, relevant
for us, even to the minutest level of imagination.
In the course of my professional work, I had occasions to meet
some learned Greek citizens too. Nobody among them ever knew, at
the least, the basic areas Hindu astrology covers in our lives. Neither
in olden days, nor todays there is any evidence even in Greece ample
enough to prove that Hindu astrology has even an iota of Greek raw
material.
At one stage, in the present work we find a Yavana quotation
involving sage Kasyapa which sage certainly did not belong to
Greece!
Imade casualreferences to this kind ofillegitimate thoughts
prevailing in some jealous alien minds attributing foreignness to
astrology of the Hindus, but in fact we are not concerned with such
mischievous propaganda. The reader is himself wise enough to
conceive what the truth is.
After Varaha Mihira’s time, his son Prithu Yasas produced
two important works on astrology in about the 6th century A. D. Out

6
of these, one wasHora Sara, my English translation of which _the
reader already has. Following this time period, the most popular
work was Kalyana Varma’s Saravali (translated in English by me in
two volumes).
Following Kalyana Varma (around 10th century), astrological
activities took a more active turn with the commentaries of
Bhattotpala. Then came, after a gap of some centuries, equally
excellent works like Sarvartha Chintamani and Jataka Parijata in the
13th and 14th centuries A. D.
Hora Ratnam seems to have had been written during such a
time where there was a great opportunity of revival. Sambhu Hora
Prakasa of Punja Raja (translated by me in English),
according to my estimates may be just a product of a decade this side
or that side of the present work. z

By God’s grace I have been enjoying the good fortunes of

intense and fruitful association with my translations and
commentaries, in English, of a vast number of such rare and superior
classical text-books. I don’t wish to say anything more than this. It is
neither required. I continue to; believe that classical text-books are
our source-books.
Bala Bhadra, the progenitor of this mega-magnum opus
belonged to the town of Kanya Kubja (now known as Kannoj, in
Uttara Pradesh in India) and was born in a learned.Brahmin family
with Bharadwaja Gotra. From the initial chapters we gather that
Srilal had five sons, the last of whom was Bala Bhadra’s father,
Damodara Pandita. Damodara was a great scholar in astrology as
Bala Bhadra too later tiirned out to be.. Bala Bhadra was an ardent
devotee of Lord Rama and studied astrology under the guidance of
his father. (It is a time- tested truth that a son tutored by his father
will never go in vain.) When one progresses through the following,
pages, he will be surprised at the number of ancient texts and
authorities he consulted in compiling the present work (as listed by
me in detail at the end ofthis volume). That shows the authors’ real
eligibility to undertake a huge work of this nature.
The author produced other works like Hayana Ratnam (on
Varsha Phala) and commentaries on Makaranda and
Bhaskaracharya’s Bija Ganitham. Thus he was a versatile personality
with inimitable aptitude in many branches of predictive and related
mathematical disciplines.
The devotion the author gifted to the present work will simply

7
stun each and every reader once he is engaged in the study of the
material providedherein. Many of the texts and authorities quoted by
him are not to be just seen these days. Time has digested these great
things and we should consider ourselves more than fortunate that
some portions remain in tact because of the selfless work of men, nay
incarnates, like Bala Bhadra.
Before concluding his text, the author devotes two verses to
record his time period. From such an account, we understand that
Hora Ratnam was ready in about.1653-4 A D. when Shah Shuja (elder
brother of Aurangazeb of the Mughal emperor) was in charge of the
rule.
A thought first came to me in the end of 1989 that Hora
Ratnam should be my next work for English translation and
commentary. But its volume of Sanskrit text and the huge financial
involvements temporarily deterred me from launching myself into
such mammoth commitment. However, in 1991 again the thought of
associating with this work haunted my stubborn self. The result now
is this humble presentation to the lovers of astrology.
Hora Ratnam with a brief introductory chapter and ten
detailed chapters consists of nearly 7300 slokas, apart from a vast
quantity of Sanskrit commentary (not included in the numbering
scheme as slokas) is an adequate proof for the author’s penchant to
give the most detailed possible account of various aspects of astrology.
Perhaps, there is very little that is left out here. In short, and without
exaggerating, the present text excels each and every available text-
book on the subject and the reader willfind that he is introduced to
the widest possible spectrum of astrology just in one book. No other
single book known to us as of today, has such a vast amount of
reliable information.
The first volume of Hora Ratnam as presented herewith has
about 3200 slokas in Sanskrit, with EngEsh translation and detailed
notes wherever required, while the other volume consists of about
4100 slokas.
The numbering of the original verses hereof is rearranged by
me with continuous numbers in each chapter from beginning to end,
for the original text reverts to the practice of starting with Number 1
again and again, whenever Bala Bhadra’s source, i.e. author or text,
changed. This re-numbering makes our indexing and reference
purpose easy and is free from confusion.
As in my other works, the arrangement of the body-text here

8
too is simple. I have provided a suitable rendering without destroying
the original spirit and commented with necessary clarificatory notes
and additions providing the reader everything possible within my
Emits. The reader will observe that I have given abundant
information relevant for the context, based on a host of important
astrological works.
I had in fact some very tough time in translating some verses
deaEng with Vedic remedials and Mantras, for I have no great
knowledge of such disciphnes. Yet, I beEeve, I have to a great extent
succeeded in providing the real meanings of the original’s suggestions.
I have neverleftout any Sanskrit term as it is, whether it is astrological
or remedial, but provided the exact equivalents in EngEsh. I have
made it a point that even the articles, roots of plants etc. required for
the remedials suggested are referred to in pure EngEsh.
Before the commencement of the text, a detailed Est of contents
appears which should facilitate easy identity of a given item. As soon
as the translation comes to an end, there is the Est of speculum and
many an. actual speculum required for calculations etc., followed by a
Est of ancient authors and classical works consulted by Bala Bhadra
as appearing in the present volume. Then given are the meanings for
difficult astrological terms which will be useful to the reader in his
study of various texts.
Let me repeat, the present volume thus contains the
quintessence of Bala Bhadra’s references to 101 ancient authors and
works, and*my coUection of material from 29 useful works. Hence
the present volume is a product of 130 original sources. That should
kindle the reader not to miss a single sloka in the text, but spend his
life-time sincerely in fully understanding astrology from one single
source.
Upon a deep study of Hora Ratnam, whose first-ever English
translation is given herewith, one will not fail to understand the
meticulous pains the author took to justify a given point in case of
confusion among classical authors. Perhaps, Bala Bhadra, was the
only person who made such enormous efforts to give his reader a
voluminous and heavy stuff.
Not only in terms of quantity, but in terms of quality too, the
author took care of the posterity which could only call Hora Ratnam,
the truly unparalleled and complete work.
One single man like me, i.e. anybody,, may well singlehandedly
translate this work. But even all the lovers of astrology put together

9
cannot adequately praise the worth and vastness of the contents
hereof. Such is the nectar that the text pours forth encompassing a
spectrum of wide technicalities and subtleties of astrology.
I will fail in my duties if I do not acknowledge the
encouragement given to me by my learned friend R. B. Gupta from
time to time in carrying out this monumental task as successfully as
possible.
I hope that the reader will find my present efforts useful as
•usual and ignore my shortcomings.
The second part of this work has more and more interesting
rare Yogas, female horoscopy, effects of various houses, Nakshatras,
Ashtaka Varga, calculations of life-span etc. etc., in a surprising
manner. The reader should neither miss that volume in his own
interest.

R. Santhanam,
Editor, The Tinies Of Astrology, 9/1040
Govindpuri, Kalkaji, New Delhi 110 019
(India) Phone: 6214241/6462777
Kartika Paurnami, 7th November 1995
Detailed Contents
(with page numbers)

Introductory Chapter: .
25. Benedictory prayer, author’s family history
26. Devidasa, Kshema Kama
27. Chaturbhuja, Damodara, reference to author
28. Obeisance
29. Pre-requisites, description of astrology
30. Narada on astrology
31. Garga’s views
32. Subject matter, commencement of the Treatise
33. Kasyapa’s views on branches of astrology.
34. Effects of decanates etc. include year etc. in analysis
35. Views of Vasishta and Surya
36. Not entitled to study of astrology, the term "Aho-Ratra"
37. Jataka Ratna Mala on astrology
38. Object of astrology, unrecorded births not to be studied
39. Author’s observation on PoorvaKarma etc.

1
0
40. Description of destiny by.Saunaka etc.
41. Kesavarka on destiny
42. Necessity of human efforts
43. Firm and infirm aspects of Karma
44-46. Author’s clarification on Karma, Yagnavalkya’s views
47. Gunakara’s views on destiny

Chapter 1:
49. Names of the signs
50. Limbs of Time Personified - Varaha Mihira & Badarayana
51. Author’s exceptions
52. Views of Surya Jataka and Kalyana Varma
53. Zodiacal divisions as per Garga
54. Synonyms of signs, their appearance
55. Description of Aries, Yavanesvara
56. Description of Taurus to Leo, ibid
57. Description Virgo, Libra, ibid
58. Description of Sagittarius to Pisces, ibid
59. Use of sign-description, village resorters etc.
60. Biped and other divisions, author’s comments
61-62 Garga & Deva Kirti on directional strength
63-64 Further classifications, Riksha Sandhi
65. Classification of signs
66. Shad Vargas as per Mihira and Garga
67. Sapta Vargas by Surya, rulerships of signs & Navamsa
68. Importance of Bhava lord, Garga Jataka on Navamsas
69. Varga divisions as per Mihira
70. Hora Sara on Trimsamsa
71. Sruta Kirti on Trimsamsa, Saravali's deviation
72. Yavanacharya’s Drekkana and Hora
73. Views of Satyacharya, Kasyapa and Narada
74. Surya on Hora & C, Saptamsa
75. Use of Sapta Varga, Vargottama Navamsa
76. Y^vanas on Vargottama
77 - 78. Ascensions of signs
79 - 80. Planetary dignities
81. Special Raja Yoga by Garga
82. Importance of deep exaltation, Surya Jataka on fall
83 - 84. Deep debility, Moola Trikona, own sign etc.

1
1
85. Gunakara’s error, strength of a sign
86. Surya’s exception, favourable direction
87 - 88. Colours of signs, synonyms of houses
89 - 90. Angles, Upachayas
91. Garga’s exceptions
92 - 93. Synonyms for Bhavas
94. Parasara Jataka on Bhavas, strengths of houses
95. Author’s clarifications, synonyms of the Sun
96 - 97. Synonyms of Moon and others
98. Description of Time Personified, soul etc. affected
99. Exception to Saturn, planetary hierarchy
100. Lord Surya on hierarchy 101-2. Colours, Directions
103. Use of directions etc.
104. Planetary deities, planets as malefics, benefics etc.
105. Special classification of the Moon
106. Vasishta on Rahu & Ketu, planets’ castes and age
107. Satya on castes, rulership of the Vedas
108. Sex, primordial elements
109-10. Natural ingredients, their qualities, comments
111. Deva Kirti, Surya and Suka J.ataka on ingredients
112. Planetary appearances, bodily elements
113. Planetary ages, robes, primary elements
114. Planetary elements, flavours, abodes
115. Durations, seasons
116. Use of ay ana etc. as per Maniththa
117. Planetary aspects
118. Yavanacharya and Sun God on aspects
119-20. Satya on friends and enemies, comments
121-22. Mihira and Surya on planetary relationships
123-24. Vasishta and Kasyapa on relationships, the incompatible
125-26. Surya, Yavana & Saravali on temporary relationships
127. Digbala as per Kalyana Varma
128. Mihira on Yudhdha Bala
129-30. Ayana bala, Drekkana bala, Udita, Tribhaga etc.
131. Planetary effects based on dignity
132-33. Gunakara on planetary states
134. Planetary strengths, effects
135-36. Yavanas on Adhana and horary horoscopes .
137. Kind of copulation
138-39. Pregnancy developments, male child

1
2
140. Child’s qualities, male child
141. Parent’s death, ineffective yogas
142.. Conception, birth of a male child
143. Hermaphrodite, female and male children
144. Number of children, of pure birth
145. Born of others, absence of father, delivery chamber
146. Appearance, physical damage, birth situation
147. Umbilical cord, moles, limbs
• 148-49. Ornaments, house of birth described
150-51. Other related combinations, planetary rays 152. Full life-span
of man. animals, trees
153-54. Full life yoga, death at 6, by weapons, quadrupeds,
instant death, death in 1st year, other calculations
155. Adhana, monthly course as per Kalyana Varma
156. Author’s comments, Badarayana’s views
157. Possibility of conception, kind of male in union, effects
158. Badarayana on transit Moon, comments
159. Relevant disposition, possibility of conception
160. Author’s comments, Sukra Jataka on impregnation
161. Saravali. & Surya Jataka on possibility of pregnancy
162. Garga on excellence etc. of relevant yogas
163. Sukracharya on unfavourable yogas of conception
164. Special Adhana Yogas from Meena Raja Jataka
165. Saravali. & Hora Makaranda on Significators
166. State of pregnancy - destruction etc.
167-68. Death of female, author’s comments, Garga on death
169. Mihira on death of female, prosperity of pregnancy
170. Yavanas on 10 months of progress of pregnancy
171-72. Sukra Jataka, Vasishta, Garga on such ten months
173-74. Parasara on such ten months
175-76. Remedies, Sex of the child
177-78. Suka Jataka on twins, comments, Mihira on child’s sex 179-
80. Suka Jataka, Hora Makaranda, Saravali on child’s sex 181-82.
Twins, triplets, more than triplets
183-86. Suka Jataka and other on time of delivery
187-88. Samudra Jataka on state of pregnancy, eye defects 189-90.
Dumbness, Garga Jataka & Garga on peculiarities
191. Defects at birth
192. Yavanas and sage Suka on delivery circumstances
193. Suka Jataka on parents

1
3
194. Father’s status at the time of birth, dumbness etc.
195-200. Kind of birth, place of birth, about mother
201-3. Child’s abandonment, death etc., child’s qualities
204. Entwined in umbilical cord, snake-bound birth
205-6. Yogas for birth of others’ loins as per Hora Makaranda
207. Yogas for questionable births as per Jatakottama
208. Cancellation of such Yogas, delivery chamber
209-17. Delivery chamber described by Saravali and others
218. Birth in space as per Hora Pradipa
219-23. Child’s complexion, attendants
223-24. Sneezing, mole, six fingers, placement of head
225-26 Parents, maternal relatives

Chapter 2:
228-30. Abhukta Mula’s formation
231. Effects of births in Mula and Aslesha
232. Three kinds of Gandanta
233-34. Exceptions for Gandanta
235. Mula Nakshatra seen as a tree
■ 236. Mula Nakshatra seen as a male, effects of Mula’s limbs
237. Abhukta Mula - a different version, remedy, Mula and
Aslesha births
238. Destruction of dynasty, time phases for Mula
239. Mula and Aslesha as a male, Mula’s dwellings
240. Views of author’s preceptor, Vasishta’s remedy
241. Remedies for birth in Mula Nakshatra as per Saunaka 242-
57. Sage Vasishta’s views and details of remedies
258-67. Deities and rituals described in Vasishta Samhita
267-71. Removal of Aslesha’s blemish as per Manu Samhita
272. Rituals for Gandanta as per Garga Samhita
273. Rituals for Gandanta as per Jyotirnibandha
274-75. Rituals for Uttara Phalguni, Chitra & Purvashadha
276-79. Blemish and remedials for birth in Jyeshta
280-83. Other evil phenomena like Thithi Kshaya and remedies 283-
88. Blemish of Kuhu, Cinivali and Darsa with remedies
288-90. Blemish of Krishna Chaturdasi and remedies
290-91. Birth in identical Nakshatras and remedies
292-93. Birth of a boy after three girls or vice versa & remedies ;
293-94. Unfavourable deliveries and remedies
295-97. Remedies for evil births during solar and lunar eclipses 298-

1
4
302. Hoda Chakra
303. Traditional way of horoscope writing, invoking Ganesa
304. Another kind of Ganesa-invocation, that of Sarasvathi
305. Invoking Nava Grahas, astrology’s superiority, destiny
306. An able astrologer, The horoscope
307-8. Astrologer’s blessings
7
309. The concept of Time
310. Time Measures, The ascendant
311. The planets, zodiacal diagram as per Jatakahharanam
312. True positions of planets only recommended
313. Differences in Siddhantas, changing laws of planetary
positions
314. Vasishta’s instructions to sage Mandavya
315. Views of Brahma Siddhanta and Siddhanta Sara
316. On Jovian cycles
317-29. Effects for births in 60 years - Prabhava to Kshaya
329-32. Effects for 60 years in groups of five each
333-35. Effects for 12 Yugas comprising of 60 years in all
336-37. Ayanas described with effects
338-39. Effects of Ritus (Seasons) as per Ratna Mala
340-44. Effects of births in Chaitra arid other months
345. Effects of births in lunar fortnights
346-49. Effects of births on lunar days or thithis
349-51. Effects of births on Sunday and others
352-58. Effects of births in Asvini and other Nakshatras
359. Disposition based on Dhruva, Ugra and others
360-68. Effects of births in various Nakshatra quarters
368-69. Birth in a parent’s Nakshatra
370-75. Effects of births in 27 Dina (daily) Yogas
376-79. Effects of births in 11 Dina Karanas
379. Effects of births as Brahmana etc.
380-82. Effects of births in Garuda Varga etc.
382-86. Effects of births in 14 different Yonis - Maijara etc.
386- 87. Effects of birth's in Deva, Manushya & Rakshasa Ganas
387- 88. Effects of day birth, night birth
388- 89. Dasa periods of materialisation of all these effects
390- 91. Computation of ascendant, Ayanamsa etc.
391- 400. Effects of births in Aries to Pisces ascendants
400-1 Effects of births in solar and lunar Horas (halves)
402-5. Effects of births in decanates

1
5
406-8. Effects of rulers of Navamsa ascendant
409-11. Effects of nine different Navamsas as ascendant
411-13. Effects of Dvadasamsa ascendant
413-15. Effects of Trimsamsa ascendant
445-20. Dimbha Chakra, method of distribution and effects
Chapter 3:
421-22. Bhava and Rasi charts
423-24. Sripathi’s views, beginning & ending points, use of Bhava
425-28. Division of houses, degree ofbenefic & malefic effects
428-35. Effects of the Sun in 12 different houses
435-41. Effects of the Moon in 12 different houses
441-47. Effects of Mars in 12 different houses "
447-54. Effects of Mercury in 12 different houses
454-60. Effects of Jupiter in 12 different houses
462-66. Effects of Venus in 12 different houses
466-72. Effects of Saturn in 12 different houses
472-77. Effects ofRahu in 12 different houses
478-83. Effects of Ketu in 12 different houses
483-89. Age-based effects for the Sun etc. in various houses
490. On the need for use of Avasthas
491-94. Lajjita and other Avasthas, with effects
495-501. Sayanadi 12 Avasthas, calculation etc.
501-3. Special effects - 7th, 5th, 8th etc., General clue
504-7. Effects for the Sun in Sayanadi Avasthas
508-12. Effects for the Moon in Sayanadi Avasthas
512-19. Effects for Mars in Sayanadi Avasthas
519-24 Effects for .Mercury in Sayanadi Avasthas
524-28. Effects for Jupiter in Sayanadi Avasthas
529-33 Effects for Venus in Sayanadi Avasthas
. 534-39. Effects for Saturn in Sayanadi Avasthas
540-44. Effects for Rahu in Sayanadi Avasthas
545-46. The Sun in Mars’ signs with others1 aspects
547. The Sun in Venusian signs with others’aspects
548. The Sun in Mercurian signs with others’ aspects.
v 549. The Sun in Cancer with others’ aspects
550-51. The Sun in Leo with others’ aspects
552. The Sun in Jupiterian signs with others’aspects
553. The Sun in Saturn’s signs with others’ aspects ■■ 554. The
Moon in Aries, Mihira’s special rule
555. The Moon in Aries with others’aspects

1
6
556-57. The Moon in Taurus^ effects of others’ aspects
558. The Moon in Gemini, effects of others’ aspects
559. The Moon in Cancer
560. The Moon in Cancer with others' aspects
561-62. The Moon in Leo, effects of others' aspects
562. The Moon in Virgo
563. The Moon in Virgo with other's aspects
564. The Moon in Libra
565. The Moon in Libra aspected by others
566. The Moon in Scorpio, effects of aspect^
567. The Moon in Sagittarius
568. The Moon in Sagittarius with others’ aspects
569. The Moon in Capricorn
570. The Moon in Capricorn with others' aspects 571*72. The
Moon in Aquarius, effects of aspects
572. The Moon in Pisces
573-74. The Moon in Pisces with others’ aspects, Moon sign lord 575.
The Moon in a Navamsa of Mars
576-77. The Moon in a Navamsa of Venus, Mercury and of own
578. The Moon in Leo Navamsa
579. The Moon in a Navamsa of Jupiter
580. The Moon in a Navamsa of Saturn
581-82. Mars in own sign with others' aspects
583. Mars in a sign of Venus with others’ aspects
584. Mars m a sign of Mercury with others'aspects
585. Mars in Cancer with others' aspects
586-87. Mars in Leo with others' aspects
588. Mars in a sign of Jupiter with others' aspects
589. . Mars in a sign of Saturn with others’ aspects
590-91. Mercury in a sign of Mars with others' aspects -592. Mercury
in a sign of Venus with others' aspects
593. Mercury in own sign with others’ aspects
594. Mercury in Cancer with others* aspects
595-96. Mercury in Leo with others' aspects
597. Mercury in a sign of Jupiter with others’ aspects ’598. Mercury
in a sign of Saturn with others' aspects 599. Jupiter in a sign of Mars
with others' aspects
601. Jupiter in a sign of Venus with others’ aspects,
602,. Jupiter in a sign of Mercury with others' aspects
603-4. Jupiter in Cancer with others' aspects

1
7
605. Jupiter in Leo with others’ aspects
606. Jupiter in own sign with others'aspects
607-8. Jupiter in a sign of Saturn with others’ aspects
609. Venus in a sign of Mars with others’ aspects
610-11. Venus in own sign with others’ aspects
612. Venus in a sign of Mercury with others’aspects
613. Venus in Cancer with others’ aspects
614. Venus in Leo with others’ aspects
615; Venus in a sign of Jupiter with others’ aspects
616-17. Venus in a sign of Saturn with others’ aspects
618. Saturn in a sign of Mars with others’aspects
619. Saturn in a sign of Venus with others’. aspects
620-21. Saturn in a sign of Mercury with others’ aspects
622. Saturn in Cancer Mars with others’ aspects
623. Saturn in Leo with others’ aspects
624 Saturn in a sign of Jupiter with others’aspects
625-26. Saturn in own sign with others’ aspects

Chapter 4:
627 Author’s advice on next step
628. The Sun in Aries
629. The Sun in Taurus
630. The Sun in Cancer
631. The Sun in Leo, Virgo, Libra
632. The Sun in Scorpio, Sagittarius
633. The Sun in Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces
634. The Sun in Horas, own decanate
635. The Sun in decanates of Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter
636. The Sun in decanates of Venus, Saturn; The Sun in
Navamsa in Leo, Cancer, Aries, Scorpio
637. The Sun inNavamsas of Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn
638. The Sun own Dvadasamsa, that of Moon, Mars, Mercury and
Jupiter
639. The Sun in Dvadasamsas of Venus, Saturn; in Mars
Trimsamsa
640. The Sun in Trimsamsa of Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and
Venus
641. Sun with Svakshetra Bala
642 Sun- Navamsa Bala, beneficial aspects, Ojha Rasi Bala
643. Sun with Digbala, Cheshta Bala

1
8
644. Sun with Dina, Hora and Paksha Balas
645. Sun with Masa and Varsha Balas, without Mitra, Svakshetra,
Uchcha Balas
646. Sun without Navamsa Bala, beneficial aspects, Ojha Rasi
Bala, Digbala and Cheshta Bala
647. Sun without Diva, Vara, Hora & Paksha Balas
648. Sun without Masa and Varsha Balas, Moon in Aries
649. Moon in Taurus, Gemini, Cancer
650. Moon in Leo, Virgo, Libra
651. Moon in Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn
652-53. Moon in Aquarius, Pisces, Moon in ascendant, decanate * of
Sun, own decanate, of Mars, Mercury and Jupiter
654. Moon in decanates of Venus, Saturn; in Leo and Cancer,
Aries and Scorpio Navamsas
655. Moon in Navamsas of Mercury, Jupiter, Venus & Saturn;
Moon in Sun’s Dvadasamsa
656. Moon m own Dvadasamsa, of Mars, Mercury & Jupiter
657. Moon in Dvadasamsas of Venus and Saturn; in
Trimsamsas of Mars and Saturn
658. Moon in Trimsamsas of Jupiter, Mercury and Venus; Moon
with Mitra Bala
659. Moon with Sthaana, Uchcha, Navamsa Balas, with beneficial
aspects, with Yugma Rasi Bala
660. Moon with Dik, Cheshta, Ratri and Vara Balas
661. Moon with Hora, Masa and Varsha Bala; without Mitra and
Sthaana Balas
662. Moon without Uchcha, NavainsaBalas, beneficial aspects,
Yugma Rasi and Dik Balas
663. Moon without Cheshta, Ratri, Vara, Hora Balas
664. Moon without Masa Bala, Mars in Aries, Taurus
665. Mars in Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo
666. Mars in Libra, Scorpio ■
667. Mars in Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius
668. Mars in Pisces, Mars in solar and lunar Horas
669. Mars in own decanate, that of Mercury, Jupiter, Venus
670. Mars in Scorpio decanate, Mars in Leo, Cancer, Aries,
Scorpio, Gemini, Virgo Navamsas
671. Mars in Jupiter & Saturn’s Navamsas; Leo Dvadasamsa
672. Mars in Cancer, Aries, Scorpio, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius,

1
9
Pisces, Capricorn, Aquarius, Libra, Taurus Dvadasamsas
673. Mars in Saturn’s Dvadasamsa, in own Trimsamsa, that of
Saturn, Jupiter and Mercury
674. M«u*s in Venus Trimsamsa, Mitra, Svakshetra, Uchchabalas
675. Mars with Navamsa Bala, beneficial aspects, Ojha Rasi
and.Digbalas
676. Mars with Cheshta, ratri, Vara, Hora Balas; with a strong
dispositor
677. Mars with Varsha, Paksha Balas; without Mitra, Svakshetra,
Uchcha Balas
678. Mars without Navamsa Bala, beneficial aspects,
Svakshetra, Dik, Cheshta bales
679. Mairs without Ratri, Vara, Hora, Masa Balas
680. Mars without Paksha Bala; Mercury in Aries, Taurus: :
681-82. Mercury in Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra
683. Mercury in Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn
684. Mercury in Aquarius, Piscea; in Sun’s Hora
685. Mercury in Moon’s Hora; in decanates of Sun, Moon, Mars;
in own decanate
686-87. Mercury in decanates of Jupiter, Venus, Saturn; in Leo,
Cancer, Aries/Scorpio, Gemini/Virgo, Sagittarius/Piscea
Navamsas
688. Mercury in Taurus/Libra,Capricorri/Aquarius Navamsas; in
Leo, Cancer Dvadasamsas '
689. Mercury in Aries/Scorpio, Gemini/Virgo, Sagittarius/ Pisces,
Taurus/Libra, Capricorn/Aquarius Dvadasamsa
690. Mercury in Trimsamsa of Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, self
691. Mercury in Venus Trimsamsa; with Mitra, Rasi, Uphcha,
Navamsa Balas
692. Mercury with beneficial aspects, Ojha, Dik, Cheshta, Diva-
Ratri Balas .
693. Mercury with Vara, Hora, Paksha, Masa Balas
'694. Mercury with Varsha Bala; without Mitra, Svakshetra, Uccha,
Navamsa Balas
695. Mercury without beneficial aspects, Ojha Rasi, Dik, Cheshta,
Vara Balas
696. * Mercury without Hora, Paksha, Masa, Varsha Balas
697-98. Jupiter in Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo
21 .
699. Jupiter in Virgo, Libra, Scorpio
700. Jupiter in Sagittarius, Capricorn
701. Jupiter in Aquarius, Pisces; in Sun’s Hora
702-3. Jupiter in Moon’s Hora; in decanates of Sun, Moon, Mars,
Mercury, self, Venus, Saturn; in Navamsas ofLeo, Cancer 704.
Jupiter in Navamsas of Aries/^corpio, Gemini/Virgo,
Sagittarius/Pisces, Taurus/Libra, Capricom/Aquarius
705-6. Jupiter in Dvadasamsas of Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, self,
Venus, Saturn; in Mars Trimsamsa
707-8. Jupiter in Trimsamsa of Saturn, Mercury, self, Venus; with
Svakshetra, Uchcha Balas, beneficial aspects, Purusha Rasi
Bala
709-10. Jupiter with Dik, Cheshta, Diva, Vara, Varsha Balas, with
dispositor’s strength, with Hora Paksha Bala; without
Mitrabala
711. Jupiter without Sthaana, uchcha, Navamsa Balas, beneficial
aspects and Ojha Rasi Bala
712. Jupiter without Dig, Cheshta, Dina, Vara Balas
713. Jupiter without varsha, Masa, Hora, Paksha Balas
714. Venus in Aries, Taurus
715. Venus in Gemini, Cancer, Leo
716. Venus in Virgo, Libra, Scorpio
717. Venus in Sagittarius, Capricorn
718. Venus in Aquarius, Pisces; in Horas of Sun, Moon
719. Venus in decanates of Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury
720. Venus in own decanate, that of Venus, Saturn; in Leo and
Cancer Navamsas
721. Venus in Navamsas of Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, self
722. Venus in Saturn’s Navamsa; in Dvadasamsa of Sun, Moon,
Mars, Mercury
723-24. Venus in Dvadasamsas of Jupiter, self, Saturn; in Trimsamsa
of Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury, self
725-26. Venus with Mitra, Sthaana, Uchcha, Navamsa Balas,
beneficial aspects, with Svakshetra, Dik, Cheshta, Vara Balas
727-28. Venus with Varsha, Hora, Paksha Balas; without
Svakshetrai, Uchcha, Navamsa Balas, beneficial aspects, *
Y$gma Rasi Bala, Digbala
729. Ve'nus without Cheshta, Diva, Vara, Varsha. MasaBalas
730. Venus without Hora, Paksha balas, Saturn in Aries
731-32. Saturn in Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo
2
2
733. Saturn in Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius
734. Saturn in Capricorn, Aquarius
735-36. Saturn in Pisces; in Horas of Sun and Moon; in decanates of
Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus
737. Saturn in own decanate; in Navamsa of Sun, Moon, Mars
738. Saturn in Navamsa of Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, self; in Leo
Dvadasamsa
739. Saturn in Dvadasamsa of Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter 740-
41. Saturn in Dvadasamsa of Venus; self; in Trimsamsa of
Mars, self, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus; with Mitra and
Sthaana Balas
742. Saturn with Uchcha, Navamsa Balas, beneficial aspects, Ojha
Rasi Bala, Digbala
743. Saturn with Cheshta, Ratri, Varsha, Masa, Vara Balas 744-
45. Saturn with Hora, Paksha Balas; without Mitra, Sthaana,
Uccha, Navamsa, Ojha Rasi, Dik, Cheshta, Ratri Balas 746.
Saturn without Vara, Varsha, Masa, Hora, Paksha Balas
747-48. Planet with strength of Uchcha, Svakshetra, Mitra Rasi
Saptamsa, Dvadasamsa, Drekkana, Navamsa,
Trimsamsa, beneficial aspect, Ojha Rasi, Sthaana Balas
749-50. Planet with Dik, Cheshta, Ayana, Naisargika, Diva- Ratri,
Varsha, Paksha and Kirana Balas
751-52. Exaltation effects of Sun to Venus
753-54. Exaltation effects of Saturn, Rahu; Moola Trikona effects of
Sun to Saturn; own sigh effects of Sun to Mercury;
755-56 Own sign effects of Jupiter, Venus, Saturn; effects of Sun to
Saturn in friendly signs; debilitation effects of Sun to Saturn
757-58. Effects of Sun to Saturn in inimical signs; effects of two to
seven planets in exaltation
759. Effects of two to seven planets in Moola Trikona
760-61. Effects of two to seven planets in own signs; two to seven
planets in friendly signs; two to four planets in debility
762-63. Effects of five to seven planets in debility; two to seven in
inimical signs; effects of dignity (exaltation etc.) in divisions,
Le. Varga charts
Chapter 5:
765-69. Early death, danger to relatives, Sandhya defined, more
combinations for early death
770-79. Combinationsforearly death froim Ya variajatakd, Sukra
Jataka and Soma Jataka

2
3
779-91 Combinations for early death as per Kalyana Varma
792-99 Combinations for life-span from Yavana Jataka
799-802. Combinations for life-span from Suka Jataka
803-5. Combinations for life-span from Veera Jataka and Hora
Prakasa; Siddhasena’s and Varaha’s views
806- 7 Yogas for evils to mother
807- 16. Yogas from Vriddha Garga Jataka
816-22, Yogas nullifying evil ones from Saravali
822-24. Yogas from Mandavya Jataka
824- 25 Yogas from other authorities
825- 26 Yogas of Kasyapa and Yavana
826- 29. Raja Yogas leading to royal position
829-39 Raja Yogas from Mandavya Jataka
839-60. Raja Yogas from Saravali
860-63. Raja Yogas from Vasishta Jataka
863-64. Raja Yogas from another source
865-70. Raja Yogas from Saravali
870-71 Karaka Yogas from Chintamani and of Dundhi Raja
872-88. Special statements of Saravali
888-89. Saravali and Samudra Jataka referred
890-95. King Deva Kirti’s special combinations
896-97. Effects of three temperaments
898-902. Pancha Maha Purusha Yogas
903-7 Destruction of Raja Yogas
908-14. Planetary rays and effects

Others:
915-37. Speculua
938-40. References of ancients works & authors consulted by
Bala Bhadra
941-47. Meanings for difficult terms in astrology
948-49. Bibliography of the Translator
HH: II
Sri Ganesayanamah

"K

2
4
HORA RATNAM

Introductory Chapter

(SkimqlM: HR ||
H<5H|U|l3: MolWdlH. II ? II
Benedictory Prayer: Salutation to Lord Ganesa. Let the
trunk of Lord Ganesa be helpful to those who want to cross the ocean
of astrology which can be crossed only with great difficulty.
Notes: Ganesa, the elephant-faced God and a son of Lord Siva
is worshipped as a remover of obstacles in all Hindu rituals and
auspicious acts. The elephant in the woods uses its trunk to clear off
obstacles, on its path. Thus the author invokes the elephant-faced
God, who has a trunk, to fulfil the .mission of crossing the ocean of
astrology.

II 3 II
2. Author’s Family History: Kanyakubja is a glorious city
with virtuous Brahmins (or learned men)* In this city, was

bom Srilal in sage Bharadwaja’s descent who was shining forth

with fame and learning.
Notes: Kanyakubja in ancient days was known as an abode of
learned Brahmins. Many famous personages like poet Bhavabhuthi
belonged to this city. Its modem name is Kannoj and is in Uttar
Pradesh in northern India.

11 3 11
3. Devi Dasa: To Srilal was bom Devi Dasa, versed in
sacrificial rituals and endowed with learning, lands, fame and

2
5
happiness. Devi Dasa produced a wonderful commentary on
Acharya Sripati’s Paddhati.
Notes: Sripati’s work is popularly known as Sripati Paddhati
or Sripateeyam and deals widely with important mathematical
aspects of astrology, like computation of strengths of planets and
houses. There is another quite an elaborate text on predictive
astrology attributed to some Sripati. We do not know whether it is
the same Sripati.

to spRi 11 8 11
4. Kshema Kama: Devi Dasa’s younger brother, Khema
Kama (a colloquial form of "Kshema Kama’) was a scholar in astrology
and was an adept at rituals. Narayana, younger to Khema Kama, was
an expert in the secrets of Surya Siddhanta.
Notes: Surya Siddhanta authored by Maya is the most, rewired
treatise on Hindu astronomy, narrating methods of arriving at
planetary longitudes, eclipses, and such other matters. Out of all the
astronomical treatises, Varaha Mihira prefers this even to Paulasa
Siddhanta, the improved versions of which are Brahma Gupta
Siddhanta and Bhaskara Siddhanta, Surya Siddhanta is also known as
Savita Siddhanta and has its best English translation by Rev.
Ebenezer Burgess, 1860 A.D.
^klHWt Rl^^dld: II II c*
5. Chaturbhuja Mishra: Younger to Narayana was
Chaturbhuja Mishra who topped in reasoning skills and philosophy
and was a staunch devotee of Lord Rama, honoured by all the
rulers of the earth.
Notes: u Satarka” apart from reasoning skills (in Arguments)
also means "skilled in speculation". Seeing the time period of the
author’s family, it should however be understood that the said
Chaturbhuja was gifted with reasoning skills, possibly in the?
subject of law.

6. Damodara: Chaturbhuja’s younger brother was

2
6
Damodara who was unconquerable in royal assemblies and who
produced such a commentary on Bhaskara’s work as adorable by
the learned.

JfR? SRRH Il Il
cTdfeHui fci Hlf^ I
II 15 II
7-8. Reference to the Author: Damodara had two.sons, Bala
Bhadra and Hari Rama. Bala Bhadra, with the assistance of the
memories (or experience) of past birth (i.e. with exceptional
brilliance, a gift acquired because of good deeds of the previous
birth), commented on *Makaranda\ After this, he commented
on .Bhaskaracharya’s *ByaGanitha*. An unparalleled work, Varsha
Ratnam’ dealing with Tajaka system was also produced by him. In
spite of the fact that there exist (many) astrological works, the
present work is the result of the favours of the lotus feet of my .
preceptor (so says Bala Bhadra).
Notes: The compiler of uHora Ratnam” is Bala Bhadra,
the first son of Damodara. While Bala Bhadra’s commentary on
"Makaranda" does not seem to be available, the said work seems to be
Gunakara’s on "Hora Makaranda". Bala Bhadra’s work on Tajaka
system or annual horoscopy (said to originally belong to Persian
school) dealing with treatment of solar return horoscopes is also
known as "Hayana Ratna".
The author’s humility is seen in preferring the blessings of his
preceptor than what he had himself learnt from the various
authoritative ancient texts. One’s Guru or preceptor is declared by
ancient scriptures as “PratyakshaDaivam” or god that can be seen in
reality.

far I
SftCT II II
9. Although men of ancient times had composed elaborate
works, I specially write this work after a thoughtfulconsideration.
Notes: By the above statement, it is implied that the author had
studied the various elaborate works prevailing during his times and
2
7
produced the present work with more useful additions due to the
mercy of his preceptor.
The reader will be surprised to know that Bala Bhadra had
consulted as many as some hundred ancient authorities and works, or
so, in preparing the present magnum opus. Most of those texts are not
available in today’s times, except some well- known ones like Brihat
Jataka, Saravali, Jatakabharanam, and Narapdti Jayacharya. At least,
some important essence is available to us, out of such rarest texts,
thanks to the selfless and untiring efforts of Bala Bhadra.

TO ^5 I
II II
10. Paying Obeisance: Bala Bhadra offers his obeisance to his
father Dam^lara, and the Universal teacher Lord Rama, and
commences writing the present work Hora Ratnam* for the pleasure
of the learned.

2
8
A question arises as to how a text-book can be written without
the narration of the four pre-requisites like Sambandha (relationship).
Notes: The pre-requisites considered essential for writing a
treatise in the ancient days were:
1. Relationship
2. Object
3. Subject
4. The particular author's eligibility or intellectualcapacity.
These qualities have been well-displayed by our author.

II ?? II

wto nte II II
11-12. The object is realized by stating the relationship between
the teller and listener (or the author and the reader). That is why in
all the Sastras, relationship is first narrated. On being questioned of
the subject, it is to be .stated that unless the relationship is first told,
nothing can be understood..

I
Description of Astrology: The answer thus is: The science
(Sastra) of astrology denoted by the word “Hora” had been well-
expounded by sages like Pitamaha (the Universal Grand-father,
Brahma), Narada, Vasishta and Kasyapa. It is in the form of a
Skandha and is a reflector of various kinds of effects of a birth. It is
the eyes of the Vedas and is worth a study by Brahmins.
Notes: Astrology is in principle attributed to eighteen sages in
all They are: 1. Brahma (Pitamaha) 2. Surya (the Sun- God) 3. Vyasa

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 29

4. Vasishta 5. Atri 6. Parasara 7. Kasyapa 8. Narada (Brahma’s son)
9. Garga 10. Marichi 11. .Manu (the original law-giver of the Hindus)
12. Angirasa 13. Romaka 14. Paulasthya 15. Chyavana (Father of
ancient medicine as well) 16. Yavana 17. Bhrigu 18. Saunaka.
Skandha means a chapter or section of a book or system. It also
means the trunk of a tree wherefrom its branches begin. From a
study of astrology, many unknown mundane aspects of our lives begin
to be known as the branches begin at the trunk of a tree. The growth
of these aspects can be monitored profitably with the help of
astrological clues. Thus the author has cleverly used the appropriate
term.
“Hora? meaninghoroscopy is derived from the four-syllable
Sanskrit compound word “ Aho-Ratra” which denotes a combination
of day and night. (Hora also means an hour or 24th part of the whole
day from one sun-rise to another.)

fW II « II
q I - wi gn 11 ?8
11

13 -14. According to Sage Narada: Astrology (the Sastra of

Light), the pure eye Of the Vedas, devoid of darkness
(“Akalmasham?), has three branches, namely (1) Siddhanta (2)
Samhita (3) Hora. Without a study of (or guidance from) this science,
actions based on Sruti and Smriti do not bear fruits. For this reason,
Lord Brahma had in ancient times expounded the science of astrology
for the benefit of the Universe. Hence Brahmins should make efforts
to pursue this science. . Thus end Narada’s views.
Notes: Astrology has three branches, in the order of

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 30

Siddhanta, Samhita and Hora.
1. Firstly “Siddhanta” which is a canonical text-book,
especially on astronomy. Nine such are widely recognized. These are.
Brahma Siddhanta, Surya Siddhanta, Garga Siddhanta, Brihaspati
Siddhanta, Soma Siddhanta (of Lord Siva), Narada Siddhanta,
Parasara Siddhanta, Paulasa Siddhanta and Vasishta Siddhanta.
Varaha Mihira’sPdncAa Siddhantika deals with Siddhantas like
Paulastya and Ronvaka. These text-books help us know of tiie various
heavenly phenomena frequently used in astrological calculations.
2. The second is “Samhita” which means any methodically
arranged collection of text or verses. We have Brihat Samhita, Narada
Samhita, Vasishta Samhita, Bhadra Bahu Samhita etes These texts
possess a mine of information, which are mostly non- gensthliacal and
are used to foresee civic events.
3. The third one, “Hora”, deals with predictive astrology which
is essentially genethliacal in nature. Varaha Mihira, however, refers
to the three branches of astrology as Hora Sastra, viz. horoscopy,
horary (Prasna) and electional (Muhurta). Thus it is a comprehensive
term.
Other explanations: Sruti denotes traditional laws transmitted
by hearing while Smriti deals with traditional laws transmitted by
memory. These are conformable to the Vedas. Our actions are
expected to be virtuous and within the framework of the laws codified
in these sacred texts. In begetting fruits of such actions, to a better
extent, knowledge of astrology is said to be akin to oars used by a
boat-man.

3l 311
301^H TO? II II

3 W 333 3F3 5^31 II VS II I

15 • 16. Garga’s Views: Sage Garga attributes a blemish to
teaching this science to a Soodra. Whichever Brahmin, out of

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 31

concordance, greed, delusion or ignorance preaches astrology to a
Soodra will proceed towards the hell. The words of such a Soodra, to
whom astrology is taught, shall never be acceptable, just as dogs are
not entitled to offerings of sacred rituals. Thus end Garga’s views.
Notes: This view was expressed wheij, in remote past, the
academic courses and livelihood were chalked out according to one’s
family of birth.
Brahmin has been described as one belonging to the first of
four original divisions of Hindu traditional body, but often in the
present day a layman engaged in non-priestly occupations although
the name is said to be strictly applicable to only one who knows and
recites the Vedas again and again. Thus it normally indicates a person
versed in traditional laws.
For practical reasons, these caste divisions are not possible in
this changing era, .and expanded globe with various cultures. A
practical interpretation of these original instructions is that astrology
should not be taught to people who do not perform good deeds and
cannot put it to genuine use with a commitment to the expansion of
the science.

Subject-Matter: The commencement of this treatise is done

with description of zodiacal signs, planets, inferior births,
impregnation, birth (of human beings) etc. and these are interrelated
to astrology as explanation and demonstration.
Notes: The arrangement of chapters suggested by. traditional
exponents is as under.
Rasi Prabheda = signs of the zodiac, their divisions and
properties.
Grahd Yoni Bheda=Nature of planets and their properties.
Viyoni Janma = Birttfe inferior to human beings, viz. animals,
vegetable kingdom etc. or births of those that are not of human
beings.
Nisheka = Results of planetary phenomena prevailing at the
time of physical union with an aim to obtain offspring, i.e.
xxupx cgutiuon.
Interestingly, these are the initial four chapters of Varaha
Mihira’s Brihat Jataka also.
;
Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 32
Our ancients had followed a disciplinary way of writing text-
books on astrology. The first chapter of a detailed work, is always on
signs. The 2nd one is on planets. Chapters like Adhana, Nisheka,
infantile dangers, life-span etc. follow immediately thereafter. Then
occur chapters dealing with Bhava calculations, effects and the like.
Thus they went step by step. Also see the ensuing slokas reflecting
Kasyapa’s views on chapterisation.

3^8’FS’lta -

II II
ssnMi itar MIH&II I sresph HTW
11 n

II II
3IEIWIW 3 ’fr’n ^hn: wflufow i
fa? HWt’i W’H HE3|RR5^ II ?o II
ijklHi'MR Wfc I
17 • 20. Sage Kasyapa’s Views: In the branch of Hora, the
following matters occur (which are the proper order). Zodiacal
signs/planets, inferior births, impregnation, birth,. planetary evils
prevailing at birth, cancellation of such evils, life-span, different kinds
of major and sub periods (directional influences), Ashtaka Varga,
livelihood, combinations for royal status, Nabhasa Yogas (perennially
valid combinations in preference to others), lunar yogas, effects of
two' or more planets in conjunction, combinationsfor ascetic order,
nature of signs, effects of planetary aspects, effects of planetary
positions in various houses, Asraya Yogas, female horoscopy,
infructuous combinations, death, lost
horoscopy, effects of decanates etc. All these are derivable from | the
branch of Hora, i.e. genethliacal astrology; |
Thus end the views of Kasyapa. I
Notes: Sage Kasyapa was one of the earliest exponents of J
astrology. He was the husband of Aditi and twelve other 1 daughters
of Daksha. By Aditi, he was father of Adityas and Maha Vishnu. By

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 33

his twelve other wiyes, he was father of demons, reptiles, birds and all
kinds of living beings. He was one of the seven Rishis (or Sapta
Rishis) and priest of Parasu Rama and Sri Rama.
He is listed amongst the eighteen greatest exponents of
astrology as seen in the earlier notes.
In the present verses, Bala Bhadra quotes Kasyapa and tells us
as to what the Hora branch of astrology consists of. Generally these
are the subject matters discussed in various ancient predictive
astrology texts and in that order.
Acareful observation will reveal the importance given by .
ancients to life-span including childhood danger. Such chapters occur
following Adhana Adhyaya. For without knowledge oflife- span, there
is no point in studying a horoscope. Thus the entire key to horoscope
lies with the 8th house and such others.

Bala Bhadra Clarifies: In the above quotation, the word uAadi”

(meaning et cetera in the expression “Dreshkaanaadi phalam?),
includes year, .month, day, natal constellation and others.
Notes: In sage Kasyapa’s expression, “Dreshkaanaadi Phalam”
means “effects of decanates etc.” which covers effects of births in
specified solar months like Chaitra, week days like Sunday and birth
stars like Aswini as well.
There are 36 decanates, each of 10°, of which the reader will
come to know as. he advances in his studies.

3^3 —

HMl’llHlfi <HW«I tri Hte™ II II

21. Vasishta’s View: As per Vasishta, only a Brahmin is
entitled to study the science of astrology which is holy and secretive.
For after a successful Study of this science, a Brahmin will obtain
wealth (not necessarily lucre), religious merits (or virtues), front-
ranking fame and emancipation.
Thus end the views of Vasishta.
Notes: Artha, Dharma and Moksha are three among the four

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 34

Purusharthas or human ends prescribed by Hindu Sastras. Kaama,
another Purushartha, is excluded from the benefits that can be
granted by astrology. Kaama means desire, pleasures, love for
sensuality or material enjoyment.

RoitfPtaiRri i
II 55 II
22. Surya’s Views: Lord Surya told concerning Aruna that
even amongst Brahmins only the one who stood the test (of Sastraic
requirements) should take up astrology. Such a Brahmin should have
conquered his five senses, should be learned (in other branches of the
Sastras), ^should be capable of remaining with the preceptor for a
long duration and be a self-realized soul. Only such a Brahmin’s
divinations will be excellent.
Notes: Aruna is dawn personified as the charioteer of Lord
Surya or the Sun.
I am of the view that the author is quoting some portions from
the work named “Surya-Aruna Samvada” which is a carritch between
Surya and Aruna. However the entire context “concerning Aruna” is
indeed ununderstandable with the limited quotation given by Bala
Bhadra.
Alternatively, these can be from “Surya Jataka” the authorship
of which also is attributed to the Sun God.

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 35

SIF* w ^rafan ?ra i
M*l^ H JR5R4 5kraH W W II S3. II era: I
3ifa<raifa-l ^ira ra n SB II i
23 - 24. Not Entitled: Surya explains as to who are not entitled
to take up the study of astrology.
“Ihave with my wisdom explained to you (i.e. to Aruna) the
science of astrology. Light on this science should not be thrown to such
men who are jealous, perverse, who betray astrologers, who stay with
the preceptor for a shortwhile (abandoning studies midway without
achieving perfection), those who perform wicked deeds and those that
are malicious”
Thus end the views of Surya.

5kisiiF=i i
Hesfiragsrai ^HI^ II SX II
5^1 CS’HFI d«n&i$ia i sfa i
25. Kalyana. Varma: According to Kalyana Varma, the word
“Hora” is produced by removing the first and last syllables in the
words “Aho-Ratra” (day and night) in which remain bound are the
planets and signs. From this all deductions (about horoscopy) are
made.
Hora means the science of astrology, the ascendant as well as a
half of the sign, so observes Bala Bhadra.
Thus end Kalyana Varma’s views.

i
i ?rarara^: -
<^5lft 3lft 4»l<MWlPl |
n TO5 siskra
Bala Bhadra clarifies: That is the meaning of Kalyana Varma’s
statement; The first and last syllables in the word uAho- Ratra” are
removed to derive the principal term “Ho-ro”. -The branch
depending on uAho-Ratra” or day-and-night is astrology. The
importance of “Aho-Ratra* occurs because depending on 12 signs like
Aries ascending, effects for human beings are described. These
ascendants are inter-related to Time which is “AAo- Ratra”. That is

Hora ’Ratnam/ Introductory Chapter 36

why “Aho-Ratra” is important.
Notes: “Aho-Ratra” is made up of “Ahas” 'meaning day time
and “Ratri” meaning night time. Thus, time - any moment between a
space of 24 hours - is the basis of astrology;

?rai rewwt ’i^ft ii ii

26. Jataka Ratna Mala: Jataka Ratna Mala speaks in.
laudatory terms about astrology, thus. 'An astrologer may be well-
versedinarithmetic, multipliers, algebra, houses and Arudha Padas and
be knowledgeable in respect of thousands ofexpedients (i.e. aphorisms)
contained in the various astrological treatises. Yet if he is unable to spot
the good and bad effects in horoscopy based on the illimitable
instructions available in astrological literature, he will be a laughing
stock among the band of astrologers and among the learned men in a
royal assembly."
Notes: Knowledge of arithmetic (“Paati”), multipliers
(“Kuttaka” - treated by Brahma Gupta) and algebra (“Beeja”) is
essential in calculating planetary positions and other astronomical
phenomena. These are, however, readily available these days in
various ephemerides and one does not have to do cumbersome
exercises in respect of basic requisites.
Multipliers and arithmetic required for astronomical
calculations are from Bhaskara Siddhanta Siromant

fa: I
3131 m3 4KxW: II 513 II
27. Object of Astrology: As per Saravali, astrology is useful
for men to earn wealth (one of the basic human ends) to help as a boat
to Cross the ocean of unexpected situations and to serve as an adviser
in travel.
Notes: The principle use of astrology is to know one’s
Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 37
potence^and limitations in advance and chalk out his future course
accordingly. This precaution will lead to achieving advantages in
reducing the evils and achieve maximum positive results within the
levels of destiny’s will > ■
Necessary effort for entitlement is the law of destiny.

According to Narada: The obtainment of horoscopic effects in

case of unrecorded births will be akin to describing an incision in
wood.
Notes: The sage implies that use of astrology cannot apply to
such people whose birth times are not exactly noted and thus to those
who do not have correct horoscopes. Declaring effects of planetary
phenomena in such cases is an exercise in.futility.
This equally applies to birth horoscopes castfor erroneously
recorded times, induced births or based on wrong co-ordinates. Thus
the necessity is to have accurate basis.

JRlmlrRW SR15: -
m3 ^1: I
s^33l3 ii 5" ii
28. Object Narrated in the words of Varaha Mihira:
Whatever auspiciousness and inauspiciousness one had earned in the
last birth due to his various deeds(or Karma) will be known

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 38

through the science of astrology just as the lamp throws light on the
articles in darkness.

3R
WIT H3
3W, FTE JRtaa I sra TO MlPRT HVFJ5-
qif^Mlf^Ed^ctl^ WIT H ^TRpT’T^TTOTOfafa I TORSFT
wii TOWTFTO!
<13 d«w^ ^kraA ,W
3W»t TOT aro 3Tj?swnfrn ftwi i
TOT I
Bala Bhadra Observes: In the above sloka of Varaha Mihira,
the expression “Vyanjayati” —©*F3^fr( — is to be understood
thus. By auspicious and inauspicious placements of
the various planets at the time of birth (i.e. as indicated in the
nativity), the good and bad gathered due to deeds of past birth are
merely indicated. But the said planetary positions (on their own) do
not as such produce any (undue) effects. The concept of planets
regal men. This is the meaning thereof. producing good and bad
effects should not be
rejected as the invisible good and bad deeds of the previous birth(s)
are responsible for various effects (in the present birth). Thus they do
not obstruct the planets from giving indicated effects. After well
understanding the effects through the science of astrology, the
possible evils should be warded off by Japa (recitation of passages
from scriptures or saying prayers), preparatory rites etc. By these
remedies, evils will be destroyed and good effects will come to pass. At
a time when good effects are naturally indicated, one should make
efforts to gather wealth or to undertake journeys. Such an occasion
be also used for enthronement of

Notes: The author discusses initially the supremacy of the

destiny and ultimately establishes the wide utility of horoscopy and
the gains through human will.
It has been said by Sastras, that will-power alters destiny

Hora Ratnamlintroductory Chapter 39

as God is pleased with our devout efforts.

sfi-H*: I
According to Sage Saunaka, a question may arise as to -
whether knowing things through horoscopy in advance is futile in
view of the fact that good and bad results due to acts of past birth are
firm (or unalterable).

| H^I foiFi gtewfinlsfi i

nteft wslgya n ii
29. Unalterable: The manner in which results should
materialise cannot be regulated even by Brihaspati, the minister of
Indra - the king of gods. Even the Creator cannot obstruct or alter
the scheme of things to come.

JRPllft ^5 II 5o II
HI HI HI HI HRHII
HSHIHI^II Hl^ft Hf^lHI II 3? II II
30 - 31. Others also stated thus: Whatever is not destined to
happen shall not happen and what is bound to happen will only
happen. Things contrary to destiny's scheme shall not occur.
Whatever has been stated in tens of millions of books is being stated
by me in half a verse. One’s inclination ("MaiD will be according to
his intellect ^BuddhD and only accordingly will his manifestations be.
And the agents (or instruments) will also be available on such lines as
denoted by inevitable consequence or destiny.
Thus ends the quintessential description of fate by Bala
Bhadra.

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 40

$FRH ^(fc^Afaa &rf-
^F# ‘iteFT: tf&wd % wxri MT^' f^OJI W *7 3>c553 74^ ’ * 7
fOTTO^f - ftta
R<4<1»|: FJ: I
Bala Bhadra Adds: If destiny is unchangeable and if destiny is
only all-important (in exclusion of all other conditions), human efforts
remain futile. In this context it is said that actions occur only within
the frame-work of destiny. If this is agreed upon, the injunctions of
Sruti and Smriti (sacred religious laws) to perform Jotishtoma (a fire
sacrifice) to attain the Heaven (or final salvation), or to perform
planetary rituals to obtain wealth and vigour, or the advice not to eat
poisonous meat, not to climb (dangerously) on trees will all go in vain.

Fnfeft i
-
q&nfe «R: TO* I
FjGtaMift 'j’ri -
^fftl W II 35 H 5^ II
32. Kesavarka poses a query: If destiny is capable of delivering
(all implied) effects, why then these efforts through agriculture and
others? If destiny based on acts of previous births is going to deliver
effects, why is more production sought through means like
agriculture? Why Smriti and Sruti lay down rules of do’s and don’ts,
meaning why duties in the current birth are prescribed?

I W5RI3; -

II33II I

gwnt i
cH 3<lMRo^H3 II 58 II Il
dMkM<K*lWA Rl& I

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 41

33 - 34. Necessity for Human Efforts:
(a) Accordingto Vasantaraja, even the good fortunes earned in
the previous birth will not be fructuous without efforts in the current
birth. The ancient preceptors had stated that destiny is what one had
done in the previous birth. To fulfil one’s desires through destiny,
some livelihood is essential; for mere destiny cannot grant fruition of
desires.
(b) Sage Yagnavalkya suggests that destiny and human efforts
put together lead to fruition of one’s goal. By materializing of an act,
destiny is implied, but ability to make efforts is also due to acts of past
birth. ■ For this reason, without livelihood, there is no destiny. Hence
livelihood is important.
Notes: Vasantaraja compiled a copious work on omens, known
as Vasantaraja Sakunam.
Sage Yagnavalkya was a famous personality in Indian
literature and was particularly connected with Sukla Yajurveda. He
lived in Mithila- (modern Bihar) and was one of the principal advisers
of king Janaka. His name features in Garuda Purana, Maha Bharata
etc.

HSJ II 5^ II

HI I
SfcRqfa Hfesq Jpif II

35. Destiny’s Importance: Kings Nala, Sri Rama and

Yudhishtira would not have been troubled by grief if desired objects
were available to them. It is further said that even for tens of millions
of Kalpas, one’s good and bad Karmas are not destroyed. He should
experience results thereof. By such statements, importance of destiny
is established. Even after efforts if one does not get desired results,
destiny assumes an upper hand, meaning misfortunes do not allow
fruition of desires.
Notes: All the three kings referred to above went to forests

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 42

givingup their flourishingkingdoms and suffered untold miseries
along with their wives. Kings Nala and Yudhishtira lost their gambles
while Lord Rama adored his father’s orders.
Kalpa (an aeon) means a day of Brahma, or one thousand
Yugas, or 4320 millions of years of mortals.

W ^4 3133
& ^fq^q qnfa q»iRfqfe»Ric> *jd>iA I
33 3 feRRpqifa, 31^^11333*1^ I
3515^333: I
STaTR UgaH’IJFR JRJ3I II 33 II 3rtte3PR|
SSFlP3 313f 531 33W^ I
354fttli^4 1^<iwiVMiRta>y^H>5i i
3^11 3« n wuwii

sfonfa FiHifa rafi 33ft 1 ^3: 3K? :3RW: 5Sf5<&1lA* 3^3

3^ II .3* II
36 - 38. If destiny is all-important, then astrology, Smriti etc.
may seem to be unuseful. Butthat is not the case. For Karma has firm
and infirm aspects. The firm indications will reveal unalterable
effects while infirm indication is called “Utpata? which Vriddha
Yavana described thus: - "The dispositions of heavenly bodies,
constellations, yogas etc. prevailing at the time of birth reveal their
effects in'the course of time and is popularly known as destiny. Experts
on destiny have classified it as Sthira (firm, accruing out of previous
birth's deeds) and Utpata (sudden, which is dependent on planetary
movements in thepurrent birth). What is dependent on Karma is Sthira.
The effects due to placements of seven planets (i.e. the Sun io Saturn) at
the time of birth and due to their movements in the course of time are
“Utpata” (or sudden)."
Notes: The above line s indicate that destiny has two parts.
One is Sthira - resting on the good and bad deeds of our past birth
which are indicated by placements of planets at the time of birth
which include the various yogas etc. they produce. Another kind is
known as Utpata and is caused by the constant movements of the
planets during our life time.
Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 43
Yavana’s scheme of things as known through available
literature, did not include Rahu and Ketu, the two lunar nodes.
However this does not mean that these were later inventions or
discoveries. The nodes attained the status of Grahas and were
recognized for their effect-giving powers in ancient Indian astrology.
These two were one entity - a demon - which was slain by Lord
Vishnu into two - head and tail - at the time of war between gods and
demons in the process of churning the Milk Ocean for obtaining
Nectar. Reference to Rahu and Ketu and solar and lunar eclipses
could be found in ancient Hindu literature. Bhagavata Purana
stipulates even their distances from the earth.

Bala Bhadra Clarifies: This way, the (adverse) indications for

the various Dasa periods, absence of progeny, (acquisition of)
learning and the like which are established through natal horoscopy,
omens, horary astrology etc. can be warded off through full-fledged
efforts like planetary remedies. These efforts will offset such sins that
stall birth of progeny etc. By the placement
ofvarious planets atthe time ofbirth, progeny, life-span, kingdom

(position) etc. have already been pre-ordained. But combinations

(occurring by future transits etc.) may be so strong that they do not

allow these to happen. Even these, efforts to counter such negative

forces can prevail. This means human efforts can change destiny. W

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 44

fit f&RlfaAmjfo dctefcxi3)4MR*<i<4>) ’Pta I ta taw ^rar RdWI&i

SR 1 ftarcpn ’q^i -
SUd+^PIdlM^I4!: I
«llfelRim*+lc’> ^l^dlSNHIcRI

JilH^lfedl cRSRflWFfH^ltahT ?fitl ‘ta $ j-ik+drM cK-qiwf: - ta

^strata anta nfeta

Others also state thus. Only by studying the auspicious and

inauspicious effects, can the results of good and bad deeds of the .
previous birth be understood. But when will these auspicious and
inauspicious effects materialize, when will fortunes be chequered or
be capable of delivering fruits? - these cannot be known as they are
under the veil ofdestiny and are not perceivable

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 45

{lit. invisible). With the help of time-measuring instruments, day and
night can be divided into subtle portions and ascendant and twelve
houses ascertained. We can understand that planets with dignities
like placement in exaltation sign, Moola Trikona sign, own sign, or
friendly sign can deliver auspicious effects in their dasa periods;
planets in debility or in enemy’s sign will in their. dasa periods
produce inauspicious effects, as can be known ; through the help of
astrology. Journeys undertaken in the dasa periods of beneficial
planets will cause fruition of desires without much efforts.-
Inauspicious periods should be avoidedfor journeys. Hence
astrological treatises are quite necessary to know about the effects of
dasa periods.
Wherever indications are potedaboutlifebeingin(untimely)
danger due to unhelpful.dasa periods, propitiatory measures can be
resorted to, in which context the relevant astrological treatises have
much use.
From the words “Yena tuyatpraaptavya” of sage Saunaka, it is
to be understood, whatever is to be experienced by a person cannot be
undone even by Brihaspati. The concept behind this is, evils due to
past Karma can be overcome, only with the help of the science of
astrology. It is for this reason that destiny and human efforts are
inseparable from each other.

^^>*1 ■4^ui '

d<^^«H>l^l fW 34 H tefa II 3S II I
39. Sage Yagnavalkya adds: The chariot cannot move with just
a single wheel. Similarly without human efforts, destiny (single-
handedly) will not bear-fruits.

ski (W?) !
ten fefcnff nen (msFft) i
nSajra: states^! II it
40. Kalyana Varma speaks in praise of astrology thus. Lord
Brahma has written the destiny (in the form of alphabets of

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter

garland) on the foreheads of living beings which can be deciphered
only by the learned astrologer.

qi fefen fow <w>iaq<£ HHMRIH, !

HR?: II B? II .
41. Gunakara states that alphabets of destiny engraved by
Brahma on the foreheads of living beings can be deciphered only by
learned astrologers in the context of auspicious and inauspicious
effects, but by none.else, so observes Bala Bhadra.
Notes: The author, Bala Bhadra, chose to discuss threadbare
the various implications to justify his object, eligibility to prepare this
work and the need for such a work (refer to the passage immediately
after sloka 10, supra)1.

End of Introductory Chapter.

Hora Ratnam / Introductory Chapter 47

CHAPTER ONE
Signs, tfoeir properties & division,
impregnation, delivery etc,...

ujlts 41*1 OQMIHIR II ? ii

1. Names of The Signs: Firstly, the names of the zodiacal signs
are stated as per Kalyana Varma. The names of the twelve signs in
order are: 1. Aries 2. Taurus 3. Gemini 4. Cancer 5. Leo 6. Virgo 7.
Libra 8. Scorpio 9. Sagittarius 10. Capricorn 11. Aquarius 12. Pisces.
Notes; The Sanskrit equivalent of a sign is “Rasi”. Rasi means
a heap, and the sign is a heap of degrees, of quarters of constellations
etc. as could be seen in the following pages.
The author’s intellectual honesty can be seen from this very
first sloka. Even for mentioning the names of the signs, he honestly
quotes the authority as Kalyana Varma and does not pretend to be
all-knowing. This honesty sadly lacked even in case of many of his
compiler-predecessors, not to apeak* of successors.
In some contexts, our author cites more than two authorities in
support of a certainconcept in order that what he is presenting to his
reader is only genuine and widely accepted. Where there is a
contradiction among the ancients, the author sorts it out.
4 I
. 3^ 41^4^ JRRh^rai: II 3 II
2. Limbs of Time Personified: Varaha Mihifa has dividedthe
limbs of Kala Purusha (Time Personified) in twelve parts based on
the signs commencingfrom Aries. These are in the following order:
Head, face, arms, heart, abdomen, waist, bladder (or lower abdomen,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 49

pelvis), privities, thighs, knees, shanks and feet denoted respectively
by the 12 signs from Aries.
Notes: The twelve signs commencingfrom Aries denote the
various limbs of Time Personified, known as Kala Purusha
(masculine gender) in astrological literature as reflected in speculum
1.

II 3 II

nrat n « 11
^Iw-liPl'J^l^k’TK ^l?l I I

3 ■ 4. According to Badarayana: (a) Sage Badarayana states,

Aries is the head of Time Personified, Taurus face, Gemini chest,
Cancer heart, Leo abdomen, Virgo waist, Libra bladder (lower
abdomen, pelvis), Scorpio privities,. Sagittarius the two thighs,
Capricorn the two knees, Aquarius the two shanks and Pisces the two
feet. The portion “lower abdomen” is located between the navel and
privities.
(b) According to Amara, Vasthi denotes urinary bladder which
is both masculine and feminine gender. “Mehanam” denotes
male/female organ.
Notes: (a) Varaha Mihira holds similar views like that of sage
Badarayana. Varaha Mihira’s or any other author’s mentioning
"arms'1 under the rulership of Gemini does not exclude its rulership
of chest as such. "Vaksho Nryu Yugmam' is the expression used by
Pandit Mukunda Daivagna in his work Jyotisha Tatvam identical
with Badarayana.
As the reader gains experience, he will understand further
rulerships of signs like Aries ruling brain, and skull; Taurus eyes,
tongue, and teeth, Gemini lungs and legs and so on and so forth.
(b) Amara (600 A.D.) was the author of Amara Kosa, the most
authoritative Sanskrit lexicon. Another famous lexicographer, Raja

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 50

Radhakanta Deva lived in the 18th century. His work is known as
"Sabda Kalpadruma"

sn 3^BJW3 fagn 3at

3H 323HR333^fa313^ — 513133 ^3^3

33R1&I: 1 FIE
Bala Bhadra’s Exceptions: Bala Bhadra does not agree with
the view of Badarayana that chest is ruled by Gemini. For there is no
difference between chest and heart, thus there is no repetition
(between Gemini and Cancer). Further, excluding “arms” from the
rulership of signs is purposeless, for none is bom without arms.
According to sage Yavana, the 3rd sign represented by a female
holding lute and a male adoring the mace indicates arms etc. etc.
(vide sloka 18, ch. 1, infra) which points out to the 3rd house
representing arms only.
Notes: Bala Bhadra is not right in his disagreement with sage
Badarayana, as per the notes under alokas 3 and 4 supra.
Apparently, Bala Bhadra follows the views of Meena Raja, vide sloka
19 infra who assigns "chest" to Cancer.
To avoid misunderstanding, it is to be stressed that arms, chest
and lungs come under the sign Gemini, while heart is ruled by
Cancer. Led also has lordship on heart as the Sun is the significator
of heart. Aquarius known as "Hridroga" denotes diseases (distinct
from the health) of the heart.
eft wrar WJ-
t?fe *ftRR IPJI^ i qltd°4><S'i^>
35^-31^ 3^ 3 H^’P^ II X II II

H ^SU|^: |
5. Views of Surya as per Surya Jataka*. (A) It has been stated
by the Sun God in his astrological treatise, Surya Jataka, that the
twelve signs rule in order the following limbs of Kala Purusha (Time
Personified). Head, face, arms, heart, abdomen, waist, bladder (or
lower abdomen, pelvis), privities, thighs, knees, shanks and feet are
denoted respectively by the 12 signs from Aries.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 51

(b) The author observes: The above statement (of the Sun God)
goes in favour of Kalyana Varma while "Seershaasya- doororah
kroda" is ungrammatical.
Notes: Here the author has given the views of three different
authorities about the limbs related to the twelve signs.

H<w<^«4|j|i^Bi^HsMTiinR 11 $ 11
<lRl^4l$> H Tlftl:
I Mimi^l*H: d«{<l^
3WI 5^ II
6. Of Limbs: (a) According to Kalyana Varma, the limbs
described for KalaVurusha (Time Personified) should be treated as
the limbs of a person based on the planetary dispositions at the time
of his birth. These signs related to benefic or malefic planete
accordingly denote strength or trouble, as the case may be,
concerning the limb in question.
(b) Bala Bhadra gives the meaning thus: The limbs denoted by
the signs containing benefic planets at the time of birth will be strong.
The signs related to malefic planets indicate that the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 52

limbs concerned will be weak or injured,
Notes: (a) The limbs of Kala Purusha or Time Personified
commence from Aries, while for a nativity these are to be counted
from the rising sign. That is, the ascendant indicates head, the 2nd
house face, the 3rd house arms and chest, the 4th house heart, the 5th
house abdomen, the 6th house waist, the 7th house bladder (lower
abdomen, pelvis), the 8th house privities, the 9th house thighs, the
10th house knees, the 11th house shanks and the 12th house feet

o<

RRT II O II

HRR: ^3^5: FJtf: II ’ II

ftR HR: fife I
HRR toi II S II
as* FIRft I
drMIG. II 9° II
’JWR w qrai Mww 1
II 99 II
RRT M<U|5W«11
drH<vl<1» Idcfl II 9? II
7 -12. Zodiacal Divisions: According to sage Garga, the
zodiacal signs commencing from Aries are placed in the belt of
Nakshatras (i.e. constellations) as shown in speculum 2.
Notes: The zodiac consists of 27 Nakshatras, each divided into
four quarters or Padas. These Nakshatras in order are shown in
speculum 3 separately.
Thus 27 Nakshatras each of four quarters constitute 108
Nakshatra quarters. Each sign, as could be seen from speculum 2
consists of nine Nakshatra-quarters, equal to two Nakshatras

Hora Ratnam 53
and a quarter. The speculum itself reflects the meanings of the
present slokas in full.

’iratai I
II ?3 II
13. Synonyms of Signs: According to Kalyana Varma, it is a
practice to identify the twelve signs, viz. Aries etc. with the following
respective synonyms. Kriya, Taavuri, Jituma, Kulira, Leya, Paathona,
Jooka, Kaurpika, Taukshika, Aakokera, Hridaya Roga and Anthya.
Notes: These synonyms for the 12 signs are in use in the
various ancient compositions. These are listed below:
Aries= Kriya; Taurus = Taavuri; Gemini = Jituma; Cancer =
Kulira; Leo = Leya; Virgo = Paathona; Libra = Jooka; Scorpio =
Kaurpika; Sagittarius = Taukshika; Capricorn = Aakokera; Aquarius
= Hridaya Roga; and Pisces = Anthya:
Also see slokas 18 - 23, chapter 1 of Punja Raja’s Sambhu
Hora Prakasa, English translation by R. Santhanam.
Aquarius is specially known by the term “Hridroga” and is the
basic seat of heart diseases as already mentioned.

efi’ni’RMI: fafPHfa I
W: Hten tH&WWI II ?8 II

wi (*i) ’j’njjf II n
14 * 15. Signs & Theirs Appearances: Based on Satyacharya’s
views, the signs are described as under. The sign Aries looks like a
goat while Taurus is akin to a bull. Gemini is reflected by a female
holding a lute and a male holding a mace. The sign Cancer dwells in
waters and Leo in mountains. A virgin seated in a boat with fire and
corns in her hands is Virgo. Libra is a male holding the Balance in
his hands. Scorpio is like the scorpion while the sign Sagittarius is
human in the upper half with an arch, and a horse in the lower half,
Deer-faced sign is Capricorn. A man holding a pot is Aquarius. A
pair of fish represents Pisces.
Notes: The sign Cancer resembles crab in appearance (and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 54

represents oceans). Leo is lion-faced. For other signs, the descriptions
are as given in the original verse.
The basic appearances of various signs are indicated in
speculum 4.

According to Yavanesvara -
3fRI: FJdt I

16. Description of Aries: Aries is the first sign which resembles

a goat in appearance. The ancients described it as the head of Time
Personified. It dwells in places frequented by goats and sheep, caves,
mountains, places occupied by thieves and of fire, mines of primary
elements (i.e. metals, minerals and ores) and land of precious stones.
Notes: The present twelve verses are attributed to
Yavanesvara, describing the 12 signs of the zodiac. The authority is
Meena Raja’s Meenaraja (VriddhaYavana) Jataka, which is different
from Sphujidhwaja’s Brihad Yavana Jataka.
That the sign Aries rules mines of minerals, metals and places
of precious gems should be specially noted with profit. Wool is also
ruled by Aries.
These original descriptions of the various signs'could be used
as under:
When a sign coincides with a certain house, the house
concerned will reveal further effects according to the sign. For
example, when Aries falls in the 10th house, the person may be
involved in professions related to gems, minerals etc. With a bXd
planet there in the 10th, he may have thieving tendencies. If the sign
Aries falls in the 4th house, he will reside in areas of mountains, caves
etc. If Aries is the'6th house, head will be primarily prone to injury,
disease etc. Planets in Aries will affect one’s head, brain etc.
This basis of analysis may be applied to other signs also.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 55

(qT) feiqfeqq|fc5Hi $4l<**HIHlM^: II II |
17. Taurus Described: The second sign is Taurus whose ||
appearance is like that of an ox. The space from face to neck of 1
Time Personified is denoted by this sign. It dwells in forests, |
mountains and summits, apart from the abodes of elephants, | cows
and tillers.
Notes: Ears and nose which are protruding parts of the face |
are not included in Taurus (or the 2nd house) but are ruled by |
Gemini (or the 3rd house) in analysing a horoscope. |

JR^T (^t) II T* II |
18. Gemini Described: The third one is Gemini constituted by
a lute-holding female and mace-holding male. In the body of | Time
Personified, it occupies the space from shoulders to (the end of) arms,
places of dancing and singing, sculpture, females, | places of sports,
sexual enjoyment and amusement come under ■;? this sign. J

ifcXO’ftgfcRlft II II
19. Cancer Described: The sign Cancer looks like a crab and
dwells in water. It is the chest of Time Personified. It resorts to a
meadow (especially under water), reservoir of water, an islet or a
sandy beach and beautiful sites visited by angels.
Notes: That Cancer is the fourth sign of the zodiac is
understood, although not specially mentioned in this verse.
“Chest” is wrongly attributed to this sign by Meena Raja in a
casual manner.

20. Leo Described: The sign Leo is the fifth one and is akin :
to (or resorts to) a mountain. It is the heart of Time Personified.
It dwells in forests, forts, caves, places of lotuses or other plants
growing in a thick cluster and is the dwelling-land of torturers.
Notes: The sign Leo-denotes butchers and hence the text 'uses the
word “torturers”

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 56

Mcflffctn I

21. Virgo Described: The sixth sign is Virgo which is a virgin

holding a lamp in her hand and sitting in a boat amidst water. It is
the abdominal region of Time Personified. It resorts to a land
growing fresh (green) grass, a place used by women for copulation
and a place of artistic excellence.

tMl4l«bR4l£dcl$l I
(c®FT) HElf —
II 55 II
22. Libra Described: (The seventh sign) Libra is represented
by a man holding a balance in his hands and relates to the region of
navel, waist and lower abdomen of Time Personified. It resorts to
places of trading in a city in pursuit of money and also to crop-
growing lands.

SEHt W (Ht:)
«ir Hpl: 153 I
23. Scorpio Described: The eighth sign Scorpio is akin to a
scorpion living in a hole. It represents the rectal region of Time
Personified. It resorts to holes, poison, stone, place ofhiding, anthill
and huge snakes.
Notes: In respect of certain original words in this verse, no
special differentiation is made in the translation. These words and
their actual meanings are: Svabhra = Hole, gap, hell; Bila = hole,
cave; Ajagara - huge snake, goat-swallower; Ahi - the serpent of the
sky.

II 38 II
24. Sagittarius Described: (The ninth sign) Sagittarius is a
man whose later half is like that of a horse. It (the entire sign) is the
region of thighs of Time Personified. It resorts to places which are
even (or table land), of elephants, gods, weaponbearers, sacrificial
rituals, chariots and horses.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 57

SfeE: II 3K II
25. Capricorn Described: It is known as the tenth sign whose
first half is like that of a deer, and the second half is like that of a
crocodile (and is watery). It (the whole sign) is the region of the knees
of Time Personified. It resides in rivers, forests, tanks, hills and
places of many kinds of creepers.

(^1) 4 (H) -

HFlt (fift) 5ft (^t) —

qdfidW II II
26. Aquarius Described: The eleventh sign, Aquarius, is a
male carrying an empty pot on his shoulder. It represents the knees
of Time Personitied. It resorts to (calm) surface of watery places,
those where plenty of grass grows, of birds, of women, and distilleries
of spirituous liquors and gambling dens.

31^ (^) 3 Wl ^8t I

27. Pisces Described: The twelfth sign, Pisces, represents a

pair of fish dwelling in water. It is the feet of Time Personified. It
resorts to places of gods, Brahmins, shrines and rivers and oceans.

I
‘qewsn TOSfaJckll:’ II
Bala Bhadra observes, the use of the above description of the
signs lies in recovering stolen articles, lost wealth and location of
place or surroundings of birth. It has been stated in the work
'Shatpancha Sikha" that through the signs, the period, direction and
place (in case of stolen articles) should be deduced. Thus end the
views of Yavanesvara (upto sloka 27 supra). Notes: These are
additional uses of signs. Shatpancha Sikha is a work on horary
astrology, authored by Prithuyasas, son of Varaha Mihira.

Now stated below are of signs as village resorters etc. as per

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 58

Jataka Ratnavali.

wife nn
^5(1 WW? ftraqfe <J5W: |
II II
28 - 29. Gemini, Libra, Virgo, Sagittarius, Scorpio and
Aquarius are village resorters. Aries and Taurus are strong in the
night. Capricorn’s first half and (whole of) Leo resort to forests and
(both the signs) are strongin daytime. Aries,Taurus, Cancer, Pisces,
Capricorn’s second half and Aquarius are water- resorters according
to Lord Siva. These have been described by sages like Markandeya.

sra

II 3° II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 59

WFI qftwl (fat) faa sR’rSR: I
fagq ^51, g? (^R)^I (&KIMI V|P<iM4HWIi!M II 5? II

30 - 31. Biped and other Divisions as per Varaha Mihira:

Aries, Taurus, Leo and Capricorn’s first half are quadruped signs.
Scorpio and Cancer are known as crawlers, as well as insect signs.
Capricorn’s second half, Aquarius and Pisces are watery signs.
Gemini, Libra, Aquarius, Virgo and first half of Sagittarius are
biped signs. Thus end the views of Varaha Mihira.
Notes: There is some confusion in these two verses. The
author, Bala Bhadra, comments on the same in the ensuing
passage.

dlfa^^ I ^4 (^5)

3 fa* fR’ sfa fewfafa i ^M|UHl4d^sR ^1’

4l*kfa«llfi <lRkd^~ Fb-MIHrbt fajqz: yTFJFJR^H

I
fa tlPIWWfefaft dcjHaOo^l
tKINKfalfl ‘3P# ^fat I
Bala Bhadra’s Comments: (a) Varaha Mihira had excluded
Cancer from watery signs and classified it as an insect sign.
Similarly he had not noted Aquarius as a biped sign but watery
sign. These are incorrect because Yavanesvara’s verses
reproduced earlier classify Cancer as watery sign, and Aquarius
as a biped sign. In sage Garga’s aphorisms, viz. KNriyuktula

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 60

ghatah kanya” (Gemini, Libra, Aquarius and Virgo being biped
signs) occurring later in this work, Aquarius and Cancer are in
order unambiguously noted as biped and watery signs.
(b) According to the Sun God, Aquarius is a man (i.e. biped)
carrying an empty pot on his shoulder and Cancer a watery sign.
Thus has been stated of these with certainty.
(c) In Parasara Jataka, Gemini, Libra, Virgo, Aquarius and
first half of Sagittarius have been put under biped signs. From this,
it is evident that Cancer and Aquarius are respectively watery and
biped signs.
(d) In the ensuing portion, Deva Kirti’e words conceming
diurnal strengths of signs also confirm this line of thinking. Based
on tl^ese, Satyacharya also treated Aquarius as a biped sign.
Notes: The above views of Bala Bhadra based on the
authority of Parasara, Surya, Deva Kirti, Satyacharya and Yavana
are meant to clarify that Varaha Mihira’s exclusion of Cancer and
Aquarius respectively from watery and biped signs is incorrect.
Speculum 5 shows the signs classified as biped (dr human),
quadruped etc. as held by sage Parasara.
However, in assessing directional strength of a sign, the
nature of a sign being centipede and footless is ignored. At that
point of evaluation, watery and insect natures of these signs come
into play, as shown in the ensuing verses.

ft TORR: II 35 II
♦fl’ll FT HR'M! I ft 3^RR: II 33 II Wt
ifcAfe I
II 38 II
WRlW ft I
32 - 34. Directional Strengths of Signs as per Sage
Garga: Biped or human signs, viz. Gemini, Libra, Aquarius, Virgo
and the first half of Sagittarius are strong in the ascendant (i.e.
when in the east). Strong when in the 4th, i.e. in the north, are the
watery signs which are Cancer, Pisces and the second half of

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 61

Capricorn. Scorpio, the (only) insect sign, when placed in the 7th,
i.e. the west, is strong. The quadruped signs, i.e. Aries, Taurus,
Leo,second halfofSagittarius, and first half of Capricorn are strong
when in the 10th, i.e. the south.
Notes: As stated earlier, Cancer, Pisces and 2nd half of
Capricorn are watery signs and Scorpio is an insect sign in the
context of directional strength for signs. This kind of evaluation will
be useful in obtaining strength of houses and others forming part of
Shadbala or six-source strength. In this context, “strong” does not
denote "strength" for all purposes. These are just for assigning
some specific values of power to a Bhava.
A horoscope has four basic directions and are strong
accordingly. These are shown in speculum 6.
How to make use of this information is now explained. If the
ascendant which is the eastern direction of the horoscope occupies a
biped sign, it gets a pre-allotted strength. If the 4th house (northern
direction) coincides with a watery sign, it gets a certain strength.
Similarly, the 7th and 10th falling in the insect sign or a quadruped
sign obtains prescribed strength.
Some in the recent times use the Moon sign also, as a point of
evaluation for directional strength which is incorrect. .Only the
ascendant is the point of counting for directions of a horoscope and
not the Moon sign.

(^) I

35. According io Deva Kirti: Gemini, Libra, Virgo, Aquarius

and first half of Sagittarius are strong during day time while Aries,
Taurus, Leo, first half of Capricorn and second half of Sagittarius
are so in the night time. Scorpio, Pisces, Cancer and the second half
of Capricorn are strong during both the twilights. Thus end the
views of Deva Kirti.
Notes: These hints are also usable in case of Shadbala
computation. These show the strength of houses (and not signs in
general) in day and night as the case may be.
There is another set of classification which divides signs into

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 62

day signs and night signs. These will be useful in respect of birth
time rectification, horary astrology, lost horoscopy etc. and are
enlisted in speculum 7.

{am rotai ski‘W'31

R'tKoqi

wtt FF -

KRK ~3|I<A—

W II 3U II I

36 -37. Further Classifications: (a) Now stated are of the -

various classifications of the zodiacal signs as rising with head, or
otherwise, malefic, benefic, male, female, movable etc. as per Hora
Makaranda (of Gunakara).
Excluding Gemini in the group of Virgo, Scorpio, Libra, Leo,
Pisces, Aquarius and Gemini, the rest are strong in day time. In this
group exclude Pisces to get Seershodaya signs or the signs that rise
with their heads. Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagittarius, Capricorn and
Gemini are strong in the night. Out of these nightstrong signs,
excluding Gemini, the rest of the signs are Prishtodaya signs or the
signs that rise with their hj^t’d part. Pisces rises both with head
and hind part and hence is Ubhayodaya; The concluding parts of
Pisces, Scorpio and Cancer are-known as Riksha Sandhi.
“Dinapkhyaa” means gaining strength during day time, in the
present context.
(b) According to Parasara Jataka, Seershodaya signs gain
extreme strength in day time, Ubhayodaya sign in both the
twilights, and Pnshtodaya signs in nighttime. The last Navamsas of
Pisces, Cancer andScorpio are called Riksha Sandhi (or critical
junctions of certain signs).
Notes: (a) The 12 signs are classified as under:
1. Seershodaya (rising with head), Prishtodaya (rising with

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 63

back) and Ubhayodaya (rising with both back and head). These
three classifications are shown in speculum 8, for an easy grasp.
2. Signs are malefic or benefic nature, as per speculum 9,
explained in the ensuing verses.
3. Signs are male or female in sex, explained in the ensuing
verses, which are shown in speculum 9 itself. Observe that all
masculine signs are malefic and feminine signs are benefic.
4. Signs are movable, fixed (or immovable) and common
(dual or double-bodied) as shown in speculum 10.
(b) About Gandanta, the authority is not Parasara Jataka. It
is the author’s own line of thinking.
There are three different kinds of Gandanta discussed
elsewhere in this work and also vide pages 13 and 14, chapter 1,
JyotisharnavaNavanitam, English translationby R. Santhanam,

qfe n y* n
38. Riksha Sandhi: One born in Riksha Sandhi or critical
junctions of certain signs (as mentioned in the previous verse) will
not live for long, will cause difficulties to mother and will destroy
the family lineage. If at all he survives (due to other favourable
combinations), he will be a ruler owning many elephants and horses
(i.ei royal paraphernalia). This view is, as per Saravali.
Notes: Although Bala Bhadra asserted the last Navamsas of
Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces being “Gandanta”, most exponents
describe the last degree of each of these signs as Gandanta. Saravali
also uses the wor<s “Grihanta Sandhim” which does

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 64

not include the whole Navamsa. Thus it is only the last
degree and not the last Navamsa.
Rasi Gandanta and Riksha Sandhi are one and the same.

qftcRfo fit’frERT ^Rjjlfed: FJ II 3^ II

33 *w4lGi I

3^ gw 5k H5135T ^ni: I 3^W gW Hk’Tf: flMg II

8° II ^rar: f&wk op fe: wgfom s?w1 5k II 8? II
araraq i ‘kek&WHi^i gcdfafesri wfk ?5*k i 331 ^3-fk
*4p«H: g^F3I, ‘WKlfe kj3
^51 ^HT: Hfknk, 3k 3^3? Mk 3xRWfa& I udetqbM-^
Sf^PJ5§IW3 33T sd-ieifeg ■4kR<<W tBp[ ^13^ I

39*41. Further Classifications of Signs: Aries, Gemini, Leo,

Libra, Sagittarius and Aquarius are masculine signs and are fierce
(or malefic) in nature. Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn
and Pisces are feminine signs and are soft (or benefic) in nature.
The directions east, south, west and north are ruled by Aries
and their trines in succession (i.e. in three cycles).
The division of signs as masculine, feminize etc. is to be used
as stated by Satyacharya thus. Masculine signs will impart'
splendour while feminine signs willimpart equality. Fierce signs (i.e.
Kroora Rasis or odd signs) ascending will render one fierce in
nature and soft signs (i.e. Saumya Rasis or even signs) will make
one soft in disposition. Movable, fixed and common are another
kind of three divisions of the various signs from Aries. One’s nature
will correspond to the sign ascending at the time of his Birth.
Bala Bhadra clarities: The expression “Ajadya” is to be
understood thus. The directions east etc. are ruled by Aries and
others in three cycles. Aries, Leo and Sagittarius rule the east;
Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn rule the south; Gemini, Libra and
Aquarius lord over the west; and Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces hold

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 65

sway over the north. These are useful in knowing the direction of
delivery chambers or the location of stolen and lost articles.
Further, a journey should be undertaken to the respective direction
when the sign ruling that direction ascends. Journey in an
ascendant which is incompatible to the direction will be fruitless.
Such things are taught by directions^
Notes: The 12 signs are divided into 3 cycles of 4 directions
each as shown in speculum 11 which can be helpful in decisions on
journeys, profession etc.

(*n ?) wnt I
St fife II 83 II
42. Shad Varga (Six Divisions) - Varaha Mihira: Now
clarifications about Shad Varga, as per Varaha Mihira. Sign, Hora,
Drekkana, Navamsa, Dvadasamsa and Trimsamsa form Shad
Varga. These should be calculated for a given planet (or a degree).

|
Hotted: II 83 II

(W cHfad'iwW IS) HFW II 88 II I

43 - 44. As per Garga: Garga also states that sign, Hora, •
Drekkana, Navamsa, Dvadasamsa and Trimsamsa combine is .
called Shadvarga. If a planet is in three such divisions ruled by it, it
should be treated as placed in its own divisions (i.e. three own

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 66

divisions are minimum requirements). It can be possibly in five
fcuch own divisions, but can never be in six own divisions. Thus end
the views of sage Garga.

twi?il 'iqHiQkb: I
WlwiflFH II 8X II
45. Sapta Varga (seven divisions) stated by Surya: Sign or
Rasi, Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, Navamsa, Dvadasamsa and
Trimsamsa combine is called Sapta Varga.

api ^5 sif&ja i
II 85. II
46. Rulerships: Based on Kalyana Varma’s views, now stated
are the details of rulerships of signs and the Navamsas related to
various signs. Mars, Venus, Mercury, Moon, Sun, Mercury, Venus,
Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter are respectively the lords
of twelve signs (commencing from Aries). Their Navamsas
commence from Aries, Capricorn, Aquarius (read Libra) and
Cancer.
Notes: The lordships of the various signs go to the seven
planets as shown in speculum 12.
As regards Navamsa rulership, the original quotation given
by Bala Bhadra attributing to Kalyana Varma’s Sara vali is found
to be erroneous, in the present verse, “Aja Mriga Ghata
Karkatadyascha? should actually read as “Aja Mriga Tula
fDAatajKar/EatadyascZta”, originally given in Saravali. "Ghata"
(^)means Aquarius and "Dhata" (M£)means Libra. (It is only a
confusion in transcription and not any error of Kalyana Varma or
anybody.) The correct version means the Navamsas of the various
sign^ commence from Aries, Capricorn, Libra and Cancer in repeat
order. Apparently, it is only an error copying in Hora Ratnam or a
certain version of Saravalk
The method of calculation of Navamsa is explained below

.Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 67

and the rulerships of Navamsa are shown in speculum 13. fl
Navamsa is one ninth part of a sign or of 3° 20’ of arc. Each!
sign has nine Navamsas. Thus nine Navamsas make 30s .1
The nine Navamsas of Aries, Leo and Sagittarius commence!|
from the sign Aries. That is 1st Navamsa is ruled by Aries,'2nd i by
Taurus, 3rd by Gemini, 4th by Cancer, 5th by Leo, 6th by 1 Virgo,
7th by Libra, Sth by Scorpio and 9th by Sagittarius.
The nine Navamsas of Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn |
commence from Capricorn. j
The nine Navamsas of Gemini, Libra and Aquarius |
commence from Libra. |
The nineNavamsasof Cancfer, Scorpio andPiscescommence |
from Cancer. 1

’FJ Wifi ’FJ HSRIlS N II

47. Importance of a Bhava Lord: All effects related to a
horoscope should be declared based on the lords of houses. Without
these, going even a step ahead is not possible in this great science.

I
This is in praise of the lord of the ascendant and others (i.e.
the lords of other houses).

arawa wn FiEtei .-■NUIH^-

II 8* n

+^<n&^l«li 4><UKII II 8^ Il I
48 - 49. Navamsa Calculation as per Garga Jatakai The work
Garga Jataka has»clear instructions in regard to calculation of
Navamsa. The Navamsas of Aries, Leo and Sagittarius commence
from Aries, those of Taurus, Virgo and

Hora Ratham / Chapter 1 i 68

Capricorn commence from Capricorn, those of Libra, Gemini

and Aquarius commence from Libra,*and those of Cancer, Scorpio
and Pisces commence from Cancer.
an HcIRlSRPi 3RO 13 wat

Fufcft i «i^i sratai ’Ffawh i

One Navamsa is of 3° 20* in length. After expunging the
multiples of 3 s 20* the ruler of relevant Navamsa should be found
out as explained earlier. The use of Shad Varga as enunciated by
sage Garga has already been stated.

3R gRRIRI
FFJ5 {51^1 gERMRT WWWffl I
5Rf2N»|s$dSl: WRlt M’ftJlS’lkil: II II

B5IRH51: 35?^: II X9 II
50 - 51. Divisions as per Varaha Mihira: Now the / divisions
of Dvadasamsa, Drekkana, Hora and Trimsamsa, as per Varaha
Mihira. A sign is made into twelve equal parts to get Dvadasamsa
which commences from the sign itself. Drekkanas foil in the 1st, 5th
and 9th from the sign concerned. In odd signs, the two Horas are
ruled by the Sun and the Moon while in even signs these are ruled
by the Moon and the Sun. 5,5,8,7 and 5 are the spans of degrees of
Trimsamsa in odd signs ruled by Mars; Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury
and Venus respectively. For even signs, the order of extent and
rulers of Trimsamsa be reversed. Notes: Ancient Sanskrit writers
used special terms to maintain secrecy and in order that they are
not mutilated in : transmission, apart from with a view to add
literary glitter to their writings.
For example take the present verses. “Ind^iya” denotes 5 as
there are. five Indriyas or sense organs. “Vasu” denotes 8 as-, the
earth adores eight kinds of wealth and is known as

Hffta Ratnam / Chapter 1 69

“Vasundhara”. “Muni” denotes 7 as there are “Septa Rishis” $ or
seven great sages.
Dvadasamsa is of 2° 30’ of arc and each sign has such 12
divisions. The 1st Dvadasamsa of any sign fallr iri that sign itself, 1
the 2nd one in the 2nd sign therefrom, the 3rd one in the 3rd sign, so
on and so forth, ending with the 12th falling in the 12th sign. Rulers of
these divisions are the same as the lords of such signs. Dvadasamsas
are reflected in speculum No. 14.
Drekkana or dec'anate is one third of a sign, i.e. 10° of arc each.
The 1st decanate of a sign falls in that sign itself. The 2nd one falls in
the 5th sign from it. The last one falls in the 9th from the first
mentioned sign. That is, they are distributed among trines.
Decanates are shown in speculum No. 15.
Hora means of half of the sign, that is 15° of arc. In odd signs,
the rulers are the Sun and the Moon in order. In even signs, the rulers
are the M°on and the Sun. Other planets do not obtain rulership over
Horas. Details of Hora are shown in speculum No. 16.
Drekkana, Navamsa and Hora are distributed in more than one
way in Jaimini astrology. But those should not be confused with the
present ones. Yavanacharya had adopted different yardsticks for
Hora etc. from the ones enunciated by Parasara and Satyacharya,
with which none including Varaha Mihira and Bala Bhadra agreed as
could be seen in the ensuing pages. Trimsamsas are not distributed in
equal slabs. Neither these are ruled by the Sun and the Moon. From
Mars to Saturn, the rulership goes in the manner, as shown in
speculum 17.

fl&ran skrait-
5^ I sra Wial

It has been stated in Hora Sara that the Trimsamsas of odd

signs fall in an odd sign and that of an even sign fall in an even sign. It
is to be understood that planetary rulerships and spans of
Trimsamsas in even signs are to be reversed.
Notes: This clue given by Bala Bhadra from Hora Sara (of

Prithu Yasas, son of Varaha Mihira) is to know about the rulership of

sign for Trimsamsa, or for drawing a Trimsamsa chart. For example,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 70

the first five degrees of Aries are ruled by Mars. Aries is an odd sign
ruled by Mars. Hence in Trimsamsa chart, this position is to be
marked in Aries itself.
Another example: Scorpio is an even sign. The first five degrees
of Trimsamsa are ruled by Venus. Since Scorpio is an even sign, the
Trimsainsa of Venus should be marked in Taurus which is an even
sign of Venus.

*A«lkl|- II UR II
HH ^TEI R) I
(HHIl II X? II
52 - 53. Sruta Kirti (an author so named) also states thus: 5, 5,
8, 7 and 5 are the degrees of Trimsamsa ruled by Mars, Saturn,
Jupiter, Mercury and Venus in odd signs. 5,7,8, 5 and 5 are the
degrees of Trimsamsa ruled by Venus, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn and
Mars in even signs.

><dl$^*^l’>ll*[ II U8 II
i HPn fante i w

54. Deviation by Kalyana Varma: Kalyana Varma states

“5,5,8,7 and 5 are the Trimsamsas in an odd sign. In even signs these
degrees are reversed. The rulers are Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury
and Venus”. This is a deviation when the degrees are reversed in even
sign, without reversing the lordships simultaneously. Thus a
contradiction to Sruta KirtFs views (and that of others) takes birth.
Notes: Bala Bhadra’s objection is to Kalyana Varma’s not
applying the lordships in a reverse manner in case of even signs
whereas he has only reversed the degrees. If Kalyana Varma
constructed Jhe second line of the above v .de to read as
"Kujarkijivajna sukranam yugmeshootkramagathya”, there would be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 71

no scope for any doubt.
But going to the extent of attributing a major error to Kalyana
Varma is doing injustice to his scholarship.

?O i skiron WRIRIT: n i sift I

"One Dvadasamsa is of 2° 30* of arc. One Drekkana is of 10° of
arc. One Hora is of 15° of arc.” - so observes Bala Bhadra, for the
sake of clarification.

SPWI sng- sirai 3

ski i
T*W<X&>l<WRlfcNHi II UK II
55. According to Yavanacharya: Here is a variation of lords of
Hora and Drekkana as per Yavanacharya. In every sign, its first Hora
is ruled by its own lord while its second Hora is ruled by the 11th lord
therefrom. As for Drekkana, the first one is ruled by the lord of the
very sign, the second one by the 12th lord therefrom, and the 3rd one
by the 11th lord therefrom.
Notes: These views of Yavanas do not ally with any school of
thought like Parasara and Sfttyacharya. Neither these are in practice.

wu g»3g stat i
sprat FTgkiFil n xs ii
FJ: I
We$M»l*i|''ll 5<fcR: II X« II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 72

56 - 57. According to Satyacharya: Satyacharya prefers the
earlier mentioned view, viz. the first Hora of an odd sign is ruled by
Sun and the 2nd one by Moon. In case of an even sign, the first Hora
is ruled by Moon, and the 2nd one by Sun. Regarding Drekkana, the
1st one is ruled by the lord of the very sign, the 2nd one by the lord of
the 5th and the 3rd one by the lord of the 9th therefrom. Planets in
their own Drekkanas become strong.

The Final One: In respect of Hora and Drekkana, most of the

sages agree with the above views of Satya. Yavancharya’s view is
exclusive. Hence it should be rejected.

58. Sage Kasyapa: Horas of an odd sign are ruled by the Sun
and the Moon in order, and by the Moon and the Sun in case of even
sign. Drekkanas, three in number, are ruled by the lords of 1st, 5th
and 9th from the sign concerned.
Notes: The same view is expressed by Narada and Surya in the
ensuing verses which are all in agreement with Satya’s instruction. By
repeating identical statements, Bala Bhadra establishes
Yavancharya’s isolated and unacceptable line of thinking concerning
these two rulerships.

II nq II
59. Narada: Horas of an odd sigh are ruled by the Sun and the
Moon in order, and by the Moon and the Sun in case of an even sign.
Drekkanas, three in number, are ruled by the lords of 1st, 5th and 9th
from the sign concerned.
W 3$: II $O II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 . 73

fl^fijMHII ^M>l"ll: MIJklllWlWdl: I
Srf^sq fefaR Wnfalfa: F£|: II S? II
^WFjfWtF? H^RlfW Jig: I
60 - 61. Surya: Lord Surya mentions in his Surya Jataka " I am
the ruler of the first Hora of an odd sign while the Moon is the ruler of
the 2nd Hora thereof. These lordships are to be reversed in case ofan
even sign. Ths lords of 1st, 5th and 9th from a given sign rule the
three Drekkanas thereof.”

3iq W*n$
ailiRial F<«knai wrat nar i
wiRnfafcra: w gn »raWn: II « n
62. Saptamsa: In the science of astrology, Saptamsa lias also
its own use and is thus explained according to Lord Surya. The
Saptamsas of an odd sign are counted from that very sign and in case
of an even sign from the 7th thereof.
Notes: A sign is divided into 7 equal parts, each of 4’ 17' 8'*.57
or to be precise 4.285714286 degrees and the counting for odd sign is
from the same sign, while for even signs it is from the opposite sign.
For example, in case of Aries, the seven Saptamsas are counted from
Aries itself ending with Libra. For Taurus, an even sign, the counting
is from Scorpio - its opposite sign - and the last Saptamsa ends with
Scorpio.
These are shown in speculum No. 18.

wipfen: II $3 II
63. Kalyana Varma: The seven lords of the Saptamsas for

the various signs commencing from Aries are the lords of the seven
signs counted respectively from Aries, Scorpio, Gemini/ Capricorn,
Leo, Pisces, Libra, Taurus, Sagittarius, Cancer, Aquarius and Virgo.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 74

WIT: I

Use of Sapta Varga: Planets in the-various malefic divisions in

Sapta Varga produce a cruel person, while inbenefic divisions they
produce a benign person. From Navamsa, the status of a lost article
and from Drekkana about the thief should be understood (in horary
astrology).

^131: ^1: II §8 II
64« Vargottama Navamsa: The 1st Navamsa of a movable sign,
the middle one of a fixed sign and the last one of a dual sign are called
Vargottama (the most excellent division). One bom with such a
Navamsa ascendant will be chief of his race.
Notes: In each sign, one particular Navamsa will give
Vargottama Navamsa status to a planet or degree. Hence there are 12
such Vargottama Navamsas in the zodiac.
Vargottama is explained thus - a planet or a specially
calculated degree getting the same Navamsa position as it gets in Rasi.
For example, the Moon in the sign Gemini with Gemini Navamsa. Or
the meridian in the sign Pisces with Pisces Navamsa.
A planet of the ascendant being in Vargottama obtains much
potence to be favourable; Although in the initial stages it is taught
that Vargottama is the best, we can conceive practical variations in
the following manner.
1. Vargottama in exaltation
2. Vargottama in Moola Trikona

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 75

3. Vargottama in own sign
4. Vargottama in friendly sign
5. Vargottama in an inimical sign
6. Vargottama in debilitation sign
In this classification, the beneficence gradually descends in
value, only to attain maximum mischievous potence with Vargottama
in debilitation.
It is suggested by the author that if the ascending degree
obtains the same Navamsa as in the Rasi, the native will be among the
prosperous lot.

33^331: 3^ (3^, 33,351 31 3^513^) 3331:

WI, I
Whether it is the scheme of Shad Varga, Sapta Varga, Dasa
Varga or SHodasa Varga, Vargottama Navamsa is the best among
them and is of prime importance.

W^3 3^33 33^3-

F3:aJ5RI33 33^331^ I
Yavanas explain Vargottama in a clear manner, thus. The
position for a planet in a certain sign with that very Navamsa is called
Vargottama by the sages.

Bala Bhadra explains the use hereof. When in exaltation or in

retrogression, treble the results. When in Vargottama or in own
Navamsa or Drekkana, double the results.
Notes: The above is a literal rendering of the original text.
What is actually implied is stated below elaborately to get the correct
import.
This relates to computation df life-span. Multiplying by three
applies to the contribution of number of years by a planet, which is
either exalted or is retrograde at birth. Similarly its contribution
should be doubled if it is in Vargottama Navamsa, or own Navamsa or
own Drekkana.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 76

Gunakara and Varaha Mihira also hold a similar view.
This multiplication process is to be done before commencing
reductions on certain counts which do not, however, form part of the
present concept.

(qrfcD
gl gjt |

MltMHWIlR II 5$ II
W4$VWI«WwlR: H I falWI:’JH’JOIT

65 - 66. Vriddha Yavana - Ascensions of Signs: Now stated are

of Aries etc. being signs of short ascension and the like. The first sign,
Aries, and the last sign, Pisces, are each allotted an ascensional
duration of two Muhurtas (or 4 ghatikas). These measures are to be
multiplied by 5 etc. (5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10) in a direct order for the first
six signs from Aries. Similarly, these should be done for the 6 signs
from Pisces in the reverse order. This will yield long, medium and
short ascensions of signs which will help in assessing the length of a
given limb of the native.
Bala Bhadra Comments: According to Varaha Mihira, these
should be used for knowing the length of the various limbs, but are
not practical lengths of various signs when on ascendant.
Notes: As mentioned in the original, the figures arrived at, as
above, are not exactly the durations of the various signs- ascending.
The measurements given will help us decide the proportional lengths
of signs, as shown in speculum 19. ,
The limbs denoted by these signs will be short, medium or long
as the case may Be. For example, someone has Virgo as the 3rd house
which denotes his arms, legs etc. Hence these limbs will be long in this
case. Or when Pisces isjhe 5th house in a given case, his belly will be
short, meaning depressed, not prominent. Such deductions may .be
made according to the horoscope

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 77

available, and keeping in view the limbs they rule in the natural
zodiac, i.e. of Time Personified.
Also see the next three slokas and notes thereof.

WlWRf -

II <?\9 II

fei Wi-xi:^|R II II
67 -68. Kalyana Varma: Kalyana Varma clarifies these as
under. Taurus, Pisces, Aries and* Aquarius are signs of short
ascension. Gemini, Sagittarius, Cancer and Capricorn are of medium
ascension. Scorpio, Virgo, Leo and Libra are of lorig ascension. From
head onwards, the length of the various limbs of the person will
correspond to the sign concerned.

^Ff^W'll II
69. Satya? A clear picture is given by Satya. If the lord of a sign
of long ascension be in a sign of long ascension, the limb denoted by
the planet in question will be long. Similar understanding may be
obtained about limbs being short or medium by properly noting the
planets and signs concerned.
Notes: As an example, take Leo which is a sign of long
ascension. If its lord, the Sun; is in Libra, another sign of similar
classification, the limb denoted by Leo will be long or prominent.
Alternatively, Taurus is a sign of short ascension. Its lord placed in
Aquarius, another sign of short ascension, indicates that the person
will have a small face.
Similar extensions should be made for the various limbs of the
body.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1

WmqWRR: I

9«HPI4I I

|| \9O II
nfe , 3^3, 3 *R4I^: I ^’•JKr’Hl^KlRi:
I l£l*HUlA I
70. Planetary Dignities: According to Varaha Mihira, Aries,
Taurus, Capricorn, Virgo, Cancer, Pisces and Libra are respectively
the signs of exaltations for the planets from the Sun onwards. 10th,
3rd, 28th,' 15th, 5th, 27th and 20th degrees are the degrees of deep
exaltations for theseplanets in their respective exaltation signs. The
opposite signs of these are their signs of debility.
Bala Bhadra clarifies that for the Sun, Aries is exaltation sign
and its 10th degree' is his deep exaltation. The Moon is exalted in
Taurus and its 3rd degree is her deep exaltation. This way it should be
understood for others.
Notes: Exaltation is a high source of strength to a planet.
Debilitation cripples it and makes it adverse. In its exaltation space,
the planet has yet a special degree which is called deep degree of
exaltation. It is its best point in the zodiac. Once a planet crosses its
deep exaltation degree in that particular sign, it is no more exalted.
Similarly, in debility, the planet has what is called the degree of deep
debilitation and is at its worst. After passing deep debility in that
particular sign, it is no more debilitated. This line of argument will be
very clear if One understands the basis of computation of life-span,
Kiranas (planetary rays), Shadbala etc.
For the seven planets, these signs and degrees are shown . in
speculum 20.
II a? II
HlHFl f^tSK^ HH f^ W tffrpR I illfa^llPd 4hi (4^41 HHW^:
II W II
71 - 72. According to Yavanesvara: The 10th degree for the
Sun, 3rd for the Moon, 5th for Jupiter, 27th for Venus,’ 15th for

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 79

Mercury, 28th for Mars and 20th for Saturn are the degrees of deep
exaltation in their respective signs of exaltation. The 7th from the
exaltation sign is the sign of debility for a planet, and in this sign, the
same degree as above is its degree of deep debility. 3F^ *^T I
<44l*ii^m4-d I I

f^IRi ^SMrasra^: I

ti^kiRi^; i O'

SR

Bala Bhadra Clarifies: The degrees of deep exaltation and deep

debilitatio n should be used for mathematical assessment. While in
exaltation, the planet yields one unit of effects; a quarter of it is lost in
Moola Trikona sign, and only a half will prevail in own sign. Thus the
effects should be enumerated..
Upto the 10° Aries, the Sun is in deep exaltation. Upto 3° in
Taurus, the Moon is in deep exaltation. Since Taurus is the sign of
both exaltation and Moola Trikona, from 4th degree onwards the
Moon gives effects of Moola Trikona. In the 3rd degree it gives full
effects while from the 4th degree onwards it loses a quarter of the
effects.^ It is said that in the first two degrees, the Moon does not
eiyoy strength. On the same line,

Mercury does not eqjoy strength upto 14th. degree of Virgo. By the
term “exaltation”, it should be taken as a whole sign when Raja Yogas
are under consideration. By the term “deep exaltation” 10 ’ Aries for
the Sun etc. should be understood. ; It is for this reason, Vriddha
Yavaqa advised to take all the degrees of exaltation for a planet as
exaltation by using the plural - “degrees”. Thus for this purpose the
whole sign should be . \ treated as exaltation for a planet. . ''
Notes: Bala Bhadra has only misunderstood the term "degrees"
(in plural) stipulated by Yavana as .the whole sign. Actually,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 80

applicability of such a plural term should exactly atop at the deep
exaltation degree, which is also pluraL Fornoplanet has only one
degree of exaltation. The views of Yavana and Bala Bhadra thus defy
logic as far as exaltation being treated as the whole sign. Once a planet
crosses ita Paramochchaor deep ; exaltation, it is Avarohi, and is not
to be treated as in exaltation; WhyRaja Yoga Computation should be
different from that of U planetary rays, life-span etc. is inexplicable
for a planet causing Raja Yoga etc. should derive strength based on
these very computation. Every bit of space in the zodiac has its own
nature ;
and one cannot take destiny for granted.
The distribution of exaltation, Moola Trikona, own signs
etc. in case of the Moon and Mercury in particular will make things
very clear.

FlftlJl’TOiqft IIV93 |l
73. Raja Yoga: Sage Garga has specified (separate) effects for
degrees of deep exaltation and (mere) exaltation as stated below.
If both the Sun and the Moon are in their degrees of deep
exaltation, the person will be a king. If these planets are in their sighs
of exaltation (i.e. prior to the deepest exaltation space) or in Moola
Trikona, he will be wealthy.
^4<^*l^fl’-<3 II \98 II
74. Lordship overK Three Worlds*: According to Vriddha
Yavana, when the Moon is Full, the ascendant occupied by a benefic
and all other planets (than the Moon) are in their degrees of deep
exaltation, the person will be a ruler of three worlds (earth, heaven
and nadir).
. . Notes: This is only a theoretical suggestion of effects and is not
practical. However, the combination shows the superiority of two or
more planets in their respectivedeep exaltation degrees while the
Moon is with strength. Such a person will enjoy a high degree of
prosperity, position and fame.-

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 81

Bala Bhadra Clarifies: From this, the importance of a planet in
deep exaltation degree is established. The 7th.from the sign of
exaltation is the sign of debility, and the opposite degree of deep
exaltation is the degree of deep debilitation. .

■AM I
FJ: II V9U II
75. As Stated by Surya Jatakat For a planet, the 7th from its
exaltation is its sign of debilitation and the degree identical with that
of deep exaltation is the degree of deep • debility.

3F4 fa’RR ip? I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 82

76. Sage Garga on Deep Debilitation: If both the Sun and the
Moon are in their degrees of deep debilitation, the native will be blind,
unclad, dumb and will have a troubled livelihood. A planet in deep
exaltation obtains one Roopa(aunit of strength), loses a quarter in
Moola Trikona, so on and so forth.

II W9 II
WUHH.1
77. Moola Trikona Signs: According to Lord Surya, Leo,
Taurus, Aries, Virgo, Sagittarius, Libra and Aquarius are the signs of
Moola trikona for planets from the Sun onwards. A planet in its sign
of exaltation or Moola trikona attains strength.

IS8Uwi<&<i Wjp I cWf

^4 WI, ’(R&l 33l4faf<h

Bala Bhadra Queries: . In case of Leo, the Sun obtains power
on two different scores - one as per own sign and the othe^. Moola
trikona. So also, Mercury obtains three-fold power in respect ofVirgo
- as own sign, asexaltation and as deep exaltation. Then he should be
given different Roopas (strengths) - one Roopa if in exaltation, 3/4th
for own sign and so on. For Sapta Varga Strength, what strength do
we have to consider? These are clarified in the following passages.

SRWRf-

3^ HFlfew 4r1ll?*4>>MM?S4!ll: II U5 II
WW F4H $ Htara I
3-5*41x6 ^4R $}i$l<& W f^4^ II U<? II

|Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 83

KL
(W fe^rara qo^fa^; wd^ra w i ^iM’MfaFi fWlws FR i?
ii c° ii ^Hklll^«Mfa*>l*w3 FRlfefl
ft<4>>lA^ ?toP4 ?34«41W II c? II
Ra&RIlRwiW <?5TRT4: W-'.JtsI*^: I FJ4
’KlislMpki ^4: I ^J5 §4 («n) 3RIR4 iPldPkllfe I
78 - 81. Kalyana Varma: From the miscellaneous chapter of
Kalyana Varma’s work, now told are of the degrees of exaltation, own
sign and .Moola Trikona.
For the Sun, the first 20° in Leo are Moola Trikona. The apace,
after this in Leo is his own sign.
In Taurus, the first 3° are exaltation for the Moon while the
rest of the sign is her Moola trikona.
Mars has the first 12° of Aries as Moola trikona, and the rest of
Aries as own sign.
That Mercury is exalted in Virgo (upto 15°) should always be
considered. The next 5° are his Moola trikona and the last 10’ are his
own sign.
The first 10° of Sagittarius are Jupiter's Moola trikona and the
rest thereof is his own sign.
Venus has the first half of Libra as his Moola trikona and the
second half as own sign.
Saturn keeps the same sums of degrees of Moola trikona and
own sign in Aquarius in the same way as the Sun does in Leo. That is,
first 20° of Aquarius are Moola trikona and the next 10° degrees are
own sign for Saturn.
Notes: Although narration of “exaltation” forms part of the
sub-heading of these verses, it is not included in the quotation.
However, we had already known of these earlier.
Except the Moon, the other six planets have Moola trikona area
in their own signs. The Moon has her Moola trikona in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 84

Taurus.
Mercury has his exaltation also in his own sign, Virgo. In Moola
trikona, the planet is more powerful than in the space called “own
sign”. Whichever planet has a second sign other than these has it as
own sign.
Speculum No. 21 throws light on these dignities.

Bala Bhadra Clarifies: Lord Surya’s instructions are also

identical. But Gunakara (of Hora Makaranda) prescribes the first 20°
(of the respective signs) as.Moola Trikona for the Sun, Mars, Jupiter,
Venus and Saturn which is the opposite of the tradition. Gunakara’s
views should be rejected in practical application for it has no basis.

H Hafa W ^Slsft 3T II II
82. Strong Sign: The sign that is aspected or joined by its lord,
or the one that is aspected by Jupiter or Mercury is deemed to be
strong, provided it is bereft of such association with others, so says
Varaha Mihira.

sftfe&n ftshFg II =3 11

83. Sage Badarayana states that a sign which is aspected by

Jupiter, or its own lord or Mercury gains strength provided it is
unrelated to other planets. Should the association be mixed'in nature,
results will be mixed. The sign that is unaspected or unoccupied by
any planet becomes weak.

feflora Ratnam / Chapter 1

*ftsfawfal ajqsft^R^lfira: I
<ifW<RH (3) Hfi> II *8 II
84. Lord Surya’s Exception: The sign which has the J aspect of
its lord on it, or which coincides with a good (i.e. J favourable) house
is deemed to be strong, according to Lord Surya. The sign beconies
strong, should its lord, or Jupiter,, J Mercury or the Moon aspect it.
In other cases, it is not strong. J ustai w 3Rf—

cR •ttjhft: 51^ II II
3IRl4s- IRf WlfM 7lf&
I
’RI ^5 4IHWHI 3RR5

85. Favourable Directions: Now stated are the “PZaua” signs

as per Kalyana Varma. The direction ruled by the lord of j a sign is
declared as favourable for that sign, as per tfae school of j Yavanas.
The king proceeding in that direction will be able to| quickly destroy
his foes.
Bala Bhadra throws light on this aspect thus. Note the^
direction that cornea under the rulership of a planet. That| particular
direction should be treated congenial for the sign in ^ question; Mars
rules Aries and Scorpio as an example, and hisj direction is the south.
Hence the south is favourable for Aries and| Scorpio. ' |
Notes: “Plava” for our purpose means the constellation J
situated in the quarter ruled by its (i.e. the quarter's) planetary!
regent. Such a sign if chosen as the ascendant in the matter ofj
important travels, one will get success, if not literally destroying^
enemies as a king. ' 1

. Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 86^

^rct WR^II *6 II
3FP>ft to | TCcSt I falf: I I
faF* I TOWlf: I 5^Rc5^fcWk: I
«Rf4^?>«l'1fi I /
86. Laghu Jataka on Colours of Signs: Now described are the
colours of the various signs commencing from Aries, as per Laghu
Jatakai Red, white, green, pale red (or pink), yellowish white,
variegated, non-white (Le. dark), golden, tawny, a mix of white aad
tawny, the colour of a mongoose (or Viverralchneumon, cobra’s
taemy), and the colour of a fish (mixed with dirt) are the colours
Aries and other signs in order. ■
The author clarifies: “Aruna” is blood red; “PoataZa” is
colour of pale blood;* "Pisanga” is golden; “Paandu” is white with a
mix; *Pingfda* is tawny; “Malinaruchayo” (for Pisces) is the coloir
of a fish; “Karbura” (for Capricorn) is. the colour which has a mix of
white and brown, and “Babhru” is a mongoose (for Aquariui).
Notes: The author recommends use of colours for the various
agns as stated by Varaha Mihira in his Laghu Jataka. These an
reflected in speculum No. 22.

87. Kaly
ana Varma on Colours of Signs: Red, white, green, pole red (or pink),
grey, yellowish white, variegated, black, tayny, a mix of white and
brown, and colour of a mongoose are the flours stated for Aries etc. by
Kalyaha Varina. But the colours Rationed for the signs from Virgo by
Kalyana Varma are to bi rejected as they are not in conformity with
standard / Hora Ritnam / Chapter 1 87
views, says Bala Bhadra.
Notes: The colours for the six signs - Virgo to Pisces expressed
in Saravali are against the views of Varaha Mihira, vide previous
verse. The author suggests that one should follow Laghu Jataka'z
views in this regard, ignoring Saraval? s views.

• -C . .. "
wmpfF wrai -

fcl spinfeq: fco || « ||

;
iFIRFJtn: I

8& As per Lord Surya: These are clearly stated by Lord

Surya thus: J&dj white, parrot-green, pink, grey, variegated, black;
golden, tawny, a mix of white and brown, the colour of mongoose and
the colour of a fish are attributed to Ariesand other signs in order.
These details will be of help indecidingthe colour of the robes and the
wick in oil lamp in delivery chambers. ■' 7: < Notes: The suggestions
made in this verse can be extended to describe physical complexion of
the native. Kalyana Varma . suggests that the image of a sign, which is
likely to inflict harm in terms of Bhava effects, should be made in its
colour and be worshipped. Upon this, evils will vanish and good Will
dawn. 35RI II II

H?R5R II <?<» II
Ml: ’RR HHHaMlfta^l
^RRrar WHKIPI wi ii v if
89 T 91. Synonyms of Houses: From the ascendant onwards, the.12
houses are respectively known with the following
terms. Tanu (physique), Ghana (wealth), Sahaja (co-born), Suhrut .
(friends), Suta (son or progeny),Ripu (enemy), Stri (wtfe),Mrityu
(death), Dharma (religion or righteousness), Karma (acts or duty),
Aaya (income) and Vyaya (expenses).. The 4th and 8th houses are

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 88

known as “Chaturasra”. The 4th house has other such names as
Paataala (nadir), Hibuka, Sukha (happiness), Vesma (abode) and
Bandhu (relatives). The 9th and 5th houses are known as Trikona dr
trines. The 9th house is particularly known as Tri-Tri-Kona (more
effective trine). The 5th house is the house of intelligence. The 3rd
house is called Duschikya. “Yamitra” (also “Jamitra”), “Dyuha” and
“Astha” denote the 7th house. “Chidra? and “Rishpha” (pronounced
as “Ri-sh- pha1) are in order for the 8th and 12th houses.
Notes: For an easy grasp, I have given the meanings as above
along with the original terms relating to various houses. These, house
indicate relevant effecte in a horoscope.
Hibuka, is a non-Sanskrit word adopted by many exponents
and is not of Sanskrit origin. So also are the terms Duschikya (3rd
house), Jamitra (7th house) and others. This does not however mean
that Indian’s astrology originated from Greece.
The term “Paataala” does not as such denote any effect in
particular. The 4th house is known as Paataala, against the 10th - its
opposite house - being zenith or meridian in a horoscope.

ww ii ii
92. Angles & Others: Now narrated are the termsKendr a,
Upachay a and others as per Varaha Mihira. The 1st, 4th, 7th and
10th houses are known as Kendra, Chatushtaya and Kantaka (ths
three terms mean angles). Panaphara (or succedent) houses are the
next set of quadruples to angles, Le. the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th
house. .The 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses are designated as ApMima
(cadent) houses.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 89

The 3rd, 6th, 11th and 10th are called Upachaya houses.! Houses
other than these are Apachaya or Anupachaya houses. : |
; Notes: The various houses are called with certain specific | common
namesi as Kendra etc.
3Fq?n,
which are enlisted below. -1
1. Kendras (angles) 1st, 4th, 7th and lOtlv 'J
2. Konas (trines) 5th and 9th. |
3. Panapharas (succedents) 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th. .1

7. Chaturasras '■ 4th and 8th.

Some ancient writers like Varaha Mihira used the term
"Chaturasra" to denote an angle.

3«rwkMiR ma n |
93. Satya: The 10th, 11th, 6th and 3rd houses from the |
ascendant are called Upachaya houses: The other houses are | known
as Apachaya. .

I
Bala Bhadra adds that in Satya’s quotation on Upachaya, |
•
••I
sense only. For, when we need to know of Upachaya places from | a
sign or a planet, we count from that sign or planet (as many " places
as required). ’ ‘ .
the expression “from the natal ascendant” is made in a generic - |

TO I

: shift
HoraRatnam/ Chapter !
94. ForYavanassay that the 6th, 3rd, 10th and 11th places from
the natal ascendant, or from a specific house or from the Moon are
called Upachaya houses. The others from these are Apachayas.
Notes: The quotation of Yavana’s view allows one to know of
Upachaya places not only from the natal ascendant but also from the
Moon and a specific house. Satya’s view has not specifically included
these additional sources of counting as he made a generic expression.
There is nothing wrong in adopting this principle of
Yavanacharya as we count angles, trines etc. from the Moon, other
planets and houses.

sra (^0
HI (ft) (^) (nb HM^IR i w ’Pf:- ;

H <5^ WSRlftSf^ft: II II sft I

95. Sage Garga’s Exceptions: Some say that the 3rd, 6th, 11th
and 10th do not remain Upachaya house any more if they are aspected
by a malefic or by those, who are inimical to their respective lords. As
sage Garga states, the Upachaya houses are the 3rd, 11th, 6th and
10th but they lose such a status when aspected by malefics or such
planets who are the enemies of their respective lords. Thus end the
views of Garga.
Notes: "Losing such status" needs aclarification. Upachaya
houses have the power of repairing damages and causing
improvement. Malefics in occupation of an Upachaya house do no
doubt good to the person. But when, according to Garga, an
Upachaya: house is aspected by. a natural malefic (Sun, Mars, Saturn,
Rahu and Ketu),- it no more enjoys the power of remedying some ills.
So also, when the aspect is from a planet that is inimical to the
lord of that particular Upachaya house. For example, the Sun is the
lord of the 6th, an Upachaya. If the 6th is aspected, in this case, by
Saturn (inimical to the Sun), the house loses its

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 91

status as Upachaya and is Eke any other Anupachaya
house.
This rare clue suppEed by Bala Bhadra is bound to be of
immense help to us in studying the role of Upachaya houses in given
circumstances, particularly in respect of various good and bad Yogas.
Out of the 4 Upachaya houses, the value increases in a
progressive order thus: the 3rd is of low importance and the 11th of
the highest importance.

^dl-WlRl HRlfa II II
9*6. Synonyms forBhavas as per Saravali:AhZpn, Swa,
Paurushu (manly spirit*, courage), Griha (residence), Pratibha
(intelligence), Vrana (injury), Kama Deva (god of sex, i.e. sexual life),
Vivara,-Guri^j^receptor), Maana (honour), Bhava and Vyaya
(expenditurewire the 12 different names forthe 12 houses commencing
from the'ascendant.
Notes: Kalpa is a specific name for the 1st house, while “Sva” is
so for the 2nd house. The term “Bhava” is used to denote the 11th as it
is its specific name. Apart from this, Bhava means “eleven”, speaking
of eleven Rudras or so many forms of Lord Siva. “Vivara” denotes 8th
house and this term means a hole, a weak point. “Chidra” also means
a hole denoting the 8th house. The 8th house is the hole through which
life force leaves the mortal coil at the time of one’s death. The 8th
relates to death (and thus life-span).

ara nraw 4X*R&IM<3HI I

ara e>'Hic+i4‘{ i

WII^I 5I^blF^W I Hl^blH&'llij'WtiulHBHIi I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 92

FJTOlf^nc[raR135R C3?)
3SR1^ I WIS3R AfllfejjUIHHdll^H+ccIktoi RoqiRtei4^
3 R^i< n*om?n^ r oWiraifeS i
Bala Bhadra Comments: These synonyms are useful in
declaring the effects of the various houses. The ascendant is denoted
by the word “Kalpa” which is indicative of strength and. hence the 1st
house rules one’s physique and its well-being. From the 2nd house*
family, wealth and race should be understood. Brothers (i.e. co-born
inclusive of sisters) and human effort or exertion (“Purushartha”) are
indicated by the 3rd house. Kinsfolk and happiness are governed by
the 4th house. From the 5th house one should seek to know of
intelligence and progeny. The 6th house governs enemies and diseases.
Wife (husband in case of a female native) , sexual desires and
marriage are ruled by the 7th house. Death (life span), sins and fear
are ruled by the 8th house. Religion (also righteousness), parente etc.
(inclusive of parental kinsmen), preceptor and penancecompounder
the 9th house. The term “Aaspada” denotes a plac^and position aifd
hence the 10th house indicates duties, profession and honour. Bhava is
indicative of learning and othervirtues and wealth, and hence advent
of these should be studied from the 11th house. All kinds of expenses
are to be seen from the 12th house.
Notes: "Mother and father" jointly coming under the 9th house
is a violation of other standard authorities and actual practice. Mother
and father are in order ruled by the 4th and 9th houses.

’Peren: 31 SilHHW: II $« II
Ull^dl HI3I: +e3l«ldWI3*|: I
tot 51^13^4 fcjtesPI&I t: II $* II
../’5 '
• V. 7 '
HHf: ^<M«W>JI<XI: II II
97 - 98. As per Parasara Jataka: The various houses from the
ascendant through 12th yield effects according to the designations
allotted to them. If these are aspected or occupied by benefics,
favourable results will emerge. Maleffcs so related will make the
houses concerned produce effects that will not be auspicious. If a

' Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 | 93

house is aspected by a planet that is placed in its sign of debility or in
that of an enemy, evil effects will follow. But tins will not be so (i.e.
only good effects will come forth) in the case of a house that is
aspected by a friendly or an exalted planet.

tjl-Htfl TOP: II II
99. Strength of Houses: As per the school of sage Badarayana,
the sign that is identical with an angle is strong. Panaphara
(succedent) houses are of moderate strength while Apoklima (cadent)
houses are considered week.
Notea: The instructions given in this sloka should not be
wrongly applied for all circumstances. It only draws a comparison
among angles, succedents and cadents. being strong, less strong and
weak. That is planets in such houses derive such status.
For example, take theSunin the ascendarit(angle), Mercury in
the 2nd (succedent) and Venus in the 12th (cadent). Then weakest of
them is Venus. Mercury gains more strength than Venus. The Sun is
the strongest of the three in question.
Such yardsticks will be useful in analysing the effects of houses
and dasa periods.

W HHMA«I H TOfalfafa I 3FW ‘TOll <|RH$

SEI
^SISflRRj: I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 94.

<H8C| I
Bala Bhadra Clarifies: Based on the statement of sage
Badarayana, the author states that the terms “angle, succedent and
cadent” apply only to houses and not to signs. If at all the terms
angle etc. are applicable to signs, then a fiery sign, which is the
strongest of the signs for that matter, will burn its own self, or
whichever planet aspects it or is aspected by it. In this context this
kind of a controversy can emerge. Hence, angles etc. apply only to
houses as enlightened by Varaha Mihira and what Sundara Misra
(some contemporary author) stated allotting applicability, of these
to signs (Cf. Rasi and Bhava) is clearly an infertile and mean
concept.

n i
Thus ends the portion (in the 1st chapter) entitled Signs,
Their Properties & Divisions.

Now described are the Planets, Their Properties &

Divisions.

Here, synonyms of planets as per Suka Jataka are narrated

for common practice (or applicability).

II ?oo II
100. Synonyms of the Sun: Bhanu (endowed with rays or
splendour), Aditya (son of Aditi), Ravi (one of the 12 Adityas),
Prabhakara (cause of splendour), Dinesa (lord of the day),
Tamohanta (destroyer of darkness), Dina Karta (cause of the day,
Cf day and night) and Dina Mani (gem of the day) are the other
names for the planet Sun.
Notes: The meanings'of the most of the names of the nine
planets are also given by me in brackets for the benefit of the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1

reader which can be employed for predictive purposes while some
will help appreciate the reason behind giving the planets such-
names.

II II
101. Synonyms of the Moon: The different names with
which the Moon is known are Seetagu (one who has cool rays),
Chandrama (one that glitters), Soma (lord of plants and creepers),
Rajani Pati (lord of night), Ratreesa (also lord of night) and
Kumudini Pati (lord of an assemblage of white water lily).
Note: In the verse, the term “Diva Natha" (lord ofthe day) is
added which actually means the Sun. However this is not appended
to the rendering.

sH^dSJI II ?o5 |)
102. Synonyms of Mars: Marshas other names like Aara,
Vakra (or crooked), Mahisoonu (son of the earth), Rudhira (blood),
Rakta (also means blood), Angaraka, Kroora Drik (cruel- sighted)
and Kroora Krit (one doing cruel deeds).

HtelFq ’ratal: wp II II
103. Synonyms of Mercury: Saumya (relatingto Soma or the
Moon), Gna (knowledge), Budha (intelligence), Somaja (son of the
Moon), Bodhana (enlightening), Kumara (heir-apparent in the
planetary kingdom) and Prabha Suta (son of Prabha) are
Mercury’s synonyms.

I
FJS: II II
104. Synonyms of Jupiter: The planet Jupiter has other
names like Guru (heavy bodied, also preceptor), Jiva, Deva Mantri
(minister of gods), Deva Purohita (preceptor of gods), Devejya,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 96.

Angirasoonu (son of sage Angira) and Brihaspati (lord of wisdom
and eloquence).
Notes: That the word “Jiva” applies to Jupiter is well- known
to those who have read Sanskrit texts on astrology. But I am not
clearly able to conceive the reason behind attributing this synonym
to Jupiter. Jiva means existence. It also means the personal soul as
distinguished from universal soul, CfJeevatman.

’irhF- i
33HT WJ: PH. II II
105. Synonyms of Venus: Sukra (white), Bhrigu, Bhrigu Suta
(son of Bhrigu), Aasphujit, Sita (white), Usanaa (producer of
desires), Daitya Poojya (one honoured by demons),. Kaama (cause
of lust) and Kavi (poet) are the other names for Venus.

qft: I
’FJ: sfts^R: Htft II II
106. Synonyms of Saturn: Kona, Manda (slow), Sani,
Krishna (black), Surya Putra (son of the Sun), Yama (death
personified), Pangu (lame), Sanaischara, Sauri (son of the Sun),
Kaala (death, or anything terrible), Chaaya Suta (son of Chaaya,
the Sun’s spouse always accompanying the Sun God in the form of
shadow) and Asita (black) are Saturn’s other names.
Notes: "Yama" another son of Surya, also means the god of
death and the leader of Dharma or righteousness. Hence Yama is
known Yama Dharma Raja.

MHT H ^IWU II W II

107. SynonymsforRahu&Ketu: Rahu, Tama (darkness),

Asura (demon), Agu, Swarbhanu, Vidhuntuda, Ghata,

Saimhikeya (son of Simhika), Bhujanga (snake) and Bhujaga (also

snake, that creeps with shoulders) are Rahu’s names. Ketu is
known by such other names as Sikhi (one who has reached the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 97.

summit of knowledge), Ketu, Dhvaja (flag), Dhumra, Mrityu Putra
and Anila (wind, rheumatism, paralysis).

Sift WWRR 11 11

108. Description of Time Personified: Now described ? are

planetary relationships with the souletc. of Time Personified. The
Sun is his soul while the Moon is his mind. His strength is Mars
while his speech is Mercury. His wisdom and happiness are in
Jupiter. Venus depicts his passion. Saturn is his grief. These are as
per Kalyana Varma.

fWfci 3ft n n
109. Soul etc. Affected: The strengths of the various planets
render their relevant significance as soul etc. strong. If these planets
are weak, their indications will also be feeble. But Saturn has an
exception.
Notes: This instruction can be used in studying an individual
horoscope on the same lines as soul etc. of Time Personified are
related to planets.
If the Sun is strong, the native will have well-tuned soul
required for attaining success in penance etc. The strength of the
Moon will give a fertile mind. Mars affects one’s physical strength..
The quality of speech depends on Mercury. Jupiter can make one
wise or unwise. Venus rules matters related to passion, sexual
desires etc.
As for Saturn, there is an exception. His strength will not
increase but decrease grief. See the following passage of Bala
Bhadra.
$4 W HrR£ WHT ^SIRJ I
Bala Bhadra’s Exception to Saturn: The strength of Saturn
willeliminate grief while his weakness will cause abundant grief.
One must indicate these various results related to soul etc. in the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 98.

dasa periods of the concerned planets. 7"^
Notes: Some texts wrongly stipulate that Saturn’s weakness
will reduce grief and his strength will increase grief. From practical
experience, we find Bala Bhadra’s suggestion being meaningful.
Sb far we have seen that the seven planets indicate soul and
other invisible aspects of human life.
We usefully find in certain Tamil works that Rahu is Gnana
Karaka (significator of wisdom) while Ketu is Moksha Karaka
(significator of final emancipation).
The author suggests that the results arising out of the
strength or weakness of a planet will manifest in its dasa periods.
The author may be correct to quite limited an extent. Seen from a
practical angle, this instruction cannot be restricted to a certain
dasa period only. These may be general manifestations. For
example if Saturn is weak in a horoscope, one need not wait for the
advent of Saturn’s dasa to incur grief. Passion is not restricted to
the dasa of Venus alone. Mercury’s dasa is not the only one to
reflect speech.
Thus we have to use our common sense and apply the
concept behind these profitably.

ii n
110. Planetary Hierarchy: Based on Kalyana Varma, the
status of the various planets is narrated. The Sun is the king. So
also is the Moon. Mercury is heir-apparent. Army chief is Mars.
Venus and Jupiter are ministers. Saturn-is servant. The use ' hereof
is, the strongest of the planets at birth will give the person a position
equal to the one enjoyed by' it in the planetary hierarchy.
Notes: Planets give status to a person according to their
dispositions at birth. If the luminaries (the Sun and the Moon)
enjoy strength, one will enjoy such superior position as due to a
king. Mercury is second best in granting a position. Similarly,
Saturn keeps one at a low position.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 99.

These are however quite basic concepts. A strong and
favourable Saturn can also give superior positions in fields ruled by
it viz. democracy, labour unions, steel and coal.

Bala Bhadra States: Here it should be understood that the

Sun is the king while the Moon is queen. So also Jupiter is the
minister and Venus is minister’s wife.

3J5 ^3: I
^4* II 99? II

11 1 -111^. From Surya Jataka: The Sun God states, “I am

the king, while the Moon is the queen. Mars is the leader. Mercury
is the prince. Jupiter is the minister while his (i. e. minister’s)
beloved is Venus. And my son, Saturn, is the servant.” Notes: Each
of the seven planets is allotted a certain status in the planetary
cabinet as shown in speculum 23.

W IFfrSH 31 3> TO: W

I Prfet I 3^1 31
t T
3^3FJ F3 flF3t 3| 3^: P3I^ 331
P313F331 (jiPid’C I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 100.

Bala Bhadra Comments: The use of these are as under.
Whether in respect of a nativity or in a query-, royalty or
otherwise is granted by a strong (i.e. according to the most
prevailing) planet. A weak planet will destroy the indication
assigned to it in the hierarchy. A strong planet in 3rd, 6th, 10th or
11th house will allow materialization of effects through its
significance, i.e. through a king, minister etc. In case of its
weakness, harm will be produced (in such pursuits).

W-
wit ’fk i

112. Planetary Colours: The Sun’s hue has a mix of red

with black. White is the colour of the Moon. Mars is not quite tall.
He is pale red in complexion. Grass-green is Mercury’s colour.
Jupiter is yellowish in complexion with a mix of white. Venus is
swarthy in complexion while Saturn is black. So says Varaha
Mihira.
Notes: Speculum 24 reflects the colours of the seven planets.
Although Bala Bhadra at one stage states that these are the
colours ruled by these planets, and are not their complexions, the
view of a host of exponents is that these are the "physical
complexions" of these planets and are naturally ruled by them.

Use of Planetary Colours; Bala Bhadra adds, one’s physique

will possess the complexion akin to that of the strongest planet at
birth. In horary evaluation, a thief s bodily complexion can be
identified (with the help of this information).

d Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1

ift
10
1
ara wri

Ml«qi4l$l|: -
*R?3F5v «|M|4|4I ^q || ,93 ||
113. Planetary Rulership of Colours & Directions: Based on
Hora Makaranda, copper-red, white, ultra red, blue, ultra yellow,
variegated and black are the colours ruled by the planets from the
Sun onwards. East and other directions are ruled in order by the Sun,
Venus, Rahu, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter. *
Notes: There are eight directions in all. The text refers to these
as “east and others”. Speculum?25 clarifies these details.

gqf: gqffe ^nftqi ^qf ^i4:i SFW m’ Mld<?<wfciFn3)i

wq -

Bala Bhadra suggests: By the words" Suryaadi Vamaah” in the

previous verse, the rulerships of planets over colours are implied. It
does not mean that the planetary complexions are those. If copper is
accepted as the colour of the Suh, and white for the Moon, the words
“Raktah Syaamah” etc will cause a blemish of repetition. Hence it
should be understood that these colours are ruled by respective
planets.

Hiw WMI ^41 sfcrftsqb I

FJST: II ??8 II
114. As Per SuryaJataka: Articles with the undermentioned
colours are ruled by the planets from the Sun to Saturn in order:
copper-coloured, white, red, green, yellowish, variegated and black.

«5<5«RI nncjctMl^l?^ tqiPVjsii 35Blf I I

Bala Bhadra clarifies: This information can be used in knowing

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 102

of the articles to be gained through the strongest of the planets in case
of a nativity or journey or question. Losses will occur through such
articles as indicated by planets that are not endowed with strength. To
please such evil planets, worship of them with flowers due to their
colours be resorted to; the worship should be of the planet ruling the
direction indicative of upsets.
Regarding further use of directions ruled by planets, the one in
strength in an angle denotes the direction of entry of delivery
chambers. Lost money and stolen articles can also be located in the
direction of an indicative planet.

wi: I

II m II
115. Other Uses of Directions: Additional uses of planetary
directions as propounded by Saravali are now mentioned. Tutelary
deities for the Sun to'Saturn are Agni, Water, Kartikeya, Vishnu,
Indraj Sachi Devi and Brahma. One desirous ofundertaking a journey
should worship the concerned deity with the relevant Mantra (sacred
spells)and proceed in the concerned direction so that enemy’s defeat is
imminent. Further such An aspirant will gain gold, gems and
elephants.
Notes: The clues can be used to undertake journeys in a
relevant.direction where success is an issue. The gains indicated
should be understood as wealth.
For the various planets, tutelary deities are shown in speculum
No. 26 along with meanings thereof.

wni i |
M^I4>^I’^^<J1«4^'R^ 5R3^ iiwa ]
W MkWHJA ^53^1: I 1
116. Ya vanesvara on Deities: Yavanesvaraalso attributes 1
Water God to the Moon, Fire God to the Sun, Vishnu to Mercury, |
Brahma to Saturn, Kartikeya to Mars, Indra to Jupiter and | Sachi
Devi to Venus. Offers during. Vedic Fire Sacrifices are -1 always done
in the names of these deities. In case of a question related to a theft,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 103

the name of the thief will correspond to a synonym of the deity
concerned as pointed out by the strongest planet.

siftRjah i; i

ata: |l ??K9 II

117. Qualities of Planets: Based on Hora Makaranda, malefic

planets are Mars, the Sun, Saturn and the weak Moon. Mercury in the
company of these planets will also be a malefic. Full Moon, Jupiter
and Venus are benefice. If Mercury joins a benefic planet, he will be a
benefic. Mercury is a malefic only when he is with one of the Sun,
Mars and Saturn, but not when with the weak Moon.
Notes: The work quoted here does not however specifically
bring Mercury in the category of independent benefics. It must be
understood, Mercury if alone is also a benefic. However his joinings
weak Moon does not turn him into a malefic. Kalyana Varma clearly
states this as under.

W^qRcRf-
^11: (at W: I
^URrJ fasiRSS qiR: || ??<= ||
118. As per Kalyana Varma: Jupiter, Mercury and Venus
arebenefics. Saturn, Mars and the Sun are natural malefics. The weak
Moon and Mercury in the company of a malefic are malefics.

1 sra ^VHM-AHI' I
Bala Bhadra Clarifies: In case of calculations related to life-
span, the Moon in the ascendant is treated to be weak from the 13th
day of dark fortnight through the 2nd day of bright fortnight (i.e. for
a period of 5 days). Hence Yavanesvara treats the weak Moon as a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 104

malefic.
Notea: According to Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra, ch. 43, sloka
11, the Moon though weak is never a malefic for purpose of life-span
calculations - — This is
more authoritative a statement than that of Yavanas quoted by Bala
Bhadra.

’j4 HVWst 531^ I ^5t ^dl^Sd II

9?^ II

II ?Qo ||
119 - 120. (a).3 Classifications of the Moon: For Yavanacharya
says, the Moon enjoys moderate strength (known as Madhya Chandra)
from the 1st day of bright lunar half through the 10th day of the
bright half. From the 11th day of bright half through .the 5th day of
dark lunar half, the Moon is Full (i.e. strong andis known osPoorna
Chandra), and from the 6th day of dark lunar halfthrough Amavasya
(New Moon day and is known Ksheena Chandra), it is of feeble
strength.
(b) Exception: When aspected by a benefic, the Moon is
invariably strong.
(c) Malefic planets are the Sun, Mars, and Saturn. Benefic
planets are Venus, Mercury and Jupiter. With a benefic, Mercury
remains a benefic and in the company of a malefic (except with weak
Moon as already pointed out), he turns malefic.

<I§W-

II ??? II
121* Sage Vasishta on Nodes: In respect of all undertakings,
malefic planets are the Sun, Mars, Saturn, Rahu, Ketu and the weak
Moon. Full Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Mercury are benefic planets.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 105

■sfafMt ftsuvfl f^n I
5lf&ja: M^oll^dl’t II II
(^) ^l<{l-li I

122. Planetary Rulerships of Castes: SookshmaJataka lays

down the following planetary rulerships over castes. Jupiter and
Venus over Brahmins, Mars and the Sun over Kshatriyas (men of
royalty)', the Moon over Vaisyas (men of trading community),
Mercury oyer Soodras and Saturn over men of lowest order. These
can be used in tracing lost articles and solving thefts according to the
strongest of the planets. In case of a query, the age and caste of the
lord of the ascendant will lead to the knowledge of the thief.
Notes: The castes based on ancient divisions denoted by the
planets are given above. The age groups of the planets have been
described elsewhere* as under:

The Moon equal to a breast-fed child.

Mars a child above 4 years.
Mercury below 12.
Venus from 12 to 32.
Jupiter from 32 to 50.
The Sun from 50 to 70.
Saturn -above 70.
These are for horary astrology in order to understand the
possible age of a thief. There is a different version of planetary ages
for natal horoscopy given in the ensuing pages.

WIHHMkU ^FSq:‘l

(JBO II II
3F5rt (sq) 3 ($) ERsO GTHI$A | shra WRI^)
II ?QB II
123 -124. As Satyacharya says, one will receive harm from men
of such a caste as indicated by a weak planet. Jupiter and Venus ride
Brahmins, the Sun and Mars royalty, the Moon traders, Mercury the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 106

Soodras and Saturn those of lowest caste. One will gain from men of
relevant caste and be the leader of such men as indicated by the strong
planet. Quarrels and losses will emanate from such men belonging to
the castes indicated by weak planets.

3R WTO HRkkSli -

gpi^rit w ii w ii
?n^l°& SWRlft HttlfeWcl I
125. Rulership oft he Vedas: As told in Sara vali, planets have
lordship over the Vedas, as under. Jupiter rules the Rig Veda. Venus
rules the Yajur Veda. Mars rufes the Saama Veda while the Atharva
Veda is ruled by Mercury. Knowledge of the lords of the Vedas will be
useful in performing Sacred Thread

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 107

Ceremony etc.
Notes: For relative functions, the planet rulingthe relevant
Veda should be strong at the time of the event. In Hindu circles,
various sects of people follow the injunctions of different Vedas
adoptedby their families. Such a planet’s week day and ascendant
should also be deemed propitious.'.

(3R) U5RI
HOT I

rdrafes SRSR;
126. Sex & Primordial Elements: According to Brihat Jataka,
Mercury and Saturn are hermaphrodites. The Moon and Venus are
female planets, and the. rest are male planets. The five primordial
elements, viz. Fire (Tejas), Earth (Prithvi), Ether (Akasa), Water (Jala
or pronounced as *up”) and Wind (Vayu) are ruled by the five planets
from Mare (through Saturn). Knowing of sex of the planets willbe
ofhelp in understanding the sex of thief.

If II
127. Use of Primordial Elements: Planets will, in their dasas,
reflect such.characteristics in the native due to the elements ruled by
them, viz. earth, water, fire, air and ether as could be recognized
through the nose (smell), mouth (taste), eyes (sight), skin (touch), ears
(sound).
Notes: SpeculumNo. 27 shows thedetailsoffiveprimordial
elements, planetary rulerships and their governances in human ;
body.
The Sun and the Moon do not get any exclusive rulership of
these elements. The Sun himself is fire and the Moon is water.
They axe co-rulers of the concerned elements.

Hora Ratnfem / Chapter 1 108

The five elements have also further use in matters relating to
physical growth of a person, just as the three humours (phlegm, bile
and wind) are connected with his health.
The physique called as "Bhautika Sarira” is made up of the five
elements, thus: Earthy Tatva is predominant in skin, bones, nerves,
hair and flesh. Saliva, urine, semen, marrow and blood constitute
watery tatva. Hunger, laziness, thirst, somnolence and brilliance are
covered by fire (or Agni Tatva). Running, stretching, contracting,
thwarting, breathing, hatred, love, fear and delusion are the qualities
of wind (Vayu Tatva). Sound, cavity, gravity, and hearing are the
qualities of Akasa Tatva or ether.
In chapter 5 infra, some more information on these Tatvas may
be found.

wni

’ffWIW’ral II W*5 II
128. Natural Qualities & Their Use: Gunakara (author of Hora
Makaranda) specifies the three natural qualities under various
planetary lordships, thus. The Moon, Jupiter and the Sun are Satvic
(reflecting goodness) in nature. Venus , and Mercury are Rajasik
(reflecting passion) while the duo Mare and Saturn are Tamasik
(reflecting darkness as a mental attribute). Note in whose Trimaamy*
the Sun is at birth. The subject’s quality will correspond to the nature
of that planet, i.e. the Sun’s Trimsamsa depositor.
Notes: All existing beings reflect any of the three qualities
mentioned above.
Salva gives goodness in abundance. It makes a person kind-
hearted towards all beings, firm or steady in attitude, courageous,
straightforward and devoted to Brahamins and Gods.'.
Rajasa (passion or intense activity) gives great interest in
literature and poetry, fine Arts, sacrifices and women, and makes one
very heroib.

i Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 109

Tamasa gives darkness and makes one foolish, lazy, hot- i
tempered and addicted to sleeping. J
For more details, see the notes in my English translation of |
Sambhu Hora Prakasa, ch. 2, verses 8 and 9. ... j
. . J
■
'
J
I
I II j
Bala Bhadra observes: The person will reflect the quality i of
Satva, Rajas or Tamas according to the planet in whose J Trimsamsa
the Sun is placed at birth, so says Varaha Mihira.

3n
(?) i sraa i

3a 143 i
Bala Bhadra Comments: A narration of the qualities of five
primordial compounds statedearlier, and ofthe three natural
ingredients just stated, is being made elaborately in the ensuing
portion in the context of Pancha Maha Purusha Yogas (combinations
for five different grades of great men) and Reya Yogas (combinations
for royalty). These two should be understood from that portion. Here
a doubt may arise. When the Sun and the Moon do not have rulership
on Trimsamsa division, evaluation of Satva and others, through them
may turn a futile exercise. But that is not the case. For these qualities
are reflected by the Strongest of the planets; and not from Trimsamsa
alone.

«kw^Pi4u^ sra f^iiw3 i

’TO?
d^j’3 i
HoraRatnam/ Chapter 1 HO
(a) AsperDevaKirti:‘Bal8i Bhadra now quotes the exponent
named Deva Kirti. The strongest planet will impart its respective
ingredient upon the person. This evaluation through Trimsamsa is of
prime importance.
(b) On Sun God's Authority :The Sun God states, “in whose-
ever Trimsamsa I am placed, the person will acquire such planet’s
qualities”.
(c) 'As per Suka Jataka: The work Suka Jataka declares that
these natural ingredients are bom in a person from his soul and the
relevant planet will impart its quality upon him.

(^o) n

ofto) gw*
(^o)
II II

(^J°) ^ISHlrl: I
(^o) IJJ: gsft <5Hrag:
Wlfai?Jfc*ll II ,11

HWlH4>MlsPfekHI I

FJ5T Wat I
i^ $cnej^
ift a^i^T 4teT i
129 - 32. Appearances of Planets & Bodily Elements: Now

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 111.

described are the appearances of the planets, aspqr Varaha Mihira.
(a) The Sunhas honey-coloured eyes and a symmetric body. He
is of bilious composition and has limited hair on his head.
(b) The Moon has a thin and round physique which has an
excess of the two temperaments - wind and phlegm. She is learned,
soft in speech and has beautiful eyes.
(c) Mars has cruel (fierce) eyes, is youthful and liberal. He is of
bilious composition, quite fickle-minded and has a thin itfaist.
(d) Mercury stammer^ in speech and is ever fond of jdkes. He
is of bilious, windy and phlegmatic composition.
(e) Jupiter is big-bodied and has tawny hair and eyes. (He has a
high degree of intellige nee and is phlegmatic in disposition.
(f) Venus is quite at ease and has a splendorous physique. His
eyes are beautiful. He is of phlegmatic and windy composition He has
dark and curly hair.
(g) Saturn is indolent and has brown eyes. He is tall ih stature
and is emaciated. His teeth are large. His hair and skin are stiff. He is
of windy composition.
(h) Bodily Elements: Saturn.’ the Sun, the Moon, Mercury,
Venus, Jupiter and Mars in order rule the seven elements of the body,
viz. muscles, bone, blood, skin, semen, fat and marrow.
(i) The subject will attain the form of the planet which is the
strongest in the nativity.
(j) So also of the bodily element. (Example: If the Sun is
powerful, ths native will have strong bones; with Saturn’s strength, he
will have a muscular physicque, so on and so forth.)
(k) In a query related to lost articles, the thief is describable on
the lines of the appearance of the strongest planet..
(l) In a query relating to illness, the cause will be due to the
temperament (i.e. bile, phlegm or wind) of the lord of the Navamsa
ascendant in the Prasna horoscope.
3JSJ WHIWSWlfPr

qtewfl Malays n m 11 $lR<l$>dl:

FF^ I
Wk«W<l4i>: ^3: II ?38 II
tqi'^ii'Diotq^'i Mw I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 112.

133-34. Planetary Ages: AccordingtoSufea Jataka, Mars is an
infant while Mercury is a youth. Jupiter is in excess of 30. Venus is
sixteen year did. The Sun is 50 while the Moon is 70. Saturn Rahu and
Ketu are lOOyearsinage. The concerned phase of life of a person will
obtain good or bad results as according to the strength of concerned
planets.
Notes: The strength or weakness of a planet will bring
auspicious or inauspicious effects in its age bracket. For example, if
Mars is strong in a nativity, childhood will be comfortable. Otherwise
childhood will be marked by difficulties. A strong Jupiter gives
happiness around 30. The Sun’s weakness will be troublesome around
the age of 50. Such deductions will have to be suitably made.

3FI WIT WWH

ara ^HiPi^fafadMdl 3 $biwfi i

JR} II m II
135. Robes & Primary Elements: Jataka Ratna Mala lays down
the following. Thick, new, burnt, wet, neither old nor new, strong and
ragged robes belong to the Sun and others in order. . , ,
Copper, precious stone, gold, lead, silver, pearl and steel are the
seven elements ruled respectively by the Sun and others. Notes:
Speculum No. 28 clarifies the above allotments to the planets from the
Sun to Saturn.

an i 1
3i4><r^ HIM (BHRIIHIH^ (3J) I J
3taFi FW? faiaBi apfa Bataam g^r II 11 1
tfta fbd.INd ai swPd d^n- II I
M^I^H ^cwyis^ig^xii (aar) m^i I a^H^nai 1
a<^ew 3TOja^nai d^^iR^ i 1
136. (a) According to sage Badarayana, if Jupiter is placed J|
in his own sign, he indicates gold. 3
(b) Copper, precious stone, mixed metal, silver (gold in case
of position in own sign), pearl and lead or black steel are for the 1 Sun
to Saturn in order. S

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 113.

(c) One will gain through the relevant elements in the dasa ;|j
of a strong planet. There will be losses through such elements in | the
daaa of an adverse planet.
e

ara wri WBIHIR HRI^FJ-

n ii ita: I qj 3^, W
■^S^TPUI’FI I

Hlfa I

d^^Jdddii>H5llddsWlPddHl3-1 drb^H I
dtfd<^d}lldW<ttqH3M gddHIdl ddc^H?IH»i I
137 -138. Flavours & Abodes: (a) Pungent, saline, bitter,
mixed, sweet, sour and astringent are the flavours denoted by the
seven planets from the Sun onwards.
(b) Temple, watery place, fiery place, play-ground, treasury,
bed room and a heap of dung’are the places of the seven planets | in
order. |
(c) From the 3rd month of pregnancy, the female shows an |

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 114.

inclination for different tastes and places. According to the strength of
the respective planet&in transit at the relevant time, she should be
taken care of. In a query related to meal consumed, the flavour of the
meal is denoted by the lord of Navamsa ascendant.
The places described for various planets can also be used as
under.
(d)The place of delivery will correspond to the strongest planet
at birth.
(e) If the query relates to lost articles, the possible place of
recovery will have to be known on these lines, i.e. planetary abodes
just enlisted.

arc

IWiaHI*fl?ll: II II
139. Durations & Seasons: (a) The Sun is lord of Ayana (six
months) while the Moon is of a Muhurta (48 minutes). Mars rules a
period of one day. One season (of 2 months) is ruled by Mercury.
Jupiter is the lord of one month. A fortnight is attributed to Venus
Mid a year to Saturn.
(b) The six seasons come under planetary rulerships thus:
Sisira, Vasanta, Greeshma, Varsha, Sarad and Hemanta Ritus are
respectively ruledby Saturn, Venus, Mars, the Moon, Mercury and
Jupiter.
Notes: (a) Ayana is a period of six months. These are
Uttarayana (Sun’s northerly course) and Dakshinayana (Sun’s
southerly course).
The durations of time period as ruled by the seven planets ■
will be useful in estimating the time of maturity of a relevant event.
That is, if the Sun indicates maturity, the event will occur in about 6
months,, so on and so forth. However the event to be predicted should
be carefully chosen and proper yardsticks applied in respect of time-
frame.
In case of the Moon, the word “Kshana” is rendered as 48
minutes, although the word has other Meanings like a moment, four-
minutes, a certain day of the fortnight like Full Moon et cetera.
(b) The meanings of the names of the Ritus (seasons) and their
durations are indicated in speculum 29.

Hora Ratnam./ Chapter 1 115

This information will help in lost horoscopy, particularly to
locating natal Sun sign in which case Ayanamsa orprecession of the
equinox is inclusive.

WRt («ft) ’WfaftsH II ?Bo ||

3R^IF5: |
Hisralwar 3fcn HRH&R: wsfcw HIPH&I 3RRJ53: I HEPII
I 3ft HHRRHI’ft HHI Hl'fcPRFFH?
I ^4 4ft HR ftHRR -
ftRifc&H. I ift: I
JTFR*’} 3F3 WI HWFfaft *Rft H R WHI - SRRFFI^
HRHS^ HHRt HHft d^i<s«<l HHRFHlPfcRRSftRHlftHf HI HH^t
<row<< I
HE3n*ft» H R ^4 Ht 'il^VwA d{*£id
nn$ i nft R H <ftsft ^swFHiftnjft i nft n ^4 5RR1I: H5T: *RpH
HHI HHR^I^njft I’
. W R HftrH:- ge||&MW4f $ft I
140. Use of Ayana etc* ad per Sage Maniththa: Success over
enemy, impregnation, or maturity , of an eVent in case of a query can
be indicated according to the lord ofNavamsa ascendant or
corresponding to the Navamsas past in the rising sign.
Our author, Bala Bhadra, explains this as under. The number
of Ayanas, Muhurtas, days, fortnights, months or years will
correspond to the lord of the Navamsa ascendant or the number of
Navamsas past in the ascendant If the Sun. is the indicative planet, the
period will be in terms of Ayanas. If it be the

Moon, the period will be in Muhurtas. Mars indicates so many

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 116.

number of days. This way a query chart regarding an event, or an
expected child-delivery should be handled.
Some opine, this duration should be based on the Navamsas
gained by the indicative planet in the sign in which it is placed. The
use of lords of Ritus (seasons) is to locate the Ritu of birth in case of a
lost or unrecorded horoscope. A planet in the ascendant of a query
relating to a lost horoscope, would also indicate the Ritu, i.e. birth
would have been in its Ritu. If such an ascendant is unoccupied, the
lord of the decanate of the said ascendant will indicate the Ritu otf
birth. If the ascendant at the time of the said query is occupied by two
of more, heavenly bodies, the strongest will prevail.

Wlfo 34 II II
3FJ^-

II II

tR : |
141 -42. Planetary Aspects: From the places they occupy, all
planets lend a quarter aspect on the .3rd and 10th, half on the 9th and
5th, three-fourths on the 4th and 8th and full on the 7th, according to
Varaha Mihira. The effects to be produced will be commensurate with
the aspect concerned. Saturn has special aspect on the 3rd and 10th,
Jupiter on the 5th and 9th, Mars on the 4th and 8th. The Sun, Venus,
Mercury and the Moon aspect the 7th. The author clarifies, the
expression “CAct” (vide sloka 43) includes under the aspect of 7th
bouse the unstated planets, viz. Saturn, Jupiter and Mars. (That is,
these three planets also aspect the 7th, apart from the specially
mentioned ones.)

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 117.

ssiA <n^ n ?83 u w wwil
HIHFI ntf Rigj
W w f^nf tjyf HleRFi II ?88 II
TOH W <£JCT IWWHI^ I
143 * 144. Yavanacharya on Aspects: The effect of aspect of a
planet on the 7th will be full, on the 4th and 8th a quarter, on the 9th
and 5th half, and on the 10th and 3rd three-fourths. Speci;-! full
aspects are for Jupiter on the 5th and 9th, for Mars on the 4th and
Q
th, and for Saturn on the 3rd and 10th. All (seven) planets aspect the
7th from the sign they occupy.

Plfedi W: II ?8U II ’f’f

HRfti W CT I I

itai: wra^rai^n ?ss n

4tap5t W II II
3CT MM«n: wHHfbirflHS i
FTRJ. i

145 -146; (a) Lord Surya states in Surya Jataka - Saturn has
special aspects on the 3rd and 10th, Jupiter on the 5th and 9th, and
Mars on the 4th and 8th. All planets leiid full aspect on the 7th.
(b) There is another authority which states as under. “Saturn
aspects the 3rd and 10th, Jupiter the 5th and 9th, Mars the 4th and
8th, and the others aspect the 7th”.
(c) The author clarifies (in regard to the other authority)
that the expressions “others aspect the 7th” does not .include Mars,
Saturn, and Jupiter which, if taken as it is, will ago against sages’
suggestion. Apparently this is an error of the copyist.
Notes: In these two slokas, the aspects of planets are the same
as noted earlier, except for a copying error noted by Bala Bhadra.

Hora Ratham / Chapter 1 118

sra i -

II II
147. Satyacharya on Friends & Enemies: From the Moola
trikona sign of a planet, the owners of 2nd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and 12th
are its friends. So also the owner of the 6ign where a planet can be
exalted. Others are not its friends.
Notes: These views are the same as given in my English
translation of Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra, ch 3, sloka 55. However,
the Moon has no enemies, as noted in the notes thereof. For the nodes,
see the following.
Rahu: The Sun, Moon and Mars are his enemies. Jupiter^
Venus and Saturn are his friends. Mercury is his neutral.
Ketu: The Sun and the Moon are hisenemies. Mars, Venus and
Saturn are his friends. Mercury and Jupiter arehis neutrals. With this
information, we can bring the nodes also under the purview of five-
fold relationship.

•o

ifal 3l^5?lf^lPR: Wl: I l&lRMI*fl H+<lRlWI‘fl

W- I

«I
B UcMIS’URlMlsfa I

lyfoW ^1: IWRWfaHH Wqq I

H<4H^!||HHlM ^Fft I qq I
Bala Bhadra gives the meaning of the verse as under. From the
Moola Trikoria sign of a planet, the owners of 12th, 2nd, 4th,■ 8th,
9th, 5th and exaltation sign are its friends. The lords of the signs that
are not included hereof are the enemies of the planet in question.
Among these, the owners of two of the said signs are ’ its friends and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 119.

owner of one sign is its equal Since the Sun and. the Moon each own a
single sign, they should be treated as friendly planets instead of
equals. It goes thus. The Sun’s Moola Trikona is Leo. 12th from there
is Cancer ruled by the Moon. Since the Moon is the lord of a single
sign, she is a friend of ths Sun (and not equal or neutral). Similarly the
5th and 8th from ' Leo are Sagittarius and Pisces, both ruled by
Jupiter. Thus Jupiter is a friend of the Sun. The 2nd from Leo is
Virgo ruled by Mercury. Since Mercury rules only onesign among the
stated ones, he is an equal to the Sun. Venus and Saturn own the signs
that are not stated above and hence are the enemies of the Sun. , This
wayf it should be understood for the Moon and others. Notes:
Speculum No. 30 reflects details of planetary friendship, enmity and
neutrality.

HRt |

3 sto: W&btaHlftg W II ?8^ II

148 • 149. Planetary Relationships - Varaha Mihira: Now told

are the ways of knowing friendly, neutral and inimical terms among
planets, according to Varaha Mihira.
The Sun’s enemies are Saturn and Venus. Mercury is his
neutral (or equal). Rest (i.e.the Moon, Mars and Jupiter) are his
friends.
The Moon’s friends are the Sun and Mercury. The rest (i.e.
Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn) are her neutrals.
The friends of Mars are Jupiter, the Moon and the Suh.
Mercury is his enemy while Venus and Saturn are his neutrals.
Mercury’s friends are the Sun and Venus. The Moon is his enemy.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 120.

Jupiter, Saturn and Mars are his neutrals.
Jupiter’s enemies are Mercury and Venus. Saturn is his
neutral. The Sun, the Moon and Mars are his friends.
Venus has friendship with Saturn and Mercury. Mars and
Jupiter are neutral to him. The Sun and the Moon are his enemies.
Saturn is friendly with Venus and Mercury while he is neutral
to Jupiter. His enemies are the Sun, the Moon and Mars. What I have
stated are the same as those held by Satyacharya based on the Moola
Trikona sign of a planet, observes Varaha Mihira.

W II II

HIWI fast fc* ii w n

srals^sfi 5FJ W W I
’pit: Fjat n if
’JclklcK^^ FJ: 51^: I
^5: HHt Ptalft*|: ll?*3 II I
150 -153. As per the Sun God: In this context, the Sun God
also states the same, thus:
"My enemies are Saturn and Venus. Mercury is my neutral (or
equal). Rest (i.e. the Moon, Mars and Jupiter) are my friends. "The
Moon’s friends are myself and Mercury. The rest (i.e. Mars, Jupiter,
Venus and Saturn) are his neutrals.
"The friends of Mars are Jupiter, the Moon and myself.
Mercury is his enemy while Venus and Saturn are his neutrals.
"Mercury’s friends are myself and Venus. The Moon is his enemy.
Jupiter, Saturn and Mars are his neutrals.
"Jupiter’s enemies are Mercury and Venus. Saturn is his
neutral. Myself, the Moon and Mars his friends:
'Venus has friendship with Saturn and Mercury. Mars and
Jupiter are neutral to him. Myself and the Moon are hisenemies.
"Saturn is friendly with Venus and Mercury while he is neutral to
Jupiter. His enemies are me, the Moon and Mars."
Notes: The views quoted hereof are the same as that Varaha

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 121.

Mihira. So also those being given below, sourced to Vasishta and
Kasyapa. Except for different synonyms used in the composition of
their verses, Satya, Varaha Mihira, Sun God, Vasishta and Kasyapa
say the same thing.
Bala Bhadra quotes so many sages at the risk of repetition in
order to isolate Yavanesvara whose views are radically different from
these exponents. This will be seen in the ensuing pages. Bala Bhadra
firmly and rightly agrees with Satyacharya, Varaha Mihira and
others.

' HI# ft3 w-

WWI: II II

SRR w FJ; $IRH<^ II II

g sift i
SffcFJ HHI ril II W II
fa* ’faft I
WIT ^|<R^I ^l^fal^R^J^ II ?*<9 II -
154 - 157, As per Vasishtat Sage Vasishta also holds identical
views on planetary relationships as under.
The Sun’s enemies are Saturn and Venus. Mercury is his
neutral (or equal). Rest (i.e. the Moon, Mars and Jupiter) are his
friends.
The Moon’s friends are the Sun and Mercury. The rest (i.e.
Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn) are his neutrals.
The friends of Mars are Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun.
Mercury is his enemy while Venus and Saturn are his neutrals.
Mercury’s friends are the Sun and Venus. The Moon is his enemy.
Jupiter, Saturn and Mars are his neutrals.
Jupiter’s enemies are Mercury and Venus. Saturn is his
neutral. The Sun, the Moon and Mars his friends.
Venus has friendship with Saturn and Mercury. Mars and
Jupiter are neutral to him. The Sun and the Moon are his enemies.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 122.

Saturn is friendly with Venus and Mercury while he is neutral
to Jupiter. His enemies are the Sun, the Moon and Mars; These terms
have firmly been stipulated by Lord Brahma, the four-faced God.

7^: fa Ifafal 4<ldfl I

Slfa fa W II II
fa ^sR: <R |
3RI Rjfa.^fafaR Wl: || ns II •jpl:
fal*'4iK’4fa I .
fa ’R fa ir<?$o ii fat
fa *R I

158 -160. As per Kasyapa: Sage Kasyapa again tells us

the same kind of planetary relationships, as under.
The Sun's enemies are Saturn and Venus. Mercury is his
neutral (or equal). Rest (i.e. the Moon, Mars and Jupiter) are his
friends.
The Moon's friends are the Sun and Mercury. The rest (i.e.
Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn) are his neutrals.
The frieiids of Mars are Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun.
Mercury is his enemy while Venus and Saturn are his neutrals.
Mercury’s friends are the Sun and Venus. The Moon is his enemy.
Jupiter, Saturn and Mars are his neutrals.
Jupiter’s enemies are Mercury and Venus. Saturn is his
neutral. The Sun, the Moon and Mars his friends.
Venus has friendship with Saturn and Mercury. Mars and x
Jupiter are neutral to him. The .Sun and the Moon are his enemies.
Saturn is friendly with Venus and Mercury while he is neutral
to Jupiter. His enemies are the Sun, the Moon and Mars. Sage Narada
also holds identical views in this regard.

HW *lf^ H4 I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 123.

JjftBIf || ||
HiHRI I
nteq fcnnq neg. 11 11

161 -162. Incompatible Views: The author says, some writers,

that is, Yavanesvara stated a Bet of natural relationships of planets
which are of a kind different from those given earlier. For
Yavanesvara has the following to say.
The Sun’s friend is Jupiter. The rest are his enemies.
Jupiter has all others as his friends except Mars. Mars is his
enemy.
Mercury has all others as his enemies except the Sun.
The Sun and the Moon are enemies of Venus while the rest

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 124.

are friends of Venus.
The friends of Mars are Mercury and Venus. The rest are his
foes.
The Moon's friends are Mercury and Jupiter. His enemies are
other than these two.
Saturn's allies are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. The others are
his enemies.
These views are incompatible to those held by sages Vasishta, .
Kasyapa and Narada, and many preceptors like Satyacharya. These
are in disregard to Varaha Mihira and others, so observes Bala
Bhadra.

Rl-i ^IH: II 9^3 II

3F4W II 958 II -

tap wri Hta II 9CX II

163 -165. Temporary Relationship: The Sun God states the
temporary kind of relationships (as available at a given time)
between planets as under.
From a given planet, another placed in the 10th, 11th, 4th, 3rd,
2nd or 12th becomes its temporary ally. A planet in the same sign, or
in the 5th, 9th, 6th, 8th or 7th with reference to the planet under
consideration becomes its foe.
Planets that are naturally and temporarily friendly become
bosom friends. Enemies en both counts are dead enemies. When
alliance obtains one way, and discord the other way, the planets
concerned are neutral. Friendship on one count and equality on
another cause friendship between two planets. When equality exists
on one countand discord on the other, the two are inimical to each
other. 1 ... «
Notes: The five-fold relationsh^a^^l^ails of^anchadha
Hora Ratnam/ Chapter 1 125 .
Sambandha" are shown in speculum No. 31 for an easy grasp.
Ultimately in a horoscopic analysis, these should be used and one
should not stop at natural terms.

W I rRW-

—
SB? A$H4I4= II W II
166. Yavanesvara has also stated planetary relationships
with emphasis as detailed earlier, thus. From a planets Moola
Trikona sign, another placed in the 2nd, 10th, 4th, 5th and 12th,
and in the exaltation sign of the planet under consideration is his
friend.

q8«HI&bPl*luHII: 11 11

sifaRgRyiw n ?$” n
167 -168. As per Kalyana Varma: From a planet under
consideration those that are placed in the 12th, 4th, ?nd, 10th,. 11th
and 3rd are its temporary friends. Those occupying the 6th, 8th,
7th, 1st and trines, i.e. 5th and 9th are its temporary enemies.
Naturalfriendship combined with temporary friendship causes
deep friendship. Naturalequality with temporary alliance produces
friendship. Natural enmity coincidental with temporary friendship
gives equality. Two planets with natural enmity and temporary
enmity are bitterly inimical Natural equality with temporary
friendship isproductive^ofenmity. Naturalfriendship with
temporary enmity causes equality. Thus five kinds of

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 126.

relationship between planets should be enumerated
and effects' declared.

sra wri -
Now the six sources of strengths of a planet.

W f^t II II
o'4im HIH>R-

^IRI*II44I stai «i^ II ?k9o n

^l+l^^dkPt? H^^TT fife

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 127.

^xpui II II
169 -171. (a) In this context, Kalyana Varma is quoted on Dig
Bala (directionalstrength), Sthaana Bala (positional strength), Kala
Bala (temporal strength) and Cheshta Bala (motional strength). In
-deciding various issues, directional strength, positional strength,
temporal strength and motional strength are the four sources of
strength necessary to a planet which are narrated below. A planet
devoid of these strengths is weak.
(b) Jupiter and Mercury in Ascendant, the Sun and Mars in
the 10th, Saturn in the 7th, and Venus and the Mdon in the 4th
gain what is called directional strength.
(c) A planet in its exaltation sign, Moola Trikona sign, own
sign, or in friendly or own Navamsa, in aspect to a benefic assumes

(d) The Moon and Venus obtain positional strength in

strength.

feminine signs while the other planets do so in masculine signs.*

(e) Jupiter, the Sun and Venus are strong in day time.
Mercury’s strength remains in tact throughout, i.e. both in day and
in night. Saturn) the Moon and Mars are strong during nights. The
lord of ascendant’s Hora, and the lords of the month and day of
birth get strength. Benefics are strong in bright fortnight and
malefics in dark fortnight. Strong are the following planets. One
that conquers another in a war, one that is in retrograde motion
and the one that has its rays in full (i.e. not combust). The Sun and
the Moon are strong in their northerly course. This is Cheshta Bala
as per Satyacharya.
Notes: (a) Ihave sufficiently dealt with calculations of such
strengths in my various translations like Brihat Parasara Hora
Sastra, Saravali, Sambhu Hora Prakasa etc. etc. with which the
readeris already familiar. For more information, the reader may
further consult late Dr. M. Vijay a Raghavulu’s Hindu Astrological
Calculations.
(b) This is called Digbala.
(c) This is called Sthaana Bala (or positional strength).
(d) Same as "c" above. '
(e) The second line of sloka 171 reads erroneously as uHora-
Masa-Dinadhipaascha^ which refers to lords of Hora, month and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 128.

day only. It should actually read as uHora-Masa-
Dinaabdapaascha” to include the lord of the year also. These are
part of Kata Bala or temporal strength.

oi4l I
Wiwi at* -
(«n:) wst (^T) 3'Fpi'H 3^$^: | 3if?R58i
O (old: II II I

172. Yuddha Bala: Bala Bhadra now deals with the

conqueror in the words of Varaha Mihira from his chapter on
Planetary War {in Brihat Samhita}. A planet that is large

(Vipula), glossy (SnigdAa), brilliant (Dyutiman) and is in the

north is the winner. SosaysVarahaMihira. In the same chapter, the
defeated planet is described thus. One in the south (of the other), is
rough, trembling, withdrawing from the other without contacting
it, small, mounted, of ugly appearance, and bereft of radiance and
colour. Here the winner should be understood by the expressions
“VipulaadiLakshanayukto” (that is being large etc.) and “Bakshina
Dikstho” (placed in the south of the other). “ Vilonia Gathi* means
retrograde motion, and “Sampoornagaavah” means endowed with
full rays. Thus observes the author.
Notes: The chapter referred to by the author is the 17th in
Brihat Samhita of Varaha Mihira. This work has a marvellous
English translationby Prof. M. Rama Krishna Bhatt and contains a
variety of useful information.
For understanding the exact meanings of terms like “large”
(Vipula), rough, trembling etc. we must have a proper grasp of
relevant astronomical instructions which at least I do not have.
“Sthigmo” should read as “Snigdho” meaning “glossy”.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 129.

II II
173. Ayana Bala: Venus, Mars, the Sun and Jupiter get
Ayana Bala with northern declination. Saturn and the Moon obtain
Ayana Bala with southern declination. Mercury is strong in this
regard with either declination.
Notes: The original verse is erroneous in that the Moon is -
included among planets with northern declination and excluded
from those with southern declination. But, the Sun appears in both
the cases. The rendering is for rectified version.
Ayana Bala is called equinoctial strength which is assigned
to a heavenly body by virtue.of its position, with a certain Kranti or
declination. When the declination of the* Sun, Mars, Jupiter and
Venus is 23’ N 27’ they are in full strength. Similarly, the Moon
and Saturn are in full power with 23’ S 27’. In case of Mercury, he.
commences with a minimum of half Roopa at celestial equator -
zero degree - and gradually increases his power

with either declination, getting full at 23* 27" North or South.

jSt ngsFFTW urai; i

gqfa’fa? W II ?i98 II
Mi'llifiMI^MrhfcSl 4I?II$: fi^li«rl I
MR^Mt II m II

WMil^^asi*^ ftwWhn ii ii
174 •176* (a) Drekkana Bala: Male planets get strength in
the 1st decanate of any sign. Female* and hermaphrodite plane ts
get this strength in the 2nd and 3rd decanates respectively.
(b) Heliacally Risen Planets: According to Yavanas, planets
that have emerged from the Sun are only strong.
(c) Tribhaga Bala: When the night duration is divided into
three equal parts, the Moon, Venus and Mars get strength in the
1st, 2nd and 3rd parts in order. When the day duration is similarly
divided, Mercury, the Sun and Saturn get this strength in the 1st,
2nd and 3rd parts respectively. Jupiter is ever (i. e. throughout the
24 hours) strong in this respect.
(d) Naisargika Bala: Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter,
Venus, the Moon are (universally) stronger than the other in the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 130.

ascending order.
The wise should consider these various sources of strength of
planets.

II II
177. Retrogression in Exaltation: Other preceptors state
that a planet in retrogression in its exaltation sign is devoid of
strength. Though it may be in exaltation due to entry in
retrogression from the next sign, it loses its strength because of
excessive schedule of traverse. .
Notes: The first condition is clear. For example, Mars (R) in
Capricorn loses its exaltation potence.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 131.

u
Ati Vakra" (or Anu Vakra) denotes a planet that re-enters its
exaltation sign from the next sign in retrograde motion. For example,
retrograde Venus re-entering Pisces, its exaltation sign, from Aries. In
this case also, the planet is said to be weak.

F3^ fcO F3^ Wl

frFjsifirar si FFjqfcsftn 11 n
178. A planet in exaltation gives excellent effects. In its Moola
Trikona sign or in own sign, |ts effects are medium. Limited will be its
effects if in a friendly sign or be aspected by a friendly planet.

’ist F3CWSF$VJI n 11
179. Strength of the Moon: Seniors among Yavanas say that
the Moon is endowed with moderate strength for ten days from the
first day of bright lunar half. During the next ten days, it is excellent
in power, after which it has very little strength for ten days.
Notes: Also see the notes for sloka 86, chapter 1 of
Jyottsharnava^avanitamfor similar views.

3nf&FR5I I
srafasfa? n r* ii
180. If the Moon is placed with full rays, brilliant and bright-
circled, the subject will be an unconquerable king.

35&3I II II

cSRlfata FJF3 II Vs* II

182. The effects revealed by various Basis will correspond

Hora Ratnam/ Chapter 1 131

to their strengths and that of their lords. If the Rasi and its lord have
identical strengths, only one of them be considered. If two planets are
identically strong, the one with higher Naisargika Bala will have to be.
considered. This view is held by many preceptors while Chudamani
Acharya stipulates that if the ascendant (or a sign) and its lord are
equally strong, only the lord of the ascendant (or of the sign) be
considered.

SH^as I
Divisions like exaltation, Moola Trikona and own sign have
already been stated (so observes the author).

’ftl&l: II ^3 (I

^Ri^iRnaii n r* 11
RfSdlR:

cRHf^H+l-dl (F3)
n II Side'll

^tllPddl ■'IdM'il dRdl Rijd’l

sTSlfa $y>i^ II II
183 -186. Gunakara on Planetary States & Effects: (a) Planets
attain following nine Avajsthas or states. Deepta when

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 132

in exaltation, Svastha in own sign, Harshita in a friend's sign, Santa in
a benefic’s sign, Sakta without losing its rays (i.e. after rising from
combustion), Vikala when rays are lost in the Sun, Deena when in
debilitation, Khala when with a malefic, and Peedita when defeated in
a war.
(b) A planet in Deepta state gives the following effects. The
subject will be valorous and will conquer the band of his enemies. He
will be blessed with wealth and will play with ruttish elephants like a
king.
(c) One with a planet in Svastha state will have precious stones,
grains and family. He will be an army chief and will destroy his foes.
(d) With a planet in Harshita state, he will have gold and
women and will subdue his enemies.
(e) He will be endowed with happiness, wealth, pleasure, duty
and intelligence with a planet in Santa state.
(f) A planet in Sakta state will make the subject develop liking
for robes, flowers and women.
(g) A planet in Deena state will cause loss of money and thrust
poverty.
(h) A planet in Vikala state will deprive the subject of place,
destroy wealth and will cause fear from enemies.
(i) Trouble from diseases and much grief is caused by a planet
in Peedita state.
(j) One will be in grief, will lose wealth, be devoid of wife and
will wander in distant places even without any allies if a planet is in
Khala state.
Notes: As there are various other kinds of Avasthas, this kind of
classification is called “Deeptadi Avasthas’’ meaning Deepta and
other Avasthas or exaltation and other states.
In chapter 3, hereof, more detailed information on Avasthas of
various kinds may be found for better knowledge.
Sambhu Hora Prakasa gives ten kinds of such Avasthas. instead
of nine given by most texts. For details, see sioka 43 e*c. in chapter 2,
ibid.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 ^33

3R5ERI (pOT) WH tR5W I

pd H^f Jl?*^ II
pH:
ptffafll faslwifaJT: HIMIpcHI:
H^55BI OTtsfap I P= '5F3T
*iP>«<|: ’Jtf'Hi:
fap: fW: II ?*"’ II

fa^5I: pskl: 5RT pfel II II ^f&Wl&klg ’JS3: tiuilPflM: I

ofc^H<Wft<d|: H^5W^ERI5®: II T^o II
187 - 190. Now told are briefly in the words of Kalyana Varma
the effects of planets on the basis of their strengths.
(a) Strong Benefics: If at birth all benefic planets are strong,
the subject will have good conduct, be truthful, auspicious and purity
of mind. He will have an attractive appearance, be splendorous,
learned in Sastras, respectful of Brahmins and Gods, and fond of
superior clothes, garlands, water and ornaments.
(b) Strong Malefics: If all the malefic planets are in
strength, the subject will be a miser, will indulge in misdeeds, be
intentonachievinghisendsandpromotingquarrels, be indolent, crafty,
torturing, dirty, ungrateful, of tale-bearing nature and ugly. .
(c) Planets in Masculine Signs: One having planets in strength
in masculine signs will be fond of war. If they be weak, the subject will
be highly hard-hearted, cruel and foolish.
(d) Planets in Feminine Signs: Strong planets in feminine signs
will make the subject soft and timid in disposition. Further he will be
fond of water, flowers (or flowers growing in water like lotus) and
robes. He will be gifted with knowledge in arts and be happy with
regard to robes (“happy with His kinsfolk” is the meaning of another
reading);

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 134

U5#»SR5Wi. II
Thus ends the section (in chapter 1) entitled Planets & Their
properties.

Now the chapter on Impregnation.

SIfaH I
fatfcn - 3FJ
fafasti II w II

xwisrqsna JFWPH H?4 feiWH n w ii

HW *FXT i
3^^ fes|4l44l-nRl3<q II w II
191 - 193. As per Yavanas: (a) There is a similarity in Adhana
and Prasna or horary (that is identical considerations in relevant
areas can be made in these two cases}. To ascertain such similarities
various wonderful combinations are now enlisted which help describe
the person (or his life's events)?
(b) If the ascendant is without a benefic’s aspect, but with that
of debilitated Saturn, the. person is bom of other's loins.
(c) Should the Sun be strong (in terms of Shadbala), his birth
follows copulation in day time..
(d) In case of illegal birth, if the planet aspecting the ascendant
is debilitated Mars, the father of the child belongs to trading
community. If it be the declining Moon, the person in question will be
a king (of one of foyal clan). Mercury in the 7th (or Mercury in
combustion) in this context denotes a Brahmin. If it be all the planets
that aspect the ascendant, birth will be through a foreigner (or of
different orthodoxy).
' Notes: The instructions given in this chapter are' interchangeable
between a sincere query and natal horoscope. Some are however
applicable to the period upto the time of birth only.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 1 135

A caution is howeyer necessary in applying the combinations
for illegal births in particular. Only, after taking the number of valid
combinations causing illegal births, and those that cancel these Yogas,
should a conclusion be drawn.
The birth horoscope has inseparable links with Adhana
horoscope. Adhana horoscope means the one cast for the particular
coition that led to the formation of foetus. Since Adhana horoscope is
not always possible to be obtained, the birth horoscope reflects the
influences of planets on ths native. Naturally, chosen births only
disturb such knowledge but do not alter the course of fate as such.
Adhana is like a negative print of a photograph, and birth horoscope
is its positive print. By bringing forth changes in the positive print,
facts of the photographed object are not going to change..

W Sl«n I
3TC3&3 WW+i II II

II n* II
194 -195. (a) If a majority of planets be in debility at the time
of birth, (or Adhana or query), the person will face his end (early).
(b) Two planets in debility will produce physical deformity.
(c) If the lord of the ascendant is in a quadruped sign, the
child's appearance will be akin to that of a quadruped. (Similarly, for
other kinds of signs.)
(d) Should the lord of the ascendant, without losing his
riays, be in a masculine sign, the disposition, of the person at the time
of union will be manly. If the sign involved is an insect sign (Cancer or
Scorpio), the disposition will be contrary to this.
(e)The quality of union should be declared after examining the
planet in the 7th.

’KI^PI&W^W!F^pRhl:|
WWHNft ftcll !KI^:?lfcn II n< II

HoraRatnam/ Chapter 1 136.

^5^i: asi <R^idwi n n
H^rorast o^iwiwi ifft g^cf TOR <RFJ^H I tflrurcFta
^R'RaTOR^TO’S^ II ?V* II
^5”I W$Hl fcta”4 RFJ. «Visl3d Rdl'x»c(l4‘^ I
196 - 198V4. (a) If the ascendant is unaspected by the Sun, the
copulation would be in darkness.
(b) The Sun in the north (i. e. the 4th house), with own
Navamsa, denotes that the copulation would be in day time.
(c) If the ascendant is unaspected by any planet, the
copulation would be in a forest area.
(d) Ascendant being a watery sign denotes copulation in a
watery place.
(e) The Moon in the 7th, the Sun in the ascendant, and Mars
in the l2th indicate copulation at twilight.
(f) Saturn in aspect to the ascendant would cause copulation
in an elevated place (or land).
(g) The dispo sition prevailing at the time of union could be .
ascertained with the help of the planet aspecting the ascendant,
thus: Jupiter - under cool or pleasant weather or with coolness of-
disposition and with endless and great impetudusness; Venus
- with attachment; the Moon - with burning desires, and Mercury
- for a very long duration.

3TIEIR HTCR II II
’ffeaHl^i WW dld-MI: I fijsflwifi'fe fas
—
•TtH ^WWI^ II ROO II

aft: Jlfe SRftft aa JHaPa 11 *>? II asar a

oafti WIIR ftwra I
H WK —
; Hora -Ratnam / Chapter 1 137
totals *p$: HHPFS^I wrara^l
■^*■$3 <l*nPl JFwPri *I|| II 5o3 II
F^ WH^ fB I
HHHF3 d£*V^ Fjfifc -
F4l^tfdd -RIWJ II 3»8 II
HSlftW^Si ^S5 ^^raW^H: I
CMHIRHBH ^RIPO HRO JT^f ^n il 3°X II i&ttyttlH ?R:
(fib ■aftw ?WRRFI^ I nawit Hawaii 50$ II
l
j4^jl‘l^lRI I
SfeR W^t W[ II ?ol3 II
clfal^^fe FIF^ o^FFI: W FIRWt ’JjFR: JTO I 4t HRJBI
HR: «Wd *Rf Wfifll So* II
RMT) H dmt-M •S'-M 4i^i 4IHI ^RI ctk4^'i i
199 - 208. Pregnancy Developments: (a) The lord of the 1st
month is Venus during which time the ovum and sperm unite. The
female’s appearance, desire, strength, splendour and possibility of
destruction of pregnancy, and the expected developments during the
first month should be estimated through (transit) Venus.
(b) Mars is the ruler of the 2nd month during which time the
foetus hardens. Developments related to 2nd month should be
studied through (transit) Mars.
(c) .With Jupiter ruling the 3rd month, limbs like hand, legs,
face and neck sprout. Effects related to 3rd month should be
understood through (transit) Jupiter.
(d) The childacquiresbones, marrow, flesh and blood under
the rulership of the Sun in the 4th month, and the related
developments should be known through (transit) Sun.
(e) Saturn is the ruler of the 5th month giving shape and
form to the child, and strength to pregnancy.
(f) The 6th month’s ruler is the Moon during which time
hair and nails form.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 ,138

(g) Mercury ruling the 7th month activates the five
sensory organs and the child becomes conscious to such queries,
“WAo am TF, “From where I came into this wambT9
(h) The lord of the ascendant becomes the lord of the 8th
month during which time the child starts satisfying its hunger and
thirst through the articles consumed by its mother.
(i) The Moon becomes the lord of the 9th month and the child
gets dejected of its stay in the womb and intensely recalls the good and
bad deeds of past birth.
(j)The 10th month is ruled by the Sun who brings the child out
of the womb. The Moon in 12th and Mars in the 8th * both counted
from the Sun • will cause premature delivery.
(k) Abortion (or loss/miscarriage) may take place if the
Moon and Mars are placed in the 12th and 8th in order from the Sun
in Adhana horgpcope.
(l) Abortion (or loss of pregnancy) may occur in the month
ruled by a planet that is bereft of strength.
Notes: Also see slokas 320 - 341 of this chapter for further
information.

WUl-Md: II II

arcri n II
209 - 210. Male Child: If all the planets occupy the 5th, 6th,
2nd and 3rd from the Adhana ascendant, delivery will be after the
10th month. In this case, the birth will be of a male child, not of a
female child. The various obstacles during pregnancy are to be
foretold based on the other combinations involving the Sun.

211. Male, Female or Hermaphrodite: (a) Should the

ascendant and its Navamsa fall in the signs ruled by a

hermaphrodite planet (i.e. Mercury or Saturn), birth of a
hermaphrodite be foretold..
(b) If the ascendant as well as its Navamsa belong to a
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 ,139
male planet, birth of a male child will occur.
(c)Similarly female sign ascending with Navamsa of a female
planet leads to acquisition of a female child.
These peculiarities should be remembered.
Notes: Also see sloka 218 infra.

212. Child’s Qualities: The lord of Navamsa ascendant should

be in a concordant angle from the ascendant and aspect it. Then the
child will acquire the qualities due to the lord of the Navamsa
ascendant.
Notes: The lord of the Navamsa ascendant at the time of
impregnation should be in an angle from the Adhana Lagna in the
Rasi chart and aspect the sign identical with the Navamsa ascendant.
Example: Say Scorpio 25° is Adhana aspendant in which case
the Navamsa ascendant is Aquarius. Saturn, the lord of Navamsa
ascendant may be in Taurus, a friendly angle. Thus Saturn aspects the
sign Aquarius equal to Navamsa ascendant. As a result, the child in
the womb will acquire Saturn’s qualities. Since the term *
concordant” is used, the result will only be positive. Negative traits of
Saturn will not be seen in the child.

II W II
213. Male Child: Malefics in the 3rd and 7th and benefics in
2nd, 5th and 9th in aspect to the trio - the Moon, Jupiter and Mercury
- will cause birth of a male child.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 ,140

3<R3|: W H^T H3T I
W5T^ ?33 SkobHII Q+l-d^M: gS3FI 3F*|: IR98II
214. Parents* Death: Mars and Saturn in the 7th from the
Sun at the time of Adhana will cause death of the father. Similar
combination with reference to the Moon will cause the exit of the
mother.

215. Danger to Parents: If the 12th, 8th and 4th counted from
tha Adhana ascendant are in order occupied by the Moon, the. Sun
and Mars, both the mother and father will die due to weapons.
Saturn replacing Mars in this combination will lead to death by
confinement. ,.

3 SftEI 3^: JWPd W II

216 - 217. Ineffective: (a) With the Moon in the 12th while tiie
4th has Saturn in the company ofMars, predict no conception. If,
however, this combination is in aspect to or in association with a
benefic, possibility of the female conceiving will exist .
(b) The Sun and Mars in Adhana ascendant, and weak Moon
in the 4th make the copulation futile, i.e. conception will hot occur.
(c) Three or four planets in debility at the time of copulation
do not lead to conception.

. 3^3R 55^ 31 ?33 311

3&3FI sFH iracfot gm 33 331 ^3^ 11 3?* 11
218. Hermaphrodite: Theascendant being a sign ruled by
a hermaphrodite planet (viz. being one of Gemini, Virgo, Capricorn
and Aquarius) with Mercury and Saturn in 5th or 12th will cause

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 ,141

birth of a hermaphrodite. However if this combination is aspected
by a benefic, the child will reflect the appearance of that benefic
planet; (that is, the child will still be a hermaphrodite but will
acquire appearance suitable to the aspecting benefic).

331 31 Tfa’n wfe i

3 feat 31 331 3 34 533^3 IRWI
.219. Conception: If the 7th from the ascendant contains Saturn
with Mars or the Sun, there is no possibility of the copulation
leading to conception. However, the combination is complete with
only Jupiter or Venus getting associated (by occupation) with the
said ascendant.

Gj*t<R*icie4 II II
220. (a) The 10th occupied by Venus, and a trine by both
Jupiter and the Moon - this combination will permit conception, (b)
The ascendant obtaining a Navamsa of Mercury will also lead to the
same effect.

I
y#33l 3433: 531^ ^3lS33I e3%333feHi|<il II 559 II
3344 34^4 t§!3l3^ 3t I
34 5ft33^S33F3^ F3^4 ^><J?II 33^34 II W II
221 - 222. Birth of a Male Child: (a) Venus and the Sun
together in the 3rd dr 7th while the 11th contains Saturn indicates
birth of a male child.
(b) The 5th or 9th having exalted Jupiter also indicates the
same result.
(c) The Sun, Mars and Saturn in the divisions of male
planets, or the three in the ascendant, or the Moon in exaltation in
the 10th and in aspect to Venus -reach of this combination

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 ,142

indicates birth of a male child.

cRJEFF'f’t 31 I
34 <nu 3U3i 3 33R& 3i ii w II 4l*-mP<^
33 33T wi 3? f&3 31 <H3I5$*I*J-1
HimP*l 3l4^3 313f 3rf 3^ 3^fe 34 II 558 II
223 - 224; Hermaphrodite: (a) The ascendant, being one of
Aquarius, Gemini and Virgo, in occupation by Mercury and Saturn
will cause birth Of a hermaphrodite.
(b) When one of the three said signs ascends, or the 5th (from
any ascendant) obtaining a hermaphrodite planet’s divisions will
also lead to the same effect.
(c) Male Child etc. : Again in case of one of the three signs
mentioned being the ascendant, with a Navamsa ruled by a male
planet, and the Said Navamsa occupied by a benefic planet including
Mercury, predict that the child in the womb will resemble the planet
concerned.
(d) Should the said Navamsa ascendant (as st *'c" above) be
with a malefic, predict that there will be no child in the womb, or it
will be a hermaphrodite.

SlftHT 3 II 55k II
331 ^RldMcll ^3 raftsfel: I
331353 34331 ^31 3 ^3^ 31 4^3I33lfil4 II 553 H
225 - 226. Female Child: Each one of the following three
combinations will lead to birth of a female child.
(a) The ascendant being a feminine sign with the Moon
placed therein and Venus is in the 10th.
(b) Jupiter should be in the company of Saturn as Mars,
being in aspect to the Moon, has many own divisions.
(c) The Moon in an even sign in aspect to Jupiter or Vehus.
Male Child: Saturn in the divisions of the Sun will cause
birth of a son.
yn d&WJid foFi sra^mwj^ n n

Hora Ratnam/ Chapter 1 143

QI^?M7 4RII$ HHH’t I H%E3 ^HKJ: jraztftt u «-= n
f3 «M4<lPddWl 4jjH*l*>mR I
227 - 228. Number of Children: (a) The Moon in a dual aign,
Mercury in the 2nd (Sva = 2nd, and not own sign in this case) and
Saturn in the 11th denote birth of twine. .
(b) The Moon in a dual eign in aspect to Mercury will cause
birth of two female babies.
(c) With Mercury in the 6th, Saturn and the Moon in the
ascendant, Venus in the 7th, and the Sun in the 8th without the
company of a benefic, predict that three sons will be born in the
expected delivery. In this yoga, if Saturn and Moon are replaced by
Mars (Le. Mars in ascendant instead of Saturn and the Moon), three
female babies will follow. This yoga having the Sun in ascendant, and
Saturn in the 8th will cause birth of three hermaphrodites.

3nv<MimW: l’
Thus ends the portion (in chapter 1) dealing with Yavanas’
views on Adhana.

3^ —
Now the time of Delivery.

II II
229. Should Jupiter or Venus aspect the natal ascendant while
the Full Moon being in his own divisions occupy an angle in exaltation,
the subject is pure in birth.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 ,144

3T Mifaa sir i
MseRT g$fh ^BI 3pfa W !RM RH^II ?3P II 5i^ M33 to&
wj3 i w^M *jw faM mikMijP w£a M 11 $3? n
230-231. Born of Others: The followingfour combinations
individually will lead to questionable births.
(a) The Moon and Mercury in ascendant, or their being in
their debilitation signs, in aspect to Jupiter.
(a) Mercury and the Moon are in the ascendant in aspect to
Saturn.
(c) Saturn in debility in the ascendant, in association with a
malefic, and in a malefic’s Navamsa.
(d) The Moon in the sign of a (natural) malefic in aspect to
Jupiter.

’RfeO M3^11 II
232* Absence of Father: Mars in debility in ascendant and in
aspect to the Sun or Saturn as the Moon is in the 2nd or 12th
indicates that the child’s father will not be present on the spot of
delivery (Le. he will be out of town).

^5 SRnSRJR&mg. II 333 II
233. Delivery Chamber: The door of the chamber will
correspond to a strong planet in an angle. If there is no planet in an
angle, the ascendant will denote the direction. The lamp is to be
indicatedby the Sun. The quantity of oil will correspond to the
Moon’s position.
5MI Wlfa W nfcPl II 538 II
234. Appearance: (a) The child’s appearance will
correspond to the planet in the ascendant.
(b) If there are many planets, choose the strongest, or the
lord of the ascendant.
(c) 'Die various portions of the bed should be described by

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 145.

dividing the 12 signs into various parts.

W Sift: ’IWFftteRT 4*(©WI: 1

II-33k I).
235. Physical Damage: (a) Strong Saturn in the 5th or 9th
while strong Mars is in the 4th or 12th will cause damage to the
whole body of the child.
(b) If these two planets, so placed, are somewhat weak, the
damage will be limited^
z

snAifa anPMaa II w ii
236. Phyaique: The child’s physique will be strong and the
various bodily elements like bone and blood wfll evenly (or properly)
grow, jf the Moon is in her own Navamsa, while Jupiter is in an
angle or in exaltation.

SRjft JWpd HPf II ^9*9 II

237. Birth Situation: (a) Mars in the 8th, Saturn in the
ascendant and Mercury in the 10th dehote that the birth will be in a
forest.
(b) The Sun replacing Mercury in this yoga denotes that the
birth will be midway and in a place devoid of men.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 146

•43^ Ruispi I
Wifo Hfa3 dl<444fed^ II 33* II
238. Umbilical Cord: Saturn in the ascendant, Mercury in
the 12th, and the Sun in debility while Venus is with Mars in one
sign - this combination indicates that the new-born is entwined in
umbilical cord and is born with legs first.

’pfci ’JBRHHHSI II 33s 11

QRIIgsl I

dlHI$dRfcdd><t>: W^q: II ?3o ||

239 - 240. Moles on the Body: (a) A mole between the breasts
(he. on the chest) will be found if the Moon is in the 10th, Mercury is
in the 7th and Jupiter is in the ascendant.
(b) If these three planets occupy these three houses in a
different manner, the mole will be on the back.
(c) The ascendant occupied by Jupiter, 12th by Venus and
11th by Mercury will cause a mole on the left side of the body.
(d) If these planets, so placed, occupy benefic divisions in
Shadvarga, the mole will be on the right side.

41dl$di dd Jlldlfadxd MddPd HPId:- IR8?II

241. Limbs: (a) The Moon in the 12th, the Sun in 11th and
Saturn in a trine with a malefic denote excess of some limb.
(b) Mars replacing Saturn in this combination will cause
shortage of some limb.

414^3 ^1 I
■M’^l —
II 383 II
242. Ornaments etc,: If Saturn is exceedingly strong at birth,
the child will be endowed (provided) with glittering ornaments. The
Sun, in this case, denotes copper ornaments, the Moon - identical with

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 147'

ruby, Mercury - gold, Jupiter - fulfilment of various kinds of desires,
Venus - brass, and Mars - various kinds of robes.

3RII^ 3 RtolPdd»M
II 583 II 'Rkl4>^
I
$3^$$ 3^IH^ 31 11 588 II
. <M6<|R<1>|3: 5Wld*ta I
c- ■ ■a Q c>
^3 cclM<3 31 H3HF3HI3: II 38U II
^3 3|35ig35 3^33153^3 I
3^: 3^3 5H3T II 38$ II
<ft^3 3I3lf^M^FJ35 I

SHPSH MI^IRafc*t II 38*3 II

^3HT3?T3 M3I<H I
3§F to 10 ^toxt>H(4 fafa^biasW Pktin^ II 38^ II 3fW3^: 3^3
CNpdd 3^3 I .
<b^<h3WJxb 3s ftf3 II 38<< II
243 - 249. House of Birth Described: (a) If the Moori at birth
is the strongest of the heavenly bodies, being in exaltation, obtaining
six favourable divisions (Shadvarga) and being beneficial in
disposition, the child's birth would be in a house that is constructed in
a beautiful manner, of superior wood which causes pleasure to the
eyes, and is enriched with many luxurious articles and glittering gems.
(b) Mars with strength and in own Navamsa indicates birth in
a burnt house. When it is the Navamsa of another planet (i.e. Mars not
being.in own Navamsa but of another planet), it would
be a dilapidated house. If he is aspected by many malefics, the house
would contain many inferior articles. Abenefic aspecting the said
Mars denotes a house which is replete with wealth and grains.
(c)If the Sun is the strongest, describe the house thus. It would
be decorated with multi-coloured chalks, be shining, large , in size and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 148

exceedingly beautiful, a part of which would however be in a broken
state. A malefic in association with the Sun would cause birth in a
house that was .very warm.
(d) Mercury being the strongest would cause birth in a
charming house having many family members. Further, it would be a
wonderfully shining one “covered with clothes” (i.e. rich with curtains
and the like) and surrounded by forests. The men dwelling therein
would be pure and grown-up.
(e) If Jupiter is the strongest, the house of birth would be
full of precious stones and would have many specialities. It would be
large, divided into various rooms, with flags (status symbols) flying or
installed in all directions, and would be rich with metals and juices.
(f) Venus being in exceeding strength causes birth in a house
which would have many excellent men. The house would be charming
in appearance, rich with crystal and gold, and constructed with high
class wood in an elevated and wide place, with broad toads.
(g) Saturn being with the highest strength would cause
birth in an old and dilapidated house which would contain rags and
mean men. Further the house would have red robes, be devoid of
women, full of thorns and spider-nests, be horrible and unsightly.
Notes: These descriptions need not be literally applied to the
horoscope as it is. These just give a relative idea and the astrologer
should conceive the general circumstances of the house of birth in a
relative manner.

I
II II
W FFjB W I
rim nRdt II w n
<dtd) ^1 4*^Id: F^HPPtl •Ptedw4l I

gRfc^iiwn
H!5'<|3 ^TShfEFJT I
^JjEjRFI sFH3^i!gHR& <y<£ki R^H^> II 3^3 II
250 - 253. Other Related Combinations: (a) If Saturn is in an
angle identical with his sign of debility while the Sun and Mars
conjoin in the 5th, birth would be in a very warm and old house
surrounded by gramineous plants.
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1. 149'
(b) The Moon in her own sign which is ascending while
Mercury is in a Navamsa of Saturn causes birth in a house
surrounded by fresh trees (i.e. leafing afresh). There is also a
possibility of the house having been constructed with superior wood.
(c) Jupiter in the 4th obtaining his own divisions, Venus
in the 10th, the Moon in the 7th, and Saturn in the ascendant - this
combination causes birth in a charming house decorated with rich
robes.
(d) Should Saturn be in the ascendant while Mars is in a
Navamsa of a malefic planet in relation to malefics, the house of birth
would be ugly, would have many holes (i.e. a leaking roof) and would
resemble a hutment.

Thus ends the portion in (chapter 1) on Births, by senior

Yavanas.

w fao HHI; WO <Wra: FIW IRXBII

254. Planetary Rays: The Sun has 10 rays, the Moon 9, each of
Mercury, Mars and Saturn .5, Jupiter 7 and Venus 8.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 150

wW RH»W qgtq'ii'Ml ^JRPR-^I II 3 XXII
HSfa^ 3$: W=g^: WUM-^I’M I
<R*ifyif&ra ntis^o^Wira t 11 w 11
3 aifeai; it. MRwi aMWit i Ai>kx^ KIMRI^ IB^n: -
W II II
. JiNl^d tHUcMlHI^i FU^ I
255 - 257. Commencing from a planet’s debilitation sign (i.e.
deep debilitation point), its rays increase duringits movement in the
next six signs upto its (deep) exaltation (degree). From its exaltation
sign (i.e. deep exaltation degree) to debilitation sign (i.e. deep
debilitation point), the rays diminish. The rays of a planet are full (as
pre-allotted) when it is in (deep) exaltation, and nil when in (deep)
debilitation. In between, the number of rays should be ascertained by
rule of three process. One fifth of its rays should be increased if the
planet is in its Moola Trikona sign. The rays should be doubled if the
planet is conjunct a benefic, or is in the Trimsamsa of a benefic, or in
the Hora of the Moon.
Notes: For fuller information, the reader may consult my
English translation of Saravuli (vol. 2) which is not possible to be
reproduced here.
In fact, the present information is incomplete while effects of
rays are described in chapter,5 fn/ra.

sng; H? Hn<wi(uiHi sra Hfei ^WWHI^ I

M^HI nqifawri 4>l«RJ^w4>dHI’l. I

nwn
Ri^fen^ HCWI^IHI i
IFFR ^P^d+HI^M II
’KSRit 3T^I: 3ffl?«RHilw1teFf«I: II 35? II w
fajgsn ftarjras i.
258 - 261. Full Life-span: (a) The following are the lengths of
life in years for some living beings. Human being 120, elephant 120,

Hpra Ratnam/ Chapter 1 151

horse 32, donkey 25, camel 25, goat, buffalo, cow, swine and monkey
21 each, dog 24, tiger, lion and wolf 12 each, and jackal 63. The
shake and eagle live for one thousand years each.
(b) The spider, bug, worm, butterfly, insects (or ante) and
scorpion live for a year. Mosquito lives for 15 days.
(c) Trees survive a span of one hundred years. Among these,
the Palaasa tree (Butea Frondosa), however, lives for two hundred
years, the Aswaththa (the holy fig tree~ Ficus Religiosa) for three
hundred years, the banyan tree (Ficus Indica} for four hundred
years and the Sami tree (Prosopis Spicigera) for five hundred years.
Notes: “a” and “b” enlist the full life-spans of some living
beings. Some of them may not appeal to logic with changing Yugas
and times.
(c) Palaasa tree: Its leaves are used for pouring ghee in sacred
fire ritual.
Aswaththa tree: Horses are said to rest under Aswaththa tree.
Worship of this tree as per Vedic rituals wards of childlessness and
gives progeny. Hindu females greatly honour this tree. For fear of
danger to progeny and related matters, no Hindu ever fells this tree.
Jupiter rules Aswaththa tree, horses and progeny which is not
a coincidence.
Sami tree: It possesses tough hard wood which is supposed to
contain’ fire. Primeval fire was generated by the friction of branches
of the Sami tree and Aswaththa tree.

MI Ufa RfifilMT MT M^FM II

n? 31^3 B^a < ^J5U3fa: It 553 II
262. - 263. Full Life: (a) If all the angles are occupied by
benefics, without an association of malefic planets, or all of them are
in their signs of exaltation, or are conjunct such malefics that are
exalted, the person will enjoy full life-span.
(b) If all planets are placed in their friendly signs and
exaltation signs, or in Upachaya houses (3rd, 6th 10th and 11th), the
same effect will come to pass.

o^isfa'efl nfa ’WEHFA nfa m i

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 152

JlfaB dMfa-ll Mlsfdekulji II 558 II
264. Death At 6: With all malefic planets occupying the 12th
and 2nd, or the 6th and 8th, without association of benefic planets,
one’s death will occur at the age of six.

$wfa 31 II II
265. By Weapons: Death in the first year will occur due to
weapons if malefic,s are in angles without relation to benefics or
without the aspect of Jupiter or Venus.

ww qfa w wrawn 351 I HSJ fanrat nrent 11 11

266. By Quadrupeds: Benefics in the 6th and 8th while
malefics are in the 2nd and 12th will bring death through
quadrupeds within two months of birth.

*rat fag^n^ra n <^t n<xi gMn 11 w 11

267. Instant Death: The Moon in the 6th or 8th in aspect to
or association with a malefic, without the aspect of Jupiter from a
benefic sign, will promote instant death.
FllsHHI H II II
268. Death in 1st Year: The declining Moon in the ascendant,
with a malefic, and without relief from a benefic, while the 7th is
occupied by a malefic without a benefit’s association will cause death
in the very first year.

<iwifedi 4I«<I®<H4FI <RI^: II 11

HPI AFFIFI ste) i *U4 gWllfl ct>®4t
f^H: Jlftfe: IR^oll 4I^HFJ: SIFffasn^t I ^fFFI 30$
R^SFFft =<r II II
awffewRRW^n ^l«ll^: MSFFlPtel: I

Hora Ratnam*/ Chapter 1 153

RrtVldl 4hS^SI II W II
269 - 272. (a) If the ascendant and the signs concerned are the
sourcesofthe various combinations mentionedabove, multiply by 108
and divide by 12 to get the net life span of the person.
(b) If the planet is in its own decanate, in Vargottama, in
exaltation or in retrogression the years contributed by it be
multiplied by two.
(c) If. a planet attracts multiplication for two different
reasons, multiply its contribution only once by three.
(d) If a planet is in debility, its contribution should be halved.
Barring Saturn and Venus, each of the others lose half of its
contribution if in combustion.
(e) Aplanet in enemy’s camp loses a third of its contribution.
(f) A benefic in the 12th sacrifices half of its contribution
while a malefic loses the same in full. In the 11th, a malefic loses half,
and a benefic one fourth. Cast away one third of a malefic’s
contribution in 10th, and a sixth for a benefic. One fourth and one
eighth in order should be dropped from the contributions of a
malefic and a benefic in case of the 9th. This way upto the 6th,
the contributions should be reduced differentiating between malefic
and a benefic.
Notes: These five verses relate to life-span computations by
Pindayu and other methods. These are incomplete and wrongly
appended in this part of the text.
For more and complete information, the reader may refer
toSambhuHoraPrakasa, SaraualiCVoL 2) andBrihat.Parasara Hora
Sastra (Vol. 1) in which I have fully explained Amsayu, Pindayu,
Ashtaka Varga Ayu etc.

(3ra) (3TOH1MI4) I
Now from the Chapter on Impregnation from Saravali.

3JP4Fto II W II
e e>
273. The effects of signs etc. (i.e. dispositions of the various
planets in a nativity) can hardly be understood without knowing of
the time of origin for, that is the reason of existence of all Eving

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 154

beings. Following instructions relate to Adhana.
Notes: “Adhana” means “to impregnate”. In other words, it
refers to the particular sexual union that causes pregnancy.
AccOrdingto Hindu Sastras, at the time of the relevantunion, the
soul enters the womb of the mother to take birth in a new mortal coil
at an appropriate time. Importance in astrological Eterature is given
to the moment of the couple’s union, rather than to the formation of
foetus. And the formation of a foetus is not a moment’s process.

JltoH II II
274/Monthly Course: From the Moon sign of a female, transit
Moon in a non-Upachaya house (i.e. 1st, 2nd, 4, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th or
12th) in aspect to Mars causes her monthly course. This is the view
held by many preceptors. The menstruation so occurring will be
conducive to the growth of the family Eneage.

Hora Ratnam*/ Chapter 1 155

fra Rig i
frfa 73: 5R^ II II
275. The Moon is water while Mars is fire. Blood is produced
from water, and bile from fire. When bile stirs up blood, the
woman’s menses appear.

RRxi*te HH i
3TRH^ frRS gfaniH HR II II
276. Menstruation occurring in this manner (followed by a
timely union) becomes the cause of pregnancy in a woman. When
her monthly course takes place with the transit Moon in an
Upachaya house (3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th), that particular month
does not help conception.

Heft Toft
RIH I HRJ I
The author comments that the transit Moon in a non-
Upachaya house (i.e. other than 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth)fromher
natalMoonaspectedbyMars at the time of monthly menstruation will
enable her conceive. But this will not apply to old women, barren or
sickly women and the like, for Badarayana stipulates as under.

JldK^H^H^RRH: H<^R3 qfr HIHIH I

HcH
■3HfaKq II || H
277. According to Badarayana: With reference to the natal
Moon of a female, note the transit Moon in a non-Upachaya place in
aspect to Mars at the time of her monthly course. Only such a month
will be fit for conception, provided she is not barren, not old (i.e. one
with meno-pause), not sickly, or is under-aged (i.e. without attaining
puberty).
Notes: "At the time of monthly course" means the 4th day after
the female’s monthly menstruation, after the disappearance of
mesntrual flow, vide sloka 281 - 282 infra.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 156

■ II II
278. Possibility of conception exists in the case of a union where
the transit Moon is in an Upachaya Rasi of the male. The said Moon
should be in aspect to Jupiter or to a friendly planet or especially to
Venus. .

HI? I
flWd f4c|dl II II

(^n^) qfl: || ||
FPp I

279 • 280. (a) Depending on the aspects of the various planets on

the Moon, at the time of her obtaining puberty, the female’s union
with the kind of male can be declared thus. Mars aspecting - a
voluptuary; Mercury ■ a fickle-minded person; Venus - a charming
person; the Sun - a member of royalty; Saturn • a servant. For
materialization of full effects cited, the Moon should have the
exclusive aspect of the relevant planet and unaspected by another
planet.
(b) If the Moon at that time be in aspect to all the malefics, who
are not in their own signs, the girl will abandon her home and
becomes a prostitute.
(c) The concept of a man’s union resulting in pregnancy shall
apply only when the transit Moon is in an Upachaya house in aspect to
Jupiter (of the male concerned).

^wis^i ii w ii i
3BI RMky^JfciA d<*15 HPK^:—
Aldpqj 3Rft *<c|R I '
®rf^H ^qj H3f H<? II W II
281 - 282. (a) For sage Badarayana has declared in his
exposition that at the time of union, the transit Moon in an Upachaya
house in aspect to Jupiter with reference to the male’s natal Moon will
allow the fruition of pregnancy. If Jupiter does not aspect the Moon,
the union will not contribute to conception,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 157

(b) Here, the question of the transit Moon being in an
appropriate place for the male and female in order should be
considered only after the fourth day of the monthly course ofthe
woman. For preceptor Maniththa states that consideration ofthe
transit Moon should be done only after the disappearance of
menstrual flow. Such Moon in aspect to strong Jupiter will enable
conception following a union.

33^3 | 33 HIVcfcri 4<^IHHIc+q 3^ 323 i

3^ 3T33t 3 3 I 34
w
Bala Bhadra Comments: A genuine doubt may arise in this
context. Based on the verse quoted from Saravali, the Moon aspected
by Venus will cause the union of a female with her husband, while the
aspect by other planets will cause her union with men of royalty & C.
For a virtuous woman, such a combination is inadmissible to be
effective. In such a case, the aspect of the relevant planet means that
the husband of the female will have a disposition of the person
prescribed. Here the term “prostitute” displays a state of
shamelessness. (That is
Bala Bhadra does not agree with the view of a female becoming a
prostitute even if all malefics aspect the Moon as stated earlier.)

HH sp n 11

’itt ftrafa II II
283 - 285. Relevant Disposition: (a) The union will correspond to
the nature of the living being, viz. biped etc. dependingon the 7thhouse
countedfrom the ascendant prevailing at the time of the union.
(b) Should the 7th be in aspect to or in association with a
malefic, the union will be marked by anger and belligerence. If the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 158

said association be with a benefic planet, the union will be a pleasant
one as laid down by sage Vatsyayana in his relevant treatise. The
union will be of a mixed nature if the 7th is associated with both
malefics and benefics.
(c) According to the will of destiny, at the time of union, the
sperm of the male falls into the womb of the woman to associate with
the ovum.

SKWTI go; FFRFP siral i

286. Possibility of Conception: At the time of union, the male’s

Sun and Venus occupying Upachaya houses with own Navamsa
positions and the female’s Mars and Moon occupying similar houses
with own Nav.amsas will promote the chance of conception.

^i-o-eksMc* i JJ4 ^jat: m*$wilW*

, ,
wt fi? P$4I3* I H'kflR I
Bala Bhadra Comments: These conditions are logical. The Sun
being amale planet increases the manliness (i.e. virility) while Venus in
an Upachaya house (that of prosperity) promotes the potence of semen
(i.e. virility of the male). Hence the Sun and Venus in Upachaya
houses are favourable for the male.
Mars is the signifcator of blood. His strength being in Upachaya
causes potence of blood. The Moon is a female planet whose strength
is an essential for the female.
This kind of strong placements of male and female planets are
conducive to proper union of sperm and ovum in order that
pregnancy is achieved.

In this context, the commentator of Samudra Jataka, has

abandoned the Moon signs of the male and female concerned. Instead,
he considered male signs like Aries, and female signs like Taurus. This
is improper. Sukra Jataka confirms this clearly, as under.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 159

wtwl 1
11 11

II II
287 - 288. As per Sukra Jatakat (a) At the time of impregnation,
the male should have the Sun and Venus in Upachaya places with
their own Navamsas while the female should have the exceedingly
strong Moon and Mars with similar

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 160

dignities.
(b) If at the time of impregnation, the 5th having a weak
malefic, or the 5th lord in combustion or in debility denies pregnancy.
Notes: (a) This view is the same as laid down earlier except that
“exceeding strength” is specified for the duo, Mars and the Moon.
(b) The 5thhouse and its lord referred to are with reference to
the nativities of the male and female.

II II
289. On the authority of Saravali, pregnancy is possible if
Venus, the Sun, the Moon and Mars are strong in Upachaya houses
with their own Navamsa positions or Gtrong Jupiter is in the 1st, Sth
or 9th.

290. The child in the womb will acquire such qualities as

prevailing in the couple at the time of the union, viz. their dispositions,
and variances of the humours * phlegm etc.

SJIMHcW} ’Pfel II W H
291. According to Surya Jataka: These combinations should be
understood as applicable to the phenomena prevailing at the time of
the union concerned. It is 6aid in Surya Jataka that from the
ascendant relating to Adhana, the three planets, viz. the Moon, Venus
and Mars, having strength or association with benefice, and in
Upachaya places with own Navamsa positions, will promote
occurrence of pregnancy.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 161

| Tpfuj—
31 ^Wr4t 31 31 <M<£1 I
^H3lt II W II
292. Sage Garga on Excellence: Jupiter in the ascendant is also
said to promote pregnancy. For sage Garga has stated that the
impregnation with a strong Jupiter in the ascendant, the 5th or the 9th
on a week day ruled by a benefic planet (i.e. Monday, Wednesday,
Thursday or Friday) will cause an excellent conception.

3351^^3-

3F^ A3*RlRlWT fjdl: II II

i
TOZ skpft 31 FJST: II 3^8 II

f&pffarc^tepifaT: 11 w 11 11
293 - 295. Further combinations suggested by sage Garga are
given below.
(a) There is a possibility of conception if male planets are in the
6th or 11th, the 5th lord is endowed with strength and the other
planets are in odd signs.
(b) If the lord of the ascendant and that of the 5th are together
or are in mutual aspects, the same effects will come to pass. Again if
there is an exchange between these two lords, pregnancy will
materialize.
(c) The Moon in the ascendant, aspected by a male planet, and
in a Navamsa ruled by a male planet will also cause pregnancy
provided Mars, Jupiter and the Moon are in their own divisions.
tJrKtMlRcil 0'1*) II II
g&q w4l i Tlwfl 3R>fefW3i
II II
gat *i<rgM<{l 3i& gj>f^n 4tte 1
H^H<^«II (HI)Hga: II II
gat 4?grwfc 1

Hora Ratnam/ Chapter 1 162

qt^RSF^hFRI^ frffTlfo&l, II W II
296 - 298. Sukracharya: Other favourable and unfavourable
combinations stated by Sukracharya (presumably from Sukra Jataka)
are listed below.
(a) Pregnancy: Pregnancy is possible if the lord of the
ascendant is in the 5th or the 7th. Also when the lords of the 5th and
7th are in the ascendant.
(b) Sickness: The placement of Mars and Saturn together in
the 7th from the Sun at the time of Adhana will cause sickness of the
male concerned. So also when these two planets occupy the 2nd and
12th counted from the Sun.
(c) Death: The male concerned will die if the Sun is hemmed
between Saturn and Mars at the time of impregnation. Alternatively
the Sun can be with one of the two, and be in full aspect to the other.
The Moon in place of the Sun, as above, will similarly kill the female
in question.
(d) Time of Death: The expected death will materialize in the
month when the planet signifying the male orfemale attains the
required potence to kill.

‘A4IQnifa3 3 I
According to the Sun God, the combinations stated earlier in
connection with impregnation should never be applied to the “union”
by a hermaphrodite (or to a sterile person).

331 (*A<1>I *R',I 351 fii|i I

4l4ll$lxd3 0^3 fhn: II 3°° II
351 ftdl'Mfislsi 3dt ^dH3y^4: I
1^d<y wfa w*ri sfai g 3^3 ii 3°? ii SfteRR: ^fep: I
3 ’Pfcwfafe SftBgj II 3°3 II

WI^H3lWllfa&*nfW3 IJHF^ II 3°3 II

300 - 303. Special Adhana Combinations from Meena Raja
Jataka: (a) Mars and Saturn in the 7th from the Sun will cause death

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 163

of the male, while these two inthe 7 th from the Moon will kill the
female. If one of them is in the 7th, sickness and calumny will come to
pass.
(b) The Moon in the 12th, Mars in the 4th and the Sun in the
8th at the time of Adhana will cause the death of the couple by
weapons. Saturn in the place of the Sun in this combination will them
kill by confinement.
(c) Pregnancy will not materialize from the Union in case the
Moon is in the 10th or the 12th while Saturn is in the 4th together with
Mars. If however there is the aspect of a benefic, pregnancy may
occur with great difficulty (i.e. in remote cases).
(d) There will occur no pregnancy if the Sun or Mara is in the
ascendant, as the weak Moon is in the 12th.
(e) If three planets are in debility, then also there will be no
effect of pregnancy.

HHlRdd ^>^41 I
304. Signifies tors: Now stated are of the planets signifying the
father, mother, paternal uncle and maternal aunt, and the effects
thereof, as per Kalyana Varma. In case of Adhana in day time Venus
and the Sun in order denote the father and mother. It is the Moon and
Saturn if it is night time. According to seniors among Yavanas, these
have to be reversed in respect of maternal aunt and paternal uncle.
That is, the Moon and Saturn respectively denote maternal aunt and
pater nal uncle for Adhana in day time, and the concerned planets are
Venus and the Sun for night time.
Notes: This applies to birth as well as horary. For a clear
understanding, these are enlisted below.
Day time: Venus = mother, Sun = father; Moon = maternal
aunt; Saturn = paternal uncle.
Night time: Moon, = mother, Saturn = father; Venua =
maternal aunt; Sun = paternal uncle.

3F3: fal&l’Fc* I 3RRH ^4: I

305. The planets ruling father and paternal uncle found in odd
Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 164
houses from the ascendant are auspicious for them. Mother Und
maternal aunt will receive auspicious effects if the conceme d planets
are in an even house from the ascendant Placed otherwise, that is in
addhouses, these planets will be inauspicious. This is the meaning of
these positions, observes Bala Bhadra.
Notes: The reference here is to even house (2nd, 4th etc.) and to
odd house (1st, 3rd etc.) and not to even signs (Taurus, Cancer etc.)
and odd signs (Aries, Gemini etc.) as the ascendant is mentioned.

31131 W| '
HR m II II
30& As per Hora Makaranda: (a) The auspicious effects will be
in full measure for the placements of these respective planets denoting
father, mother etc. if the impregnation or birth is in the beginning
part of day or night as the case may be.
(b) In the concluding part, the auspicious effects will be nil.
(c) For intermediary parts, rule of three process should be
applied.
(d) In case of malefic effects suitable estimation should be
made.
Notes: (c) Day time intercourses are hot recommended by
Hindu Sastras for obtaining progeny. Hence, malefic effects will take
the place of benefic effects and vice, versa in such cases.
(d) Where benefic effects are full, malefic effects will be nil.
Where benefic effects are nil, malefic effects will be full. Malefic
effects will be half means, benefic effects will also be half. This way,
suitable understanding should be made.

3IW RcM-wfl 331 I

31 II II
307. Destruction: The pregnancy will be destroyed if Saturn and
M ars occupy the ascendant at the time of impregnation. So also when
the Moon is in one of the signs ruled either by Saturn or by Mars, in
aspect to the two.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 165

’pfl <R«II ii ?«’’ ii

308; Safe Pregnancy: The pregnancy (upon occurrence) will be

secure if the Adhana ascendant contains the Moon while benefics are
in a trine, 7th, 2nd, 10th and 4th, and malefics in the 3rd and 11th in
aspect to the Sun. The aspect of the Sun should be on the ascendant
containing the Moon, observes Bala Bhadra'

II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 166

309. Death pf the Female: Should the Sun be hemmed between
malefics, without aspect from benefics, the conceiving woman will pass
away (soon).

WNMHfekll I
’pfcjai ii 3?° ii
310. Bala Bhadra Observes: It is only the ascendantand the
Moon (and not the Suh or the Moon, vide the previous sloka) that
should be between malefics, according to Varaha Mihira. For Varaha
Mihira say&> if the ascendant and the Moon are placed betwixt
malefics, without aspect from benefics, the pregnant woman will die.
Notes: In sloka 309, the placement of the Sun or the Moon,
repeat "dr the Moon", is referred to. But according to Varaha Mihira,
the Sun is not involved (for the Sun refers to father and not the
mother). It is both the Moon and the ascendant.

’0 i
«n jfliH II w II
311. The female in question will die if malefics are in the
ascendant, unaspected by benefics. The same effect will materialize if
the ascendant is in occupation by Saturn or the weak Moon, with the
aspect of Mars.

3H EEKlW’fl’lW ’rf:-
©»

II II
312. As per Sage Garga: In this context, sage Garga suggests a
combination involving the 12th house. Maleficsinthe 12th from
Adhana ascendant, without benefic’s aspect will cause the death of the
female in pregnancy, so say the learned.

Hora Ratnam7 Chapter 1 107

SIQo) 33>l I
Malefics in the 12th (at the time of impregnation) can enter the
Adhana ascendant (at a later date) and henc^ "malefics in the 12th”
are referred to, observes the author.

I
W3F3:^ II 595 II

€klH*i Mtejd 3 34 35 W3I II ,598 II

313 - 314. (a) The female in pregnancy will die if the Sun with
the declining Moon is found in the 12th, as Mars is seen in the 4th.
Alternatively, Venus could be amidst two malefics.
(b) The pregnancy will be destroyed if malefics are found in
the 4th .from the Adhana ascendant or from the Adhana Moon.
(c) If Mars is in the Sth from the Adhana ascendant, the
pregnancy will be destroyed along with the mother.
Notes: (a) The declining Moon is required to be with the Sun in
the 12th which means that the Moon should be behind the Sun.
(b) It is more than one malefic that should be in the 4th.
(c) Mars should not be in the Sth from the ascendant at the
time of impregnation for he could endanger both the mother and the
child to be. born. If however he receives some favourable aspects, the
delivery may need a surgery. The conditions mentioned at “b” and “c”
are clubbed together as one combination by Varaha Mihira, as could
be seen in the ensuing sloka.

3f3 i

3^1 33 II 39* II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 168

II 3W II
31 $3 faf^FI I
’Pfe3 H3fa W H5 ^F3T II 3TO II
315 - 316. (a) Varaha Mihira states these in a different manner,
thus. Malefics in the 4th from the Moon while Mars is in the 8th will
kill the pregnant woman. The author adds that Mats in the 8th from
the Moon, and again in the 8th from the ascendant allows formation of
two different possibilities.
(b) The female in question will quit the world with Mars in the
4th, and the Sun and weak Moon in the 12th, with malefic aspects.
(c) Mars in the 4th as the Sun and weak Moon are in the
ascendant will also cause the same effect, provided malefics are in the
12th and 2nd without benefic aspects.
(d) With the Sun in the 7th as Mars is in the ascendant, the
female in question will die due to injury by weapons.

Hit; II 3?* II
Hlfe Hhi '313^X6(5^
|
318 - 319. Prosperity of Pregnancy: (a) Strong Mercury, Jupiter
or Venus aspecting the ascendant at the time of impregnation will
ensure (occurrence and) prosperity of pregnancy.
(b) The pregnancy will progress according to the strength of the
lord of the month cpncemed.
(c) Desires: The female in pregnancy will develop (marked)
desires for eatables and drinks from the 3rd month. The lord of the
concerned month (i.e. lords of 3rd, 4th and other months) and the
planet moving in the Adhana (impregnation) ascendant will influence
her desires accordingly.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 169

3PJ
MHHIH
3n0 £ HlS ^Rffl: ,1
31Ffl^R HI^KUM^J H^I MHWl H3^ <J II II
<;<^4IH44 swrtfa fa^n i
^IRHl^RFRB^ ?&3 II 35? II

HiHifa«CTrai H <3i4Ma46^ffiPa i
320 - 322. Yavanaa on the Progress: Now stated are the views of
Yavanas on the monthly developments affecting the child in the
womb, and of the lords thereof.
(a) It will be a foetus (semi-liquid form) in the 1st month. In the
2nd month, it will become an embryo (solidified form). Limbs will
sprout in the 3rd month. The 4th month will help formation of bones
and muscles. Skin will envelope the child in the 5th month. The 6th
one will contribute blood, Jiair and nails. Mental feelings will occur to
the child in the womb in the 7th month while in the 8th month it will
develop hunger, thirst and taste. The child will be desirous of coming
out of the womb in the 9th month. In the 10th month, under the
lordship of the Sun, the child ready with all limbs, will quit the womb,
and will take its birth.
(b) The lords of these 10 months in order are: Mars, Venus,
Jupiter, the Sun, the Moon, Saturn, the Moon, the lord of Adhana
ascendant, the Moon and the Sun.
(c) The auspicious and inauspicious developments that can
occur to the child in the womb can be guessed with the help of the
state of the various lords in their transits.
Notes: (b) The views ofYavana incorrectly exclude Mercury
from any rulership whereas he is the ruler of the 7th month, Or their
original text could have read "Sasankaja” (Mercury) instead of
"Sasanka" (the Moon). Further in case of rulerships for the 1st and
2nd months, there are. errors. The author puts the record straight in
the relevant verses, vide infra, with the views of sages Vasishta and
Garga. However, Varaha Mihira erroneously followed Yavanas.
Notes: Also see slokas 199 * 208, and 325 - 341 of this chapter
for more information.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 170

SHlfaFjyft ’ri: SFfal ^«HI^I< II 353 II
323. As per Sukra Jataka: On the various developments that
are due to,the child in the womb in the various months, Sukra Jataka
states thus. Comforts will exist (only) if developments occur in the
various months as prescribed (earlier). If these developments be at
variance, ahead or behind schedule, these will ever cause grief (that is,
both the mother and the child will be endangered).
Notes: The work Sukra Jataka suggests that each month should
exactly, have the prescribed development, not before and not later.
Should it be out of tune with the time schedule, both the mother and'
the child will be endangered.
For example, skin formation should be in the 5th month. This
should not advance to the 4th month, nor should it defer to the 6th
month.

w. I I
Bala Bhadra observes: Varaha Mihira has interchanged the
lords of the 1st and 2nd months as against the ones stated by Yavanas.
This will be clear from the list of lord of'months, infra.

Wnf?RT: FRlfa II 358 II

W’l’J I W
324. Sage Vasishta: (a) For sage Vasishta enjoins that Venus,
Mars, Jupiter, the Sun, the Moon, Saturn, Mercury, lord of the
Adhana ascendant, the Moon and the Sun are the lords of the months
in order. The developments in the respective month will be obstructed
when its lord is strained in transit:. .
(b) Bala Bhadra Observes: These months should be
understood on the above lines. Here the views of Yavanas and
Vasishta clash with each other. But the views of Vasishta are widely
agreed upon. The proof of this lies in the views of sage Garga (as
reflected in the following verses).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 171

Hlfa 3R ^3: I
II 95K II

HIFfldsfiW: II II

HF4 Hraifaf: sift: II 95*3 II ^1^^: SfaRt $4: I

3MA«|5>8«) Hlfa II 95c II

SRft I H1F4RI
HH: II 95<? II
3R HlHlfSrit <0SR$d|sfi «n I
’pfcra smt sn n 990 n
325 - 330. Sage Garga: (a) In the 1st month, the foetus will be
formed. The ruler of the month is Venus^
(b) Mars is the ruler of the 2nd month when the foetus will
assume the form of a seed, i.e. embryo.
(c) Limbs will occur in the 3rd month, the lord of which is
Jupiter.
(d) Marrow and bones will be added in the 4th month. Its lord
is the Sun.
(e) The 5th month will cause formation of skin under the
rulership of the Moon.
(f) Saturn is the lord of the 6th month when all limbs will
sprout.

(g) Later on, in the 7th month, the sensory organs will be
activated with the headship of Mercury.
(h) The lord of the Adhana ascendant rilles the 8th month
giving hunger and thirst to the child.
(i) The resident in the womb will acquire emotions in the 9th
month which is lorded by the Moon.
(j) The Sun is the lord of the 10th month when delivery will
take place.
(k) Whichever planet is weak, or goes into debility, or gets .
combust (in transit, during pregnancy), will in its month cause
damage to the process of carriage or delivery.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 172

HR) 3 TOIf;-

ft®?: II 33? II
fil jnw«n: *HIRHI: I
II 355 II
3RfO5*nW gw: I
H’lHIHft 31^ II 333 II
5?ri HR! I
djH+Hi W® 5R8J3 II 338 II
I
3fcil II 3 31st II

SFfgIM n 33s II

c^^ldl II 33V9 II
3iral gWSftiWFli ft'nra H: I
sljt'dl ’RlIe><<lP«M: II 33^ II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 173

’itethranfi II 33^ 11
3JB$ HlldlH^d-Mg#^ I
^>5^ fafta II 38° II
3lJ$'1 ^«1*MM»^<!» I
aral ^SE^ Hlfa H staH: 11 38? II
WI: WIW*l HI^J I
331 - 341. Parasara’s Special Clues on the Various Months: (a)
In the 1st month it will be a foetus in the state of (semi-) liquid.
(b) In the 2nd month, it will solidify into an embryo - an
enveloped bubble - during which the sex of the child, viz. male, female
or hermaphrodite will be formed.
(c) Major limbs, viz. head, hands, legs etc. along with minor
limbs will sprout in the 3rd month.
(d) These limbs will acquire full-fledged formation in the 4th
month. During this month, the female will exhibit courage if the child
is a male, will develop timidity if it is a female, and will display both
courage and fear if it is a hermaphrodite. And the child will also
acquire the same disposition of the mother. That is why, all the desires
of the mother should be fulfilled so that the pregnancy is in tact.
Otherwise, the child will be sickly.
(e) In the 5th month, the child will become conscious and ite
blood will acquire potence.
(f) The 6th month will lead’to formation of bones, muscles,
nails and hair.
(g) In the 7th month, increased vigour, refinement in physical
complexion and completion of limb-formation will take place. During
this month, the child will cover its face and earholes with its hands,
will become emotional and will recall the various memories of the
previous birth, further it will find ways and means to get itself freed
(from its stay in the womb).
(h) Inthe 8th month, skin, ears and mind will become active
(i.e. feeling of touch, .hearing, and thinking will be acquired), blood
will get purified, and the child will liiove in the womb. It is good for
the child not to remayi any more in the womb of its mother after the
8th month.
(i) Otherwise, the deEvery will take place in the 9th month or
later on (i.e. in the 10th month).
Notes: The reader’s attention is invited to slokas 199 - 208, ch. 1

Hora Ratnam / Chaptei 1 174

as well.
From all these we observe differences of opinion between one
authority and the other. Garuda Purana (II - 32) has also different
views (as stated by Lord Vishnu to Garuda) on this issue as under:
"The nucleus ofthe foetus is formed within a day. It becomes a
frothy bubble in fivedays. Within 14days, it becomes a mixture of flesh
and lymphatic substances. It becomes a solid flesh in 20 days',
sufficiently strong in 25 days and after that it begins to develop
gradually. The foetus would have assimilated completely the five
elements (Prithvi, Jala, Tejas, Vayu andAkasa) within a month. By the
time the two months are over the fat and skin are evolved. The marrow
and the bones are formed in three months time. The hair and the heels
are formed in the fourth month. The ears, nose and the belly are formed
in the 4th month. The throat, back and the reproductive organs are
developed in the 7th month. (There is no mention of the 6th month in
the original text.) By the eighth month, all thelimbs are completed. In
the beginning of the ninth month, the child in the womb is fully
developed. It comes out in the 9th or the 10th month."
Since these developments are inaccessible to human
comprehension, I cannot boldly make any intelligible comments but
only leave the matter to the individual reader’s choice.

II 38? II
342. Remedies: Sage Vasishta enjoins the duty to perform
remedial measures every month during the time of pregnancy, in the
following words. Using white corns, the lord of each month should be
pleased by the individual desirous of having a son (i.e. progeny) with
Homa (fire sacrifice) and donations. Blessings of the virtuous should
also be sought. As a result, the pregnancy will securely progress.
frRjf faiRRi Harare I
^FHSRT: WHiSHHI: II 383 II
sfM =R ftri i
W FTOIW^ II 388 II
343 - 344. Sex of the Child: Now the combinations for births of
male, female or hermaphrodite, as per Varaha Mihira.
Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 175
(a) Jupiter, the Moon, the ascendant and the Sun (at the time
ofimpregnation), placedin odd signs and odd Navamsas will cause
birth of a male issue.
(b) These four in even signs with even Navamsas will usher a
female child.
(c) The Sun and Jupiter with strength in odd signs will cause
birth of a male child.
(d) Mars, the Moon and Venus with strength in even signs will
promote acquisition of a female child.
(e) The Sun and Jupiter in odd signs; with the aspect of
Mercury, and in dual Navamsas that are masculine (i.e. Gemini and
Sagittarius), denote that twins comprising of male children will be
born.
(f) Mars, the Moon and Venus in odd signs, with the aspect of
Mercury in dual Navamsas that are feminine (i.e. Virgo and Pisces)
will cause birth of twin female children.
(g) In case of “e” and *T if the Navamsas are of both kinds, i.e.
one masculine and the other feminine, birthof one male child and one
female child will take place.
Notes: Although the sub-heading mentions “hermaphrodite”,
these two slokas contain no such clues.
In a short space of two lines, in sloka 344, Varaha Mihira has
tactfully squeezed threexombinations at “e”, *T and “g” with
minimum possible words. Bala Bhadra in the ensuing two slokas
quotes the same from Suka Jataka in expanded terms.
A careful study of Varaha Mihira’s Brihat Jataka and his son
Prithu Yasas’ Hora Sara reveals their great dependence on the
workSu&a Jataka. The only difference is, VarahaMihirahad tersely
and beautifully reconstructed his verses in charming
Sanskrit meters, while Prithu Yasas had verbatim reproduced the
slokas of the said work. It seems, Bala Bhadra could lay his hands on
Suka Jataka and acknowledged his reproductions but he did not
comment on Varaha Mihira’s said reliance. Saravali and Phala
Deepika too used many of the verses of Suka Jataka concerning
Ashtaka Varga and the like. Apparently, Suka Jataka was much
earlier than the 5th century A.D. and considered as a very
authoritative work. Lakshmana Bhatta, author of Jagan Mohanam,
was another author who directly acknowledged Suka Jataka. A safe
conclusion could be- drawn that the said popular work was written by
the. parrot-faced Suka Maharshi. Our present work refers to Suka

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 176

Maharshi by name in some cases. Suka Jataka is particularly famous
and authoritative in respect of Adhana, Ashtaka Varga, Stri Jataka,
Raja Yogas etc. 1 am stating these after a thorough comparison of
various works, verse by verse.
1 have also a doubt, after reading the slokas attributed to
"Sukra Jataka" in the present text, that it is only "Suka Jataka".
"Sukra Jataka" as such may (or may not be) a wrong reference.

II 38V II

it 38$ n
345 - 346< This has been clearly stated in Suka Jataka as under.
(a) The Sun and Jupiter in aspect to Mercury and in Gemini
and Sagittarius Navamsas will cause birth of twins comprising a male
and a female child. If the Navamsas in question are Virgo and Pisces,
the twins will comprise two female children.
(b) Mars, the Moon and Venus in aspect to Mercury in the
Navamsas of Pisces and Virgo will cause birth of twins comprising two
female children. If the Navamsas are Sagittarius and Gemini, the
twins will be made up by one female and one male.
Notes: As against the views of Varaha Mihira, there is an
omission in the quotations of Suka Jataka. The reader will note that
positions of odd signs for the Sun and Jupiter, and of even signs for
the Moon, Mars and Venus are not included in Suka Jcitakd-

Bala Bhadra observes that the words “Dwayangastha” used by

Brihat Jataka should be interpreted as “in double-bodied signs” as
otherwise a contradiction will arise between Brihat Jataka and the
sages.
Notes: Here, Bala Bhadra refers to slokas 343 - 344 supra,
attributed to Varaha Mihira which are from the latter’s work called
Laghu Jataka, which is a condensed version of his own Brihat Jataka.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 177

In the said quotation, “Dwisariramsa” appears which means Navamsa
in common signs. The words “Dwayangashta? appear in Brihat
Jataka, chapter 4, sloka 11 which are rewritten by Varaha Mihira, but
with the same concept.
“Dtvayanga” simply means "double-bodied" - a common sign -
which however does not allow a second astrological interpretation.

11 33a u
I *<s[ ^c4il I
ftaqt agjoq n
347. According to Varaha Mihira, Saturn in an odd house from
the ascendant will cause birth of a male issue. The question of the
child being a male or female should be addressed after asseasingthe
strengths.^the various planets. Bala Bhadra adds that the specific
combination involving Saturn relates to birth of a male issue. Birth of
a female issue is also possible for which the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter ! 178

relevant combinations should be sought, by scrutinizing the strength
of other planets involved in granting progeny.

II 38* II
348. Now some specialities from Suka Jataka. Saturn without
the aspect of another planet, placed in an odd house excluding the
ascendant, will cause birth of a male issue. In an even house, he
wiltcpntribute to a female child.
Notes: As for,birth of a male issue, this quotation from Suka
Jataka is a better version than Varaha Mihira's earlier aphorism
where the ascendant is not excluded, and no mention of another
planets aspect is made.
"Odd house" other than the ascendant indicates, 3rd, 5th,
7tii, 9th and 11th,

qa SR -
II ,381 II
349. It is stated in Hora Makaranda, that a male planet with
strength, occupying an angle, begettingits own Navamsa or other
division and in aspect to a male planet will cause birth of a inale
issue. A female issue will be bom if a female planet is in exaltation in
an angle and in aspect to a female planet.

3EI

3&4I qgSFS ^3: II 3*0 II

Hora Ratnam/Chapter 1 179

fawf ^53: II 3X? II

3^dc|IWiHII <*A^RldlH«Wtel: II 3X3 II w

HH^ foraff i

’pfel: ’jfafaH?I <J& 113X3 II

3fawif&H w i
ItoHtil 5R*^RHI ^m$$!i *n n 3UB II
350 - 354. Birth of a Hermaphrodite: Each .of the following
combinations is based on Saravali, denoting birth of a
hermaphrodite.
(a) The Sun and Moon aspecting each other, placed in odd
or even signs.
(b) An aspect between Saturn and Mercury from odd or
even signs.
(c) Mars in an odd sign aspecting the Sun in an even sign.
(d) Mars in an even sign aspecting the ascendant or the
Moon in an odd sign.
(e) Mercury in an odd sign and the Moon in an even sign,
aspected by Mars.
(f) The ascendant, the Moon and Venus in odd signs with
odd Navamsas in aspect to Mercury or Saturn.

qgjRst j^irat sft n 3xx ii

^Skqhii: i *ifo § Ssn^ii

tfljjalflufa: ^sr^’ii^ d<wm<ji 3x$n

355 - 356. Other Combinations: (a) According to another
authority, even with tjie blessings of Lord Vishnu, only a
hermaphrodite will be bopi if the 7th, 10th and 4th from Adhana
Hora Ratnani / Chapter 1 18
0
ascendant are occupied by hermaphrodite planets.
(b) This combination as at “a” should be applied only in the
absence ofother combinations statedearlierfor birth of amale or
afemale issue. Only the strongest of these combinations will give
final results. For Hora Makaranda states as under.
(c) The question of male or female issue should be decided
after ascertaining the strengths of relevant combinations. Only in
the absence of an indication of a male or a female issue being due, a
hermaphrodite will be bom.

arc *^i«i<wf-
wiftpiA i
faff ’I’fcifeR II 3*0 II sroralI
11 3X* II
wral gftRkriftv) i
II 3XS II

3t II 35° II
fajHRi sp&n $ fat i
II 35? II

WFjari $4>WHr II 3W II
<RI I
357 - 362. Twins and Triplets: Given below are combinations
leading to birth of two or three issues in the relevant delivery, as per
Kalyana Varma.
(a) The ascendant in an even sign a^pected by strong Moon
will cause birth of twins, so should an astrologer declare.
(b) The Moon and the ascendant in an even sign in aspect to
a male planet will cause birth of twins.
(c) The ascendant, Mercury, Mars and Jupiter all in
strength

. Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 181

and in even signs will cause birth of twins.
(d) The Moon and Venus ineven signs while the ascendant,
Jupiter, Mars, and Mercury are in odd sig is will cause Birth of
twins.
(e) Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and the ascendant being in
strength in dual signs wjjl cause birth of twins.
(0 The ascendant and a planet in it should obtain a dual
Navamsa. Mercury should be in Gemini Navamsa. Lastly Mercury
should aspect the said Adhana ascendant and the planet in it. Then
birth of one female and two males will follow in the ensuing
delivery.
(g) If Mercury is iii Virgo Navamsa, instead of Gemini
Navamsa as stipulated in “f* above, it will be two females and one
male.
(h) The Adhana ascendant and a planet in it should be in
Gemini or Sagittarius in Navamsa. Mercury should be in Gemini
Navamsa. Lastly the aspect of Mercury should be on the said
ascendant and the planet. As a result, three male issues will be bom
in the ensuing delivery.
(i) The Adhana ascendant and a planet in ‘it should be in
Pisces or Virgo in Navamsa. Mercury being in Virgo'Navamsa, and
lending his aspect to the said ascendant and the planet will lead to
the birth of three female issues.

HPH ipjm sift jfhmn ii it

363. More Than Three Children: According to Varaha
Mihira, if the Adhana ascendant is in the last Navamsa of
Sagittarius, and all the (seven) planets are in Sagittarius Navamsa
while the Adhana ascendant is in aspect to strong Mercury and
Saturn, there are many embryos in the womb.
Notea: Uitpala is short form for Bhattotpala who was one of
the mostfamouscommentatorsofVarahaMihira’sBrz/uif Jataka and
Kalyana Varma’s Saravali. Other famous commentaries include
Dasadhyayee Sm Kerala and Rudra Bhatta’s Vivardna. In fact
Brihat Jatak. 'as more than ten commentaries.

HoraRatnam/Chapter 1 ■ lS2
The word “Prabhutaa” (refer to sloka 363) has been
interpreted by Bhattotpala that the pregnant woman may deliver as
many 5 to 10 children which at one stage should be treated as the
next to impossible. Or such a Yoga should be applied to some
specific animals only.
HH, asifcn I
Bala Bhadra adds, “Dhanurdharanthyagathe Vilagne” in
sloka 363 means “the ascendant Sagittarius being in the last
Navamsa”. The word uPrabhutaah”iB fnterpretedby Utpala, as 5, 7,
or 10 embryos (being in the womb) which is not logical.

I
3+l<wl am II 358 II
364. The Possible Month of Delivery: Suka Jataka stipulates
that a movable sign ascending at the time of Adhana ■ will cause
the delivery in the 9th month, an immovable sign in the 10th month
and a common sign in the 11th month.

gl«liil SftatfMm I
a?aat a^i3 n II
3iwf:-^lfeww qicRI^ giesrisi
aai^l at uf&aa mfart 3^4$ i
3H M*??SlcRlkl!R|U> q 3{ 3°
??oo asw^ am ^agRW^iwt
R>fic<nfiidd><»4 M-$KiRiy<H *a>k*{* i aateramasr - mwim i
3 dc*i^di gmaapr 3ffafedM*a<—

Hora Ratnam I < 183

GT* o G ofc (b
wW JRfo cFHSq: I

’MftH'i gl^SlHFt ’Rfatf oWfeWS: I 3?ra ’pfai

aHiR&w 11 3«$ n H»JMI<&sft-
ERSiRlsa: qfitedia^A; fonfaft i

M'SKlRkifol

«ie>qi^ cPFq lf*<«RH>iP<wl ?rf& I

<l|cH*HkH«l foil W(: || 35$ || |.
an ^i4^Hi44R4><4i<+^cii^Ri*iki^4id*iRlH3 i
365 - 367. The Moon’s' Position at Delivery: (a) Now sage
Garga is quoted on the possible placement of the Moon at the time
of delivery. In the Adhana horoscope, note the number of
Dvadasamsas passed by the Moon. From the said Dvadasamsa
sign, count so many signs to ascertain the position of the Moon at
the’ time of delivery.
The author adds the following regarding the Moon’s
Dvadasamsa. 2° 30’ or one Dvadasamsa =■ 150’ and 12
Dvadasamsas make for lSOO* in a sign. The degree past by the
Moon in minutes be multiplied by 30 and divided by 150. Based on
this, the position of the Moon and the birth star of the child should
be estimated.
(b) The authors of Saravali and Samudra Jataka comment
that the position of the Moon at the time of delivery will be so
many signs away as the number of Dvadasamsas obtained by the
Adhana Moon counted from Aries.
(c) To know the placement of the Moon at the time delivery,
the Dvadasamsa of the stronger of the Moon and the ascendant at
the time, of Adhana should be ascertained. For Suka Jataka states
that the Dvadasamsas passed by the stronger between the Moon
and ascendant during Adhana will have to be considered.
The Mo on at the time of delivery will be so many signs away from
the Dvadasamsa concerned.
(d) The views of sage Garga and sage Suka being* identical

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 184

in this respect, a probe should be made in respect of the statements
delivered by Saravali and Samudra Jataka.

II 3^ II
i fcm 3oio TIRRH i FIE
TO’Slfo SIW*|3X tf’do'd 3FI«l3o I an $5^

3FR: I
<n nsnrawfriRra: i an snaisl ^5ife:
5UI3UI Hal Sl<«liwil«ta ?U° T^oo c5WF^
3nfo£H»l|J|: 5XI3U I
an ’Fc5i4 §q|: w'kkViiHcfcl $«t#wi: 5XI3U ^°n: ?5 ■jM
■□ira: 3°\91 HHI nsnsRFt^ ^o° *$> atHfft i 500 >^5 iH 3ok9
fBtfiw’f 3FH WFJ 1 3n wswi^cn +4»aRi: <iRde> u4l <s^R}
3TH’| I
an Mli+^Hi^mq: 1 qfe.iwi Mli+icH* a?n "i^iao 5^4
g4tf$wn3
FJ JjRA 1 arai an^n *1
?5I5° 04 H4^ ifcFJ I f^FifaFns 1 <*<jq|U|cmf-
SPR JigfcsR? gftf&a ^nr 1
3R1 M^A STORR^ I
^wa’wfl i
JjRufcl^ 3 W II 3^90 II
jRHcs’Hramira^ 1
368 - 370. (a) Birth in Day or Night: According to Saravali,
note the portion past in the Adhana (or query) ascendant, being
day or night sign. So much of portion will lapse at the time of birth

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 185

being night or day aign.
The author gives an example for the possible Moon sign at
the time of delivery. Assume that on the day of query, the day
duration is 30 ghatikas (or 12 hours) and the night duration is 30
ghatikas (or 12 hours). The Moon is in Leo 10' 25’ 35" and the
query ascendant is Cancer 8s 12’ 20". The Moon is in the 5th
Dvadasamsa from Leo, i.e. in Sagittarius. Five signs counted from
Sagittarius leads to Aries; Hence when the Moon attains the sign
Aries during the 10th month of pregnancy, delivery will occur.
This is common knowledge.
"After knowing of the sign, the exact Nakshatra in which the.
Moon will be at the time of delivery can be ascertained.
In the Dvadasamsa concerned, the Moon has passed 25’ 35".
One Dvadasamsa is 1800’ of arc (i. e. 2° 30’). Hence 25’ 35" should
be multiplied by 1800 and divided by 150 which gives 307’ of arc.
One Nakshatra is 800’ arc. Since 307’ is less than one Nakshatra, it
is the first one Aries, which is Asvini.
One Nakshatra quarter is 200’ of arc. Hence 307’ yields
second quarter of Asvini as birth Nakshatra..
Now about the ascendant at the time of delivery. Cancer
which is the query ascendant is a night sign. Hence birth should be
in night time.
Now the method of knowing the exact ghatika of birth. 30
degrees of a sign make for 30 ghatikas, the night duration in the
example. In the query ascendant, 8° 12’ 30" have passed out of 30
degrees. Thus birth will be 8 ghatikas and 12.33 vighatikas
following the fall of the night.
This way, day of birth should be understood with the help

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 186

of the query Moon, so says Kalyana Varma.
(b) Thus should be understood the time of delivery and the
astrologer should declare after a proper scrutiny, says Kalyana
Varma
(c) According to another school of thought, the lord of the
5th (at the time of Adhana) and the Moon will be in one and the
same sign at the time of delivery, and in no other manner.
(d) The rule at' c" above should never be applied to a query
relating to an immediately ensuing delivery..
Notes: (a) The author is wrong when he states that Cancer
being night sign will lead to birth in night time. Where as night
signs in Adhana (or query) indicate birth in day time and vice versa
vide sloka 368 supra apart from my notes (based on Manuskya
Jatakd etc.) in the English translation of Brihat Parasara Hora
Sdstra, Part 1, chapter 4, sloka 25 - 30.

afcW II 3U? II

f^ifedPfc ii 3^ H
I

II 3K93 II
371 -373. (a) State of Pregnancy: According to Samudra .
Jataka, the month of possible delivery can be ascertained through
horary ascendant, thus. The Navamsas past in the query ascendant
will be equal to the number of months past after conception.
Alternatively, the number of signs intervening Hora Ratnam /
Chapter 1 187
between the horary ascendant and strong Venus will denote the
relevant month of pregnancy.
(b) Belated Delivery: Should a Navamsa of Saturn ascend at
the time of Adhana, with Saturn being in the 7th from the Adhana
ascendant, delivery will be after three years. The Moon replacing
Saturnin this combination and the Navamsa ascendant being Cancer,
will cause deUvery after .12 years. The author clarifies that
“Afr/doft”meansSaturn,6Navamsa, viz. Capricorn and Aquarius and
this Navamsa should be in the ascendant.
(c) Samudra J at aka also holds the same view as Varaha
Mihira, thus. The ascendant belonging to Saturn’s Navamsa while
Saturn is in the 7th from the Adhana ascendant will cause delivery
after three years. Similarly Cancer being the ascendant of the
Navamsa, with the Moon in the 7th from the Adhana ascendant will
cause birth after 12 years.

aiwqil&ihii: i
MHT i

w HJRCTIPI II 3OX II
fffa: I
'1‘lR II 3O§ II
q|WRIwS<W5?ll‘t I 3H
Sissiml i HSWHCT ^4teist<iiife'
I
374 - 376. Eye Defects etc. from Birth: (a) If at the time of
Adhana, Leo rising with the luminaries therein with the aspect of
Mars and Saturn will cause the birth of a blind child.
(bj The luminaries in aspect to Mercury and Mars will cause
the birth of a child with flickering eyes.
(c) I (i.e. Kalyana Varma) now state such combinations which
destroy one’s'eyes. Weak Moon in the 12th from the r
Adhana ascendant will destroy the right eye of the child. The Sun
bereft of strength in the 12th will be the cause of loss of right eye of
the child. Should there be a benefic’s aspect on the said Moon or the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 188

Sun, as the case may be, the combination will not be fully effective. f
The author adds that the luminaries in the said position will
destroy the eyes of the child. Alternatively in these dasas, the subject
will have diseases or injuries thereof.

55*1^ Pl?^ II II
?!5«ltfl^bls<j<bl pRlftfa I
377 - 378. (a) Dumbness: Malefics in the end of the signs. they
are in, while the Moon in Taurus is aspected by Mars and Saturn (or
the Sun) at the time of Adhana, will cause birth of a dumb child.
Should there be a benefic aspect, dumbness will vanish after some
time following the birth.
(b) Special Combinations: Garga Jataka states that with
malefics in the end of Cancer, Scorpio or Pisces while the Moon in
Taurus is aspected by malefics, the child born will be dumb. If the
Moon is endowed with the benefic aspects, speech will revive after a
long interval. If the aspect on the Moon is both from benefics and
malefics, the stronger one will prevail and the issue of recovering
speech or remaining dumb should be accordingly decided.
Notes: (a) “Griha Sandhi” means end of any sign joining the
initial point of the next sign.
(b)In this combination, end of three signs (called “Riksha
Sandhi”} is referred to.
tmH: t<d^H
379. Maleficain the junctions of the signs they areinwhile the
Moon is unaspected by a benefic will cause foolishness. Saturn and
Mars in the^Navamaa of Mercury will give teeth at birth.

II 3*«> II / -■ ■

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 189

380. If at the time of Adhana, Mercury in the 9th or tha 5th ■
from the ascendant, while all others are bereft of strength, declare
that the child to be born will have two heads, four arms and four legs.
“Trikona? means the 9th and 5th, reiterates Bala Bhadra.

^15 ’rf:—
fol I
II 3"? II
381. According to sage Garga, if all planets are devoid of
strength while the Moon (instead of Mercury as above) is in the 5th or
9th from Adhana ascendant, the child born will have two heads, four
legs and four arms.

Wt W II 3’? II
382. Birth of a Dwarf: (a) The Adhana ascendant should be in
the last portion of Capricorn with aspects of the luminaries ■< and
Saturn. As a result the child will be short-statured.
(b) The child will be a dwarf if Cancer rises with the Moon
therein, in aspect to Saturn and Mars.
Notes: (a) Last portion of Capricorn means, "lastNavamsa of
Capricorni, i.e; Virgo Navamsa..
4^ ’FJ: I
HqPd 4l*li: fl'lwUI<><fl|iilHT: II 3^3 II

cS’d^bM-'i) Mta-. I
$4$R« dgjei»M<l su^aiji 3^8 n
f^ncj q=rt qfe flHf I
Hi Tfrnr ^^Fbl&sfa ^MRuflqi: I f^FH: I
UKIckSII^-
jratoMsft i
sirari asft n 3^x ii
383 - 385. (a) If the Adhana ascendant is Pisces with the aspect
of the trio - Mars, Saturn and the Moon - the child will be lame. The
combinations stated so far, for various defects, will be ineffective if
they are blessed by benefits aspects.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 190

(b) Venerable Garga states the following. Mars in the rising
decanate, unaspected by a benefic and aspected by Saturn and the
luminaries will cause birth of a child without head. The decanate of
the 5th house thus featuring will cause the child’s birth without
hands. Similarly the decanate of the 9th house will cause absence of
legs.
(c) The author adds that the (relevant) combinations stated for
Adhana should be applied to natal horoscopes and vice versa. For
Saravalt stipulates that the combinations related to Adhana ascendant
should be used in studying nativities also. Whatever are not
mentioned in the Adhana chapter but in respect of nativities should
be applied to Adhana as well. That is, combinations for nativities
could Well be used in dealing with Adhana.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 191

i
e>
Now the section on Delivery

««■»<! ffcf l
31 3TWIII 3*3 II
313 ?3^3^3 ft^ElfHt 3FR 3T^ |
3«lRlt4s$ H3W^ ftlfc 3FH I SlfaF^sfa ^H- ^nf^pia HH!
H3wrafei3 i
feft: fan f^5F3t c’S’H ^3^1 ^13^ II 3^ II I

«4‘idta‘i't3| I4&KR4 ol*<4> 3*J3 II 3t;'; II

386 - 388. According to Yavana: (a) It is said that the child will
be born in the absence of the father (i.e. father will not be present in
the .place of birth) when the Moon does not aspect the ascendant.
(b) If the Sun is in a movable sign identical with the 8th or the
9th from the ascendant, the same is the result.
(c) The author adds that the Moon not aspecting the ascendant
hints at the father being in the towni In case of the combination
involving the Sun, it is to be understood, the father would be in a
foreign (or distant) land at the time of birth. Here also the Moon
should not aspect the ascendant. For sage Suka enjoins as under.
(d) Sage Suka: The.Sun in a movable sign which is identical
with the 8th or 9th from the ascendant denotes father’s being in a
foreign land, provided the ascendant is unaspected by the Moon.
(e) Saturn in the ascendant while Mars is in the 7th, or the
Moon placed between the Sun and Mars denotes that the father
would be in a distant land at the time of birth..
faj: WR SRH W5R HI II 3”S II
3?W>fai frilfirat i fan HR ’jat HIR!
fafaRi^ n 3^° 11 HIRSF^H^I Hril cx^?l i
fan fafaRlBft®Fi || 3V || sraanw’l nrt 3FRfa
HR «nrWs i

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 192

389 > 391. From Suka Jataka: Following are based upon the
authority of Suka Jataka,
(a) In case of day birth, the Sun aspected by Mars, and in case
of night birth Saturn aspected by Mars, denote absence of father in
the place of delivery.
(b) The father would be dead in a foreign land in case the Sun
and Saturn are (together) in a movable sign in aspect to or in the
company of Mars.
(c) The father will be in grief at the time of birth of the child if
two malefics are in the 4th and 9th while the lord of the ascendant is
bereft of strength.
(d) The mother will incur grief if a malefic is in the 8th or 12th.

fan ii w ii

dift '3R5t MlMtwPdS: II 3^3 II

^KI’< FcR&l ft|: 11 3^8 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 193

W:-
I
35?^ fan
<i($wne$ qfa n w n
ara wW”i i
3 d^H-fcdiai^dkfo WH fafafa I
392 - 395. (a) The father of the child will incur disease
(following the child’s birth) if Saturn is in aspect to Mars/Sun; and is
in the Navamsa of the Sun.
(b) Should Jupiter be in debility, and the Moon be in the
junctions of two signs as benefics are conjunct malefics, the native will
be either a dunce or dumb.
(c) Malefics in a fixed sign identical with the 5th, 7th and 9th
from the Sun and in aspect to malefics denote that the father would
be in confinement in the native land. If the sign in question is
movable, the confinement would be in a foreign land. And if dual
sign, confinement would be on-the way.
(d) Bala Bhadra comments that in the combination at “c”, the
5th, 7th or the 9th, as the case may be, containing malefics, should be
owned by a malefic. The significance is to the ownership by a malefic,
of the 5th & C from the Sun, and not to the aspect of malefics. For
Varaha Mihira states the following.
(e) Note the 5th, 7th or 9th from the Sun being owned by a
malefic in which two malefics should be placed. As a result, the
native’s father would be in confinement. Depending on the sign the
Sun is in - movable etc. - ths confinement being in foreign land, native
land or en route should, as the case, may be, be declared.
(f) In this context, Varaha Mihira also uses a dual number to
denote Rahu and Ketu. In respect of the earlier statement of Suka
Jataka also the plural number (denoting more than two - dual
number, distinct in Sanskrit texts) takes into consideration Rahu and
Ketu.
Notes: (a) This Yoga can be. applied to diseases of father
during the native’s childhood. Saturn aspected by Mars/Sun and
occupying Leo Navamsa will cause diseases to the father during the
early days of the child.
(b) Jupiter is required to be within 5° of Capricorn while the
Moon is in the 30th degree or the very first degree of a sign. The other

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 194

two benefics, viz. Mercury and Venus should be in union with
malefics. Then the said Yoga is formed. When this Yoga is available
in the birth horoscope of a person, he will be either a dunce or be
speechless.
(c) The placement of malefics with reference to the Sun is only
in either 5th or 7th or 9th for the nature of the sign is specified, as
movable, fixed and common. For example, if the 5th from a given
place is a movable sign, the other two in order are movable and fixed
signs. The combination given by Varaha Mihira is of course quite
different from the present one.

II 3^ II
396. Kind of Birth: It is Stated in Saravali that birth will be
with head first if the ascendant is a Seershodaya sign, with legs’first if
it be a Prishtodaya sign, and with hands first if it be the Ubhayodaya
sign (i.e. Pisces).

397. Specialities quoted from Garga Jataka: If shoulders are

sighted firstly, the birth should be treated as having occurred with
head first. Knees being sighted at first. equals to birth with legs first.
If firstly the wrist is seen, it is birth with hands first.

’1’fcl #^551: II .3^’ II

398. Difficult Birth:'According to Maniththa, if the lords

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 195

of natal ascendant and Navamsa ascendant are retrograde and are in
the natal ascendant, predict that the birth would be a difficult one.
Notes: The planets required to be in retrogression are the
following two:
1. Lord of the natal ascendant.
2. Lord of the Navamsa ascendant.
The rest is clear from the text.

PRPJBRI II w II

aw riFJ <ifciwik>MiU'l I
F^ OFH, ntf i
F<H4l4l F^ I 4MPH4: I
«<^J|l<t II 800 II
399 - 400. According to Saravali, the following may be noted.
(a) The place of birth will correspond to the sign and Navamsa
relating to the ascendant.
(b) If these are dual signs, the birth will be on the way. Fixed
ones denote birth in one’s own home while the movables denote birth
in other’s house.
(c) Bala Bhadra suggests that the stronger of the two, viz.
natal ascendant and Navamsa ascendant, should be chosen. Fixed,
movable and dual ones in order indicate own house, other's house and
on the way. If the Navamsa is owned by the same Rasi, birth is in
one’s own place. If it is inimical Navamsa, birth is in enemy’s place.
(d) Depending on the strengths of the planets indicating father
and mother, deHvery will be in the house of father or mother.
Note: The two quarters of sloka 400 are interrupted by the
author’s commentary.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter*! 196

atc^l-p *wlrl H5I R<j^j> — '
Jtgfa; i
qfe ^«5F4k-Td^ 3?5^ qqfa w qiff^lfoMlfojjjj
sRjfc&^'i
Bala Bhadra Clarifies: The planets signifying father and
mother have already been stated. Considering the strength thereof,
the house of delivery being that of father & C should be declared. In
this consideration, if the Sun or Saturn is strong, birth will be in the
house of father, his sister, brother or friend. Similarly if Mars or
Venus is strong, the delivery will be in the place of mother, her sister
or brother.

{TO? I ^41^ I
II Bo? II ara H
ajeoqj fastf

I
401. Birth Surroundings: (a) If nil the benefics are in debility,
birth will be outside the house, (or under a tree) or near a river.
(b) If at the time of birth all other planets join in one sign but
do not aspect the Moon or the ascendant, birth will be in a forest
without any people in movement around.
(c) Bala Bhadra adds that in respect of the second yoga,- if the
Moon or ascendant has no aspect from the planets in union in one
sign, the birth will be in a forest bereft of movement of people. Should
there be aspect of these planets on the ascendant or the Moon, it
should be understood that peoples' movement will exist. The union
suggested is only among benefics (and malefics are not in the picture)
as per the instructions of Bhattotpala.
yf: i
1R3 351 II 8°3 II
1 b
33 $4l’W<t><H(ia*ii 4 ^33 Q ^3 f^l 3^ 3331 yp-^sfoH
MQ^fi 3^ 3^ I 3331 3WRn^333^

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 197

HM yf HJ|$JA sifafa j
Mkll0t*hf II 803 II
402 - 403. (a) Birth in a watery place is to be declared if the
ascendant is a watery sign as the Moon is in a watery sign.
Alternatively, the Moon being Full should be in aspect to the
ascendant which is a watery sign. Or the ascendant should be a
watery sign as the Moon is in the 10th or in the 4th thereof.
The author comments thus:
The ascendant should be one of Cancer, Pisces or the latter half
of Capricorn (watery signs). The Moon should occupy the saidplace.
Then the birth will be in watery surroundings. Orelse the Moon being
Full should aspect the ascendant which is a watery sign.
(b) Birth in a boat should be understood if Mercury is in the
ascendant, the Full Moon in Cancer and other benefice in the 4th
from the ascendant. Another situation is the ascendant is a watery
sign as the 7th thereof is occupied by the Moon.

3^ 33 H3T3: 3^ 31^*11
33 3^f3c3RH3[^ ^4^ I
In this combination, if Mercury is in the ascendant, Venus as a
benefic cannot be in the 4th therefrom. Thus Jupiter in the 4th from
Mercury can complete the requirement, so says Bala Bhadra.

akw>-Q HHHJV<3 qtarai i

MW«i: 3)ull «mPd <t«Hi: H5 *iPk4: II 8°8 II

’ft I
?ft3 3R5 (^ft) ?5^ft rftsfelft 5H3: I
fts ^"1 II 8°U II
SJRWRH^ H*n '’Rf^ft I
^f£ft II 8°£ II
H^fBft '■il-JH&WRl ^>^|Wli I
H^eft HiRSfcl II Bo'S II
3H 5Hi Hfalfec^ 3H5TO?t 31^ I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 198

404 - 407* From Samudra Jataka: (a) It is also said in Samudra
Jataka that the Full Moon should be in Cancer, Mercury should be in
the ascendant and Jupiter should be in the 4th. Then the birth will be
in aboat. Alternatively, the ascendant should be a watery sign having
the Moon in the 7th.
(b) Saturn in the ascendant which is Scorpio or Cancer, and
begetting the aspect of the Moon denotes delivery by the female in a
cavity. So declare Maniththa and Yavanacharya. Bala Bhadra adds
that. “Garta” is a synonym of “Avata”. (This indicates cavity.)
(c) Mercury aspecting Saturn who is placed in the ascendant
which is a watery sign will cause birth in a play-ground. If the Sun
aspects the said Saturn, birth will be in a temple’s premises. The
Moon’s aspect in this case means birth on a saline soil.
(d) If a forest-resorting sign is on the ascendant birth will be
on a hill, or in a fort.
(e) If a biped sign ascends with Saturn in it and receives the
aspect of Mars, say that the birth is in the premises of a burial
ground. If Mercury be the planet aspecting, birth will be in the house
of a craftsman. Similarly, the Sun indicates a cow-shed, royal palace
or temple. The Moon or Venue leads to birth in a beautiful place and
Jupiter a place where Brahmins perform fire sacrifices. The author
adds that in all these combinations Saturn should be in the ascendant
which is a biped sign, and aspected by Mars & C.

II 8°" II
408. For it is said in the same Samudra Jataka that a biped sign
on the ascendant with Saturn in it and begetting the aspects of the
Sun and others in order denotes birth place being cow-shed, burial
ground, craftsman’s place, place of sacred fire offering, and beautiful
place.
Notes: Since the Moon in this case indicates what Venus
indicates* the Moon is not included in the serial order in the original
text. That ie, the order is the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus
(and the Moon).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 199

OTrWt II 8<^ II
409. If the 7th and the trines, viz. the 5th and the 9th are
occupied by malefics, it then indicates that the delivery will not be a
happy one. Benefice in the 10th and the 4th will bring much wealth
(for the family).

s&sft »n^: WI$$M I

W WI 1W) II 89° II WJE: i
•SyWrMo-'WH'l'} II 899 II
410 - 411. Difficulties & Death of Mother: (a) The Moon in the
company of malefics in the 4th or the 7th will be the cause of
difficulties to the mother at the time of delivery.
(b) Malefics in the 7th from the Moon will kill the mother
(early). An alternative version adds the condition of aspect of Mars on
the said malefics.
(c) The Sun in the company of malefics and placed in the 10th
from the Moon will also hasten the end of the mother.
(d) The 5th place from that of Venus being occupied or
aspected by Saturn will also cause the same effect.

$ II 8?? II

412. Child’s Abandonments Mars and Saturn in union in the

5th or the 9th from the sign occupied by the Moon at birth will lead to
the child being abandoned by its mother. If this combination is
aspected by Jupiter, the abandoned child will, however, be endowed
with happiness and longevity (but be elsewhere).
The author comments: In this combination, Mars and Saturn
should join in one sign. (That is, only in conjunction they ' complete
the combination, and not singly.) For Samudra Jataka also states,
Mars and Saturn in one place, in a trine counted from the Moon,
cause the mother to abandon the child.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 200

i
n 8?? n
413. Death of Mother: In case of night birth, Saturn in the 5th
or the 9th from the Moon and in aspect to a malefic willhasten the
death of mother. If birth be during day time, then it will be as Mars
with the aspect of a malefic is in the 9th or the 5th counted from
Venus.

41^0$ ?|R| A ^4*: I

n 8?8 II

Era31
c»

nrai n sn n
(5M «K*1l-^ MK£ ' J5lRl dl<5?il <slld: I
, ,

Ht: H II 8?? II
$&Hibi#) H*& nrai
«1I<?> ■‘jjSlR I S-’tw-'l ^H<3lld^>—
q^Pa 3^1
^jgifa fans HF II 8?a II
414 - 417. (a) With the Moon in the ascendant with the aspect of
malefics as Mars is in the 7th thereof, the abandoned child will die.
(b) So also when the Moon is in the ascendant with malefic
aspects as Mars and Saturn are in the 7th or the 11th.
(c) The author comments that as for the second combination,
the abandoned child will only die. For it is stated as under in Samudra
Jataka also.
(d) Samudra Jataka: The Moon occupying the ascendant as
Mars and Saturn are in the 7th or Ilth will only kill the abandoned
child.
(e) In respect of these two combinations, see if there is a
benefic’s aspect on the Moon. If so, instead of quitting the world, the
child will be nurtured by a person belonging to the caste
commensurate with the description of the aspecting planet. If,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 201

however, the aspect on the said Moon be from both benefics and
malefics, the child will just die.
•(f) The author suggests that in respect of the two combinations,
benefic’s aspect will allow redemption of the child by a Brahmin etc.
befitting the aspecting planet. For Bhauma Jataka stipulates as under.
(g) Bhauma Jataka: In the combinations relating to the
abandonment of the child by the mother, the guardian’s caste will
correspond to the benefic aspepting the Moon.

W 5Rft II 8?* II

wwwtf Mftjftgw^ft ftaaa. 11 8?<? 11

418 - 419. (a) The author adds that the aspects being from a
benefic as well as a malefic will cause the death of the child.
(b) Saturn and Mars joining in any sign, but begetting one and
the same Navamsa will lead to the mother abandoning the child.
(c) In all these combinations, Jupiter aspecting the Moon
denotes that the child will survive after being rescued by men of all
(various) castes.
(d) If Mars is in the 7th in aspect to Saturn, the mother will
surely, abandon the child. (That is, there will be no redeeming
features.)

HlS^q WfR ^ftiq.11 83° II

420. Qualities of the Child: (a) If a benefic aspects the
ascendant or the Moon, the native will acquire the qualities
corresponding to that benefic.
(b) Should the Sun be strong at birth, the child will be akin to
his father in disposition and if by the Moon akin to mother.

I
TRWRFFlft II 85? It

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 202

qfaFil 5*rafceraF?ifara$ ^fs i
^wi: 3m fferttajfco sfe i mhn^fc^l n «=« 11
’rf:-

fafWs. II 8« H
421 • 423. Entwined in Umbilical Cord: (a) Should the
ascendant be one of Leo, Aries and Taurus which is occupied by Mars
or Saturn, birth will be with umbilical cord entwined around. The
limb concerned will correspond to the one owned by Time Personified
as indicated by the rising Navamsa.
(b) The author clarifies that the'.Navamsa rising in the
ascendant should be identified which will denote a certain limb of the
Time Personified. That limb will be the one to be entwined by
umbilical cord. .
(c) Twins: The Sun should be in a quadruped sigh while all the
other planets are in strength in biped signs. As a result, there will be
birth of twins in a sheath.
(d) Snake-bound Birth: Sage Garga stipulates that the Moon
should be in a decanate owned by Mars. Or the ascendant should
contain a malefic and rise in a decanate owned by Mars. Let anyone
of these two combinations exist, it must be Supported by benefics who
should be in the 2nd and 11th. As a result, birth of a snake-bound
child Should be declared.

SFH IIJPBII ara

WI ^=41 m H I
iy4>olld^»—

. ’JSJFS q<d|RR>; I
wigal n 8?x 11
3i ’^^=4131 ^n ?rar i i
424 • 425. Born of Other’s Loins: Now some combinations from
Hora Makaranda,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 203

(a) If the ascendant or the Moon is unaspected by. Jupiter, the
child is born of other's loins.
(b) The Sun in association with the Moon, without Jupiter’s
aspect will lead to the same effect.
(c) The Sun and the Moon begetting malefics’ aspecte at the
coet of Jupiter’s aspect WilJ cause the sapie effect.
(d) The author clarifies that the thmd combination can form
with the Sun and the Moon being together, or in two different signs,
but with malefics’ association and^ without Jupiter’s aspect. For
Suka Jataka states as under.
(e) The child should be branded as having taken its birth of
other’s loins if the ascendent or the Moon is without Jupiter’e aspect.
So also when the Sun is in association with the Moon, without
Jupiter's aspect, or alternatively the luminaries are in one and the
same sign or two different signs, but with malefics in association, aana
Jupiter’e aspect.

ijn: ^ggstaaaji 8ss n

fifaqiUlWfa dlUkHlWIB 3raPra:-

«tW<W"WR W 31?^ Il
8^11

3F33I3: H II 85” II
35J0WH3; 3$ I
3fflsfcFII3 WtWFWJ: H 3^ II 833 II
426 - 429. More Combinations: Gunakara in his Hora
Makaranda enlists two more combinations for questionable births, as
under.
(a) The Moon, the Sun and Jupiter in simultaneous debility.
(b) These three planets in the ascendant in aspect to Saturn.
The author now gives further combinations involving the
combination of lunar day, week day and birth Nakshatra, given by his
father (Damodara), concerning illegal births.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 204

(c) A child with the combination of Svathi (15th) Nakshatra,
Dvitiya Thithi (2nd lunar day of either fortnight) and Sunday is of
questionable birth.
(d) So also when the combination is of Revathi (27th)
Nakshatra, Saptami Thithi (7th lunar day of either fortnight) and
Wednesday.
(e) The three, viz. Dhanishta (23rd) Nakshatra, Dvadasi Thithi
(12th lunar day) and Saturday, in combination occurring at the time
of birth denote an ill-gotten child.
(f) The 9th in occupation by Jupiter while the 2nd has the
luminaries will be possibly found in case of a child of questionable
birth.
(g) Without doubt it should be said of the child being ill- gotten
if the 6th is occupied by the luminaries and Mars, as the planet
Jupiter is in the Sth.
Notes: (a) The Sun in Libra, the Moon in Scorpio and Jupiter
in Capricorn at one and the same should exist.
(b) In the second line of sloka 426, the expression u Sukrodaya
seetabhaasah” should actually read as “ Yuktodaya seethabhaasah”
and the rendering is for the correct version.

Fnssntarapi nssoii

W II 83? II

wft II 83? II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 205

430 - 432. The work Jatakottama has the following combinations
for questionable births.
(a) UttaraPhalguni (12th j Nakshatra, Sunday and Ashtami
Thithi (8th lunar day of either fortnight) occurring in union.
(b) Uttarashadha (21st) Nakshatra, Thursday and Chaturttd
Thithi (4th lunar day of either fortnight) occurring in union.
(c) Uttara Bhadra Pada (26th) Nakshatra, Tuesday and
Chaturdasi Thithi (14th lunar day of either fortnight) occurring in
union.
(d) Birth in the end of the day, or Thithi or ascendant or week
day.
(e) Uttarashadha (21st) Nakshatra, Dvitiya Thithi (2nd lunar
day of either fortnight) and Sunday.
(f) Uttarashadha (21st) Nakshatra, Dvadasi Thithi (12th lunar
day of either fortnight) and Saturday.
(g) Uttarashadha (21st) Nakshatra, Saptami Thithi (7th lunar
day of either fortnight and Tuesday.
Notes: (d) End of the day, thithi, ascendant or the week day, as
the case may be, means the last vighati (i.e. the last 24 seconds of
clock time) of that particular phenomenon.
A particular combination of Nakshatra, Thithi and week day is
known as Tripushkara Yoga. These, as given in the 7 slokas (426 -
432) in the context of illegal births, are reflected in speculum 32.

araiwcpns’nPi:-

SR?! 3T 3 HWa II 833 II

335:—
31 I
W3FF3 3 HWH II 838 II
433 434. Nullifying Combinations: Following
combinations that nullify the others related to questionable birth are
based; on sage Garga and the work Suka Jdtaka.
(a) Garga: The Moon in a sign of Jupiter, or placed anywhere
in aspect to Jupiter, or in a decanate or Navamsa . owned by Jupiter
will render the combinations for illegal births null and void.
(b) Suka Jataka: There may be combinations present in a
horoscope for questionable birth. But these are ineffective In the face
JSora Ratnanv/ Chapter 1 206
of the Moon occupying a Navamsa owned by Jupiter or Mercury.

fefft II 83* II
Sirat: |
wi v n 835 II

srcforaai Wws FePF^r ir 83« n

435 - 437. Lamp In Delivery Chamber: On the authority of
sage Garga, the lamp in the delivery chamber is now described based
on the Suh’s Dvadasamsa.
If the Sun is in the 1st Dvadasamsa (of Hie sigh he is in), the
lamp will be in the eastern part of the chamber. In the 2nd or 3rd
north-east, in the 4th north, in the Sth or 6th - north-west, in the 7th -
west; in the Sth or the 9th - south-west; in the 10th - south or south-
east. If the Sun is in the 11th or 12th Dvadasamsa of a sign, there
would be no lamp in the chamber.
Notes: “Lagnaaya” in sloka 435 is to be interpreted as “in
Surya Lagpa”, i.e. the Sun sign, and not as theBuh’s position in the
ascendant. “Arka Lagna? in the caption means “Sun sign0. . Hence
here the reference by the term1 "Lagna" is to "Surya Lagna".

I
iRMlfod: II 83* II

438 - 439. In this context, other authorities have the following

to state.
(a) If the ascendant at birth is a movable one, the lamp would
be held (by someone) in the hand, and if an fixed sign the lamp
would be in a particular place (without being taken hither and
thither). A common aigii ascending denotes that the lamp was being
taken hither and thither.
(b) Based on the decdnate occupied by the Moon, the quantity

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 207

of oil in the lamp should be declared. The Moon in the
' lstdecanateofasignmeansthelamphadfullquantityofoil The 2nd
decanate indicates that the quantity was half. The last decanate
shows emptiness of the lamp.

(3) I ^MIHIHlWi I

’Rtf II 88° II 3R5FI

4hfFI HR^iIdl I

55FFI qlssi RfSwslH I

440. Bala Bhadra’s Comments: (a) Itis stated mSaravali that
the Moon being Full points out to fullness of oil in the lamp while
the weak Moon hints at the exhaustion of oil. This is not logical as
on the New Moon day, there will be darkness all around. When the
birth is on a New Moon day, or with declining Moon, it will be
(illogically) established that there was no oil in the lamp.
(b) The portion of burnt wick in the oil*lamp should be
guessed based on the degrees past in the rising sign.
(c) The lamp would contain full quantity of oil if the Moon at
birth is in the ascendant or in the 8th.
(d) The length of the wick and the colour of the lamp should
be estimated through the degrees of the ascendant.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 208

(e) Whatever colour is ascribed to the sign (see speculum , 22)
ascending will apply to the lamp in question. These have been stated
by preceptor Maniththa.

3$3fa i
II 88? II

aknt <^4$ ^s^'^sqcll |

.3^ 31 fqfeRfa 533 3 H&: II 885 II
441 - 442. (a) According to Saravali, if Mars aspects the Sun at
birth, there would be many lamps in the chamber. If all others are
devoid of strength^ light was produced burning grass.
(b) With the Moon occupying a watery Navamsa, or a
Navamsa owned by Saturn, say that the child was born in darkness.
So was the case when the Moon is in the 4th in aspect to Saturn.
331^3 33^:-

3 3^3 3^3 3^ 3 (3) 5M53R 34 I

sterad sifrfa 31 I
Firafc^ 3T 3I^E: II 885 II
443. (a) In all these combinations (relatingto darkness), the -'
aspect of the Sun will nullify the effect. So also when the Moon is in
aspect to the Sun. So says Yavanacharya.
(b) The Moon in the ascendant and in a watery Navamsa or
the one ruled by Saturn causes birth in darkness.
(c) The Moon in the 4th in aspect to Saturn and in a Navamsa
ruled by Saturn or’if^Cancer Navamsa causes birth in darkness. In
these two cases,rthe Sun should not aspect the Moon.
SRI
Hp<y
3R|fa ^iRiRRd eje I WH top Hst’fi^

Hora Ratiiam / Chapter 1 209

£R WJHICWI&«|RMI SstoSt ?IT II 888 II

R4 SR f&RRl g 3?RI ERgS I

^7Rl 3Tj£R (jfi+l WW || 88U II
^RFTFi: ^lftil5*|ti q: SRcfen WRl^B ^l^’cM*^
Sffcfa g^T^j W^l
W 3qq:—
‘4*4<II M<*»«iiMi&ifafir i
444 - 445. Description of the House of Delivery: The following
are based on Hora Makaranda.
(a) If the Sun is the strongest at birth, the house of birth would
be one constructed with old wood, the Moon a new house, Mars
abumthouse, Mercury one havingmany artistic trappings, Jupiter a
strong house, Venus a new house having beautiful pictures and
Saturn an old house.
(b) The entry of the delivery chamber would be in the direction
denoted by the planet in an angle. If there are many planets in angles,
the strongest one will prevail. If angles are unoccupied, the entry
would correspond to the direction indicated by the sign ascending.
(c) According to Hora Sara, if the planet indicative of the
direction of the entry as'above is in a fixed Navamsa, the entry will be
as stated earEer. If the said planet is in a Navamsa which is dual in
nature, there would be two entries to the chamber . concerned. If a
movable Navamsa features, there would be many entries. These
apply, to the ascendant’s Navamsa in case the angles are devoid of
planets.
(d) The strongest of the planets at birth would describe the
house of deEvery. If the strongest of them is the waxing Moon, the
house would be white in colour and be decorated with many shades.
Yavanacharya has also stated that the Moonis indicative of a house
painted (with white colour).

H^3^35 3 II 885 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 210

3^3 3F4 FFRRfiB-3 Rlf5U^c4HI<4*t I
ggj 3fe HpW 31 ^H^FF^II 88VJ II FJ’S’I f^3
<M§^II<<M3: JPTO’kl <*I§^I*I'I>»-M I
3353 31 II 88’’ II
)
^3 3^35 jP33T33^3 I
3^3 APw TO 3^ II 88^ II
■SO<JH •ll'ilRfckr’I^b ^jR^llci «l§HuScMSI4k I
53P33 n 8*° n
3331333 H3k3 t>w(i<u3>ia'ii®44( i
H3pRIF FjfaWFf 333^3 II 8K? II
JFJ35 WlP33 31^ |
3^3^ 3R5WI11 sw 11
3Rnfa3$ 3333kw*^ fcfRl’t 311
33W3^ F3fa$H»J35 Prafaft spftf II 81(3 II
446 - 453. Yavanacharya on Special Effects: (a) The Mo on
being the strongest at birth indicates that the house of birth would be
the one constructed with beautiful wood, be charming and would
have learned men. If the Moon enjoys Shadvarga (six- source)
strength and is exalted, the house would have proper measurements,
decorated with precious stones.
(b) If Mars be the strongest and is in own Navamsa, the house
would be a burnt one. If the planet be in association with or aspect to
a malefic and in another planet’s Navamsa, the house would be a
dilapidated one.., If Mars is aspected by a benefic planet, the house
would be endowed with grains and wealth.
(c) When the Sun is the strongest, the house in question would
be decorated with chalk and various other colours, glittering,
constructed on a large piece of land and beautiful in one part and
broken in another. A malefic in association with strong Sun denotes
that the house would be a warm one.
(d) Mercury being the strongest at birth would describe the
house thus. It would have many members, and be endowed with
wooden seats and much wealth. The adults dwelling therein would be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 211

pure and splendorous with wonderful personalities.
(e) There would be many a precious stones. The house in
question would be beautiful and spacious with flags flying aloft while
metals and juices would be in abundance. These are when Jupiter is
the strongest.
(f) Venus being the strongest denotes that the house would be
beautiful with skilful men in it. Crystal and gold would enrich it.
Further it would be wide, surrounded by beautiful roads.
(g) If Saturn is the strongest, the house would be an old one,
with men in rags. Its colour would bt .a. Full ofthoms, it would be
unsightly.
(h) If the Navamsa dispositor of the planet concerned is in a
friend’s Navamsa or that of a benefic planet, the house would be a
good one (with the positive attributes prescribed). If it be in an
enemy’s Navamsa, the house would be a much broken one. A mixed
character for the said Navamsa dispositor in this case would cause a
mixture (of good and bad).

I gRfaft I 3:
HF3 31 gR
gR^ I 3fe dlftd
W gR 335o3*[ I.
3t d^H^gRfafa I

33553PR3I5 I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 212

HRI*Sli KafcWjjcRII&l -
’pR I
HcHil^jl II 8X8 II

II 8XX II

sFJHEi WJ5 ’pprf’P^ I

Sl4faf^ II 8X5 II arc ai^ SRS: ^J5 Fjafafa i

srazt ’tf: I 3H R3&S$ 3FR:RR^3F5^ I
^oz^i^risr ^1
WRtat»i|aFi <ra faste i
454 - 456. (a) Bala Bhadra Clarifies: The entry of the house
should be decided thus (based on the previous verses). The entry
would correspond to jthe directionindicatedby a planet that is in an
angle from the , ascendant. If there be more than one planet, the
strongest should prevail. If angles are empty, the direction would
depend on the sign ascending. According to Bhattotpala, the direction
would correspond to the sign indicated by the Dvadasamsa attained
by the rising sign. For Maniththa has also stated it the same way. In
actual experience also, when angles are unoccupied, only the
f)vadasamsa of the rising sign prevails.
(b) Saravali stipulates the following. The strongest planet in an
angle is indicative of the house of delivery. Other planets close to the
indicative planet would describe the neighbourhood. The Sun in this
case denotes atemple in the direction concerned. The Moon - a
reservoir of water; Mars - a place of fire; Jupiter - a treasury; Venus -
a park; Saturn - a filthy corner, and Ijdercury -a bed room.
(c) Jataka Chintamani: The space from the ascendant

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 213

through the 5th would denote the court-yard of the house of delivery.
From the 7th through 11th, the eastern part of* the court-yard is
denoted. With a strong Sun in this relevant space, there would be
trees possessing hard wood. The Moon in similar situation indicates
trees that yieltj good quality of juices, Mars bitter juices, Mercury
trees that never yield (edible) fruits, Jupiter those that yield abundant
fruits, Venus that yield abundant flowers and Saturn unsightly trees
(devoid of charm),
(d) The author comments thus. In regard to instructions given
at “b”, the .planet Venus indicates a watery place, Saturn a cavity and
Jupiter a temple. In regard to the ones contained in ac” the western
and other directions will also contain such trees as specified for the
planets. The Sun in strength denotes trees that are quite strong, the
Moon that yield juices (or “milk", like rubber plants and toddy),
Mars those that produce bitter juices and are thorny, Mercury those
that are fruitless (sans edible fruits), Jupiter the ones having (edible)
fruits, Venus the ones with flowers, and Saturn unsightly ones. These
trees will have to be understood according the planets placed in the
respective spaces, i.e. 1st to 5th or 7th to 11th as the case may be.

3PI gfoR’JSERfafa ftfaisfais 5K15:-

II 8569 II
457. Location of the Chamber: Now, considering the entire
house, told are the methods of deciding the location of the delivery
chamber, as per Varaha Mihira.
If at birth Aries, Cancer, Libra, Scorpio or Aquarius be on the
-ascendant, the chamber would be on the eastern side. Sagittarius,
Pisces, Gemini and Virgo denote northern part. Taurus indicates the
west while Capricorn and Leo the 60uth.
Notes: These directions are peculiar to locating delivery
chamber only and do not apply to a general context.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 216

wi^iRwl fcra fafcsj I
5MI^ rig&5 ^sf^W^TOI:,
flf: ai II BX’ II
3R MR: I &^4l: aSW ^nj foiRj I «
sn^ai, 4>£I&?1 ^H^ifa^ife i w Q5T^J
SWFO 5PW: ffo I e>’dl^fl4 R^Ffl <$PWR:I gmsft aiR:
aaat 3R 3?$: I
nataaais i H?: w<3Rfa i aa wram aai^i swat «Hx>4 I aa
IB^'Wl'RliiMUA aa Added‘S I 3R afe wU^R'pblPl^W: ■’TT'ft
Hdfe 331 I f&t-dHl'KlilabR
afe ^Faifcjasjs'i a aaPa a3a Raa<4fa^Ma>^R°4Fns[ i
3a»a 4H4>RwiHU||-
a& sai^Haia:
tal^Mift i34 3ara^ i dd<4>a II sm ii aiera^iH—
j

R^i^a^aaa^ifewnft aa fasifa i SIW^IlR R-^|-e^»|<yS^dlR

^si: II 8?o II •lfat«b|lll«H M'^s«-4qdl ai I
biW 53$ (&£N^4RR> 5^: " 11

aaBa—
vjfa aa^ faw* fcn^F^ aa^ i faawKiRmv^^ R’bjjd^kM i
• j^Kwar^ 6aie»’a u s« n
458 - 462. About the location and state of the lying-in

chamber and cot, the following should be understood.

(a) At the rate of two signs from Aries, intervened by a
common sign, the directions from the east be understood as the
location of the sleeping place, i.e.-cot. As for the limbs (or parts) of the
cot, these should be understood from houses (with reference to the
sign ascending). The 6th, 3rd, 9th and 12th denote its legs. Malefics in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 1 216

the respective space hurt the mother in question. But in case of
mutable signs, malefics cause crookedness (or curvature or
depression) of the bed and the limb concerned.
(b) The author gives his comments on the directions which are
reflected in the notes below. As for malefics he states that the injury
would be commensurate the description and nature of the planet
concerned. But a malefic in his sign of exaltation, or Moola trikona,
or friend’s sign will not cause the suggested harm. A dual sign
containing its lord, or a benefic, or aspect from either of these will not
cause curvature. So has commented Bhattotpala (on Brihat Jataka)
supported by Jataka Chintamani.
(c) For the latter (i.e. Jataka Chintamani) states that an injury
is to be declared in ths spot denoted by the respective sign. But a
malefic in exaltation does not cause any injury. In the same way, the
owner of the sign or a benefic related to a common sign by aspect also
does not hurt.
(d) Saravali stipulates that there willbe.marks on the cot
corresponding to the position and state of a planet in a given sign. The
ornaments (or trappings thereof) should be understood according to
the aspect the ascendant receives from a benefic.
(e) Jupiter in the 10th house identical with Cancer denotes
birth in a two, or three or four storeyed building. A benefic in the 4th
or the 10th from the ascendant, and in a Navamsa ruled by Saturn,
denotes birth in a house without an enclosure.
(d) -Varaha Mihira states that Jupiter in strength in
Sagittarius denotes birth in a house with three large apartments. In
the other three mutable signs, viz. Gemini, Virgo and Pisces, Jupiter
signifies a house with two such apartments. The apartment will be
located in the direction narrated in the earlier verse (refer to “a” in
this passage) corresponding to the position of the indicative planet.
Should Pisces, Capricorn or Sagittarius be endowed with strength,
the house will have three apartments.

Hora Ratna'm / Chapter 1 217

Notes: (a) As regards the lying-in chamber (different from
delivery chamber vide sloka 457), Aries and Taurus denote the east;
Gemini - south-east; Cancer and Leo - south; Virgo - southwest;
Libra and Scorpio - west; Sagittarius - north-west; Capricorn and
Aquarius - north; and Pisces - north-east. Note the exclusive
lordship for a common sign on intervening corners.
Instead of locating from the signs, the various houses should
be scanned to understand about the limbs of the cot (on which the
woman in labour was lying). The 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses (in
place of common signs) denote the four legs of the cot. The 1st and
2nd signifies the head and face of the woman; 4th and 5 th right side
(of her body); the 7th and 8th legs of the woman and the 10th and
11th her side.

3RlR^ HlsSFH 5ft RRf&X II 853 II

463. Birth in Space etc.: It is laid down in Hora Pradipa that
one of the signs viz. Sagittarius, Pisces, Virgo and Gemini ascending
denotes birth in space (or terrace). In other cases birth would be on
the earth.
Notes: This instruction does not seem to be logical although
the information relating to space (“Antariksha”) after further
corrections could be used to identify births in air-planes these days.
In other words following the original instruction amounts to stating
that children born in a common sign are bom in space.

’RR cWT II 858 II

I
II 8« II I
464 - 465. In the same work (i: e. in Hora Pradipa) it is stated
that one of the three signs commencing from Aries along Hora
Ratnam / Chapter 1- 218
with Leo and Sagittarius rising denotes that the child will cry aloud
soon after its birth. Capricorn, Virgo and Aquarius in this
contextdenotescryingwithahalftone. Libra, Scorpio and Pisces
contributes to the child’s crying rarely after many days. In declaring
these effects, the stronger of the ascendant and the Moon be chosen.

-3FJ

Praai 11 11

466. Fair & Other Complexions: According to Janma Pradipa,

if the ascendant is in a decanate of Jupiter, the Moon or Mars, the
subject is fair-complexioned. Saturn’s decanate gives black
complexion, while the complexion is mixed in case of other planets’
decanates.
The author adds that physical complexion should be- -
estimated after considering race, caste and country of birth.

467 - 468. Number of Attendants: (a) Based on Saravali, now

stated are of the nurses attending the female in labour. The number of
nurses would equal the number of planets intervening the natal
ascendant and the Moon at birth.
(a) Attendants present inside the delivery chamber
would correspond to the number of planets in the invisible half of the
zodiac (the space covering 180 degrees ahead of the ascending degree),
while those outside the chamber would be equal to the number of
planets available in the visible half of the zodiac (the space 180
degrees behind the ascending degree).
(c) The nature, appearance and ornaments of the nurses should
Hora Ratna'm / Chapter 1 219
be described with the help of planets betwixt the ascendant and the
Moon. If these are benefic planets, the attendingfemales would be
attractive, virtuous and well-ornamented. Malefics denote ugly nurses
bereft of auspicious features, wearing dirty robes. If it is a mixture of
both benefic and malefic planets, the nurses would be of both kinds.

<5HI<IRWI I <15: -

II 8SVI

3^ HEW II 8*9* II
469 - 470. (a) The portion from the ascendant upto the 7th (in a
direct order) is the invisible dfhalf ofthe zodiac ai>d the other half is
visible, as per Varaha Mihira.
(b) The number of nurses would equal, the number of planets
intervening the natal ascendant of the child and the Moon. Attendants
present inside the delivery chamber would correspond to the number
of planets ih the invisible half of the zodiac, while those outside the
chamber would be equal to the number of planets available in the
visible half of the zodiac. (This is the same as per Saravali.)
(c) Samudra Jataka also states the Same thing (as per Varaha
Mihira and Saravali).

ll8U? ll sfal

feta: FJ: 1^1

3<Vl^t^<S?flllfe(i: yiij ’I^PIT ^lel I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 220

471. The Sun God in Surya Jataka also asserts the same thing as
above. The author adds that since a majority of preceptors hold one
and the same view in this regard, it should be deemed important.
Chandrika however states specially of the ascendant and the
Moon thus. If the Moon.is in the ascendant, there would be three
nurses. Other authorities hold the same view as stated earlier
concerning planets in visible aind invisible halves.
Notes: “ChandrikaT is apparently a short term for the work
Hora Chandrika.

asis^RRi-

3qi: || 8^11

Bow’ll 3 l| 803 II I
(aft) 3I4W3I-
‘^5 gl^T: - Hftrar

472 - 473. (a) As per Jiva Sharma: Commentator Jiva Sharma

lays down identical views in regard to the ascendant and the Moon,
and visible and invisible halves. He further stipulates that this number
would equal the number of planets in the ascendant, 2nd and 12th; or.
the number of planets with the lord of the ascendant* and those in the
2nd and 12th from the ascendant lord.
(b) As per Gnana Prakasa: The work entitled Gnana

Prakasa lays down, more rules. The number of nurses would

correspond to the number of planets in the 4th house. The lord of the
10th placed in the 10th would indicate father’s availability in the place
of delivery at the time of child’s birth. As done for lifespan
calculations,-if the planet indicative of nurses is exalted or retrograde,
the number should be trebled. Itshould be multiplied by two incase of
the concerned planet’s positioh in own Navamsa, own sign,
Vargottama, and own decanate. The combinations mentioned relating
to the Moon and ascendant should also be considered the same way.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 221

TORIS II 808 II
3F^ 05*3 M^ftl tjf^WI: MHI«l<+>*t I
474. Based oil Ascending Sign: According to another text,
Pisces or Aries ascending at birth denotes a single nurse attending.the
delivery of the child concerned. If it is Taurus or Aquarius the
number would be 4, Sagittarius 7, Cancer 5, and Gemini^ Leo, Virgo,
Libra, Scorpio and Capricorn each 5.

TORT <0 fe’FSISI fapl&qt: II 8OH II

SR] '^TI^Hi 3$ || 80$ II I

475 - 476. In Royal Families: The learned men prescribe ,
special number of nurses for deliveries in royal families as there
would be such possibilities. Should Aries or Libra ascend, the child
belonging to a royal family was attended by 90 nurses. If it be Taurus
or Virgo, the figure would be 93, Gemini 97, Leo 93, and Virgo or
Capricorn 99.

3J=f ■aiKM>W)— (upto sloka 483) .

yny»iPkM3CT wsrawiH i swan ^n:

R^«i«l: n aww 11
HR: WJPR: $KftI
OTgjft ’‘Ffc’81W 4«ilH^P«bl II BU*5 II *1*^ I
cji^n iF^RH ikn IWi^ n aw^ 11
477- 479. (a) It has been stated inJatakotiama that an even sign
or an odd sign ascending will lead to the knowledge of the attendants
being widows or women whose husbands are alive, as the case may be.
'
(b) If the child’s ascendant has a malefic in the 8th while the
Moon is in the 8th from the said malefic, the nurse would be a widow.
(c) .With Saturn in the 5th while the Moon and Venus are in
the 10th, say that one of the nurses was definitely an unmarried girl.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 222

' .

w ii a*5® n
480. Sneezing: If the Moon and Mercury occupy the 4th, the
child will be ever sneezing, i e. will sneeze a lot.

• W: HTlt W I
iqt ?IT II a*5? II
. 481. A malefic in the ascendant while another is in the 4th
indicates that thechild will have marks caused by umbilical cord
or.resembling a garlic.-
Notes: Mark caused by an umbilical cord should be
interpreted as a lengthy mark (scars), while one "resembling a
garlic’’means a bulky one. . .
W: II 8^ II

3gri|4f sirat «n^; ^y?* 118^3 11

482 • 483. Six Fingers: (a) The child will have six fingers in case
the 2nd, 12th and the ascendant are occupied in order by Mercury,
the Moon and Saturn.
(b) The same effect will come to pass if Jupiter and Mercury
are in the 9th place counted from Mars while the Sun is in angle from
the ascendant.

3H
I nig:
I
The author adds that Aries, Leo and Sagittarius denote the
east, Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn the south, Gemini, Libra and
Aquarius the west, and Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces the north in
respect of the direction of placement of the head of the child soon
after its birth. The strongest of the planets denotes the kind of juice
the delivering woman drunk before delivery.
.Notes: In this context "juice*.means medicinal juice to stabilize

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 223

the woman concerned and protect her from the sudden variations of
the bodily humours.

rfH Wl W fadT I
RH* II 8**8 II

’(J'bfedyl ^8: I

Ryfi II 8*^ II
484 - 485. Parents: On the authority of Saravali, the following
are stated.
(a) If at birth, the Moon is declining and is in the company of a
malefic, the mother will face earjy death. The Sun so placed with
weakness will kill the child’s father.
(b) Strong malefics and benefics aspecting the luminaries' will
cause diseases to parents. Exclusive benefice in this combination will
prove auspicious, i.e. will neither kill the parents nor will cause
sickness to them.
(c) Full Moon in the 5th.with Jupiter and Venus in aspect to
Mercury will be auspicious for the mother. So also when the Moon is
in the 5th, in the company of the Sun, Jupiter and Venus in aspect to
Mercury.

i
II 8^ II
486. Maternal Relatives: The Sun in the Sth or the 9th £rom
the Moon will kill maternal uncle while Mars so placed with reference
to Venus will kill maternal grand-mother.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 224

4*>WI

litel II 8"a II
487. (a) From the Sun onwards, father, mother, co*bom,
kinsfolk, progeny, wife (or husband) and servants are denotedby the
various planets. Based on these, suitable estimates of childhood,
intelligence and comforts should be made.
(b) From these sources, happiness will accrue to the native if the
planets concerned are endowed with dignity like placement in own
sign, exaltation or Moola Trikona.
*ir<4W I
The author adds that if these planets are in debility, or in
inimical signs, they will be the cause of child’s physical debility, i
ulcers and marks on the body which should be understood from 1 the
ascendant (i.e. their placement in the ascendant).

Thus ends the discussion on “Delivery”

fi&bPIMW Wl: I
Thus ends the first chapter entitled “Signs, Planets, Impregnation
and Birth” in the work Hora Ratnam by Bala Bhadra, son of
astrological scholar Sri Damodara.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 225

CHAPTER TWO

‘Bfemished births & remedies, effects of

births in various astrofofficab phases
etc....

3PI I
Now explained are prohibited (dr inauspicious) elements at
birth.

W’HW HR<£—
fag: |
spjrbijcM: II ? II
3H y'clWK^ I

3PJ*»jtfa: Htsq &4l|frj*wkfi II 5 II

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 226

44-d<ic»t i
aiggs^s wwi n 3 Ji

WJPiH <R£*RK5 H II 8 II
RdinsKfl-
qls^ll HSF*F|: I
^(W^iPm w wsm 11 x 11 •;.
sra
^i^q^ilW Wjh i
1-5. Abhukta Mula: In this respect, sage Narada’s school of
thought on Abhukta Mula is now narrated.
(a) The child is to be treated as having been born in Abhukta
Mula if it is born in the Prahara (equally and uninterruptedly)
shared by Jyeshta and Mula Nakshatras. So also the birth in such
Prahara of Aslesha and Magha.
Notable views in this regard have been expressed by Kasyapa
and other sages.
(b) Sage Kasyapa holds the view that one born in the
concluding part of Jyeshta or beginning part of Mula is to be treated
as bom in Abhukta Mula. So also in the concluding part, of Aslesha
and beginning part of Magha.
(c) Sage Vasishta declares that Abhukta Mula occurs for
births as under.
The concluding durations of Aslesha, Jyeshta and Revathi
should respectively make up for one Prahara (or 3 hours) each, in
combination with their respective succeeding Nakshatras, viz.
Magha, Mula and Asvini. Birth in such durations of Janma
Nakshatras are identified as Abhukta Mula.
(d) Sage Saunaka holds the same view as Vasishta that the
concluding durations of Aslesha, Jyeshta and Revathi should
respectively make up for one, Prahara (or 3 hours) each, in
combination with similar durations of their respective succeeding
Nakshatras, viz. Magha; Mula and Asvini. Birth in such durations of
Janma Nakshatras are identified as Abhukta Mula.
(e) Pitamaha opines thafbirth in the last one sixteenth part of
each of Aslesha, .Jyeshta and Revathi as also the first one sixteenth
part of Asvini, Magha and Mula should be treated as
Abhukta Mula. A child born thus will be inauspicious.
(f) The author states that there are authorities allotting more
duration than one Prahara (or 3 hours) for Abhukta Mula which are

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 227

not being discussed here to shun contradictions.
Notes: (a) Firstly’we look into.sage Narada’s instructions.
Prahara is one eighth part of the whole day, i.e. from one sun
rise to the next. Thus ShoursofmoderntimeorY^ghatikas of ancient
time measure is one Prahara.
Inauspicious birth extends between Jyeshta and Mula thus.
Birth should occur in one of the following conditions:
(1) 90 minutes before the expiry of Jyeshta Nakshatra,
(2) within the first 90 minutes of the commencement of Mula
Nakshatra.
(3) 90 minutes before expiry of Aslesha Nakshatra,
(4) within the first 90 minutes of the commencement Magha
Nakshatra.
Thus there are four kinds of Abhukta Mula classifications as
per sage Narada. In these four instances, the Moon’s position should
only be considered and not that of the natal ascendant.
Since Prahara as such is not dependent on the ruling
Nakshatra, whether it is more or less than 24 hours, only 90 minutes
in each relevant Nakshatra should be considered. The duration of
Prahara should not be increased or decreased because of possible
changes in the duration of the Nakshatra concerned. However, the
instruction contained in “e” attributed to Pitamaha will clash with
this line of thinking as Pitamaha fixes up one sixteenth part of
Nakshatra which is not always 90 minutes. But we have to give
importance to the term “Prahara” as this is a commoner one chosen
by a majority. .
(b) Sage Kasyapa does not specify the duration.
(c) Sage Vasishta adds Revathi and Asvini, thus providing for
six kinds of Abhukta Mula.
(d) Sage Saunaka’s views are identical with that ofVasishta.
(e) Pitamaha’s instructions are basically similar to the ones
enjoinedby Vasishta and Sauriaka. However, Pitamaha prescribes
“V16th part” while others used half of a Prahara or 90 minutes
exactly.
ftRRFcWlPd4» ^31 fiHT |

Sl^d^osudwi I
Wfi Sllft fi$ H $ II S II
•R*l (%HPd) oFHJif I
$llPd ^c«ll ^J<4 MS^pMdl Jptt’4! faSRRL II II

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 228

HHSlsft-

H n - * II
6-8. Blemish of Abhukta Mula: (a) The considered opinion of
the various authorities is that a child born in Abhukta Mula should
be forsaken. If that is not possible, the father should not see the child
till it completes its 8th year. After this, in the 9th year, performing
suitable propitiatory rituals as prescribed by Sastras the father can
adore the child.
(b) Sage Saunaka states the same thing, and suggests that the
rituals should be conducted on the day of Janma Nakshatra with the
commencement of the 9th year of age.
(c) Sage Narada opines that a boy or a girl born in-Abhukta
Mula should be forsaken and the father should not see it till it
completes the 8th year.

3f^ 4*0*113—
feW HFjh I
VFTOFllRdRR:^ VRFR: II II TF<?’

HTJSI cdTl^md: I

’JSFI nW ’W 'qj’ftei jrara^ i fefcwil ^rar n ?°

H
/^f^urarar jRjffl 11 ?? n
•nW;—
IJB: R<ld ^Pd *J0<3lI I
gsn^rawai ii « ii
H^3I 3KJ< W53T 3 1
3*59 dQ44 ^Pcf ^4? <J (fjA'KSl II ?3 II
sSH'ft SH41 cPrl i<^4fellBR<,iu'4l'Sl 1
^IRW) II ?8 II
9 -14. Effects of Births in Mula & Aslesha: (a) Birth in the 1st
quarter of Mula will endanger father while that in 2nd quarter will

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 229

endanger mother. Its 3rd quarter will destroy grains and wealth (i.e.
family properties) while the 4th quarter will cause advent of wealth.
But in case of birth in Aslesha Nakshatra, the effects will be in
the reverse order. That is birth during the'prevalence of 1st quarter
will cause wealth, 2nd will destroy grains and wealth, 3rd will
destroy mother and the 4th will destroy father.
(b) Sage Saunaka specifies the following effects for girls born
in various quarters of Mula Nakshatra. 1st quarter will destroy
quadrupeds (of the family). Birth in 2nd quarter will bless her with
all kinds of happiness. Paternal kinsfolk will be destroyed in case of
a girl born in 3rd quarter. The 4th quarter will similarly destroy
maternal kinsfolk.
(c) Sage Narada states that a boy or a girl born in Mula
Nakshatra will destroy his or her father-in-law. But the last quarter
of Mula and 1st quarter of Aslesha will not carry this evil.
(d) A girl born in Mula will be evil for her father-in-law while
the one born in Aslesha will be inauspicious for mother-in- law.
Similarly a Jyeshta-born girl will be inauspicious for her elder
brother-in-law. It will be the younger brother-in-law that ‘ will face
this wrath in case of birth in Visakha.
(e) A girl born in the 4th quarter of Visakha or that of
Jyeshta will prove inauspicious.
3H fefeM WF3 Sffafe:-
m (wp i
Hg w Fir^fiffW It wsF^^n&soift®^ II n II
HK<A«—
mi I
Cs
’F’SFS, ’JPJS ■ok’Wl^gJSsIdlR^ II ?S II

rnigfernnf 11 ?« n
fem mrasrj ftp mt m mmfi mi i tt’-wi4ls>Pd xtkHi'i 4t£d
J U
I ^ fiwi I
mmferai 5^i w femfe II ?" II ^H**—
HW -'I’^mdHi qfc^pil i

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 230

msfefa mwwmfaml II ?S II
15 -19. Three Kinds of Gandanta: There are three kinds of
Gandanta (dr evil phases) enumerated. First Sripati's.
(a) Nakshatra Gandanta - As per Sripati: Each of the last
two ghatikas (i.e. 48 minutes of time) of Revathi, Aslesha and
Jyeshta, and each of the first two ghatikas of Asvini, Magha and
Mula cause Gandanta. (This is called Nakshatra Gandanta or evil
phases of ruling constellations.) Inauspicious effects will follow birth,
journey and marriage during these time intervals.
(b) Thithi Gandanta - AsperNarada: The last oneghati (or 24
minutes of time) of each of the three Poorna Thithis (viz. 15th, 5th
and 10th) and the first one ghati of each of the three Nanda Thithis
(viz. 1st, 6th and 11th) cause Gandanta. (This is, called Thithi
Gandanta, or evil phases of lunar days.) Birth, journey, marriage
and rituals falling in these evil phases will hasten the death of the
concerned person.
(c) Rasi Gandanta - As per Nara da: Birth in the relevant
half a ghatika (or 12 minutes of clock time, and not longitude)
concluding the currency of Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces (as
ascendant), and birth in the particular half a ghatika beginning the
currency of Leo, Sagittarius and Aries as the case may be will cause
Gandanta and consequently death. One born in such a phase during
day time will lose his father in the very first year. In case of night
birth, mother will die within three years. With birth in Gandanta
during twilight time, the person will not be free from diseases and
will himself face (early) extinction.
(d) Yavanas: The child bom in any kind of Gandanta should
be forsaken, and should not be seen for the first six months.

^8T II 50 II
20. Exceptions for Gandanta: According to sage Garga, (all)
the three Gandantas (viz. evil phases of Nakshatra, Thithi and Rasi
or ascendant) are nullified in the following cases.
(a) Sunday ruled by Asvini Nakshatra.
(b) Wednesday or Sunday coinciding with Hasta.
(c) Wednesday or Sunday coinciding with Chitta.
(d) Wednesday or Sunday coinciding with Svathi.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 231

(e) Wednesday or Sunday coinciding with Anuradha.
(f) Wednesday or Sunday coinciding with Revathi.
(g) Wednesday or Sunday coinciding with Jyeshta.
(h) Wednesday or Sunday coinciding with Mula.
Notes: The above fifteen combinations in all will individually
destroy the evils of any of the three dangerous phases.

tl 3? II
21. The Gandanta caused by Mula, Aslesha and Revathi will
not be active if the ascendant lord is unaspected by the Moon who in
turn should be with a weak malefic, hot receiving a benefic’s aspect.
This view is according to sage Badarayana.
fefeRI: I
fefawt fcpit KH HI^SR ?R#a n n
22. According to sage Vasishta, the child will not prove
harmful to father if the birth is in the first quarter of Mula
Nakshatra during night time. Similarly, the mother will not be
endangered if the birth is in the 2nd quarter of Mula Nakshatra in
day time,

fading—

cMdJIuglH Hlfo 3ft II 53 II

23. As laid down by Lord Brahma, the Moon enjoying full,
strength will make the two Gandantas, viz. Nakshatra Gandanta
and. Thithi Gandanta extinct. Similarly the strength of Jupiter will
eliminate the blemish of Rasi (ascendant) Gandatita.

|| 58 II
24. Sage Vasishta prescribes that birth in Abhijit Muhurta
will counter the evils of any kind of Gandanta just as a hunter
destroys a band of birds.
Notes: Abhijit Muhurta rules in day time (Cf. day and night).
The day duration is divided into fifteen equal parts and the currency

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 232

of the eighth part thereof leads to Abhijit Muhurta which is capable
of destroying all evils. Night duration is excluded in Abhijit
Muhurta.
Also see sloka 172 etc. infra for remedies.

fell ^gj: gqj: wsqqfew: II 5K II

wwtfeRSR ms ii
frarfaFj^ tifci’R F^Fti
faj^l WFft: ftlWlFFJShfjfcP^ II II
25 -27-Mula Nakshatra Seen as a Tree: As per the work
Jayarnava, the Nakshatra, Mula, should be assimilated to a tree with
eight different parts as under. The duration of the whole Nakshatra
(assuming to be 60 ghatikas or 24 hours, for the sake of argument}
should be apportioned ih eight parts. Birth in. various parts will give
specified effects. (These are straightaway shown in speculum 33.)
Notes: Thus the division into eight different parts is based on
the duration being 60 ghatikas, or exactly 24 hours. If the duration
changes, proportionate adjustments should be done.
For example, on a given day Mula is for55 ghatikas instead of
60 and we want to know the length of 3rd division (stark). Hepce we
multiply 55 by 3 and divide by 60. This gives 2.75 ghatikas (66
minutes instead of original 3 ghatikas or 72 minutes). Similarly
suitable changes according to variable durations be done.
Commencing from the beginning of Mula, the division in
which the time of birth falls should be ascertained, and the effect
concerned be understood.
From the speculum given, the authority of which is the work
Jayarnava, we can understand the following concerning birth in
Mula Nakshatra, when it is exactly: 60 ghatikas in duration.
1. First 36 ghatikas are inauspicious.
2. Next 21 ghatikas are auspicious.
3. Last 3 ghatikas are inauspicious.
These auspicious and inauspicious poisons are only from a
specific angle as stated in the current three verses.
What is given above (i.e. in speculum 33) is called “Mula
Vrikshakara Chakra” or the diagram showing Mula as tree.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 233

y i
HH a ’jft: FF§ 3$r B H5T^: JI 5*= II
«n^?El * «$t fast I
sft 3ei 5 HI4I $ 5m«? n 4aifrbl4i ^IS^HI:
$ Wift I
HKRi: «t”J 5 W5RR: II 3o U
28 - 30. Mula Nakshatra Sioen as a Male: In ten specified .
slabs, the duration (assuming to be 60 ghatikas) of Mula should be
distributed on the various limbs of a diagram depicting a male as
shown in speculum 34, and results should be understood
accordingly.
Notes: The present one known as Mula Purushakara Chakra
(Mula depicted as a male) is different from the one given for "Mula
depicted as a tree”, as per Jayamava vide sloka 27 supra.
Mula Purushakara Chakracould be found in this particular
manner in Muhurta Chintamani, an authoritative work on Muhurta
or electional astrology, and applies to birth of a male. The said work
specifies a different diagram called “Mula Kanya Chakra” to
delineate female births, which is given as speculum 35.

3W KRRJPH-
^5 CIQFTI IF3: I

81. Effects of Mula’s Limbs: As per Jatakabharana, one bom

in an inauspicious limb of Mula will destroy .the whole dynasty.
Conversely the person belonging to auspicious limbs will receive
increased happiness, prosperity and life span, and will promote the
family's prospects.

ii 35 ii

snfoF al^kh^n 1133 11

»32 - 33. Abhukta Mula - A Different Version: The last One
ghatika of Jyeshta and the first two of Mula are called Abhukta
Mula. The father desirous of auspicious effects should not see the

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 234

child - be it son or daughter - for the first eightyears. To alleviate
this blemish, now to told.are the remedies.

fi> II 38 II

WIHMAAH $3 FFH555 H 3X II

gftri *RR II 3<5 II

34 - 36. Remedy: Precious stones, roots of one hundred
specified medicinal plants and seven kinds of earth (collected from
seven different spots) should be mixed in a pot containing water and
having hundred holes. The child and its parents should be bathed by
a Brahmin with the said water following which worship and fire
sacrifice should be performed. As a result, the evils due to birth in
evil limbs of Mula will vanish. This is the remedy fOr overcoming
the evils of birth in inauspicious slabs of Mula. These words of the
sages are a truth. One who is desirous of auspicious effects should
follow this remedy.

II 3*3 II
37. Mula & Aslesha Births: One born in the 1st quarter of
Mula will destroy father. Mother and wealth will be in order
destroyed by birth in 2nd and 3rd quarters. The last quarter will
prove highly auspicious. These effects should be reversed incase of
birth in Aslesha Nakshatra. (That is highly auspicious effects,
danger to wealth, danger to mother, and danger to father will
respectively occur for the 4 quarters of Aslesha.)

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 235

f?5R II 3F II
38. Destruction of Dynasty: Ths native of Mula willbe a
source of destruction of the family when the birth coincides with one
of the following three lunar days, viz. Krishna Paksha Trutiya (3rd
lunar day of dark half), Krishna Paksha Dasami (10th lunar day of
dark half) and Sukla Paksha Chaturdasi (14th lunar day. of bright
half) coupled with Tuesday, Saturday or Wednesday.
Notes: For an easy grasp, these combinations, nine in all, are
shown in speculum 36. When birth of a child in Mula Nakshatra (of
any of the 4 quarters) co-incides with the Thithi and week day
specified, all other earlier mentioned contrary effects will be at bsiy,
and the destruction of the family will take place. Such combinations
should be unfailingly verified in the course of studying a horoscope
and before declaring effects of many otherwise good Yogas.

fcn nra fife Midwi^ HI^^ i

II 3S n

39. Time Phases: Mula Nakshatra coinciding with birth in

day time, evening twilight, night time and morning twilight will in
order prove inauspicious for father, maternal uncle, quadrupeds (of
the family) and friends. These are the effects prescribed for various
time phases (of Mula).

HPlI «!£ I
1^0 ’£5F4 II 8? II
U U?°)
C^), Sfe *(3$) HWl ? (3*) (811)

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 233

$(*8), Wft 5(5o) I

3ic>ll^'lfl*i^?l V II 83 II
y^Mlili Wnffi: MIcWMffadfcHdl I ft?5 5^5 ^5R *jfajp$: II

88 II H4 HF? I
'jcM&^lHK^ I y? ii Jdl I
t ,

40 - 44. Mula & Aslesha as Male: Based on another authority,

the Nakshatra duration of Mula, should be distributed in various
slabs covering t*'r limbs of a male and the results specified be
declared (see speculum 37). These should be reversed in case of birth
in Aslesha (see speculum 33).

Hl^lefl^lRsIsM I
’iH’t u a* u
©• c- sn^ i
^pj TO1C5 yRHH^ II 85 II
ARf&X |
45 - 46. Mula's Dwellings: (a) Mula resides in the netherworld
in the months of Margasirsha, Phalguna, Vaisakha and Jyeshta; on
the earth in Sravana, Kartika, Chaitra and Pausha; and in the
heavens in Ashadha, Asvina, Bhadrapada and Magha. Thus should
be understood for various births in Mula.
(b) If at birth, Mula dwells in the heavens, the subject will
attain kingdom. Advent of wealth should be foretold if the . dwelling
is in nether-world. For its dwelling in hell, the effects are obstacles
and inauspiciousness.
Notes: (a) The present clues are general and broad. These
should be applied after a study of subtle clues given so far.
(b) “Hell” features in the effects while “heaven” features in
the conditions. Remembering the effects cited, the word “heaven”
(denoted by “Divi”) should be replaced by “hell”.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 239

According to Bala Bhadra’s preceptor, if a birth in Mula,
Jyeshta or Aslesha reflects more of auspicious effects and the person
is unable to perform the remedial measures, he need not bother.
However, with a high degree of inauspicious effects being the
outcome, none can afford to avoid seekingprescribed remedies.

^<<*1^1 HR) i

’Fi:-

II 80 II
■3FH I
47. Remedies: (a) Sage Vasishta enjoins three alternative time
phases for resorting to prescribed remedies related to birth in Mula,
Aslesha etc. These are: after the expiry of “Sutaka” period, three
months or one year after delivery of the child.
(b) In case of remedies to ward off the evils to affect mother,
sage Garga has the following to say. These can be done after the
expiry of the “Sutaka” period or on a day ruled by the birth star of
the child concerned.
(c) The author clarifies that a majority of exponents prefers
the day ruled by the birth star.
Notes: (a) “Sutaka” period is the period of impurity for
parents following a child’s birth. During this interval, the parents
are prohibited from taking part jn any rituals.
The duration of “Sutaka” is for 11 days. The blemish of
“Sutaka” applies to miscarriage also.

The 12th day being one of the suitable days for remedy could
be found in sloka No. 49 infra.
(b) This applies to ward off danger to mother.

3RI SFcRl I cR 5PH I

wsr 13Pna: i
•iidiRxM’ie^iR II 8 II
B

cfl |

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 240

cfl ^lPrfHI«l4 II 8S II

3Pjrfr«j<r>kMsR-<< Rllptf! <1>IOo<W<h I

48 - 49. Remedies in Detail: Now toldare of the remedies (for
births in inauspicious Nakshatras). Among these, firstly* countering
the blemish of Mula. Sage Saunaka stated, thus:
(a) I now mention the remedy to beget auspicious effects for
the parents and family of £he child born in Mula Nakshatra. The
wise should resort, with devotion, to remedy on the 12th day or on
the day ruled by the birth star of the child, coinciding with an
auspicious day, or in the 8th year.
(b) Bala Bhadra clarifies that between the 12th day and
another day ruled by birth star, one with more auspicious features
should be chosen. This is for general blemish of Mula Nakshatra
(arising out of inauspicious quarters).
In case of Abhukta Mula (initial and concluding phases of
certain Nakshatras as already learnt), the remedy should be done in
the 8th year (and not on the 12th day & C). This differentiation is
for performing the remedy concerned.
Notes: (a) The sage prescribes the 12th day, because the first
11 days (Sutaka period) are prohibited for parents to undertake any
rituals as such. Another alternative is to perform remedy on the day
ruled by the Nakshatra of birth of the child concerned. Any
remedial ritual, performed on such a day will be more effective, for
the natal Moon will be upder the influence of transit Moon. But in
some cases, the birth Nakshatra is not welcome. For example
marriage, entering a new premises and the like.
(b) The author differentiates the three periods mentioned
bysageSaunaka. The first two, viz. 12th day and birtkNakshatra -are
specially powerful for remedying the ills that can arise out of. birth
in certain quarters of Mula Nakshatra, but not for Abhukta Mula.
The 8th y ear is only the right time for countering Abtiukta Mula’s
evil propensities.

Wi i
snsqi safari n x<> 11

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 241

II x? ir

50 - 51, Sage Vasishta’s Views: The wise should choose an

even land in a place which is equivalent to .a shrine. An open hall
(pavilion) in north-east, east, or north, measuring 8 arms’ length
with 8 arms’ width,?0r 4 arms’ length with 4 arms’ width should be
erected with four entry points and festooned decorations (with
boughs of trees, leaves, garlands etc.). Outside this pavilion, a fire-
ipit for the purpose of sacrificial rituals for Grahas (or planets)
should be dug.
Notes: Whether the remedies mentioned are possible to be
performed, or not performed by all, the injunctions laid down by
ancient Sastras should be carefully scrutinized to derive maximum
benefits. Suitable devotion and resources can only create a congenial
situation for completing these rigorous formalities. ' In order to give
fuller understanding of the remedies, proper English (or scientific)
terms are carefully chosen by me, after consulting relevant non-
astrological texts, and supplied in the rendering without just giving
Sanskrit terms.
“Hastha? or arms’ length in the present verses denotes 24
Angulas (or 18 modem inches) which is the span between elbow and
tip of extended middle finger.

or* o
$ugfMu| w-
II « II
wps I
faw afWni 3 ii w n
3?<ini &«i^oiRH<i ^a«ii
6<rdHt=w^ I wn 3*1551 H3 Sl«ll|
d>(^5[dl II K8 II WrH: I d^iallR ^W:
W’^td^Hd: II W II 3|E|JR^: Wdd: I
d5-4llR Jf: Wfe HN3 II II
^<$e>RdMaVH« d«nf^i: i H&3 HT3

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 242

jjwjgdi H«RiR3?nn n

^BVddl WF3^ tlRttfil HMHk’Idf II

X15 II <r4 d^uidg* fSfawW I
SI3^I«IR ^5 *i3^ n w II
52 - 59. On Fire-pit: (a) Outside the fire-pit, another square
pit measuring two “vitasthis” should be erected. This would give a
depth of 4 Angulas. For Brahmins, 4 Angulas; for royalty 3, for
trading community 2 and for Soodras 1 - this is the ratio. An altar of
12 Angulas length and 4 Angulas width should be constructed in this
square pit. A second altar of 8 Angulas length and 4 Angulas width
should be made on the first altar. On the second altar, a th^rd one
measuring 4 Angulas length and 4 Angulas width should be
constructed. On the western side of the main pit, a receptacle
measuring 12, Angulas length and 6 Angulas width should be
constructed which should face the east. With this kind of sacrificial
place, the desires of the aspirant will be fulfilled.
(b) If the fire-pit violates the measurements, beingin excess or
shortage of the prescriptions, more blemishes will only follow.
Notes: (a) Vitasthi is the span between extended thumb and
little finger.

3$H<«KI*I^^W£H>. II 5° II
fpi W I

’ll: H^l «jPlfi<{i-HHM^ I

60 - 62. Articles Required:

(1) Panchamrita (ritual offering consisting of milk, sour or
coagulated milk, butter, honey and sugar).
(2) Panchagavya (five products of the cow, viz. milk, sour
milk, butter and the liquid and solid excreta).
(3) Pancha Pallava (the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of
sporidias, rose-apple, marmelos, citron and wood-apple).

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 243

(4) Gorochana (bright yellow orpiment prepared from the
bile of cattle; in medicine used as a sedative and anthelmintic
remedy).
(5) Kumkuma (saffron).
(6) Sankha (conch-shell usedfor making libations of water).
(7) Elephant’s ivoiy.
(8) Guggulamtthe exudation ofAmyris Agallochum, used as a
perfume and medicament).
(9) Roots of one hundred plants (specified in the ensuing
verses.).
(10) Minted Coins (money).
(11) Nine precious stones.
(12) Earth gathered from 8 different places belonging to an
elephant, a horse, a place where chariots move, an ant-hill, a place
where rivers unite, a tank, a cow-sjhed and the main gate of a royal
palace. While collecting eai-fh from these places, the Veda Mantra
"Yaah Phalinii" should be recited.
Notes: "Yaah Phalinii mantra is mentioned in the Rig
Veda (10.97.15) which is also recited during Phala Snana (or bathing
the idol with fruit juices at the time idol-installation).

41 I
(4°uJ*l-dl JJI-fal I

gn ftrai ii « ii
3<fc5T Snfa&IT I
*1ITCM>I4HI: II $8
II *WMIdl RnkfeRiMd: I &i$d|
<llB‘iM«H»|: II « II

&Rft TOI serai n sc u

^jHHl ll S'® ll

11^.11
3WIHI4-4 Hltfl4l<30*<4lwi: I
flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 244
H^fcklf^rai ’necST ihrjfaFCT 11 11
R|{|«ilH<M>l4ih><d>Hl^d+RdM<bh I
W4<fle>m:. 11

11
«l(?Rl<fll ^>c4i) ’T’jfoFW: I

dHkWW^-rtyiRpSI ^*HI541 II *3? II nm

<<ii4H<il&*i: 1
H^Kdl^R+l Hid id-IMI^ Sia^HT: II II n'ti^iR j|^i4I^Pd 1
4llPd*«IPl SF& II U3 II
63 - 73. Medicinal Plants: (a) Following are the details of
one hundred medicinal plants the roots of which are to be collected
(vide the earlier verses) as per Vasishta Samhita.
(1) Sri Vriksha (the sacred fig-tree).
(2) Bilva (the wood-apple tree, Aegle marmelos, whose leaves
are specially used for worship of Lord Siva; this leaf is also known as
the abode of Lakshmi).
(3) Khadira (Acacia catechu, having hard wood, the resin of
which has medicinal value).
(4) Vishnukranta (Evolvulus alsinoides).
(5) Punarnava (Boerhavia procumbens, hog-weed or cow-
parsnip, used as fodder).
(6) Devadaru(Pinus deodar)
(7) Jatamamsi (Asparagus racembsus)
(8) Sahadevi (Sida cordifolia, or Vernonia cincerea)
(9) Mura (Artocaprus Integrifolia) - named after the demon
Mura.
(10) Sii)a (MarsUia dentata, a kind of thorn-apple tree)
(11) Phalini (should actually read as “Photon? which means
Pudenda muliebria).
(12) Bakula ar Vakula (MimusopsElangi, said to put forth
blossoms when sprinkled with nectar from the mouth of lovely
women).
(13) Jati (nutmeg, Jasminum grandiflorum).
(14) Lata (Madhavi creeper, Gaertnera Racemosa).
(15) Manjishta (Rubia Cordifolia).

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 245

(16) Vata (banyan tree).
(17) Plaksha (Ficus arhottiana).
(18) Amra (Mango).
(19) Neevara (vjild rice plant).
(20) Khadira (same as the one at 3).
(21) Mallika (same as the one 13).
(22) Arjuna (Terminialia Arjuna, alternatively a grass
replacing the Soma plant).
(23) Damayanthi(a kind of jasmine)
(24) Mahajati (same as the one at 14).
(25) Nimba (the Neemb tree, Azadirachta Indica).
(26) Usira (Andropogan Muricatus).
(27) Haridra (turmeric).
(28) Sarpakshi (Elaeocarpus Ganitrus).
(29) Tulasi (basil).
(30) Raudra (exact name not traceable, but belongs to the
family of Elaeocarpus Gariitrus or Anarghar).
(31) Kuta (Cyperus rotundus).
(32) Daadima (pomegranate, Punica granatum).
(33) Champaka (Michaelia cmapaka, bearing yellow ■
flowers).
(34) Matulunga (citron tree, sweet lime).
(35) Japa (China rose).
(StyTvashta (also Tashta, probably Flacourtiacataphracta).
(37) Kamikara (Pterospermum acerifolium).
(38) Uma Kanchana (Urna means wool and hence this
compound word as such does not suggest the name of any specific
plant Kanchana however denotes several plants like Michelia
champaca, Ficusglomeraia, Bauhinia variegata, Daturafastuosa, and
Rottleria tinctoria).
(39) Sevathi (Indian white rose).
(40) Panasam (the Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia).
(41) Drdksha (grape)
(42) Visvakshi (should read as “Visvastha” meaning
Asparagus racemosus).
(43) Sveta Sarshapa (white mustard).
(44) Rajiva (a blue lotus plant).
(45) Kunda (fragrant oleander plant)..,
(46) Mukula (a bud)
(47) Neelotpala (a blue lotus plant same as the one at 44).
(48) Karanjaka (Pongamia Glabra).
(49) Pumnaaga (a white lotus plant, also Rottleria tinctoria as
flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 246
at 38).
(50) Chandana (sandalwood tree)
(51) Drona (Leucas Linifolia)
(52) Mandara (a white variety of Calotropis Gigantea)
(53) Hema Dugdhika, correctly known as Herna.Dugdhaka
(Ficus Glomerata).
(54) Rakta Chandana (red sandal, Caespalpina sappan).
(55) Jambira (the citron tree).
(56) Yuthika (a kind of jasmine plant, Jasminum
auriculatum) >
(57) Griha Mallika (Jasmine)
(58) Sami (Prosopis Spicigera)
(59) Arika (Calatropis Gigantea whose larger leaves are used
for sacrificial purposes).
(60) Sinduvara (Virtex Negundo).
(61) Rakta (Barringtoni Acutangula).
(62) Indra (Wrightia Antidysenteica, having seeds used as
vemifuge).
(63) Dhattura (the white-thorn apple).
(64) Sandima (a species of grass plant).
(65) Apaamaarga (Acyranthes).
(66) Paalaasa (Butea Frondosa).
(67) Brihathi (Salanum Indicum).
(68) Kara Veeraka (oleander, having poisonos roots).
(69) Nanda, also known as Nandi Vardhana (Cedrela Toona).
(Its flower has thick petals, and resembles the miniature of lotus
bud.)
(69) Avartha (not traceable)
(70) Kuberaksha (Bignoniasuaveolens, bearingthe trumpet
flower). . . (
(71) Paatala (Rottleria Tinctoria). (Paatala also means
Kuberaksha as at 70.)
(72) Hema Pushpika (yellow jasmine).
(73) Sirisha (Acacia sirissa).
(74) Aamalaka (Emblic Myrobalan).
(75) Asoka (JonesiaAsoka, a tree belonging to theleguminos
class of magnificent red flowers).
(76) RakthAgasthi(Agasthigrandifloria).
(77) Kapiththaka (Feronia elephantum, on which monkeys
dwell).
(78) Bandhuka (Pentapetes Phoenicia).

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 247

(79) Bhringaraja Fdipta prostrata).
(80) Krishnavi (possibly Ficus oppositifolia).
(81) Hadhavi Lata (same as theorie at 14).
(82) Chaaturjaatha (not a plant as such, but the aggregate
of four substances, viz. cardamom, the bark and leaves oILaurus
Cassia, and black pepper). *
(83) Barhin or Barhi (Plumbago zeylanica\ also sacrificial
Kusa grass).
(84) Sikha (Jussiaea Repens).
(85) Kutaja (Wrigthia antidysenterica, having seeds used as
vermifuge, same as the one at 62).
(86) Madhu (Bassia latifolia).
(31)Bimbaka(MomordicaMonad<dpha).
(88) Tamaala CXanthochynucs pictoruis, a plant with dark
bark but white flowers).
(89) Maru Pushpa (Alhagi Maurorum).
(90) Indra Pushpa (same as the one at at 62).
(91) Sukra Mardini (Plumbago zeylanica, also known as
Sukra and Chitra).
(92) Vyakuli (does hot indicate any particular plant, seems to
be erroneos text).
(93) Saalmali (Salmalia Malbarica, the silk-cotton tree)
(94) Maundi (a kind of grass plant)
(95) Raasa (does not indicate any particular plant, seems to
be erroneos text).
(96) Khaarvu, correctly known as Kharva (Rosa moschata)
(97) Patolika (Cucumber).
(98) Maha (Jchonocarpus Frutescens).
(99) Kharjurika (Date).
(100) Narikela (Cocoanut).
(b) Only the roots of the concerned trees (or plants) should
be collected. But these should not be rooted out.
(c) In all these relevant palliatives, these roots should be
mixed with the pot of water ear-marked for the purpose.
Notes: (a) Either scientific name or common name is
indicated by me in the rendering against the Sanskrit name of each
plant or tree. When the name of a plant repeats, it means, another
plant of the same kind should be located for collection of roots. That
requires collection from a different block of earth.
If 100 plants cannot be located, the text recommends
alternatives in the ensuing verses.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 248

(b) The roots should be collected in a limited quantity without
destroying the plant wholly.
' (c) The roots should be mixed with water in the pot with . specific
Mantras as narrated in the ensuing pages of this section.
|| \3B II

w 4wg^ng a4h^ ft i w^4l ^Eft fl &iiq/l 11 W 11

’j^i’flmR 'jskiK^i^i^ fa&w i i
74 - 75. Alternatives: (a) If the specified hundred plants
cannot be located, the roots of the following ten plants should be
gathered.
(1) Kula (Solarium. Jacquini or Solatium longum)
(2) Mamsi = Jatamamsi (Asparagus racemosus)
(3) Haridra (turmeric)
(4) Haridra (again turmeric from a different place).
(5) Muraa (Artocaprus Integrifolia) - named after demon
Mura.
(6) Saileya (Anethum graviolens)
(7) Chandana (sandal).
(8) Vacha = a kind of aromatic root, possiblyAcorus calamus.
($).Champaka (Michaelia cmapaka, bearing yellow flowers).
(10) Hastha = (exact name not known).
(b) If these ten plants are not found, the following four, should
be specially located.
(1) Vishnukrahta (Evolvulus alsinoides).
(2) Sahadevi (Sida cordifolia, or Vernonia cincerea)
(3) Tulasi (basil)
(4) Satavari, should read ssuSatdhava” which denotes the
plant Mamsi, or Jatamamsi (Asparagus racemosus), as at 2 above.

76. Grains: The following seven varieties of grains should be

used in all auspicious (or sacrificial) undertakings.
(1) Sesamum.
(2) Phaseolus radiatus, a valued kind of pulse With black and
grey spots.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 249

(3) Barley.
(4) Rice.
(5) Wheat.
(6) Mustard seed or long pepper.
(7) The chick-pea.

II. WW I)
3ji JIWxH* I
II '3*; II

qSzftHfite jfai || II
(1)
77 -Manikyam
79. Precious Gems Required: (a) The following nine
(2) Vidrumam
gems should be collected (for the sacrificial ritual).
(3) Muktaphalam Ruby (The Sun’s gem) Coral
(4) Vaiduryam (Mars’s gem) Pearl (The Moon’s
(5) Neeldm gem) Cat’s eye (Ketu’s gem)
(6) Vajrdm Sapphire (Saturn’s gem) Diamond
(7) Garutmakam (Venus’s gem) Emerald (Mercury’s
(8) Pushparagam gem) Topaz (Jupiter’s gem)
(9) Gomeda
(b) If all these 9 gems cannot be gathered, the following 5
should be obtained and added to the water in the potXalready
filled with specified roots and others). (1) Diamond (2) Pearl (3)
Hyacinth or zircon (Rahu’s gem)
Cat’s eye (4) Topaz (5) Sapphire.
Notes: The concerned gem is said to be dear to the planet
concerned and comes under its lordship.
The weight of each gem can be according to the
resourcefulness of the performer. After the rituals are over, the
gems can be retained.

Wfa 31 5^: I
fiiRnfini Rxl4lld«lR3lSd: II "O II
80. Idol: Without financial stinginess, the idol of Nirriti

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 250

should be got made of gold using the prescribed quantity, or hal^ or
a quarter of it !
Notes: “Nirriti” is one of the 8 forms ofRudra who is i
considered the regent of north-east quarter. Rudra is regarded! to
have sprung from the fore-head of the Creator, Brahma, and later
separated into half male and half female. From the former portion,
he again separated into eleven forms and hence some count eleven
Rudras.
Regarding gold, see the following verses.

wfWtom II ii

WIHpk‘41 5I$3^ I gspf II II

to 5ft T
81 - 82. Gold: In regard to gold, sage Saunaka states that the
discerning should get the idol of Nakshatra Devata made using one
Paia (a specific weight of gold), or half or even a quarter of it
Alternatively, depending on one’s means, the value of the proposed
gold (in the form of money) may be kept for worship.
For,aUgodsdwellingoldaswellasinfire. So also in the Brahmin and
Lord Vishnu.
Notes: Nakshatra Devatameans the deity ofthe Nakshatra
concerned and here it is Varuna (according to Parasara). Some
consider Varuna as the deity of Satabhisha. Varuna also means the
planet Neptune of the solar system.
Nakshatra Devata in general means the stellar deity, just as
we have Kala Purusha, Time Personified. Kala Purusha’s limbs are
the 12 zodiacal signs as we understood earlier. The limbs of
Nakshatra Devata are the 27 Nakshatras from Asvini through
Revathi counted from bottom to top.

gSlftl II ”3 II
WlWj. I
^Wlisi^ g glg?I ?gg qte?I II *58 II
j^HNi4‘W°ii ?hr d?sRl‘ii4'i^ i

Hora Rat ham / Chapter 2 251

&IMlfaM3M»>>cis|U|ll gg^fell^11 ’* 11

^IH^W>duUll I
ftsrigggj ggg? gift n "s II
83 - 86. Other Formalities: (a) 16 or 8 new and white robes
should be given to the participant-Brahmins whose number should
be 4, 8 or 16. The Brahmins chosen should be Vedic scholars, the
most excellent of whom should head the group in the worship of the
idol installed.
(b) Pots filled with water and the articles already specified
should be installed in the four quarters commencing the southeast
(inclusive of south-west, north-west and north-east). The Brahmins
shouldbe honoured with a mixture of honey (i.e. honey and milk;
sometimes honey and clarified butter).

gi^ WSREI g) gl g g^gg: i sn^gf gre^H^: ^R^HWdifefc ii

"w ir
355FI FgEgi I
ggggj g sngtagi gg g^ II n gsg^g vgRgi W=H; I
gigg gtag gfJraft: II II

87 - 89. Brahmins, eight in all, should occupy the four

entrances, at the rate of two. The pots installed should be
worshipped with “Aapya” and “Varuna” Mantras with white .
flowers and Akshata (rice grains applied with turmeric powder).
During the process of worship, the water in the pots should be
touched with a bundle of Kusa grass reciting Rudra Siikta,

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 252

Bhadraagne, Aano Bhadra and Purusha Stikta (special Vedic
prayers), honouring the family deities. After this Panchagaxyq,, viz.
five products of the cow, - milk, curd, clarified butter and the liquid
and solid excreta - along with the fluid of the inebriated, elephant’s
temples should be deposited in the pot.
Notes: In this part of the text dealing exhaustively with
certain remedies we find references to relevant Mantras (sacred
spells recited in rituals etc.) which are known to the priests
concerned. These could be found in detail in the treatises specially
related to Mantras.

II (i

w II v H

II v II

HtylfMS ’Hq ffi<*IUI*llfefi: II II wi pniwpj.

i
II ^8 II w&i i

II II f«IW FIMI: I
W ^UWf 3F3: F8JM-. I w XNfej* fR: I
w ^wiRfad Rfev«<
H^MR4?IIRIMH FA^RA Rvnq R^rl JIRRT.^RHI HRH i
90 - 95. (a) Silver, gold, copper, coral and water collected
from a sacred shrine should be dropped in the pot. Also to be
dropped in the pot are (the roots of) plants Pinus deodar, Anethum
graviolens, blue lotus, Acorus calamus, Symplocos Hora Ratnam /
Chapter 2

25
3
racemosa, andmustard(orlongpepper). The idol should be made of
gold weighing 18 barley grains.
(b) The next step is to instal the idol of Nirruti (vide sloka
80 supra) on the said pot with 100 holes (as outlets) covered with
fresh bamboo leaves. Reciting “Moshunah” and other related
Mantras, offers of clothes and sandal should be made.
(c) The Idol of Mula: Explained below is the method of
making the idol of Mula. It should resemble one whose vehicle is a
black Mina bird (Kunapa also means a dead body) wearing a
sword and a club. It should have two faces resembling that of a
wolf, with fierce looks. The idol should be worshipped with offers
of clothes and sandal. To get rid of the blemish, oblations (of rice,
barley and pulse) should prepared in the south-west direction.
(d) Bala Bhadra Clarifies: The pots should be 4 in number
for the four directions. One should be spared for Rudra. Another
should be with 100 holes, in which the roots mentioned at “a”
should be dropped along with the golden idol (weighing 18 barley
grains). After this, the pot should be covered with bamboo leaves

altori Osa; I

and installed with the idol of Nirruti, Rudra and Varuna.

dullWSd^ II SS
II

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 254

II II

3T: I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 255

M»'dic'lll'l d^ldRlddPcld*^ II ?o? II 3jf^d
ipq^Eqjt: efeg I
^5 Sld^dl-W^ II II W
FRI»3$d I
5*raq? Tt II ?°3 II
r^FIR HdT ^IsrH I
q-^MI: 31 3^?5ffRf: II ?°8 II

HqFqsrg IJ4RX&|O|^ I
s(Staui "fdlr^ d<%H^4.1
srara^i ii ?°k n

RdfaFlfa H5^?f Wjfesi SfcW^ JPjptafa

d^liR ^KteMra aW fciw^ n ?°s n wra i

^HK n ?°y» II
Rd I
3|ft&i gfcRt II ?o=: II
Rd M^Rl^d^d 'jdfdldsRdd*^ I
96 -108. (a) After this, worship should be done inclusive of
16 kinds of homages (“Shodasopachara”) according to sage
Saunaka. The earth (on which the worship is to be done) should be
sprinkled with water, on which the red pot (pot to be smeared with
red wet-soil) filled with water along with the black idol of Mula
should be placed. The pots should be free from blemishes.
Mantras specified, viz. “Aakalaseshu”, “Imam Me Gauge” etc.
should be recited while filling the pot with water. Specific Mantras
for adoring the pot with clothes and sandal should also be recited.
The roots should be dropped in the pot with Mantras like “Yaah
Photino”. The pot should be filled with water after veiling the face
of the pot (to serve as a filter). The performer should beget a

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 256

Swastika (explained in the notes) made of gold, and on it should be
placed leaves in the north-eastern direction. - On this, a vessel
should be placed. The roots collected along with five gems
prescribed should be dropped in it. It should be worshipped with
fragrant articles and flowers reciting Rudra Sukta, Prati Ratha
Sukta, Sata Rudra, Punya Mantra and Rakshoghna Mantra. Along
with these, the Trayambaka Mantra (Mrityunjaya Mantra for Lord
Siva, to obtain longevity) should be recited for 1008 times followed
by Pavamana Sukta. During the entire process of reciting these
Mantras, the performer should remain touching the sacred pot.
(b) The number of pots for the recitation of these Mantras
are 5. If 5 pots cannot be procured, 2 are enough. One of these 2
pots should be spared for Rudra before which all the Suktas (like
Rudra Sukta) should be recited. 4 holes should be made in the
second pot. Including the face, it will have 5 faces or outlets. The
second one should be covered with cloth in which water collected
from a shrine should be poured. To this should be added the five
specified gems, roots of medicinal plants and earth collected from
7 places. The face of the second pot should then be closed with a
vessel made of gold, or silver, or clay and be covered >ith a cloth.
On this, the idol of Mula’s ruling deity should be installed and the
relevant deities and secondary deities should be installed in the
various quarters commencing the south-east.
(c) After this process, the worship of the presiding deity for
Jyeshta should be done followed by that of the secondary deity for
Purvashadha.
Notes: (a) Shodasopachara denotes 16 kinds of prescribed
homages due to be done at the time of a ritual. Tantra Sara lays
down as many as 64 such homages.
Swastika is a lucky or an auspicious kind of mystical cross
with the extremities of the four arms bent round in the same
direction. The majority of schools regards it as a solar symbol, as
representing a curtailed form of the wheel of the Solar Vishnu,
consisting of four spokes crossing each other at right angles with
short fragments of the periphery of the circle to denote the course
of the Sun. For Jainas, it is one of the 24 auspicious marks.

wjrfi

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 257

'USNISH: II ?o<$ ||

^55^ fe>pj WKT II II

wfojUa ii ??° ii
q>^i$H HHR siraraw «H4^ I
3MW: MfcSlPl: *1§T II ??? II

\|d<W^I II ?W II
gnRB?CTHi34hHifePi: i
wnni
II ??3 II 5Rjas4 «ft?
^Mcifafira^ i
wi wiftj nin^iA SK><?H*I< II ??B II
3^HI?N$ 5 W wi «H44< I ^HIH^ aw! II
m II

nfaft *|4kqi Rfaci-3:W'i II w II

109 -116. Deities & Rituals Described: Now stated are the
forms of presiding and secondary deities as per Vasishta Samhita.
(a) The presiding deity has a great physique, rides on an
elephant, adores the thunder-bolt as his weapon and is the lord of
Grahas (planets). The secondary deity has a body smeared with
sandal-wood paste, has two arms and holds a lotus in his hand. He
resembles water.
(b) Divine worship should be done with relevant Mantras.
Firstly gods should be invoked and the idols should be bathed with
Panchamruta (milk, honey etc. as stated earlier) attended by 16 or
5 kinds of homages. The worship should include red sahdal, white
and black flowers and incense: The sacred lamp should be lit with
ghee.
(c) Intoxicants, cooked meat and other eatablea should be
offered to the deity. But a Brahmin should not resort to offering
intoxicants and/ meat. Instead, he should Offer milk and salty
rice-food. Th^ worship suggested should be performed with

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 258

available materials stated earlier and with flower-offerings with
both hands reverentially. After these, the fire sacrifice should be
undertaken aimed atNimiti with relevant Mantras. The oblation
(of rice, barley and pulse) should be cooked as per the
prescriptions laid down and should be offered in the fire sacrifice.
Notes: (a) The deity referredfa in the first place is Lord
Indra. His vehicle ialravata, the celestial white elephant. The
second deity cited is Lord Varuna,the lord of oceans, whose form
is water.
Indra is referred to as lord .of Nava Grahas because their
path of journey (i.e. the heavens) is under his lordship and he is
the head of all divine beings including Lord Vishnu, called
Upendra, that is next to Indra only in divine hierarchy.

3R dfedd I

wi, wi, i

3itTdlHld<4ld ^l-dd: II II

II »»«’ II

11 ??<? n
31 TO cli fiildkHdl-t I
3R W3FSR |
117- 119.Thefollowingspecialmatters(asdiscussedupto

verse No. 156) have been stated by sage Vasishta.

(a) The two Mantras, viz. “Mulam” and “Prajaam” are
attributed to sage Kanva. The deity concerned is Nirruti. The
Mantra is composed in the metre “Anushtup”. The Mantras for
supplementary sacrifice are “Mulaaya Svaahaa” and
“Prajaapataye Svaahaa”.
(b) Using Samidh (fire-wood) of Palaasa (Butea Frondosa),
flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 259
and offering ghee and oblation, the two Mantras specified forthe
supplementary sacrifice should be recited for 1008 times each, or
108 times each. After this, fire sacrifice should be continued
reciting the two main Mantras - Moolam and Prajaam - each
containing 8 words along with the Mantras of Soauiira, Soma,
Nairrutya and Asvaththa, offering the above mentioned “Samidh”
as firewood, and sesamum with rice. The two main Mantras
should be recited with fixity of mind for 9 times, or 1008 times, or
108 times.
(c) The matter of rituals is (altogether) a different branch
of study, observes the author.
Notes: (a) For every Vedic Mantra or prayer in respect of a
Chosen deity, the name of the sage who authored it appears in. the
beginning, followed by the name of the deity being invoked. Then
mentioned is the kind of metre employed in the composition of the
verses concerned.
The present Mantras attributed to sage Kanva are
composed in the metre called “Anushtup”. Each verse of this metre
is regulated by four quarters each of eight syllables. There are
other varieties as well of this metre. According to Daivata
Brahmana, quoted in Nirukta by Yaska, it is “Anushtobhati” in
praise of Gayatri, consisting of three lines. In later metrical
systeins, the Anushtup constitutes a whole class of metres.
Chandas or metric regulation is meant for assessing
accuracy and detecting inaccuracy in transmission. If these verses
are wrongly pronounced, desired effects fail to occur. Hence a
competent priest’s help should always be sought.
(b) For Vedic rituals, Samidhs are 7 kinds (sometimes 3 x 7).
Yonis or receptacles are 7 kinds. Fires are 7 kinds like the 7
tongues of the Fire God.
The firewood ofButea Frondosa is among the best fuel. Dry
grass is also one of the recommended fuels in specific cases.
(c) By this observation, Bala Bhadra cautions the aspirant
that whatever is being stated in connection with rituals need not be
taken as complete. It implies the need to seek assistance of
qualified priests and preceptors. The remedies for various ills
suggested by sages and enlightened souls in ancient Hindu
literature are uncountable, are in their tens of thousands, and
involve quite rigorous study of decades.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 260

31^1: 3^ 31 53: II 95» II
3133. WI I
3^3133 3^5331 II 95? II
3|fa&33$3 ^3kWW3'3<£ I
3813^331*381 313^3 II 955 II
n3K3lfa^3R$SK 33: |
313531 ^13^3 JF3T^. II 953 II
120 -123. Then, reciting the two Mantras, viz. “Moshunah
Paraavara” and "Yatte Devethi” for 108 times, or 1008 times, the
milk porridge mixed with ghee, along with Samidhs and oblations
should be consigned in the sacrifice according to one’s capacity.
The ruling deities of the Nakshatras concerned should be invoked
with milk porridge. Following these, 15 Mantras headed by
“Krinushveti” should be recited offering food cooked with rice and
sesamum. “Gayatri* and “Jaataveda” should also be recited 15
times in the fire sacrifice.

3151^ 3RPH 3F3lW3f^3 3 I

&F3 3&3I JJHWlfh <j3 3^3 3 II 958 II ^3%3 341 fagFI
HPR133 WF31^ I
3IBl3«ll^3 areif^lfafa: 3531^11 95X II
3IEIE3^33I 3lfa ^3l^jR>dl I
3? 3: 3^3 3133 3J§3F| 33^1 II 955 II
124 -126. Following this, reciting the Mantras viz. “Saasa

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 261

yunjati, Taamagni varnaam, Agni meele, Vastheshite, Kshetrasya
pathinaa, Gunariaajaa, Agniduiam* and "Sri Suktam” should be
recited offering fire-wood, ghee and obla+ions. Each of these
Mantras should be recited for 108 times, or 28 (twenty-eight) times,
or 8 times according.to one’s capacity. Then the Mantra “Tvam
nah somena* should be recited for 13 times offering milk porridge.

WWfafe SFiqjl rea || &IB$d

4akMWlSkdl|^< I 3|Rrif ’FSHFTt 31 II 9R* II

^»HPHP=H ii 11
JRIWfa 31^ I
II 93° II
Wi RPA«i<^ i
JWI^-ddl &wP&»>l«fal«l4 II 93? II
127 -131. Ghee should be offered four times reciting Rudra
Mantra. Ghee should again be offered reciting Maha Vyahriti. Then
offers to Fire God (Svishtakrita) be made followed by offers of
repentance and Purhaahuti (offers with a full ladle) by the
performer or the priest. Remaining materials meant for the fire
sacrifice should .be discharged in the fire. Then the performer
should be seated in the southern part and worship the sacred pot.
To get rid of the blemish of shortlife, he should recite “Trayambdkd
Mantra9 (Mrityunjaya Mantra) and others for 100 times each. The
materials meant for worship should be dropped in the sacred pot as
per the rules laid down in Rudra Kumbha. Incense and lamp should
be placed before the pot. The deity concerned should be pleased
(with Mantras) and sprinkling.
Notea: Vyahriti is a mystical utterance of names of seven
words, - bhur, bhuvar (or buvah), soar, mahar, janar, tapar, and
satya - the first three of which are called Maha Vyahriti,

Hora Ratham / Chapter 2 262

pronounced after Ora by every Brahmin in commencing his daily
prayers and are personified as the daughters of*Savitri and Prishni.

wprata II 933 H

atnl fBSfa w n 933 n

RHWrWAui Il 938 II
132 -134. The performer should then occupy a prescribed
seat with his spouse and child (concerned) and should sprinkle the
priest and his attendants with the nine Mantras "Akshibhyam*,
"Pavamana”, “Aapo hishta* etc. or with the two Mantras “Aapa”
and “Iha”. Further reciting SivaSankalpa Sukta and with others
being stated (below), the performer should invoke the chief deity.

HidiR4l<>4Mte< n m II

oqqfcg || 93$ II

^ara feiateM nn n 93u II

fMdMsraifaq; i WWj
Hc5tei II 93* II
WHS I oqqfcg II 93^ II

5RW13 °
11 ,8 11

^ISHI RRIMR^ <1S’'l^&iqi?-i: I

HMIR4I: Osta ’psW oqqteg II ?8?
II
flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 263
3n$fllH<M|USW II ?83 II
shm H^rsr. i
H^TOFH H4 illPcRlI: II ?83 II
3^1 qifa *raiR -M<IPI FUKIRI i O' wfc
Rsvj^lR arfa <XR 3 II ?88 II

«4+IHM4 RF4 II ?SX II

<j»nwri wg FHR^q: i ^R5WqF]
$5tH: II ?8S II

3-j 'Nf&ril <SaR.l^iqfa II ?8*3 II

RiRsRni ^i^ i
wf ^rasRni II II
sfl^lf'R i& fwjftsqggiHFFra: I
acfFH SaaRHi C^RSF^: II ?8^ II
SxbirtR t^Hi^iiiR^i^ i
H-cHJsi Wisq W3T 3W II II
SfaRlE stl^l^Mt q^OTcm I
4RF^WR«I: II w n

135 -151. (a) May you Lord Indra, riding on an elephant,

holding the thunder-bolt (as weapon), destroy the blemishes due . to
the parents of the child born iixMula Nakshatra.
(b) May you, the Fire God, endowed with the power of
cohsuming the offerings made in-the sacrifice, riding on a goat, with
seven tongues of flames, destroy the blemishes of the child born in
Mula Nakshatra.
(c) May you, Lord Yama (the God of death), the symbol of
justice, adoring a punishing staff, riding on a buffalo, save my child
from the blemish of birth in Mula Nakshatra.
(d) May you, Lord Nirruti, adoring a sword, the lord of

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 264

demons, remove the blemishes of the child relating to Mula and
Gandanta.
(e) May you Lord Varuna, holding a noose, the head of
oceans, riding on a crocodile, remove the grief of the child born in
Mula Nakshatra.
(f) May you, the Wind God, the breath of the whole universe,
riding on a deer, remove the blemish of birth in Mula and grant
peace to the child.
(g) May you, Kubera, the Lord of Wealth, adoring a sword,
riding on a man, destroy the blemishes of the parents of the child
born in Mula Nakshatra.
(h) May you, Lord Siva, the lord of oxen, riding on an ox,
quickly destroy the blemishes due to birth in Aslesha, Mula and
Gandanta.
(i) May you Lord Ganesa, Lord Bhairava, Goddess Durga,
Nava Grahas (the nine planets from the Sun through Ketu) and the
Lokapalas (protectors of 4 cardinal points and 4 intermediate
points, viz. Fire God, Varuna, Kubera etc.), destroy all the
blemishes of the child and bless its parents with peace.
(j) May you, Lords Brahma, Surya (Sun God), and Vishnu,
and the Movables and Immovables dwelling in the three worlds
burn all my blemishes. May you cause fulfilment of all desires and
cause auspicious of the most auspicious effects.
(k) -After the recital of these Mantras (by the priests), the
child should be bathed and provided with another set of (new)
robes. These robes should be white in colour. He should be adored
with garlands of white flowers and be anointed. After these, the
performer should please the priest and his companions with
offerings of money. A milch cow with its calf, the idol of Mula,
sacred pot, gold etc. should be gifted to the chief priest with a
willing mind. In the absence of these, he should be compensated.
with commensurate cash. The other Brahmins, the poor and the
blind should also be treated with suitable gifts. With relevant
Mantras, the performer should see (his image) in the ghee
(Aajyaavekshanam).
Notes: From “a” to “j” above, the Mantras are given in full in
the original and the English portion relates to the meanings thereof.
(g) Kubera, Ravana’s co-bom, is the Hindu God of wealth,
described as three-legged and eight-teethed, in Siva Parana.
Originally he was the owner of Lanka.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 265

Wl® II W II
ar^ am I
152. Mantra for Ghee Worship: "O Ghee, the best of the
liquids created by Brahma. I salute you. May you make me like
nectar, the best of all".
Notes: After reciting the Mantra given in Sanskrit in this
verge (meaning as above), praising ghee, the performer should see
himself in the vessel of ghee. This process is known as "Aajya
Veekshana".
The following is the Mantra (vide sloka 153 and 153^6 infra,
the two lines of Deva Nagari text underlined for identity) to be
recited at the time of looking into the vessel of ghee.

SFJH ii na n
mq«ilcbii<auH I
II WZ II
H&iF&a m anftrci wn w i
Sftofafa Il II
II al+StoH’MIlPd: II
153 -156. Mantra for Looking into Ghee: (a) May you
consume my poverty and physical shortcomings. May you bless my
home with increased wealth.
(b) Following this, fire, idol and Nava Grahas should be set
free and poor-feeding be done. Brahmins should be served with
milk-porridge. The number of people to be fed should be 100, or 50
or 10 in case of non-availability. After all these, recitation of sacred
verses for all-round peace should be made and blessings be sought.
Brahmins’ forgivings should be obtained for possible (or
inadvertent) shortcomings and the performer should implore them
for the blessings of the deity of Mula.
Thus ends the Moola Santhi as per Saunaka’s school of
thought.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 266

Notes: (a) This is called uA.aajyaavekshana Mantra” which
should be recited at the time of one’s seeing his image in ghee, (b)
The idols concerned should be merged in a sacred river or so, so
that they are not polluted.

11 w 11

157 -158. Removal of Blemish for Birth in Aslesha - As per

Manu Samhita: After this, now stated are the ways and means to
overcome the blemish possible due to birth in Aslesha Nakshatra.
On the 12th day following the day of birth, remedies and fire
sacrifice should be done. If this day is not feasible, another day
coinciding with birth star, or any,other auspicious day with the
guidance of Brahmins should be chosen. On the selected day, the
performer (and the child) should take bath. Honouring the
Brahmins, the remedial measures should be commenced.

dQHlcfd: I
^ftlPW*-^ II 9^ II
159. If resources permit, five sacred pots should be obtained.
Alternatively two will do. On one of the two pots, the deity of
Aslesha should be installed (which is Aslesha Kalasa). On another,
Rudra should be installed (which is Rudra Kalasa).

II ?$o II

Wflrfl?HlRl3: II ?S? II
$ FOT^J P’FF’l I
3<l4»d>4>cHMI ^^IFIFR^ II ?W II

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 267

4 HFfcM<ilRu|| I
II ?<?3 II
*n= i

II II
160 - 165. (a) The materials mentioned for remedies
concerning Mula. should be dropped in the pots. Then the remedial
rituals which are the same as per Mula, should be undertaken. A
chosen surface cleansed with cow dung, should be beautified with
grains etc. Within a space of 24 Angulas, a lotus bud should be
drawn with red, yellow, white and black coloured rice particles. On
this should be written “Sreem and Hreem” (in Deva Nagari script).
Here should be placed the sacred pot.
(b) The sacred pot should be placed with the recital of
Mantras like “Aakalaseshu” following which water should be
poured in it with Mantras like “Imam Me” CMe” pronounced as
“May”). It should be worshipped with Mantras for adoring robes,
scented articles etc. to the pot. The deity of Aslesha and those
placed (i.e.« ruling) in the south and north should be worshipped
with Mantras like uYaah Phalinee”. The presiding deities of the
Nakshatras occupying the directions commencing from east and
ending with north-east. The remaining worship (as already stated)
for the sacred pot allotted for Rudra (i.e. Rudra Kalasa) should be
performed.

Wlf I
FsiRi, i

Bala Bhadra clarifies: Tlie worship for Aslesha should be

done on the same lines as for Mula. In the present case, five sacred
pots shouldbe installed if resources allow. Otherwise, two should be
installed. One is meant for Rudra and the other for the idol of deity
of Aslesha. Mantras with devotion should be recited as laid down

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 268

earlier. The idol of Aslesha should resemble a Snake (i.e. divine
cobra). Images of Brihaspati (i.e. Jupiter) - the presiding deity for
this Nakshatra - and Pitru, the secondary deity, should be installed
and worshipped.

H'S ’ftoW: II II

tqfcctl II II

strarfewn i «F>f PM! !

4

?ll^H: II II

3|Ete«ld 3|HlR?lft»)c| II II

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 269

^if^^Fmffoi wrai w n ?«o II - sfeq grfifej w^
I
JJ*yuAcK*l 44HHH II ?«? II
166 -171. The presiding deity should be worshipped with the
Mantra “Namosthu Sarpebhyam”, The image of the snake should
have two arms and three reddish eyes. It should adore yellow robes
and glittering ornaments. The deity should be worshipped with
Mantras, fire sacrifice and related rituals. The ritual should be
done according to the orthodoxy of either the performer or the
Acharya (i.e. the conductor of the ritual). Oblations should be
offered for the presiding deity and the secondary deity for 103 times
or 23 times till the fire of the sacrifice remains burning. (That is, the
Fire should not be put off wilfully.) The next step is to complete the
sacrifice as specified for Mula Nakshatra. The performer should
take water from the pot and sprinkle the same, in association with
his spouse and progeny.

3lfe^ fefa:-

0^5311 11

an&’wsrararq nrarfehfaFi i

STfeRofRIPI II II

■*^luiiv4 W 5x1 II SUBII

II

55^5 Htf>l&'1iyiPd£4 felt Tlfet

^Blferral^raw: 5^51 51T5 3^8<-^*ft8«|-^1iK^: Slffe

I
’Je53T 5W3T M II ?K9k II
$=$8 H^nra sPa f^hrai i

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 270

^5T ^Firaff H wi it ?«<? ii
172 - 176. (a) At the time of sprinkling, the performer should
recite the Mantra (vide slokas 172 & 173) which means the
following.
“May the blemishes concerning mother, father, wealth, coborn
and family for the child born in Aslesha be destroyed. “O manes, you
are the protectors of all living beings. Similarly, protect the kinsfolk
and family of the child born in Aslesha.”
Thus should one implore the deity. (The concerned Mantras
as above should be recited in Sanskrit only.)
(b) The following Mantra should also be recited (vide sloka
No. 174).
“Olord of snakes, 1 offer my salutations to you. In order to get
relief from all kinds of evils, I offer Arghya (offering water with two
palms joined) to you.”
The above is. the Mantra for offering Arghya to the presiding
deity.
In performing these rituals, reference to Sarpa Devata (snake
deity ruling Aslesha) should be made in place of Mula.
(c) Bala Bhadra explains that if these rituals are left
incomplete at birth, the blemish will harm the parents-in-law after
marriage. Performing rituals will ward off evils for parents- in-law.
Hence these should be undertaken. These remedies are suggested in
a generic sense for Mula and Aslesha only, by name. A girl born in
Jyeshta will be inauspicious for her elder brother- in-law, a girl
born in Visakha for her younger brother-in-law, and a boy for elder
and younger co-born. Hence by implication, remedies suggested for
Mula and Aslesha should be performed for those born in evil phases
of Jyeshta and Visakha also.
For Narada has stated as under.
(d) A girl born in Mula Nakshatra will be the cause of death
of her father-in-law, in Aslesha of mother-in-law, in Jyeshta of elder
brother-in-law andin Visakha ofyounger brother-in-law. If
remedies are resorted to as prescribed earlier, the blemish will not
exist.

Thus ends discussion on remedy for Aslesha.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 271

wsnfo I
4>iBwi=i n ?ws n
sifeipRi jjp^n 3i H3i i
HER II VU* II

^3553131^ II II
tfatefafa nf^i ’jai f4?aP$?a: i yikwa* ^F3 353R:
HHfe II 1*o II
3HWJ|qt^fi H3ri I
sant nn

^4^ 3lJfisK»43 dWMl^tWpqd^ I ctant^ ii ?"? II

snfo ^$lt 31 ^3^13^3 3 ^35^ II J”? II

177 - 183. Remedial Rituals for Gandanta: Based on Garga
Samhita, now stated are of the remedials for the 3 kinds of
Gandanta (vide slokas 15 -19 of this chapter).
(b) The devotee, reciting “Soma” Mantra, should get a brass
vesselmade weighing 16,8,4 or 2 Palas (ancient weightage). This
vessel should be filled with milk porridge, conch shells and butter
after which the Moon god’s image made of silver should be
worshipped with one thousand white flowers.
(b) The astrologer, free from fatigue, and wearing white
robes and white garland, should get the worship performed, stating
that he is Soma. The Soma Mantra suggested earlier

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 272

should be recited for a thousand times with devotion. This should
be followed by worship with Mantras like “Aapyaayasva”.
(c) Donation of a cow and a white image of Vageesvara (i.e.
Garuda,) along with the brass plate vessel to be made to the priest,
the learned in Vedas. This will relieve one of the blemish of
Gandanta.
(d) The remedial measures concerned should be undertaken
after “Sutaka” (11 days of birth), or on any auspicious day not
ruled by Abhukta Mula. Till the palliative is done, the father
should not see the child.

fap HRI 4ldl —

II II II

ccH^lt? I
J|UMJ3 | II II
SJEMPt faffrt WHIHft^FPI. I
II ?t;5 II
184 - 186. Views of Jyotir Nibandha,'. The following are
special statements.
(a) One born in any of the first quarters of Mula, Asvini and
Magha, and the last quarters of Revathi, Jyeshta and Aslesha will
be a source of the death in the following manner. Night birth -
mother; day birth - father; either twilight - self.
(b) For this kind of blemish also, the image, sacred pot, fire
sacrifice and sacred bathing should be performed in the same way
as stated earlier.
(c) The donations prescribed are, for Thithi Ganda - an ox,
for Nakshatra Ganda - a cow, and for Rasi Ganda - gold.
(d) In case of danger to father in the first portion of the
relevant Nakshatra (i.e. in Mula etc.) ritual bath (with water mixed
with herbals etc.) should be taken by father, mother and child. In
case of other dangers, only the mother and the child should be
bathed (with special Mantras).

Hora Ratnaiq / Chapter 2 273

ITTOfelfeRJ |
^>4^iPd wfe ii n
187. Other matters stated in the said/work are as under.
(a) For blemishes due to birth in the three Nakshatras, viz.
Uttara Phalguni, Chitra and Purvashadha, remedies should be
sought by the wise installing the image of the (deity of the)
Nakshatra concerned.

3R I
fera3 i
(WO fenft -
II II
188. Vasishta is thus quoted in this regard. Destruction of
mother, father, brother (or sister) and self will in order occur due
to birth in 2nd quarter of Chitra, 2nd quarter of Pushya, and 3rd
quarter of Purvashadha and 3rd quarter of Purva Phalguni. ’Pf:-
f&HIHRfe sfa: few??. I
Hlfa fe WHlI&b || ||
•I^IH MIEI HHT: t*|dl: I
II II
3^ fefe jfaMfelS I
srai fercj I 11 11
4lRniMiia safe 1
w RTH^I^I wrofen 11 w 11
5iiPd<^ ft*frft i
189 -192. Sage Garga on Timings: (a) The blemish due to
birth in Uttara Phalguni will be inauspicious for 2 months, in
Pushyami for 3 months, in Purvashadha for 8 months, in Chitra for
6 months, in Aslesha for 3 months, in Mula for 8 years and in
Jyeshta for 15 months. The child should not be seen (by the father)
during this prohibited interval.
(b) Donation of a vessel filled with sesamum for Uttara
Phalguni, of a cow for Pushyami, of a goat for Chitra, of gold for
Purvashadha, and of barley, rice and the pulse Phaseolus radiatus

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 274

should be done. Feeding Brahmins should also be undertaken
according to one’s financial resources.
(c) For obtaining increased life-span for father, remedial
measureshave been prescribed in this work (i. e. JyQtirNibandha).

ftiM sKiiriOqOTHW 3 i
SRRft Hftxf: II W II ^ft I
qqfqis 33ft «R«|Jp I
193. Even without performing the cumbersome rituals stated
so far, one can get benefits by giving donations to ward off evils for
births in any (of the specified) Nakshatras, as stated in Vasishta
Samhita. In respect of rituals, donations to Brahmins for the
concerned Nakshatras have been stated in the said treatise.
According to resources, three, cows may be given in charity. In case
of restraint, two cows, or a single cow may be donated. The word
“Uttara” following “Poorvashadha” should be understood as
“Uttarashadha” according to Saara Sagara.

gft J|U^I-d$llPd: I
Thus end rituals for Gandanta'
II3J3 II
Now aboutremedialmeasures for blemish caused by Jyeshta.

HRjsiT-fi nram i
dJI^ cPd <5H-41 331 II ?^8 II
3tkHH 4^4 ^Pd 4ldEl4l I
3n4 $<Mi>i: Fn^ II II
•IM*) ?ttt< 6pd tf'fe’M <WI*) 331 I
5^4* qfed>W<^FI I sraift ^llPdd£W4^ I
33 faita:—
34WSI i

Hora Ratnanv/ Chapter 2 275

33t: 3P3RP1 34 fti^iusi-d^Rd^ ii ?s<? ii
334 i
31334 31 4t W= 3 3®: II II
3431334(3313^ FF3 (44151*: I
3%&f 3HI §P3 5fki 33133*1 II II snPd 3FI wraifa
I
<
33 ^3^ J’*-3M^8M 3FIH Skilift H>3*1
*»i 3F3M ’F^’rai f43i4fa i •4 c- c-
194 -198. Sage Bharadwaja’s school of thought lays down the
following.
(a) Ten Parts of Jyeshta: The 1st part of Jyeshta will destroy
maternal grand-mother* the 2nd - maternal grandfather, the 3rd -
maternal uncle, th§ 4th - mother, the 5th - self, the 6th - the
dynasty, the 7th - family, the 8th - elder brother or sister, the 9th-
father-in-law, and the 10th-the entire belongings of the subject.
Effects have to be declared dividing each part into 6 ghatikas or
144 minutes (when the duration of the whole
Nakshatra is 60 ghatikas or 24 hours). Remedies for Jyeshta should
be done on the same Enes as for Mula.
(b) Four Quarters: There are special things in respect of
Jyeshta Nakshatra. The last one ghatika ofAnuradha Nakshatra
and the first two of Jyeshta constitute what is called “Sandhi” (i.e.
junction). The child born this way belongs to Gandanta. One
belonging to any of the first three quarters of Jyeshta, viz. the 1st,
2nd and 3rd, is declared to be of excellent birth. Birth in 4th
quarter of Jyeshta will lead to destruction of father and the son.
A girl born in Jyeshta will be the source of early death of her
elder brother-in-law.
(c) I now state the remedies for blemish arising out of birth
in Jyeshta Nakshatra, so states the sage.
In the four cardinal directions, four sacred pots should be
installed. The 5th one, containing one hundred holes should be
worshipped as prescribed earHer (for Mula Nakshatra).

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 276

II n

33i II 500 II H5T 31 'St|: I

sfat II 50? n
^fa 3P3H: I ^<Ffl^|U|lPdd^ II

505 II wxW'M’Wd ^3<ra C-IMIMRH I

fMjWW II 5o3 II 3F3 Hcddlsfi I
«$^HI ^fa ^3 3 fa II 5o8 II

’F33^T9^?: ^WIlPiR I

Hsn Hsa 3^ fgteH II Qoy || ^■sA TO I

aaH&K 5R^ IJ Q°S II
Hffa ^n F5F%i gp^a; i O' ^-ssiMo-xi at ii Qoks II
1
l^0i’j< °ai§(ciPi^'ii QirwfelrK jaa? i
aa^Pi*^: i aat
^MRIR a^a a^a^Rfi ’F^a 3naaia?sta>a
U&ai$>H ^ar-
aatej ^araia an^pa 11 Q°=; n
aai aa j|«sal«wQiFa^ 1
3iBia<!>iatfgai-( ^a^iwi^a^ 11 Q°^ II
199 - 209. The Ritual: (a) In this ritual, the idol of Lord
Indra, the lord of gods and Sachi Devi’s husband, wearing a
thunder-bolt (said to be in the form of two transverse bolts crossing
each other) and a hook (used by an elephant’s driver), riding on the
(white) elephant called “Zrauata”, and possessing attractive looks
should be installed on a pot and worshipped. The said pot should be
filled with rice.
(b) The “Maha Indra” Mantra should be recited for 108
times, or one thousand times, or 54,000 or 27,000 times (in the
initial worship). Following this (which is the first step), fire sacrifice
(as 2nd step), oblations (as the 3rd step) and purification (as the 4th
step) should be performed in that order with the recital of the said

Hora Ratnanv/ Chapter 2 277

Mantra for one tenth of number of times of the preceding recital.
(That is if the main worship starts with 27,000 recitals, in the 4th
step 27 recitals should be exactly done. The recitals are shared in a
feasible manner by the chief priest and his attendants put together.)
(c) Next, the deities and the various regents of (the eight)
directions (viz. Agni, Yama, Varuna etc.) should be worshipped
with the Mantra, “Indraayendro Marutvate” with a peaceful
disposition.
(d) Sachi’s spouse, Lord Indra, wearing a pair of two
red robes should be again worshipped along with the sacred pot
with the recital of Varuna Mantra. This worship should be followed
by recitals of four different Mantras, viz. “ Tvanno Ague”,
“Satvanno”, “Samudra Jyeshta” and “Imam Me” (“ Me”
pronounced as “May”) in that order.
(e) The four sacred pots (installed in the four directions)
should be adored with robes and scents which should be
worshipped followed by recitals of “Aano Bhadra”, “Bhadraa
Agne” “Indra Sukta” and “ Rudra Japa”. In conclusion of this
phase, “Mrityunjaya Japa” should be recited.
(f) Using the fire-wood of holy fig tree, ghee and oblation
(made of rice, barley and pulse), the basic Mantra or the Mantra
“Yata Indra Bhaya” should be recited for 108 times followed by
recital of Vyahruthi (vide notes under sloka 127 - 131 of this
chapter) with offering of sesamum for the sacrifice. After giving
ritual bath to the idol, one should see his image in ghee. Then Lord
Indra should be offered Arghya (offering water with both palms)
with the recital of the Mantra “NamastuSuranaathaaya”.
108 Brahmins should be fed, and the remaining formalities should
be completed.
With these, the blemish of Jyeshta will be destroyed.

Thus ends Remedy for Jyeshta.

{3FJ )
Now the remedies for (certain) evil phenomena.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 278

’ww II it
*ie><vi3 i
Hfnn II II
311^*1(1 star nfa i
fWi fqfasir fafa n w ii
210 - 212. The Phenomena. A birth that occurs in any of the
following phenomena, viz. Thithi Kshayar Vyatipata, Vyaghata,
Vishti, Vaidhruti, Sula, Ganda, Parigha, Varigha, Yamaghanta,
Mrityu Yoga, Kaladanda, and Daruna yoga in combination with
Gandanta will be highly inauspicious. The astrologer should
analyse all these and suggest required remedies.

4W n w 11

n ii

yiPd^M 11
u
213 - 215. Remedies: Gods and Nava Grahas (nine planets)
should be worshipped following which lamps should be lit in a
temple of Lord Shiva with ghee turned out of cow’s milk. Ritual
bathing for Lord Shiva and circumambulation of the holy fig tree
should be undertaken. To conclude, feeding of Brahmins attended
by Gaanapathyam. (fire sacrifice for Lord Ganesa), Purusha Sukta,
Saura Sukta, Mrityunjaya and Shanti Sukta should be performed.
As a result, the child will be endowed with longevity.

Thus end remedies for Evil Phenomena by junior Garga.

ara 3TRJIP4 n

Hora Ratnanv/ Chapter 2 279

{ara) H*iPdP$q; qteWM ik i

216. Here are mentioned the remedies suggested by later

Garga (Cf Vridhdha Garga or senior Garga) for Vaidhruti yoga,

Vyatipata yoga* and solar ingress. The child born in Vyatipata
Yoga or Vaidhruti Yoga or during solar ingress into another sign
will be the cause of penury for the family. As for solar ingress, the
duration of blemish will exist for births occurring before and after
16 ghatikas of the Sun’s entry. Vaidhruti and Vyatipata births are
known as Mahapata.

Hsrawi i
II 3?k9 II
’iWdl^ I
II 3?" n

f^5: n 3?<? n

yqis ciMflk’cii g 3irai4 II «<> II

sftejfe&H II II
I d^qR -

q&HN H^H II 333 11

Slfa^d II 33? II

HRS II 338 II
dd-H-^i 1
msifaqi qia 1133 x 11
3^ H^T Hfaqsri I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 280

3IMRT^ HUrT^i Wdl<( II 335 II

Hora Ratnanv/ Chapter 2 281

^I^TCHKaHBkRitki 1
3T '3’i II II
3fHt H5J 3P3, ?fa 5xP, sqtw, Udl-H^

T%I
afa<a5Wi.^i
I

SJEpRHOT 3J8|M«ld MlfeRtai I

II II
?ra: Hty^Bi, snnWr ^I aisfcqifafa niwfift:, 3^HWJ,
3&6H-3:
ypH'^iarPi^' 3>4I^ I 3i-4sl8t,,imnife<i5
^TRJ|P4 QllPtf:
M4«I^ I II
217 - 228. (a)To ward off these blemishes, remedial measures
should be Sought the first of which is palliatives for Nava Grahas
(nine planets) attended by “Gomukha Prasava". After these two
rituals, the remedy should be continued as stated below.
(b) The eastern part of the house should be cleansed with
cow-dung and after decorations, a heap of grains should be
arranged. The heap should consist of five Dronas (an ancient
measurement) of grains, rice half the quantity of grains, and
sesamum half the quantity of rice. On this heap, an Ashta Patra (i.e.
Ashta Data, eight-petalled lotus) should be drawn. Then, hymns
wishing the child a happy day (“Ptinyaaha Vachana”) should be
recited.
(c) Honouring the priest, the sacred pot covered, sans
blemish, with a pair of clothes should be installed on the lotus and
filled with water collected from sacred rivers. The following should
be added in the pot: roots of medicinal plants, Pancha Pallava, Pan
cha Gavya (as explained vide sloka 60 - 62, ch 2) and five gems (vide
sloka 77 - 79, ibid). The pot should be covered with a fin cloth.
(d) Installation of the images of chief deity, presiding deity
and secondary deity should be done as prescribed - that is the deity
for Vaidhruti should be placed in the centre, the idol of the

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 282

Moon on one side, and that of the Sun on the other side. Similarly
in case of remedy for Vyatipata as well as solar ingress, the image
of its deity should be in the centre. The Sun is the presiding deity
while the Moon is the secondary deity.
(e) The deities installed should be worshipped along with
Vyahriti (vide notes under sloka 127 - 131, ch.2) and the concerned
Mantras. The Mantras are - “Trayambaka” for the chief deity,
“Utsurya” for the Sun God, and “Aapyaayasva” for the Moon God.
(f) The next step is(to recite “Saura Sukta” for 1008 times, or
108 times or 28 times followed by recitals of Mantras, “Aano
Bhadra”, “Bhadra Agno” and“Purusha Sukta”. During these
recitals, the sacred pots in all the four directions should be touched.
“Trayambaka” Mantra should be recited with offers of fire-wood,
ghee and oblations. Again, the Mrit.yunjaya Mantra should be
recited for 1008 times, 108 times, or 28 times offering sesamum in
the sacrifice. This should be followed by Vedic Mantras, viz.
“Samudra Jyeshta”, Aapohishta”, “Aksheebhyaam” “Pavamana
Sukta”, “Trayambaka”, “Utsuryena”, “Aapyaayasva” etc. Pauranika
Mantras (i.e. the Mantras laid down in Puranas) like “Suraastvaam
abhishinchantu” should also be recited. After these the idols should
be offered ritual bath. In the end, gifts should be given away as
prescribed earlier.

These remedies have been stated by junior Garga for

Vaidhruti Yoga & C.

Now stated are remedies for birth in Kuhu, Cinivali and

Darsa.
For birth in the first Prahara of Amavasya (one eighth part
of New Moon), the palliative of Cinivali should be done. For the
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th parts, Darsa Shanti should be done. And
for birth in 7th and 8th parts, Kuhu Shanti should be done. These
threedivisions of New Moon are only for remedial purposes while in
28
3
other cases, it is only of two classes, viz. Cinivali and Kuhu.

Notes: The duration of New Moon is divided into eight equal

parts. The 1st of these is known as Cinivali and the 7th and 8th
ones as Kuhu. The other five intermediate parts are called Darsa.

yiPdM+R: I

’RARA HM n 55<; n

'jf&’T: I

II 53? II

HfeqWlkW Sllfo II 535 II

229 - 232. Remedies: (a) If a birth occurs to a female, or to a
quadruped (pet bitch, cat, mare etc.), or a cow or abuffalo in the
Cinivali part of Amavasya, the wealth of the owner (of the family)
will be destroyed. Let him be Lord Indra, the leader of gods. Such
living beings - bird, cow etc. - patronized by the individual
concerned should be abandoned but not others, i.e. females. The
author clarifies that the word “Dvija” denotes a bird.
(b) Birth in the part of New Moon, called Kuhu, is capable of
causing abundant blemish. Life-span and wealth will be its targets.
Hence, barringafemale, othersshouldbe abandoned. In case one is
not willing to abandon the cow and others, suitable remedies be
sought with full devotion.
Notes: (a) Animals and birds patronized by an individual are
also a source of loss of wealth in the above cases. As such, these
should be abandoned. Suitable remedies should be done in case of a
human birth, for a female cannot be just abandoned. The word
“Dvija” denotes a Brahmin as well as a bird which is oviparous.
Dvija means one that takes birth twice. A Brahmin is reborn with
his sacred thread ceremony. A bird is born twice, once in the form

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 284

of an egg and again after incubation. In the present analysis, the
word Dvija indicates a bird.

w ii 53x II

TOT II 535 II
djItyWI: HHIW: I TORSI
II 53a II
M^&dl faHPPII: I

3 TOT $4cw-d<*t 1

II 53S II
X
3RCT 'WT HR5R1 I
3TE|TR5RT °
11 ,8 11

‘i 4 l
r u
I
Sl^lfa^ia II 58? II
3|'<lc<i4’iPA*1’lRi M4d^_
faW$$^llPd: II
235 ■ 241. Detailed Phases of Remedy: (a) A white coloured
idol of Lord Siva riding on the Divine Ox (Nandi) with four arms
should be got made adoring a Trident and a sworcjwith postures of
granting fearlessness and'fulfilment of desires. The idol should be
robed in white. The worship should be commenced with
“Trayambaka” Mantra,
(b) The second step is: The idol of Lord Indra should be ■
obtained thus. He should be riding on an elephant, should have
four arms with thunder-bolt, hook(of an elephant’s driver), noose
and arch and be in red robes. Lord Indra should be worshipped
with Mantras like “Yata Indra,”.
(c) In the third place, the image of manes in black colour,

Hora Rathan} / Chapter 2 285

with four arms riding a plane should be got done. The four arms
should adore a staff, a rosary of Eleocarpus seeds, a water-jar (used
by ascetics) and a posture of warding off fear/ Mantras like uYe
Satyaa” should be recited in the worship.
(d) As stated earlier, the sacred pot should be installed and
worshipped.
(e) Using fire-wood, ghee, oblation (made of rice & C),
sesamum, the pulse Phaseolus radiatust mustard and firewood of
holy fig tree and Butea Frondosa, the fire sacrifice should be done.
Trayambaka and other Mantras should be recited offering sesamum
in the sacrifice.
(f) In conclusion, the idol of Lord Siva should be offered a
ritual bath, and seeing one’s image in ghee coupled with other parts
of remedies (as prescribed earlier) should be done.
These are the remedies for Kuhu and Cinivali.

wl ssfaraFri i
nn
242. Remedy for Darsa: A child born in the Darsa portion of
New Moon (vide the authors’ comments right before sloka 229, of
this chapter) will be a source of poverty to its parents. O Narada, I
now give certain remedies hereunder, (so says Uttara Garga).

HFIM—

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 286

W$*3H 3s3a II 388 ’ll
H’JfH SIIHIRBIR I 3>3RRl3
3T3T WJ^BI I
243 - 244. (a) Firstly, the aspirant should take Samkalpa (a
solemn vow for ritual observance) and instal the sacred pots as
stipulated earlier. The pot should be filled with milk, ghee, curd
etc., the roots of the trees - banyan, holy fig, mango and neem - and
the five gems (vide slokas 77 - 79, of this chapter). Then the pot
should be enclosed in a pair of robes.
(b) The pot should be purified with recitations of Mantras
like “Sarve Samudra”, “Aapo Histhta”, “Kayaanaschitram”,
‘Yatkinchendram” and “Samudra Jyeshta” and should be placed in
the eastern side of the sacred fire.

ufani usfcfi dwai II II

3H^: MM ddt II ^85 II

tlPh4o-c| sjsq ^trj I
§A<HI^AU| || ||
3IEhfR5ra 3IHlf^lfa?lfW I
245 - 247. Beautiful idols of the Moon God and the Sun God
representing the deities of Darsa should be got made of gold or
silver or copper. These should be worshipped with Mantras -
“Aapyaayasva” and “Sauita paschaat” with Upacharas or homages
(vide slokas 96 -108, chapter 2). After this, the Sun God should be
worshipped with fire-wood and oblations. The Moon God should be
worshipped with “Somo Dhenu” and other Mantras recited for 108
or 28 times.
Hctad—
^PTT I
9*1^11^ W^FSlfemR^ II QB* II
c^llPH: II
248. Ritual bathing of the idols should be performed as
prescribed earlier. Gold, black cow, silver etc. should be given to
Brahmins in donation. They should be fed in conclusion attended
Hora Ratnam,/ Chapter 2 287
by a call for their blessings.
Thus ends remedy for blemish of Darsa.

3CT II

qSHRT $<lfal<3 II II
Rd< ?Pd I
SRHRF’J, II II
3 Wife WWHI dSHISHH, I snPa n
w II
249 - 251. Krishna Chaturdasi: Now remedy for birth on the
14tl\day of Dark Half (Krishna Paksha Chatiirdasi). Six different
kinds of effects are laid down for such births. The Thithi in
question should be made into six equal parts. The 1st one will give
auspicious effects. The 2nd one will betoken (early) death of father
and the 3rd ofthe mother. Matemaluncle will be endangered in case
of birth in the 4th part. The 5th one will disrupt the growth of
dynasty while the 6th will destroy wealth. All efforts should be
made to get the blemish remedied.

x(rl*il I
II 3^3 II

WRT II W II
33 fR3I 33 3I«frai f^JI3 I
33 3M& «H<?«M"-3i^1 "3 ^MHd: II 3K8 II
3 3^3331 333I3Fft3J3I 331 I
?33t 3P3 ^3331 H3H$ ’F33: II «X II 3IP^WRRWJ Tai ?
pifmT spnq, i
Sint 3gl 3P^S 33535^ II W II
•3lLx3l <b$jjp| I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 288

<3R<-3lP$+ 35^31 35R^ II 3X« II
3^3333^3 tarn H^= 1

3RF3 HR35I nfafe: Frfc& ^-. II 3X^ II

3<HITRW!« 3i areta^ra 3 31 1 swfefafMft 5W
11 w 11
Szp-^-q XF^n fiF33. 3lO 353R[ I
3RP ^T^WIFT^F^MHHi II II
3FKH^nSW5teHlfe 3^ II
252 - 260. (a) An idol of Lord Siva, characterized by all
auspicious divine attributes and seated on the Divine Ox should be
got made with one Karsha (a certain ancient weight) of gold, or half
or quarter of a Karsha. The deity should possess postures of
warding off fear and granting boons. The robes and garlands he
adores should be pure crystal-white.
(b) The said deity should be offered worship with
“Trayambaka” Mantra, after installing the sacred pot as stated for
Mula Nakshatra.
(c) Next, the deity should be invoked with Varuna Mantra.
The pot placed in south-east should be worshipped with Mantras
like “Imam Me”, “Tatvaayaami”, “Tvanno Ague” and “Satvanno”.
“Aano Bhadra”, “Bhadra Agne Sukta” and “Purusha Sukta” should
also be recited. After these, the image of Lord Siva should be
offered a ritual bath followed, by worship Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2
of Nava Grahas. Using fire-wood, ghee, oblations, sesamum,
mustard, and firewood of holy fig tree etc., fire-sacrifice should be
done for 1008, 108, 28 or 8 times.
(d) Nava Grahas should be worshipped with Trayambaka
Mantra and Vyahriti (vide notes under slokas 127 - 131, ch.2)
offering sesamum. Rest of the rituals, viz. seeing image in ghee etc.
should be completed as stated earlier.

3TO II

28
9
an
frfel siraFJ R^HI^I I
W ’Jte: II W II
261 - 262. Births in Identical Nakshatras: Now stated are
remedies for birth in identical Nakshatras. Should there be a birth
in the'natal Nakshatra of a brother or father, it will cause
(untimely) death of the subject or the concerned relative. In this
regard, sage Vasishta states that a child taking birth in the
Nakshatra of its father or mother will be the cause of death of,
father or mother. The same effect will come to pass if the child is*
born with a parent’s natal ascendant

%&l<Mcn J3T: I
FJ: FU^ II II
263. As per Deva Kirti, birth of a girl in the Nakshatra of
parents is prohibited. For he states, children (i.e. a boy or a girl)
born in the birth Nakshatra of a parent (mother or father) will be a
source of destruction of the concerned parent. Birth of children in a
Nakshatra contrary to this will make them dear to parents.
Notes: Bala Bhadra’s introduction deals with only the girl
child. But Deva Kirti’s verse covers both the male issue and female
issue.
Also refer to slokas 549 - 552 of this chapter for additional
information, including clarification for sloka 264 below.

I *pf:—
3Idl I
33Ffl3: 31 II 358 II

33 snfo W3ifa «43I4H3H 31

3^33^31 33: II 55H II

3^3H»k3u| I
<3*1^1 HSRI 3«3«l3 II 355 II
£3F35IRsil3>H|jfa ^44^4 33: I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 290

31^3 i^Bl3? 513^ II 35*3 II
Jk^<t> 3Ts^: Jn3&3F3^3 31 I
Sjfi&F 33:-$3fal3l4: fa33T33t II 35=: II
3^IR3tcn^T3l4 ^33: I
3ifa3WTt 5$RT 331=31333^3^1 II 35S II ^33IMl^HI<H'
Ml'-iWaifefa: 35 I
3H3F3133l4fa ^IIH^RnH^ II 3U° II
3^3^ 31OTIH. 33^.^1351153^3^3: II
264 ■ 270. Remedies: Sage Garga states that one bom in the
Janma Nakshatra of parents or brother (?) will destroy the
concerned person. Hence I state the remedies which have been
acceptable to all preceptors.
On the north-east side of the sacred fire, install the image of
the Nakshatra (should read as the presiding deity of the Nakshatra)
which should be covered with a red cloth. Then it should be
enclosed in a pair of clothes. The sacred fire should be lit according
to one’s family tradition and relevant Mantras should be recited for
108 times. Firewood and ghee should be offered by the concerned
persons born in the same Nakshatra. Then the parents and the
child should be provided with ritual bath. The performer should
please the priest with clothes, jewels etc. Three units of gold should
be gifted to each of the participants accompanied by image of god,
grains, clothes, conveyances, cot, bed etc. At the end, the performer
should liberally feed Brahmins.

I
gar 31 §ai i
niaifcfr astf& n 3*9? II

^31 II 3*93 II

4^3K<l&fc3 Slfca: II 3K93 II

3^1 ^a^a^w i <?syfcbiR ^3if^
29
1
aiPd^aafa afe 11 3*93 II

31F3131 ^6^ 3^3. H II

3(d-cKa^ 31 313 31 31 1
^aap^^lfe^ II 3*9$ II
*Rr3k34l8M ^?3T iW ^3313^ I

271 - 276. Now mentioned is the remedy for birth of a boy

after three consecutive girls or birth of a girl after three
consecutive boys. In case of such a birth, the parents and the
dynasty will suffer greatly. Either on the 11th day or the 12th of the
birth, or on any other auspicious day, one should honour the
preceptor and his attendants and perform palliative for Nava
Grahas. Sacred pots should be placed oh a heap of grains. Upon
these pots, the images of Lord Brahma, Lord Vishnu and Lord
Indra should be installed (i.e. the four images on four different
pots).
Touching the 5th pot, 11 recitals of Rudra Japa and 4
recitals of Rudra Sukta along with recitals of various Santi Suktas
should be performed. Fire-wood, ghee, oblations (of rice etc.),
sesamum and porridge should be offered with 1008,108 or 28
recitals, invoking Lord Brahma etc. and Nava Grahas. Seeing one’s
image in ghee along with other rituals should be done as stated
earlier.
Thus ends the remedy for birth of a son after three daughters
or birth of a daughter after three sons.

Now remedies for unfavourable deliveries.

3^®:—

HRHH II 3Oka II

3w$f|: SPRpd II II

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 292

falRI II II

277 - 279» As per Vasishta: Sage Vasishta has stated that

destruction will follow a female’s delivering before or after
schedule, or on undue date. So also when there is a delivery of two
children. Births of embryos that are not of human beings (i.e. of
quadrupeds etc.), peculiar births of birds, births with excess,
deficiency or complete absence of limbs, without a head, with two
or three heads, without face, and with the resemblance of a bird
betoken the destruction of the family or region concerned. Within
three months there will be change of ruler in that region or country
giving way to installation of another ruler.

M:-
33^ H’S fefcfa 31 II l|
frHWfa I
fa’jpu: n^H^FW^jwa 3i ii 3”? ii
3331 sltciJI '•iM 3fe ^<*1 SRJ3^ I
^R3 31 f^R 31 Hit: 3^q«3: II II ’rafrw wwrot
H3tkn4: i
<335531: M<c$ig Hi^ftcli: ^«t(BdiR’il I
FW3I felRH M4<fc4>R^H»t H ^3 II
Jiran^H H^n 3^31^333 353F71
(^l^d'W*4fellPd>3 || ^8 II ^31 3 I
33 3: ?F335_ dWijklkSI’j^ II II
31^31 dlRd+1 <^335^ H4^il< I
JHHR+lttllPH: II
280 - 285. (a) As per Sage Garga: If a woman delivers a baby
prior to attaining proper age, or with 4 legs, or with unduly big or
unduly small figure, it will be inauspicious. So also when the birth
is of a child without face, with appearance resembling that of a
bird, or with half-male form. Mare, elephant or cow yielding two
calves will cause change of the ruler after six months. The female
29
3
concerned should be sent to another country for the sake of
welfare, or ritual remedies should be undertaken as mentioned
earlier.
(b) Special fire sacrifice should be arranged and
“Praajaapatya” Mantra should be recited with offers offirewood,
ghee and oblations. Palliatives for Nava Grahas should also be
undertaken. These will ward offtheevils. An atheist or miser not
performing the remedies will surely incur evil effects.
Thus end remedies for unfavourable births.
C> O'
s^nfWr 3 g^sfara 11 11
snfo 3®ri w^nfa « feswn 1
f^n Hsrara^ 11 11
1
^iy4^4«R«i RM$iia«i H 11 5"" 11
H’fe'J Sp’fa I
4>-fi M'SWli} *JI*iH/'s(34 R?hd: II 3*’^ II
<l§'fe*i H’J'fld 41^4 AMdU|: I
HPta 1
286-289. Solar & Lunar Eclipses: Now about remedies for
birth at the time of solar and lunar eclipses.
(a) A girl attaining puberty or a female giving birth to a
child at the time of an eclipse of the Sun or the Moon will incur
diseases. For the benefit of men, I give below suitable remedies.
(b) Note the ruling Nakshatra (i.e. the one occupied by the
Moon) at the time of an eclipse. An idol of the presiding deity of the
relevant Nakshatra, made of gold, should be got made. This should
be done without miserliness and within one’s resources.
(c) Another idol made of gold in case of solar eclipse, and of
silver in case of lunar eclipse should also be got made.
(d) Rahu’s idol made of lead should be the 3rd one.

II II
'■4^4MIH44y I
wri FW 11 w 11

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 294

11 w
11 c*
’EFSBlt SWI5M || W II
715^ WI
SSJFKWIW II =^8 II
H4 OT3^vflqnr$«™W n^: 1 ^-
■S^S^MFtilfl: Hfaf^jWFR: II w II

ii w ii
*taw HsraiRiwi i
sns^ ^raa.-1
H5^Ro*l: T^R?^: Ho-xfccH^WMwfcl: II II ^^"ipWiC^ua
qjwita<t>: I
3jfaRw>5>: «<JqRM5Q^»: I
Hf4fa
Wltf JRFH: II II

3 *1# RiRWrdHnflftH^W*: II II Slft^

qsm: HHfe I 3irai4 M^'Wlk^ll’xil
ft(sl3Pfcq: II 3°° II HFl *RjqT
I
crf&uilPta H^b II 3°? II
W°IH. Htafen 3 ufaFq SRI^ I 3»ra 4^ri
wraHH; nnfe 11 3°? n 31^ RRHI 4llPd <fcqi
R?i°lci: I oqifaftei H •ejp-^ II 3°3 11 y|<oii
HlHHH kw *R: I
^4 WHSORi HSSfcfclRFPI II 3°8 II
HF>W Sikhra I

29
5
290 304. (a) An auspicious location should be selected which
should be cleansed with cow-dung. On this*surface, grain particles
should be spread. The said three idols, enclosed in robes should be
placed on these grains.
(b) For solar eclipse, the items that are dear to the Sun God
including red coloured rice, red sandal, red flowers and red robes
should be given away in gift. If it be lunar eclipse, the items dear to
the Moon God along with white rice, white sandal, white flowers
and white robes should be donated. To please Rahu (in case of
either eclipse), black flowers, robes etc. should be gifted away.
(c) The presiding deity of the Nakshatra should be anointed
with sandal paste. The Sun God should be worshipped with
Mantras like “Aakrishnena”. For the Moon God, the firewood of
“Butea Frondosa”; for Rahu - Durva grass and for the presiding
deity - the firewood of holy fig tree should be used in the fire
sacrifice. Ghee, oblations and sesamum should also be offered. Five
products of the cow, five gems, five sprigs and roots of medicinal
plants should be mixed with water in the sacred pot with which the
performer should take ritual bath with recitals of Mantras like
Varuna Mantra, Apohistadi, Imam Me Gange, and Tatvaayaami.
(d) After the said bathing, the performer should worship the
priest with a peaceful disposition and should donate to him the
three idols along with gifts. Brahmins should be fed and their
blessings sought.
(e) On performing these various remedies, fear of untimely
death, grief, sickness and such other ills will disappear. Happiness,
mental stability and incessant prosperity will occur.

These remedies have been told to sage Saunaka by sage

Bhargava.

Thus end the remedies stipulated by sage Saunaka for

warding of blemishes due to birth on eclipse days as well as
remedies for births in prohibited time phases.

3jq sHHIH
cstfsFft ifal <5 H^sj |
O' o

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 296

an ? 3 R <j>Rta»i F11513T fa <IW 11 3°y 11
3 3t 3>I fa? ipl 3”lf: ttlsi'bl HHT I
5 fa Wfa § t th SF4 II 3°S ||
fa 5 ^di^i HMI H ft Hdl I
’ll 31 fa 3>fa^I St HI ^RT HHI II 30'S II n q ”i 3;

fatuto 3 ift T ft Fjen 1 HI FJdT Fffat fa 3 3 Ht

fa5llfal+l II 3ot: II H fa 3l^MT <s^8i fa ^T fa Fjdl I
3 fa H fa RifajS Hdfal<il *H «F <3 II 3°<< II

i Ht *gd<Nldl 3 fa iflfaRfcFidl I
F it ^4i|{ *fa^l fa i 3?J: II 3?° II
3RRIRT it o fa g w it it 3 faFJdl I
g faro fan 3 it fa 3 ^fat II 3?? II
305 - 311. Hoda Chakra: Now to know of a suitable name of
birth (for the new-born) with the help of what is known as Hoda
Chakra is explained the authority of which is Jyotisharka.
The four respective initial letters suggested for the respective
four quarters of the various Nakshatras, as indicated by the above
slokas, are reflected below.
(The characters are given in Deva Nagari as well as English scripts
with necessary diacritic marks for suitable identification.)

Asvini Ch Ch Ch La
e- 3
Bharani Li Lu Le Lo
& ?
•0 c?
A 5t
Krittika i u e
A
sn 3

29
7
Rohini 0 Vaa Vi Vu
S ft
Mrigasira Ve Vo Ka Ki
a^1 ft
3 it
Arudra Ku gha ha chh
' a
Punarvasu Ke Ko Ha Hi
a51 ft
^t
Pushyami Hu He Ho Da
a
I i it ST
Aslesha Di Du De Do
ft ■o it
Makha Ma Mi Mu Me
H ft 3 i
Poorva Phalguni Mo Taa Ti Tu
it SI ft S
x3
Uttara Phalguni Te To Pa Pi
aHI ft
it
Hasta Poo Sha na tha
I S
Chitta Pe Po Ra Ri
$ it ft
Svathi Roo Re Ro Taa
* a ST
Visakha Thi Thu Th Th
e o
ft I a it
Anuradha Na Ni Nu Ne
H ft 3 i
Jyeshta No Yaa Yi Yu
it si ft
1

Hora Ratijam / Chapter 2 298

Mula Ye Yo Bh Bhi
3 H ft
Poorva Ashadha Bh Dh Pha Dh
u a a3
Uttara Ashadha Bh Bh Ja Ji
$e o fa
Abhijit (also 4 quarters) Ju Je Jo Sha
3 aqi
Sravana Kh Kh Kh Kh
a ifa u e
Dhanishta Ga Gi Gu Ge
*1 fa }
Satabhisha Go Sa Si Su
R fa 3
Poorva Bhadrapada Se So Da Di
a H! 3 fa
Uttara Bhadrapada Do Th Jha Sa
o aq
Revathi
De Do Ch Chi
3 a fa

3355^ star ^51 i

sral wRfafa I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 299

SifaRlHW 31 I 3J3
33flW3f!fcR’>tsfaf^’’T33 333W 33, 33lft

3J3
’l^tf^HFIF^ <$^41 3H^
RHI^I
WKI^n HH I 3F5^HFT^E^Spjfal^o|nft 3>x?oq*^ I 3d^xj>^ I
<5xki'’HG*l£l=tt,<4 BHI f^Hnh H *taFxt I
*fc«H ;S
31^ 3 Rf
si^rafewj 3iPi(SiQfti?'iI*i <t>4©<<RR cmPd i Q^mfi H i

e»

3F^ 3xRI®II<H£I^I ti^ubil<M<fl'li ^pfcl x^qxMl

s4Rdt-^ t|d^|^^Jdl<v||: <^iq{: I

3WltKI 1IG^4'M^1’1 I ^Mul^MWlwlf^«-<i?l’JlHi xs|^S<«ll

C

SJPlfaF^fii3<1 °FFlf’ I
y\uMJF4 M$4RU||: Wlf: I f^HPt SrlWWnraM1!
JIFx^ fcMFi cfrxkxjfaR ctqfrl I
I qawni HHT faHHT fe^Flsfi
STRNtelfa&HSFntf^ 3lf^ta I I
Bala Bhadra comments on the Hoda Chakra as under,
(a) Here, as an example, names such as “Choodamani” etc.
for a person born in the first quarter of Asvini should be chosen. In
considering this diagram, no differentiation is to be made for short
and long vowels. For the work “Svarodaya” states that the
remaining ten sounds of vowels from 31 to 3^1 should be grouped
into two each. (That is 31 and 3U should be treated as one. So also
for the other vowels. Thus ten vowels become actually five.)

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 300

(b) It should be understood that Hoda Chakra is based on
Satapada Chakra (the diagram showing the various divisions of the
zodiac marked by 27 Nakshatras). Therein, the consonants (Ba) 3
and (Va) 3, and (Sa) Hand (Sa) 31 are treated alike. These apply to
the relevant quarters of Rohini and Satabhisha Nakshatras. For it
is said in Svarodaya that the following pair of consonants are one
and the same:
(Ba) and (Va) 3
(Sa) H and (sa) 31
(Kha) *3 and (Sha)
(Ja) and (Ya)
and (n) (as in "sink”) and (N) (as in "orange”) are mutually
identical in the science of letters.
(c) A pertinent question may arise whether the choice of
alphabet should be based on fourth quarter of Uttarashadha or on
Abhijit, in case of a birth in the former. The alphabet for the fourth
quarter of the former, and for the first three quarters of the latter
are one and the same, but for the difference in vocalization. Yet a
contradiction may arise. In this regard, some authorities opine
thus. Since the fourth quarter of Uttarashadha is treated as Abhijit,
consideration of the fourth quarter of Uttarashadha separately will
serve no purpose. Hence the duration of Abhijit should be made
into five equal parts. The first part of Abhijit should be treated as
fourth quarter of Uttarashadha, and the other four parts of Abhijit
should be treated as the respective four quarters of Abhijit for
purpose of selection of alphabet. But this is not logical, because
Uttarashadha’s quarters are not exactly one fourth each.
(d) There are others who interpret a quarter (as for
Uttarashadha) to be 15 ghatikas. When it is 16 ghatikas, they say,
the first four ghatikas (of the last quarter of Uttarashadha) should
be chosen for “Ja” and for other 12 ghatikas the same as for
Abhijit. This is also not appealing as a quarter of Nakshatra is not
always 15 ghatikas.
(e) There is another school of thought. Take the whole
duration of Uttarashadha Nakshatra and divide it into four equal
slabs. Leaving the last one, the other three slabs should again be
divided by 4 to obtain the four quarters of Uttarashadha. The last
original slab of Uttarashadha should be clubbed with the one

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 301

fifteenth part of the whole duration of Sravana Nakshatra. The
latest sum should be made into four equal parts to get the four
quarters of Abhijit Nakshatra. Minus the above one fifteenth part,
the rest of Sravana should be distributed as four quarters of
Sravana Nakshatra.
(f) Removing exactly one fourth part of Uttarashadha, the
remaining duration should be made into four equal parts to get
four quarters of Uttarashadha Nakshatra and the alphabets
mentioned for its respective quarters should be chosen. Then
abandon one fourth part of Uttarashadha along with the one
fifteenth part of Sravana should be treated as Abhijit Nakshatra.
For this, the alphabets of the four quarters of Abhijit should be
selected. Sravana Nakshatra minus the one fifteenth part already
removed should be made into four parts to get its four quarters
and respective alphabets be accordingly selected. This is the right
course because the three Nakshatras (viz. Uttarashadha, Abhijit
and Sravana) then maintain an equilibrium.

3PJ

JFW: WT II W II
312. Traditional Way of Horoscope-writing: Based on
Jatakabharana, now explained are the rules for preparing a
horoscope. Such auspicious and benedictory verses as written by
exponents (in the beginning of their works) should be written
before drawing horoscope. The verses are mentioned infra.

313. Invoking Lord Ganesa: May Lord Ganesa, the

elephant-faced deity, Who is full of pleasures caused by moving -
His trunk, shaking His head off and on, closing and opening His
eyes often, waving His ear lobes incessantly, enjoying the
movement of black bees on his fore-head, having many accounts of
adventures and relaxing with His own roarings, grant (the child)
welfare.

Hora Ratnam 302i-

SltapterZ Z J aJ
SFc'rafl SRjfe'H I

Htsq sftsfrra SRRf II 3?8 II

314. Another Kind of Invocation: The lord with auspicious
form should be again and again remembered for He can destroy a
band of evils. Here is another invocation to the lord:
"Even after performing many charitable acts, sacrificial
rituals and deep penance, and even after possessing the Kalpa
Vriksha (the Divine Tree that grants any boon asked for), it is
indeed difficult to have all desires fulfilled. But by bowing down
before the lotus feet of the lord, all desires of men are fulfilled. May
Lord Ganesa be that Kalpa Vriksha."

HtacRtaifa’ra CKRJ II II
315. Invoking Goddess Sarasvathi: May Goddess
Sarasvathi, Who sportively resides in the hearts of the virtuous as
the swans dwellin the Lake of Manasa (a sacred lake on Mount
Kailasa in the Himalayas) and Who adores the calyx of a lotus as
Her ear-ornaments, be pleased to specially grant you fulfilment of
all desires.

wnft t^pifa: fafa-

dF4 31^5^ q<(i^dHI II II

316., Invoking Nava Grahas (Nine Planets): To the owner of

this horoscope, may the Sun God give auspiciousness, the Moon
excellent beauty, Mars wealth, Mercury intelligence and learning,
Jupiter an exceedingly long life, Venus kingdom, Saturn success,
Rahu abundant eminence and Ketu fulfilment of desires.

skHIHWW II 3?« II

Hora Ratnarti / Chapter 2 303

317. Importance of Directional Influences: One versed in the
science of astrology will be able to throw light, with the help of
Dasa periods (i.e. directional influences), on the auspicious and
inauspicious effects accumulated by a person through various
(past) births.

318. Astrology’s Superiority: Astrology is akin to a spotless

mirror reflecting a clear picture of one’s destiny. It is like a boat to
cross the ocean of dangers and is a good friend to acquire wealth
(of prosperity) and in journey (of life).

n 3?^ n
319. Destiny Engraved: The Creator, Lord Brahma, has
engraved one’s destiny on his forehead at the time of Adhana
which can be seen (i.e. deciphered) by a learned astrologer with the
eyes of his wisdom.

5km f^R: I
fkSR WMKH dtiU^ISWirat II 35° II
srcRskFiW’n’ft mi
U H^TJKSI&IM W$: II 35? II

320 -321. An Able Astrologer: The (revelation of) science of

astrology is according to the movement ofheavenly bodies and is a
very difficult task (to be fulfilled). Practising astrology is possible
only to him who is versed in mathematics of both the branches (viz.
astronomy and astrology). He should be able to cross this
impeccable ocean, be completely well-versed in arithmetic, algebra,
astronomy and others. Only he (i.e. such a qualified astrologer) will
be capable of deciphering destiny.

steFWlt Hite? I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 304

O II 333 II
HI H HddH-’tFF I
ddtSeTF 31 H HFWtaBdl: II 333 II
322 - 323. The Horoscope: The auspicious horoscope,
capable of throwing light on the course of future events, is akin to a
lamp that throws light on earthenware etc. (i.e. household articles)
during night time. The life of such a person, who has no accurate
horoscope, will ever be in darkness; the good and bad of his destiny
can never be estimated.
Notes: The child’s horoscope should be prepared in an
auspicious hour for it is an auspicious document. (It is a different
matter that these days horoscopes are made again and again on
computers on different occasions.)
Based on certain phenomena prevailing at the time when a
child’s horoscope is first prepared by the astrologer, there are four
categories of horoscopes, known as Vyomaa (©4lHI), Dyomaa
(^HI), Moordhaa (Higj) and Padmaa (4^11).
This is decided thus. At the time of first-ever preparation of
horoscope, note the ruling Thithi (1 to 30 - from 1st day of bright
lunar half to Amavasya), ruling week-day (1 to 7 - from Sunday to
Saturday) ruling Nakshatra (1 to 27 - from Asvini to Revati). Add
up these three figures. To this resultant sum, add the numerical
value for the first alphabet of the personal name of the child.
(Values for alphabet are given in the notes for calculating Cheshta,
Vicheshta andDrishtifor Sayanadi Avasthas of planets, vide slokas
172 - 177, chapter 3 infra.) The final sum should be
divided by 4. Remainder 1, 2, 3 or zero indicates Vyomaa, Dyomaa,
Moordha or Padmaa as the case may be.
"Vyomaa" kind ofhoroscope causes evils to father.
"Dyomaa" is ominous for mother. "Moordha" increases life-span
of the child and "Padmaa" increases the energy of the person (and
will keep him free from ill-health).

RPJ 41,ll I

Hora Ratnarti / Chapter 2 305

w arafafi&l II 358 II
3 5WH Sift HPffi I
3 fit w q=ft dcfal II 35K II
foe*
?jftac5T f^8| II 3=}$ II
324 - 326. Astrologer’s Blessings: (a) May good occur to him
whose horoscope we prepare incorporating accurate details of
Thithi, week day, Nakshatra, Yoga, Karana and Muhurta.
(b) May the Raja Yogas (royal combinations), Kiranas
(planetary rays), Nabhasa Yogas and the signifying planets that are
being incorporated in the horoscope yield full fruits.
(c) May Lakshmi, the goddess of wealth, ever dwell in his
abode whose horoscope we prepare scientifically in an excellent
manner.

SWMRMiWkiHi cWa>|:|

*<u|4IRj|W|d'iic|4fe‘-H-
c<d>lRH«ll[cl'IHH<lft‘IHl4>»jrhi«iBd>l<W>''d-

(a) After writing such benedictory verses, the astrologer

should scrutinise the destiny of the person. The number of years
expired from the commencement of the current scheme of “Sveta
Varaha Kalpa” (i.e. the first day of the month of Brahma ar the
cosmic period of Lord Brahma) based on the canons of Pitamaha,
Soma, Romasa (also known Lomasa), Saura, Pulasti, Vasishta,
Brihaspati, Garga and others apart from noting down the period
expired from the days of the westward movement of the zodiac as
created by the lotus-seated Brahma who is also the Creator of the
various worlds.
(b) Following these, the number of years passed in Kali

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 306

Yuga (the present Era which is the 4th in the sequence), Samvat (of
Vikrama era etc.), Saka, the ruling year in the scheme of Jovian
cycle of sixty years viz. Prabhava etc., Ritu (season), lunar month,
lunar half, lunar day, week day, Nakshatra, Yoga (Vishkumbha
etc. which are 27 in number), Karana, Yoni, Varna (Brahmin etc.),
Varga (Garuda etc. based on the first alphabet of one’s name),
Dimba Chakra (see the end of this chapter), dasa period opening at
birth, length of the day and night, position of the Sun, birth time in
ghatikas (etc.), ascendant, six divisions (Shad Varga) etc. along
with the names of father and paternal grand-father and the exact
time of birth should be specified.
Notes: (a) In a nutshell, this refers to the needof mentioning
the days past from the beginning of Kali Yuga till the day of birth.
This is called “Ahargana” which will be useful in calculating details
like planetary longitudes, strength and the like.
(b) Most of the terms like Yoga, Karana, Varga, Dimba
Chakra etc. are explained in detail in the following pages in this
very chapter along with effects thereof.
From ancient times, horoscopes cast in India contain these
traditional data which are now universally followed by many
astrologers producing computerized sidereal or Nirayana
horoscopes in a systematic manner.

HR I H3 HR I I

5T3I: I
W II 3W II

T3fa Haifa H3H3 HSIWI I

3iF3 H M<T3t333 «<5iwfa5 3^ II 35s II
^F=3 Wfr^3 3a 35R H5 3|o*fa> 3Hlfa^ I
afamfaaraFi -
W 5^3?: HTffn^hR: 3>R5 53 H: I
fa?l3 3-a<?ll4l H 53 fa II 33^ II

Hora Ratnarti / Chapter 2 307

3F1FW5 a ^tafaa fafaalsfa a^a^ i
a3ifa 3faai aa faara +Htfwa: n 33° 11 c*

H3H?: II 33? II
327 - 331. The Concept of Time: (a) The name given at birth
is the limb of time of birth.
(b) It is stated in Jataka Sara that Time is the force behind
the Creation of the universal elements. It is also the force that
brings about the Destruction of all these. Even when the Universe is
Asleep, Time remains in a state of Awakening. Time, (which is thus
ever alert) is an Inviolable Force.
(c) Vide Vishnu Purana, Time bakes the various living
beings along with their souls. When the end of Lord Brahma
arrives, Time unifies Him along with his entire Creation with the
Eternal Lord who is Invisible.
(d) As per Vasishta Sarnhita, Time (i.e. Time Personified, or
KalaPurusha) itselfisGod, andGodisTime. The knower of God can
only be the knower of Time. Even the saints on this earth have not
known of the Time (in all respects). For the welfare of the
humanity, Lord Brahma, who is seated on the lotus, has created
gross (Cf, minute) spans like days, months, years, Yugas etc.
through the movement of zodiac and the movements of the
heavenly bodies in the zodiac.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 308

H fem II 33? II

SRife: ^F^H^WSHW: I
^Pffel<MlP<b: SIR: JF$fe II 333 II >^fe:
Miul&l!^ FIRRW Hlfe^T: FJHT: I nfelwn 3
qra=iH<5ki=i n 338 n
sfhsrar H^nrat wit gisfta 3 i
332 - 334. Time Measures: The following account is from
Surya Siddhanta. Time is of two kinds. One is the destroyer of the
worlds. For the other, it is natural to elapse. The latter is again
classified into two, as Gross and Minute. The Gross is Real and the
Minute is Unreal. Time that begins with Prana (respiration) is real
and the One that begins with Truti (atoms) is unreal. One Prana is
equal to the time consumed for pronouncing ten long syllables. Six
such respirations equal one Vinadi (or 24 seconds). Sixty such
Vinadis are contained in one ghatika (24 minutes). Sixty ghatikas
provide for one sidereal day consisting of day and night. Thirty
such days equal one month. There are twelve months in a year.

T
R^3R: I afe:
HH: II 33U II

mm 11 335 11
335 - 336. The Ascendant: (a) Based on these, the nine planets
from the Sun onwards should be noted in the horoscope, (b It is
mentioned in Jataka Sara that Time itself is Lord Vishnu, the
Endless Master. Virtuous men honour the Knower of Time (i.e. the
astrologer) for none other.than him is entitled to Hora Ratnam /
Chapter 2 honour. The Time is contained in the ascendant. Based
on-Time, > the natal ascendant or the one occurring at the time 30
of
9
solar return (beginning of a new year for a specific epoch), along
with auspicious and inauspicious things should be understood.

HR I
II33U II
frn ’TJWTT wa TcSctf I
H3 II 33^ II
wwt-

?>HI<^l<iWKl41sfiRi>l<y dlHI^Hl4*HI4 I
HW1: t^ddil ZRlI
skHlHI^ II ^3^ II
337 - 339. The Planets: (a) It is also stated elsewhere that
Kundalini (the horoscopic diagram) is a Power. This Power
contains in it the planets created by Lord Hari, moving in the
twelve-segmented zodiac. The 12 houses commencing from the
ascendant should be erected and effects, good and bad, should be
declared accordingly.
(b) Without the existence of human beings, planets will be
incapable of delivering effects, for without life there is no good or
bad to the mortal coil.
(c) According to Jatakabharana, the zodiacal diagram should
be divided into twelve segments running in anti-clockwise direction
(like the western circular diagram or the traditional north-Indian
horoscope). In these segments, the longitudes of the planets
concerned should be noted down and the learned should decipher
the effects based on the science of astrology.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 310

^FFU: W I H3:
^11$ I <o^lft^l«li H^^IRI
H^Qx^RdiR HIHI^IHI SllV&'Slfa ^’ilMWlR $><°<iPl i
?rat gqfeqt w FW^Hw?Rg3Ri^<F^- FREI: ?» I
Planetary Positions: Based on the Sidddhantas stated
earlier, Ahargana (number of days elapsed from Kali) should be
worked out following which the mean positions of the planets be
known. Geographical co-ordinates of the location of the birth,
ascensional differences, duration of the various signs rising along
with other information be noted down. After this, the individual
apogee for the luminaries and the other five planets from Mars to
Saturn should be noted and the true positions of the various
planets be worked out using right ascension etc. through algebraic
method.

3^55^ RRMI-

stid^> <udiMSiciK:gsidi|<ig I
sqWaraiq, w SFJE n 38° 11
340. (a) It is said in Jataka Siromani that only the true
positions of the planets will lead to knowledge of true things in the
matter of journey, marriage, horoscopy etc.
(b) Jataka Sara also stipulates that only the true positions of
planets in respect of knowing effects concerning marriage,
horoscopy, journey, query, classical architecture, religious vows
and the like.

qaiOTH WOT JW

31
1
^Hl<yifold$b ^lkt«M«-4k«Mi|<yi^l’l II 38? II
341. (a) In respect of planetary calculations, Brahma
Siddhanta, Arya Siddhanta and Surya Siddhanta mutually differ
and as a result different sets of planetary positions are arrived at.
Jataka Sara sorts this out thus.
(b) In all works related to horoscopy and others, true
positions of planets are helpfulin deriving accurate results. Only
such a treatise should be followed which leads to the knowledge of
planetary positions tallying with actual observation.

3 ’T&’T 3 SSFlf: II 385 II

342. As per Vasishta: Planetary positions that tally with
the canons laid down in treatises and actual observations should
only be used.

^llPd d'yiRkli: <<fel I

3 wif: II 383 II
^5^, H 3 HFjqraFI SIW&dlfeGl
I WFH gf^Rirai^l
*ie>d&ipd< nHpr i
343. DamodaraPaddhati also lays down thatthe teachings of
the treatises and actual observation of planets should mutually
agree.
The author observes as under.
Here a pertinent doubt may arise as to whether one should
follow the sages’ instructions or those of men (of ordinary merits)
Hora Ratnam' / Chapter 2 313
in respect of planetary calculations. It is only right to follow the
school of the ancient sages. But then these values decline with the
passage of time.

yianid W HIFH; I
II 388 II
344. For it is said in Surya Siddhanta that the initial Sastra
is only that which was narrated to the sages by the Sun God. The
occurrence of the various Yugas causes changes in time which in
turn affect planetary movements.

teRft II 38X 11
ftlffeRlfitfa I 3 sftsiw 55PJH
Rl'JllfeRl’I&'bl'I’&f I yR?iid<aPkhj tifisj
HRfH I
345. (a) Vasishta Siddhanta has the following (address of
sage Vasishta to sage Mandavya, one of his disciples). “0
Mandavya, I have briefly narrated to you this science of astrology.
Since there are going to be changes in the motions of the planets,
viz. Sun, Moon etc. from one Yuga to other* the tenets of the
science should be renewed according to the various Yugas.
(b) BalaBhadra adds that the rectifications done by Brahma
Gupta, Makaranda, Misra and others, with the help of time-
measuring instruments, of the planetary movements as taught by
the Sastras of sages are only in order (in view of Vasishta’s above
instruction).

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 314

«llo* I
fi^l^ll II 38$ II
346. Brahma Siddhanta states that the differences in

measuring equipment and the planetary positions should be

planetary movements should be ascertained with the help of
rectified accordingly.

H wf nfen II 380 II
347. The work entitled Siddhanta Sundara stipulates as
under. Should there be difference between what has been stated by
sages and what is observed by (ordinary men), only the latter
should be considered and not otherwise.

HH: I JraifoFRR’ScSlfa *b<=A||R |

rafe «ckwi[^Ri:

‘^4 ®rt& HRcfc«<iuii ^^‘fvwiftwbii^’

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 315

Jovian Cycle: (a) After these, effects of birth in a given year
and others should be written. Firstly, effects of Prabhava etc. be
stated.
(b) Vedanga Jyotisha describes Prabhava etc. thus. The first
(ever) Jovian cycle commenced on the first day of bright lunar half
in the month of Magha (11th Vedic month) and ended on
Amavasya of the month Pausha (the 12th one). From this it is
evident, that Chandramana (lunar year) was used.
(c) Others say that the Salivahana year should be multiplied
by 12 and divided by 60 to acquire the various years of the Jovian
cycle.
(d) Sripathi suggested the use of Jupiterian movements to
ascertain the scheme of Jovian cycle. For he states that one year
equals to Jupiter’s mean coverage of a sign.
(e) Amidst these various schools, which one is correct? It
seems logical to use Jupiterian movements in ascertaining the
order of Jovian years. For, although Surya Siddhanta stipulates
nine different kinds of years, it recommends only the Jovian cycle
consisting of sixty years. y
(d) Bhaskaracharya has also stated that- Jupiter’s mean
coverage of one sign equals one Jovian year.
(e) Effects for Prabhava etc. should be based on the years
caused by Jupiterian movements alone. Because sage Vasishta said
so and Vedanga Jyatisha has introduced the concept of the 60-year
cycle.

W FO II 38* II

348. In furtherance to the above, Sage Garga states that the

Jovian cycle commencing Prabhava started when Jupiter
conjoined the luminaries in the Nakshatra Dhanishta on the first
lunar day of bright half of the month Magha (11th month). The
third school of thought (i.e. by sage Garga) should be rejected as it

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 316

is without a basis (and clashes with basic tenets.)

Now the effects for births in Prabhava and other years

based on Yavana Jataka.

■alFkl *R: II 38^ II

349. Prabhava: One born in the year Prabhava will be
endowed with all paraphernalia, sons, longevity and abundant
pleasures.

Hf&sat II 3*0 II
350. Vibhava: One born in the year Vibhava will enjoy
various pleasures. He will be black-bodied with reddish eyes, be a
scholar and will receive royal honours.

gw illPdHI’t g^RWl^l: I
H^ll 3*? II
351. Sukla: One born in the year Sukla will be highly
fortunate, virtuous, be given to enjoying pleasures, be endowed
with sons, wife and all good qualities, and be a learned man.

Wl+lPrf: HFft fag: II 3*5 II

352. Pramoda: One born in the year Pramoda will enjoy
pleasures and cause pleasures to others. He will be truthful and
learned. His physique will reflect gold’s brilliance. He will be
happy and honourable.
MHT 1
G^I^IH^ II 3^3 II
353. Prajapati: One born in the year Prajapati will look
after his progeny. He will be righteous, liberal and truthful. Gods
and Brahmins will be honoured by him.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 317

354. Angira: One born in the year Angira (or Angirasa)
will be lustful, happy, and egoistic. He will enjoy pleasures.
Longevity and many sons will also result such a birth.

Sira HhRH: I
II 3W II
355. Sri Mukha: One born in the year Sri Mukha will be
wealthy, highly intelligent, and peaceful yet given to anger. He will
wish good for others and will be endowed with longevity and many
sons.
Notes: Longevity and many sons, according to the text, are
common to birth in Angira and in Sri Mukha.

WMt II 3US II
356. Bhava: One born in the year Bhava will enjoy
happiness, fame and be liberal. He will be blessed with agreeable
physiognomical features.

II 3^^ II
357. Yuva: One born in the year Yuva will acquire fame,
all virtues and longevity. He will be disposed to be quite liberal and
peaceful, be very intelligent and pure in character.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 318

ckM<: I
<<fe II 3XC II
358. Dhatru: One bom in the year Dhatru will be granted
longevity, good fortunes and skills. He will be immersed in the
study of the Vedas and be charming in appearance.

II II
359. Isvara: One born in the year Isvara will be well-versed
in the doctrines of performing various acts, i.e. an all-rounder. He
will honour his teachers, be extremely good-looking and ever
irascible.

srar n 35® II
360. Bahu Dhanya: One born in the year Bahu Dhanya will
perform charitable activities such as construction of wells and
tanks, be munificent and wealthy.

3133: ^3 SHFft 33$ II 35? II

361. Pramathi: One born in the year Pramathi will head an
army and be a king’s minister. He will obtain boons from Lord
Shiva (say, he will ardently worship Lord Siva), be learned in
ancient scriptures and be inclined to hoard.

II 3« II
363. Vikrama: One bom in the year Vikrama will be
fiercely valorous, will destroy others’ kingdoms (or acquisitions),
be intent upon committing sinful acts and be heroic.
'R+I^dl II 3S3 II
363. Vrisha: One bom in the year Vrisha will be slow in
action, indolent, greatly foolish, will carry loads and serve others.

Hora Ratnam 7 Chapter 2 319 <

flwc ii 558 ii
364. Chitra Bhanu: One bom in the year Chitra Bhanu will
be an expert in many branches of learning, be justly disposed and
bold. Affluence, piety and eloquence will be further effects hereof.

’lfc: f^4: I
II II
365. Subhanu: One bom in the year Subhanu will possess
tawny eyes and hair. Hisphysicalcomplexionwillbefair. He will be
skilful, kingly and splendorous but be a very bad person.

I
^dRUII®^ II II
366. Tarana: One born in the year Tarana will be wicked,
sinful and heroic. He will incur poverty, be harsh in speech, be a
bad person, be fickle-minded and be a profligate.
Notes: “Dhrishta” is translated as “profligate” seeing the
consequence of negative attributes to the subject born in Tarana.
“Dhrishta” has other meanings like bold, audacious, confident etc.
which are not compatible to the present context.

HI® II II
367. Parthiva: One bom in the year Parthiva will be soft-
spoken, will receive honours from the king, be endowed with
favourable physiognomical features, be tall and wealthy.
ii ss* ii
368. Vyaya: One born in the year Vyaya will be addicted to
gambling and intoxicants. He will waste away his resources in
lustful pursuits with females, and be inclined to thieving and
performing bad deeds.

illUHIHiblAMa’T: I
IF* TO II 3SS II
369. Sarvajit: One born in the year Sarvajit (or Sarvajita)
will be engaged in fulfilling his deeds, be learned in ancient
scriptures, will keep away from sins and will protect himself from

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 320

diseases. He will be short-statured, dark in complexion and
corpulent.

II 3V9o II
370. Sarvadhari: One born in the year Sarvadhari will have
many servants, be affluent, lustful, given to enjoying pleasures and
be fond of sweet food. He will protect all (his) people.

Sfraf HWI«d: I

it II
371. Virodhi: One born in the year Virodhi will promote
squabbles in his family. He will be attached to the wives of other
men and be inimical to one and all.

$6U|e|ufa.J: WT: Wl^l-rj I

WH II 3MR II
372. Vikrati: One born in the year Vikruti will have a dark
colored and emaciated body, be devoted to arts but be devoid of
virtues. He will have protracted joints (of limbs).
<<«Hck^ H?: II 3^3 II
373. Khara: One bom in the year Khara will have a
physique smeared with dirt all over (be unclean). He will have a
long life, will perform agreeable deeds on behalf of others, be
highly lustful and shameless.

qft •Kdd'U II 3S8 II

374. Nandana: One born in the year Nandana will ever
derive happiness. He will contribute for water-cisterns (to quench
travellers’ thirst), wells and tanks, will feed the poor and be
endowed with good qualities.

Hhft II 3W( II

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 321

375. Vijaya: One born in the year Vijaya will be bold,
invincible in battles (i.e. difficult to be won in general), endowed
with wide-spread fame, a lord of the earth, a winner and be given
to enjoyment.

<4+>di-fl d&iiuAaiw: i
’HI JH|*l3 II 3W? II
376. Jaya: One born in the year Jaya will be scholarly,
honourable, will honour others, and be an expert in all branches of
ancient scriptures. He will beget respect from every quarter.

II 3'3'S II
377. Manmatha: One born in the year Manmatha will
enjoy pleasures, be lustful, eloquent in speech, rich in terms of
happiness and ornaments, and brilliant in appearance (or
handsome).

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 322

33: I

^is<^ H^R: II 3^ II
378. Durmukha: One born in the year Durmukha will be
crafty, evil in disposition, wicked and shameless. He will marry a
woman of low caste who will serve as a concubine or he will marry
a barren female. He will possess odd face arms and legs.
Notes: “Vrishali” apart from meaning a woman of low caste
serving as a concubine, also indicates the following - a girl of
twelve years old in whom puberty has just commenced, a woman
in her monthly course, a barren woman, the mother of a still-born
child. Apparently birth in the year Durmukha will register some
such peculiarities in one’s relationship.

379. Hemalamba: One born in the year Hemalamba will be

rich with gold, money, corns, quadrupeds and robes and will also
possess splendour, progeny and happiness.

TVft II 3^0 II
380. Vilamba: One bom in the year Vilamba will be mean-
minded, miserly, indolent, grieved and troubled by phlegmatic
imbalances. He will cheat others, be attached to his own work
(rather in a selfish manner) and be sinful.

nwff

381. Vikari: One born in the year Vikari will be unwise,

extremely proud, ill-mannered, skilful, wicked and will cheat
others.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 323

382. Sharvari: One born in the year Sharvari will be a
trader and be valorous. He will show contempt (even) to his
friends, be tall, emaciated and will possess drooping eyes, as
though, for want of sleep.

WH II 3*3 II
383. Plava: One born in the year Plava will be unsteady,
fickle-minded, libidinous, will serve others, will protect his wife’s
younger sister and be short in stature.
Notes: “Hala Trata” is interpreted as “protector of wife’6
younger sister”. “Hala” means a plough, as well as wife’s younger
sister. “Protector of plough” makes no sense and hence such an
interpretation is rejected. One can well protect his sister- in-law,
for good.

II 3*8 II
384. Shubhakrit: One bom in the year Shubhakrit will be
very fortunate, will wish good for others, be well-educated and
righteous. He will live long, and will long for wealth and progeny.
Notes: The years “Shubhakrit” and “Shobhakrit” are two
different ones. The latter is discussed in the next verse.

^4^ Red41 Wft MIWll ^ullPcki: I

HFR: II 3*U II
385. Shobhakrit: One bom in the year Shobhakrit will ever
be successful. He will be libidinous, will possess an attractive
appearance, be virtuous and kind.

H^SRI ’FWfl I
II 3”S II
386. Krodhi: One born in the year Krodhi will have tawny
eyes. His wealth will be akin to that of royalty. He will walk in a
slow pace, be addicted to women and will destroy others’

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 324

387. undertakings.

Sira WT faKrafS sjfa: Il 3*0 II

388. Visvaavasu: One born in the yearVisvaavasu will be
quite intelligent, happy, peacefulin disposition, endowed withall
virtues, charitable, fond of sweet food and of unsullied character.

HflWFJcJJJ-f: II 3*^ II
389. Parabha va: One born in the year Parabhava will long
for others’ wives, be crafty and friendly to his kinsfolk as well as
others. He will have no wealth and grains, i.e. be poor.
Notes; “Parabhava” is different from “Prabhava”, the first
year of the cycle.

W: HTrat II 3^ II
390. Plavanga: One born in the year T^lavanga will
indulge in offensive and sinful deeds, be fallen, will discard the

family traditions and be impure.

391. Kilaka: One born in the year Kilaka will be of medium

build and be libidinous. He will be troubled by thirst and hunger,
hard-hearted and will cause bewilderment to miscreants.
Notes: “Koota Manmatha” or uKoota Mohana” indicates
one who will baffle miscreants. It is also a synonym of Lord
Skanda, the army-chief of Hindu Gods and the second son of Lord
Siva.
For practical purposes, this term should denote demolition
of miscreants.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 325

Wl: JR: nH II 3V II
392. Saumya: One born in the year Saumya will be a
scholar and will spend wealth. He will honour Brahmins and guests
(who come all of a sudden without bothering for good and bad
days), and will perform penance. His physique will be weak.

393. Sadharana: One born in the year Sadharana will be

wicked in disposition. He will, however, be pure in character and
bereft of libido. He will live in foreign lands, will “see gods” and be
irascible.
Note: Seeing gods may mean possession of unsullied spiritual
pursuits.

oll^c|l+<l II II
394. Virodhakrit: One born in the year Virodhakrit will
have enmity with one and all. He will neither honour his father. He
will serve the men of his race (or family).

oi|IM|^S>|r!>: 1
uani-fl <4H$fl55; nn
395. Paridhavi: One born in the year Paridhavi will be
learned, will possess expertise in various arts, be skilful in trading,
honoured by men of royalty and charitable in disposition.

?5Sq3S WW II 3SK II
396. Pramadi: One born in the year Pramadi will be
inimical to his kinsmen, will trouble his family members, be
miserly and interested in sinful acts. He will be highly intelligent.
W ^Pl^PcR; || 3<^ ||
397. Ananda: One born in the year Ananda will have many
wives, be very skilful and will cause happiness to all. He will be of
forgiving disposition and be endowed with sons and friends.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 ' - 326

II II
398. Rakshasa: One born in the year Rakshasa will eat
anything. He ■will be ungrateful and be bereft of discretion
between the righteous and the unrighteous, will trouble others and
incur much distress.

H?: II 3^ II
399. Anala: One born in the year Anala will seek wealth by
trading activities. He will have a large family, be pure in character
and will swear by water.
Notes: “Water’”, one of the five sacred and gross elements or
Pancha Bhutas, is a divine gift. “Swearing by water” or "swearing
by mother Ganges" like swearing by God or by Fire denotes that
one is not telling a lie. Fire God is a witness in Hindu marriages to
ensure that the male will never discard the female.

fi^5TS3^ II 3^ II
400. Pingala: One born in the year Pingala will be dark-
bodied with rough hair. He will be industrious but will not be able
to enjoy the fruits of his labour.

400. Kala Yukta: One born in the year Kala Yukta will be widely
helpful. He will eat on time but will not reject even the

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 327

uneatable. He will suffer from diseases.

5£tf$Rl SETT II 8°? II

401. Siddharti: One born in the year Siddharti will be
endowed with super-natural and healing powers. He will enjoy
pleasures and be skilful in music, be akin to a minister, famous and
charitable.

q?: WJI^ II 805 II

402. Raudra: One born in the year Raudra will have a
fierce apouse, be sinful, of tale-bearing disposition and shortlived.

Wft I
Sfeldt II 8<>3 II
403. Durmati: One born in the year Durmati will be foolish,
cruel, libidinous, boastful, miserly but wealthy.

II 808 II
404. Dundhubhi: One born in the year Dundhubhi will be
ever enthusiastic, be kingly with horses, elephants and large army.
He will be involved in musical performances and be rich.

405. Rudhirodgari: One born in the year Rudhirodgari will

II 80* II
be lustful, will have great blemishes, be troubledby weapons, will
indulge in doing prohibited acts and will have ill-shaped nails.

<^q: <=bl^^l H?= II 8°$ II

406. Raktakshi: One bom in the year Raktakshi will suffer
from eye diseases and be weak-sighted. He will be a heterodox, a
wicked man and be lustful.

Milled I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 328

II 8°S II
407. Krodhana: One born in the year Krodhana will
perform much penance, be devoid of any (other) virtues, wicked,
be a metallurgist, be fierce, deceiving and sinful.

srrat nd n 8»* u
408. Kshaya: One bom in the year Kshaya will be sickly
right from birth. He will ever be in servitude and be unrighteous.

ll^fa II
Thus end the effects of births in various Jovian years (as per
Yauana Jataka).

3l«I WHCfrS’l
Now stated are the effects of years (in groups of five each,
known as a Yuga) based on another authority.

’(ER I
<{ld R3a JPMlRj a3?J II Bo'? II
,

409. Prabhava & Others: Following kinds of persons are

born in the year Prabhava and (four) others.
Prabhava - a righteous person;
Vibhava - a singer;
Sukla - a wealthy person;
Pramoda - a happy person;
Prajapati - one who will be liberal to indigent men.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 329

Notes: In the current twelve slokas, Bala Bhadra provides
pithy and terse effects for the various years in groups of five. Each
group of five years is called a Yuga (C/Kali Yuga and others). A
Jovian cycle has twelve Yugas. The collective effects of each Yuga
are described upto sloka 420 etc. of this chapter.

n 8?° n
410. Angira & Others: Angira - one who knows everything;
Sri Mukha - a very valorous man;
Bhaava - a long-Eved person; Yuva - one with charming
appearance; '
Dhata - one equal to a king.

SHI HMI I
II 89? II
411. Isvara & Others: Isvara ■ one who will be victorious
in battles;
Bahu Dhanya - a donor of money;
Pramathi - one who will enjoy pleasures; Vikrama - one of
sacrificial disposition and with virtues; Vrisha - one who will
be skilful and wealthy.
II II

412. Chitra Bhanu & Others: Chitra Bhanu - one who

will be ever irascible;
Subhanu - one who will be crooked;
Tarana - one who will be under the influence of eroticism;
Parthiva - one who will have no shame;
Vyaya - one who will be agreeable.

H<ld4liy^ frjOT: I
n 8?? II
413. Sarvajit & Others: Sarvajit - an artisan, an artist or
a craftsman;
Sarvadhari - one who will have knowledge of the science of

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 330

music;
Virodhi - one having expertise in various undertakings;
Vikruti - one who will be quite fortunate; Khara - a long-
lived person;

414. Nandana & Others: Nandana - one who will be fond of

women;
Vijaya - an enthusiastic person;
Jaya - one who will earn honours; Manmatha - a famous
person;
Durmukha - a virtuous person;

ii an n
415. Hemalamba & Others: Hemalamba - one who will
dwell in foreign lands;
Vilamba - a person devoted to his father;
Vikari - conqueror of his five senses, i.e. an ascetic; Sharvari
- a truthful person;
Plava - a skilful person;
Notes: An ascetic is one who has conquered his organs of five
senses, viz. ear, nose, eye, tongue and skin. He is unaffected by
their functions. So his path of spiritual attainment will have no
obstacles whatsoever.

31^1^ II 8?? II
416. Subhakrit & Others: Shubhakrit - a skilful person;
Sobhakrit - a righteous person;
Krodhi - one who will honour gods and virtuous men;
Visvaavasu - an indolent person;
Parabhava - again an indolent person;

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 331

tJtea SIFTJFHT I
4^: gsraiifa 11 B?« 11
417. Plavanga & Others: Plavanga - a bold person with
tolerance;
Kilaka - one with patience;
(Saumya * an ascetic subjugating his five senses;
Sadharana - a long-lived person;
Virodhakrit - one endowed with sons;
II 8?"
II
418. Paridhavi & Others: Paridhavi - a charming person;
Pramadi - a person dear to all;
Ananda - a person liked by women;
Rakshasa - one who will be ill for a long time; Anala - one
with much splendour;

II 8?s II
419. Pingala & Others: Pingala - one bereft of any
sickness;
Kalayukta - a successful person;
Siddharti - one with physical energy and wealth; Raudra -
one devoted to gods;
Durmati - a person performing penance;

4taf$ fsfcst 11 two 11

420. Dundhubhi & Others: Dundhubhi - a valorous person
who will be friendly;
Rudhirodgari - a charitable person;
Raktakshi ■ an ascetic persqn winning his five senses;
Krodhana - one endowed with longevity,
Kshaya - a skilful person.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 332

Now told are the effects of 12 Yugas consisting of a total of
sixty years of the Jovian cycle.
Five such years make for one Yuga, observes Bala Bhadra.

nwEdH fcq nwiKW: w i

II 85? II
421. First Yuga: One bom in the first Yuga will be fond of
liquor and meat. He will be ever attached to others’ women, be a
poet, an artisan and an intelligent person.
Notes: The order of twelve Yugas of five years each can be
found in slokas 409 to 420 supra.

g HFJPn II 855 II
422. Second Yuga: One born in the second Yuga will have
business dealings, be (sometimes) righteous, will move among men
of truthfulness, be miserly, and (sometimes) sinful.

nto <n?n irat writ i

tRFJ^ai II 853 II
423. Third Yuga: One born in the third yuga will enjoy
pleasures, be charitable, meritorious, learned, will honour
Brahmins and Gods, be splendorous and wealthy.

5^ || 858 II
424. Fourth Yuga: One born in the fourth Yuga will gain
through gardens and lands, be fond of medicines (i.e. will be a
medical expert), a metallurgist and will destroy his wealth.
■slWcl || 83U II
425. Fifth Yuga: One born in the fifth Yuga will be inclined
to have a number of children, be wealthy, a conqueror of senses
and will earn love from his parents.

Hora Ratnam/ Chapter 2 333

HKHHt VR1&I II 855 II
426. Sixth Yuga: One born in the sixth Yuga will ever move
with hisenemies (i.e. will have many enemies), be with base men, be
attached to women of high rank, will have injured feet and be
troubled by fear.

<5^ ffcST ’ift: I

tfta’IT’fl H***n II 85U II
427. Seventh Yuga: One born in the seventh Yuga will be
liked by many of his friends, be crooked in business dealings, will
walk with a fast pace and be lustful.

H^HWI ?c|E^ II ||
428. Eighth Yuga: One born in the eighth Yuga will
commit sinful acts, be unhappy, will incur illness and grief and will
be troublesome.

Hnfanf wt yt II 85S II
429. Ninth Yuga: One born in the ninth Yuga will
contribute for wells, tanks etc., will honour gods and Brahmins,
will stick to religious vows and be equal to a king.
430. Tenth Yuga: One bom in the tenth Yuga will obtain a
ministerial position with a rich king, be happy with landed
properties, and will wear attractive dress.
Notes: The expression “Rupa Data” is not amenable to a
meaningful rendering. “Rupa” means figure, shape. “Data” means
a donor.

***isnfctfiw3l i
^41 .’J’t II 83© II
qiMIBH *H»«ll2pi: II 833 II
HEHF& <ttll&il*H M^Rl^K'lH'ki HFHT$

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 334

flfFt 'SlN&blcwl II 85? II
431. Eleventh Yuga: One bom in the eleventh Yuga will be
an intelligent person, be wealthy, will acquire fame through
construction of temples and be bold in battles.

’fjfctf&RWlf II 833 II
432. Twelfth Yuga: One born in the twelfth Yuga will be
radiant, fickle-minded, be great among men and will have
agriculture and business for livelihood.

Thus end the effects of Yugas (in Jovian cycle).

S3

II858 ll?fa

'JI^PII MdWH’c-dlMWHI^IPk^M’ dP'R<wjiui'l<ta JIPMI ’Rl

^5^ i P> w- nsrag
Herapii ^^lfePl^l''IHI>^ o'4^Kl Rw$4lMH«kl I
WRwngPtsra^w i
3^53 SrafagF^-
3^di?ll M<ltfo<ll sfcl'Ttl ’KPI‘1 I
^P*l3 rPlf <^44>4Mld<il.- II 83X II
3H tjq ftlEf: Rfflwwra^l M^TRI-MU) Recife
H ^Pd I 3WFR5^ I
^rara^-

^fe3T^Ffel^5: glwtf ^H=Rl II 835 II 3>?'- 4l<il <Pl^Jd1'd<A{>: MIMkH+aiW^:

<£3141 I

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 335

w^l
433 - 437. Effects of Ayana: (a) Now mentioned are the
effects of Ayanas (northerly and southerly courses of the Sun). The
duration of an Ayana should be considered only on the basis of
Saura Mana (solar year and not lunar year which is called
Chandra Mana),
(b) For in the scientific treatises (viz. Brahma Siddhanta &
Q, it is said as under. Year, Ayana (half a year), Ritu (a season of
two months) and others be measured in Saura Mana only.
The expression “year” gives a character of Saura Mana to
the periods in question, so observes the author.
(e) “Ay ana” is describedby Soma Siddhanta in the following
manner. Until the Sun touches the initial point of (sidereal)
Cancer, Uttarayana does not end. To wit, his journey from the
beginning of sidereal Capricorn to the beginning of Cancer (i.e.
end of Gemini) is designated as Uttarayana.
(d) There are people who suggest the use of tropical
longitudes in the consideration of Ayana. That is incorrect. For we
see the use of only Niray ana (sidereal longitudes) in the world.
(e) In this context, VasishtaSamhita stipulates the following.
From Revathi, six Nakshatras constitute the eastern half of the
zodiac. Twelve Nakshatras from Arudra form the middle part.
Nine Nakshatras from Jyeshta constitute the western part. Just as
the Moori traverses these three parts, other planets in the zodiac
also move in the same manner.
The lengths of various Nakshatras are compatible only when
the three parts mentioned above are considered, as could be
practically seen in the skies. If tropical positions were used,
sometimes within a space of one Nakshatra, there should actually
be two. It is for this reason that auspicious undertakings like
journeys, Muhurta, evil Nakshatras in the context of (rituals for)
death etc. and others are undertaken with Nirayana basis only.
(f) Use of tropical longitudes is done only in specific cases
for it is stated in Brahma Siddhanta as under.
Ayanamsa or precessional value should be added only in
case of computing declinations, right ascensions, proximity to
Chitra, and latitudinal positions of planets with reference to the
ecliptic

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 336

That is, the learned do not consider Uttarayana (northerly
course of the Sun) in tropical measurement, for purposes of
auspicious functions like marriage (or for horoscopy).
(g) Yavana Jataka states that one born in Uttarayana will be
endowed with abelovedfemale, be happy, virtuous, long-lived,
orthodoxy and skilful. He will bow before the feet of gods,
Brahmins and preceptors and enjoy fame. One of Dakshinayana
(Sun’s southerly course) will be cruel and crafty. His physique will
be distressed by diseases. He will be sinful, of thieving disposition,
emaciated and blame-worthy.
Thus end effects of Ayana.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 337

3(3 I
Now stated are the effects of births in the various Ritus.

(From Ratna Mala upto sloka 444).

x( 3R3 HTRI <$£kud TO II 83* II

438. Seasons: Now, the method of calculating the seasons
or Ritus as per the workKatna Mala. Commencing from
Capricorn, the Sun traversing every two signs causes one Season,
thus causing a total of six Seasons (in a year). These are known as
Sisira, Vasanta, Grishma, Varsha, Shared and Hemanta.
Notes: The details of seasons, with durations related to
Gregarian calendar, could be found in speculum 29.

fW I
faEFHRft II 83S II
439. Sisira Ritu: One born in Sisira Ritu will be blessed
with physical strength, happiness and longevity. He will be inclined
to eat sweet food and will have an amicable behaviour. He will,
however, incur windy diseases.

'ibfl ^J°ft I
W: II 88° II
440. Vasanta Ritu: One bom in Vasanta Ritu will be
happy, will enjoy pleasures, be virtuous, radiant, truthful and
charitable.

ns II 88? II
441. Grishma Ritu: One bom in Grishma Ritu will
contribute for construction of wells, tanks and temples (i.e. will do
philanthropic acts). He will be learned in ancient scriptures and
will impart wisdom to others.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 338

i>ll«Hfl<!«l II 885 II
442. Varsha Ritu: One born in Varsha Ritu will be the lord
of a country, village or town (i.e. will hold an eminent position), be
an agriculturist, will gather scriptural knowledge and be skilful.

nfeHt II 883 II
443. Sarad Ritu: One born in Sarad Ritu will be skilful in
business activities, be a minister, be devoid of fever and sickness,
be learned, virtuous and bold.

PtewK qfl II 888 n

444. Hemanta Ritu: One born in Hemanta Ritu will live in
a palace (or a huge building), be righteous, truthful, pure in
character and will eat sweet food.

These are the effects of Ritus or Seasons.

R1W* Wi: I
Now the effects of months, as per the school of Yavanas.

9l51M4<dl AVM I
'■Jt’&lfojIHl’li II 88* II
445. Chaitra: One born in the month of Chaitra will take a
vow of continence for ever and undertake study of the Vedas. He
will show devotion to preceptors, gods and Brahmins.
Notes: There are 12 months in the Hindu calendar. The
effects given here are for the months known as "Sukladi Masas",
i.e. months beginning with SuklaPakehaPratipada(brighthalf s
first lunar day). The Hindu new year begins with the Sun and
Moon forming exact conjunction (i.e. end of Amavasya and the
beginning of Sukla Paksha) in sidereal Pisces, with the month
Chaitra. The other months follow in the same order as given in the
ensuing slokas. The last month of the year is Phalguna (with the
Sun and the Moon forming exact conjunction in sidereal

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 339

Aquarius).
In case of applicability of these effects for the natives of
intercalated and diminutive months, see Bala Bhadra’s
clarifications in slokas 457 - 458 infra.
There are other schools who follow the months beginning
with Full Moon. But most ancient exponents recommend only use
of Sukladi months or the months commencing with Sukla Paksha
Pratipada for natal astrology.
For mundane astrology, according to Vasishta, the months
caused by the Sun’s entry in Aries and other signs should be
followed as the year and months. So also for calculation of Ayana,
Ritu etc. as stated earlier.
Brahmacharya or the state of celibacy was a partof discipline
with which a student in ancient days remained in his teacher’s
home (or hermitage) for study of sacred scriptures. He would
marry only after the completion of his studies. Thus the issue
under highlight in the present verse shows a pure person who is
also unmarried. Generally, this term denotes a student of Vedas
and such other ancient scriptures.

II BBS II
446. Vaisakha: One born in the month of Vaisakha will
possess all favourable physiognomical features, be skiliedin arts,
versed in arts, genuine and long-lived.

i
HOT: II SB'S II
447. Jyeshta: One born in the month of Jyeshta will .be
skilful in all kinds of undertakings, be intelligent and be an
examiner (specializing in certain articles). He will be engaged in
activities of selling and buying.

sqifaat JR: II WF II
448. Ashadha: One born in the month of Ashadha will be
indigent, will eat avidly, be industrious, involved in tilling, ever
troubled by sickness and be foolish.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 340

I
II BBS II
449. Sravana: One born in the month of Sravana will be
skilful in performing Vedic rituals, be endowed with sons, spouse
and wealth and honoured by the entire world.

Hhft ^IHT |
II 8^© II
450. Bhadrapada: One born in the month of Bhadrapada
will be munificent, emaciated, tall, fair-complexioned and will have
four (many) wives. He will have sons and wealth and will enjoy
pleasures.

JRI wit fen HMH I

35^: f^TT ^t II BX? II
451. Aasvina: One born in the month of Aasvina will be
learned and dear to king. He will be endowed with spouse, many
servants and many children and be short-lived.

II B« II
452. Kartika: One born in the month of Kartika will be
irrulous, crooked in disposition, will have defective fore-arms,

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 341

be indolent and will practice celibacy.
[: 1
HcH illUpfeM*: II 8X3 II
453. Agrahayana: One born in the month of Agrahayana
(also known as Marga and Margasirsha) will be interested in
visiting pilgrim centres, deeply interested in Mantras (sacred
spells) and religious initiations, and will ever gather information
from ancient scriptures.

nW I
«l<gM4<dl II 8X8 II
454. Pausha: One born in the month of Pausha will cause
grief to others. He will be troubled by all kinds of diseasesand will
practice celibacy.

■Ml'flwwil fast i
wai c^iPddl iraral n axx n
455. Magha: One born in the month of Magha will be a
great saint, will practice deep penance, well-versed in the Vedas
and Upanishads, of patient disposition, kind to others and skilful.

W Hhft I
-BIHS II II
456. Phalguna: One born in the month of Phalguna will
have a soft physique, will ever enjoy pleasures, be liked by women,
be happy and endowed with horses and elephants.

SRI WSRCT 03 I 3353^

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 342

HR 3W; II II
3'll3’-<W1l«l’ti HFjai: I
^F5Hl^sf^nHOT*JP3^: cl<W*Hkd ^jhlPd
—

ttchc^'fl«i?‘liltWl,'l'll Ml'fi‘il’l^^l<frl H rj <il<*1lA’1

I MkAHI«Hl34 I
sra Hg i
am&faHRl d'HWHi i

cFHIHRT HxP I
cRlft HIHgWIUMlfxlf^^lWilldl'li
S^M^raHT UrRHIH'tx* ^RS[|

HWlRR gRRTOFI II 8^ II
457 - 458. Author's Clarifications: (a) These references are
to lunar months. For canonical texts have stated as under.
Romaka Siddhanta stipulates that a lunar month rules from
the period of one New Moon to another. The months Chaitra and
others commence with the conjunction of the luminaries.
(b) A doubt may occur at this point. Adhika Masa (an
intercalated or extralunar month) andKshayaMasa (adiminutive
month to adjust lunar year with the solar calendar) affect the
scheme of lunar months, while in case of the solar ones, there is no
such situation. Thus, some may feel it better to use solar months.
But that is not the case. The various sages have suggested use of

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 343

only lunar months in attributing effects. Hence only lunar months
should be used in declaring effects. Vriddha Yavana has given
these effects only onthebasisoflunarmonths, not on the basis of the
months caused by the Sun’s entry in Aries and others.
(c) In case of intercalated and diminutive months, results
for the month concerned should be only declared. This has been
clarified in Hora Sara which states that in case of diminutive
month and intercalated month, the effects for the respective month
only should be applied.
(d) One Kshaya Masa or diminutive month extends for a
period of two continuous lunar months. For a person bom in a
Kshaya Masa, the following procedure should be adopted. In case
of birth in the first half of a Thithi (lunar day), effects for the
previous month should be applied. If birth be in the second half of
the lunar day, effects applicable for the next month should be
declared. For scriptures say that first half of lunar day relates to
previous month, and second half to the next month, for purposes
of declaring effects.
Notes: (b) An intercalated month occurs when a complete
lunar month is contained within the period of a solar month which
is between two solar ingresses. Here the lunar month in question
will have no solar ingress at all. Then the lunar year will have
thirteen months. Conversely when a lunar month has two solar
ingresses, it is known as diminutive month or Kshaya Masa. This
is a very very rare occurrence.
An intercalated month occurs once in four lunar years while
a diminutive one occurs in approximately 150 years.

II II
These are the effects for births in various months.

3FI 1 WI:-

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 344

WsH: II 8US II

II 8£o II

II 85? II
459 - 461. Results of Fortnights: Now stated are effects of
births in the two fortnights.
(a) Bright Lunar Half: According to Yavanas, one born in
bright lunar half (Sukla Paksha) will be long-lived and will have
sons. He will protect many people, be charitable, friendly,
honourable, and dominated by his spouse.
(b) Dark Lunar Half: One born in or dark lunar half
(Krishna Paksha) will be indolent, unclean, and jealous. He will
blame others, will speak a villager’s language and will disregard
all religions.
(c) According to the work Siddhanta Sara, from the time of
conjunction of the luminaries, it is bright lunar half till the Moon’s
journey in six signs ahead. In the next six signs, dark lunar half
prevails (till the Moon rejoins the Sun).
Notes: (c) A lunar month is divided into two halves. From
the time when the Sun and Moon are in one and the same sign,
with identical longitudes to the second of arc, dark lunar half ends
and bright lunar half commences. During the course of 15 lunar
days or Thithis, the Moon passes through six signs. When it is
exactly 180° away from the moving Sun, Purnima or Full Moon
ends. This concludes the lunar fortnight (or Paksha) and gives way
to dark lunar half. Again passing through six signs, the Moon
attains the same longitude as the Sun is, ending Amavasya or New
Moon. This ends dark half and again bright half begins the same

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 345

way.
Since the Sun also keeps moving, the Moon actually does -
not cover 180“ in 15 lunar days but more than that, say nearly
195°. Hence, six signs should not be interpreted as exactly 180 J in
this context.

These are the effects of the two lunar fortnights.

3RJ
Now the effects for lunar days or Thithis.

(As per Yavanas upto sloka 477)

W RHIH+H. I
II (3:) II 855
462. Padyami: One born on Padyami (first lunar day) will
live either for three days or three months. If he survives, he will be
very effulgent. For obtaining longevity, remedial measures should
be resorted to.
Notes: The effects given here apply to the lunar day in
question of either fortnight.
From the speculum, we understand that the last day of
bright lunar half is Purnima or Full Moon. That of the dark lunar
half is New Moon or Amavasya. For these two Thithis, separate
effects are mentioned which are not interchangeable.
At the end of each Thithi (lunar day), the Moon will be
exactly 12’ away from the Sun. The order of Thithis can be
understood from the following verses.
Survival of the child will be at stake in case of birth on
Padyami. If the child passes off this critical phase, he will obtain
much prosperity as in the case of Gandanta discussed in the
earlier portions of this chapter.
The survival could be either due to remedies, or due to other

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 346

counteracting factors in the horoscope.

4ldH-c3><: Wfi H5I II 855 II

463. Dvitiya: One born on Dvitiya (second lunar day) will
speak truth. He will be happy right from birth, boastful and
attentive to his work.

adl'HIU -fcMpcId: II 858 II

464. Trutiya: One born on Trutiya (third lunar day)
will be

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 347

465. addicted to women, miserable, villainous,
will follow religious vows and fasts, be foolish, learned
and energetic.

WfcF: ^R: ^3^5^: SB'lfcld: II 8« II

466. Chaturthi: One born on Chaturthi (fourth lunar day)
will be miserly, of tale-bearing disposition, fierce, adventurous,
heroic, fickle-minded and crafty.

wqpg HFft I
Wife SR: H^dl<(l II 8?? II
467. Panchami: One born on Panchami (fifth lunar day)
will be honourable, long-lived, highly intelligent, stable minded,
truthful and winner of senses, i.e. an ascetic.

sWll^dd^: feR: I
H^Tt tell-fltfiRl II 8«M II
468. Shashti: One born on Shashti (sixth lunar day) will
have scars on his body. He will be stable in disposition, addicted to
women, highly prosperous, learned and famous.

^dl^’i'R: WMlfl II 8^ II
469. Saptami: One born on Saptami (seventh lunar day)
willbe wealthy and virtuous. He will worship gods and preceptors,
will have good conduct and be firm in aims.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 348

470. Ashtami: One born on Ashtami (eighth lunar day)
will be attached to his wife, will speak much, be fickle-minded and
be highly harsh.
d«iHi TO: II B's® II
471. Navami: One born on Navami (ninth lunar day) will
be extremely lustful, highly valorous, interested in songs and
dances, will destroy his enemies and display much anger.

II 8W II
472. Dasami: One born on Dasami (tenth lunar day) will
be endowed with a spouse, be injured by women, pure, extremely
prosperous, unstable in disposition and highly intelligent.

u+i^qi cfU^iMK+fe i
+e>Kii^g fsic* y<^i4l n w n
473. Ekadasi: One born on Ekadasi (eleventh day) will be
a specialist in many kinds of business activities, be skilful in
artistic pursuits, truthful and firm in aims.

sppit II 8U3 II
474. Dvadasi: One born on Dvadasi (twelfth day) will
possess good conduct, be very impatient, fickle-minded and
attached to clothes and food.

stHdl-t^FfalpH^I
aalWRtei: II 8«8 II
475. Trayodasi: One born on Trayodasi (thirteenth day)
will be endowed with wisdom, be righteous, will undertake
religious vows and fasts, be inimical to his own men and virtuous.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 349

476. Chaturdasi: One born on Chaturdasi (fourteenth
day) will perform every undertaking flawlessly. He will be
intelligent, bereft of sickness and will ever patronize his relatives.

SRI gEHHT: Wft ^H’ilsfi^llPdd: II BUS II

477. Purnima: One born on Purnima (Full Moon) will
possess abundance (of things), will have steadiness (of fortunes),-
ever satisfied, highly fortunate and highly virtuous.

sPsWlftiH: gsft |
II W II
478. Amavasya: One bom on Amavasya (New Moon) will
have injured organs (or will possess uncontrolled senses), be
happy, highly fortunate, weak-bodied and be full of mental
distresses.

3H RtelHWlcWiflldlJId -
^HHIdi II
The effects of Thithi, Nakshatra, Yoga and Karana, as
arrived at based on the instructions of canonical treatises, should
be noted down in the horoscope of birth.

^c'^dl^ II SO* II
Now mentioned are effects of births on week days, as per
Yavana.
479. Sunday: One born on a Sunday will be firm, fierce
and valorous. His physical complexion will be blood-red with a
mix of dark shade. He will be pure, of excessive bilious humour

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 350

and skilful.
Notes: An astrological week day commences along with the
Sun-rise and will be in currency till the next Sun-rise. Midnight
has. nothing to do with Hindu astrology.
’jgw; ^fenrt n 8^ n
480. Monday: One born on a Monday will be pure and will
have ups and downs in life. He will be short in stature, very fair in
complexion, broad-chested and highly intelligent.
Notes: There is a school of thought that these positive
attributes will materialize in full if the Moon at birth is digitally
strong. With a weak Moon, these will be feebly seen in the person
while negative attributes will be more effective.

FPTO efcrra n a^o n

481. Tuesday: One born on a Tuesday will have a calling
due to men of royalty. He will have blood-red eyes, be sweet in
speech and of patient disposition.

II 8^? II
482. Wednesday: One born on a Wednesday will be very
skilful. He will possess feet and head that are more circular in
shape (than being long). He will be charming and quite unstable in
disposition.

IFIcH: Mfc: II 8^3 II

$ 482. Thursday: One born on a Thursday will be quite
intelligent and a good person. He will have wide knowledge of
worldly affairs, arts and scriptures, be pure, resolute, skilful and
confident.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 351

H^H*I4; gqfo wt i
gtft: +^I^II^A<: II 8^3 II
483. Friday: One born on a Friday will indulge in secretive
acts, be benevolent, intelligent and righteous in deeds. He will z
have a wide knowledge of the affairs of the world, be an expert in
arts and scriptures and be pure.

ftrH ?|RC|I^ II 8^8 II

484. Saturday: One born on a Saturday will have a rough
and weak body, be dirty, very fickle-minded, villainous, fierce and
cantakerous.

^Rtf^ 3^3 I

SWRlft I
II a** II

3W ^RRT= HR I
3 W OT TOT i
485. Clarifications: A doubt may occur her, as to whether
the effects stated are for the day before sun-rise or after sun-rise.
These are for the days after sun-rise only. For it is said in Vasishta
Samhita as under. "For purposes of Kala Hora and for week days,
the commencement of a day should be knownfrom the time of Sun
rise only.
Pulasti (Paulastya) Siddhanta also stipulates that the seven
week days are to be understood on the basis of solar day only
which is between two sun-rises, based on Savana Mana. Hence a

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 352

day is the period between one sun-rise and another.

Thus end effects for births on various week days.

3F1

cs cs O'
CR°4 H a F^a^piifaRl i qat •o c* c
’PJW ^WWJI: I 34t3H fWwfej
<^^5(^^14341^ i
w-
rjaifa 4TM^Hlfe SOTRra&Rt l4A4tfadlft I
W^44 II 8*$ II
snf 3^s4lfaf^: U3RT HH^drlHd^l^ I
%R54^llf^ f4R4lol-fl'4H. •• a*5'’
H
486 - 487. Effects of Nakshatras: Now mentioned are the
effects of births in various Nakshatras.
Since Sookshma Nakshatras are stronger than those
classified as Sthoola Nakshatras, in giving effects, one should write
effects based on individual Nakshatras; a doubt may arise on these
lines. But that is not so, meaning Sookshma Nakshatras are not
meant for individual predictions.
For sage Vasishta classified Sookshma Nakshatras as
Jaghaya, Sama etc and advised employment of these for foreseeing
ups and downs in commodity-matters such as gems, animals,
metals, roots (vegetables), wool, camphor, liquids etc. for the
welfare of the people, and advised use of the Sthoola Nakshatras
for marriage, birth etc.

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 353

HR'S/—
Effects of births in various Nakshatras as per sage Narada,
upto sloka 514.

^FTt S4t HfrlHH WlfM I

SRt 4t H?: II II
488. Asvini: One born in AsviniNakshatra will be
charming,

flora Ratnam / Chapter 2 354

fortunate, skilful, intelligent, fond of ornaments and women and be
valorous.

3Eri: W- *Wi II 8*^ II

489. Bharani: One born in Bharani Nakshatra will be
skilful in sexual acts, be truthful, resolute in his undertakings,
bereft of sickness, fortunate and will eat limited food.

’Rfa: ^5E5t Hrifaftwra: II 8S° II

490. Krittika: One born in Krittika will be splendorous,
intelligent, liberal, an avid eater, fond of women, sagacious, skilful
and honourable.
SJR: ^R^ririt sjsatri: I
n av II
491. Rohini: One born in Rohini will be charming in
appearance, firm in disposition, honourable, will enjoy pleasures,
be fond of liquor, affable in speech, skilful and brilliant.

31PFRI’ II 8^3 II
492. Mrigasira: One born in Mrigasira will be enthusiastic,
unstable and timid in disposition, wealthy, apeace-lover, pure in
conduct, will have knowledge of Tantra (inculcating the methods of
worship of Lord Siva and Mother Sakthi), be lordly, learned and
skilful.
Notes: The science of Tantra teaches magical and mystical
formularies, mostly in the form of dialogues between Lord Siva
and Mother Durga treating five subjects as under.
1. The creation.
2. The destruction of the world.
3. The worship of the Gods.
4. The attainment of all objects, especially the six super
human faculties.
5. The modes ofunion with the Supreme Spirit by

Hora Ratnam / 355

meditation.

*131 <£”^*1: II 8^3 II

493. Arudra: One born in Arudra will be interested in
rituals related to Tantra, adventurous, skilful in trading, fierce and
ungrateful.

II 8^8 II
494. Punarvasu: One born in Punarvasu will be mean
minded, charming in appearance, patient in disposition, be happy
with the least and will walk fast.

|| II
495. Pushyami: One born in Pushyami will be fortunate,
famous, adventurous, kind, charitable, wealthy, knowledgeable in
arts, lustful and .short in height.

-R II 8^5 II
496. Aslesha: One born in Aslesha will be mischievous,
cruel, fond of others’ wives, crafty, straight in form (i.e. will not be
crooked-bodied), addicted to vices and self-restrained.

't’Nl chW HtjSFj: I

II 8^ II
497. Magha: One born in Magha willlbe stout-bodied with
prominent cheeks and protruding abdomen. He will be irascible,
an orator, very patient in disposition, will honour gods and
preceptors and be radiant.

3HT I
HPTOIW II B^15 II
498. Poorva Phalguni: One born in Poorva Phalguni will be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 356--

brilliant, a wanderer, charitable, versed in the art of dance,
discerning and skilful.

TO gfagFFfagfa: II WII
499. Uttara Phalguni: One born in Uttara Phalguni will
have subdued foes, be happy, will enjoy pleasures, be passionate
for association with women, a poet, versed in arts, fond of truth
and be a scholar.

dW><k«l41 1<+l4<dl HE: I

’R&F’ra: ^41^^: II X°° II
500. Hasta: One born in Hasta will be a learned man, a
thief, enthusiastic, will serve others, live in foreign lands, be
valorous and addicted to females.

RlflWMffl: WRirafalTO I
^Hl^ II fco? ||
501. Chitra: One bom in Chitra will (i.e. be fond of) wear
garlands and robes, be learned in the science of sexual love,
splendorous, wealthy, will enjoy pleasures and be scholarly.

fasroi wife ii w ii
502. Svathi: One born in Svathi will be righteous, eloquent,
valorous, an expert in trading activities, lustful, a celebrity of great
order (or one who has much knowledge), self-restrained and
educated.
3HKJW: WOt I
11 x°? 11
503. Visakha: One bom in Visakha will be extremely
jealous, slim, skilful in languages, Will destroy his enemies, be an
ascetic winning his senses, wealthy and miserly.

II 11

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 357--

504. Anuradha: One bom in Anuradha will be in king's
service, be heroic, will live in foreign lands, be loved by women,
charming, willperform secretive acts and be tawny in complexion.

^5W'. Wft I

505. Jyeshta: One borri in Jyeshta will spend a lot, will

endure grief, be libidinous, will curse others, be cruel a liar and
wealthy. '

fihfl HFft HMt wfew: I

II II
506. Mula: One born in Mula will trouble others, be
honourable, wealthy, will ensure progress of others’ work, be a
liar, lustful and slim. ;

HFft II II
507. Purvashadha: One born in Purvashadha will derive
sexual pleasures (only) from* his spouse. He will be skilful, firm in
friendship, will incur grietf, be heroic and honourable.

^5^: II Uo* II
508. Uttarashadha: One born in Uttarashadha will be
grateful, righteous, heroic, will beget many sons, be modest, will
have an excellent spouse and be charming.

^ro’^rdiPrat wisfeh ii ii
509. Sravana: One born in Sravana will beget anillustrious
spouse. He will be learned in scriptures, an orator, wealthy, an
author of poetry, be an expert in sexual love and be munificent.

Mlf^t writ c55qt I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 358--

510. Dhamshta: One born in Dhanishta will be munificent,
addicted to vices, miserly, fond of dance, songs and women, will
accomplish his work only through peace, be splendorous and
heroic.

r
R5R?H: II X?? II
511. Satabhisha: One born in Satabhisha will be rich with
forts (i.e. will own large homes), be addicted to vices, cruel in
disposition, will face ups and downs and be heroic.

3dR: WEI: I
ajW II II
512. Purvabhadra: One born in Purvabhadra will be
sorrowful (particularly for an absent lover). He will lose to women,
be crafty, be quite immersed in blaming others, hypocritical,
impatient and heroic.

snraig wi toig. grit ftg i

<£ssfc|: Wft II ^93 II
513. Uttarabhadra: One born in Uttarabhadra will have
progeny. He will be munificent, an orator, will defeat his enemies,
be happy, plentiful, be firm in his aims, and ever libidinous.

g<: 'faro ’R&R: II «8 II

514. Revathi: One born in Revathi will be charmij g, rich,
will enjoy pleasures, be scholarly, very proud, heroic and will live
in foreign lands.

3R Mw
’WWEFlf^ I
^rra f^n; ^H^5>Jjun ^°n; 11 n
515. Modifications: Here, sage Kasyapalays down special
conditions. If at birth, the Nakshatra occupied by the Mooh is
conjunct a malefic, the good effects otherwise due will be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 359--

destroyed. A benefic in association with the said Nakshatra will
turn the malefic effects into favourable ones.
Notes: In this context, the benefic or the malefic joining the
Moon should be in the same Nakshatra as the Moon is. If the
planet conjunct the Moon is in a different Nakshatra, though it
may still be a conjunction, the condition is not fulfilled.
Let us have two examples.
Say the Moon is in 14° of Aries, in Bharani Nakshatra and
Jupiter in 20° of Aries, again Bharani Nakshatra. The two planets
are in the same Nakshatra. Jupiter in this case will affect the
effects for good.
Conversely the Moon is in the same degree as stated above
while Jupiter is in 12’ Aries which places him in Asvini, a different
Nakshatra. Hence he will not alter the effects stated for the Moon’s
placement in Bharani.

BalaBhadra comments that the birth Nakshatra unattached

to a benefic or a malefic will enable the results so far discussed
materialize as it is.
,!Rp 3 ai
MfcRt 1W $<*l$$> II II

alMI^ *i^i: *HPd y?<«: I

3^5^ M<fa*Wli»Ml«^H$g HHRn: II U9V» II

516 - 517. Gross Classifications: Now the effects of

Nakshatras under categories, Kula, Akula, and Kulaakula.
(a) In this context it is said that one bom in a Kula
Nakshatra will be the most excellent among his family members.
Ifbom in anAkula Nakshatra, he will be given to enjoy pleasures. In
case of birth in Kulaakula Nakshatra, the person will beget
moderate effects.
(b) Vasishta Samhita stipulates the following. One bom in a
Kula Nakshatra will be a chief person. That of an Upakula
Nakshatra (Le. Akula Nakshatra) will enjoy the wealth of others.
He will be an ordinary person if bom in other Nakshatras (i.e.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 360--

Kulaakula Nakshatras),
Notes: Kula Nakshatras are excellent ones. Akula
Nakshatras are not of good family or class, i.e. less excellent
Kulaakula Nakshatras are “excellent and less excellent” ones.
These three grades are made in the work called Surya Pragnapti.
Vasishta also makes the same kind of gradation. But he terms
Akula Nakshatras as Upa Kula Nakshatras while the third one -
Kulaakula - is termed by him as. “others”.
The 28 Nakshatras including Abhijit are classified as under.
1. Kulaakula Nakshatras: Satabhisha, Arudra, Abhijit and
Mula - (4 in all).
2. Kula Nakshatras: Bharani, Rohini, Pushyami, Magha,
Uttara Phalgurii, Ohitra, Visakha, Jyeshta, Poorva Ashadha,
Sravana and Uttara Bhadrapada - (11 in $11).
3. Akula (Upa Kula) Nakshatras: Asvini, Krittika, Mrigasira,
Punaravasu, Aslesha, Poorva Phalguni, Hasta, Svathi, Anuradha,

Uttara Ashadha, Dhanishta, Poorva Bhadrapada arid Revathi - (13

in all).

3ratoi wjft: aril aga; i

II X?* It

tog toM^fc srar ii m » ^gtoi4 H^U gg^

<wg3*t 4<-MHk^4i «i^g 11 xs<> u
5Fc5^i gfon g H^HH- I

518 • 520. Dispositions Based on Nakshatras: Sage Saunaka

describes the nature of a person depending on his birth Nakshatra.
One born in a Dhruva or immovable Nakshatra will be stable aiyl
forgiving in disposition. If in Chara or movable Nakshatra, he will
be fickle-minded and will eat anything. If in an Ugra or a fierce
Nakshatra, he will be fierce in disposition and be interested in
torturing and confining others. If in a Misra or mixed Nakshatra,
his disposition will be mixed and he will give equal treatment to

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 361--

friends and foes alike. If in a Laghtc or small Nakshatra, his
enjoyments will be much limited. If in a Mridu or soft Nakshatra,
he will ever promote quarrels, will speak ill and be dirty.
Notes: The 28 Nakshatras including Abhijit are classified
into different groups, viz. Dhruva, Chara, Ugra etc. in relation to
ruling week-day. These are seven in all. But our text gives effects
for births in the first six groups only while the results for the
seventh group are not cited. ,
Thlese classifications are explained below:
(a) Dhruva (Sthira) Nakshatras: Uttara Phalguni,'fUttara
Ashadha, Uttara Bhadrapada and Rohini occurring on a Sunday -4
in all.
(b) Chara (Chala) Nakshatras: Svathi, Punarvasu, Sravana,

Dhanishta and Satabhisha occurring on a Monday - 5 in all.

(c) Ugra Nakshatras: Poorva PHalguni, Poorva Ashadha,
Poorva Bhadrapada, BharaniandMagha, occurringonaTuesday - 5
in all.
(d) Misra Nakshatras: Visakha and Krittika occurring on a
Wednesday - 2 in all.
(e) Laghu (Kshipra) Nakshatras: Hastha, Asvini, Pushyami
and .\bhijit occurring on a Thursday - 4 in all.
(f) Mridu Nakshatras: Mrigasira, Revathi, Chitta and
Anuradha occurring on a Friday - 4 in all.
(g) Daruna (Tikshna) Nakshatras: Mula, Jyeshta, Arudra
and Aslesha occurring on a Saturday - 4 in all.
These divisions are found in Muhurta ChintamanL
Needless to mention, the week-days mentioned are
astrological days covered by two consecutive aun-rises.

3||$F||: Wt oirat 3^5?: I

II W? II

Now stated are the effects for births in the various quarters
of Nakshatras as per Yavana Jdtaka (upto sloka 548).
521. Four Quarters of Asvini: One born in Asvini’s first
quarter will be a thief.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 362--

In the second quarter, he will be childish in acts. In the third
quarter, he will be fortunate.
In the fourth quarter, he will enjoy pleasures and long- lived.
Notes: These relate to birth Nakshatra quarters, or the
natalMoon’s Navamsa positions. I have given elaborate notes in
this context in my English translation of Sara vali (ref. Vol 2) and
the reader may consult the said volume accordingly.

|| II

522. Four Quarters of Bharani: One bom in Bharani’s

first quarter will be sacrificial in disposition.
In the second quarter, he Willhe rich and happy. In the third
quarter, he will perform cruel deeds. In the fourth quarter,
he will incur poverty.

35*$ wi II II

{(tatyigpa H^II «« II
523 - 524. Four Quarters of Krittika: One bom in Krittika’s
first quarter will be radiant.
In the second quarter, he will possess knowledge of
scriptures.
In the third quarter, he will experience grief.
In the fourth quarter, he will enjoy longevity and many sons.

'’Rf II II
525. Four Quarters of Rohini: One bom in Rohini’s first
quarter will be highly prosperous.
In the second quarter, he will incur evils. In the third
quarter, he will be timid in disposition. In the fourth quarter,
he will be truthful.

4MI WIHWHPCW: I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 363--

atfq II II
526. Four Quarters of Mrigasira: One bom in Mrigasira’s
first quarter will be kingly in status.
In the second ^garter, he will be a thief.
In the third quarter, he will enjoy pleasures.
In the fourth quarter, he will be endowed with wealth aAd
grains.
WFI^ II K?S II
527. Four Quarters of Arudra: One born in the first
quarter of Arudra will be a spendthrift.
In the second quarter, he will be in the grip of poverty. In the
third quarter, he will be short-lived. In the fourth quarter, he
will be thief.

’jwft II II
528. Four Quarters of Punarvasu: One born in the first
quarter of Punarvasu will be happy.
In the second quarter, he will be learned. In the third
quarter, he will be sickly. In the fourth quarter, he will be a
liar.

<(|yf^Fiw?l nW q?.-1
s^if^ 11 w n
529. Four Quarters of Pushyami: One born in the first
quarter of Pushyami will be long-lived.
In the second quarter, he will be a thief.
In the third quarter, he will enjoy pleasures. In the fourth
quarter, he will be intelligent.

3J5rai Wfe fMt I

STfaMfasRpfai II *3° II
530. Four Quarters of Aslesha: One born in the first
quarter of Aslesha will be childless.
In the second quarter, he will be in servitude. In the third
quarter, he will be sickly. In the fourth quarter, he will be
very prosperous. One will be short-lived if born in Aslesha
Gandanta.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 364--

ifafcua nra w II X?? II
531. Four Quarters of Magha: One born in the first
quarter of Magha will have no male progeny (to perform last
offices as per Vedic injunctions).
In the second quarter, he will have male progeny.
In the third quarter, he will suffer from a dangerous disease.
In the fourth quarter, he will be a scholar.

Wlf 7TOT ftaft I

^frlQ^ftWIFJ W m<W$w| II II
532. Four Quarters of Poorva Phalguni: One born in the
first quarter of Poorva Phalguni will be a skilful person.
In the second quarter, he will be righteous. In the third
quarter, he will be cruel. In the fourth quarter, he will be
short-lived.

toft Hlto II *33 II

533. Four Quarters of Uttara Phalguni: One born in the
first quarter of Uttara Phalguni will be a scholar.
In the second quarter, he will be the ruler of the earth. In the
third quarter, he will be a successful person. In the fourth
quarter, he will be righteous.

<IJHH I
SftHF^ II X38 II
534. Four Quarters of Hasta: One born in the first quarter
of Hasta will be heroic.
In the second quarter, he will be learned. In the third
quarter, he will be sickly. In the fourth quarter, he will be
wealthy.
H: FlfcWcfl nfef: II U3U II
535. Four Quarters of Cliitra: One born in the first quarter
of Chitra will be a thief.
In the second quarter, he will be an artist, (drawing pictures
etc).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 365--

In the third quarter, he will be truthful.
In the fourth quarter, he will be learned.

Miff SRR: II U3S II

536. Four Quarters of Svathi: One born in the first quarter
of Svathi will be a thief.
In the second quarter, he will be short-lived. In the third
quarter, he will be charitable. In the fourth quarter, he will
be doubtlessly a king.

?ira^n II II
537. Four Quarters of Visakha: One born in the first
quarter of Visakha will be versed injustice, or policy-making.
In the second quarter, he will be versed in scriptures. In the
third quarter, he will be learned. In the fourth quarter, he
will be endowed with longevity.

4KJ3MI gaeJRfcp: I
3FJ?miOT<afe II *3* II
538. Four Quarters of Anuradha: One born in the first
quarter of Anuradha will be fierce.
In the second quarter, he will be charitable. ' In the third
quarter, he will live long.
In the fourth quarter, he will have a questionable history.
^gin: H?: I
II II
539. Four Quarters of Jyeshta: One bom in the first
quarter of Jyeshta will be cruel.
In the second quarter, he will enjoy pleasures. In the third
quarter, he will be quite intelligent. In the fourth quarter, he
will have male issues.

Hhft vqpft gfcai i

II *8° II
540. Four Quarters of Mula: One born in the first quarter

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 366--

of Mula will enjoy pleasures.
In the second quarter, he will be of sacrificial disposition. In
the third quarter, he will be endowed with good friends. In
the fourth quarter, he will be lordly.

^WrsRHigife siraFJ spnfefa i

w tei<{i Vrft 11 *8? II
541. Four Quarters of Purvashadha: One bom in the first
quarter of Purvashadha will be an excellent person. *
In the second quarter, he will be kingly. In the third quarter,
he will be eloquent in speech. In the fourth quarter, he will
be wealthy.

HFft II U85 II
542. Four Quarters of Uttarashadha: One born in the first
quarter of Uttarashadha will be lordly.
In the second quarter, he will be inimical (even) to friends.
In the third quarter, he will be honourable. In the fourth
quarter, he will be religious.

feral MlflW *fe I WIM II *83 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 367--

543. Four Quarters of Sravana: One born in the first
quarter of Sravana will be highly honourable.
In the second quarter, he will be endowed with virtues. In the
third quarter, he will be a scholar.
In the fourth quarter, he will be charitable.

W II H88 II
544. Four Quarters of Dhanishta: One born in the first
quarter of Dhanishta will enjoy longevity.
In the second quarter, he will be a scholar. In the third
quarter, he will be timid in disposition. In the fourth quarter, he
will be under the influence of a great woman.

gsft II *8* II
545. Four Quarters of Satabhisha: One born in the first
quarter of Satabhisha will be eloquent in speech. In the second
quarter, he will be wealthy. In the third quarter, he will be
endowed with happiness. In the fourth quarter, he will have male
offspring.

546. Four Quarters of Purvabhadra: One born in the first

quarter of Purvabhadra will be valorous.
In the second quarter, he will be thievish. In the third
quarter, he will possess great intelligence. In the fourth
quarter, he will enjoy pleasures.

aFRita 5™ 11 usu 11
547. Four Quarters of Uttarabhadra: One born in the first
quarter of Uttarabhadra will be kingly.
In the second quarter, he will be thievish. In the third
quarter, he will be endowed with male issues. In the fourth
quarter, he will be happy.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 368--

n 11
548. Four Quarters of Revati: One born in the first quarter
of Revati will be endowed with spiritual wisdom. In the second
quarter, he will be a thief. In the third quarter, he will be a winner
in battles. In the fourth quarter, he will incur grief.

Thus end effects for births in the four quarters of various

Nakshatras.

sra ’rt-
Effects of births in a parent's Birth Star as per sage Garga
(upto sloka 552).

WRfa: WIW II II

ftfzi II tto II
$^5>Pl<sH: ^3: ^^S^blPd+l *1^ I *1^ II XX? II to i
II XX3 II
dkPl^Hl I
549 - 552. (a) A child born in the birth star etc. (Janma Tara,
SampatTaraetc.) offather or mother or abrother willprove fatal for
that parent.

(b) If the birth is in Sampat Tara (2nd, 11th, 20th) of a

parent, ths child will be ever auspicious.
(c) If the birth is in Vipat Tara (3rd, 12th and 21st) of a
parent, there will be incessant strife in the family.
(d) If the birth is in Kshema Tara (4th, 13th and 22nd) of a
parent, the child will be soft in disposition and lonely.
(e) If the birth is Pratyak Tara (5th, 14th and 23rd) of a
parent, he will be inimical (to parents & C).
(f) If the birth is in Sadhaka Tara (6th, 15th and 24th) of a
parent, the native will achieve everyone of his undertakings.
(g) If the birth is in Naidhana (Vadha) Tara (7th, 16th and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 369--

25th) of a parent, the person will be a thief.
(h) If the birth is in Maitra Tara (8th, 17th and 26th) of a
parent, he will be very dear to his parents.
(i) If the birth is in Parama Maitra Tara (9th, 18th and
27th) of a parent, he will be very friendly and very dear to his
parents.
Bala Bhadra adds that computation of Janma, Sampat and
other Nakshatras are well-known (he. he does not specially enlist
them here).
Notes: Also see sloka 263, 264 etc. of this chapter.
The text uses "Sajaatiyah Sajaatyaa" indicative of a son or a
daughter (masculine and femine genders) born of one's loins
between a man and a woman of the same caste. Hence, it is but
right to exclude the birth star & C of a brother, and retain the
reference only to parents in line with the caption. The text thus has
a corrupt copy to that extent. The said term excludes children
illicitly born, or children bought, adopted etc. Strictly speaking
children bom to a couple with inter-caste marriage do not also
come under the purview of these aphorisms.
The Nakshatras are divided as Janma etc. into nine groups
and the relevant clarifications are already provided in the
translation. Such groupificiation will be useful in analysing effects
of dasa periods; transits and the like.
There is a school of though that these effects apply only to
birth in dark lunar half, while the Moon sign (as a whole) is
significant for birth in bright half.
It will be noted from the original’s instructions that birth in
Vipat, Pratyak and Naidhana Nakshatras (3rd, 5th and 7th and
their co-asterisms) are only bad and the other six groups are
auspicious.

3PJ I7W: -
Now effects of births in Dina Yogas as per Yavancharya
(upto sloka 579).
Notes; There are 27 Yogas in all, which occur on different
days as Nakshatra, Thithi etc. occur. To avoid confusion with Raja
Yogas etc. occurring in individual horoscopes, these are called
Dina Yogas or Nitya Yogas. “Dina” means a day and “Nitya”
means daily.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 370--

These Nitya Yogas are to be understood thus by a simple
process. Add the longitudes of the Sun and the Moon, at a given
time, as counted from the initial point of Aries. Every 13* 20’
indicates one Yoga. If the sum exceeds 360* expunge multiples of
360’ and retain the remainder.
Example: January 17, 1995 at 0530 hrs 1ST. The Sun=
242° 36’ 13” +
The Moon = 094’ 18’ 59"
Total = 336* 55’12”= 6’55’12"
Since this result is less than 13* 20’ of arc, it is the first Yoga
and hence Vishkumbha Yoga is in rule.

H?: II UK3 II
553. Vishkumbha Yoga: One bom in Vishkumbha Yoga will
be lovely in appearance. He will be fond ofhis kinsfolk as well as his
home and spouse, be a wealthy and skilful person in all
undertakings.
Notes: “Graha Dara” should read as “Griha Dara” meaning
home and wife. “Graha” means a planet, “Griha” home and
“Dara” wife.

554. Priti Yoga: One bom in Priti Yoga will be fond of

movements, be eloquent in speech, be endowed with wealth, grains
and virtues, be resolute, happy with honours and endowed with
spouse.
3(851:
sn^Ri^ 11 m 11
555. Ayushman Yoga: One bom in Ayushman Yoga will be
versedin justice (or policy making), firm in disposition, will eat
much, be devoted to his work and endowed with all kinds of
pleasures.

’FMfWIsft SJR’ft 3R: II XXS II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 371--

556. Saubhagya Yoga: One bom in Saubhagya Yoga will
speak, aplenty, be endowed with riches acquired through fair
means, be devoid of virtues, endowed with auspicious words or
expressions, highly intelligent, fond of scehts and very fortunate.

HGIW I
vfafara: gfrk* II xxw n
557« Sobhana Yoga: One bom in Sobhana Yoga will be
intelligent, rich of virtues, troubled by grief, endowed with sons,
and be with a cleansed and pure heart. .

M«l«d: Hdl^MI 'qrffo: I

’RSRTd: II II
558. Atigafhda Yoga: One bom in Atiganda Yoga will
blame others, be heroic, truthful, charitable, interested in others’
wives and lustful.

8«ra «<Ui4j wiM^iiFMd: r

WIH^I II w II
559. Sukarmaa Yoga: One bom in Sukarmaa Yoga will be
efficient in all undertakings, endowed with wealth, grains and
virtues, an expert in business matters and lustful.
■'FM04I Mdl*ia IWI^I HdlkMI: I
MWIWdl II tfo II
560. Dhruti Yoga: One born in Dhruti Yoga will be fond of
scents, affluent, will blame others, languid and interested in others’
women.

W II W? II
561. Sula Yoga: One bom in Sula Yoga will be truthful, will
perform good deeds, be virtuous, fortunate and will incur sharp ar
shooting pains.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 372--

dMkSlsfi HSWdil I
*Rl 'Midi II |l
562. Ganda Yoga: One bom in Ganda Yoga will be
garrulous, extremely truthful, sagacious, proud, agreeable in
speech and will beget auspicious effects.

nil iJMIWlW: W II II
563. Vriddhi Yoga: One bom in Vriddhi Yoga will be
highly intelligent, greatly heroic, truthful, winner of his senses,
firm in speech and pure.

Wife II *58 II
564. Dhruva Yoga: One bom in Dhruva Yoga will indulge
in wicked deeds, be devoid of trouble from enemies, be firm in
speech and highly intelligent.

writ II Wk II
565. Vyaghata Yoga: One born in Vyaghata Yoga will
be foolish, dirty, thievish, devoted to his undertakings, cruel and
very proud.

jA$ckf IjW OII<KI R?: II V55 II

566. Harshana Yoga: One born in Harshana Yoga will be
crooked in disposition, endowed with much happiness, untruthful,
very mighty and be a tiller.

3SRn MdHRWI I
cfaWW WN SfaFHd: II UCfc II
567. Vajra Yogas One bom in Vajra Yoga will not be
charitable, be wealthy, miserly, will speak a villager’s language, be
cruel and will indulge in fiercely sinful acts.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 373--

xf tFR&l HcH«U^ggft I
S3FRH: II US* II
568. Siddhi Yoga: One bom in Siddhi Yoga will enjoy
pleasures, be wealthy, will speak sparingly, be happy, endowed
with good qualities and strongly impassioned.

3|fclR: 8hHddH: I
<11^51 Sftat o^Mk& II K6S II
569. Vyatipata: One bora in Vyatipata Yoga will be
unstable in respect of all his undertakings, be a minister, be
solicitous in disposition, quarrelsome and a fool in arguments.

Wl-W*. -R: II II
570. Variyan Yoga: One born in Variyan Yoga will be
entitled to much honour, be wealthy, interested in his
undertakings, will cause happiness to others and be boastful
<3 | JraFq^ II II
571. Parigha Yoga: One bom in Parigha Yoga will be in
teaching profession, of bad conduct, miserly, adventurous, fickle-
minded, and endowed with lust, honour and kindness.

M3FTO II II
572. Siva Yoga: One bom in Siva Yoga will be quite fond of
visiting pilgrim centres, be endowed with sons and wealth and will
observe chastity.

w «4««1I^W: I
gfaal <tai&i fas’fr’l II xu? n
573. Siddha Yoga: One bom in Siddha Yoga will be a secret
adviser, skilful in many business activities, good at heart and justly
disposed.

li II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 374--

574. Sadhya Yoga: One bom in Sadhya Yoga will have
various kinds of callings, be faithful to his master, highly
intelligent, and very liberal.
Notea: "Gada Priya" does not make any sense though it*
should be rendered as "fond of diseases". Hence the term is
excluded from the rendering.

Wf: JT3FH: II m II
575. Shubha Yoga: One bom in Shubha Yoga will be
truthful, very fortunate, righteous, bereft of anger, very pure,
modest and will cause happiness to others.
^W>4IJ| ira^R II XW II
576. Shukla Yoga: One bom in Shukla Yoga will be
truthful, very intelligent,beautiful,famous, learned in scriptures
and skilful in arts.
4

0441441 HW: I ’*
WHl frfet vftst II W II
577. Brahma Yoga: One born in Brahma Yoga will be
agreeable in speech, very strong, devoted to sacred knowledge (or
friendly to Brahmanas), resolute, pure and valorous.

3^: 'Fft flw: II X'S'5 II

578. Indra Yoga: One born in Indra (or Aindra) Yoga will
be successful, righteous, will excel in all his undertakings, be
wealthy and famous.

xfcbRwja II vw II
579. Vaidhruti Yoga: One born in Vaidhruti Yoga will be
miserly, a tale-bearer, and very garrulous. He will be fickle-
minded in the initial part of his life.

^IWll
Those were the effects for births in the various Nitya or

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 375--

dialy Yogas.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 376--

I
- Now effects of Karanas.

3R: WI
”53 II X^o II
580. These are based on Yavana’s school (upto sloka 591).
“0 Kasyapa, after this I now state the effects of Karanas as stated
by Prajapati. Listen to these attentively.”
Notes: Bala Bhadra attributes the authority of these to
Yavanacharya, who in turn quotes a session between sage Kasyapa
and his preceptor. The authority of Kasyapa’a preceptor in this
regard was Prajapati, the Lord of Creatures, or Lord Brahma.
Reference to Kasyapa by Yavanacharya proves that Yavanas
related to astrology were not of Greek origin.
In fact Prajapati is a synonym of many other deities viz.
Vishnu, Siva, Kala Purusha, Soma, Savitri, Agni and others.
Just as Thithi is caused by every 12s of longitudinal
difference between the Sun and the Moon at a given moment, a
Karana is caused by a 6s difference between the Sun and the Moon.
Hence a Thithi has two Karanas in it. With the end of every Thithi,
its second Karana also ends.
There are only eleven Karanas which repeat in a certain
order in the whole lunar month of 30 Thithis of two lunar
fortnights. Seven Karanas occur 8 times (making a total of 56) in
both the Pakshas, and four different ones occur in a certain
manner - all these in a standard manner. Thus a lunar month has
60 Karanas in all.
The names of the eleven Karanas are:
1. Bava 2. Balava 3. Kaulava
4. Taitila 5. Gara 6. Vanija
7. Vishti 8.Sakuni 9. Chatushpada
10. Naga 11.Kimstughn
The a first
Karana of the first day of bright half is always the 11th one, i.e.
Kimstughna. The second one is Bava. Balava through Vishti follow
these upto the 2nd Karana of Trayodasi of the dark half (or 28th
day of the month). The 29th day of the month (i.e. the 14th day of
dark) half has in order Vishti (7th

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 377--

Karana) and Sakuni (8th Karana). The 30th day of the month, viz.
Amavasya (or the 15th day of dark half) has two Karanas, thus
Chatushpada (9th) and Naga (10th) Karanas in order.

II X*? II
581. Bava Karana: One bom in Bava Karana will be
extremely lustful or intoxicated, liberal, rich and happy. He will
discard religious or righteous conduct, be lordly and head of an
army.

31^3 II X^ II
582. Balava Karana: One bom in Balava Karana will be
ve^y bold, very fortunate, sacrificial in disposition, playful like a
lad and happy.

MIM*4<dls«W II Xc3 II
583. Kaulava Karana: One bom in Kaulava Karana will be
secretive in disposition (not outspoken), fickle-minded, will amuse
others, indulge in sinful deeds and be bereft of happiness.

HIW I
^R: II X^B II
584. Taitila Karana: One born in Taitila Katana will be an
achiever. His wealth willbe his truthfulness. He willbe both firm
and fierce in disposition apart from being adventurous, indolent,
dirty and heroic.

’Rl^ II X^X II
585. Gara Karana: One born in Gara Karana will be
an expert in the science of Mantras (sacred spells), just, skilful,
physically weak, garrulous, unstable in disposition and belligerent.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 378--

Hen II II
586. Vanya Karana: One born in Vanija Karana will be
knowledgeable in many business activities and will live by trading.

W: H4%I^ II II
587. Vishti Karana: One born in Vishti Karana will be
cruel, adventurous, fierce, will indulge in sinful work and will excel
in all undertakings.

Hctlal'W: HKI HFH! I

^I<^ so II II
588. Sakuni Karana: One born in Sakuni (also known as
Sakuna) Karana will ever be active at work, patientin disposition,
ever roaming, very intelligent and a specialist in the study of
omens.

II II
589. Chatushpada Karana: One born in Chatushpada
Karana will be involved in tilling and trading, a superior Yogi, be
not industrious, be active and mighty.

HFIFri II X<<o II
590. Naga Karana: One born in Naga Karana will have
special knowledge in respect of many minerals and metals, be
attached to his work and will protect (or breed) cobras.

WfllJHfajtJib: 3^: 331^ II W II

591. Kimstughna Karana: One borp in Kimstughna
Karana will be strong, stunned, will accomplish his as well as
others’ undertakings, be short-lived, bereft of pleasures and will
live in loneliness.

ara cjtfaej yid+l-dV

Now stated are the effects of births in the four castes (or

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 379--

Vedic classes) as per Jatakottama.

fofa: wW H?: II w II
592. Brahmana: One born as a Brahmana. will be devoted
to the laws of his religion and the study of scriptures and be modest
in all undertakings.

fob I
wi II W II
593. Kshatriya: One born in Kshatriya class will be
learned, valorous, pure, fond of adventurous accounts, munificent
and wise.

o41MI<*$ fo?f: Wfa: TO I

594. Vaisya: One born in Vaisya class will be attached to

trading activities, inclined to do others’jobs, hard-hearted and
skilful.

fas?; new fonfawfe i

595. Soodra: One born in Soodra class will be hardhearted,

a skilful speaker in respect of his work, bereft of learning and
modesty, interested in obeying others and devoid of virtues.

Those were the effects for births in various classes.

3P9 3^5
Now told are the effects of various Vargas as per
Jatakottama.
Notes: All the vowels are classified into one single group or
Varga. The various consonants are together classified in seven.
Vargas. Thus there are in all eight Vargas.
The first letter of the name indicates the Varga in which a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 380--

person falls (like Garuda etc.). These are as under:
1. vowels sib = Varga of
Garuda or Vehicle of Vishnu .
2. "Ka" - Varga - gutturals including the aspirate (
5 ) = Maaxjaara Varga or cat’s group.
3. "Cha" - Varga - palatals *5 ) = Simha Varga
or lion’s group.
4. "Ta" - £ Varga - cerebrals (^-55 = Svaana Varga
or dog’s group.
5. "Tha" - ci Varga - dentals (3 H ) = Sarpa Varga or
snake’s group.
6. "Pa” - H Varga - labials (H H H ) = Mooshaka Varga or
rat’s group.
7. ,fYa" -^1 Varga - semivowels (^1T <?> 3) = Mriga Varga
or deer’s group.
8. "Sa" - 51 Varga - sibilants (51 H) = Mesha Varga or
goat’s group.
The Varga group should be known through the first letter of
the first name of person and not from the surname or family title.
Here the alphabet concerned is of Sanskrit origin only.

JJunGMd: I
R&& II II
596. Garuda Varga: One of Garuda Varga will be
wealthy,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 381--

597. fickle-minded, valorous, willjoumey to long
distances, be virtuous, wise and lordly.

WIW I

598. Marjara Varga: One of Maijara (cat) Varga will

destroy others’ work without any reason. He will be irascible, poor
or pitiable, will betray others’ confidence and be mean.

: -R: II X5”
II
599. Simha Varga: One of Simha (lion) Varga will be
heroic, virtuous, sometimes in the grip of fear, will lack patience
and will move in forts.

fawft SF&5&3 H^R: II W II

600. Svaana Varga: One of Svaana (dog) Varga will exhibit
skill in speech, be highly fickle-minded, ever alert, fearless,
auspicious and will win everyone’s confidence.

II $oo II
601. Mesha Varga: One of Mesha (goat) Varga will be
sickly, will make efforts, be secretive, unstable in mind, well-
mannered and skilful in showing mercy to others.

35ft H* 11 $»? 11
602. Sarpa Varga: One born of Sarpa (snake) Varga will be
timid, unstable in disposition, secretively sinful, bereft of patrons,
base and be highly indebted.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 382--

wra# ll $03 n
603. Mushaka Varga: One of Mushaka (rat) Varga will
betray others, will search for others’ faults, be soft-spoken,
extremely timid, will prefer living alone and be thievish.

ifFFM H?: II $05 II

604. Mriga Varga: One of Mriga (deer) Varga will be fond
of songs, will seek the company of gentle people, unstable and
unkind in disposition, virtuous, soft-spoken and friendly.

I
Those were the effects of Vargas.

3jq I
Now mentioned are the effects of Yonis as per Yavanas
(upto sloka 617).
Notes: These are based on birth Nakshatras. There are
fourteen Yonis related to horoscopy as given below (based on
Jyotisha Tatvam, Part 1).
28 Nakshatras including Abhijit are considered for this

Asvini and Satabhisha.

Krittika and Pushyami.
purpose. Has|a and Svathi.
1. Asva Yoni Mula and Arudra.
2. Aja Yoni Poorvashadha and Sravana.
3. Mahisha Yoni Jyeshta and Anuradha.
4. Svaana Yoni Revathi and Bharani.
5. Vaanara Yoni Chitta and Visakha.
6. Mriga Yoni Uttara Phalguni and Uttara Bhadra.
7. Gaja Yoni Dhanishta and Poorva Bhadra. Abhijit
8. Vyaghra Yoni and Uttarashadha. Magha and Poorva
9. Pasu Yoni Phalguni. Rohini and Mrigasira.
10. Simha Yoni
11. Nakula
12. Moosh
aka
13. Sarpa

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 383--

14. Maaijaara Aslesha and Punarvasu.
There is another school of thought in this regard where the
sequence of Yonis and constituent Nakshatras differ. Yet these
are enlisted below.
1. Asva Yoni Asvini, Satabhisha
2. Gaja Yoni Bharani, Revathi
3. Aja Yoni Krittika, Puahyami
4. Sarpa Yoni Uttara Bhadrapada, Uttara Phalguni
5. Svaana Yoni Hasta, Svathi
6. Marjaara Chitta, Visakha
Yoni Makha, Poorva Phalguni
7. Mushaka Rohini, Mrigasira
Yoni Arudra, Moola
10.
8. Vyaghra
Pasu YoniYoni Punarvasu, Aslesha
11. MrigaYoni Anuradha, Jyeshta
12. Vanara Yoni Poorvashadha, Sravana
13. Nakula Yoni Uttarashadha, Abhijit
14. Simha Yoni Dhanishta, Poorva Bhadrapada “Yoni”
means “belonging to the caste of”. The word has
other general meanings like a female’s generative organ, the fire
pit used in Yagnas or sacred rites, a receptacle etc.
MW—

II II
605. Asva Yoni: One of Asva (horse) Yoni will be fickle-
minded, will move fast, be fond of war, mighty and faithful to his
lord.

Wirt Icara I
II II
605* Gaja Yoni: One of Gaja (elephant) Yoni will walk in a
slow pace. He will be strong, will eat aplenty, be dear to king,
truthful and fatigued.

F1H I
smifrj wfctf II CoC II
606. Aja Yoni: One of Aja (goat) Yoni will break into

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 384--

impeccable and rare places and be quite suspicious and intelligent.

SrfqHt II <?o\9 II
607. Sarpa Yoni: The very sight of one bom in Sarpa
(snake) Yoni will instil fear. Further ^uch a person will be
ostentatious and will usurp others’ homes (or properties).

srMt (sib FJifatiS 7R: i

3RV4 4k: II So* II
608. Svana Yoni: One of Svana (dog) Yoni will eat
everything, be a liar, wicked, will wish good for his employer, will
not be able to withstand forests and be heroic.

nraWfaorjjHt fqwM n s°s n

609. Marjara Yoni: One of Maijara (cat) Yoni will have
tawny eyes, will eat anything, be fickle-minded, contemptuous and
be unnecessarily irascible.

sifni ’^Rt&ii II s?° n

610. Mushaka Yoni: One of Mushaka (rat) Yoni will be
wicked, interested in his undertakings, will destroy others’ work
and will completely destroy enemies.

II S?? II
611. Pasu Yoni: One of Pasu (cow) Yoni will be endowed
with various kinds of quadrupeds, fond of consuming milk, very

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 385--

charming and helpful to others.

II II
612. Mahisha Yoni: One of Mahisha (buffalo) Yoni will
walk in a slow pace, be stout bodied, will eat avidly, be mighty,
wealthy and will consume much food and milk.

WI 11 w n
613. Vyaghra Yoni: One of Vyaghra (tiger) Yoni will be a
destroyer, will eat anything, be a scholar, skilful and fearful by
mere appearance.
i
614. Mriga Yoni:’praMt qfl II tw ii One of Mriga
(deer) Yoni willenjoy songs and musical
instruments, be quite good-looking, fond of deers (or animals) and
wicked.
: II W II

615. Vanara Yoni: One of Vanara (monkey) Yoni will be

tawny eyed, unstable in mind, will move inforests, will consume
fruits and will win the trust of none.

Re>c(iif| f^: BiFRt II sis II

616. Nakula Yoni: One of Nakula (mongoose) Yoni will be
charming in appearance, devoted to his undertakings, willhonour
others’ mission, will live in holes (i.e. dingy places) and be long-
lived.

M ftsFKI: Wffi: I
H4WI^H^ II w ii
617. Simha Yoni; One of Simha (lion) Yoni will be very

Hora Ratnam-/ Chapter 2 386

strong, will have tawny eyes and thin waist, be fearful in
appearance and will eat anything.

Those were the effects of Yonis.

3TC
Now the effects of “Ganas” (formed by a given group of birth
Nakshatras) as per Yavanas (upto sloka 620).
Notes: “Ganas” are classified as that of the gods, the demons
and the men. These are in order known as Deva (divine being),
Rakshasa (demon) and Manushya (human being) Ganas.
Deva Gana Nakshatras: Asvini, Mrigasira, Punarvasu, HAsta,
Svathi, Anuradha, Sravana, Revathi, Abhijit and Pushyami.
Manushya Gana Nakshatras: Bharani, Rohini, Arudra,
PoorvaPhalguni, UttaraPhalguni, Poorvashadha, Uttarashadha,
Poorva Bhadra, Uttara Bhadra
Rakshasa Gana Nakshatras: Krittika, Aslesha, Makha, Chitta,
Visakha, Jyeshta, Moola, Dhanishta, Satabhisha.
Some do not take Abhijit into count.

HlWdl H?: II II
618. Deva Gana: One born under Deva Gana (or divine
group) will honour preceptors, gods and Brahmins. He will be an
analytical critic of scriptures and will possess a divine appearance.

HRB: I
fa®?: FH^T^ Hl: II W II
619. Hakshasa Gana: One bom under Rakshasa Gana
(demon’s group) will be ignorant, will perform sinful acts, be
irascible, arrogant, fond of quarrels, cruel and will indulge in
secretive acts.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 387--

*Rt <s|ldl II S3® II
620. Manushya Gana: One born under Manushya Gana
will provide food to others (particularly to the needy), be wealthy,
will worship gods and enjoy pleasures from (i.e. marry) an excellent
female.

Those were the effects for “Ganas”.

3R IcRI I
Now effects for births in day and night times.
Notes: Day time is from one sun rise to the following sun set.
Night time is from one sun set to the following sun rise.

<4^41 MHIW9 fenr H HSR: II S3? II

621. Day Birth: One born during day time will be
splendorous, will resemble his father in appearance, be endowed
with charming eyes, fond of oxen, will honour his kinsfolk and be
rich.

SRlMt H HRB: I
iRRR ^HqWSI fafa Wt II W II
622. Night Birth: One born during night time will be weak-
sighted, be troubled by much lust and tuberculosis of the lungs. He
will be ignorant, cruel and secretively sinful.

Those were the effects for day and night births.

Hxtti&l’. (Ht)

335lfa 4fcWM4*|U|i ’PcSlft dcMlfiRR JW^I I C'

HRFER ai<H«i«faHI wfr II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 388--

dl<fa*W^q 4bil^fo^4«ltflPWI I tf-HM^Iwi
^’HU^lftl^'^ II II
623 - 625. (a) There may arise a doubt in the present context.
Declaring the effects of year etc. (as discussed in the current
chapter) will be futile since there are no guidelines about the time
of their maturity. But it is not so. Dundhi Raja in his
Jatakabharanam has stated in respect of results of week day,
Nakshatra, Thithi, Karana, Yoga and others asunder.
(b) Results due to birth in a given (Jovian) year will mature
in the dasa ruled by the planet who rules the Savana year at birth;
that of Ayana and Ritu of birth in the dasa of the Sun; that of
the month of birth in the dasa of the lord of the month of birth;
that of Gana, Nakshatra and Paksha of birth in the dasa of
the Moon;
that of Thithi and Karana of birth in the sub period of the
Moon under the dasa of the Sun;
that of the week day of birth in the dasa ruled by the lord of
the week day of birth;
that of Nitya Yoga or Dina Yoga of birth in the dasa of the
stronger of the luminaries;
that of the natal ascendant in the dasa of the natal ascendant
lord;
that of the Moon sign at birth in the dasa of the Moon’s
dispositor; and
that of the Bhava in the natal horoscope will come to pass in
the dasa of the lord of the Bhava in question.
Notes: Knowledge of lord of the year, month etc. is necessary
to understand these instructions. These are too detailed to be
reproduced here. 1 have discussed these in great detail in my notes
in chapter 27 of Volume 1 of my English translation of Briaht
Parasara Hora Sastra. Reference may accordingly be made by the
reader.

II
In the same way, the results for birth in day time and night
time be declared to occur in the dasas of the Sun and of the Moon
in order.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 389--

Thus end instructions concerning effects of Years, and others.

‘smrai: y<iw^ WHI i

c-

ii ii

II II

SIFTRfc II II
626 - 629. (a) The effects of Shadvarga (six divisions) are
being stated infra. For this, the degree of ascendant is to be
computed.
Brahma Siddhanta stipulates, "The Ayanamsa (or
processional) value should be added in case of the ascendant, the
Sun and Chara (ascensional differences).”,
According to.this, the Sun’s degree should be increased by
the Ayanamsa value. The ascendant calculated with the help of
tropical Sun will also be tropical. Again, the treatises of sages
contain no instruction to reduce the Ayanamsa value from the
tropical ascendant. Hence Shadvarga effects should be declared
based on tropical ascendant only, and not on sidereal ascendant.
(That such doubts may occur in some minds, is the fear of the
author. Hence, his following clarifications.)
But that is not the case. For the Sun God in Surya Jataka

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 390--

instructs to deduct the processional value in the degree of tropical
ascendant and to base effects for Shadvarga (and others) on
sidereal ascendant.
The Sun God states: Add Ayanamsa of the epoch concerned
to the Nirayana Sun to get tropical Sun (and call it ’A”). Note the
ascending duration of the resultant tropical Sun sign (as at "A")
and call it "B”. Multiply "A" by "B” and the resultant product is
to be known as "C". Divide "C" by 30 and arrive at "D". Reduce
"D" from the time of birth to get "E". Remove from "E" the
various wholesome durations of the signs subsequent to the tropical
Sun sign. The balance left out in this process be multiplied by 30
and be divided by the ascending duration of the sign next to the last
of the signs deducted from "E". The resultant figure be increased
by. the left out portion of the last of these signs from which
Ayanamsa value should be expunged. Thus is arrived at the
Nirayana ascendant. (This applies to day birth.)
In case of night birth add six signs to the Sun’s position and
conduct the rest of the process as above.

ykjftMl^ HHRIF[ II $3° II

$414-1 f^IRFH*3rFR^J II 53? II

630 ■ 631. Shadvarga: Hora Pradipa has the following to state
in respect of effects of the six divisions of the ascendant. Physique
from the ascendant, wealth from Hora, effects of work (i.e.
livelihood) from Drekkana, brothers (and sisters) from Saptamsa,
progeny from Navamsa, spouse from Dvadasamsa, and death from
Trimsamsa are to be considered, according to the learned in
astrology.

Now about the effects for births in various ascendants (upto

sloka 667).

Kd&diRmi *R; nn

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 391--

fat: I
Mfe tM’IdMdl faHl4l faldlR: II533 II
HHT *FB<?ld*lPdd£ I siKdlfa HHJ
©^i d4l<iRPkl5di^l*^ n 538 n

632 - 634. Aries Ascendant: One born in Aries ascendant will

be given to anger, very miserly and will live in foreign lands. He
will be content with a limited number of children. His eyes will
resemble that of a goat. He will stammer in speech, be skilful, an
excellent personage and will perform excellent deeds. His coborn
and friends will be inimical to him. He will have little intelligence
and be fickle-minded. His kinsmen will be mean. He will be timid,
firm, wealthy, and disconsolate. He will do small jobs but will be a
wonderful accomplisher and will have subdued foes. During his
childhood, his mother will be sickly. He will diminish paternal
wealth and will be defective of some limb. His spouse will be a
delicate youth, be deficient in limb and be troubled by windy
diseases. These are the effects for Aries ascendant.
Notes: The results mentioned for the various divisions hereof
should be applied after a Careful study of the aspects, associations,
Karakatvas, planets etc. involved in the context.

II S3* II
srpfrm; Frsfo HSJ cb'wi^ai i
dlfol+^fa^dafcMWKtf f&R: II 33511
HFjf M'M si
u
<IRMR I
II T* †††

635 - 636. Taurus Ascendant: One born in Taurus ascendant

will be fortunate, famous and will achieve his desires in respect of
robes and ornaments. He will be a miser in regard to food and
drinks, and be fond of his beloved or virgins. He will follow the
same line of work as his father. His chest will be prominent. He will

††† 53^ II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 392--

be troubled by his own men and be a uniquely religious person.
Phlegmatic and windy disorders will trouble him. His wealth will
emanate from business activities, tilling, gambling and water
resorts. He will be firm, skilful and will patronize his dependants
and be famous. His wife will be very fierce, odd and be an evil
person, and his kinsfolk will be fierce. These are the effects for
Taurus ascendant. Notes: "Dayita"meansabelovedaswellaswife.
“Beloved” is more suitable to the context, followed by the
expression “virgins” as an alternative.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 393--

SRheqsr^fafe^ Hi^tena n li
wn <hw«W^i Fwfarat *Hsibi5ifa i
MRte<H>l faffa II $3^ II
fag* ii
637 - 639. Gemini Ascendant: One born in the third
ascendant - Gemini - will speak affably and be greatly munificent.
He will be skilful in the meanings of scriptures, music and arts,
fond of enjoying pleasures, subdued by lust and will possess an
excellent spouse and two mothers. He will be the best among those
deserving honour, be skilful and will have excess or deficiency of
limbs. His enemies will be nowhere, i.e. defeated. He will be
unmanageable, mean and endowed with family, wealth, will have
evil sons, be impartial, will have a limited number of relatives, and
be indolent in religious matters. He will not delay matters
concerning accumulation of wealth, will have many wives, be
diseased, will destroy his foes, confine to his own place, make
efforts to dispel diseases, acquire precious stones, wool, gold and
landed properties, be a famous orator and be modest.
These are the effects for Gemini ascendant.

II 58° II

^3IM3l 31 3^I^3RHT II 58? II

R&|J|| HkMHM II583II

$<$!<: II
640 - 642. Cancer Ascendant: One born in Cancer ascendant
will have crooked disposition, will live in many places, honour gods
and Brahmins, be magnanimous, intelligent, kind to destitute men
and be phlegmatic and windy in constitution. He

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 394--

will be of unstable mind, will be hasty, timid, will
spend his wealth for others’ sake, be honourable, excellent
among his men z and be lustful. He will possess wicked
sons, be garrulous, will' have good relatives, will have
(more) daughters (than sons), and be tender-hearted. His
possessions will also include cows, buffalos, wealth, grains,
robes and ornaments. He will be adventurous and very bold.
He will live in foreign lands and (some of) his kinsfolk will
be of evil conscience. He will differentiate between sin,
truth and the good.
These are the effects for Cancer ascendant.
Notes: As for relatives, two contradictory versions are found
in the text. Hence it should be understood that some of his relatives
will be good while some will be evil.

qSf srafcnwif g HHH 11 11

643 - 645. Leo Ascendant: The face of one born in Leo

ascendant will resemble that of a lion. He will be endowed with
great radiance and strong shoulders and chest. He will earn royal
honours, be bold, profound, endowed with strong positions, fond of
meat, will speak sparingly and cause happiness to others. He will
combat (lit. kill) his co-born and kinsfolk, if they are found to be
evil. He will be more of windy constitution, will endure grief, be
very irascible, will wander in forests and mountains, will torture
others, be a miser, will destroy his foes, will patronize his family
members for his own sake, be interested in agriculture etc.,
endowed with friends andrelatives, be aspendthrift, attached to
other religions and will consume filthy food. His spouse will be
aged, a dancer, an ascetic,, inferior or business-minded.
These are the effects for Leo ascendant.
Notes: For a native of Leo ascendant, attributing "filthy

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 395--

food” is not correct. This is against the nature of lion denoted by
the Sun, the lord of the ascendant.
"Miserliness" is also incorrect. In fact ''spendthrift" appears
later in the text which is correct and is in line with the disposition of
2nd and 11th lord Mercury.

c
b’"<4l 4»l41 I
II 585 II

ifl’ils’ql fesi^: Ararat vpfcra npft n 58« 11 W5:

fZR; I
MI4WI$ n 58* n
$WRW[I
646 - 648. Virgo Ascendant: One born in Virgo ascendant
will be soft-spoken, kind, lustful, charming and modest. He will be
knowledgeable in music, poetry, Behaviour, arts, Donorship,
Civility and Love (all these - as subjects of study). He will have a
penchant for acquiring daughters, affection, enjoyment and might
and will enjoy others’ wealth. He will be lovely or noble by
disposition, be a wanderer, dual-natured, more windy in
constitution, will have limited number of (or foolish) progeny, be
righteous and honourable. He will receive honours from the
members of his race, be mighty, a family man and industrious. He
will not be favourable to unchaste women. He will go against his co-
born. His anger will accumulate due to uncivilized and inimical lot.
These are the effects for Virgo ascendant.

slkiftaH wr n 58s n
c^ll^Kl *it»ild<Ml Iwidii I
II 5*0 II

qml$eH<M 4J^^: <*«MoWIFr$fe: II $x? II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 396--

c53I^ II
649 - 651. Libra Ascendant: One born in Leo ascendant will
possess handsome features. His complexion will be dark with a mix
of blood-red shade. He will be of unstable mind, be indolent in
disposition and be tall. An ungrateful person, he will diminish his
earnings. He will have crooked limbs. An orator, he will be highly
intelligent, righteous and be much in grief. He will travel through
the country, will have (medical) knowledge of phlegm and wind,
will follow the codes laid down in scriptures, will promote strife and
possess a beloved. He will be pure, will own large conveyances, will
perform fire sacrifices and be honourable. His father is of
questionable origin. The subject will be fond of his co-born. His
spouse will have a base background. His kinsfolk will wish ill of
him. His sons will destroy his family. He will be sinful and be
physically weak. His foes will be soft in disposition. Poetry will be
his calling.
These are the effects for Libra ascendant.
Notes: “Kri.tagna Pujyah” in sloka 650 should read as “Krita
Yagnah Pujyah” which means performing fire sacrifices and being
honourable.
These are the effects for Libra ascendant.

feR: fwiFwrai wi
WHHfel II w II
WR M3<HI'( I
II 5X13 II
||
652 - 654. Scorpio Ascendant: If the 8th sign - Scorpio -
ascends, one willhave broad and stoutchest, a drooping belly and
tawny eyes expressing profundity. He will be of more bilious
constitution. He will have a pendulous nose and be a betrayer. He
will beevilfor his mother,be firm,fierce, of crooked disposition,
jealous and will betray his friends. He will posses large landed
properties and will yet live on others’ food. He will promote
violence and quarrels, be heroic, will have illicit connections with

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 397--

other women and will earn foes. He will have royal associations,
will gather wealth through sinful me ans and be a family man. He
will be mean, fierce, devoted to his work, will have progeny, and
will seek Lord Siva’s mercy. He will patronize those who are
modest, be interested in eminent women and be a wanderer. These
are the effects for Scorpio ascendant.

RkllR: I
II W II
nlwfl "l^lia^TlI sftat H^frl: f&E: I
533 Rk’RcI# II SUS II
<^<41^3 4>'blR^lcHI I
31 ®Rqi<^dH$: II II
II
655 - 657. Sagittarius Ascendant: One bom in Sagittarius
ascendant will have a stout and prominent physique. He will be
bashful, and will possess large eyes and defective nails. His enemies
will be subdued. His chest, shoulders, arms, belly, teeth, ears and
nose will all be large. He will help others and will excel in the
knowledge of many scriptures. He will be fierce, intelligent, truthful
in his calling and be the best person among his family members.
His righteous acts will be for his own sake. He will be fond of his
kinsmen. He will have knowledge of arts and be skilful. He will
resort only to peaceful means to achieve his aims. He will have
many wives and sons, be more phlegmatic and windy in
constitution, will incur diseases of the mouth (or face) and eyes, will
have a lot of movements and be very mean to achieve his family
ends. His wealth will be destroyed by the king or by
These are for Sagittarius ascendant.
’pnFit Mte i
toat AtdMciaw* SJMKS: ne^ii

gdi^wilste^ szpft -
F^fc^FfM: II sxx ii vrtf wft ^IcW^MlsTtf^

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 398--

oH+MdHIH I ^wsil - siaifc II ss° II
!?fa II
658 - 660. Capricorn Ascendant: One born in Capricorn
ascendant will be ugly, emaciated, will have a face resembling that
of a deer, be timid, very tall and be endowed with much wealth and
much soft disposition. He will have well-risen (or prominent) and
curly hair, white tinged eyes and a broad chest. He will be fickle-
minded and be troubled by hunger. Devoid of orthodox conduct, he
will move in mountains and forests. He will have knowledge of
music and scriptures, be very munificent, devoid of affection, be
more windy in constitution, will possess a mean spouse, be indolent,
a spendthrift, will possess beautiful eyes and waist, be bereft of
jealousy, be righteous and will live in foreign lands. He will gather
wealth through king, arts, trading and valour, will have many
daughters, will have good behaviour, be mean, fickle-minded, a
family man, subdued by his spouse and will have wicked relatives
and crafty enemies.
These are for Capricorn ascendant.

aM fang: sfant -
f^n4: fap II $51 II
■□I’iHl <sl5lC>dl I
o<
Mdltfl l4l ?l<sl II II

PHRIB^H. W fatfan: ^Fimfarei: u $$3 n W

37R?:
H xjjHHIt? Hc^t H HPPtel^FHT «mPd I
^Fira^ H O’J’JH: II 558 II
II
661 - 664. Aquarius Ascendant: (a) One born in Aquarius
ascendant will have widely split nose-tip. He will be mean, though
born in an excellent family. He will promote strife, be independent,
given to anger, ever thirsty, more phlegmatic and windy in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 399--

constitution, emaciated, a well-wisher of others, a talebearer and
notorious. He will be inclined to perform big tasks among men, be
very indolent and will lose friends and family members. He will be
immersed in pleasures from women, gambling and attaining the
four human ends. He will live in foreign lands, be a spendthrift,
crafty, troubled by co-born, and wicked and blameworthy in his
deeds. He will acquire a skilful spouse who will promote quarrels.
His friends will be crafty and not be well-intentioned. He will be
jealous and troubled by phlegmatic disorders.
These are the effects for Aquarius ascendant.
(b) Varaha Mihira states as under. Satyacharya does not
consider Aquarius ascendant as an auspicious one. Yavanas
condemn even its Dvadasamsa divisions. Vishnu Gupta counters,
“which then is the sign that has no Dvadasamsa of Aquarius?”

MI4lPl^14j^tlrM*l’dI: fa4ki: II 55X II

jftdi^4i+i4yRieMft5i: 1
|| <-<-$||

Il 55« II
665 • 667. Pisces Ascendant: One born in Pisces ascendant
will be interested in jobs like pulverizing (i.e. associated with
activities producing flour and the like), will incur skin diseases, will
have a round face, be fond of liquor and meat, be bold, physically
strong, intelligent, pure, will follow scriptural laws and be modest.
He will be learned in music, female’s routines (i.e. domestic chores)
and craftsmanship. He will have (more) female issues, be endowed
with conviction and fame and be unmanageable. He
willhavealargeandunstable family. He will be fortunate, firm, will
have splendorous co-born, be predominantly of phlegmatic and
windy constitution and be grain-whisker (Cf. association with flour
seated earlier). He will have dealings with fruits, be magnificent,
will have mean and fierce foes, be soft-spoken and smiling and will
incur diseases caused by snakes, fire and blood. He will have a
physique weakened by poison.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 400--

These are the effecte for Pisces ascendant.
Notes: Pulverizer and grain-whisker denote professions
related to agricultural fields and flour mills.

3P1 I
Now effects of Hora or half of a sign.
Notes: Following effects are based on the ascendant
occurring in Hora or half of the sign.

nn
668. If the lord of Hora is strong, the effects due to birth in a
given Hora will occur. If the Hora is associated with or aspected by
its lord, the effects due to the Bhava (i.e. Hora Lagna and the
planets contained in it) will produce excellent effects. A contrary
situation will produce contrary effects, i.e. in case of relationship
with other planets (than the lord of the Hora), different effects will
occur.
Notes: During the present discussions, the word "Hora” has
been, keeping the context in.mind, interpreted as half of the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 401--

sign although “Hora” also means the natal ascendant.

MWICHI H^T: I <

3>pft
H: II II
669. Suh’s Hora: Birth in the Hora of the Sun will lead to
the under-mentioned effects. The. subject concerned will be
interested in resorting to questionable ways of living. He will be
crafty, bereft of good appearance, be wicked, sinful, dirty, bereft of
happiness and wealth, cruel and bereft of virtues. He *
in servitude, will walk fast, be profound in heart, lustful, wiM be
subdued by another woman (than spouse}, will blame gods and
Brahmans, be very talkative and unsightly.

«: H<fyu|lfo:

stew HFH; II SOO II

670. Moon’s Hora: One born in the Hora of the Moon will be
of peaceful disposition, endowed with various virtues,be ever firm in
mind, will honour his friends, and be blessed with various kinds of
jewels, excellent wife, progeny and wealth. He will dress, well, be
puje, sacrificial in nature, honourable, devoted to his* work, eligible
to royal patronage and be fond of his attendants.
fi? I . ..tr -

H3 q II SS? II
SklfaR: $1: HHcWl^ltR: I
$t>il<& 3i II II
671 - 672. (a) The Hora of the Sun rising at birth, in aspect to a
benefic planet, will cause dwelling in the native country. The Hora of
the Moon in a similar case will necessitate living in a

Hora Ratnaih / Chapter 2 401

foreign land.
(b) The lord of the Hora (i.e. the Sun or the Moon as the case
may be) in an angle and in relation to a benefic, by aspect or
company, will cause wealth, pearls and others including gold. A
malefic thus Will give such wealth consisting of iron, donkeys and
buffalos.

These are the effects for Horas,

sra i
Now effects of decanates.
Following effects should be applied when the decanate of
natal ascendant is of the Sun, Moon etc.
Decanate is one third part of a sign.

’TUTWI H II SS3 II
673. Ascendant in Sun’s Decanate: One born in the Sun’s
decanate (i.e. Leo) will be dirty, valorous, fond of women, cruel,
adventurous, skilful in performing evil deeds, foolish and will take
evil men’s side. He will eat much, will have illicit connections with
his teacher’s (or elder’s) spouse, will have a limited number of sons
(or progeny) and be addicted to gambling. He will be sinful, miserly,
wicked, a rogue, talkative and of unsightly appearance.

1^j<M,4alc4><yR SRft I

’4’lfa’kat fa&tySItfl H H?: II SUB II

674. Ascendant in Moon’s Decanate: One born in the

Moon’s decanate (i.e. Cancer) will have an excellent physique with a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 402--

face resembling the full moon. He will be versed in arts and will
speak much. Should the Moon at birth be not full, birth in this
decanate will at some time inflict tuberculosis of the lungs. The
subject will have restricted association with scriptures, be good at
heart, be honoured by his kinsfolk, fickle-minded, will differentiate
between the right and wrong, be an expert in foreign (matters), and
be of unsightly appearance.
Notes: When the natal ascendant falls in the Moon’s
decanate, good or bad effects according to the Moon’s digits will
come into force.
“Videsa Kusalo” which otherwise makes no proper sense is
loosely interpreted as an expert in foreign matters which can be
practically for any purpose like business, dwelling etc.

W HITO II II
675. Ascendant in Mars’ Decanate: One born in a decanate
of Mars (i.e. Aries or Scorpio) will be dirty, cruel, bereft of wealth,
be sinful, miserly, be devoid of any significant accomplishments,
hard-hearted, unkind, of evil disposition and garrulous. He will
have injured body, addicted to filling his belly, irascible, troubled
by diseases, will serve others and will sacrifice all virtues,

HT: II II
676. Ascendant in Mercury’s Decanate: One born in the
decanate of Mercury (i.e. Gemini or Virga) will be highly
intelligent, ever honoured by the king, long-lived, mighty, will have
many children, be peaceful, famous and pure. He will be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 403--

interested in religion or wisdom, be not careless, be always liked by
virtuous people, be versed in rituals, a jewel of the family, endowed
with abundant wealth, of sacrificial disposition and a happy soul.
677. Ascendant in Jupiter’s Decanate: One born in Jupiter’s

’tarn*

II SUU II
decanate (i.e. Sagittarius or Pisces) will be long-lived j and bereft of
sickness. He will be a lord of intelligence (i.e. exceptionally
intelligent), be quite charming in appearance, an ocean of virtues,
will aim at attaining final emancipation, be righteous and endowed
with means of begetting freedom from rebirths. He will be a temple
of mercy (i.e. highly merciful), be peaceful, virtuous, pure, fond of
befriending good women, will / keep away from others’ wives, be

charming in appearance and full of wealth.

II GU* II

678. Ascendant in Venus’ Decanate: One born in a

decanate of Venus (i.e. Taurus or Libra) will have an excellent
physique, be entitled to royal notice, a knower of everything, be
skilful in winning others’ hearts, munificent, ever a patron, and be
wealthy with pearls, diamonds, excellent women and progeny. He
will be merciful, pure, patient, righteous and truthful but detached.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 404--

^dl4<(8d: I
MIMkHI ’fJ’bde'PilsRlflijd: FTF^KHI
J&NdVjW: FWRfef: <blHl^l HH3= II II
679. Ascendant in Saturn’s decanate: One born in a
decanate of Saturn (Capricorn or Aquarius) will be dirty, cruel,
soft, thievish, evil-minded, miserly, devoid of significant
accomplishments, will serve others, bereft of virtues, be sinful, will
associate with the spouse of a teacher (or of an elder), a great tale-
bearer, irascible, unkind, sad, garrulous, devoid of charming
appearance and troubled by lust.

<5*3 I
«c*4+di wit: H5[ II II

WWfdt H ?RF1: II II
68Q - 681. (a) If the ascendant at birth belongs to a benefic’s
decanate, or is occupied or aspected by a benefic, the person will
perform good deeds and will possess wide fame. If the lord of
decanate is a malefic, inauspicious results will accrue.
(b) The lord of a decanate, if exalted or in a friend’s sign, will
be auspicious. A contrary situation will cause grief.

These are the effects for decanates.

Now on consideration of co-born from Saptamsa.

Notes: Following are the effects for the natal ascendant in
Saptamsa or seventh division.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 405--

682. If the Saptamsa of the 3rd house falls in a sign ruled by
one of Sun, Mars and Jupiter or be-in aspect to one of them, the
subject will have younger brothers. Mercury or Venus in this case
will cause birth of younger sisters.
Notes: The Moon is not referred to here. But the relation of
the Moon will lead to acquisition of younger sisters.

aw wni i
Now the effects of rulers of Navamsa ascendant.
Notes: Following are the effects of ascendants occurring in
Navamsa or the one ninth division.

*R: II 5*3 II
683. The Sun Ruling Navamsa Ascendant: Should Leo
Navamsa ascend at birth, the person will have long and curly hair, a
symmetric body with fair complexion, be profound, splendorous, be
skilful in sexual acts, interested in sinful deeds, stunned and
valorous. He will have an extremely unstable wealth, be of blood-
red (i.e. fair) complexion, righteous, happy, cruel, will destroy foes
and will have limited sons.

II 5*8 II
684. The Moon Ruling Navamsa Ascendant: The physique of
one born in Cancer Navamsa will reflect the brilliance of gold. He
will neither be tall nor short, will have a broad body, thick hair and
charming eyes, be complete in of respect wealth, be righteous,
virtuous, fond of bodily pleasures and will dress attractively.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 406--

sMll^Rl Wft I
*J& tIta'Ri§j>5>Rlg>?IW MI^X’MM’f:
3* FHIc^^Rl HT: II II
685. Mars Ruling Navamsa Ascendant: One born in a
Navamsa of Mars (Aries or Scorpio) will have brown hair, round
eyes and somewhat a depressed back, be fair in complexion, will
have ugly or diseased nails and a scarred body and be lustful. He
will be wicked, envious, skilful in usurping the acquisitions of
females and be less righteous. He will be happy, cruel, a destroyer
of foes and be very miserly.

H?: II II
686. Mercury Ruling Navamsa Ascendant: One born in a
Navamsa of Mercury (Gemini or Virgo) will be dark-bodied, will
have roving eyes, an even body, abroad chest, long and curly hair
and charming teeth and waist. He will be short-lived, be skilful in
buying and selling, be courageous, wealthy, happy and endowed
with an excellent female, with robes, garlands and
ornaments.

5IRJ: HF’S ^>Mll^d: I

R^lieal II II
687. Jupiter Ruling Navamsa Ascendant: One born in a
Navamsa of Jupiter (Sagittarius or Pisces) will be dark in
complexion, will have abelly of lotus shape and an attractive face
with eyes reflecting the brilliance of a blue lily. He will be tall.

will have attractive hair and very soft palms with superior lines. He
will possess intelligence of a high order, be fond of guests, highly
virtuous, valorous, fond of women, wealth’7 and will have a
mellifluous voice.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 407--

688. Venus RulingNaWwnwAscendants Onebom in a
Navamsabf Venus (Taurus or Libra) will have down wardlooking
eyes, soft hair, attractive form, neck resembling a conch (i.e. a well-
shaped neck), be impatient, dark in complexion, will have an
attractive navel, be heroic, wealthy, virtuous, be fond of poetry,
munificent, happy with robes and decorations and interested in
flowers.

^51:

f^Flf
'jftfaOTW’ft HH3t II II
. ^89. Saturn Ruling Navamsa Ascendant: One born in a
Navamsa of Saturn (Capricorn or Aquarius) will be bereft of
physical splendour, will have gray hair, an emaciated and dark
body, soft eyes, and be independent. He will be complete with
numerous virtues, be sinful, irreligious and will have limited wealth.

sfa WIT WCT I,

690. Navamsa & Progeny: If the lord of 5th from

Navamsa ascendant is related to (both) benefics and malefics by

conjunction or aspect, the subject will acquire auspicious and
numerous progeny. If only by malefics, this will not come to pass.
Thus end the effects of various planet's Navamsas in the
ascendant.

I
Now simply the effects of Navamsas in ascendant.
Notes: In the previous pages, effects of various planets ruling
the Navamsa ascendants have been given, Now effects of for the
various Navamsas - 1st to the 9th - in the ascendant are discussed.
Although by implication these apply to any ascendant, results

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 408--

should be applied wisely after a careful analysis of the lord of the
division in question.

oiiRHKWiStea II w II
691. First Navamsa: One born in the 1st Navamsa of a sign
will be a talebearer, of unstable disposition, a profligate, interested
in sinful acts, be attentive of others’ vices and be a thief.

ii w II
692. Second Navamsa: One born in the 2nd Navamsa of a
sign will be righteous, truthful, learned in many scriptures, firm in
his aims and very enthusiastic.

II w II
693:*.Third Navamsa: One born in the 3rd Navamsa of a sign
will enjoy wealth, will not be desirous of being involved in battles
(or quarrels) and be attached to a female relating to the field of
music.
Notes: “Gandharva” denotes heavenly singers. Instead of
literally interpreting the term, we take a broad meaning that the
person will be involved with one from the field of music, songs etc.

694. Fourth Navamsa: One born in the 4th Navamsa of a

sign will be ever engaged in gathering whatever is there to
remember and see on the earth and in the heavens. (To wit, the
person will attempt to acquire widely.)

30 qo^HR& II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 409--

695. Fifth Navamsa: One born in the 5th Navamsa of a sign
will be rich in terms of all favourable physiognomical features. He
will be blessed with long life and many sons.

W: II W II
696. Sixth Navamsa: One born in the 6th Navamsa of a sign
will be defeated (or subdued) by a woman, be childless, a
hermaphrodite, will have lastingenmity and be very enthusiastic.

-ara: II II
697. Seventh Navamsa: One born in the 7th Navamsa will be
mighty, intelligent, heroic, defeated in a war and be offirm thinking
and much enthusiasm.

KOIcHlMPsW I
HW sjgft dHSH8HRl4> II II
698. Eighth Navamsa: One born in the 8th Navamsa
will be skilful in respect of his religion, be generally skilful, self-
restrained and will patronize his servants.

siEwraraR 3 ^n; HM<£I(&II: I

H nwn
699. Ninth Navamsa: Learned declare that effects for birth
in the 9th Navamsa of a sign are the same as the ones mentioned for
the 8th Navamsa.

These are the effects for various Navamsas in the ascendant.

(3^

Now effects for births in various Dvadasamsas. Notes:

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 410--

Following instructions are based on the natal ascendant falling in
given Dvadasamsa or the twelfth division.

II Uoo II
700. Sun’s Dvadasamsa: , One born in the Sun’s
Dvadasamsa (i.e. Leo) will be dirty, fickle-minded, cruel, shortlived,
indolent, lustful and less religious. ?

fte'raf II II
701. Moon’s Dvadasamsa: One born in the Dvadasamsa of
the Moon (i.e. Cancer) will patronize his kinsfolk, be learned,
wealthy, charming in appearance, learned in arts and very
religious. ;•

WFS II II
702. Mars’ Dvadasamsa: One born in a Dvadasamsa of
Mars (i.e. Aries or Scorpio) will be a tale-bearer, dirty, foolish,
sinful, fond of sexual love and less religious.

«K>i<mai n so? n
703. Mercury’s Dvada samsa: One born in a Dvadasamsa of
Mercury (ie. Gemini or Virgo) will be very fortunate, virtuous,
interested in learning and be respectful of gods and preceptors. He
will not tolerate others and be fond of juices.
Notes: The term u Suryamsa? does not denote “the Navamsa
of the Sun” in the present context, but just “Dvadasamsa”. “Surya”
means a twelfth as there are twelve Adityas or Suryas. “Amsa”
means, also a division.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 411--

II Wo8 II
704. Jupiter’s Dvadasamsa: One bom in a Dvadasamsa of
Jupiter (i.e. Sagittarius or Pisces) will be pure, learned in the
meanings of scriptures, an orator, long-lived, lordly and be
receptacle of friends.

TO I
spft TOT SITOR! ii ii
705. Venus’s Dvadasamsa: One bom in a Dvadasamsa of
Venus (i.e. Taurus or Libra) will be heroic, very rich, will enjoy
pleasures, ever, fond of dances and songs, pure, magnificent, patient
and an orator.

nil’ll JXFX5TR| II II
706. Saturn’s Dvadasamsa: One bom in a Dvadasamsa of
Saturn (i.e. Capricorn or Aquarius) will be miserly, fickle- minded,
wicked, lustful, will long for others’ wealth, be dirty and not
religious.
HW: MA: ^MT II *9o^9 II
707. Others: If the Dvadasamsa (ascendant) has many
planets in it, one will beget many spouses; benefics therein will
make them handsome while malefics give them ugliness. Both
benefics and malefics forming part of this Yoga will give contrary
effects, i.e. some will be handsome and some unsightly.
Notes: In the first line "Bala Yuthe" should read as "Bahu
Yuthe" meaning many planets (or a number of planets, say, three or
four) to get the correct import. Apparently, "Bala” (3^ for ^) is a
transmission error.

5&SFWI’R5«[l
These are the effects for Dvadasamsas.

3W I
Now effects for Trimsamsa.
Notes: Following effects apply to Trimsamsa ascendant.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 412--

Trimsamsa as such cannot exactly be classified as a certain division
as the lengths are unequal

’jsf: fa* I
’JRM fall5&
II Wo' II
708. Mars* Trimsamsa: One born in the Trimsamsa
division of Mars will be a fool, be with an ill-formed body, skilful,
ugly, cruel, wicked, bereft of wealth, fond of others’ women, sinful,
be a slave at heart, will acquire enemy’s wealth and be mean-
minded.

W55T: I
$*4fUdl

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 413--

709. Saturn’s Trimsamsa: One born in the Trinisamsa
division of Saturn will be devoid of learning, happiness and wealth.
He will be a tale-bearer, ugly, subdued by females, involved in
squabbles, wholly miserly, a servant, interested in evil deeds, dirty
and ungrateful.

3IHIWufa'MA*H+‘tyf>l-

ii avo ii
710. Jupiter’s Trimsamsa: One born in the Trimsamsa
division of Jupiter will be endowed with an orthodox conduct, caste
restrictions, modesty, courage, dutifulness and splendour. He will be
learned, wealthy, long-lived, will have many children and will lose
his wealth,

II K9W II :
711. Mercury’s Trimsamsa: One born in the Trimsamsa
division of Mercury will be endowed with religion, wealth, desires,
progeny, fame and success. He will be learned, very wise;. virtuous
and highly egoistic and interested in divine women (or- women with
excellent features), ornaments, flowers and scents.

WHH*lRkl4>ii!l .11 w II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 • 414‘

712. Venus* Trimsamsa: One born in the Trimsamsa division
of Venus will excel possessing many superior virtues. He will be
gifted with beautiful eyes, be playful with members of the opposite
sex, learned in all scriptures, will honour excellent Brahmins and
Gods, be magnificent and kind.

Hl farft II II
713. Others: If the 8th (lord) from Trimsamsa ascendant is
abenefic or aspectedby a beriefic, one’s death will be auspicious, i.e.
peaceful. Involvement of a planet that is not a benefic will produce a
contrary effect.

Thus end the effects of Trimsamsa.

Now discussed is Dimbha Chakra based on Jatakabharanam.

Notes: This Chakra or diagram is used to knowing about
specific effects distributing the various Nakshatras, with refere nee
to the natal Sun’s Nakshatra position, among the various limbs of
the figure of a boy. This however does not mean that predictions are
restricted to childhood or to male natives only. The details are as in
the ensuing verses.

t II ii

ijfWI: || W II

’jn’l i qa; Fiwpi

dfcF ^5FRt: II W II ^■■'tlPl^il

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 415--

®td«t><s|l^'il: I
^WT«IT H^F H?R5H II TO II
714 - 717. Method of Distribution: (a) The first three
Nakshatras from the one occupied by the natal Sun should be noted
down on the head of the figure. The distribution continues r with the
next three on the face, the next two on shoulders, the next two on the
arms, the next two on the palms, the next five on the chest, the next
one on the navel, the next one on the privities, the next six on the
knees, and the last two on the feet. Based on the natal Nakshatra (i.e.
the one occupied by the Moon) falling in a specific limb of the body,
results as prescribed by the sages should be declared.
(b) Bala Bhadra comments asunder. Dundhi Raja suggests
distribution of six Nakshatras on the knees, and two on the feet. This
is contrary to the basic tenets. For the work Svarodaya clearly states
as under.
(c) Counted from the Sun’s Nakshatra position at birth, «
distribute three on the head, three on the face, two on shoulders, one
each oil the two arms, one each on the two hands (i.e. lower arms),
five on the chest, one on the navel, one on the privity, six on the
knees, and one each on the two feet should be distributed. In this
distribution, note the. limb on which the' Nakshatra (occupied by the
Moon) falls. Jtestylts should be based accordingly.
NQtes: Abhijit Nakshatra is not considered in Dimbha
Chakra;^
Now assume the Sun at birth is in Asvini. Then, the distribution in
Dimbha Chakra will be:
Head Asvini, Bharani and Krittika. (3)-
Face Rohini, Mrigasira and Arudra (3)
Shoulders Punarvasu and Pushyami. (2)
Upper Aslesha and Makha. (2)
Arms Poorva Phalguni and
Lower Uttara Phalguni (2)
(Each shoulder, upper arm and lower arm will get one star each.)
Chest : Hasta, Chitta, Svathi, Visakha, and
Anuradha. (5)
Navel Jyeshta. (1)
Privity Mula. (1)

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 416--

Knees Poorvashadha, Uttarshadha,
Sravana,
Dhanishta, Satabhisha, Poorva
Feet : Uttarabhadra and Revathi. (2)
The Dimbhaka Chakra given in Svarodaya agrees with the one
given in Garuda Purana, chapter 60, slokas 18 - 20.
Suppose one with the Sun in Asvini as above is born with natal
Nakshatra (i.e. the Moon’s position) in Jyeshta. Hence his Dimbha
Cakra’s Nakshatra will be in the navel. Accordingly results for
"navel’' should be foretold.
Dimbha Chakra’s effects are otherwise for a specific
relationship with the Nakshatras occupied by the Sun and the Moon
at birth. The diagram suggested is for understanding the effects
only.
"Dimbhaka" means an urchin. The suggestion implied is to
place the Nakshatras on the figure of aboy, for easy identification.
We can in fact do even without a Hoy’s figure drawn.
Results for Dimbha Chakra are discussed in the ensuing
verses.

RWiRHt faaRI H II II
718. On Head: If the birth Nakshatra falls on the head in
Dimbha Chakra, the subject will be endowed with diamonds, gold,
beautiful robes and wonderful fans made of palm leaves. (Thatis, the
person willleadarich life with various paraphernalia.) Notes: One
will get silk clothes, according to Garuda Pur ana (GP).

PteRHHi WRHHT WI 5RFH: I

flHHHHl HI HcRFI & HFI II W< II
719. On Face: If the birth Nakshatra falls on the face in
Dimbha Chakra, the subject will eat sweet food, will enjoy comforts
of “beds and seats” (i.e. will live in a well-furnished home), be a good
speaker, be ever happy and be with a smiling face.
Notes: The effects given in this verse indicate that the person
concerned will have comforts of food and furniture, be happy with a
smiling face & C.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 417--

720. On Shoulders: If the birth Nakshatra falls on a
shoulder in Dimbha Chakra, the person will possess well-projected
shoulders like (the back of) an ox, be a jewel of the family, will give
gifts to festivals of temples etc. (i.e. will contribute to religious
undertakings), be valorous, heroic and exceedingly liberal.

FR>: ^at I
f^mragasarflBi an^ia iigal n an? n
721. On Arms: If the birth Nakshatra falls on an arm in
Dimbha Chakra, the person will leave his country, be very arrogant
and be very heroic. He will earn wide fame in foreign countries.
Notes: The native will lose his position (GP).

a^i<idi«ii aflat fl RWIHUW afe n ann n

722. On Palms: If the birth Nakshatra falls on a palm in
Dimbha Chakra, the person will be bountiful (or eloquent), be bereft
of virtues, be an examiner of commodities and precious stones and
be truthful as well as untruthful.
Notes: One will be a thief (GP).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 418--

723. On Chest: If the birth Nakshatra falls on the chest in
Dimbha Chakra, the person will be equal to a ruler, a virtuous man
JFftn: HR«pt+l^ 38JF& ^HWklH FH^ II V9?3
||
among his family members, will have an unsullied and widespread
fame and be skilful in scriptures.
724. On Navel: If the birth Nakshatra falls on the navel in
Dimbha Chakra, the person will be patient, be timid in respect of

undertakings related to war (i.e. will lack fighting spirit), be an

expert in arts, righteous and be exceedingly munificent.

PHPWq: choM: I

II 13« II
725. On Privity: If the birth Nakshatra falls on the privity in
Dimbha Chakra, the person will defeat even the pride of Manmatha
- the Hindu god of beauty - (i.e. will be of enviable beauty), will
perform good deeds, be interested in songs and dances, an expert in
arts and endowed with unparalleled fame.
Notes: The person will be an adulterer (GP).

HFJH sFlfa FJI^ II WK II

726. On Knees: If the birth Nakshatra falls on a knee in
Dimbha Chakra, the person will move in many countries, will be
unstable due to his enthusiasm in sexual love, weak-bodied, wicked
and devoid of truthfulness.

HRl MKKlW H H II II
727. On Feet: If the birth Nakshatra falls on a foot in Dimbha
Chakra, the person will be interested in agricultural activities, be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 419--

less religious, will abandon his duties (i.e. be undutiful), be in
servitude and short-lived.
Notes: "Sarmojjhita" should read as "Karmojjhita" to indicate
that the native will abandon his duties.

These are the effects for Dimbha Chakra.

Thus ends the second chapter dealing with inauspicious

phenomena at birth and effects of years and others in Hora Ratnam
authored by Bala Bhadra, son of illustrious Damodara, the excellent
among astrological scholars*

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 420--

CHAPTER THRSS

^Monetary ‘Effects in ‘Bftavas, ‘l/arious

Divisions, Aspects, Dignities, Avastfas
etc..

Without the knowledge of the true positions of planets (in

terms of degrees) and their placements in the various houses
commencing from the ascendant, it is impossible to deduce the
effects of a Bhava or house. Hence a Bhava chart should be
erected which includes the 12 houses from the ascendant. This
diagram should consist of beginning and ending of houses, diurnal
and nocturnal strengths of planets, junctions of the various houses,
planets climbing towards their respective signs of exaltations,
going down to their signs of debilitation, and Vimsopaka strengths
(based on dignities caused to planets by their positions in the 16
divisions).

Srfcqi HJ3T II ? II Sfa I

, 1. Bhava Chart: It is said in Surya Jataka (as told by the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 421--

Sun God to his charioteer and disciple Aruna), “O Charioteer, in
case ofjouniey, marriage, first-ever tonsure ceremony and initial
feeding of the child, birth, Sacred Thread ceremony (due to
Brahmins) and installation of the king, the results of planets
should be declared only after working out the (lengths of the)
various houses.
HI3T: fcftfcn tjfaqi ■A|<Hb*=! |
dTfcfctt&i feifcr fcq Hiwj ^n; 11 ? n
2. (a) Bhava & RAsi Charts: Here it should be understood
that the positions of planets in the various houses are meant for
estimating the effects ofhouses and not for any other
consideration. For, calculations concerning planetary aspects are
to be done only on, the basis of signs and not on the basis ofhouses.
Thfe is the view held by some.
(b) It is said in the work entitled Sudha Nidhi that in case
ofbirth, solar return, horary and others, the wise have suggested
the use of Bhava chart in estimating the auspicious and
inauspicious effects. Because planets give such effects only
depending on their Bhava positions.
Notes: (a) Planetary dignities, computation of Ashtaka
Varga, mutual aspects between planets, and effects referring to
signs by a particular mention, transit effects etc. should always be
done on the basis of Rasi or natural signs of the zodiac.
Positions referred to from the Moon or any other planet
should also be reckoned on the basis of signs only, and not on the 1
basis of the Bhava chart cast with the help of the ascending degree,
meridian etc. For example, the Moon (or any other planet) is in
28th degree of Gemini. Another planet even in the 1st degree of
Canter should be treated as being in the 2nd from the Moon,
though they may be conjunct in one Bhava, for a different
purpose.
fl »w: MR*CHH1^I^C| ^htej’fKsrft ^RF[ II 3 11
3I^IR 3^=11ii<ik<(,t*3>iR ^HIGARI *wPd I
3. Sripati’s Views: In case of birth and others, the various
combinations (or Yogas) yield effects, only according to their
Bhava positions. Sripatihas stated thatin case ofbirth, journey,
religious observance, tonsure ceremony, royal installation and
others, planets reflect the effects of the various combinations

Wnra Ratnam / Chapter 3 422

depending on (their positions in the various) Bhava(s).

3^: 1 an 3 -
1 spre <iRiM<yublui ^^rfW^

1 mqifld: nrahrawFi ’f’f wifafa 1 JH«*^ II a 11

5RJ: «t»*ll<^l|c|Rkl*1,1»l0 xfx^F4 HRl: ^41'SV II X II

4-5. (a) To analyze the effects of houses, Raja Yogas (royal

combinations), temporary terms between planets and such others,
only the use of Bhavas and planets therein should be made.
Wherever references to signs occur, as in case of Ashtaka Varga
etc., only Rasi positions should be used. That is, in such cases
wherever references to signs by name, viz. Aries, Taurus etc. are
found, the use of signs should be resorted to.
(b) The planet whose longitude is identical with that of the
cusp of a house will yield full effects due to that house. In case of
excess or shortage, the effects should be drawn on rule of three
basis.
(c) Only when a planet enters a Bhava, it will give effects of

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 423--

that Bhava. Full effects will occur with the planet attaining the
same degree as that of the cusp. If it is in the end of a Bhava, it will

destroy the effects thereof. So say the best of sages.

II II
6-7. (a) Beginning & Concluding Points: Now stated are of
the use of beginning and ending points of a house. A planet ahead
of the beginning of a house will yield the effects due to that house.
If it is ahead of the ending point, it will yield the results due to the
next house.
(b) Use of Bhava Chart: As per Vamana, the twelve signs in
the zodiac should be divided into 12 houses as the ascendant and
others, and effects should be drawn only on the basis of the
heavenly bodies therein.

wra:-

tot II * II I

’RREtto’V
8. Effects of Bhava: (a) Sage Bharadvaja has stated in this
regard as under. For Seemantha (one of the 12 rituals observed

warding off planetary evils and after long time illness), and
during a pregnant woman’s 4th, 6th or 8th month), birth, tonsure
ceremony, Sacred Thread ceremony, journey, first-ever entry in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 424--

new premises, ritual bathing (such as during remedies for

marriage, the learned advocate use of Bhava.

(b) The author observes as under. From the words of sage
Bharadvaja, we understand that Bhava should be used to know
of the effects of planets in Bhavas, and not for purpose of
analysing the Yogas.
(c) Some scholars advocate that sages have not instructed
to calculate Bhavas and their beginning and ending points and
hence all this is baseless. It is naive to say so, as Parasara Hora
suggests calculation of Bhavas with their beginning and ending,
points, as stated below.

I
IK II

II II
9 - 10. Division of Houses: (a) Find out the cusps of the
ascendant and the 10th. Add 6 signs (or 180°) to each of these, to
get the 7th and 4th cusps in order.
(b) Note the angular distance between the first and the
fourth cusps (cusp = Bhava Madhya or the. centre of the house)
and divide the same by 6. Add this product to the first cusp to
obtain the end of the first house. When a similar distance - i.e.
one-sixth - is added to the end of the 1st cusp, the 2nd cusp is
known. This way, the process should be continued upto the 4th
house.
(c) Similarly this process should be carried on between the
7th and 4th cusps as well as the 7th and 10th, and 10th and 1st
cusps;
(d) This way, the twelve Bhavas with their cusps are -
obtained.
Notes: We will have an example assuming that the
ascendant is Aries 5° and the 10th cusp or the meridian is 11* of
Capricorn.
Cusp in Hindu astrology means the exact centre of a house. When

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 425--

we add 180° to Aries 5° we get Libra 5° as the 7th cusp (or the
descendant). Adding 180° to Capricorn 11° (10th house),

we get 11° Cancer as the 4th cusp (or Nadir or Paatala, as it is

known).
Between the 1st and 4th cusps, there are three houses, i.e. six
halves of houses. Hence we divide the angular distance between
the 1st and 4th by 6 to get 6 halves. In this case, the distance
between Aries 5’ and Cancer ll3 is 96°. 96° divided by 6 yields 16°.
Aries 5’ + 16’ = Aries 21’ which is the end of the 1st house, i.e.
beginning of 2nd house. End of the 1st house + 16’ = the cusp of
the 2nd house. Aries 21’ + 16’ - Taurus 7’ which is the 2nd house
cusp. Taurus 7° + 16’ = Taurus 23° is end of 2nd house and
beginning of 3rd house. Taurus 23° + 16° = Gemini 9° is the
middle of the 3rd house. Gemini 9° + 16’ = Gemini 25’ is the end
of 3rd house and beginning of 4th house. Gemini 25 ’+ 16’ =
Cancer 11’ is the centre of the 4th cusp of which we are already
aware.
This way, the angular distance between the 4th and 7th
cusps (which is 84’) should be made into six equal parts and
distributed between the 4th aqd 7th houses.
Then the angular distance between the 7th and 10th cusps
(which is 96’) should be made into 6 equal parts and spread
between 7th and 10th cusps.
Lastly, the angular distance between the MC (or the 10th
cusp, or the meridian) (which is 84’) should be similarly made into
6 equal parts and distributed from the 10th to 1st.
Thus the beginning and ending of the 12 Bhavas will emerge
as shown below, for the example suggested. Needless to reiterate,
end of one particular Bhava means beginning of the next Bhava
and beginning of one particular Bhava means end of the previous
Bhava.
House Beginning Middle
1st Pisces 21° (Cusp)
Aries 5’
2nd Aries 21° Taurus 7’
3rd Taurus 23’ Gemini 9’
4th Gemini 25° Cancer 11’
5th Cancer 25’ Leo 9°
6th Leo 23’ Virgo 7’

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 426--

7th Virgo 21’ Libra 5°
8th Libra 21’ Scorpio 7’
9th Scorpio 23° Sagittarius
9’

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 427--

10th Sagittarius 25’ Capricorn 11
11th Capricorn 25° Aquarius 9°
12th Aquarius 23° Pisces 7°
Once the calculations are
made on the lines suggested by sage Parasara, the reader will note
that by adding exactly 180° to a particular house, we get the cusp
of the opposite house, as we see in case of the 1st and 7th, 2nd and
8th, 3rd and 9th, 4th and 10th, 5th and 11th; and lastly the 6th and
12th in the above example. In a contrary situation, the calculations
are erroneous.

Rof Wlf^ I
frpfe Win II ??II
ate wf I
faw* II II
11 - 12. (a) Degree of Benefic Effects: A planet in exaltation
will give auspicious effects in full. In its Moola Trikona, it will lose
a quarter. Inownsign,halfwillbelost. Just a quarter will remain in a
friend’s sign. In the sign of a neutral, only half-a-quarter of the
effects will materialize. In debility or in combustion or in inimical
sign, the planet will be entirely futile, i.e. benefic effects will be nil.
(b) Malefic effects should be discerningly understood in a
converse manner.
Notes: (a) A planet’s tendency to give auspicious effects will
depend on its dignity. Here the reference is only to the extent of
auspicious effects. Thus benefic effects in (deep) exaltation will be
100%, in Moola Trikona 75%, in own sign 50%, in a neutral’s
sign 25% and in (deep) debilitation, combustion or inimical sign
nil.
(b) Similarly, a planet’s tendency to give inauspicious effects
should be reversed. That is 100% malefic effects when in debility
or in combustion or in inimical sign, 75% in neutral’s sign, 50% in
own sign, 25% in Moola Trikona and nil in exaltation. This
condition is nothing but drawing a balance of malefic effects after
computation of good effects as at "a" above.
Aplanet’s tendency ofbeinggood or bad should be concluded
with the help of the following.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 428--

1. Natural benefic or natural malefic.
2. Functional benefic or functional malefic based on the
rising sign.
3. Its relationship with its dispositor or an associate (by
aspect/union) based on compound terms (PanchadhaSambandha).
4. Its dignity by location.

Now effects of planets in various houses as per senior

Yavana.
Notes: Bala Bhadra’s quotations occurring in this chapter
for the positions of planets from the Sun to Saturn are based on
Yavana’s works. For positions of Rahu, his authority is Jataka
Ratna Pradipa, and for Ketu, it is Chamatkara Chintamani.
In understanding the Bhava effects given in the following
verses, as well as my notes, full attention should be paid to the
aspects and conjunctions a planet has, the nature of sign it
occupies, the dignity and strength it enjoys, so on and so forth.
Without considering these pre-requisites, a Bhava should not be
unfructuously studied.

f&a: I
snraBW n ?? n
13. The Sun in Ascendant: One .with the Sun in the
ascendant will acquire diseases, be distressed, very jealous, very
irascible, will have many foes, be of no impact and be inquisitive of
others.
Notes: The Sun in the ascendant will additionally give the
following effects.
The native will be bald-headed. He may not find a suitable
livelihood in his birth place or region.
He will have difficulties in acquiring progeny, provided
Jupiter and the 5th lord are endowed with strength. However, in
case of Virgo ascendant, the Sun in the ascendant will give more
female children but there will be premature danger to spouse.
The native with the Sun in the ascendant in general will be a
fatalist and be deprived of family happiness.
According to some, with the Sun in the ascendant, one may

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 429--

generally enjoy good health, contrary to our text’s mentioning
diseases. In practical cases, the Sun in the ascendant is found to be
a trouble-maker in respect of sound health. Possibility of trouble
to eyes and abdomen will always be there. With simultaneously
afflicted Jupiter, proneness to jaundice cannot be ruled out. The
person’s health will acquire liabilities due to excessive heat and
passion for pleasures.
The Sun in the ascendant aspected by a planet in strength
will make the person learned.
Placed in Pisces ascendant, the Sun will give birth to a
person who will be unfaithful to his spouse. The Sun in Aquarius
and Capricorn ascendants will give cardiac and blood disorders.
Within exaltation space in Aries ascendant, he will grant great
position and power.
In case of Leo ascendant, the Sun in Vargottama in Leo will
bless one with a royal life and abundant wealth.
The Sun in the ascendant in a sign identical with the one
ruled by an enemy will bring forth danger in the 3rd year of birth
and many troubles thereafter "throughout the life".

IPS (Itjd I
fa’EFwi II II
14, The Sun in the 2nd: One having the Sun in the 2nd
house will be devoid of wealth and fame, be ungrateful, unfaithful,
of evil disposition, will seek friends in bad circles and cheat others.
Notes: The person with the Sun as above will lose his money
through government, thefts and cheating. He wrill often change his
residence, be devoid of spouse and progeny (or be not happy in
respect of his children and family life) and will suffer educational
reversals. His income will be through copper and such other
metals.
He will have reddish eyes, emaciated body and rough hair.
The Sun in the 2nd house aspected by a malefic planet will
reduce one’s learning and good health.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 430--

Should the Sun in the 2nd join Mercury or Venus, one will
be very opulent. In case of Pisces ascendant, the Sun in the 2nd
within his exaltation space will give learning, wisdom and Raja
Yoga.
The Sun in the 2nd house in aspect to malefics like Mars,
Saturn or a node placed in the 8th house will cause dangerous end
to one’s father.

15, The Sun in the 3rd: One having the Sun in the 3rd
house will be free from diseases, be blind or poor-sighted,
disposed to help , others, famous and will possess much learning
and wisdom.
Notes: With the Sun in the 3rd house one will be prone to
lose his younger as well as elder brothers and sisters. Even if they
survive, the person will not have good terms with them.
The subject will easily subdue his enemies. He will help his
friends. Another female other than his mother will be responsible
for his upbringing. He will be wealthy, will spend freely for his
own enjoyment and be of forgiving disposition.
There is an authority to state that the Sun in the 3rd house
with a malefic planet will give two younger co-born.

rflRted II II
16. The Sun in the 4th: One with the Sun in the 4th house
will be ungrateful, will trouble others, be bereft of virtues,
subduedby women, fondofwar (orpickingup quarrels), willhave a
defective body and be devoid of wealth and truthfulness.
Notes: The Sun in the 4th house will give the following
effects as well. The subject will incur heart diseases. (An
immovable sign ascending with the Sun therein will attract this
evil more easily.)
The native will have strained relations with his kinsfolk and
will not enjoy mental peace. Nor will he have good friends. He will
incur loss of children, be impressively beautiful, and be Hora
Ratnam / Chapter 3
43
1
of questionable history. He will be skilful in music, highly egoistic,
will incur fame in his 32nd year and achieve success in his work.
There is an authority to state that the subject will be wealthy
and will enjoy happiness through spouse. The quotation of our text
stating that one will not be wealthy with the Sun in the 4th is
indeed of a spurious origin.

WHifana fcnfaqj II II
17. The Sun in the 5th: One with the Sun in the 5th house
will have limited progeny, be bereft of affection, interested in evil
deeds, in the grip of vices, of highly bilious constitution and will
have a number of foes.
Notes: Further, the native will be miserable in respect of his
children. He may lose at least one of them and incur grief.
According to one school of thought, the native will have only one
son.
One with the Sun in the 5th will be exceedingly intelligent
and be skilful in Mantra Sastras and grammar. He will be disposed
to steal others’ wealth, will live in others’ houses and, will prefer
loneliness. His life-span may be curtailed. He will have a stout
body, will be sickly during his early days and will make money in
his youth.
The Sun in the 5th house is generally dangerous for father’s
life-span as well. In case of a movable sign ascending, the Sun in
the 5th house with a movable Navamsa will cause danger to father
in the 12th year; in an immovable Navamsa the native’s 36th year
will endanger father; and in a dual Navamsa early death of father
(i.e. even before 12) will occur. These three conditions apply only to
a movable ascendant.
The Sun in the 5th in a dual Navamsa, in case of a movable
sign ascending, will further cause danger to the native’s own child
at the age of four.
In general i.e. particularly for fixed and duals signs
ascending, the Sun in the 5th in a malefic’s Navamsa will endanger
the father of native during his 17th year.
II ?* II
IS. The Sun in the 6th: One with the Sun in the 6th house

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 432--

will conquer his foes. He will be beautiful, modest, in the company
of good men, fond of guests and agreeable to his kinsfolk.
Notes: Also, the subject will be endangeredffom quadrupeds
and fire. His health will be poor. He will cheat his own people.
There may be early loss of father. He will make friends in high
circles. His fame will never decline. He will not be very learned but
will incur abundant grief in his life.
There will be danger to his bones, teeth, spine and heart. If
the 6th house containing the Sun is owned by a benefic (except in
Libra), the native will acquire a lot of wealth.

19. The Sun in the 7th: One with the Sun in the 7th house
will have an ugly physique, will beget an evil spouse, will possess
imbalances of phlegm and wind, will incur bodily distress, be
troubled by excessive sexual desires and be unfriendly.
Notes: The Sun in the 7th house will disturb one’s marital
life if the occupation is not in abenefic’s sign, except in Libra. The
Sun in the 7th in Libra will produce numerous miseries in marital
life as well as in other respects.
The Sun in the 7th house in general will delay one’s marriage
and will curtail happiness respecting children. If the occupation of
the Sun is in a malefic’s sign along with a malefic planet, second
marriage will take place.
There is a specific authority which asserts that the only
happiness the native will enjoy will be from females and of no other
kind.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 433--

20. The Sun in the Sth: One with the Sun in the 8th house
will be fond of living in distant lands, be devoid of many things
(essential for a happy living), be troubled by hunger and diseases,
and bereft of others’ affection.
Notes: Following will be the additional effects for the Sun in
the 8th house.
One’s life will be a store-house of very many miseries.
Frequent financial and professional reversals will occur. The native
will suffer from piles, venereal, eye and cardiac disorders. He will
possess a very attractive appearance and will have illicit
relationship with women of a different region. He will be of
sacrificial disposition and will honour men of learning.
There will be also danger of some head injury in childhood.
He will have disappointment concerning progeny and fortunes. The
Sun in the 8th house in exaltation, or in a friendly sign, or. with a
benefic’s aspect will confer a long-life, abundant fortunes, paternal
inheritance and a position of power. Else, without such dignity for
the Sun, there may be untimely danger to the life-span of the
subject.

II 3? II
21. The Sun in the 9th: One with the Sun in the 9th house will
be famous, liked by the ruler, ever endowed with wealth contributed
by others and be neither religious nor intelligent.
Notes: The text attributes no religiousness for the position of
the Sun in the 9th house. This is not a correct statement. The native
will the Sun so placed will be quite religious, virtuous and
intentupon worshippingthe Almighty. His spiritual achievements -
will be worth emulating. There is however a possibility of a change
of religion for the subject,'
The native will further enjoy longevity, physical beauty,
happiness concerning children, friends and wealth - self-earned as
well paternal. He will be truthful, will posses attractive hair and
willhelp his relatives. However, he will run the risk of losings his
fortunes oftenly through his own misdeeds.
He will not enjoy good terms with his wife, maternal

Hora Ratnam / 433

*5 GST* o rfc fcjJJuG
kinsfolk as well as his father.
. If-the sign of occupation by the Sun is owned by a malefic
planet, untimely danger to father will have to be feared.

II 33 II
22. The Sun in the 10th: One with the Sun in the 10th house
will perform good deeds, be modest, will have great friends, be'
fortunate, splendorous, very wise or well-mannered and devoted to
gods and preceptors.
Notes: One with the Sun placed as above will further be
separated from his kith and kin. His mother will incur serious
diseases. The later part of his life will cause health disorders for
himself. With all wealth, position and the like, he will not enjoy
peace. He will acquire knowledge in the fields of music, dance etc.
He willhave great achievements in his educational pursuits in
his 18th year. If the Sun in the 10th house is in a malefic’s sign, or is
related to a malefic planet, one’s undertakings will be frequently
upset and he will do questionable deeds.

SJH’i I

23. The Sun in the 11th: One with the Sun in the 11th house
will have much gains, be very fortunate, blind or poor- sighted,
endowed with quality food, robes and conveyances, be charming in
appearance and discerning in the matter of sexual desires.
Notes: Further, he will be ever after making money and will
be successful in his work. He will acquire a beautiful wife, will also
attract other women, will enjoy abundant paternal gains and gains
from royal sources, but be grieved on account of loss of children. He
will enjoy a long lease of life.
If the Sun in the 11th is conjoined with or aspected by a
malefic, debilitated or inimical planet, the entire wealth
accumulated by the subject will vanish.

5RPil^ p^q 3>3>4t3> II 38 ii

24. The Sun in the 12th: One with the Sun in the 12th house

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 434--

will spend money on account of evil company, be ever troubled by
enemies and attached to evil deeds and evil men.
Notes: The native will further beget the following results.
His wife will not be able to conceive without obstacles and
delays. He will not have good relationship with his father. He will be
addicted to others’ women, will be devoid of wisdom, and be
libidinous.. His financial progress will be chequered. He will incur
disorders of liver or other areas of the stomach in his 36th year.
According to one authority, he will not enjoy pleasures with all his
wealth. He will have to leave his birth place for a different region in
search of livelihood. He will incur a blemish of killing (or injuring) a
cow and the like.
If the Sun in the 12th is related to a malefic, the person will
have murderous instincts and be consequently in trouble. This Yoga
will also deprive one of bed-pleasures.

I These are the

effects for the Sun.

Now effects of the Moon.

Alfalfa: I
II II
25. The Moon in the Ascendant: One with the Moon with full
rays in the ascendant will be very fortunate and very radiant. With
the Moon being weak, he wifi have an injured (or sickly) body, be
very sinful, untruthful and unfriendly.
Notes: The Moon in the ascendant will give the following
additional results. The person will always be a pleasure-seeker. He
will acquire knowledge of astrology. He may be often endangered
and will beget fame in the later part of his life and will have a special
liking for milk-products. In his 15th year, the family will have major
changes.
On the health front, he will incur danger of blood diseases and
accidents from water.
An exceedingly ill-placed or an exceedingly weak Moon in the
ascendant will cause deafness, dumbness or blindness and will delay
acquisition of progeny.
The Moon in the ascendant in debility or in a natural

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 435--

malefic’s sign will cause strained relations with one’s mother.
The Moon in the ascendant related to a benefic planet will
eliminate evils in general and will bring forth all-round
auspiciousness and great fortunes.
In understanding the Moon’s effects in the ascendant and
other houses, an extra care is required to note the digital strength
due to phases of the Moon. Digitally rich Moon will tend to be
beneficial while digitally poor Moon will turn adverse.

II II
26. The Moon in the 2nd: One with the Moon in the 2nd
house will be endowed with wealth and be full of everything. He will
be charming, will honour Brahmins and Gods, be highly efficacious
and highly friendly.
Notes: The Moon in the 2nd house will curtail happiness.
Financial ups and downs will be felt often. There will be loss of
money through mother, sisters and daughters.
Full Moon in the 2nd house will give abundant wealth. If she
is further aspected by a benefic, except by weak Mercury, the native
will be very wealthy.
If the Moon in the 2nd is related to a malefic planet,
educational pursuits will be chequered.

sraiFPfle nn
27. The Moon in the 3rd: One with the Moon in the 3rd
house will be physically attractive. He will be very fortunate,
pleasing in appearance, liked by women, skilful in all (or many) arts,
will have well-disposed kinsfolk and beget sons and grandsons.
Notes: Some authorities do not indicate fortunes for the Moon
in the 3rd house. Obviously, the phase of the Moon counts. Further,
the native will be very happy but will incur the danger of losing his
wealth due to royal displeasure (or government action).
He will be attached to others’ women, will have many coborn
and will not acquire any inheritance.
A weak Moon in the 3rd is a liability for the native’s lifespan.
The Moon in the 3rd in an enemy’s sign (by five-fold term)
will cause enmity with co-born and a garrulous disposition. The
Moon’s position in a benefic’s sign will confer specialization in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 436--

poetry, literature, authorship etc.

II II
28. The Moon in the 4th: One with the Moon in the 4th house
will enjoy much happiness, be principal among men, attached to
women, will honour preceptors and gods and be well- behaved. He
will neither have foes nor diseases.
Notes: With an unfavourable Moon in the 4th house, the
native will be breast-fed by a woman other than his mother.
One with beneficial Moon in the 4th, will be large-hearted, will
enjoy moderate happiness, and will prosper through his kinsfolk. He
will deal with products obtained from water. He will be prone to
endless sickness, fond of meat and fish, and be endowed with
superior conveyances.
Weak Moon in the 4th house related to a malefic planet or
debilitated planet will cause untimely death of mother. If the
relation of the Moon in the 4th is with a planet that is the enemy of
the 4th lord, the person will have enmity with his mother.
^EcRi4 MIKWCH*-'! 11 11
29. The Moon in the 5th: One with the Moon in the 5th house
will have progeny, be highly educated, will honour Brahmins and
gods, be of pure disposition, will subdue his enemies, be charming in
appearance and dear to king.
Notes: One with the Moon in the 5th house will not be very
courageous but be very passionate. He will face ups and downs in his
relations in marriage. But there will be gains for the person through
marriage and in-laws.
He will obtain a charming spouse. There will be a risk of his
first marriage ending on a sad note and second marriage taking
place. Alternatively, this position can lead to having a concubine.
There may be denial of male progeny if the 5th house is
owned by a female planet, or the Moon in the 5th, the 5th lord or
Jupiter is in female divisions. Anyway, the benefic Moon in the 5 th
in Nidra or Say ana Avastha will lead to loss of progeny while
malefic Moon will give them longevity. (This is a peculiarity for
Sayanadi Avasthas.)
Dealing with dairy products and quadrupeds will be a source
of success. He will meditate on a female deity.
If the Moon in the 5th is Full (11th to 20th day of a lunar
month), the native will acquire a chaste spouse apart from all Kinds

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 437--

of wealth. The Moon being otherwise and in the 5th will not grant
general happiness and an amicable spouse.

II 3o II
30. The Moon in the 6th: One with the Moon in the 6th house
will be long-lived, very passionate, will have a body injured by
enemies (i.e. will have enemies and consequently be troubled by
them). His body will also be ugly. He will be evil in mind, bereft of
happiness and will cheat others.
Notes: Our text prescribes trouble from enemies. There are
many who state that the native will win over his enemies.
The native will have strained relations with his mother and
cousins. Nor will his mother be happy with him. He will be prone to
disorders like rheumatism, arthritis and paralysis leading to some
long-lasting physical deformity.
He will face ups and downs in his career and will rise only
after his mid-life. There is an authority to state that one with the
Moon in the 6th will not financially register any great progress, or
sometimes he may incur penury.
His wealth will be lost through females. He may develop illicit
ties with a widowed female after the age of 36,
One with the Moon in the 6th with Rahu or Ketu will be
devoid of co-born, will be fearful in disposition, will invite quarrels
and will face danger through water and poison.

II 3? II
31. The Moon in the 7th: One with the Moon in the 7th house
will hold the flag of justice aloft. He will be extremely kind, be with
a smiling face, wealthy, widely famous and very intelligent.
Notes: The native will be successful in distant lands. He will
be associated with many women. Although he may acquire an
excellent spouse, she will be a victim of health debacles.
The Moon in the 7th house being weak will kill his spouse
early. If simultaneously the 7th lord is strong there will be a
remarriage.
One with the Moon in the 7th house will be endangered in his
15th year. He will be soft in his speech and will earn favours from
high-ups. In his 32nd year, he will incur troubles relating to his wife.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 438--

In this same age, he willface disorders of blood vessels or danger
from weapons and fire.
Generally, the Moon in the 7th, with all her good qualities is
found upsetting one’s marital life, as observed in practical cases.

^13414 MWIWTH ^nsz4 n 33 11

32. The Moon in the Sth: One with the Moon in the 8th
house will not be physically strong, be short-lived, bereft of
truthfulness, kindness and friendliness,-be inclined to join others’
wives, will wander fruitlessly and be devoid of understanding.
Notes: The native will not enjoy happiness through
conveyances, will incur danger through water and will discard his
kinsfolk on account of a female (or on account of his spouse). His
health will be very poor and he will often be in need of medical aid.
He will be financially ill-placed.

JRif&i II 33 II
33. The Moon in the 9th: One with the Moon in the 9th house
willhave many friends, be endowed with comforts and food and
drinks, be very famous, will combat his foes, be highly praised by
virtuous men.
Notes: The native will be associated with philanthropic deeds.
But his fortunes will not be stable in general. The middle part of his
life will cause much fortunes. The native will have deep interest in
language-studies.
If the Moon in the 9th is associated with malefic planets, the
native will lose his parents as well as his fortunes.

I
fcnftfsj ’JW II 38 II
34. The Moon in the 10th: One with the Moon in the 10th
house will win the heart of the king. He will receive honours from
his kinsfolk, be fond of guests, will please his preceptors (or elders)
and be devoted to superior gods.
Notes: The native will be associated with many women, be
very fortunate, will perform good deeds and will gain through his
in-laws. His wealth will be subjected to sudden increases and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 439--

decreases. In his 27th year, he will incur enmity with others on
account of his ties with a widow.
The Moon in the 10th in union with a malefic planet or in an
enemy’s sign will produce tuberculosis, lung disorders, professional
misfortunes etc.
gw& 3<wPw II n
35. The Moon in the 11th: One with the Moon in the 11th
house will be shrewd, willhave many gains, be good-looking, fond of
virtuous men, liberal and will eliminate his enemies.
Notes: The native will attain sudden fame after 50th year of
his age. He will suppress the funds kept with him in trust by others,
and will obtain progeny even in the advanced years of his life. He
will hide his wealth from others’ eyes and be long-lived. Also, he will
have to clear the debts of his progeny.
The Moon in the 11th house along with a malefic, or in a
malefic’s sign, will cause diseases.

WlH ^5I^« WcMI^ II 35 II

36. The Moon in the 12th: One with the Moon in the 12th
house will be troubled by diseases of blood (particularly high blood-
pressure, or heart palpitation), willhave many enemies, be short-
lived and untruthful.
Notes: One will have a lot of mental worries, will incur
disorders of phlegm, digestion and sight and will spend on religious
affairs. He will have sexual weakness, will incur venereal diseases,
be very sinful, addicted to vices and be unfriendly to his kinsfolk. It
will be difficult for him to build up fortunes. His marital life will be
bad. His 45th year will bring forth some danger to his life.

SA-bWrtHI
These are the effects of the Moon.

3iq HlH i^l

Now effects for Mars.

tiklM RrilRoP-MI I
37. Mars in the Ascendant: One with Mars in the ascendant
will have defects of bile and phlegm, be unsightly, weak, devoid of
intelligence, will spend money on evil accounts and be ungrateful.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 440--

Notes: The native with Mars in the ascendant will be prone to
disorders of health like lung problems, jaundice, dental decay and
injuries. He may be endangered by weapons and fire. He may be
separated from his people. He will not enjoy happiness, be ever
troubled by sexual desires, and will be unhappy in his marital life.
He will have a protruding navel and reddish palm. If Mars in the
ascendant is in an inimical sign, one will have limited progeny, be
short-lived and will incur heart pains or colic disorders.

fast ’ranted? 11 11
38. Mars in the 2nd: One with Mars in the 2nd house will be
bereft of wealth, be inimical to people, be cruel in speech, of evil
disposition, unimpactful and unfriendly.
Notes: One with Mars in the 2nd house will join bad men, will
have many financial upsets, be disposed to make debts and will
suffer grief on account of progeny and spouse. He will face obstacles
to his education, be a gambler and a mineralogist.

39. Mars in the 3rd: One with Mars in the 3rd house will be
free from sickness. Victory in any matter will be important for him.
He will be endowed with royal honours, justly disposed, very
affluent and will have a good deal of self-restraint.
Notes: The native having Mars in the 3rd house will be liable
to breakage of bones and ear diseases. He will face loss of co-born,
will enjoy various kinds of pleasures and will obtain a questionable
spouse.
Mars in the 3rd house along with a node will cause addiction
to prostitutes.

Mars in the 3rd house identical with Saturn’s sign (i.e. in

Caprzcorn/Aquarius) will lead to abortion to spouse.

w
ld«1-^cl4 WFR II 8° II
40. Mars in the 4th: One with Mars in the 4th house will have
no happiness. His pride will be injured. Intelligence and kinsfolk
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 441--
will abandon him. He will be a spendthrift, lustful and a liar.
Notes: The native concerned will have many enemies. He will
lose in litigations. His mother and wife will face health problems.
There will be danger to his progeny as well.
Mars in the 4th house will cause many difficulties to father
during the native’s 8th year of age.
Chamatkara Chintamani is emphatic that Mars in the 4th
house counters even other planets’ benefic tendencies - maybe, this
is somewhat over-described. One must remember that people having
Mars in the 4th house, on the other hand, are liable to suffer serious
mishaps in respect of their family happiness and marital life.

nit: II 8? II
41. Mars in the 5th: One with Mars in the 5th house will not
have progeny, be ever sinful and inquisitive of others’ affairs. He
will be neither learned nor friendly.
Notes: The subject will be fond of eating abundantly. He will
have setbacks in marital and financial matters. There will be a scar
on the right side of his body, particularly leg. He will have illicit ties
with women.
Should Mars be in the 5th house in union with the lord of the
8th house, the person will be childless and will adopt a child.

dHiRw Pk<< II 83 II

42. Mars in the 6th: One with Mars in the 6th house will have
no enemies. He will be chief among the men of his race, be charming
iri appearance, ever praised by virtuous men, modest and virtuous.
Notes: The native concerned will be quite libidinous. He will
be capable of making up his losses without losing much time. He will
be inauspicious for his mother and maternal uncle. His ancestral
properties will be endangered. One of his sons will attain fame.
If Mars in the 6th house is in Gemini (for Capricorn
ascendant) or in Virgo (for Aries ascendant), without a benefic
association, the native will incur leprosy.
Mars in the 6th in aspect to a malefic planet will cause
diseases of serious nature, particularly disorders of the heart and
blood, danger from weapons, fire, poison etc. and damage to bone,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 442--

spine etc. There will also be the danger of surgery.

Prai^fte II 83 ii
43. Mars in the 7th: One with Mars in the 7th house will seek
residence in foreign countries (or distant places), will acquire a
wicked spouse, be argumentative, will have a number of enemies, be
fond of mean men and adventurous acts.
Notes: The person will further incur marital evils. His spouse
will be of defying nature. He will be associated with widows and
questionable women. He will leave his birth place and re-settle
elsewhere. His wife will be endangered through fire, poison, surgery
and the like.
If Mars in the 7th house be in a malefic’s sign and is
associated with a malefic planet, the subject will be addicted to
intoxicants and will do such acts which will involve him in troubles
with the government.

II 88 II
44. Mars in the Sth: One with Mars in the 8th house
will receive bodily injuries by weapons, be devoid of any splendour,
will seek patronage of an evil king, will earn good friends and be
unkind and unfriendly.
Notes: One with Mars in the 8th will not enjoy good health.
He will find no happiness in his marital life, will incur disorders of
urine, blood, heart and danger from vehicles. He will only enjoy a
medium lease of life and will prove inauspicious for his father.

HEW) ft’HlfaHPi qfiHl&ra II 8* II

45. Mars in the 9th: One with Mars in the 9th house will be
ugly, will lose his kinsmen, will not enjoy fortunes, be devoid of
conceit (i.e. be humble), will experience bodily troublesand will have
no intelligence.
Notes: The native concerned will be inauspicious for his
father. His fortunes will often be chequered.
He will spend away his parental wealth, be a profligate and be
humiliated by others. He will have a large family and be fond of

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 443--

learning.
If Mars in the 9th house is in Aries, Scorpio or within his
exaltation space in Capricorn, one will be ill-related to an elderly
woman.

WI5R wi wfeR II 85 II
46. Mars in the 10th: One with Mars in the 10th house will be
interested in evil deeds, be highly intelligent, will incur calumny, be
affectionate, ungrateful, devoid of kinsfolk and be unfruitful in his
efforts.
Notes: Not really good effects have been attributed by our text
for this otherwise excellent position of Mars in the 10th house. See
what others rightly state in this regard.
The native will be liked by many and will be the best of his
family members. He will make fortunes after the age of 28. His
wealth will not easily decline but expand by his industriousness.
He will enjoy paternal properties and self-earned lands etc. He will
be socially well-related and will befriend high-ups.
On the dark side, however, Mars in the 10th will untimely
eliminate the children of the native.
Mars in the 10th while the 10th lord is in strength will give a
long lease of life to the native’s co-bom and enviable fortunes to the
native. Further, the native will be notably attentive in disposition
and will honour his elders and preceptors.
Mars in the 10th in a benefic’s sign in relation to a benefic
planetwillbringforthsuccessin,asearlyas,the 18thyear. Such a person
will attain a high degree of success and fame.
Mars in the 10th in a malefic’s sign and in relation to a
malefic planet will cause huge obstacles to one’s work. The native
will indulge in irreligious deeds as well.
Should Mars be in the 10th house along with the lords of the
9th and 10th, the native will attain the throne. That is, inmodern
days, he will occupy ministerial and such other unique positions.

GdlltH# II 8k9 II
47* Mars in the 11 th: One withMarsinthe 11 th house will be
happy with gains from royal sources. He will conquer his > enemies,
be honoured by his relatives, praiseworthy, virtuous and highly

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 444--

arrogant.
Notes: If Mars is in the 11th house, the subject will further be
associated with great jobs and will earn a lot of fame. He will ever be
gainful but will have strained terms with his kinsmen, He will lose
his children or will not enjoy any happiness on account of them. He
will be a profligate and will not have any older co-born.
Mars in the 11th with two benefic planets will cause what is
called Maha Raja Yoga, giving a position equal to that of an
emperor. Further, as aresult of this combination, the subject will
gain through the wealth of his brothers and sisters.
Mars in the 11th house in union with the 4th lord will also
grant a kingly position with authority.
JM?m wft H^mWi II B* II
48. Mars in the 12th: One with Mars in the 12thhouse will
have many expenses and many foes, be highly sinful, bitten by vices,
will seek wealth and be devoid of righteousness.
Notes: The native will be bereft of wealth, or his efforts to
gather wealth will fail. His mother will be endangered in his 27th
year. He will cause harm to his spouse, be alleged for thefts and the
like and be a harsh speaker.
He will face health problems relating to ears, blood, spleen
and throat. Often, he will be endangered by accidents and injuries.
He will be jocular in disposition and will have an eye on others’
wealth.

These'are the effects for Mars.

Now effects for Mercury.

wrcra ’■n$<w«wa II BS II
49. Mercury in the Ascendant: One with Mercury in the
ascendant will have many children, be arrogant, fond of religion,
highly impactful, be not sinful, be endowed with excellent virtues
and go well with the king.
Notes: The native having Mercury in the ascendant will incur
obstacles to learning and marriage provided Mercury is well-placed.
He will attain fame, be skilful in Mantra *Sastra and
mathematics, and be fond of artificial make-up. He will be jocular in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 445--

disposition and will have an addiction for ease and indolence. He
will have skills in other branches as well, viz. medicine, law, religion
etc’ and will know many languages. He will profusely sweat He will
consume little but pure food, be very wicked, liberal and will sleep
for long hours.
Mercury joining Mars in a,fiery sign ascending (Aries, Leo or
Sagittarius) will cause dangerous diseases relating to sweat and skin,
apart from skin eruptions.
If Mercury in Pisces ascendant is in conjunction with Saturn
or Mars or a node, the native will have defects of left eye. In this
Yoga, Jupiter or the Sun joining Mercury in Pisces ascendant will
stall such a possibility.
Mercury in Pisces ascendant will deprive one of bed comforts
and he will be a heterodox.
Mercury in the ascendant identical with a malefic’s sign or a
foe’s sign and in union with a malefic or inimical planet will cause
severe diseases including leprosy. This Yoga will further deny over-
all happiness.
■ Mercury in the ascendant in a benefits sign and in relation to
a benefic planet will grant knowledge of astrology but the person will
incur enmity with good men, diseases of the eyes and will be
involved in disputes with co-bom in his 17th year. Further, as a
result of this position, he will cheat his brothers and sisters. That is,
this good Yoga has adverse contents as well.
An extremely well-placed Mercury in the ascendant, and with
more and more benefic Vargas, will produce a child prodigy or one
who will have clear memories of his past life.

II X® II
50. Mercury in the 2nd: One with Mercury in the 2nd house
will be exceedingly wealthy, will like his kinsfolk, be charming, will
honour gods and Brahmins, be intelligent and will earn fame.
Notes: Further, the person will be learned in many branches,
or be highly qualified in general. He will have a number of children,
be very firm in his decisions and will enjoy abundant gains. He will
never say no to help-seekers.
Classical authors compare one with an excellent Mercury in
the 2nd house to Maha Vishnu in riches, to Brihaspati in
intelligence, to Kalpa Vriksha (or the Celestial Boon-giver Tree) in
granting others’ wishes, and to Veda Vyasa in learning. A practical

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 446--

concept behind this suggestion is that the native in question will be a
person with wealth, learning, generosity and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 447--

eminence.
Further, the native will be devoted to his father j be afraid of
sinful and questionable deeds, and be very happy.
There are also authorities to state that Mercury in the 2nd
house will cause loss of wealth through profligacy which is found to
be quite true. Or the native will lavishly and foolishly spend his
money
Mercury in the 2nd house in association with Jupiter will
bless the person with knowledge of astrology and mathematics.
Mercury in the 2nd house in debility or in malefic’s sign or in
an inimical sign will cause speech defects and windy diseases like
gastric troubles, rheumatism, arthritis aiyl paralysis.

Wflfri JJTOfe HRIBWsS Tffft PtaFHH II K? II

51. Mercury in the 3rd: One with Mercury in the 3rd house
will earn fame, be immodest, will have many friends, be liked by
women and devoid of illusion and chicanery.
Notea: Our text states that the person will be bereft of illusion
and chicanery while Kalyana Varma states that the native will be
quite cunning. The latter statement is found to be generally true.
Further, one will be industrious in nature but will not be close
to his people. He will be always after money. This position of
Mercury will not help a long lease of life.
The subject will enjoy all-round happiness, will obtain
progeny very soon after marriage and be endowed with immovable
properties. He will be an expert writer and will manipulate skilfully
to achieve his ends.
While some texts state that Mercury in the 3rd will deny co-
born, many rightly say that there will be many brothers and sisters.
If Mercury in the 3rd is aspected by Mars or by Saturn, one’s
sister will be childless.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3

Wld oqlRlsyb Mw&ai 11 11
52. Mercury in the 4th: One with Mercury in the 4th house
will be greatly intelligent, physically strong, will gain from
agriculture (or will have professional gains), be modest and will
enjoy freedom from diseases and foes. He will torment others.
Notes: One with Mercury in the 4th will have trembling
hands. He will enjoy happiness through his parents, but will not gain
out of inheritances, be courageous, will have abundant financial
gains after the age of 16 and will possess landed properties.
He will be a good adviser and his words will fetch respect.
However, he will incur problems in respect of progeny. He will enjoy
various kinds of wealth and learning.

4>14IW4 3RTWR5 II « II
53. Mercury in the 5th: One with Mercury in the 5th house
will have a limited number of progeny, be weak, will resemble Yama
- the Hindu god of death • (i.e. will possess terrifying looks), be
highly sinful and devoid of hunger and desires.
Notes: The native with Mercury in the 5th house will be a
terror to his children. He will be inauspicious for his maternal
kinsfolk but will enjoy happiness in respect of his mother. He will
acquire a virtuous and learned spouse, be pure in heart and will
have a lotus-like face.
There will also be loss of some children, possibly the first child
(or the first pregnancy to spouse) may be endangered. The person
will achieve skills in Mantra Sastra, astrology, and mathematics. His
mother will be in danger in his 5th year or 26th year. He will lose his
health gradually after his mid-youth.
If the 5th lord is weak, as Mercury is in the 5th house, one
will adopt a child.
fcnfri 11 KB II
54. Mercury in the 6th: One with Mercury in the 6th house
will have many enemies, be of inimical disposition, fond of quarrels
and meat, will not honour Brahmins, be ever anxious and troubled
by sexual lust.
Notes: The native will further be highly skilful in arguments,
litigations and the like. He will have knowledge of astrology, be
inimical to his kinsfolk and will keep up his word. He will face
obstacles to his academic pursuits, honoured by high-ups,
opinionated, a good writer and will achieve even the most difficult

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 450--

task.
This position of Mercury will lead to inimical terms with
mother. The person will become famous after the age of 30.
Should Mercury be in the 6th with Saturn, Rahu or Ketu, one
will suffer from cardiac arrest or related diseases and will be in
trouble concerning his cousins.
If Mercury in the 6th is in a sign of Mars, skin and nervous
diseases will trouble the subject.
Mercury in the 6th in retrogression will cause enmity with
others, diseases and litigations.

’RfaW Wi 11 KK II
55. Mercury in the 7th: One with Mercury in the 7th house
will enjoy many pleasures, will have a chaste spouse, will not have
deep desires, be helpful to others and be modest.
Notes: One with Mercury in the 7th house will enjoy a high
degree of happiness concerning his mother. He will obtain a spouse
who will be exceedingly learned and a scholar of repute. His name
andfame will spread all-over. He willenjoy conveyances and
properties.
His disposition will be like that of a female and will be
disposed to be trans-sexual in behaviour.
If Mercury in the 7th is in a benefits sign, one will marry in an
excellent family.

Fvnfirat I
*4>iPtei*ri fSM ii xc 11
56. Mercury in the Sth: One with Mercury in the 8thi house
will be assailable, of friendly disposition, will have phlegmatic and
windy deficiencies, be emaciated, pale and will destroy his family.
Notes: One with Mercury in the 8th will become famous after
25th year of his age, be long-lived (provided the 8th lord is
notweak), willpossess landed properties, willhave many children and
be addicted to others’ women. His health will pose threat in respect
of lungs and nerves. He will run the risk of government actions.
If Mercury is in the 8th with a malefic planet, his wealth will
decline due to illicit connections with females.
Mercury in the 8th in debility or in an enemy’s sign and
joining a malefic planet will reduce one’s life-span and the native

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 451--

will be ever after quenching sexual lust.

57. Mercury in the 9th: One with Mercury in the 9th house
will be truthful, will cause happiness to others, will conquer his
senses, be attached to virtuous men, industrious and resolute.
Notes: The person with Mercury as above will be wealthy, '
well-educated, happy and fortunate. He will have deep interest in
Vedas (and related branches), Hatha Yoga, Religion, mathematics,
languages and music. He will have many children. Mercury in the
9th house in a malefic’s sign or in enemy’s sign or in debility along
with malefic association will thwart one’s fortunes and will pose
untimely danger to father; further, the person will hate ancient
scriptures and will dishonour orthodoxy.

Witt-' I
58. Mercury in the 10th: One with Mercury in the 10th house
will possess a charming physique. He will be fortunate, virtuous,
rich with bed comforts, robes and conveyances, fond of women and
justly disposed.
Notes: Mercury in the 10th house will further increase one’s
income through various sources. The person will be ' wealthy by his
own exertion, will enjoy happiness on account of his children and be
an expert in legal matters. He will have eye problems as well,
possibly between 18 and 27 years of age.
Further, the native will achieve a high degree of success in
auspicious undertakings, be bold, will acquire superior conveyances,
and be highly famous.
IfMercuryinthe 10th is in a malefic’s sign, an enemy’s sign or
in combustion, one’s undertakings will be obstructed and he will be
unorthodox.

59. Mercury in the 11th: One with Mercury in the 11th house
will be good-looking, fond of poetry, splendorous, free from
sickness, showy and skilful in carrying out royal orders.
Notes: The native with Mercury in the 11th will be well-
educated, wealthy and long-lived. He will manage people of various
dispositions and will not incur any kind of difficulties in getting his

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 452--

children married. However, this position may not give a male issue,
unless the 5th lord or Jupiter is favourably disposed. There is
however an authority to state that such a native will beget a son
after his 19th year (or a suitable year in the modern context).
He will enjoy limited carnal pleasures in marital life. This
position of Mercury will stall one’s abdominal appetite.
There will be all-round progress in his life. He will gain
through hidden wealth.
Further, if Mercury in the 11th joins Venus, there will be
abundant conveyances and landed properties.
TOPWH $fa<H II II
60. Mercury in the 12th: One with Mercury in the 12th house
will be in the grip of acute poverty, interested in deriving mate
rialpleasures, subdued by his relatives, ugly and ill-disposed.
Notes: The native with Mercury in the 12th will face
difficulties in education but will somehow manage those. He will
often incur humiliation, will fail in keeping up his word, will
perform sinful jobs, and will fall severely sick during the later part
of his life. He will be well-disposed to help public causes.
Our text indicates poverty. In actual experience, one is found
to be fairly rich with Mercury in the 12th house. In fact, there is
another classical authority which states that the native will acquire
immovable properties.
There is again an authority to state that Mercury and another
natural benefic in the 12th house will deprive one of learning.

Those are the effects for Mercury.

Now effects for Jupiter.

dlfa: I
II S? II
61. Jupiter in the Ascendant: One with Jupiter in the
ascendant yzill have an attractive body, will enjoy prosperity and
comforts, be kind in disposition, endowed with fame, devoid of foes,
will perform famous deeds and be very happy.
Notes: If Jupiter is in the ascendant which is either Sagittarius
or Pisces, the native will be happy, wealthy, long- lived and highly

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 453--

educated. He will have special achievements in ancient disciplines
like Vedas, astrology, Tantra and Mantra. If the ascendant is
Cancer, containing Jupiter within his exaltation

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 454--

space, these good results will be strongly and fully felt. Further, the
person will be equal to an "emperor".
The native with Jupiter in the ascendant in other cases will
enjoy a long lease of life, will rise to a high level of prosperity and
be a great person. He will be protected from all kinds of evils and
ups and downs but will incur disorders of phlegm. He will be
happy concerning spouse and progeny but be illicitly attached to a
female of high caste.
Should Jupiter be in the ascendant in debility or in enemy’s
sign or inimical sign, or be conjoined with a malefic planet, the
person will eqjoy only a medium span of life, will have no issues, be
separated from his kinsfolk, be addicted to prostitutes and will
only face misfortunes, grief and calamities.

HRIR wi ’RhraraFi n«n

62. Jupiter in the 2nd: One with Jupiter in the 2nd house
will-earn abundant wealth, be highly happy and will destroy sins
(i.e. sinful deeds of others) and foes. Others will, however, sin
against him.
Notes: Some texts say that Jupiter in the 2nS will not give
any wealth. In practice, this is restricted only to ill-placed Jupiter.
An unsullied and well-placed Jupiter in the 2nd house promotes
one’s wealth.
The native with Jupiter in the 2nd house will be a sweet and
tactful speaker. He will enjoy food comforts and happiness from
progeny. Till marriage, his fortunes will be of a low order but will
take rapidly progressive course after marriage. He will acquire a
superior spouse and will enjoy a happy family life.
He will have some achievements in the fields of writing,
literature, poetry etc. He will be like a preceptor (or a mentor) to
others and will have knowledge of justice and politics.
Jupiter in the 2nd house related to a malefic planet or a
eunuch planet will give only daughters.
If a malefic joins Jupiter in this house, the person will tell
lies, be wicked in speech and will incur financial obstacles and
reversals. His family life will also suffer great miseries.
Jupiter in the 2nd house in debility, or enemy’s sign, or a

Hdra Ratnam / Chapter 3 455

malefic’s sign, will make one addicted to intoxicants and will get
the person ousted from his caste. Further, his dynasty will not grow
and he will be illicitly attached to others’ women.

I
<f& STOP SRCFJHRl H 33 II
63. Jupiter in the 3rd: One with Jupiter in the 3rd house
will receive high honours, be intelligent, be a principal person
among his family members, be very happy in life, and honoured by
women. He will become, what can be called, a famous jewel of the
earth.
Notes: Jupiter in the 3rd will promote the prosperity of
elder and younger co-born. There are however chances of the
native losing some of his younger co-born. He will never spend
money on undeserving causes.
The native will be happy in respect of his father. He will
incur blemishes in marital life. So also concerning progeny.
Jupiter in the 3rd in union with a malefic planet will cause
penury and irreligiousness.

II 38 II
64. Jupiter in the 4th: One with Jupiter in the 4th house will
be happy, will earn royal favours, be fond of guests, be honoured
by his kinsfolk and endowed with conveyances and seats (i.e.
furniture).
Notes: One with Jupiter in the 4th house will be good at
heart, will own landed properties, jewels etc. and be quite
extraordinarily intelligent. He will have a long-living mother and
will enjoy abundant gains through her medium. But he will not
honour his mother, according to one particular authority. He will
be fond of milk, sweets and other luxurious food and will cause
miseries to his enemies. There will be grief to him on account of
loss of progeny.
If Jupiter is in the 4th house as the 4th lord joins a malefic,
or if Jupiter in the 4th house is with a malefic planet, one’s mother

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 456--

ill face early end and the subject will live in others' place.

gfan H’fci faw II 5* II

65. Jupiter in the 5th: One with Jupiter in the 5th house will
have many sons, be endowed with fame, intelligence, charm and
will honour Brahmins and Gods.
Notes: One with Jupiter in the 5th house will epjoy a great
deal of prosperity after the age of 28. He will procure a large
amount of wealth and will enjoy unexpected fortunes. He will be a
specialist in fields like Mantra, astrology and religious scriptures.
In regard to Jupiter in the 5th and progeny, different ancient views
are as under:
- in Gemini as the 5th house: fortunes to the native, and
happiness on account of children.
- in Leo as the 5th: grief on account of progeny.
- in Cancer as the 5th: a number of children.-
• in Scorpio as the 5th: grief concerning children, separation
from them.
- in Sagittarius as the 5th * excellent children.
- in Capricorn/Virgo as the 5th: denial of progeny, or grief
on account of male children.
- in Pisces as the 5th - limited progeny (some indicate
denial).

TOfirat nd i
ft&KtaiPiri II « II
66. Jupiter in the 6th: One with Jupiter in the 6th house will
have many enemies and many diseases, be interested in service in
foreign (or distant) regions, be ungrateful and be a dunce.
Nptes: The native with Jupiter in the 6th will incur
abdominal disorders. His relatives will incur much progress. He
will obtain grand-children. His mother's health will be quite poor.
He will have knowledge of astrology.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 451

Jupiter in the 6th with another strong benefic will keep one
in good health. Jupiter in the 6th in Capricorn (for Leo ascendant)
or in Aquarius (for Virgo ascendant) along with Rahu will give
some highly dangerous and long-term diseases.

WR 11 11
67. Jupiter in the 7th: One with Jupiter in the 7th house will
be endowed with a beautiful spouse. He will be intelligent and
virtuous. He belongs to a famous family, be free from sinful acts, be
truthful and will honour Brahmins and Gods.
Notes: “Suroopa Haaram” in the text should read as
“Sitroopa Daaram” indicating a beautiful spouse.
One with Jupiter in the 7 th house will be well-educated but
be ever in worries for something or the other. He will enjoy
abundant gains and be akin to a "leader of learning".
Jupiter's position in the 7th house in an immovable sign is
found to be badly telling upon one’s marriage. In case of other
signs, Jupiter in the 7th in retrogression also proves a major set-
back for marital happiness. It is only when Jupiter is strong and
unrelated to a malefic that he is capable of protecting one’s
marriage.
Jupiter in the 7th house, in general, joining Rahu, Ketu,
Saturn dr Mars will lead to a re-marriage or extra-marital
relationship.

JHIM* ii n
68. Jupiter in the 8th: One with Jupiter in the 8th house will
not have intelligence, He will be highly wicked and will not have
learning, wisdom, splendour and impact. He will deceive others. /
Notes: The subject will further be endowed with a long lease
of life. There is however an authority to state that he will be short-
lived, which effect is not true.
One with Jupiter in the 8th house will be wealthy, be fond of
Yogic discipline but will often suffer set-backs in respect of
increasing his fortunes.
Jupiter in the 8th house joining a malefic planet will lead to

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 458--

illicit terms with females right from young age.

II II
69. Jupiter in the 9th: One with Jupiter in the 9th house will
be very righteous, be endowed with truthfulness, kindness, various
kinds of wealth, beloved relatives and valour. He will show interest
in virtuous men.
Notes: The native with Jupiter in the 9th house will be highly
devoted to his father and to acts related to religion, temples and the
like. His fortunes will not decline, but will be slow to pick up. He
will be pure in heart and be a person of some unique achievements
("Siddha Purusha"). His father will enjoy longevity.
The native will be connected with well-placed persons. His
health will always be good and he will enjoy happiness through Eis
children.

M&ni fasi fWj. ii '3° it

70. Jupiter in the 10th: One with Jupiter in the 10th house
will perform good deeds, be important among men, honoured by
the king, lordly in status, will honour Brahmins and Gods, and be
devoid of desires.
Notes: "Devoid of desires" as given in our text does not go
well With related effects given in other texts for this position of
Jupiter. Rightly, according to others, the native will have an eye on
others’wealth and females.
The native will in addition obtain a great deal of progress in
his life. He will enjoy ancestral inheritances. His parents will be
long-lived. He will not enjoy much happiness through his progeny,
unless Jupiter in the 10th is close to the meridian.
Any undertaking he commences will quickly flourish. His
contribution to the society will be of a great order and last long. He
will be associated with great men and great deeds. He will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 459--

earn abundant wealth and be endowed with knowledge of
scriptures.

71. Jupiter in the 11th: One

O'
JRSlfsfcF^ II K9?
with Jupiter in the 11th house
II
will ever gain and will possess conveyances, food comforts, wealth,
fame, a full-fledged "home" (lit. "palace" charming enough to steal
one’s mind) and be dear to women.
Notes: The subject with Jupiter in the 11th house will have a
limited number of children. He will be highly intelligent and will
enjoy protection from inimical activities. He will be knowledgeable
in Mantras, healthy and long-lived but will harm his own kinsfolk.
If Jupiter in the 11th is retrograde or in a malefic’s sign, the
native will suffer from severe health debacles which will be difficult
to be contained.
If Jupiter in the 11th joins the Moon, one will gain under-
ground treasures.

72. Jupiter in the 12th: One with Jupiter in the 12th house
will show contempt for others, be desirous of enjoying others’
wealth, very jealous, attached to sinful men, emaciated, ungrateful
and will cheat others.
Notes: The native having Jupiter posited in the 12th in
association with a malefic planet will lose his money to thieves and
vices. He will suffer from disorders of privities and blood tubes.
During childhood or early age, he may incur cardiac disorders. He
will have knowledge of astrology and related subjects.

These are the effects for Jupiter.

3R
Now effects for Venus.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 460--

wsn^ 5teW[ i
ftwj Hihwiq ssr renftw A-wPcwa ins? n
73. Venus in the Ascendant: One with Venus in the
ascendant will have a well-built body, be interested in scriptures,
open-hearted, charming in appearance, skilful in all (or many)
arts, will have subdued foes and be modest.
Notes: The native will further be endowed with longevity
and a high degree of learning. He will be associated with many
females, will face childhood dangers, particularly from animals,
stones, wood etc.
He will have special interest in fme arts, literature, drama
etc., be fond of cosmetics, herbs and the like, will enjoy various
pleasures of life and will gather a lot of wealth. He will be a
believer of destiny, will live in a house beautified in artistic manner
and be not over-enthusiastic in any matter.
Venus in the ascendant in a malefic’s sign, or in debility, or
with a malefic planet, will make one a deceiver and will trouble
him with venereal, urinary and phlegmatic disorders.

HFfa IR I
1111
74. Venus in the 2nd: One with Venus in the 2nd house will
possess a surprising amount of wealth, be fond of good men, will
gain gold, pearls and robes and be free from diseases as well as
sinful acts.
Notes: The native with Venus in the 2nd house will be a
responsible house-holder and will be a very mature person. He will
be a t&lented speaker, will eiyoy comforts of family life, food and
learning and will spend his money to help needy females in
particular. He will gain through his spouse and in-laws and will be
ever ready to help others. He will gain wealth through silver and
lead and ever be boyish in disposition.
If Venus in the 2nd joins the Sun or the Moon, one willhave
problems relating to eyes. Venus joining Rahu will cause
impediments in money matters. If he joins Mercury, the subject
will be opulent.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 461--

talari gmra fcraiferayg n vs* n
75. Venus in the 3rd: One with Venus in the 3rd house will
conquer his enemies, willhave worthy progeny, be self-controlled,
splendorous, extremely kind, will have an attractive (or handsome)
body and be modest.
Notea: The person withyenus in the 3rd will achieve all his
undertakings with wisdom and luck. His co-bom will prosper. He
will be miserly in disposition, will incur disorders of eyes, be well-
disposed to his co-bom and will have notable achievements in
music, writing and such other activities.
He will be highly concerned about his progeny and sister's
progeny but will not be happy concerning his spouse. He will cheat
others, and be illicitly related to others' women.

dqfPi I
31 II 'SS II
76. Venus in the 4 th: One with Venus in the 4thhouse will
be blessed with various kinds of comforts. He will be immune to
diseases, will befriend virtuous men and honour gods and
Brahmins.
Notes: One with Venus in the 4th house will live long. So also
his mother.
He will be wealthy, polite, well-read, highly respectable, and
endowed with properties and conveyances. He will mix up with
people of powerful positions and authority and will have two
marriages and many children.
If Venus in the 4th is related to a malefic planet, his spouse
will be endangered by fire or such sources of bad luck, and his
marital happiness will be extremely upset..

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 462--

3RJ^ M^SmP( II II
77. Venus in the 5th: One with Venus in the 5th house will
have many sons with varied dispositions who will at all times be
endowed with significant speaking powers and much valour.
Notes: The native with Venus in the 5th will be ever youthful
and very charitable. He will be an attraction to the members of
opposite sex, will have many children, be a successful astrologer
and will lose his eye-sight due to excessive enjoyment of pleasures.
He will be very wealthy. His wife will be quite skilful a person.

t*-ii^i n w* II
78. Venus in the 6th: One with Venus in the 6th house will
be ugly, childless, foolish, short-lived, short of intelligence and
impure. He will have servants.
Notes: The person having Venus in the 6th willface delays in
marriage and his marital life will cause him only unhappiness. His
enemies will be.on the increase. He will be a spendthrift. Should
Venus be in the 6th in combustion or in an enemy’s sign, the native
will be a highly learned person and will be highly skilful in all
matters.
There is an ancient authority to state that Venus is
auspicious in every manner if found in the 6th house irrespective
of his positional dignity.

SFJlfaS SrafeH II UR II
79. Venus in the 7th: One with Venus in the 7th house will
be charming, will acquire a good spouse, be very truthful, very
kind and ever praised by men of virtues.
Notes: Further, one’s marital life will cause himhappiness.
His spouse will contribute to the family’s growth. He will be
attached to questionable women, be very learned and will enjoy
abundant prosperity. He will obtain many sons and be a handsome
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 463
person. With all these, there will miseries galore in his life.
If Venus in the 7th joins a malefic planet, or is with an enemy,
the native’s spouse will die early. If there are two or more malefics
in the 7th house, apart from Venus, one will have "marriage after
marriage". If these occupants are weak, there may be no marriage
at all.

R&IW I

80. Venus in the Sth: One with Venus in the Sth house will
be less truthful, disposed to settle down in foreign countries*
troubled by vices, short-lived, discarded by kinsmen, will ever have
enemies and will serve gods and Brahmins.
Notes: One with Venus in the Sth house will have a
favourably disposed spouse, but she will incur unexpected danger or
perennial illness. His prosperity will often be chequered.
During his 4th year, his mother will be endangered.
He will be highly charitable but will not have orthodox habits
concerning food. He will eat meat, fish and the like. Though he will
make wealth, he will be troubled by debts. He will incur
inheritances and liabilities as well, from his ancestors.
When a classical axiom is half-quotsd even by classical texts,
there is a danger of losing the original concept. Thus, we have two
different instructions that Venus in the 8th is good for longevity on
the one hand, and will cause short-life on the other hand. A proper
import of this aphorism in its wholesome form is*. Venus in the 8th
in a benefic’s sign and related to benefics or enjoying positional
dignity will lead to a long lease of life. A weak Venus in the 8th in a
malefic’s sign, or in a sign ruled by an enemy, and joining a malefic
planet will reduce one’s life-span.
A well-placed Venus in the 8th gives a life-span of 75 years.

«u|dlRw^ II II
81. Venus in the 9th: One with Venus in the 9th house will
enjoy various kinds of fortunes, will abundantly gain, be highly

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 464--

II Ko'S II
^5% SRft VFTI^i fiwi I
fWRft HIW>R<^I fcf HTrJ: II *>* II
502 - 508. The Moon in Libra Aspected by Others: (a) The
Moon in Libra with the aspect of the Sun will make one poor, sickly,
a wanderer, humiliated and bereft of pleasures. He will have no
spouse and no children.
According to another version (quoted in the original, vide
sloka No. 503), the Moon in Libra with the Sun’s aspect will bring
forth death through a royal person. The native will be attached to
other women, be ever fond of quarrels and will have a defective or
diseased body.
(b) If Mars aspects the Moon in Libra, the native will be
fierce, thievish and mean. He will enjoy others’ women, scents and
garlands. He will be intelligent but will be a victim of eye disorders.
(c) Should Mercury be the planet that aspects the Moon, the
person will be an expert in arts, will have much wealth and food
comforts, will speak auspicious words, be a scholar and will beget
country-wide fame.
(d) One with the Moon in Libra with Jupiter’s aspect will
earn respect from all. He will be skilful in trading activities and will
possess diamonds etc.
(e) Venus aspecting the Moon in Libra will make one soft-
bodied, without diseases and fortunate. He will be endowed with
happiness, spouse and paraphernalia, be knowledgeable, will
possess various expedients and be a learned person.
(f) If the Moon in Libra is aspected by Saturn, the native will
be affluent, affable in speech, endowed with conveyances, attached
to material pleasures, devoid of general happiness and be auspicious
for his mother.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 565

endowed with royal honours, very famous and be a great man.
Notes: One with Venus in the llthhousewillenjoy various kinds of
learning, landed properties and fortunes. He will be equal to
Manmatha, the Hindu God of Love and Beauty. He will have illicit
association with females. This position of Venus may lead to a
second marriage.
The native will perform Vedic rituals like ’Agnishtoma
Homa".

Wil I
*^193 II ”8 II
84. Venus in the 12th: One with Venus in the 12th house will
spend lavishly. His acts will not display any valour on his part. He
will have daughters and be fierce in disposition. He will be devoid of
wealth, virtues, mercy and humility.
Notes: The text stipulates no wealth for this position of
Venus while a large section of exponents feels otherwise. In actual
practice, Venus in the 12th is found good for riches in general.
The native will be ill during his childhood days and will later
become thin-bodied. He will be egoistic and be ever after pleasures.
His money will be spent on vices, and questionable and sinful acts.
He will incur various kinds of diseases including kidney and eye
disorders.

These effects are for Venus.

3W I
Now effects for Saturn.

II II
85. Saturn in the Ascendant: One with Saturn in the
ascendant will be very slow in ‘actions, will join base men, be
attached to committing sins, fierce in appearance and troubled by
sickness. He will be untruthful and generally bad in disposition.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 466--

Notes: One with Saturn in the ascendant will have some
defect in the body, be lame and will lead a miserable life. He will be
a frequent loser and be addicted to vices. He will incur disorders of
wind and phlegm (i.e. rheumatism, arthritis, paralysis, ear/lung
problems etc.) and will not enjoy a sound health. He will look older
than his age. He willhavemariy enemies, will have bad terms with
his father and will incur professional debacles oftenly. His marital
life yrill be a source of unhappiness. His fortunes will not be
appreciable. He will be jealous of others.
If Saturn is in the ascendant owned either by himself or by
Jupiter, or in exaltation space in Libra, these, malefic effects will
not be felt. On the contrary, the native will be fortunate, long- lived,
wealthy, well-placed, healthy etc.

•IMIM*j?: II II
86. Saturn in the 2nd: One with Saturn in the 2nd house
■ will not have wealth but many enemies and many vices. He will be
weak in constitution, pals and bereft of any progress.
* Notes: One with Saturn in the 2nd house will be separated from
his family, will have a re-marriage and will face many financial
upheavals. He will acquire the habit of stealing; will undergo
abundant distress, be ugly-faced and will lose his money due to
vices. He will easily fall prey to others’ evil deeigns.'

fanfold || «H9 ||
87. Saturn in the 3rd: One with Saturn in the 3rd house
will be long-lived, be ah expert in all (or many) arts, be a satisfied
soul and endowed with lordship and a strong physique. He will
enjoy wealth and health.
Notes: The native having Saturn in the 3rd house will not
enjoy generalhappiness due to jealousy. He will harm his co-bom
and will have a questionable history. An ungrateful person, he will
be ever intent upon his own progress. He will be happy in regard to
his spouse and children.
His old-age life will be pitiable if Saturn is weak and is in the

HoraRatnam/ Chapters 467

3rd house.

fa&R TOfaja ^8^ ii ii

88. Saturn in the 4th: One with Saturn in the 4th house will
not be (in general) happy. He will wander in distant lands, be
humiliated, poor in regard to profession and abandoned by
relatives.
Notes: Further, the native’s birth will bring forth evils to
mother. He will not eqjoy good terms with his mother. He will not e
qjoy financial happiness and willfind difficulties in gathering
wealth.
He will cause various kinds of grief to his parents, be
inimical to his co-boro and kinsfolk and will not own properties. He
will be brought by another female in place of mother. He will
frequently change residence.
Retrograde Saturn in the 4th will lead one to a distant place
and cause abundant grief. Further, there will be danger to the
native’e wife and children.
Saturn with dignity in own sign as the 4th will give allround
auspicious effects and will give longevity to mother.

fa’rawi nn
89. Saturn in the 5th: One with Saturn in the Sth house will
have evil friends. He will not possess wealth and be not valorous. He
will never eqjoy happiness of any kind.
Notes: Saturn in the Sth will cause huge debts, troubles from
children, lo& of children andloss of wealth through securities and
guarantees issued for others. He will have a questionable history,
will indulge in illegal acts and will ever suffer from health disorders.
Saturn in the Sth in an enemy’s sign or together with an

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 468--

enemywilldestroy all the children of the native and his wealth. ■
Saturn in the Sth in Aquarius will give five children while in
Capricorn there will be three daughters.

HM4^4> II n
90. Saturn in the 6th: One with Saturn in the 6th house
willbe&eefromfoes, will winking’sfavoursandbe endowed with
quality food, robes and drinks. He will be attached to his religion
(or will perform his duties) and be very intelligent
Notes: One with Saturn in the 6th house will have limited
numberofrelativesor willnotbe well-associated with them. His
spouse will not keep good health. He will be happy regarding
children and will financially progress in abundance.
The native will be troubled by dead souls, ghosts and spirits.
If Ketu joins Saturn in the 6th, these evils will be felt in a more and
more severe manner.
If Saturn in the 6th is in union with Mercury or with the lord
of the 3rd house, or in a sign of Mercury, the person will be a writer
of repute.
Saturn and Venus joining in the 6th will cause urinary and
Venereal disorders.
Saturn in retrogression in the 6th will be a source of severe
diseases and litigations. f
Saturn in the 6th as the lord of the 8th will cause many evils,
windy diseases, ulcers, etc.
Saturn joining Mars in the 6th house will stall the good
effects of R^ja Yogas and the person will fruitlessly move from
place to place.
Saturn in the 6th in a sign of a malefic or of an inimical
planet will give dangerous diseases and poverty to the native; his
entire family will incur destruction.

91. Saturn in the 7th: One with Saturn in the 7th house

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 469

will have an evil spouse, be very intelligent, sinful/immodest and be
bereft of good friends and of scriptural knowledge.
Notes: "KudaararaktanT meaning "interested in his evil
spouse" should better read as "Kudaarayuktam" to mean that he will
have an evil spouse.
Saturnin the 7thin addition willupsetone’smantalfelicity and
the health of the spouse. He will not himselfbe endowed with sound
health and wealth and will prove ominous for his mother. His
academic pursuits will often be stalled. .
He will always be in servitude and will not occupy good
positions. His professional sphere will be subjected to serious
reversals. He will be illicitly associated with women and will lose his
fortunes on account of poor health, women and litigations.

Prtlwit ten (W ii v ii
92. Saturn in the 8th: One with Saturn in the 8th house
will be very lethargic and will register no impact on others. He will
be troubled by disorders of blood, bereft of intelligence and be
inquisitive of others* affairs.
Notes: One with Saturn in the 8th house will be associated
with Soodra woman (or a woman of 4th caste of the Hindu religion).
He will have bad terms with his spouse, will disobey his parents, be
addicted to prostitutesand will be endangered in the 35th year. He
will have danger from diseases relating to blood, liver and rectum.
Saturn in the 8th in a sign of a benefic planet will give an
obedient and affectionate.spouse and the native will be fortunate in
many respects, will have knowledge of ancient disciplines, devoted to
gods and Brahmins, will acquire prosperous progeny and will be
endowed with longevity.
Saturn in an inimical sign or with a malefic or inimical planet
will spoil one’s family happiness and give poverty and short life.
^ff^i fcafan fafri jraqjtf II S3 ii
93. Saturn in the 9th: One with Saturn in the 9th house will
abandon righteousness and will go against people. He will be envious
of others, be deprived of wealth and intelligence, be highly irascible
and will lose his happiness.
Notes: Further, his terms with his father will be quite

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 470--

strained. The native will wander from place toplace. His co-born will
lead difficult lives. He will have early loss of spouse and will take to
spiritual path in the later part of his life. But there are chances of
second marriage after the loss of first spouse. Also, the person will
lose his peace due to bad associations and fruitless efforts. He will be
intoxicated due to ego. Saturn in the 9th in own sign, or with other
dignities, or with a benefic planet, will contribute to father’s
longevity. Saturn in the 9th in an enemy’s sign will produce untold
and endless miseries and calamities.

II ^8 It
94. Saturn in the 10th: One with Saturn in the 10th house will
perform good deeds, will have a good spouse, be stable-and very
modest in disposition, be honoured by king and be very valorous.
Notes: One with Saturn in the 10th house will be a miser and
will incur bilious disorders. He will not inherit paternal properties
or will be troubled in respect of such properties. His success will be
only in distant places where he will gather abundant wealth.
His off-spring will destroy his wealth and will forsake him.
Saturn in the 10th in a benefic’s sign and associated with a benefic
will grant success in profession. In other cases, he will lead to severe
failures and debacles concerning profession.

fafonfaai iraf&i II II

95. Saturn in the 11th: One with Saturn in the 11th house will
have manifold gains; will not have any deairea, be interested in
scriptures, will conquer enemies and be eulogized by men of virtues.
Notes: The native having Saturn in the 11th will enjoy
abundant and indestructible wealth. He will be troubled on account
of pre-marital and post-marital associations. His terms withelderco-
bornwillnotbegood. He willgain landed properties. But he will face
many impediments to build up his resources. He will have a special
liking for cold stuff.
Saturn in the 11th in own sign, exaltation or in friendly sign
will make one a great scholar and abundantly fortunate.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 471--

II SS II
96. Saturn in the 12th: One With Saturn in the 12th house
will be bald-headed, will spend in bad ways, adopt sinful methods,
befriend evil men, be ever pitiable and will incur illnesses. He will
not receive any good publicity, i.e. he will come in the adverse notice
of others.
Notes: The subject will further waste his money on account of
pleasures and enjoyments. He will have some bodily defects and
poor eye-sight. He will often be confronted by professional debacles.
Saturn in the 12th house in union with abenefic planetwill give
wealth and happiness.

I
These are effects for Saturn.

3PJ 71^ -
Now effects for Rahu from Jaiaka Ratna Pradipa (upto sloka
108).

II II
97. Rahu in the Ascendant: One with Rahu in the ascendant
will be evil in thinking, be compatible to others, will suffer from
head-aches, be lustful, successful in arguments and sickly.
Notes: If Rahu is found in the ascendant, the native will obtain
dead children or his children will die in early years.
Rahu in union with a malefic planet in the ascendant will
produce difficulties galore and the person will face early death.
Rahu in the ascendant which is Aries, Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn or
Cancer will give great fortunes and longevity.

98. Rahu in the 2nd: One with Rahu in the 2nd house will be
talkative, will promote strife, destroy his wealth and be poor. He will
wander fruitlessly.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 472--

Notes: One having Rahu in the 2nd house will be dark in
complexion, will incur grief on account of progeny, be poor and
willface health disorders. He will earn wealth in dealings offish, meat
and the like.
Rahu in the 2nd house with a malefic planet will give two
spouses.
Rahu in the 2nd house in Sagittarius will give abundant
wealth.

31 331 I
373 "33
f3^3 71§: 331 II II
99. Rahu in the 3rd: One with Rahu in the 3rd house will
combat his foes. He will in general acquire victory and fame. He will
spend away his wealth to acquire happiness, will enjoy various
pleasures and will lose his brothers and quadrupeds. He will be a
successful wealth-gatherer and be valorous.
Notes: Rahu in the 3rd house will give abundant gains
through oils, pulses and cereals. However, the native may enjoy a
medium life-span only. There will be all-round happiness in his
family.
He will have strained terms with his co-born. His mother will
have eye problems.

WIII ?oo II
100. Rahu in the 4th: One with Rahu in the 4th house will
lose all his happiness. He will not enjoy happiness through progeny
and friends and be a great wanderer.
Notes: Further, with Rahu in the 4th house, the person will
acquire various kinds of landed properties, ornaments etc. He will
have two marriages. His mother will be long-lived. He will have only
one son. His wife will be thin-bodied.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 473--

W 3Rfi+cMdl>M II II
101. Rahu in the Sth: One with Rahu in the 5th house will
incur mental aberration, will lose his progeny, will have limited
education, will suffer disorders of stomach, will wander much and
will have numerous enemies.
Notes: The subject will further lose in gambling and
speculations. He will incur health problems relating to movements of
joints, neck and hip and will adopt a bad path of livelihood. There is
also a possibility of one’s losing wealth and position due to
governmental wrath.
If Rahu joins the Moon in the 5th, the native’s wealth and
children will be destroyed.

Mattei $(^4^ I
WR ‘WAl'W 'IB-'IWH: II II
102. Rahu in the 6th: One with Rahu in the 6th house will
have diminished enemies, be with friends, will suffer danger from
quadrupeds and pains of the waist, will join foreigners and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 474--

be very strong.
Notes: The person will also enjoy abundant happiness and
fortunes.
If Rahu is in the 6th house with the Moon, the native will be
associated with a wealthy woman, but be himself not wealthy. He
will be a thief.
Rahu in the 6th with the Sun will cause many difficulties
from the government.

103. Rahu in the 7th: One with Rahu in the 7th house will
acquire a spouse who will be inimical, short-lived, fierce in
appearance, irascible, belligerent and sickly.
Notes: The native will acquire two spouses out of whom the
first one will face premature death and the second one will incur
disorders of the liver. The subject will gain wealth through
marriage and will have questionable terms with a widowed or
pregnant woman.
The person’s wife will be a spendthrift and will be bent upon
enjoying comforts at any cost.
The native will be involved in crimes if Rahu joins another
malefic planet in the 7th house.

sifeqra i
f^FTRI (941'd^ II II
104. Rahu in the 8th: One with Rahu in the 8th house will ■
; be protected from evils (for life-span). He will suffer from
secretive disorders and urinary problems, willhave large testicles
and will destroy his wealth.
Notes: There are different views concerning life-span , when
Rahu’s position in the 8th is discussed by ancients. Some attribute
short life.
According to one specific authority, Rahu in the 8th in a
■„ benefic’s sign or with a benefic planet will give 40 years of life; if
< the 8th lord is also strong, life-span will be extended to 60; ill-
placed Rahu in the 8th will give severe diseases and kill the person
during his 32nd year.

■ Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 475

Rahu in the 8th is also found causing untimely and gruesome
death of one’s progeny.

'FMW q’fri HR: ffSFrai n ?°k n

105. Rahu in the 9th: One with Rahu in the 9th house will
have limited fortunes, will incur enmity with his brothers, be in the
grip of poverty (or financial troubles), will experience various evils,
will destroy his wealth, be undutiful, will have limited happiness and
incur enmity with his father.
Notes: With Rahu in the 9th, one’s being undutiful has wider
implications. Such a native will neglect his religion’s teachings, will
not do his duties for his parents and others, and will not follow the
codea prescribed for a virtuous person. If the said Rahu is in
Capricorn, Cancer, Virgo, Taurus or Aries as the 9th house, these
evils will not be seen.
Further, the person will be associated with a Soodra woman.
His father will not be well-disposed to him. He will prosper in distant
regions only but not in his birth place.

106. Rahu in the 10th: One with Rahu in the 10th house
will have all kinds of happiness, be successful in royal circles but will
never be happy in respect of his father.
Notes: One with Rahu in the 10th house will face
impediments in performing final rites to his parents. He will be
interested in poetics, be associated with a widowed female and will
go on pilgrimages. He will often face hindrances in professional
matters. y
Our text stipulates all kinds of happiness in general. However,
this will come to pass only when the 10th is one of Aries, Taurus,
Cancer, Virgo and Capricorn.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 476--

<5$ TO ^frc^pfelH

Wrf^
MR^ 3 ftwri H^pilScHUH II ?ofc ||
107. Rahu in the 11th: One with Rahu in the 11th house will
acquire all kinds of wealth. He will be happy, will receive various
kinds of honours from many kings, be happy in respect of robes,
gold and quadrupeds, be successful but indolent.
Notes: The native will eryoy abundant fortunes through his
progeny. He will skilfully comment on ancient Sastras. He will
himself reach superior heights. His terms with his co-bom will be
unpleasant. His mother will be endangered by poison (snakes,
scorpions etc.) and windy disorders.

HH oZRpf II 9O15 II
108. Rahu in the 12th: One with Rahu in the 12th house will
have diseased eyes and injured feet. He will be cunning, be
arrogant in speech, wicked, fond of consuming liquor and be
proud.
Notes: The native having Rahu in the 12th will often
confront illnesses, grief and injuries. He will be ugly, will lose his
money on wasteful expenditure, will earn disrepute in the society,
will face troubles from government and will have questionable
association with members of opposite sex. He will have limited
number of children and his spouse will incur abortions. His
earnings will be through unfair means.

Thus have been stated the effects for Rahu.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 ±T1

3FI
Now effects for Ketu as per Chamatkara Chintamani (upto sloka
120).

3IMT WJIHI^dl^ || ?o<^ ||

109. Ketu in the Ascendant: One with Ketu in the ascendant
will promote quarrels. He will have fear from diseases and of exposure
to danger therefrom, be inattentive (ordistracted), be worried about
spouse and others, highly excited and will incur physical pains and
windy diseases.
Notes: The native with Ketu in the ascendant will be a liar,
often unfortunate, will hate his co-born, will acquire daughters and be
ever miserable. His prosperity will be hindered. He will be addicted to
others’ women, be of questionable habits and will leave his native
region.
He will further have marital problems and physical deficiency.

M3 3^11 Mt-*! HI31* FMTII I

II ??»ii
110. Ketu in the 2nd: One with Ketu in the 2nd house will face
financial destruction, enmity with family members, worries from
royal sources and facial diseases. When honoured, the person will
speak of justice. Should Ketu be in own sign, or in the sign of a
benefic, much happiness will come to pass.
Notes: Ketu’s own sign is treated as Sagittarius by some
authorities which view is possibly acceptable. Thus, Ketu in
Sagittarius ascendant, or in other cases with a benefic planet, will
promote one’s happiness.
Scorpio, which is treated by some as own sign for Ketu, is also
found to be favourable for Ketu’s position in general though Scorpio
is not to be treated as Ketu’s own sign.
Further, Ketu in the ascendant in general will cause association

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 478--

with evil lot. The native will not enjoy a sound health and will suffer
from dental disorders and lameness.

TO -
HH«X^HI II ??? II
111. Ketu in the 3rd: One with Ketu in the 3rd house will
eliminate enemies, be argumentative, will gain financially and win
over even his friends. He will lose his intelligence (i.e, sometimes be
unwise), incur troubles to his arms and be agitated due to fear.
Notes: The native will in addition to the above effects be highly
virtuous and be seen as a jewel of the society. He will achieve great
tasks, be spiritual and be helpful to others. He will enjoy much wealth
due to his own efforts.

RR.41 —
II TO It
112. Ketu in the 4th: One with Ketu in the 4th house will not
see his mother happy. Never will he be happy in respect of his father
or friends. He will be bereft of friends, will not stick to home for a
long time and be ever agitated.
Notes: One with Ketu in the 4th will not enjoy mental peace, be
disposed to cardiac and blood disorders and will discard his home and
people. He will give up his education mid-way and will destroy
ancestral wealth.

TO TOER! TO? 1
d-nlrl: —
TO II II
113. Ketu in the 5th: One with Ketu in the 5th house will be
troubled by disorders of abdomen due to imbalances of phlegm and
wind. His intelligence will decay. He will have limited progeny
particularly limited sons. His gains will ever be delayed.
Notes: The native having Ketu in the 5th house in a jnalefic’s

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 479--

sign, or with a malefic planet will ever be intent upon going to distant
places and be devoid of learning and wisdom. He will lament on his
own foolishness.
If Ketu is in the 5th in a benefic’s sign, or with a benefic planet,
the native will be highly intelligent, devoted to ancient disciplines and
will perform good deeds. He will have special achievements in
Meditation on Lord Ganesa.

dfer *<*?H*ld -
II II
114. Ketu in the 6th: One with Ketu in the 6th house will
combat his enemies, be humiliated by maternal kinsfolk, will receive
limited happiness from quadrupeds, be not enthusiastic but free from
sickness.
Notes: "Freedom from sickness” for this position of Ketu is not
tenable. A study of practical horoscopes will corroborate this line of
my suggestion. The person will be a victim of some disease or the
other on a long term basis. There is a specific authority to state that
Ketu in the 6th house will produce diseases of the rectum and eyes.
Trouble from spirits and spinal disorders are also a clear
possibility with this position of Ketu.
Further, one will lose on account of quadrupeds, landed
properties and the like. He will have thievish tendencies as well.

ii m II
115. Ketu in the 7th: One with Ketu in the 7th will wander
(aimlessly), be agitated and will enjoy freedom from enemies or else
will destroy them. Ip Scorpio as the 7th house, the planet will ever
cause gains, troubles to spouse and expenses to the subject
Notes: The translation is as per the verse in strict terms.
However troubles to spouse and expenses to the subject should not be
attributed to Ketu in the 7th in Scorpio. These two should be for other
signs and should be clubbed with general effects given above,
excluding Scorpio. Thus while in Scorpio (and in Sagittarius), Ketu in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 480--

the 7th house will give continuous gains. In other signs, he will protect
one from enemies but will cause danger to spouse and expenses to the
native.
His spouse will be a wicked person and will not allow the native
live in peace.

II m II
116. Ketu in the 8th: One with Ketu in the 8th house will incur
rectal disorders and financial obstacles through enemies when the sign
concerned is one of Scorpio, Virgo and Gemini. In case of other signs
coinciding with the 8th house, the planet will give health but none of
wealth and happiness.
Notes: The subject with Ketu in the in general willhave an on
others’ wives and wealth. He will Jt>e addicted to vices and sinful
means.

<51*4$ II II
117. Ketu in the 9th: One with Ketu in the 9th house will be
bereft ofrighteousness, will visit pilgrim centres, gain fortunes through
base men and incur grief on account of co-born. Further, he will
suffer from pains of the arms and mock at penance and charitability.
Notes: The person will be a source of difficulties for father in
childhood. He will be interested in others’ religion and will gain
through Mlechchas (or non-Aryans).
In practical horoscopes, Ketu in the 9th house is found to

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 481--

give a deep liking for penance, spiritualism, meditation etc. Hence, our
text’s statement is strange. However, one with Ketu in the 9th will not
be well-disposed to charities.

HFpRI I ^<AT
II II
118. Ketu in the 10th: One with Ketu in the 10th house will not
beget happiness from father, be himself unfortunate and will lose his
mother early. He will be endangered by vehicles. In case of signs Libra
and Virgo, this danger will be in a reduced measure.
Notes: The native will further incur disorders of the rectum,
lungs and nose. He will serve Mlechcahs and be associated with
questionable women.

. 119. Ketu in the 11th: One with Ketu in the 11th house will have
good fortunes, abundant learning, be charming, will have good
friends, be fond ofgood quality robes, be ever (physically) troubled,
unfortunate in respect of progeny and will ever have gains.
Notes: The subject will be an impressive speaker, will enjoy
limited pleasures and will incur abdominal disorders. He will be
honoured by great men but will have an unfortunate daughter.

gm?) <i>vR3 'fei i

jrarftfeat n 11
120. Ketu in the 12th: One with Ketu in the 12th house willhave
pains of ears and eyes, be kingly, a spendthrift, willlose 1 his father
early and be inauspicious for maternal uncles. His children will incur
troubles of waist and rectum.
Notes: The person will destroy his ancestral properties. | He will be
"equal to the king in wealth". There is an authority to | •■3 ■ '1

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 482--

state that one will be troubled by diseases of the heart, eyes and legs
with Ketu in the 12th.

Those effects are for Ketu.

Now time-bound effects of Bhavas, as per the authority of

Hillaja, upto sloka 154.
Notes: Hillaja was a well-known astronomer of the remote past
whose time period is however not known. He was also an astrological
exponent of repute and the works, Hillaja Jataka, Hillaja Tajika (solar
return horoscopy), Hillaja Gfaha Phala, and Hillaja Dipika are
attributed to him. He was quoted by PunjaRaja also, vide Sambhu.
Hora Prakasa, chapter 14.

3iq gfos^l Effects for the Sun*

^55 II 95? II

II II

3UE^ II II
S3 <81^ faqhR; I gwi 3js3 CWI:

II «X II 3|BR^|PH^ I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 483--

121 - 125. The Sun: The Sun will cause the following effects in
the respective years of age.

In the ascendant - In Evils in the 15th year.

the 2nd house - Loss of wealth in the 7th year (to the
family).
In the 3rd house - In Gain of wealth in the 20th year. Grief
the 4th house - In in the 14th year.
the 5th house - In Danger to father in the 9th year. All
the 6th house - kinds of wealth in the 23rd
year.
In the 7th house Danger to wife in the 34th year.
In the 8th house Death of a female in the 10th
year.
In the 9th house - In Pilgrimage in the 10th year.
the 10th house - In Separation in the 19th year. Birth of a
the 11th house - In son in the 24th year. Danger in the
the 12th house - 12th year.
These are the effects for the Sun.
«HRJ>|R<+:«? II

9H<? II
HSIT i
II 93*9 II -
JCTl &|R?I I
'flsHJK:' II II I
HTrfHra RfW II II 3IS^
dRH'dI ’jR: I
Rfed^ II 93° II

qwl II 939 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 484--

siPWlsi i

126 - 131. The Moon: Now effects for the Moon in the respective
years of age.

In the ascendant - Disease in the 27th year. In the 2nd house -

Evils in the 27th year.
In the 3rd house - Gains through, relatives in the
5th year.
In the 4th house - ■ Gain of a son in the 22nd year.
In the 5th house - Danger from fire in the 2nd year.
In the 6th house - Danger in the 6th year.
In the 7th house - Death of mother in the 15th year.
In the 8th house - Danger on 6th day or in 6th year
due to fall from height.
In the 9th house - Pilgrimage in the 20th year.
In the 10th house - Gains in the 43rd year.
In the 11th house - Royal honour in the 20th year.
In the 12th house - Danger and evils in the 3rd year.
These are the effects for the Moon.

3PI |
qd-d*W cM-Wkil || ||

^>^|: II II
I
II II

II m n
fifelfid*) I
II II
«mfi4lfi»)s®^ wfifi 3FT: I

Hora Ratnam/ Chapter 3 485

’T»M3a[Pli| w3 ?WI: II II
gRSI: I
’ikiw*^ I
132 - 137. Mars: Now effects for Mars in the respective years of
age.

In the ascendant - In Evils in the 5th year.

the 2nd house - ’ In Loss of wealth in ths 12th year.
the 3rd house - Happiness to relatives in the
13th year.
In the 4th house - Danger to relatives in the 8th
year.
In the 5th house - Danger to relatives in the 5th
year.
In the 6th house - In Gain of a son in the 26th year.
the 7th house - In the Danger to wife in the 27th year.
8th house - In the Danger in the 22nd year.
9th house - In the Danger to father in the 14th
10th house - year. Danger through weapon
in the 27th year.
In the 11th house - Gain of wealth in the 54th year.
In the 12th house - Danger in the 25th year.
These are the effects for Mars.

^51^ 4'cdCl II 93^ II

*Upg4Hl3 I
£I<S$I &|R$ II 93^ II
HFJfl I
WRIF^t II 98° ||

Tf Boq& Slf^SgR: II 98? II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 486--

gsq fofFH: MMiRtHdfl II ?8? II
'4-I^IWd <5$ 5R$I Glfa<¥ fera: I

138 - 142. Mercury: Now effects for Mercury in the respective

years of age.

Increase of splendour in the 10th

year.
In the ascendant Loss of wealth in the 26th year. Gain
of a son in the 12th year. Gain of a
In the 2nd house - In son in the 22nd year. Danger to
the 3rd house - In mother in the 26th
the 4th house - In year.
the 5th house - Danger through foes in the 21st year.
Gain of wife in the 17th year. Loss of
In the 6th house - wealth in the 14th year. Danger to
mother in the 19th
In the 7th house - In year.
the 8th house - In Gain of wealth in the 19th year. Gain
the 9th house - of wealth in the 45th year. Danger to
a female in the 12th
In the 10th house - year.
In the 11th house - These are the effects for
In the 12th house - Mercury.

are i
oN-Wll II ?83 II

OWI H II ?88 II
I gmsi n ?BX II
HI^IRB I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 487--

UM Wlsfcl: II 98$ II

$3 HSWlfaRlSBH: II 98« II
RrjRe 44Hy I
WRSl swit II 98” II
143 • 148. Jupiter: Now effects for Jupiterin the respective

years of age. Birth of child (in the family) in the

In the ascendant 8th year.
Gain of wealth in the 39 year. Union
In the 2nd house with friends in the 20th
In the 3rd house year.
Gain of relatives and wealth in the 12th
In the 4th house - year.
Danger to maternal uncle in the 7th
In the 5th house - year.
Fear from foes in the 40th year. Gain
In the 6th house - In of spouse in the 22nd year. Great
the 7th house - In the diseases in the 31st year. Gains to
8th house - In the 9th father (year not mentioned).
house - Results not mentioned.
Gain of wealth both to the native and
In the 10th house - his father (year not mentioned).
In the 11th house - Heavy expenditure in the 25th
year.
These are the effects for Jupiter.
In the 12th house -

3FI I

VFR5TO: II 98^ II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 488--

434 34 434 II II
34 34 Wjfa5R; I

WFra^lft^SS^ || W II 3IE4 5Rl4 34

WKIW?I I cSpfijR: 433?! 34 33331 ’fp II ?« II

3§4U>3 3^s*3 ?5l4 JI3^fi I

5I35F4 <Wlk3>34s^ 33lfa II 9*3 II 3^3 TOt:

<R5 34 ft ’^33^ I

W337 HI3W ^l3d ^3 II ?K8 II

^IW5i(l
149 -154. Venus: Now effects for Venus in the respective

Illicitconnectioninthe 17th year. Gain of wealth in the 6th year.

Pilgrimage in the 4th year. Happiness
years of age. to relatives in the 4th year.
In the ascendant - In Gains in the 5th year.
the 2nd house • In Danger in the 41st year due to
the 3rd house - In weapons.
the 4th house • Marriage in the 14th year. Gain of
wealth in 10th year through valour.
In the 5th house - In Gain of wealth in the 15th year.
the 6th house - Results not mentioned.
In the 11th house - In the 12th
In the 7th house • house •
In the 8th house -
Effects for Saturn, Rahu and
Ketu should be understood in
In the 9th house - In
These astonishing effects have
the 10th house -
Much happiness in the 4th year.
Gain of wealth in the 5th year.

the same manner as for Mars.

been stated by Hillaja. These are the effects for Bhava.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 489--

PfiJ-pM1^
<5?<KI I arat W^ERSIH Pra-Pra i
3P?ft WW IRTR^R^t 5^ I
ft W^lPlft I RsAEWIorl Pqa:
H^JFHTW HR: 3pF
PlW5 HSfa I
sral PRhw?5?iHi4 wira 3EIPM<1
p5^ I
Bala Bhadra comments as under. Although there may be two,
three or more births at one and the same time, results are different in
each case. The basic reason for this is the different Avasthas or states
of planets.
In one case, a beneflc planet in the 5th house may destroy
progeny while in another a malefic in the 5th house may give progeny.
What is the reason for this? These are now stated. A benefic in Sayana
Avastha or Nidra Avastha will destroy progeny. A malefic in the same
state will cause progeny. Planets give effects according to such states
or Avasthas only. That is why different results obtain in various
(including superficially identical) cases.
Now narrated are these special effects, attributed to Lord Siva,
as collected from Sanketa Kaumudi(&nd reproduced in the work
entitled Adbhuta Sagara.)
Notes: This whole portion concerning Avasthas, having 259
verses is attributed by the author to the work called Adbhuta Sagara.
Showing keen interest in the author’s remarks, I have with
great difficulty procured a copy of Adbhuta Sagaram. To my utter
disappointment, leave aside Avasthas, there is nothing in Adbhuta
Sagaram relating to natal horoscopy. For that matter, astrology has
been dealt with in the said text to the minimum extent possible! Only a
couple of references to astrological aphorisms are found here and
there.
There are firstly six different kinds of states for the planets.
More important are another set of twelve Avasthas, viz. Sayana Hora
Ratnam / Chapter 3

49
0
etc. which give striking effects.
In this chapter, the word “Bhava” additionally means Avastha.

wni nrai: spjn ’ifen yr i wfn II m it ■'iRdsh? I

aiWRta WW TFSfe II W II
155 -156. Six Kinds of States: The 'WorkAdbhuta Sagara states
as under. Once upon a time, Lord Siva had mentioned of six different
kinds of states. All these are now written by me. These are:
(a) Lajjita or bashful.
(b) Garvita or arrogant.
(c) Kshudhita or troubled by hunger.
(d) Trushita or thirsty.
(e) Mudita or delighted.
(f) Kshobhita or agitated.
Notes: Based on Lord Siva’s teachings, sage Parasara narrated
these in his Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra, ch. 45 (Vol. 1 of my English
translation). The author of Sanketa Kaumudi followed the instructions
of the sage to a great extent. However, there is different additional
information in the present work as given by Bala Bhadra in respect of
Sayanadi Avasthas. In fact, Sayanadi Avasthas are a great boon in
astrological analysis.

n II
157. Bashful State: A planet in the 5th house with Rahu, Ketu,
the Sun, Saturn or Mars is said to be in Lajjita Avastha or bashful
state.
J
lfedl ^jRfa: II Vfc®* II
158. Arrogant State: A planet in its exaltation sign or Moola
Trikona sign is said to be in Garvita Avastha or arrogant state.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 491--

gjfaa; a w w II 11
159. Hungry Planet: A planet in an inimical sign, or in "
aspect to or in conjunction with an inimical planet is said to be in
Kshudhita Avastha or hungry state. Alternatively the planet can be in
the company of Saturn.

a a 351^: II II
160. Thirsty State: A planet in a watery sign in aspect to an
inimical planet is said to be in Trushita Avastha or thirsty state.
Notes: Exclusion of benefic’s aspect could be found in
Parasara Hora. That is, a benefic aspecting such a planet will free it
from "thirst"

altatasgfea: nn
161. Delighted State: A planet occupying a friendly sign and
being in the company of or in aspect to a friendly planet is said to be
in Mudita Avastha or delighted state. Alternatively a planet in a
friendly sign can be in the company of Jupiter.

n%at w asa^a a^n i ajfaa a

f^iiJtoi^uii afe Jftf&a: n n
162. Agitated State: A planet in the company of the Sun
and in aspect to two or more malefics, one of whom is its enemy, is
said to be in Kshobhita Avastha or agitated state.

Sflfadt Sift H II II
MPS3: I
dcwR-di^i ‘♦x’-Rufa: ii ?s« 11
163 - 164. Effects: Those houses that contain planets in hungry
state (Kshudita) or agitated state (Kshobhita) will pro duce grief. This
way, the concerned houses among the various ones should be detected

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 492--

to determine the strength and weakness thereof. Then the effects due
should be declared by the wise.

am siR: Hn
e-R^d^RdHm i ajfaa:
shfaal mft a ad 11 iss II
sf^sldl rra I gaaraft adaRi
u+fcdaR n n
and aRi m i Rad aRl HFft
HRFW f^R; II ?$c II
apd gR5PW3 waa= 1
■■iit!i>j|>-d am maq, n 11
165 -169. (a) If a house attains a mixed nature with planets in
favourable and unfavourable states as stated above, it will only yield
mixed effects.
(b) If the 10th house is occupied by a bashful (Lajjita), thirsty
(Trushita), hungry (Kshudita) or agitated (Kshobhita) planet, the
native will incur grief (in respect of profession).
(c) If the 5th .house is occupied by a planet in bashful (Lajjita)
state, one’s progeny will die a premature death.
(d) If the 7th house is occupied by a planet in agitated
(Kshobhita) state or thirsty (Trushita) state, his spouse will have an
untimely end.
These truth-bearing statements were made by Lord Siva.
This way, planets in the various houses should be understood
and results foretold.
Notes: (a) Any planet in a specific Bhava will attain certain
Avastha among Lajjita etc. Favourable Avasthas will allow the planet
deliver good effects concerning the Bhava it occupies. Unfavourable
Avasthas will compel the planet to give unfavourable effects
concerning the Bhava it is in. These Avasthas seem to affect the
occupied house more, than the houses owned by a planet.
Favourable Avasthas are: Garvita, Mudita.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 493--

Unfavourable Avasthas: Lajjita, Kshudita, Trushita and
Kshobhita.
(b) For this position in the 10th house, utter poverty is also a
part of the effects prescribed by others. That is a planet in the 10th in
an unfavourable Avastha will lead to poverty and professional upsets.
(d) There are some more effects for specific Avasthas in general.
These are as under:
1. Garvita Avastha: A planet in this Avastha will produce good
effects like housing properties, superior position, skill in arts, wealth
and professional gains.
2. Mudita Avastha: A planet in this , Avastha will give happiness
through wife, landed properties, association with men in high places,
gold, wisdom, learning and success over foes.
3. Lajjita Avastha: A planet in this Avastha will cause dislike for
good things, disregard for the Almighty, speaking evil words, loss of
intelligence and loss of progeny.
4. Kshobhita Avastha: A planet in this Avastha will give
tremendous poverty, miseries, financial upsets, loss through
government and trouble to legs.
5. Kshudita Avastha: A planet in this Avastha will give miseries,
downfall, grief, lack of physical felicity, trouble from enemies and
financial obstacles.
6. Tushtita Avastha: A planet in this Avastha will cause
involvement in unsocial deeds, loss of money through kith and kin,
diseases caused by union with females, loss of honour and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 494--

7. miseries due to bad men.

’mi wrai n ?«» 11

amt HteR 3s J^fomi i
fasH WHI 3$HI: <jcfaRfa: II ?a? II
170 -171* Sayana & Other Avastas: Sayana, Upavesana,
Netrapani, Prakasana, Gamanechcha, Gamana, Sabhaavaasa,
Aagamana, Bhojana, Nrityalipsa, Kautuka and Nidra are another
kind of 12 Avastas or states for the various planets (from the Sun
through Ketu).
Notes: These twelve Avastas are known as “Sayanadi” Avastas,
meaning “Sayana and other Avastas” to differentiate from other
kinds of states.
The meanings and the order of these Avastas ate as under:
1. Sayana lying down, resting,
2. Upavesana (or Upavesa) sitting, a leading
3. Netrapani hand, shining.
4. Prakasana (or Prakasa) desirous of sexual
5. Gamanechcha union, going,
remaining in an
6. Gamana assembly, arriving,
7. Sabhaavaasa (or Sabha) food (i.e. eating),
inflamed to (i.e. fond
8. Aagamana of) dance,
9. Bhojana curious,
10. Nrityalipsa sleeping.
11. Kautuka
12. Nidra
Avastas at serial No. 6 and 8 above
should not be mixed up with each other for they are phonetically
somewhat identical.
These Avastas are simple to calculate which are explained in the
ensuing verses. Once these are properly known and wisely applied,
predictions can be far more accurate. Particularly in respect of
diseases, Avastas are one of the best possible sources to rely upon.
In fact these present slokas (from 170to 177) are taken from

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 495--

Maharshi Parasra’s work, Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra, (chapter 45,
vol. 1, English translation by R. Santhanam). But the sages words
"Kathaamyaham" (meaning "I narrate") have been altered by the
source-book of Bala Bhadra, i.e. Sanketa Kaumudi as "Kathithaq Muni
Pungavaih" meaning "great sages say so".
Further, the Avasthas at 5, 6 and 8 of our present text are
Gamanechcha, Gamana and Aagamana whereas in BPHS, these are
Gamana (for Gamanechcha), Aagamana (for Gamana) and Aagama
(for Aagamana). Since there is an error in Bala Bhadra’s quotation in
the arrangement of names, these should be interchanged in
understanding the effects when both these texts are correlated.

II II

Tf^TI HPT || ?k93 II

(^rr) g* I
<R II HH: II ?V98
U

II w <WII<&4 w i
II m ii .
HPIT: HPR I
5Fft WPlt cWl’MfWl. Il II iW TF^T <i5pii H^ i
i^ET fa^ET II II
172 - 177. Method, of Calculation: (a) Note the serial number of
the Nakshatra (with reference to Asvini) occupied by a planet (for
which Avasta is required). Multiply this by the respective serial
number of the planet (reckoned from Sun through Ketu). The
resultant figure should be multiplied by the number of Navamsas
covered by the planet (with reference to
Aries). To this figure add the sum total of the serial number of Janma
Nakshatra (birth asterism counted from Asvini), serial number of
birth Ghatika (counted from sun rise, uninterrupted at sun set) and
serial number of the ascendant (counted from Aries). The ultimate
sum should be divided by 12 and the remainder in the process will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 496--

denote the Avasta position of the planet reckoned from Sayana
Avasta.
. (b) The remainder in the above process should be multiplied by
itself to which should be added the figure denoted by the first letter of
the (personal) name of the pdrson (distinct from family title or
surname). The resultant sum should be divided by 12. The remainder
in this process should be increasedby the relevant additament as noted
below. Sun - 5, Moon - 2, Mars - 2, Mercury - 3, Jupiter - 5, Venus - 3,
Saturn - 3, Rahu (and Ketu) - 4. The final figure be divided by 3. The
planet’s Avastha is in the following sub-state according to the
remainder being 1 = Drishti, 2 - Cheshta, and 0 = Vicheshta.
| Notes: (a) Each kind of Avastha has its own importance. The
present Sayanadi Avasthas lead to knowledge of subtle differences in
effects when two nativities which are somewhat similar are under
consideration. With every factor like birth ghati, Navamsa of a planet,
Nakshatra position etc. changing, these differences will come out more
explicitly in the open. These Avasthas have additional importance in
deciding about the health conditions of a person.
A simple formula to remember Sayanadi Avastha calculation .
is given below.
{(SxPxN) + (A + G + R)| -r 12
= Avastha of the planet.
In the above principle, "S“=serial number of the Nakshatra
occupied by the planet for whom Avastha is needed (to be counted
from Asvini); ”P'- = status of the planet counted from the Sun (i.e.
Sun = 1, Moon = 2, Saturn = 7 etc. in the order of weekdays); ”N" =
Navamsa position of the planet (like 1st Navamsa, 2nd, 3rd etc. of the
sign); "A"=Janma Nakshatra; "G" = ghati of birth from the sun-rise
(uninterrupted at sun-set); and "R" = the ascendant's order counted
from Aries (i.e. Leo = 5, Libra = 7, so on so and so forth). Needless to
mention that factors "A”, "G" and "R" are one and the same for
calculation of Avastha of all the nine planets for a given horoscope.
Whereas the factors "S", "P" and "N" are variable from planet to
planet.
Bala Bhadra has wrongly interpreted the word "Amsa" as
degree instead of Navamsa in his following example.'Amsa is variously
used to mean Navamsa, degree, any of the 16 divisions, specially
Nadiamsa, Shashtiamsa etc.
Assume, we have to calculate Avastha for Mars, where the
details are: Mars is in Aries 14° (5th Navamsa) in Bharani

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 497--

Nakshatra’s first quarter. Janma Nakshatra is Mrigasira. Birth at
16th ghatika, and the natal ascendant is Virgo.
So Mars is the 3rd planet in order from the Sun. Bharani
occupied by Mars is the 2nd Nakshatra. Mrigasira is the 5th
Nakshatra. Thus, the calculation is:
S =2 P=3 N=5
A=5 G = 16 R=6
Thus we have td proceed as under: (2 x 3.x 5} = 30 = 30 + 5 + 16
+ 6 = 57. When divided by 12, the remainder is 9 indicating 9th
Avastha, i. e. Bhojana Avastha for Mars.
Merely finding out a planet’s Avastha will not be of help. Its
sub-state, (whether Vicheshta, Cheshta or Drishti) should be known
for it has the final say on the Avastha. The sub-state should be known
thus:
Stage 1: (Avastha Number x Avastha Number) + Value for the
first syllable of personal name of the native. The resultant product be
divide by 12. Call the remainder hereof as "R".
Stage 2: Add to "R" the planetary additament as reflected in
the present slokas (viz. Sun - 5, Moon - 2, Mars - 2, Mercury - 3,
Jupiter - 5, Venus - 3, Saturn - 3, Rahu (or Ketu) - 4). Divide this final
sum by 3. If the remainder is 1, .sub-state for that planet’s Avastha is
Drishti; 2 = Cheshta and 0 = Vicheshta.
The first syllable values are not given in the original verses.
These are supplied below for the benefit of the reader: lforST^SS
2 for ? 73 H H 31
3for3^I^^n^q
4forV H
5for3jt^<5c(3^l3

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 498--

^ara^te^R^ni HR?F^ ^T HFU spsifa
HRra^^ngw #qteq ai<wteA ^Iwn,
3FI HF3 3^53

34«fdw Hsra^Ros^H^ra^ii 1 <rat

gERlft
Wrar W ^EI <na?qi
BJB31W3I 1 fj^wgw,
W3T 3h«4W<3^ I ^*rag«ri
araklOTI. 3 HST SFHfa W3T HW533T ?<? ? ’jfan ?° i

RIOTRIS^RR^ wgPrar«»i
3FJ33T ?U 3«3I<^I3M£| 8X 3p?5^i W ga: wi ?38

SRRIB3 iM i

tjassFiiRiwj i 33 swl

aiaraw^aF^WFcRFOTt a^agw u ^1 SI ^IHRIK <? x gas: ?B RR$

JkitaWI ^Ei3?«n 33 ^HH^HR 1
Bala Bhadra’s Example: (a) In the first paragraph, the author
narrates the whole process which is as per our Notes given for slokas
No. 172 - 177.
(b) The meaning of the example portion given by Bala Bhadra,
vide paragraph 2 above is as under.
Assume the Sun (for whom Avasta is being calculated) is in
Makha Nakshatra. The serial order position of Makha (counted from
Asvini) is 10. The Sun's serial order position is 1. 10 multiplied by 1 is
10. The Sun placed in the sign Leo is in the 7th degree (a
misinterpretation for "Navamsa" as stated earlier in the notes). So, 10
multiplied by 7 equals to 70. Birth star is Anuradha represented by
17. Birth is in the 45th ghatika and in Taurus ascendant (2). Hence 70
+ 17 + 45 + 2 = 134. The figure 134 is divided by 12 which gives a
remainder of 2. Hence the Sun is in the 2nd Avasta which is
Upavesana.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 499--

Remainder 2 is to be multiplied by 2 which yields 4. The first
alphabet of the person is “Ha” (asin“Hari”) which is valued at 5. This
should be added to 4 above. The answer 9 is to be divided bj 12. This
leaves 9 itself as the remainder. The Sun’s constant additament is 5
and is to be added to 9 above. The resultant figure, which is 14, is to
be divided by 3. The remainder is 2. Hence the Sun is in the sub-state
of Cheshta, in Upavesana Avasta.

’RS’l I
Mswi q II 9^ II
. Hetero i
11 ?A9^ .11
178 - 179. If a planet is in the sub-state of “Drishti”, the results
will be limited. In “Cheshta, the results will be full and in “Vicheshta”
nil. In deciding the auspicious and inauspicious effects, a planet’s
strength or weakness, as above, should be known. If the planet is
exalted, it is specially strong, i.e. its effects due to Avastha will be
specially notable.
Notes: After arriving at the Avasta concerned, these three sub-
states should -be calculated.
Even if a planet indicates auspicious effects with afavourable
Avasta, if it is in “Vicheshta” the same will not materialise. If it gets
the sub-state of “Cheshta”, these auspicious effects will come to fore in
full measure. “Drishti” restricts the auspicious effects.
With a favourable Avasta, if a planet is in exaltation, more
auspicious effects will follow. In debility, good effects will get reduced.
If in debilitation, the bad effects of an unfavourable Avasta will
increase. A planet in exaltation but with an unfavourable Avasta will
be moderate.
A planet with bad indications due to a certain Avasta will
suitably improve. In Cheshta, evil effects will be less. InDrishti, the
bad effects will be clearly felt.
These are general guidelines while the effects of good and bad
Avastas depend on houses also. Sometimes, a malefic with a bad
Avasta and in dignity, can give excellent results due to a certain house.
All these must be well remembered.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 500--

MFHlt^ H11 11

I
HGCT Hrft HFI II 9^9 II

Hlfl HFl WH f^H: II 9*3 II

180 -182. Special Effects - 7th House: (a) A malefic in the 7th
house in Nidra Avasta will produce auspicious effects concerning the
7th house. But if he is aspected by another malefic, there will be never
good effects.
(b) In the same Avasta, a malefic planet in the 7th house which
is an inimical sign will cause early death of all his spouses (in Case of
repeated marriages), provided it is aspected by an enemy. If the said
malefic is in the process aspected by or conjoined with a benefic, the
first spouse will in particular be endangered.

HR Wlf PlMRUIl II ?t;3 II

3^13 3T f^t <n qen I HR FRRJ: II II

'SpW I
rjsnft II ?*=!< II
183 - 185. Special Effects - Sth House: (a) It will be auspicious
for a malefic to be in the 5th house in Nidra or Sayana Avasta. There
is no need for a second thought in this case.
(b) But if the said malefic in the 5th house in Nidra or Sayana
Avasta is exalted, or in own sign, or in Moola trikona, the
auspiciousness will doubtlessly be destroyed.
(c) A benefic in the 5th house in Nidra or Sayana Avasta, and
in aspect to another benefic, will surely cause untimely end of the first
issue of the subject.

^F3t3^33: Hfit fagrai 311

331 ’d^R^: FUgraa: TOS33T II II

3fe 4tf&3: i

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 501--

331 HFH dBI ■'ISflMI ^3 Rohd: II ?I;'3 II Wltfo ^K: 3fe 4tf&3: I

331 3F3 ’jfrn ii ii

STEHFeft 'Tfacpit 3Hl 31 33 3^33: I

31^4^0 f&^3F3 3313: II ?*<? II

186 -189. Special Effects - 8th House: (a) A malefic in the house
of death, viz. the 8th house, in Nidra or Sayana Avasta will cause
untimely end of the subject through royal punishment or enemies.
(b) A malefic in the 8th house in Nidra or Sayana Avasta with
an aspect of a benefic, will bring about the said end in the river
Ganges (i.e. through a sacred river).
(c) If the aspect is from a malefic, instead of a benefic, the end
will occur by severance of head.
(d) Saturn, Mars or Rahu in the 8th house in Nidra or Sayana
Avasta will also cause, death by severance of head.

33f?^ 331 3R: 313^ 31 I

33T 3lfedd)^l f3F3T Wfa II ?<?o II ct»‘f^e<l4 AJIIMI 33^$f4 31 I

331 ct»4A'ilct>: FIF3I3I^:?35I3I33>: II II

3W3t WRl3 I

3^3 333k ifaflftd: II II

190 -192. Special Effects - 10th House: (a) A malefic in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 502--

the 10th house in Sayana or Bhojana Avasta will make the person
wander all over the earth out of dire poverty.
(b) A benefic in the 10th house in Nidra or Gamana Avasta will
cause various kinds of grief related to work.
(c) The Moon in the 10th house in Kautuka or Prakasana
Avasta will bestow royal status, according to sages.

i
n w ii

wfl wife 11 11
MW RiBPd I
HW iR’flRd*! II w II
mmRdaPd H&n 1
nra wif f^n 11 w 11
193 -196. General: (a) The wise should thus analyse the effects
of the various houses. This has been stated by sages who would
declare auspicious and inauspicious effects only after evaluatingthe
strengthsand weaknesses of the planets concerned. ;(b) I now narrate
the subtleties involved in Sayana and other Avastas. Benefics in
Sayana and other Avastas will cause auspicious results concerning
that particular house in which they are placed. Malefics in Bhojana
and other Avastas will ever cause all-round destruction of the house
concerned.
Notes: (a) In using this instruction, whatever has so far been
stated should be well remembered including the dignities of the
planets. Some guidelines are:
- the planet’s nature, being a malefic or a benefic;
- its particular Avasta;
- its status in a given sign;
- its general strength or weakness;
- its relation with its dispositor and associate by five-fold terms
(Panchadha Sambandha).
- the aspect and association it enjoys; and
- the house involved

Hora Ratnam /
(b) “Sayana and other Avastas” indicate the first 8 Avastas,
from Sayana through Aagamana. “Bhojana and other Avastas”
denote the last 4 Avastas from Bhojana through Nidra.

SRI I
Now the Sun’s Avastas and effects.

’FSlfty forint q W?: I

II ?^\9 II
197. The Sun in Sayana Avasta: One with the Sun in Sayana
Avasta will suffer from indigestion, pains caused by bilious
imbalances, morbid enlargement of the leg (or elephantiasis) and
diseases of privities.
Notes: There are much more additional informatian for effects
of Avasthas of planets in Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra, chapter 45, voL
1 which the reader may consult.

3^ WRTfi *I^R: I
H R?R; II n t

198. The Sun in Upavesana Avasta: One with the Sun in

Upavesana Avasta will be an artisan, dark in complexion, be bereft of
learning, grieved and engaged in others’ service.
Notes: "Silpi" also means a specialist on Vastu Sastra or
ancient architecture which meaning can also be taken in such cases.

I
II W II
H^R: I
II }oo ||
199 - 200. The Sun in Netrapani Avasta: (a) One will be
endowed with all kinds of happiness if the Sun in Netrapani Avasta
occupies the 5th, 9th, 10th or 7th house.
(b) In other houses - than the 5th, 9th, 10th and 7th houses -
this state will cause one to be cruel, mentally or physically frigid and
suffer from disorders of sight. In addition to these, the person will be
highly irascible and be contemptuous of others.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 504--

VRW wrctf i
SRI TRFpt II II
WSl I
HR&JIW^ 3K55(3)^I II II
201 - 202. The Sun in Prakasana Avasta: (a) One with the Sun
in Prakasana Avasta will be meritorious, virtuous, wealthy,
charitable, given to enjoyments, honourable, princely and be the lord
of wealth.
(b) If the Sun in this Avasta is in the 5th or 7th house, the
person’s first child will be endangered and he will be involved in
quarrels. f

Wft ’Ftf HRt Wlc* I

II II
203. The Sun in Gamana Avasta: One with the Sun in Gamana
Avasta will live in foreign lands (due to distress), will incur diseases of
the sole, be addicted to excessive sleep, given to fear and anger and be
the meanest of men.

57: fWSl fiwn I

II 5o8 II
Tift Tfe I
TOku-il wi II 30* II
204 * 205. The Sun in Gamanechcha Avasta: (a) One with the
Sun in Gamanechcha Avasta will be cruel, ill-disposed, skilful,
hypocritic, miserly and interested in others’ wives.
(b) One with the Sun in this Avasta in the 7th or the 12th house
will incur childlessness and possibly destruction of wealth due to
divine wrath.
Hen H TO II II
206. The Sun in Bhojana Avasta: One with the Sun in Bhojana
Avasta in the 9th house will face great obstacles in performing
meritorious acts, without any doubt.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 505--

Gh<jl& sow aft ii 3<>v3 ii
207. The Sun in Sabha Avasta: One with the Sun in Sabha
Avasta will be virtuous, wealthy, interested in pursuing many
branches of learning, will possess impressive eyes, be pure and
eloquent in speech.

II So" II
208. The Sun in Aagamana Avasta: One with the Sun in
Aagamana Avasta will be agitated, grieved, will cause various kinds of
grief to others, be foolish and unsightly but be rich.

f&VM II II
209. The Sun in Bhojana Avasta: One with the Sun in Bhojana
Avasta will be ever in grief, be addicted to meat eating and will incur
disorders of head, ears and joints.
Notes: “KarmaRogi ” should read as" Kama Rog? denoting
diseases of the ears. Ear disorders include deafness.
Disorders of head include brain diseases, madness etc. while
joint diseases relate to waist, joints of hand, leg, neck etc.

HPsa: I
II ??o II
210. The Sun in Nrityalipsa Avasta: One with the Sun in
Nrityalipsa Avasta will be a scholar, be good-looking and will incur
colic pains. He will be wealthy and virtuous. .
II W II
S^Msl *1513^ 4^4?^ I
mdl Hld>l ■H5l*Wl II II
oRflfft &: ^l<$M H= I W(^i WFhft H^R: II
W II
Hfli) gift gfe I
4^5g HRI^O 0k4>-4 II 378 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 506--

211 - 214. The Sun in Kautuka Avasta: (a) One with the Sun in
Kautuka Avasta in the 6th house will destroy all his foes but will
himself be a fool.
(b) One with the Sun in this Avasta, in general, will be
enthusiastic, will have many daughters, be liberal and given to enjoy
pleasures. He will have two marriages, be garrulous, of injured body,
will incur itch all over, be highly skilful, very irascible and be the best
of men.
(c) The Sun in the 5th or 7th house in this Avasta will cause
premature death of one’s first wife and first child.

fisigi 11 11
WSft I
www fcstaa: n w n
»
215 - 216. The Sun in Nidra Avasta: One with the Sun in Nidra
Avasta will suffer disorders of the genital organ, anus and intestines.
He will particularly incur elephantiasis (or morbid enlargement of the
leg). His eyes will be reddish with anger. He will ever live in distant
places, be grieved, in the grip of utter poverty and highly distressed.
His first child will face untimely danger, or specially his spouse.

These are the effects for the Sun’s various Avastas.

3W Now the effects for the Avastas of the Moon. 7

<4c’ldl I
II 3?k9 ||

rj^4 f^4to HSU l( 3?^ ||

^rat H di<^ i
H^glft Slfcw HST II 39^ II WH c5*rc:
I
o4fer HW[ II 33° (I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 507--

217 - 220. The Moon in Sayana Avasta: (a) First of all, one
should lookinto the planefsbeing in exaltation, in debilitation, its being
in strength, or without strength, before deriving effects (of Avastas, in
general). '
(b) The Moon in Sayana Avasta willgive the undermentioned
effects. The person will be given to anger, be impoverished, covetous
and will be slightly affected By rectal disorders. All these should be
applied if the Moon is in the ascendant.
(c) In other houses these blemishes will not materialize in full
degree.
(d) The Moon being of dark fortnight and in this Avasta will
produce the following effects. The person will be miserly, hypocritic, a
voracious eater, be very heroic and covetous. He will speak ill of
others and will have injuries on the right side of his body caused by
fire.

I
^1^ II 33? II
221. The Moon in Bhojana Avasta: One with the Moon in this
Avasta will incur danger from snakes, will have great fear from water
and will have many relatives.

<Udi *lhbl rfm •11*11 I

II W II
JRftfi Htft H H5R; I
W II
222 • 223. The Moon in Nrityalipsa Avasta: One with the Moon
in this Avasta will be munificent, will enjoy pleasures, be honourable
and rich. He will perform cruel acts, incur long- duration diseases,
suffer from morbid enlargement of legs, be very emaciated, will live in
foreign lands, be virtuous and be charitable.

cCTT: II 558 II
HSR I
f^?n^ Sifei H II W II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 508--

224 - 225, The Moon in Kautuka Avasta: (a) One with the Moon
in Kautuka Avasta will be rich, will have many sons, be liberal, equal
to a king and be interested in many branches of learning.
(b) The Moon so placed in the 9th or 10th house will bless one
with various kinds of happiness. He will never incur poverty.

HFft *ollPcH: I
3?^ II W II
34 1
5 fasrai II II
’Rtst wft I
226 - 227. The Moon in Nidra Avasta: (a) One with the Moon in
Nidra Avasta will incur itches all over the body. He will be in grief,
sinful and sickly. He will experience abundant sorrow losing his
progeny and will ever wander all over the earth. These effects will
specially materialize if the Moon is in the 10th house.
(b) The Moon in this Avasta in other houses (than the 10th) will
cause results contrary to the above. One will, in addition, be
contemptuous of others and will suffer bilious disorders.

II n
228. The Moon in Upavesana Avasta: One with the Moon in
Upavesana Avasta will be sickly, without wealth, miserly, crooked and
will have injured or broken teetlj.

^7: | W II II
229. The Moon in Netrapani Avasta: One with the Moon in
Netrapani Avasta will suffer from diseases of eyes and morbid
enlargement of legs. He will be garrulous, wicked and very heroic.

wia I
M4>l«3&: ’WHkyU: II 33° II
230. The Moon in Prakasana Avasta: One with the Moon in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 509--

Prakasana Avasta will be wealthy, strong-bodied, miserly and fond of
visiting pilgrimages. These effects are for a birth in bright half of the
month. In respect of a birth in dark fortnight, results contrary to these
will occur.

wft i
II 33? II
231. The Moon in Gamana Avasta: One with the Moon in
Gamana Avasta will live in distant lands, be without wealth, will
specially indulge in cruel deeds and incur disorders of the head.
qiWMi VH&ft H^R: II 53? II
232. The Moon in Gamanechcha Avasta: One with the Moon
in Gamanechcha Avasta will have various kinds of dispositions, be.
very cunning, will suffer morbid enlargement of legs and be without
riches.

wri g^TH: n 533 11

233. The Moon in Sabha Avasta: One with the Moon in Sabha
Avasta will be liberal and just in disposition. He will be equal to a
prince and be the best of men.

F5WI II 33g II
n ?rar H3W= I
afWl H3RPIH3 11 33k 11
234 - 235. The Moon in Aagamana Avasta: (a) One with the
Moon in Aagamana Avasta will be garrulous, good-looking, patient
and just in disposition and will have two wives. He will have somewhat
a weak body, will acquire many daughters and be equal to a king.
(b) A female with this kind of Moon will have only one
daughter, be endowed with fame but will suffer much grief.

I
ftqa aa^ II 33$ 11

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 510--

Ptei 'Hal II W's II
236 - 237. The Moon in the Sth or 7th House: (a) The Moon in
Bhojana Avasta in the 5th or the 7th will cause miserliness, of a great
order.
(b) The Moon in one of these houses in Nidra Avasta will grant
all kinds of auspicious effects.
(c) Should Rahu join the Moon who is in the 5th or the 7th
house in Nidra Avasta, all kinds of destruction will follow. Further,
the person will particularly suffer many blemishes.
—itcNd-.avflm(

These are for the Moon’s Avastas.

3J3 ’t’HIWeS’U
Now the effects for the Avastas of Mars.

31^ otldl I
II II
te 3lft SlWli 351 I
HRlfrS3W3 S33T II II .
^■'141351 HW fajm I
sWfaifl fate: || 58° II
’frit 351 I
H5I?O RR-^51 gftfa: II 58? II
te 35T HHlteRfte: I
5^Bfa3f^fr: II 58? II
238 - 242. Mars in Sayana Avasta: (a) One with Mars in Sayana
Avasta will be covetous, miserly, highly intelligent, very irascible, very
skilful and scholarly.
(b) One’s first child and first wife will face untimely end if
Mars is in the 5th or 7th in this Avasta.
(c) Mars in the 5th in this Avasta with the aspect of an enemy
will cause severance of arms and especially ears.
(d) Mars in association with Saturn and Rahu and in the 5th

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 511--

house and in this Avasta will cause severance of head.
(e) One will incur many diseases, physical troubles, itch and
leprosy with Mars in the ascendant in the said Avasta.
HW WA HTl'W I
II 583 II
wltet Wbft ^5| I
qfe 55^ 5R5oq II 588 II
M4RJA <*4t«l A fasl'H: I
H5T H^FJRI: PWi H*b<*=l4l: II 58U II HHT^t I
d^d<^ R'iflrlo'M «ldo^»-q <M<?>I«IC> II 58? II
243 - 246. Mars in Upavesa Avasta: (a) One with Mars in
Upavesa Avasta Will be mean among men, be wealthy, will indulge in
cruel deeds, be hard-hearted and devoid of wisdom.
(b) One with Mars in Upavesa Avasta will suffer great
diseases, be in utter poverty and greatly distressed. These should be
decisively expected when Mars is in the ascendant.
(c) This Avasta occurring to Mars in the 9th or the 10th house
will cause destruction of one’s entire wealth, spouse and progeny.
(d) In all these cases, Mars in relation to benefic planets by
aspect or conjunction will cause contrary effects. These should be
understood according to the strength and weakness of the planets
involved.
Notes: (d) Contrary effects exclude wealth, vide "a”, which will
only increase with benefic association. The adverse effects stated from
"a” to Mc” will become positive with benefic’s interference.

11 58*3 II
Udetf-A PM|4H I
Sk^t^lA HIHI ASRT’ft ■MG.I I
3SJ II 58* II
II 38*? II
MH$4l I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 512--

^HT f^ ?O Hfaofrfl H3*W II 5X° II
247 - 250. Mars in Netrapani Avasta: (a) One with Mars in
Netrapani Avasta will be blind. He will have no progeny, no spouse
and no wealth. His penury will burn him. These will come to pass
when Mars is in the ascendant.
(b) Mars in this Avasta in a house other than the ascendant will
cause acquisition of wealth and progeny apart from all kinds of
pleasures. The native will be weak-bodied, will have some pains in
joints and incur danger from a tiger, a snake, fire or water.
(c) If Mars is in the 2nd or the 7th house in this Avasta, one
will be devoid of wealth and will lose his spouse. His livelihood will be
through lands.

3^i^ ii w ii

tll-d H SRR: II 5X5 II

nfaa a fesii-fliiixtfR^a n 5x3 n

251 - 253. Mars in Prakasa Avasta: (a) Mars in Prakasa Avasta
will cause short-lived wealth. The person will be endowed with sharp
intelligence, will incur injuries to the left eye and will be in danger of
fall from heights.
(b) Mars in this Avasta in the 5th or 7th house will
undoubtedly destroy all the children and spouse of the native.
(c) In some houses, Mars in this Avasta in association with a
malefic will denote a morally degraded person.
(d) Mars in Prakasa Avasta and joining Saturn will prodcue a
cow-slaughterer.
■slid: Mdlifl R^^:Rfld: I
W ^BAM^+I II QU8 II
RgFfal 3SHT I
fihwnf w34: sqpwfr n w n
^SpcfeT feulM H^R: I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 513--

<=jf&<>ft II W II
>4dW>4^ H^^R^nHF^ I
RHFHt H5T^t CTsml H^R: II QXW II
fc'xdlr’M &Hkd 3 I
SO nhft H^?R: II QU* II
254 - 258. Mars in Gamana Avasta: (a) One with Mars in
Gamana Avasta will live in distant lands, be perpetually in grief and
will incur bodily disorders, itches, leprosy, bilious diseases and joint
pains. He will be quite majestic, fast in actions, quite heroic in
disposition, trans-sexual in attire, loquacious, and will suffer burning
sensation of eyes, disorders of head, teeth and skin. He will have
somewhat large teeth and be greatly in fear. These effects should be
related to Mars in the said Avasta, in the ascendant only, and not to
other houses.
(b)In other houses, Mars in Gamana Avasta will cause various
kinds of wealth, great skills, royalfavours and somewhat a weak
physique. In addition, the subject will be munificent, given to enjoy
pleasures and be the lord of men.

jraRft JIHA^WI RI
$ II II
UdrcbWdl I
259. Mars in Gamanechcha Avasta: One with Mars in
Gamanechcha Avasta will live in distant lands, suffer rectal diseases,
be poor and will wilfully indulge in bad deeds.
These apply to Mars in this Avasta in the houses other than the
ascendant.
331 3T3t I
yra wi f^Rt ?bft 3^3 n ?3° II
3?tf qs^ <3 33131^3 331 I
fen&it 33$^ ^fc: H3 II 35? II
260 - 261. Mars in Sabha Avast a: (a) One with Mars in Sabha
Avasta will be righteous, quite affluent, virtuous, very liberal and will
suffer from diseases of the head.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 514--

(b) If Mars be in the 5th or the 9th house in this Avasta, the
person will be devoid of learning and work. Every now and then, his
righteousness will be interrupted.

^3F3tf 331 3>3t 3tetf 5I33$fa 31 I

331 3bMI^: 33= II W II
262. Mars in Bhojana or Sayana Avasta: If Mars is found in
the Sth house either in Bhojana or Sayana Avasta, declare untimely
death and fear from quadrupeds to the person concerned.
Notes: See verse 267 infra, where the 8th house is also included.

^3F3 31351 3^3: I

331 a4p^^3 3^13 II II
263. Mars in Nrityalipsa Avasta: Sages prescribe that the
person with Mars in the 12thhouse in Nrityalipsa Avasta will be a
killer of all his sons (i.e. will lose all his children).

ft351^t ^T3^ ^3 3333: II 338 II <s

qfc( tp: |
HHPTft WTFft H II
264 - 265. Mars in Gamana Avasta: (a) One with Mars in
Gamana Avasta in the 12th house will be lame. This will not be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 515--

(b) This Avasta occurring to Mars posited in the ascendant,
the 2nd, the 10th or the 7th house will bestow all kinds of
happiness.
(c) If in the 8th or the 9th house; this Avasta of Mars will be
a source of various kinds of grief, will cause untimely death and
will often produce obstacles in one’s righteous path.

|| II

II II

WTOIW3RI: F1R35Q53F1 3^3 3 II II

271 - 273. Mars In Kautuka Avasta: (a) Mars in Kautuka
Avasta will make one a scholar and wealthy in various ways. It will
in addition give him two wives and many daughters.
(b) Not in the 5th house, but in the 7th or the 9th house, this
Avasta of Mars will surely produce opposite results, including
physical defects, many diseases and loss of spouse and first child.
Notes: (b) The 5th house, like the other nine houses will
automatically stand excluded, when the reference is to the 7th and
the 9th houses. It is not known why 5th house finds excluded. Mars
in the 7th or the 9th in Kautuka Avasta will not make one a scholar
and wealthy apart from restricting the chances of a remarriage and
acquisition of numerous female issues. Further it will give physical
defects & C.

qRsd: I

33^ 3ra3 3 wro II n fefW <3 qctfsft 31 i

3lft 33^31^3 H3T Il 3WU II Wt 3lft
3F3 fasnfcf: ^3: I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 518--

II II
<i^ii dRdl *il*i) RsiiP'idl I
•1RI<^X«<‘1IVI<:<I HFn^:?3!l3[!3R>: II ^'S'S II
4>C!>=H§<*1 ^raT y<fyuilPMd: I
*0»lPdd: II II
274 - 278. Mars in Nidra Avasta: (a) One with Mars in Nidra
Avasta will be foolish but scholarly, be poor, highly irascible, and
mean among men. Learned declare these effects concerning the
position of Mars in the ascendant, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th and 11th
houses.
(b) Mars in the 5th or the 7th house in Nidra Avasta will
give numerous children and much grief (in general).
(c) Mars in the company of Rahu and in Nidra Avasta (in
the 5th or 7th) will destroy the first issue and cause various kinds of
grief. But the subject will be rich, will have many wives, be liberal,
endowed with various kinds of virtues and be somewhat sickly. He
will also suffer from diseases in the sole.

These effects for the Avastas of Mars.

Now effects for Mercury.

31^3(1 HSfa HFW II II

fcraifa 3$g| II II
279 - 280. Mercury in Sayana Avasta: (a) One will be strong,
be troubled by hunger and will have some physical defect. He will
be impotent. These apply to Mercury’s position in the ascendant in
Sayana Avasta.
(b) In a house other than the ascendant, Mercury in this
Avasta will cause utter poverty and greed.
3t H 3P,ft ^13^ vj3*^ i

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 519--

4>AdHJ«l«^bi ’ftemf HSRjfo II 3”? ”
gfejflwn^; ^n 3fe Wfe i
WJra^ftsq facupi qRcflf&l: II II
frFJ^t 31 HHI^333IW: I
$>331^ Migrate 38jfrra ^3^ ii ^3 ii
281 - 283, Mercury in Upavesa Avasta: (a) One with Mercury
in Upavesa Avasta will be eloquent, endowed with poetic skills and
virtues, fair in complexion and very pure.
(b) Maha Paataka Yoga: If a malefic joins Mercury who is
in Upavesa Avasta, with an aspect from an inimical planet, Maha
Paataka Yoga is caused. As a result of this Yoga, the person will
commit sins of a great order. So has been declared by Vishnu.
(c) Mercury in his own sign in this Avasta and begetting the
company of a friendly planet will bless one with various kinds of
happiness. Further, he will perform meritorious acts and be
munificent. The only negative effect of this combination is
disorders of eyes.

331 W: 3 33lfe I
g33Rit II ^8 II
331 I
-IRI^CMSR 53 35 ;:
3T 3 3tjc5T 3^ II II
284 • 285. Mercury in Netrapani Avasta: (a) Morbid
enlargement of feet, inclination to gather wealth, lack of learning
and loss of progeny in particular are the results that will follow
Mercury’s attaining Netrapani Avasta.
(b) Mercury in the 5th house in this Avasta will destroy the
first son and will give many daughters.

331^33: I
313^ 333R3: II ^Sll
286. Mercury in Prakasa Avasta: Mercury in Prakasa
Avastawill make the subject charitable, affluent^ highly virtuous
and learned in scriptures.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 520--

^>I£M*( II II
I
’jatssi 11 n
287 -288. Mercury in Gamana Avasta: One with Mercury in
Gamana Avasta will suffer from blemishes of bodily fluids (or from
frigidity), will earn through trading activities, will incur fear
through snakes and water, be grieved in various ways, will lose his
spouse and kinsfolk, be a fool, be distressed and devoid any virtues.

ai^iai^ 41 ^rat mi mi i
n II

II 5^0 II
289 - 290. Mercury in Gamanechcha Avasta: One with
Mercury in Gamanechcha Avasta will be greedy, skilful, subdued
by his wife, will have a wicked wife, be lustful, garrulous and
subjected to many kinds of grief. He will suffer from a number of
diseases, will have injured teeth and be fond of quarrels.

I
qiffoilai H: II II

^rR4 +Hiu|l>M fasfaa: || W ||

3m am 1^13: I
3?a <^ram n as? n
291 - 293. Mercury in Sabha Avasta: (a) One with Mercury
in Sabha Avasta will surely be a fool. He will also be rich,
charitable and will for a long time be ill.
(b) Mercury in the 5th or the 12th in this Avasta will cause
birth of many daughters. In addition, the person will be specially
industrious.
(c) If Mercury is in the 7th house in Sabha Avasta, the
subject will enjoy every kind of happiness, be dark-bodied and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 521--

wicked.

PR4! sl^kl -RMHs II 5^8 II

fefesraniHfea I
»
294 - 295. Mercury in Gamana Avasta: One with Mercury in
Gamana Avasta will be cruel, wicked, very foolish, sinful and
mean. He will have two sons, limited wealth and various kinds of
dispositions. He will incur diseases of the privities and unbearable
pains in urination.

Wft II w II

WI?5^CRI Ri<kl4l n w n
296 - 297. Mercury in Bhojana Avasta: One with Mercury in
Bhojana Avasta will be devoid of wealth, will hate others, will live
in foreign (distant) lands, be a victim of many diseases, will have
injuries in the left part of the body, will incur ulcer and itches, be
troubled by spirits and will particularly suffer from diseases of the
head.

M ’WHt ’fife II II

I
HFlfe4 W 34 H^IHHP^ II w II
298 - 299. Mercury in Nrityalipsa Avasta: One with Mercury
in Nrityalipsa Avasta will be wealthy, learned, be a poet, be
enthusiastic, highly satisfied and will enjoy wonderful pleasures. He
will have five sons, four daughters and two wives and be endowed
with various virtues.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 522--

sr&Mt H HOT: II 3°° II

H^l I
HHFJ?3 d4+*kHP<W: II 3°=? II
300 - 302. Mercury in Kautuka Avasta: (a) One with
Mercury in Kautuka Avasta will be liked by all and will suffer
from piles, itches and skin disorders.
(b) In the 5th or the 10th house, this Avasta for Mercury
will endanger the first child. The subject will have many female
issues.
(c) If in the 10th or the 9th house, one will enjoy various
kinds of pleasures and will be involved in multiple callings.
Notes: The results mentioned at “b” as well as at “c” will
occur if Mercury is in the 10th house with Kautuka Avasta. Those
mentioned at “b” and “c” will also occur when Mercury has this
state in the 5th and 9th, in that order.

3WJSI H HOT: Il 3°3 II

I
HFI II 308 II
II 3°V II
303 • 305. Mercury in Nidra Avasta: (a) One with Mercury in
Nidra Avasta will incur all kinds of grief, be shortlived and
argumentative. These will materialize even if the houses involved
are one ofthe ascendant and the lOthhouse. (To wit, this applies to
any house including the said two.)
(b) Barring the ascendant and the 10th house, Mercury in
Nidra Avasta will grant wealth and food comforts.
Notes: Mercury’s Nidra Avasta in any of the twelve houses
will be bad for happiness and life-span. In the ascendant and 10th,
he will specially deprive one of wealth whereas in other houses he
will give wealth in the company of evil effects cited.

Thus end the effects for Mercury’s Avastas.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 523--

Now the effects for Jupiter’s Avasta.

W3: II II

MpSci: II 3°^ II
306 - 307. Jupiter in Sayana Avasta: (a) One with Jupiter in
Sayana Avasta will be strong, grieved, fair in complexion, will
suffer from colic pains. He will be generally sickly.
(b) Should Jupiter be in this Avasta in the ascendant, 7th,
10th, 9th or 5th house, one will be wealthy, learned and pure.

II 3°* ||
gift wi
HHlRsng HFR: II ?O^ II
308 - 309. Jupiter in Upavesa Avasta: (a) One with Jupiter in
Upavesa Avasta will incur grief, be garrulous and sickly. He will
have injured teeth and will suffer morbid enlargement of feet.
(b) If Jupiter in this Avasta is in the 2nd, 12th, 3rd or 11th
house, the subject will be endowed with various kinds of virtues
and interest in acquiring knowledge in many branches of learning.

w qk; sfckkft vpft i

M5l4sift4^T«ri| raq II 3?O II
SHIR^RQ RC<I H ti?w i
3lft 3wfl ^5^ II 5?? II
^«q q^q nW i
310 ■ 311VL Jupiter inNetrapani Avasta: (a) The person will
be fair in complexion, will suffer from diseases of the head, be
wealthy and will incur obstacles to his work because of his
doubting disposition, if Jupiter is in Netrapani Avasta.
(b) This Avasta for Jupiter in the ascendant will cause
damage to one’s feet.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 524--

(c) The 9th, 6th or 8th involving Jupiter in Netrapani
Avasta will cause destruction of enemies. The person will die near
Ganges (i.e. in a shrine).

HHRHaHi^d: n w n
uwqt qj |
W33 qsnkqq; II II
312 - 313. Jupiter in Prakasa Avasta: (a) One with Jupiter in
the ascendant or the 10th house in Prakasa Avasta will be rich,
endowed with various kinds of precious stones and be a recipient of
royal favours.
(b) Involvement of other houses than the ascendant and the
10th with Jupiter in this Avasta will produce diseases of the
privities and anus..

3HI'4>4R|: Wft VFTCHft II 3?8 II

HOT: I tttA
<wi») H?n II II SRIFltf
f^H«( I
H'MlMfl+Hf HT5?ft ’Pl3 II 3?$ I)
314 - 316. Jupiter in Gamanechcha Avasta: (a) One with
Jupiter in Gamanechcha Avasta will be a fool, be greedy, a sinner,
black in complexion and will incur diseases. He will be in servitude,
will suffer from colic pains, will live in foreign places and be rich.
These are applicable to the 2nd, 5th, 7th and 10th houses.
(b) In the other eight houses, Jupiter in this Avasta will not
produce the above effects but fear from snakes, indulging in harsh
acts and valorous disposition.
Notes: (a) These results will materialize when the house
concerned is one of the 2nd, 5th, 7th and 10th.
(b) These are applicable to the ascendant, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 8th,
9th, 11th or 12th.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 525--

^R: I
’iter: HHFli te II II
4^ SPliqp-’l I
II 3?^ ||

HcQ W4RRI?|: FIRHH3 II 3?S II

317-319. Jupiter in Sabha Avasta:(a)One with Jupiter in
Sabha Avasta will become rich on account of others’ wealth. He
will be in the employment of a king, be scholarly, charming and
eloquent.
(b) Jupiter in an angle with this Avasta will bless one with
all kinds of happiness, progeny and spouse.
(c) If in Sabha Avasta in the 12th or 8th, Jupiter will cause
grief destroying the person in every manner.

HHIMHI Rc^l^l II 35° II

320. Jupiter in Aagamana Avasta: One having Jupiter in
Aagamana Avasta will be munificent, will visit many pilgrim
centres, be honourable, ever enthusiastic and ever proud.

I
II 33? II

II 333 II
321 - 322. Jupiter in Bhojana Avasta: (a) One with Jupiter in
the ascendant in Bhojana Avasta will be happy in many ways. He
will be addicted to meat eating, be very beautiful, lustful, eloquent
in speech.
(b) Jupiter in the 5th or the 9th in Bhojana Avasta will
grant progeny and virtues.
(c) In a house other than the 5th and the 9th, the result in
this context will be that the person will be a victim of many
diseases.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 526--

HlfcWd«ll I
31*0 $ II 353 II <5*3
33^ 3lft 35$ WI
33^3 HF3^ 353133 II 3?a n
323 - 324. Jupiter in Nrityalipsa Avasta: One with Jupiter in
Nrityalipsa Avasta will be eloquent in speech, greatly wealthy and
gentle. These apply to the ascendant, 5th, 9th and 10th and never to
the other houses.

HWEt ’fife nwn

II 35? II
325 - 326. Jupiter in Kautuka Avasta: Jupiter in the 10th
house, or the ascendant, or the 7th, in Kautuka Avasta will reveal
the undermentioned effects. The subject will be wealthy, ever
munificent, ever enthusiastic, highly satisfied and will enjoy a
wonderful degree of pleasures. If in other houses than these,
converse effects should be declared.

WRKpW H: I
II 33^ II

II 33^ II
327 - 328. Jupiter in Nidra Avasta: (a) Jupiter in Nidra
Avasta will cause eye diseases, miserliness, garrulous disposition
and wandering all over the earth.
(b) One’s spouse will be destroyed by Jupiter in this Avasta
in the 5th, 7th or the 10th house.
(c) Wealth will result Jupiter’s placement in the 12th in the
said Avasta.

These are the effects for Jupiter’s Avastas.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 527--

I
Now the effects for the Avastas of Venus.

II 3^ II
1
HHA*I«1 3ifa sptf i
?ra cnfe^i H w*R ii 33° ii
311^ «1§O tltl^i: I
’RWWI H5FI1FI 3R5ra^ II 33? II
Wn^faEIT^’4lf’^3* I
HRigS H^IFI II 335 II
329 - 332. Venus in Sayana Avasta: (a) One with Venus in
Sayana Avasta in the ascendant will be rich, very greedy, will suffer
from dental diseases, be very irascible and miserable.
(b) This Avasta occurring to Venus in the 7th or the 11th
will give all kinds of happiness. The person will never incur penury.
He will have many children. Depending on the strength and
weakness of the planets, there will be seven sons and five
daughters.
(c) In other houses than these, Venus in this Avasta will
make the person wealthy, learned and munificent. The native will
enjoy all kinds of wealth but will incur loss of sons.

TO I Slrllfei II 333, II
fawp: I
II 338 II
333 - 334. Venus in Upavesa Avasta: (a) One with Venus in
Upavesa Avasta will be (bodily) strong, munificent, will have
defects in the right side of the body and will incur joint pains.
(b) Should Venus in Upavesa Avasta join a friendly planet in
Pisces, Taurus or Libra, one will be happy in all manners and be
endowed with progeny, spouse and wealth.

HH4 3lft 331 33fe RRM*^ II 33X II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 528--

3»4t38 331 ^8 iJdMI'fl Wife I

331 3R33fe’r «$U*lR 5^8^ II 335 II

3RF385 3^5 fenraf 3§*R3; I

’1MI84K1 Hi’fl 31^41 II 33'3 II
335 - 337. Venus in Netrapani Avasta: (a) There will surely
be loss of sight if Venus is in Netrapani Avasta in the ascendant or
the 7th house.
(b) If Venus is in the, 10th house in Netrapani Avasta, the
poverty of the subject will be of such a magnitude that even a sea
(of wealth) will dry up. To wit, wealth will never come to him at
any cost.
(c) In other houses than these, Venus in Netrapani Avasta
will cause two wives, much wealth, visits to many pilgrim centres,
pride, valour and service under a king.

53358 ’J’iteO 3H3F(3l83>: I

35^ 313 fe84 31 334 313 HH4 II 33^ II ft3%838 3lft <pF3I33atsft 31 I

331 7T331FI3 ^5 38^38 8333: II 33^ II

3F3^| 331 *l4<blHHP<W: I

8C3 53l8 ^3 3F8 83H8S8 II 3«o II

338 - 340. Venus in Prakasa Avasta: (a) One with Venus in
Prakasa Avasta in the ascendant, the 2nd, 9th or the 7th house will
be rich, munificent and pure.
(b) Should Venus in this Avasta be in a friendly sign or in
exaltation sign or particularly in the 10th house, the subject will
acquire a political post of high importance.
(c) Venus in Prakasa Avasta in a sign or house
contrary to the above will victimize the subject with all kinds of
diseases. He will live in distant lands and be in grief.

Mfcii II 38? II
341. Venus in Gamanechcha Avasta: One having Venus in
Gamanechcha Avasta will incur early loss of brother and mother.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 529--

He will suffer from diseases in his childhood.

H6lM cfc’Rt II 385 II

342. Venus in Gamana Avasta: One with Venus in Gamana
Avasta will suffer from diseases of the sole, be ever enthusiastic, be
a great artisan (or Vastu Sastra specialist) and visit pilgrim centres.

I
II 383 II

II 388 II
343 - 344. Venus in Sabha Avasta: (a) One with Venus in
Sabha Avasta will beget royal favours. The subject will be a
treasurer, be skilful in all undertakings and will suffer "only” from
colic pains.
(b) Should Venus in Sabha Avasta be in an inimical sign in
aspect to or association with an inimical planet, the person will lose
everything and will be a victim of numerous diseases.

HWT: II 38* II
ftgon i

W II 385 II
i
H4 HR Wlf f^lW 11 38*3 II
345 - 347. Venus in Aagamana Avasta: (a) One with Venus in
Aagamana Avasta will be in grief, be garrulous, will incur itch and
loss of progeny and be mean among men.
(b) All-round destruction, particularly in the form of loss of
spouse and progeny, will occur if Venus in this Avasta is in an

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 530--

enemy’s sign in association with or in aspect to an inimical planet.
(c) There lyill be no need for a second thought to declard all
kinds of happiness as a result of Venus getting this Avasta in the
2nd, 10th, 4th or Sth.

wfi II 3815 II
*1<|PH: I
Wft II 38^ II
348 - 349. Venus in Bhojana Avasta: One with Venus in
Bhojana Avasta will be strong, hypocritic and very affluent
through trading or service. He will have a poor digestive power,
will incur bilious disorders, head diseases, and various kinds of
grief. He will Eve in foreign places and will serve others.

■slid: H I
II 3Xo II

31 WlRt II 3U9 II

WFPfccFH qpft II 3U3 II

350 - 352. Venus in Nrityalipsa Avasta: (a) One with Venus
in Nrityalipsa Avasta will be eloquent in speech and will strive for
the continuous progress of learning and poetry.
(b) If Venus is in his sign of debility with this Avasta, a fool
is born.
(c) If the sign in question be Pisces, Libra or Taurus, one
will earn the mercy of a king, be very strong, lustful, very charming
and attached to many women. He will be dark in complexion,
proud, mean and greedy.

HWBl II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 531--

dMI^ I
II 3U8 II
353 - 354. Venus in Kautuka Avasta: (a) One with Venus
inKautuka Avasta will be wealthy, very gentle and very satisfied.
He will be a great speaker, will have many sons and wives and will
enjoy all kinds of happiness.
(b) If Venus be in debility with this Avasta, he will produce
converse results, prove very horrible and cause grief.

, Ptawra ’i’ilsWI ^R&d^i ..

<bil QRRI II II

Rlf^ujdl tftflRkni II 3X5 II

355 - 356. Venus in Nidra Avasta: (a) One with Venus in
Nidra Avasta will incur diseases and ever be in the grip of grief,
poverty and distress of a great order.
(b) One with Venusin the 8th house with Nidra Avasta will
incur all-round destruction, according to Vishnu.

These are the effects for the Avastas of Venus.

Now the effects for the Avastas of Saturn.

II 3W9 II

<5^1 ®!8IE3 ^ta'3Rp} ^Ad<: I

Hctf f^I SRRft R=f>c>l Hf?F^ II 3^* II

^tFl W I

II 3^ II

357 - 359. Saturn in Sayana Avasta: (a) One with Saturn in

Sayana Avasta will be troubled by hunger, distressed and will have
diseases of the privities. He will however increase his wealth.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 532--

(b) If this Avasta occurs to Saturn in the ascendant, the 6th
or 8th house, the native will ever live in distant lands, be poor and
quite bereft of peace.
(c) If the house concerned is the 5th, 9th, 10th or 7th, one
will have progeny, be munificent and will enjoy every kind of
happiness.

360. Saturn in Upavesa Avasta: One with Saturn in Upavesa

Avasta will incur morbid enlargement of feet. He will suffer from
itches, loss of wealth and troubles from the king.

31 3lft 3w»il I wfarai H3$W3I33J: II

35? II 3lft I

333FJ, HHiq<WIW II 35Q II

331 Wit 33fct I

II 353 II
troMI 3lPd4lfisfe I
f$Rt <141 ?hft 3m I II 3£8 II

361 - 364V2. Saturn in Netrapani Avasta: (a) One with

Saturn in Netrapani Avasta in the ascendant or in the 10th house
willface obstacles to his undertakings. He will be in grief in many
ways.
(b) Saturn will destroy progeny, spouse and wealth if he is in
the 7th or 5th in this AvaBta. In other houses than these, he will
contribute to various kinds of happiness.
(c) Even a fool will become a scholar if Saturn is in this
Avasta (other than in the ascendant and the 10th). Further he will
be quite wealthy, munificent, will have two wives, will suffer from
bilious disorders, be given to anger instantly and will incur diseases

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 533--

of the head, anus and joints and danger from fire and water. If
Saturn is in the ascendant or the 10th, contrary effects, but not
these, will come to pass.
Notes: (c) Contrary effects, in this particular context, for the
ascendant aiid 10th should not mean that the person will be poor,
instead of wealthy; miserly instead of being munificent; will not
suffer from bilious diseases instead of suffering from bilious
diseases & C. It is simply the ancient's way of excluding the said
two houses.

wrafl wqrat I
II 3« II

W II 355 II
365 - 366. Saturn in Prakasa Avasta: (a) One with Saturn in
Prakasa Avasta will earn royal favours, be endowed with numerous
virtues, be charitable, scholarly and pure.
(b) Saturn in this Avasta in the 7th or in the ascendant, will
cause over-all destruction including that of one's family.
W H^xR: II II
367. Saturn in Gamanechcha Avasta: One with Saturn in
Gamanechcha Avasta will have many sons and much wealth. He
will be a scholar, a virtuous and charitable person and be the best
among men.

’I’tf fhra^I: I
SfHIMIdl ^UI: II 35" II
$IHlA 31 I
331 5^3 355535^ II 35^ II
3 5Rl W ^Ip33: I
3 33^ fa?3 ^it&llSd: II 33° II
3FSR|A 3^ 3 3^ 3 gTS^ f{: I
W 3^ ifaj iPsdkfi 3^R: II 33? II
368 - 371. Saturn'in Gamana Avasta: (a) One with Saturn in
Gamana Avasta will incur morbid enlargement of feet, will be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 534--

sickly (in some other ways as well), willhave injured teeth, be
irascible, miserly and will blame others.
(b) One’s progeny and spouse will be destroyed by Saturn
in the 5th or the 7th in this Avasta.
(c) Diseases of the sole, visits to shrines and absence of
progeny and spouse will result Saturn’s placement in this Avasta.
(d) If Saturn is in Gamana Avasta in the 10th, 7th, 9th or
the 12th, the person will enjoy all kinds of happiness. He will be
learned and be a lord of wealth.

SHI ® I
3^3 felt HMlfc-ttHpcH: II 333 II
?l^^"ll*} ^ld* 31^11 I
331 BUtjR'WJdl MR'fllSd^ II 333 II
372 - 373. Saturn in Sabha Avasta: (a) One with Saturn in
Sabha Avasta will be blessed with spouse, progeny and wealth. He
will acquire learning from all corners and be endowed with various
kinds of precious stones (i.e. be wealthy).
(b) Saturn in this Avasta, in an inimical sign with the aspect
of an enemy, will cause overall destruction according to Vishnu.

4A3M 35135^1 <?ollp3d; I

HnWra 3?pt 113^311

31 titiA 331 I
1^3+^ Higfa 35 11 3^ 11
331 55: 1
331 H^35lRfit4 Fira 53 II II
374 - 376. Saturn in Aagamana Avasta: (a) One with Saturn
in Aagamana Avasta in the ascendant will be highly irascible and
will incur diseases. He will be "happy" with snakes etc. His co-bom
will incur untimely danger.,
(b) One will be happy in regard to wealth, spouse, progeny
and brothers if Saturn is in this Avasta in the 2nd, 3rd, 5th or 7th
house.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 535--

(c) If in the 9th house, Saturn in Aagamana Avasta, will
produce repeated obstacles in meritorious (i.e. good) deeds.
Notes: (a) The texthas some fault in construction in respect of
the effect - “happy with snakes” - which should actually indicate
something else.

H: II S'S'S II

HS1 H
377 - 378. Saturn in Bhojana Avasta: (a) One with Saturn in
Bhojana Avasta will have weak digestive powers and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 536--

will incur piles, colic pains and eye disorders.
(b) Saturn in exaltation or in Capricorn or Aquarius with this
Avasta will grant all kinds of happiness and protect the person
from all diseases.

Fja Hteq H SRR: II 3^ II

wrat ii 3*0 ii

379 - 380V2. Saturn in Nrityalipsa Avasta: (a) One with S

atum in Nrityalipsa Avasta will be wealthy in various manners, be
charitable, will enjoy many kinds of happiness and be honourable.
(b) Saturn in the 5th house in Nrityalipsa Avasta will kill all
the children of the native.
These have been once stated by Lord Siva, the Mendicant.

w Wft I
I) 3*7 II Mo-'rt
WI
^ldl^NHP<id: II 3*3 II
381 - 382. Saturn in Kautuka Avasta: (a) One with Saturn in
Kautuka Avasta will earn royal favours, be affluent, charitable,
will enjoy pleasures, be highly skilful, learned and pure.
(b) All-round destruction and acquisition of many diseases
will result Saturn’s Kautuka Avasta in the 5th, 7th, 9th or 10th.

II 3*3 II
I,

3ft ftf^ II 3*8 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 - 537

*i<tol vi’fara! sjfaal $to I to wft TNI wfelft: <ft ’ft II 3^ II 3ft
toffi F3I^“2 RFFFjB I H5T Wf Rtjl4>-3 3q&44 ftft^ II II
^3031313ft to H&g* I
OT to^fttof 3§SW II 3^ II
383 - 387. Saturn in Nidra Avasta: (a) One with Saturn in
Nidra Avasta will be wealthy, scholarly, pure, will suffer disorders
of eyes and bile and will have two wives and many sons.
(b) Saturn with this Avasta in the 10th house will give special
effects (as under). The native will lose his sleep and undertakings,
be not virtuous, be troubled by hunger, be grieved, will ever live in
foreign lands (out of distress) and will incur diseases. There will be
obstacles to his livelihood every now and then. Before declaring
these effects, it should be examined whether Saturn is in exaltation,
own sign, a trine or an angle. If so, results opposite of these be
understood.
(c) Saturn in the 5th or the 7th house with this Avasta will
turn into an all-auspicious planet apart from giving two wives and
many sons.
Notes: (a) This applies to any house in general.
(b) This applies only to the lOthhouse which should be none
of Saturn's exaltation, own sign, an angle and a trine,
(c) This applies particularly to the 5th and the 7th house.

These are the effects for Saturn's Avastas.

3FJ ZT| *1^1

Now Avasta effects for Rahu.

RFI Wfcl H II 3” II
3Fl3 W B?R: I
Mdl?lR*WxR-<< 4tel Rv^i: II II
?ct tSnt wii wi

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 538--

II 3^o II
388 - 390. Rahu in Sayana Avasta: (a) One with Rahu in
Sayana Avasta will experience anguish and much grief. He will be
afflicted by morbid enlargement of feet, will lose money and will be
harmed.
(b) Rahu in Gemini, Leo, Virgo and Taurus with this
Avasta will usher all kinds of happiness.

flsi 'mlrl II 3^? II

391. Rahu in Upavesa Avasta: Morbid enlargement of feet,
diseases, loss of money and harm will all follow Rahu in Upavesa
Avasta.

<O|RH f^H; II 3 V II

HUT^: aW ^w= n 3^3 n

-b^lPeld: I
II 3^8 II
3wnl 331 3i 311
Sen II II
?hft *FJ^ I
’Ptfwi H^lfe II W II
392 - 396. Rahu in Netrapani Avasta: (a) One with Rahu in
Netrapani Avasta will have eye diseases^ will be subjected to harm
particularly from tigers, will concentrate on unjust deeds, be trans-
sexual, wealthy and inwardly cruel. He will be very bold, garrulous
and will incur disorders of the privities. His childhood will be
marked by diseases. He will be greatly inimical to his kinsfolk.
(b) Rahu in the ascendant or in the 7th house with this
Avasta will destroy everything and will give all kinds of grief.
(c) If Rahu is in the 9th or the 10th house with this Avasta,
the person will suffer from diseases of the privities and will incur
danger through water.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 539--

JWRp Wit I
fei JHRft ^«l^ tuRd+l <l<5i&W>: II 3^ II
f^> 3T cflfi I
II 3S*5 II
397 - 398. Rahu in Prakasa Avasta: (a) Rahu with Prakasa
Avasta will make one wealthy, virtuous, live in foreign places,
enthusiastic, gentle and serve the king.
(b) In Leo and Cancer, Rahu with this Avasta will cause
severance of head, according to Vishnu.

J|H^ti|i||»r| WH: |
II 5^ II
398. Rahu in Gamanechcha Avasta: One with Rahu in
Gamanechcha Avasta will have many sons and abundant wealth.
He will be a scholar, be virtuous, Hberal and be the best of men.
^3 331 ■alidl HRRWt 3333: I whft
fa^p: II Boo II
oWflfct: Hlf»flRfi'’l^il ^133: I
^hRil 33315® 5R$3t H^R: II Bo? II
400 - 401. Rahu in Gamana Avasta: One with Rahu in
Gamana Avasta will be subjected to various kinds of diseases and
financial decline. He will have injured teeth, be a tale-bearer, will
blame others and be endangered through tigers, snakes and fetters.
He will be a wicked person and will incur destruction of his spouse
and wealth. He will be devoid of kinsfolk.

wa 331 w; 33*153: i 3I3FJ$3 ^J33p3#fr 3$S3: Il 8°? II

31 35$ 31$ 35$ 3 331 3^ I
Fll^ || 803. ||.
402 ~ 403. Rahu in Sabha Avasta:'(a) One with Rahu in
Sabha Avasta will be a miser. He will be rich, virtuous in many
ways, munificent, scholarly and pure.
(b) If Rahu is in Sabha Avasta in the ascendant, 10th or the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 540--

5th, the subject will incur destruction of his spouse, progeny and
wealth. He will be very unstable in disposition.

*^33^3151: WIHHI«&ah$ ^F$ || 808 II

250. Rahu in Aagamana Avasta: Should Rahu be in
Aagamana Avasta, the subject will experience all kinds of grief and
anguish, and will lose his friends and relatives.

$3$ *F3lfa3a 33I$33: I

$33^3 4W>S$3= II 8°X II
3fe 33MI3 31$ 3^S$ 31 I

nfcH a nn
HR- I
(?Pd fi<W <fc<)R R: II Bo'S II
405 - 407. Rahu in Bhojana Avasta: (a) One with Rahn in
Bhojana Avasta will be a great miser, will have poor digestive
power and will incur health disorders and grief. He will be cruel
and fond of quarrels.
(b) If Rahu is in Bhojana Avasta in the ascendant or the 2nd
house, one born in lunar dynasty will be a fallen person.
(c) Rahu will destroy one’s spouse and cause obstacles in
meritorious pursuits if he be in Bhojana Avasta in the 7th or the
10th house.
Notes: (b) It is not clear why "lunar dynasty” is exclusively
referred to in this context. It is only meaningful that this restriction
is removed for a better application of this principle. The real
concept thus should be: Even a person of royal scion will turn base
if Rahu is in Bhojana Avasta & C.

HSJ wt wWI n n
*WI olid) I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 541--

yran. ftnraf n n
408 - 409. Rahu in Nrityalipsa Avasta: (a) Rahu in
Nrityalipsa Avasta in the ascendant will produce a hermaphrodite.
The subject will incur great diseases, will lose his sight and be
wicked.
(b) In other houses, Rahu with this Avasta will make the
person wealthy of a great order, give him all kinds of happiness,
virtues, two wives and. many sons.

W I
HIRN^H II II
3Hlc^ fcfe 11 8?? II
31 «t>mm I
H3I H4 5J3 '□ll<A 313 3513: II 893 II
410 - 412. Rahu in Kautuka Avasta: (a) One with Rahu in
Kautuka Avasta will be endowed with all virtues and all kinds of
wealth. But he will suffer from bilious disorders.
(b) Barring the 5th, 7th and 10th houses, Rahu in this
Avasta will cause much grief and will deprive one of spouse and
progeny.
(c) If Rahu be in exaltation or own sign, these evils will
never occur. Further, the subject will enjoy all kinds of auspicious
effects.

3lR ftjtl 11 893 II

ddl ^•c'FHT ¥Flf^ I
413. Rahu in Nidra Avasta: (a) One with Rahu in Nidra
Avasta will incur grief and diseases.
(b) Should Rahu be in Nidra Avasta in the 9th or the 10th,
the subject will wander all over the world due to his poverty. Notes:
For effects of Ketu’s various Avastas, refer to slokas 135-146,ch.
45,volume l,Brihat Parasara Hora Sastrat English translation by R.
Santhanam.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 542--

Thus end the effects of Rahu’s Avastas.

an wi (^) i

SHHIdHIMI&HlBra: II 8?8 II
414. (a) Following this, the effects of planetary aspects
should be written. These effects as detailed in Saravali based on
Satyacharya’s school are narrated below.
(b) The author of Saravali states, “For all, at all times, effects
due to planets’ aspects will accrue. I shall now attempt to detail
such things as told by Satyacharya.
Notes: (b) Kalyana Varma, the author of Saravali, refers to
his authority as Satyacharya in the present quotation whereas in
other version it refers to “other preceptors”. That his authority was
only Satyacharya is more tenable.
A close comparison of the verses in Saravali and the present
verses attributed to Saravali by Bala Bhadra will reveal different
statements in some places. Highlighting them in their entirety in
these pages will only enlarge the work.

I
Il 89k II

HRl 3^: II 89$ II

HRl HfeWW II 89*9 II

^5: II 89* II

II 89^ II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 543--

II 8^o II
415 - 420. The Sun in Martian Signs in Aspect to Others: (a)
The Sun in a sign of Mars (viz. Aries or Scorpio) being aspected by
the Moon will make the subject interested in charitable activities.
He will have many servants, be goodlooking, fond of women and
soft-bodied.
(b) The Sun in a sign of Mars being aspected by Mars will

give the following effects. The native will exhibit great valour in a
war, be cruel, will have reddish eyes, palms and soles and be
physically strong.
(c) The Sun in a sign of Mars being aspected by Mercury will
produce a servant who will work for others. He will have quite
limited wealth, be devoid of physical strength, will incur much grief
and will have a dirty physique.
(d) An excellent and wealthy person is denoted by the aspect
of Jupiter on the Sun placed in a sign of Mars. The native will be a
minister, an army chief or a justice.
(e) When it is Venus that aspects the Sun in a sign of Mars,
the subject will weda wicked female. He willhave many enemies,
less number of kinsfolk and be poor.
(f) Saturn aspecting the Sun in a sign of Mars denotes that
the subject will be eclipsed by grief, mad in his acts and foolish.
Notes: In this part of the text and elsewhere in other texts, we
find aspects between Sun, Venus and Mercury. By normal
standards, only the 7th house can be aspected. However, the
authority for aspects between the Sun, Venus and Mercury is
Satyachaiya, who would not make meaningless statements.
There are some ancient texts in the Tamil language of the
southern India quoting sage Kapila that all planets have secret
aspect (called "Achchadana Drishti - on the 12th (as
against traditional texts mentioning that no planet can aspect the
12thhousefromitGposition). By thisyardstickofAcAcAada^ia
Drishti, the Sun can aspect Venus/Mercury and vice versa.
However, it is found after study of some practical horoscopes that
the 12th aspect works.

I
These effects are for aspecte (on the Sun) in a sign of Mars.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 544--

11 S3? II

Il 833 II q=^ife %nnfa: i

ggsral nifepFf 11 833 n

31 ^hH3^HhRF33t H&HF^ I

RTH$ ferWcA ,y?3<jS II 838 II

gW I fe*H$
fadH3*) Rl3d <3^ II 83t( II
4t3tedt 3f^t fo<TOtk*: I

l<tw$ 3lfi<^ RldH^A o<<lRkidH: II 833 II

421 - 426. The Sun in a Sign of Venus in Aspect to Others: (a)
If the Sun, placed in a sign of Venus (i.e. Taurus or Libra), begets
the aspect of the Moon, the person will join harlots. He will be soft
in speech, associated with many women and will eke out his
livelihood through water.
(b) Should Mars aspect the Sun in a sign of Venus, the
subject will be majestic, adventurous, will earn fame and wealth
through his own valour and be dirty.
(c) The Sun in a sign of Venus, begetting Mercury’s aspect
will produce a person who will be a writer, poet and author of
books. He will be a specialist in respect of machinery and will have
an attractive physique.
(d) Jupiter lending his aspect to the Sun in a sign of Venus
denotes that the person will be a king or a king’s minister. He will
be endowed with a spouse, wealth and many pleasures, be
intelligent and timid.
(e) Should it be Venus that aspects the Sun in Taurus or
Libra, the subject will have many foes and many friends. He will be
a king’s minister, will have charming eyes, be fortunate and timid.
(f) One will be mean, indolent, poor, surrounded by aged
women, odd in disposition and troubled by diseases. These will
occur when Saturn aspects the Sun in a sign of Venus.

Thus of aspects on the Sun in a sign of Venus.

A&l'WlIcWl I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 545--

fclHriR FII^ II 85V9 II
ftpm<*&l«1d: ’RFW^H I
gy?rat Ri’i*i4R wfa H^te; n II *Flf^fcl: ^(IHt
«U'M<w(<3'ibRfa3I «fc<ft|>: I
^RRS frw3R *fferra; n 85s n ^iraaRag^t ?
i3ir§dl fa&R; gag; i
^Rral RWH^R gw H^K: II 83° II VTORSaFgferat
»FW^WHI»lMt: gw I
gvwtf ^T faflf&a II 839 II
■Igg^ &?'1*1*1I I
gM^?*iR R’i*i4R «R«i RfcblR>d: R»ci<t n 835 11
427 - 432. The Sun in Mercurian Signs in Aspect to others:
(a) If the Sun in a sign of Mercury is aspected by the Moon, the
person will have troubles on account of foes, kinsfolk and dwellings
in foreign lands. He will be quite amorous.
(b) If Mars aspects the Sun in a sign of Mercury, one will
have fear from enemies, incur quarrels, “be devoid of calumny
from others”, and be poor and bashful.
(c) The Sun in a aign of Mercury with the aspect of
Mercury denotes that the person will have a history akin to that of
a king. He will be famous, endowed with kinsmen and be devoid of
enemies.
(d) The Sun in a sign of Mercury receiving the aspect of
Jupiter will produce a person learned in numerous scriptures. He
will have a wide open mouth (or a broad face), will receive
invitations from the ruler (or government), will live in foreign lands
and will have a charming physique. He will however be greatly
mad.
(e) Venus aspecting the Sun in a sign of Mercury will cause
happiness through wealth, spouse and progeny. He will not be
much friendly with others, be devoid of a worthy name and
intellect, be fortunate and fickle-minded.
(f) Should Saturn be the planet that aspects the Sun in a
Mercurian sign, the subject will have-many servants, will not be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 546--

peaceful, be ever troubled by separation from his men and be
wicked.
Notes: (b) The original text here is faulty in respect of “being
devoid of calumny from others”. The correct text seen elsewhere
means that the subject will be grieved on account of calumny
because of disputes.

*
These are the effects of aspects (on the Sun) in a sign of
Mercury.

zrai nsrani m ww: fere i SftsFEt II 833 II

^3^5 Hftf II 838 II

RaiHFwilft H^PH^I: I
^^^^^3^^5^:1183X11
ilHHI«||se| tJJlfagSI I ilfilHcHt^ II 835 II

sfl&ft M<*I4*<I i
HRl fiqirtIM: II 83 II

0Z&3 HHl gHFite?: Il 83* II

433 - 438. The Sun Cancer in Aspect to Other Planets:
(a) If the Sun is in Cancerin aspect to the Moon, the native will be
a king or an equal to that. He will gather wealth in trading
activities through water and be firm and cruel in disposition.
(b) Mars aspecting the Sun in Cancer will cause trouble
from piles, fistula in the pudendum muliebre or in the rectum. One
will be inimical to relatives and be childless.
(c) If the Sun in Cancer is in aspect to Mercury, one will be
famous through learning, honour and name, be dear to the king,
skilful and distressed.
(d) Jupiter aspecting the Sun in Cancer produces an
excellent person who will be equal to aking, a minister or an army
chief. He will be widely famous and be an expert in arts.
(e) The Sun in Cancer aspected by Venus will give the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 547--

following effects. The subject will serve a woman, will have various
kinds of wealth, will do others’ jobs, be fierce in war and will speak
affably.
(f) If Saturn aspects the Sun in Cancer, one will suffer from
diseases caused by imbalances of phlegm and wind, will enjoy
others’ wealth, will indulge in unusual sexual acts and be
distressed.

I
These are the effects for aspects (on the Sun) in Cancer.

I
3ii|ck^ Hqfa II 83^ II
'JR dl^^dl«IHl Zfe: I JNFW
II 88° II

W l&Wlfaldl II 88? II
^KIHdSWIIt^t I
II 885 II

fclB fWl3 W II 883 II

SST: 3F3TW: ’RtadlW: I
II 888 II
439 - 444. The Sun in Leo Aspected by Others: (a) Should the Sun
be in Leo in aspect to the Moon, the person will

be intelligent, will have a virtuous spouse, be troubled by

phlegmatic diseases and be liked by the king.
(b) If Mars aspects the Sun in Leo, the native will be
interested in others’ wives, be a thief, be audacious, be valorous in
acts, industrious, fierce and a chief of men.
(c) The Sun in Leo receiving Mercury’s aspect denotes that
the person will be learned, an expert author, will join wicked men,
be devoid of valour and be very strong.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 548--

(d) Jupiter aspecting the Sun in Leo will make the subject
involve in construction of temples, parks and tanks. He will be
exceedingly strong, will perform fire sacrifices and be highly
intelligent.
(e) The Sun in Leo begetting the aspect of Venus will cause a
bad name to the subject. He will suffer from leprosy, be unkind and
shameless.
(f) One will be skilful in obstructing others’ undertakings,
be ill-behaved and a source of distress to others, ifSatum aspects
the Sun in Leo.
I

These are the effects on Leo (occupied by the Sun).

HH! gsrfte 11 SB* II

SR? II BBC II

HfalR II SB'S II
-llRcKxRW VTORffr I ^$13II BBB
II

HFlI ^p^l II BB^ II

(Wl3 W: II 8k° II
445 - 450. The Sun in Jupiter’s 3ign Aspected by Others: (a)
The Sun in a sign of Jupiter in aspect to the Moon will cause good
speech, intelligence, wealth and sons. The native will be equal to a
king, be devoid of grief and will have an attractive physique.
(b) Should Mars aspect the Sun in a sign of Jupiter, one will
earn fame fighting battles, will have clear speech, be highly happy

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 549--

and fierce.
(c) If the Sun in a sign of Jupiter is aspected by Mercury, the
native will be sweet in speech, will have knowledge of writing
activities, literature, poetry, conversations and arguments and be
agreeable to others.
(d) The person with the Sun in a Jupiterian sign receiving
the aspect of Jupiter will move in royal circles, Will serve the best
of rulers, be wealthy and learned.
(e) Venus aspecting the Sun in a Jupiterian sign will cause
pleasures to the native through women of class. He will be endowed
with, scented articles, garlands and robes, and be brilliant.
(f) If it is Saturn that aspects the Sun in a sign ruled by
Jupiter, the native will be sluggish, will eat others’ food, be
interested in mean men, will play with quadrupeds and be of
unstable disposition.

These are the effects (for the Sun) in Jupiterian signs.

II 8k? II

II 8k? II

II 8X3 II

HFft ^nn R II 8X8 II

QI^XelKSHRlRMfaA 3?<4I9’1I’4’1«<JS.: I
^Wl^ forot ’J’J'TT II 8XX II

HRi ^sdt II 8X5 II

451 - 456. The Sun in Saturn’s Sign in Aspect to Others: (a)
One with the Sun in a sign of Saturn with the aspect of the Moon
will be cunning, skilful and fickle-minded. He will lose his wealth

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 550--

and happiness on account of his association with females.
(b) The Sun being in a sign of Saturn and in aspect to Mars,
will produce troubles from diseases and enemies. The person will
have injuries caused due to his involvement in quarrels with others.
He will be distressed.
(c) Mercury aspecting the Sun in a sign of Saturn denotes
the following. The person will be cruel, will have the nature of a
eunuch, will usurp others’ wealth and will turn away from good
men.
(d) The Sun in a sign of Saturn with Jupiter’s aspect will
cause association with auspicious or good deeds. The native will be
wise, will show liking for all, be widely famous and intelligent.
(e) Venus leading his aspect to the Sun in a sign of Saturn
will cause livelihood through conch, coral and other precious
stones. The native will have wealth contributed by h, .‘lots.
(f) If Saturn aspects the Sun placed in Capricorn or
Aquarius, one will defeat his enemies, will progress by royal
patronage and will lack in health.
sfa Slfa^3 II
These are the effects for aspects on the Sun in a sign of
Saturn and also the aspects on the Sun in various signs.
II
Thus of the Sun.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 551--

^rasra^ra: Wft WlSjSq:
aprai-j. HH!4H: I
WIf: fcfcRjaSRt
3tf^t 3w ii 8*i3 ii
457. The Moon in Aries: One with the Moon in Aries will
have wealth earned through service, will have no co-born, be
adventurous, fond of meat, troubled by lustful feelings, weak-
kneed, devoid of progeny and will have defective nails and short
hair. He will be fickle-minded, highly honourable, will have lotus
symbols on his palm and sole and incur fear from water. He will .
have many sons and friends. His eyes will be round and reddish. He
will be won over by his spouse.
Notes: See also chapter 4, slokas 69 - 80, for relevant
information.

3RT5:—

^Id'brtHIHft+c’xXHI 3lRld<ldMl-^'lRf*H4l: II 8KB II

458. Special Rule: Varaha Mihira has stated special things
in understanding effects of the Moon in various signs.
(a) The effects prescribed for the Moon sign will come to
pass in a full measure if the sign under consideration along with the
Moon and her dispositor is strong.
(b) Those effects stated for the various planets should also
be considered in the same way as suggested for the Moon.

I
vfe II 8KS II

Hl^l?>4»: II 85° II
dHlR«IMl4: H5FF3 FIFHHMW I
n 85?
11 ’JMIWR I (BH«H1 ’js’n w: n 85=?
Hora Ratnain / Chapter 3 552
u ^fe^Rclll^ ^ra^Hl wfaro I ^•fl^Sol^ ^T
nsfa II 85? II ^7^R) H4 wqnhft Rare-toa
i
(BWCTI SlfaHT nfelld: II 858 II
459 - 464. The Moon in Aries with Others’ Aspects: (a) If the
Moon is in Aries with the Sun’s aspect, the person will be fierce, be
a king and will have a soft-corner for modest men. He will be bold
and fond of quarrels.
(b) If there be an aspect of Mars on the Moon in Aries, the
subject will incur diseases of the teeth and eyes. His body will be
affected by poison, fire, and windy imbalances. He will be a
regional head. He will be troubled by ghosts.
(c) Should the Moon be in Aries with an aspect of Mercury,
one willhave knowledge of many branches,of learning, will speak in
an auspicious manner, will have an agreeable disposition,^ a good
poet and will have a broad physique. .
(d) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in Aries will cause many
servants and wealth. The native will be a king, a minister or an
army chief.
(e) If Venus aspects the Moon in Aries, one will be an expert
in the rules and regulations of trading activities. He will be a
virtuous person with royal honours and be very affluent.
(f) The Moon in Aries in aspect to Saturn will produce the
undermentioned effects. The native will be a head of thieves, be a
fool and will eat others’ food. He will have much wealth.

These are the effects of aspects on the Moon in Aries.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 553--

^qurarai^ W&r !TCR: I

FJIf HIWfsH^ Sffft «HP<^ ’EM II 85X II

465. The Moon in Taurus: Should the Moon be in Taurus,
the person will have a broad chest^be very liberal, will have thick
and curly hair, be lustful and famous. He will be brilliant and will
have daughters. His eyes will resemble that of an ox and his gait
like that of a swan. He will enjoy pleasures during the middle and
concluding parts of his life. He will have large arms, legs,
shoulders, knees and face. There will be auspicious marks on his
face, abdomen and neck. He will be of forgiving disposition.

MFSPFE ii ass II
^$3 HERR: I
WI5? Hlfari $Rft II 8S\9 II
sra J^RwfaE wd^Hin. i
?Rft || ss* II

'iiR+nfiRteqia ’ifa sRft II 8<?<? n WPTFT^Pn

WIRFFI^RRWIHIH I

RIPH^MHIR’K Ri^l^rat’rf^ SRft II 8*3° II

SRft II 8«? II
466 - 471. The Moon in Taurus in Aspect to Others: (a) One
with the Moon in Taurus will be a tiller (or live by agricultural
products), will put in abundant efforts in his work, will have plenty
of bipeds and quadrupeds and will indulge in experiments. These
are for the Sun’s aspect on the Moon in Taurus.
(b) The subject will be highly lustful, will lose his spouse

and Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 556

friends on account of another woman, will capture the hearts of
women and be evil for his mother if the Moon in Taurus is aspected
by Mars.
(c) If Mercury aspects the Moon in Taurus, the native will be
learned, will have knowledge of code of speech (i.e. well- mannered
and impressive in his talks), be a satisfied soul, liked by all men and
will have incomparable virtues.
(d) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in Taurus will bless one with
long-living spouse and progeny. He will have long-lasting friends,
will honour his parents, be highly skilful, charitable and very
famous.
(e) If the Moon in Taurus is aspected by Venus, the subject
will enjoy ornaments, conveyances, bed comforts, seats (or
furniture), scents, robes and garlands.
(f) If Saturn aspects the Moon in Taurus, the person will be
devoid of wealth. He will be inauspicious for his spouse and will
have no progeny, friends and relatives.
Notes: (b) The first line of verse No. 467 is partially defective
in that “Nashta Saara” should read as “Nashta Daara” indicating
loss of spouse.

SPJdl ^41 ijrjj H I

SRft II II
472. Taurus & Parents: One with the Moon in the first half
of Taurus will incur early loss of mother. He will be separated from
his father if the Moon is in the latter half of Taurus.

Those are the effects on the Moon in Taurus.

qifa u so? n
473. The Moon in Gemini: One with the Moon in Gemini
willhave a prominent nose and dark eyes. He will have knowledge of
(literary) rules of sexual love, will be an exponent of literature and
will enjoy many pleasures. There will be symbols offish and
weapons on his palm. He will be fond of worldly enjoyments. He will
have oft-twinkling eyes, be sinewy, brilliant, fortunate, jocular,
affable in speech, friendly to women and be tall. He will befriend

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 557--

hermaphrodites and be nurtured by two mothers.

iraw wra fajpt i

3^:fedHeHl4 II 808 II

II sox II 3l«lf«l^iki
WlfcR |

HM 'IIPH’IR’-^: ct»<IR II BOO II

^51 ^5^ II BO15 II

3W SlIWfcRFg: II 8O<? II
474 - 479. The Moon in Gemini Aspected by Others: (a) If the
Sun should aspect the Moon in Gemini, the subject will be
extraordinarily intelligent, be charming in appearance, very
charitable, very grieved and will have limited wealth.
(b) Being very bold, very learned, and endowed with
happiness, conveyance and wealth are the effects to follow the
aspect of Mars on the Moon in Gemini.
(c) Should it be Mercury that aspects the Moon in
Gemini, the native will be skilful in producing wealth. He will never
be defeated. Abold man, he will be akin to aking whose orders will
be inviolable.
(d) The Moon placed in Gemini and receiving Jupiter’s
aspect will make the person a leading scholar and an expert in
scriptures. He will be famous, truthful, highly attractive,
honourable and eloquent in speech. .
(e) Gemini having the planet Moon with the aspect of Venus
will cause one to play with (or enjoy) the following. Others’ women,
garlands, robes, excellent conveyances, ornaments and gems.
(f) Should the Moon in Gemini receive the aspect of Saturn,
■ the subject will be bereft of kinsfolk. He will be deprived of

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 558--

happiness from spouse and prosperity and will have no wealth.

Those are the effects of the Moon in Gemini.

JRRft I

fiSte n 8*0 11
480. The Moon in Cancer: The person having the Moon in
Cancer will be endowed with good fortunes, valour, home, friends
and travels. He will have knowledge of astrology and arts, be fond of
sexual enjoyments, grateful, a minister of the king, will have good
credentials, live in distant places, eat meat, be anguished and fond of
water and flowers. His prosperity will be subjected to ups and
downs. He will be associated with construction of temples, parks
and wells and have stout arms.

3lft I
11815? 11

fsiR<n<i4lRctd'^^<iR *R ii 8*? ii 3jR+Q»*lR

^Fra <aW<iR SRft I
’TORJSRFxi •j'RiRici flkoqq’-tfo-M II 8*3 II ^|
U|$b jRqfcl I
FFjt SjfcR ?J*n4 H4ft4U'RI*‘il*-d‘t II 8*8 II HT5H I
<t><U4> HejEl ^|<3l4diq* || 8*X II
are^^i sfci HI^RK fifcnRw wj. i
Q|R4I ^B: 4><1R ■M’iil *R 41II 8*5 II
481 - 486. The Moon in Cancer with Others* Aspects:

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 559--

(a) If the Moon is in her own sign in aspect to the Sun, the person
will be of royal order (in disposition), be healthy, devoid of wealth,
be a plagiarist and will protect forts.
(b) The Moon in her own sign with the aspect of Mars will
produce a valorous man who will have defective body. He will be
inauspicious for his mother, be liked by others and be skilful.
(c) One will be of peaceful disposition, will have knowledge
of justice or policy making, will be endowed with wealth, spouse and
children, be a king's minister and be .happy, if the Moon in Cancer
is in aspect to Mercury*
(d) When Jupiter aspects the Moon in Cancer, the native will
be akin to a king, will possess royal virtues, be happy, will have a
virtuous wife and will be just, modest and heroic.
(e) The Moon in his own sign with an aspect from Venus will
make the person enjoy wealth, gold, robes, spouse and precious
stones. He will be a leader of harlots and be brilliant.
(f) Note the aspect of Saturn on the Moon in Cancer. The
effects thereof will be futile wanderings, unhappiness, poverty, evils
to mother, sinfulness, meanness and association with a beloved
woman.
I
These are the effects of aspects on the Moon in Cancer.
srar ARH'WKJM^: g=R>T
^1^1^14*1 q: 5RP$rf J|4<M«yfe II 8^ II
487. The Moon in Leo: The subject with the Moon in Leo will
have sturdy bones, will not have much sufferings from diseases and
will have broad face and neck.. His eyes will be small and tawny. He
will hate women, and will be troubled by hunger, thirst and
disorders of abdomen and teeth. He will eat meat, be charitable,
fierce in disposition, will have limited progeny, will show interest in
forests and hills, be obedient to his mother, be a good speaker and
valorous. He will take his work in light vein, be proud and will
possess a majestic sight.

<A'>ll ^E: MIKd fepf II S*1*1 II

JIW q^d(^dl4dl<M'Nd’t I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 560--

gcd&tewi i ^Et

tykjd'ihilpqd ^5: II 8^o II srfSrara ^4 ^w^-d i ^8^*11: II

8<?? II

ura 515ft 5ft II 8^ II

f ^s^ddH $4qi<** i

H«n SRft II 8^3 II

488 - 493. The Moon in Leo with others’ Aspects: (a) If the
Moon is in Leo with the aspect of the Sun, the native will be a king,
be without a male issue, will have excellent virtues, will obtain a
great position on account of his valour, will indulge in sinful deeds
and be widely famous.
-(b) Mars aspecting the Moon in Leo will make one the head
of an army who will be fierce in disposition and be endowed with
another man’s wife, children, wealth and conveyances.
(c) If the Moon in Leo is in aspect to Mercury, one will be
interested in scriptures and women and will be a subordinate of his
spouse. He will serve women and be endowed with wealth, progeny
and pleasures.
(d) Should it be Jupiter that aspects the Moon in Leo, the
native is of a famous lineage. He will possess abundant knowledge of
scriptures and a row ofvirtues and be akin to aking.
(e) If Venus aspects the Moon in Leo, the person will be
endowed with wife and fortunes. He will incur diseases and will
serve a woman. He will have knowledge of codes of sexual love and
be learned.
(f) Saturn aspecting the Moon in Leo will make the person
earn wealth by indulging in questionable deeds. He will be a liar,
protector of forts, be bereft of happiness from his spouse and be
mean.
I
Thus (have been explained the effects of) the Moon in Leo.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 561--

WFli II II
494. The Moon in Virgo: One will be addicted to women and
will have long arms, a softer physique, beautiful teeth, eyes and
ears. He will be learned, a gentle person, well-mannered and fond of
speaking sweetly. Truth and cleanliness will be important for him.
He will be bold, kind to other living beings, interested in others’
success, of forgiving disposition and will enjoy prosperity. He will
obtain many female issues and be attached to carnal enjoyments.
These are for the Moon’s occupation of the sign Virgo.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 562--

araf^ta iisft n ssx n
RicMi-qi4 ^aia aawa fefea sjtftrai i
jpaiqi SRft II 8^ II
aaK^isWra fa^faa ganq, i

arftsra SFW fajn nn

a^aaiea gfea ^w??a i <♦>—Mi<<i
■□HqR f^HiPaa M’-ft; ii n
'Fw a^n? RRimojK‘i)PwH«ii*i»^ i
tiadPicllSd 3><?^ Il 8^ II

c
t>*-<<Hii aa^K <flai«Ma ?i?fl ^><?3 n !(«»o
11
495 - 500. The Moon in Virgo with Others’Aspects: (a) One
with the Moon in Virgo with the Sun’s aspect will be a king’s
treasurer. He will be famous, will fulfil his promise, will indulge in
excellent deeds but be bereft of spouse and wealth.
(b) If the Moon is in Virgo with the aspect of Mars, the
subject will be an expert craftsman (or Vastu Sastra specialist), be
endowed with fame, be rich, well-educated and evilsome for his
mother.
(c) Mercury lending his aspect to the Moon in Virgo will
produce a skilful astrologer and poet. The native in question will
ever be successful in arguments and battles (comptetitions). He will
possess surprising skills
(d) If the Moon in Virgo is aspected by Jupiter, one will have
numerous relatives, be happy; will serve a king, will keep up his
promise and will be prosperous.
(e) Should Venus aspect the Moon in Virgo, the subject will
have many wives. He will enjoy various kinds of decorations,
pleasures and wealth, and be ever happy.
(f) When it is Saturn that aspects the Moon in Virgo, the
subject willhave an infirmmemory, will experience utter poverty
and be not happy. He will be deprived of his mother and be a
subordinate to his spouse and will enjoy prosperity through his
spouse or a female.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 563--

|
Thus end the (effects of the) Moon in Virgo.

^51: I

II Xo? II
501. The Moon in Libra: If the Moon is in Libra at birth, the
person will have a prominent nose, wide eyes and thin face and
body. He will have many wives and own many oxen. His anus will be
like that of a cow and testicles like that of a bull. He will be
exceedingly pure in conduct, an expert in trading activities, be
devoted to gods and Brahmins, will enjoy much prosperity and
willhave a spouse. His body will be small He will be prosperous,
charitable and helpful to his kinsmen.

^0$ 3Rft ^5^ II II)

R&iti II II
Mfed fihFJ: I
II *©$ II •
t^ldRdRlN'llPcld I

SRft ^5^3 II II
SRft *HEEI Rqqwq I
fawfe ^<fed fed II ko=: II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 564--

502 - 508. The Moon in Libra Aspected by Others: (a) The
Moon in Libra with the aspect of the Sun will make one poor, sickly,
a wanderer, humiliated and bereft of pleasures. He will have no
spouse and no children.
According to another version (quoted in the original, vide
sloka No. 503), theMoon in Libra with the Sun’s aspect will bring
forth death through a royal person. The native will be attached to
other women, be ever fond of quarrels and willhave a defective or
diseased body.
(b) If Mars aspects the Moon in Libra, the native will be
fierce, thievish and mean. He will enjoy others’ women, scent6 and
garlands. He will be intelligent but will be a victim of eye disorders.
(c) Should Mercury be the planet that aspects the Moon, the
person will be an expert in arts, will have much wealth and food
comforts, will speak auspicious words, be a scholar and will beget
country-wide fame.
(d) One with the Moon in Libra with Jupiter’s aspect will
earn respect from all. He will be skilful in trading activities and will
possess diamonds etc.
(e) Venus aspecting the Moon in Libra will make one soft-
bodied, without diseasesand fortunate. He will be endowed with
happiness, spouse and paraphernalia, be knowledgeable, will
possess various expedients and be a learned person.
(f) If the Moon in Libra is aspected by Saturn, the native will
be affluent, affable in speech, endowed with conveyances, attached
to material pleasures, devoid of general happiness and be auspicious
for his mother.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 565--

^r: TOJ:
W ^<*WRH|: ^3^ ^R5nl II fc>^ II

509. The Moon in Scorpio: If the Muon is in Scorpio, the

subject will be a miser and will have knees and thighs that are
round in shape. His body will be harder. He will be an atheist, will
indulge in cruel deeds, be a thief and will suffer from childhood
diseases. (Even) his enemies will be favourable to him. He will
possess defective nails and charming eyes. A plentiful person, he will
be devoted to his work. He will be skilful, interested in other
women, be devoid of kinsfolk, lascivious, fierce and kingly. His
wealth will decline. He will have a big abdomen and physique.

II WII
5IWI I
ii x?? ii
WH II X?X II

41^10 fW o4lf£raRdH>*l I
510 - 515. The Moon in Scorpio with Other's Aspects:
(a) If the Moon in Scorpio is in aspect to the Sun, the native will be
interested in his work, will hate the company of others, be wealthy
and devoid of happiness.
(b) Mars aspecting the Moon in Scorpio will produce an
invincible hero. He will be a voracious eater. His boldness will have
no comparison. He will be like a king and be prosperous.
(c) If Mercury aspects the Moon, the person concerned will
be a skilful person, will speak affable words, will obtain twins and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 566--

be expedient. He will have knowledge of music.
(d) WhenitisJupiterthataspectstheMooninScorpio,the native
will be interested in his work, will hate the company of others, be
wealthy and beautiful.
(e) If Venus lends his aspect to the debilitated Moon, the
native will be quite lascivious, be exceedingly fortunate, will enjoy
wealth, conveyances and pleasures and be soft-bodied. His energy
(or wealth) will be destroyed by females.
(f) Saturn aspecting the Moon in Scorpio indicates that the
subject will acquire mean children. He will be miserly, sickly,
wandering, untruthful and be indigent.

I
Thus (end the effects of) the Moon in Scorpio.

35^5: Wit II W II
516. The Moon in Sagittarius: One with the Moon in
Sagittarius will have a prominent nose, round eyes, big chest and
waist and stout hands. He will be a good speaker and will have long
face and long neck. He will live near water resorts, will have
knowledge of arts and secret affairs, be heroic, impudent and will
have sturdy bones and be physically mighty. His neck, lips and nose
will be stout. He will be bound by friendship, be grateful and
resolute. He will keep his legs together in position.
Notes: The expression “goodhaguhya” is insensible and is in
place of ugQodha vignah” - -found in another version.
The latter denotes “knowledge of secret affairs” as rendered above.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 567--

ii k?w II ^pi
M^HMUM I fef&jasjK 5Kft qgfo II u?
5
II CIRSHR: ^^^Rk-qft.qiftA^ia i
IBH^H^HMI^ n im II ^•4IMIW<<
*iP^ul ^ift I
^ift gfawf HPfaS£: II «» II

^fijHHcflcI fi> C5^5H gspi ^|sJ+lHdH>M I

ftwrai tHHift«i ata’! i

ajprara ^55^ nfcte 515ft 11 «5 11
517 - 522. The Moon in Sagittarius with Others’ Aspects: (a)
The Moon in Sagittarius in aspect to the Sun will make the native
kingly, wealthy, heroic and famous for valour. He will enjoy
unparalleled happiness and conveyances.
(b) If Mars aspects the Moon in Sagittarius, one will be an
army head, be plentiful, very fortunate, famous for his valour and
will have excellent servants.
(c) Should Mercury aspect the Moon in Sagittarius, the
subject will have many servants and will speak with essence. He will
be an expert astrologer, artisan and trader, and be a teacher of
dancing.
(d) The Moon in Sagittarius with Jupiter’s aspect will bless
the subject with an incomparable physique. He will be a king’s
minister and be endowed with wealth, happiness and virtues.
(e) One will be exceedingly happy, soft, fortunate and
endowed with progeny, wealth, desires, friends and wife if the Moon
is placed in Sagittarius with the aspect of Venus.
(f) Saturn aspecting the Moon in Sagittarius produces one
who will be fond of musical instruments. He will speak affably, will
have abundant knowledge of scriptures, be truthful, well- disposed,
famous and of royal quality.
Notes: (c) In sloka No. 519, the expression “Nagnaacharyam”
does not give a sensible meaning. The right version -
“Nataacharyam” - means a teacher of dancing. This is for expertise
in the art of dancing.
Hora Ratnam / Chapter s 568
(d) Vide sloka No. 520, “Anupamadevam” should read as
“Anupamadeham” which stands for an excellent body.

Thus (end the effects of) the Moon in Sagittarius.

SlRlft 4h4+u<ihR4>uf: II II
523. The Moon in Capricorn: The native with the Moon in
Capricorn will have knowledge of justice and will have fear from
cold things or cold weather. His veins will be quite large. He will
serve truthful and virtuous men, be learned, famous, less irascible,
lustful, be not endowed with virtues and be shameless. His limbs will
be attractive. He will be thin-bodied and ill- associated with a
teacher’s (or an elder’s) spouse. Hisenthusiasm will be dampened.
He will be a miser and will possess a long neck and large ears.

II II

cIRH^I 5TW II II

SFBlfii II W II

’fl i ^ftfera^-.
n y^ n

3FP}fa ’JJjflf&RFS:: II y^ II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 569--

Sinti ‘ilo-1 c^Frl HRm^TOP!^ I
fecIW^K: H? II II
524 - 529. The Moon in Capricorn With Others* Aspects: (a)
The Moon in Caipricom with the aspect of the Sun will make the
person poor and grieved. He will wander aimlessly, will do
others’jobs, be dirty and will have an artistic bent of mind.
(b) Mars aspecting the Moon in the sign Capricorn will give
the following effects. The subject will be very prosperous, very
garrulous, very fortunate, wealthy, endowed with conveyances and
be fierce.
(c) Should the Moon in Capricorn be in aspect to Mercury ,
the subject will be foolish, disposed to live in distant places, be fierce
and bereft of happiness and wealth.
(d) One with the Moon in Capricorn in aspect to Jupiter will
be a king and will have incomparable heroism and virtues that are
peculiar to royalty. He will possess many wives, children and
friends.
(e) Venus aspecting the Moon in Capricorn denotes the
following. The native will be involved with others’ women, be
wealthy, will have ornaments, conveyances and garlands. He will be
censured and be childless.
(f) If the Moon in Capricorn obtains Saturn’s aspect, one
will be indolent, dirty, subdued, bereft of happiness and wealth, be
associated with the spouses of other men and be ill-mannered.
Notes: (a) “Kuvishaya natham” is a corrupt text for “Kuvalaya
natham. The latter term stands for the planet Moon, (f) The present
text denotes lack of wealth for Saturn’s aspect on the Moon in
Capricorn. There is another version which indicates wealth, which
is only right.
SRft I
(Thus end the effects of) the Moon in Capricorn.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 570--

3^nt ^5: WJH5RR5:
TOpraW. SRje>M<4

$3H <lfe: II *3° II

530. The Moon in Aquarius: One will have an elevated nose, a
rough physique, stout arms and legs, be interested in liquor, will
hate good men, be devoid of virtues and will have illegal progeny.
The joints of his body will be strong and his eyes defective. He will
be crafty, indolent, will have wide face and waist, will have
knowledge of arts (or Vastu Sastra), be evil in disposition, grieved
and indigent. These effects follow the Moon in Aquarius.

MdWHW OTHR: II *3? II

I
frR II X33 II

FORA I
y«i b<lPl
c
3Rft II U33 II
(3R) (HHI?) I
HIPMH14 HFj 3Rft II K38 II
•frwj#iPr4 *H«I^I4RP<W i
II K3k II
•K l<bl’3T *ll?H "KQl«d (313)
c
I
FWHlPnwi 3Rft II *3$ II
531 -536. The Moon in Aquarius with Others’Aspects:
(a) The Sun aspecting the Moon in Aquarius will give the
following effects. The person concerned will be very dirty,
exceedingly heroic, will possess the appearance due to a king, be
virtuous and industrious.
(b) Should the Moon in Aquarius be in aspect to Mars, the
native will be very truthful and be devoid of maternal happiness,
preceptor as well as wealth. He will be indolent, attached to worldly

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 571--

pleasures and will do others’ work.
(c) The Moon in Aquarius with Mercury’s aspect will make
the subject an expert in honouring his guests. He will have
knowledge of music, be liked by women and will enjoy prosperity.
(d) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in Aquarius will bless the
native with lordship ofvillages, lands, trees, beautiful abodes and
beautiful women. He will be an excellent and virtuous man.
(e) One will be mean, childless, bereft of friends, timid in
disposition, will blame his teachers, be sinful and will have limited
happiness if the Moon in Aquarius is in aspect to Venus.
(f) Saturn aspecting the Moon in Aquarius will cause
prominent hair and nails. The person will be dirty, interested in
others’ women, crafty, devoid of virtues and will be rich with
immovable properties.

Thus (end the effects for) the Moon in Aquarius.

RleMkMIdlfa-dRiRd^A^I: I
’hrat <4§^«lR<d: I

II X3<9 II
537. The Moon in Pisces: One with the Moon in Pisces
willhave a powerful position in the field of fine arts (i.e. an expert in
the field), will win even unfavourable people, be learned in
scriptures, will have a charming physique and knowledge of music
and be attached to religion. He will join many females, be endowed
with favourable words, serve a king and be nearly or somewhat
irascible. He will have a large head, be an ocean of happiness,
wealthy, defeated by women, be of good disposition, be interested in
sailing and be truthful.
Notes: The expression uSilpa + Utpaata + Abhichara” in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 572--

the first line should read as “Silpa. + Utpanna + Adhikaara” which
denotes powerful position in the field of fine arts (or Vastu Sastra).
The former expression is defective in composition and is not
capable of meaning anything tangible.
“Saukhya Bhaak” in the second line should read as “Saumya
Vaaak” which means the native will be favourable to others in
respect of his speech. Regarding happiness, the person is described
as an ocean ofhappiness by the term uSukhaNidhi”.

frraRtgs: n w*511

II II

II K8O II
MOStoRlusPlM^ I
SR’H ^HR II K8? II
5Rft gsfte I
wq| i^RR Il Kitt II

II K83 II
538 - 543. The Moon in Pisces with Others* Aspects: (a) One
with the Moon in Pisces with the Sun*s aspect will be fierce,
lustful, happy, an army chief and will have plenty of wealth and
accumulated fortunes.
(b) If the planet Moon placed in Pisces receives the aspect of
Mairs, the subject will be humiliated and bereft ofhappiness. He is
the son of a questionable woman, be attached to sins and be heroic.
(c) Mercury aspecting the Moon in Pisces denotes that the
person concerned will be kingly, exceedingly happy, surrounded
by excellent women and be overcome by them.

1
3
(d) If Jupiter aspects the Moon in Pisces, one will be good-
looking, fierce in disposition, be* the head of a region, will have
limited wealth, soft-bodied and be surrounded by many a woman.
(e) Should the Moon in Pisces be in aspect to Venus, one will
be endowed with good qualities, be indulgent in (excessive) sexual
love and fond of dance, musical instruments and music. He will rob
females of their hearts.
(f) With Saturn aspecting the Moon in Pisces, one will be
distressed, a source of evil for his mother, be troubled by lust and
be bereft of progeny, spouse and sexual enjoyments. He will be
mean and fond of ugly women.
Notes: (d) “Limited wealth” denoted by the term
“Alpaartham” should be replaced by “Atyaadhyam” - the right text,
which indicates that the subject will be very rich. This is in tune
with the potence of Jupiter’s aspect on the Moon in Pisces.

WM HR fcn II K88 II
544. The lord of the Moon sign, the Moon sign itself and the
Moon being all in strength will cause fruition of the effects without
any obstacle. These effects for Rasi positions should not be mixed
up with effects for the planet’s position in a Bhava or house. (That
is, Rasi effects and Bhava effects should be differently understood.)

These are the effects for the Moon in Pisces.

WHJ: JTW^'I

sFFlfa HWHgtf MW II X8X II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 574--

545 - 547. The Moon in a Navamsa of Mars: (a) If the Moon is
in a Navamsa of Mars (i.e. Aries or Scorpio Navamsa) with the
aspect of Mars, the person will be devoid of speaking powers, and
be fierce.
(b) If by Saturn, he will be highly cunning, fierce and a
promoter of strife.
(c) If by the Sun, he will destroy base men, will protect others
and be heroic in disposition.
(d) If by Jupiter, he will be lord of men, famous, scholar and
worthy of worship.
(e) If by Venus, he will be a king’s minister, endowed with
wealth and fond women and perfumes.
(f) If by Mercury, he will be heroic, will achieve quick fame,
be fickle*minded and be charming in appearance.
Notes: This portion deals with Navamsa positions. Although
the words “Amsa”, “Bhaaga” etc. allow a free interpretation to
mean any division (or a degree of longitude), Navamsa is the right
interpretation in the present context. The reader will find specific
references to Dvadasamsa and many other divisions in the ensuing
pages.
Aspects'between two heavenly bodies are formed by their
longitudes and are hence to be seen only in the Rasi diagram and
not in other divisional diagrams.
The aspected planet should be in specified Navamsa in aspect
to a given planet in terms of longitude in the Rasi chart. Example:
Moon in the sign Capricorn 11th degree while the Sun is in the sign
Cancer. The Moon thus is in Aries Navamsa and receives the Sun’s
aspect.

oFFlfa II XS* II

HT 4>ll^HI^I II X8S II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 575--

feifi "3^; ii ir

548 - 550. The Moon in a Navamsa of Venus: Now the effects

of Navamsas of Venus.
(a) If the Moon is in a Navamsa of Venus (i.e. in Taurus or
Libra Navamsa) with the aspect of Venus, the native will enjoy
happiness on account of women, robes, food, drinks and wealth.
(b) If by Mercury, he will have knowledge of playing musical
instruments and be interested in dancing and singing.
(c) If by Jupiter, he will be chief among the poets (or .
authors), skilful in the branch of law and be a minister of the king.
(d) If by Mars, he will be fond of seeing others’ women, be
lustful and will have many servants.
(e) If by the Sun, he will be a great fool, will speak sweetly
and be ever interested in eating and drinking.
(f) If by Saturn, he will have the qualities of a courtezan.
Thus end the effects of Navamsas of Venus.
Notes: (d) The word “Dharmena” in the second line of verse
No. 549 should in fact read as “Darsana” meaning sight. Thus the
person will be ill-related to others’ females.

<WWI*IH. II n

faansate’i H? II II

II XK3
II C'
apIRFRFSv
551 - 553.IThe Moon in a Navamsa of Mercury: Now the
effects of the (planetary aspects on the) Moon in Navamsas of
Mercury.
(a) If the Moon is in a Navamsa of Mercury (i.e. Gemini or

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 576--

Virgo Navamsa) with the aspect of Mercury, the subject will be an
expert craftsman and be >a poet.
(b) If by Venus, one will not have any virtues, will have
knowledge of music and be a very impressive speaker.
(c) If by Jupiter, one will be a king’s minister, rich of
virtues, famous and beautiful.
(d) If by Mars, one will be a thief, will gain in litigations and
be fierce in appearance.
(e) If by Saturn, one will be disposed to comment on the
meanings of scriptures, be learned and a craftsman.
(f) If by the Sun, he will be an expert dancer and famous.
Thus (end the effects of planetary aspects on) the Moon in
Mercury’s Navamsas.
Notes: (f) uNatadharamn vide sloka 553 should read as
“Natavaram” which indicates an expert dancer.

fatjoj Sjtfcnft II XKS II

ii XKK ii

554 - 556. The Moon in Cancer Navamsa: Now the effects of

the planetary aspects on the Moon in Cancer Navamsa.
(a) The Moon in own Navamsa in aspect to the Sun will
make the person emaciated and free from diseases.
(b) If by Mercury, one will be an expert in stealing others’
wealth, be miserly and endowed with skill.
(c) If by Saturn, he will be in servitude and be troubled by
torture, confinement and litigations.
(d) If by Venus, he will be inimical to w^men (or spouse) and
will resemble a hermaphrodite.
(e) If by Jupiter, one will either be a king or his minister.
(f) If by Mare, one will be just in disposition, will
sleep much and be indolent (or foolish).
Notes: (a) “Parikshita Sariram” in the text means "one with a
tested physique” which makes no proper sense. The correct version
“Avikshata Sariram” means one with an “unhurt body” or without

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 577--

diseases.
(d) “Stri Poshyam” should read as uStri Dveshyam”
indicating enmity with spouse.
These are the effects for (aspects on) the Moon in Cancer
Navamsa.

3FJ I
I
HWi SlPpri II XX*3 II

3i ii xn*5 n
^’“l <jje^l3: 3lR I
Wl II XX<? II
RISRI ■'I'Wjfe I
Now the effects of aspects on the Moon with Leo Navamsa.
557 - 559. The Moon in Leo Navamsa: (a) If the Moon is in Leo
Navamsa with the aspect of the Sun, the person will be given to
anger and will be famous through war.
(b) If by Saturn, he will be a sinner, unkind and will kill
living beings.
(c) If by Mars, he will be rich with gold, famous, honoured
by the king and fierce.
(d) If by Jupiter, he will be an army chief or a king.
(e) If by Venus, he will obtain dead children and be desirous
of having progeny.
(f) If by Mercury, he will be an astrologer, fond of heroic
history and a devotee of Lord Siva.
Thus (end the effects of) the aspects on the Moon with Leo
Navamsa.
3jq

Wifi 5Rft fah II it$o II

2p3S$ 5TFRR 'frffci HIW ^F^I: I araratf f3te ?fe: 3P*IIH: n

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 578--

us? n 5Rra (cFWM<JKl nf JRIW^ I
afrn ffe$d 4ta^ 11 11
560 - 562. The Moon in Jupiter’s Navamsa: Now effects of the
Moon with Jupiter’s Navamsa.
(a) The Moon in a Navamsa of Jupiter (i.e. Sagittarius or
Pisces Navamsa) with the aspect of Jupiter will make one
administer poison, dear to king and widely famous.
(b) If by Venus, he will be interested in all kinds of pleasures.
(c) If by Mercury, he will be a comedian, liked by the king
and be a leader.
(d) If by Mars, he will be an expert in use of missiles and be
famous in all places.
(e) If by the Sun, he will incur various kinds of blemishes, be
famous and a “knower of modes of proof’.
(f) If by Saturn, he will look like an old man, be dirty,
dishonoured and base.
(Thus end the effects of the Moon in Jupiter’s Navamsas.)
Notes: (a) “VisAodam” means one who administers poison
which suggestion is not tenable. This term is rightly replaced in
another version by “Visadam” - - meaning beautiful or
spotless.
(eYPramanagna” means a “knower of modes of proof”. In a
subtle sense, this knowledge is of six kinds in Vedanta, from
Pratyaksha Pramana through Arthapatti. These are (1) perception
by the senses, (2) inference, (3) analogy or comparison, (4) verbal
authority, revelation (5) negative proof and (6) inference from the
circumstances. Hence the meaning in the present context is that the
native will be a great scholar in philosophy.

3Fi tnwCTi
ski?) ^qui ffenfera ?n i
AwFi sqiPwtd R^Md^ n II H^IRHH F3isq
I
3ffcnT Rtyplki ^RRlWMlRd II ¥58 II HHH
nqft<d 5Rft I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 579--

y<?ull t^ct>4R<d *R cy--d*^ II X5X II
563 - 565. The Moon in Saturn’s Navamsas: Now the effects
of (the Moon in) Saturn’s Navamsas.
(a) If the Moon is in a Navamsa of Saturn (i.e. Capricorn or
Aquarius Navamsa), in aspect to Saturn, the person will be miserly.
He will acquire dead children.
(b) If by the Sun, he will have limited progeny, will suffer
from health disorders and be ugly.
(b) If by Mars, he will be equal to a king, affluent and will
find it difficult to beget married. He will enjoy happiness in general.
(c) If by Venus, he will be crooked in disposition, be
surrounded by women and be deaf.
(d) If by Mercury, he will be sinful and will have a bad
history.
(e) If by Venus, he will be attached to his work, and be
restrained.

dJfidH«rdkl4>,R<£R’idi$&g I
ije nwj faqfla nn
<iRi>w qfe q<f qRW i
Bii-dw II xsu II

q5enfa (M-Mil&iPd II xs* II

566 - 568. Related Conditions: (a) The favourable effects for
the above-mentioned aspects will be full, moderate or limited

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 580--

depending on the Moon being in Vargottama
Navamsa, own Navamsa and another planet’s Navamsa. In
case of evil effects, these will be reverse.
(b) If the Navamsa lord is stronger than the Rasi lord, the
effects stated earlier for the Rasi positions will not materialize.
Then the effects due for Navamsa positions will come to pass.
(c) If the conditions for fruition of effects for various Rasis
(Moon signs) are not present, those for Navamsas will bear fruits.
These have been well explained by senior among Yavanas.

These are the effects for aspects

on the Moon in various Navamsas.

sra i
Now effects for Mars (in various signs in aspect to other
planets).

Hefted i
II II

3WI1$ II !O9? II
I
R<WI^4ll&i|s^:- 53: II XVR II

faHcj 11 11

Ont nta 11 11

569 - 574. Mars in Own Sign Aspected by Others: (a) If

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 581--

Mars in own sign (Aries or Scorpio) is aspected by the Sun the
person will be wealthy, beautiful, learned, irascible, leader of
thieves and intelligent.
(b) Mars in own sign in aspect to the Moon will cause early
loss of mother. The person will be thin, will hate his own men, be
bereft of friends, jealous and fond of girls.
(c) One with Mars in own sign in aspect to Mercury will be
skilful in usurping others’wealth. He wiUbeuntruthful, devoted to
god of love (i.e. be exceedingly libidinous), will hate others and will
be a lord of courtezans.
(d) One with Mars in own sign in aspect to Jupiter will be
learned, sweet in speech, justly disposed, devoted to parents, will
have plenty of wealth, be an incomparable person and honourable
like god.
(e) One with Mars in own sign in aspect to Venus will
undergo troubles on account of women. He will lose wealth through
women more than once.
(f) One with Mars in own sign in aspect to Saturn will be a
thief, a hero, unkind, devoid of relatives and be the husband of a
"superior woman".
These are the effects of Mars in own sign.
Notes: (f) The term “Apara Stri” vide sloka 574 denotes a
superior woman. There is another version which reads “Anya Stri”
which means that the subject will have illicit relation with another
man’s wife. This latter version is only in order and is accordingly to
be followed.

TfiMI tfa: II II

Hafir HH || ||

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 582--

^IT II II
&WI: uftSHRT I
faplt mfa ^1 faflfSfa gfcH II Il SJ33HFI5 tyml-^
Pl*-<lol^<il *Ffa fafll'^ I

Hfl I
Now the effects for Mars being in a sign of Venus with
aspects from other planets.
575 - 580. Mars in a Sign of Venus Aspected by Others:
(a) One with Mars in a sign of Venus with the Sun’s aspect will
wander in forests and hills, will hate his spouse', will have many
enemies, be highly irascible and be bold.
(b) One with Mars in a sign of Venus in aspect to the Moon
will be hostile to his mother. He will be crooked in disposition, will
acquire make up like a bride (i.e. of trans-sexual nature), and will
fear involvement in war.
(c) One with Mars in a sign of Venus with Mercury’s aspect
will promote quarrels, be talkative, soft-bodied and will have
limited progeny and limited wealth. He will be learned in
scriptures.
(d) One with Mars in a sign of Venus with Jupiter’s aspect
will have knowledge of rules of playing musical instruments and
singing, be endowed with prosperity, well-disposed to his kinsmen
and great.
(e) One with Mars in a sign of Venus with the aspect of
Venus will be a minister of the king, be dear to the king, be an army
chief, will have a famous name and be happy.
(f) One with Mars in a sign of Venus with the aspect of
Saturn will be happy, famous, wealthy, endowed with friends and
relatives, learned and be the lord of a group of villages and towns.
These are the effects of aspects on Mars in a sign of Venus.
3FJ I

^5ifl <35: HSJ ii n gf^H VIPR I

3lftl<sH$ fr^HIci 3qqfa ^5: II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 583--

IS>R''lRkH>|o<l3>?lc> <4§*llRulHl|d‘i1^<<1lcHl3 I <£J 5I«f'll ^3 II

?RV WRI <A*-^d f^5FI "R I 5R ^RRh d|-!W>»d ^J^E: II

X^S II <JWHM yjg^d^ i

<n>l^: ^5<?cl <<<5ll’-'l*iKl>K‘^ II V^X II 3t$fitl

PlR^ kct l»l^ct>*lRi^:<cIHlPn' H? I

J c

“pFp? HlH: I
581 - 586. Mars in a Sign of Mercury with Others’ Aspects:
Now the effects of aspects of planets on Mars in a sign of Mercury.
(a) Should Mars be in a sign of Mercury (Gemini or Virgo)
with the Sun’s aspect, the subject will be endowed with learning,
wealth and valour. He will like forests, hills and forts, be greatly
strong and will have a blood-red physique.
(b) If the Moon aspects Mars in a sign of Mercury, one will
be happy, wealthy, beautiful, will protect virgins and towns and be
endowed with support of women. He will guard a royalpalace.
(c) Mercury aspecting Mars in Gemini or Virgo will produce
the following effects. The person will be skilful in writing, poetry
and mathematics and will be garrulous. His speech will be sweet
like nectar. He will be a messenger and will endure much grief.
(d) If Mars in a sign of Mercury begets the aspect of Jupiter,
the native will be kingly, splendorous and will migrate to other
countries out of poverty. He will be heroic in all undertakings and
be a leader.
(’e) Should Mars, placed in a Mercurian sign, beget Venus’s
aspect, the subject will indulge in deeds that are characteristic of a
female. He will enjoy plenty of prosperity. His body will be of
blood-red hue. He will enjoy robes and food.
(f) Saturn aspecting Mars in a sign of Mercury will make the
person undergo a lot of grief. He will be fond of forests and forts, be
very heroic, dirty and devoid of prosperity. Thus (end the effects of)
Mars in a sign of Mercury.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 584--

fcFFRi^ II X'AS ||
'HXJHR'I I
SIRHI II X^ II
nfeH: KIHMIC SpEfSRft I
RAsol: II X* * II
5

teirat tex ^HiiPcidl i ^5^ Ht’hs tetai ii x^o ii

35^ II XS? II

$|RF£5W^ Hfa FIRHcn 3PFH: II X^ II

587 - 592. Mars in Cancer with Others* Aspects: Now effects

for Mars in Cancer.
(a) One with Mars in Cancer with the aspect of the Sun will
be troubled by bilious disorders, be majestic, a lord of justice and
be bold.
(b) Should the Moon aspect Mars in Cancer, one will be in
the grip of numerous diseases and be known for his base conduct.
He will have an ugly physique and be in grief.
(c) One with Mars in Cancer with the aspect of
Mercury

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 585--

(d) will be dirty and of sinful conduct. He will
have a mean family, be an abandoned man and be
shameless.
(e) If Jupiter aspects Mars in Cancer, the subject will be
well-known, be the minister of. a king, scholarly, of sacrificing
disposition and fortunate. Material enjoyments will shun him.
(f) One will lose wealth on account of his association with
females if Mars in Cancer acquires the aspect of Venus. He will be
humiliated on account of women, and his wealth will be in a danger
of destruction (by other means as well);
(0 If Saturn aspects Mars in Cancer, the subject will earn
wealth through water-transport and be equal to a king. His deeds
will be quite sportive in nature. He will be ever lovely.
These are the effects for Mars in Cancer.

3RI I

43 ?ll?hl II II

’i^wra3 43 II w II

sraf3g3 ^3 wi; u w n

f34l H^ld: II II

ftWWRlI 4^ II Itt" II

593 - 598. Mars in Leo with Others’ Aspects: Now about

Mars placed in Leo.
(a) One with Mars in Leo aspected by the Sun will do

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 586--

good

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 587--

to modest people. He will be endowed with friends and relatives, be
fierce and will move in places of cowherds, forests and hills.
(b) The Moon aspecting Mars in Leo will not be auspicious
for the native’s mother. He will be intelligent, will incur diseases of
neck and head, be widely famous and be implored (rather sought
after) by women.
(c) One with Mars in the 5th sign, Leo, in aspect to Mercury
willhave knowledge of many branches ofcraftsmanship, be miserly,
an expert in poetry and arts, crooked in disposition, wicked and
highly skilful.
(d) The subject having Mars in Leo with the aspect of Jupiter
will be close to the king and be a professor of learning. He will have
various kinds of thihking and be the leader of an army.
(e) Venus aspecting Mars in Leo will cause pleasures to the
native through many women. He will enjoy fortunes on account of
his spouse, be ever youthful and be a satisfied person.
(f) If Saturn aspects Mars in Leo, the person will resemble
an old man. He will be without wealth, disposed to live in others’
homes and will have defective nails.
Thus end the effects for Mars in Leo.
Notes: (b) In the first line of sloka No. 594, the word “Kashta”
should read as “Kantha” - ^3 - meaning neck.
(e) The term “Drushta” in the first line of verse No. 597
should read as “Hrushta” - tHZ - denoting a satisfied person.

3jq I

n w II

ft&id RXI II $oo II

fefRTO: iRlfa II $ol ||

II 5°} II
Rl’ii<s>jK*tiPnym<*^ I

i
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 588
fciw II w II
Slfril ^E: $$lfl^<RHlPH W( I
SCT ^M-ulijd ‘K«t»4't»< ^><sl: ^><^1 II <?o8 II
sfe i
Now aspects on Jupiter’s sign (containing Mars).
599 - 604. Mars in Jupiter’s Sign with Others* Aspects: • (a)
Mars in a sign of Jupiter (Sagittarius or Pisces) with the aspect of
the Sun will beget universal respect for the person. He will have
misfortunes and will live in forests, hills and forests. He will be
cruel in disposition.
(b) The Moon lending his aspect to Mars placed in a sign of
Jupiter will make one distressed, fond of quarrels and learned. He
will be a scholar and will go against the king.
(c) One will be intelligent, highly skilful, an expert artisan
and a scholar, if Mars placed in a sign of Jupiter acquires
Mercury’s aspect.
(d) Jupiter aspecting Mars in Sagittarius or Pisces will bless
one with a good spouse, happiness, fortunes through foes and
wealth. The person will be interested in gymnastics.
(e) One with Mars in a sign of Jupiter with the aspect of
Venus will be quite dear to girls, be fond of pictures and. decoration
(or beautification), liberal and be interested in material pleasures.
(f) Saturn aspecting Mars in a sign of Jupiter will give a bad
physique but liberal disposition. The person will be sinful, will
wander aimlessly, be bereft of happiness and wealth and will do
others’ jobs.
Thus (end effects of) aspects on (Mars in) Jupiter’s signs.
Notes: (a) According to another versions, the person will be very
fortunate which is only right. The term “Kubhagam,” in our text
thus should read as “Subhagam”
3ra i

II s°x II
W5R^i W3T ^n^fRHra^R^ I 3lfcn«ife<yil4
oFFlfa xl^rat w II *?o<? II
aifcR^CTHW ZfeFFI^ fa^FRF^I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 589--

<*>l'lR<t>*1’M4'1< sH^lR «ftl4ll?ldl 33»: II £°^3 II
siR^’i i
4tafsp ercrat ^-wi<gi: 11 so* n
fafr4ta’ihlHI®4 ^Rdl^d*)'! I <^HA ^FIR q5?55fri w ii ii
^MR'flRRrM’Ti gq|rlgi»<l <M§M-3t SRF^ I gwltkl <«RH»S ?|R3 ?l-
41l«ldl ^>: II 5?° II

4h: I
Now effects of aspects on Mars in a sign of Saturn.
605 - 610. Mars in Saturn’s Sign with Others* Aspects:
(a) The Sun aspecting Mars in a sign of Saturn (Capricorn or
Aquarius) will give an ugly body. The native will be heroic, will
possess many wives, many sons and much wealth, and be very
fierce.
(b) If the Moon aspects Mars in a sign of Saturn, the subject
will be of unstable mind and a source of evil for his mother. He
willhave variouskindsofomamentsand be liberal. His friendship will
be temporary. He will be a gentle person.
(c) Mars in a sign of Saturn with an aspect from Mercury
denotes that the person will speak quite sweetly. He will be disposed
to wandering, be without any means of livelihood, be weak, cunning
and unjust.
(d) One with the planet Mars in Saturn’s sign with aspect
from Jupiter will be very beautiful. He will possess such qualities
that are peculiar to a king and will have a firm beginning of any
undertaking (leading to its completion). He will be endowed with
longevity and be a scholar.
(e) Venus aspecting Mars in a sign of Saturn will promote
different kinds of pleasures. The subject will be affluent, of trans-
sexual nature and fond of quarrels.
(f) Saturn himself aspecting Mars in Capricorn or Aquarius
will cause fear frorii king, wealth, hatred for women, many
children, scholarship, familiarity with warfare and absence of
happiness.
Thus end the (effects of) aspects on Mars in a sign of Saturn,
(as well as effects of) Mars (in various signs).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 590--

arc i
aw ^feq^i

II II
fefasRrat i

zp: II «3 II
ijR'H ?lRl<s|: 31 I
sFFRWIW RFPJ. II II gtpj
WFR^JIH ^dl«HIH. I sto II n

3?i (fhllRkci gicM'l^'i II II

Hl’FjB I
Now of Mercury.
Effects of aspects on Mercury in a sign of Mars.
611 - 616. Mercury in a Sign of Mars With Others’ Aspects:
(a) Mercury in A sign of Mars (Aries or Scorpio) with the aspect of
the Sun, will make the native truthful, very happy and
honoured by the king. He will be like a lord among his kinsfolk. •
(b) With Mercury in a sign of Mars in aspect to the Moon,
the subject will steal the hearts of "a hundred women". He will be
in servitude and dirty. He willhave inclination for achievements in
the field of music.
(c) One with Mercury in Aries or Scorpio with the aspect of
Mars will be fond of good deeds, will speak affably, be skilful in
arts, be very affluent and be liked by the king.
(d) One with Mercury in a sign of Mars having Jupiter’s
aspect will be happy and will have a glossy body with charming
looks and beautiful hair. He will be exceedingly wealthy, will issue
orders to others and be sinful.
(e) Venus aspecting Mercury in a sign of Mars will make the
subject miserly, poor and quite prosperous. He will lead a group of
men or a town, will be skilful in speech and be endowed with a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 591--

spouse.
(f) With Saturn’s aspect on Mercury in a sign of Mars, the
person will experience much grief, be fierce, inclined to trouble
others and will not be with his kinsfolk.
Thus end the effects of aspects on Mercury in a sign of Mars.
Notes: (e) Miserliness and poverty are not part of the right text and
hence this suggestion of our text should be rejected. In lieu of these,
the indication is that one will be in royal service.

3|q I

11 s?*511

spqfa Il II

fosFgscgs'Rfcfaqfa nta: Rrarq II 11 creuo$K*iiPi*i

i

<^Hi 3ifihV II $3? II

g<q<Rrl «Hg3lta«dM*( I
o4lPM*td4°l§0 $fh-<4: -R II II

Now Mercury in a sign of Venus with aspects from other

planets.
617 - 622. Mercury in a Sign of Venus with Others* Aspects:
(a) One with Mercury in Taurus or Libra with the aspect of the Sun
will be in the grip of poverty, grief and diseases. He will be
interested in attending to others and will be a head of men.
(b) One with Mercury in a sign of Venus in aspect to the
Moon will be reliable, rich, of lasting devotion and be without
diseases. He will have a secure family, be famous and be a king’s

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 592--

minister.
(c) One with Mars aspecting Mercury in a Venusian sign will
be troubled by diseases and foes. He will be humiliated and be
bereft of all material objects.
(d) One with Jupiter aspecting Mercury in a sign of Venus
will be learned, hospitable in speech, be leader of a country, town or
group of men and be famous.
(e) Should Venus aspect Mercury in Taurus or Libra, the
native will very prosperous, soft, happy, will enjoy robes and
ornaments, and will capture girls’ hearts.
(f) If Saturn lends his aspect to Mercury in Taurus or Libra,
the subject will be devoid of happiness, grieved on account of
relatives, will incur diseases and many evils and be dirty.
Notes: (a) "Headship of men" is the result of corrupt text.
Elsewhere the right text indicates that the subject will be
disregarded by others.
Thus end effects of aspects on Mercury in a sign of Venus.

3FI I

cift II $33 II

5lf$HT «p$ II «8 II
f^FPIR sf^HF-pP I' f
<,w>*iH<fl«i H^& II II
. ’n&Hfemw stfa*q»j<ii< ^wifeR^i
<3$ aRqft #q: II II
Ura •’ll’-SVJ^ 3T <ipM‘il<?xt» 4lRl4: I
Ho'jjB I?l3-i •□WMR •ft^RHKRS’^ ||
W II frfti HW1W I
JF^jij ^Ei <Md HT H5I II II

Now effects of aspects on Mercury in his own sign.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 593--

623 - 628. Mercury in His Own Sign With Others* Aspects:
(a) One with Mercury in Gemini or Virgo with the aspect of the Sun
will be truthfill and sweet in speech. He will be liked by the king, be
lordly, will perform good deeds and be liked by all.
(b) One with Mercury in his own sign with the aspect of the
Moon willbe quite sweetin speech, be talkative, fond of promo ting
quarrels, interested in gaining scriptural knowledge and be very
firm.
(c) Should Mars aspect Mercury in own sign, the subject will
be physically injured, be dirty, intelligent, endowed with knowledge
of completing royal assignments and be agreeable to others.
(d) One with Mercury in his own sign with the aspect of
Jupiter, will be a king’s minister, the foremost among men, good-
looking, liberal and be valorous. His kinsfolk will be affluent.
(e) If Venus aspects Mercury in own sign, the person will be
learned, be a king’s servant, messenger (or ambassador) and be in
charge of implementing treaties. He willbe attached to base women.
.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 594--

(f) Should Saturn lend his aspect on Mercury in Gemini or
Virgo, the subject will have unobstructed progress, be modest, will
have fruitful beginning of an undertaking and plenty of robes.
Notes: (b) The original is somewhat faulty and the last two
effects are supplied from another version containing right text.
Thus end aspects on Mercury in his own sign.

zfa’n apt gqt g? RiGi^itei ’ra: 11 5?s n

II 53o II

II S3? II

faifrRfopq Hiwja gw5*i ^ivug i ^**11 REIHI

HFSH II 53? II
lilw ’fcRifeafafasigj g*FT ?|R$
ofed 4iV?4: II 533
II

g><?3 yRI^R: II 538 II

gQ i
629 - 634. Mercury in Cancer with Other’s Aspects: (a) If
the Sun aspects Mercury in Cancer, the person will be a
washerman, a gardener (or a house-builder), will have knowledge
of Griha Vastu (ancient architecture concerning house building)
and be a gemsmith.
(b) One will lose his energy on account of women if Mercury
is in Cancer in aspect to the Moon. He will grieve on account of
women and be never happy.
(c) If Mars aspects the planet Mercury in Cancer, the
native will have limited knowledge of scriptures, be talkative,
endowed with a fiance, will produce fictitious things, be a thief
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 3 594
and will speak sweetly.
(d) Jupiter aspecting Mercury in Cancer will produce an
intelligent person who will be very affluent, prosperous, dear to
king and learned.
(e) If Venus aspects Mercury in Cancer, one will be equal
to Cupid in looks (i.e. uniquely charming), will speak affably, will
have knowledge of music and related instruments, be fortunate
and soft-spoken.
(f) If Saturn lends his aspect to Mercury in Cancer, the
subject will be a hypocritic, be attached to sinful deeds, exposed to
risk of confinement, devoid of good qualities and will criticise the
conduct of his co-bom.
Thus end aspects on Mercury in Cancer.

sra ISta i

f&i sjs n II

ata: II S3E- II

31^5ftc!>*l*Hl Hga* qtajajp: II S3V9 II

MtalWI<M$l Bta: II II
3^RIWt *
smfa *iP*wRin0«i n n

3||^:fed ata: ^ifei || $80 ||

Now of aspects on Mercury in Leo.

635 - 640. Mercury in Leo with Others* Aspects: (a) The Sun
aspecting Mercury in Leo will make the person jealous, very

rich and virtuous. He will trouble others, be mean, of unstable

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 595--

disposition and bereft of shame.
(b) One with the Moon’s aspect on Mercury in Leo will be
fond of women, be highly talented, be interested in poetry, arts,
music and dance, be wealthy and virtuous.
(c) One will be endowed with wisdom if Mars aspects
Mercury in the sign Leo. He will have an ugly but symmetric
physique, will not possess talents, will not be majestic and be a
hermaphrodite.
(d) If Jupiter aspects Mercury in Leo, the subject will be
quite soft-bodied, be very learned, willhave knowledge of musical
instruments, be lordly, famous and endowed with kinsmen and
conveyances.
(e) Venus aspecting Mercury in Leo will cause a surprising
beauty to the subject. He will be attractive, sweet in speech, rich in
conveyances and valorous. He will be a minister and be a superior
king.
(f) Mercury in Leo aspected by Saturn will cause a tall and
rough body. The person will be pure in conduct, will emit foul
smell on account of sweating, be much grieved and be bereft of
happiness.
These are the effects of aspects on Mercury in Leo. Notes:
(b) The term “Sitabhe” in the first line of verse No. 636 denotes
Taurus and Libra. It should read as uInabhen which means Leo, the
sign of the Sun.

sra i

sRqft ZpMI 55^ II £8? II

g<4*1lRl'lHRHl,i JJWj, II $83 II

Mkrni AR-MIRHIO-MR 1 ^•-^1 Il $83

II

II 588 II
+-5l$«IK*Hi (’ll) &*^Hl4 VHlfca I 5f: II 58X II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 596--

^ife^lPRH 5I53H I
<R$l<j£l <41e|<lR|Jil SIEH II 585 II
415-n^ i
Now aspects on Mercury in a sign of Jupiter.
641 - 646, Mercury in Jupiter’s Sign With Others* Aspects:
(a) Should the Sun aspect Mercury in a sign of Jupiter (Sagittarius
or Pisces), the subject will be heroic, troubled by urinary disorders
and be peaceful in disposition.
(b) The Moon aspecting Mercury in a sign of Jupiter will
produce a writer. The person will be tender-bodied, be reEable in
a royal palace, will enjoy happiness and be highly sinful.
(c) Mars aspecting Mercury in a sign of Jupiter willgive the
following effects. The native will be a leader of group of men and
of thieves. He will be an excellent person, will live in forests and be
a writer.
(d) If Jupiter aspects Mercury in Sagittarius or Pisces, one
belongs to an excellent family, will honour scriptures, be the
foremost among scientists and be a minister or a treasurer with a
king.
(e) If Venus aspects Mercury in a sign of Jupiter, the
subject will impart education to girls and boys (i.e. be a teacher),
be wealthy, tender-bodied and heroic.
(f) Should Saturn aspect Mercury in a sign of Jupiter, the
person will be interested in forts and forests, will eat abundantly,
be wicked in disposition, very dirty and a fallen person.
Thus end the aspects on Mercury in a sign of Jupiter. Notes:
(b) “Highly sinful” is replaced by “very affluent” by another
version. The latter is to be accepted.

Now effects on Mercury in a sign of Saturn.

II s«o 11
^<i*<«iW 3ifo i
Mia srfaM it ss* n
MIMl alm f6lsKtf*1rq< I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 597--

$at «p4: II II
a^Fwi'^i’jd ^nay^i^ra i ^at *jw sgs: yRkH4:
aiMaiw sifaM n II Mta'ift fiiaM <j>in<K4>M i
arf^^raaa ^a^ .HiMsRjKnftM ^IRM*- II
SK? II MIM<U< <J<ARR ’^iRi^fea i
^<3^ ?iRdi <jR ak^B ahia; y?M*^ u 11
Sfa ^1 ^ffe I
647 - 652. Mercury in Saturn’s Sign with Others* Aspects:
(a) If Mercury in a sign of Saturn (i.e. Capricorn or Aquarius)
begets the Sun’s aspects, one willbe dear to all, be very mighty, will
eat much, be hard-hearted, will speak sweetly and be famous.
(b) The Moon aspecting Mercury in a sign of Saturn will
make one eke out his livelihood through water. He will not have
abundance (of wealth), will trade in roots, liquor and bulbous
vegetables, be timid, hasty and unsightly.
(c) Mercury in a sign of Saturn begetting the aspect of Mars
will cause one to be talkative, fickle-minded, gentle, fond of sports
and happy.
(d) Jupiter aspecting Mercury in a sign of Saturn will give
plenty of grains and wealth. The subject willbe honoured by men
of villages and towns (i.e. by the public), be happy and endowed
with conveyances.
(e) If Mercury in Capricorn or Aquarius is in aspect to
Venus, the subject will be leader of base men, be ugly, bereft of
intelligence, subdued by lust and will obtain many children.
(f) Should Saturn aspect Mercury in Capricorn or
Aquarius, the subject will indulge in sinful deeds, be in the grip of
a high degree of poverty, be in servitude, will incur much grief and
be pitiable.
Thus end aspects on Mercury in a sign of Saturn. I
Thus of Mercury (in various signs aspected by other
planets).

Now of planets’ aspects on Jupiter in a sign of Mars.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 598--

II II

fSPfc II $X8 II
^RWKIHPCH’ vifaHV
II SM II
3FJ3 cF^N I

HIWI^R II W II

ii sics ii HPR wfcF W

I
3lP«Rftwq aMgfc II II

653 - 658. Jupiter in a Sign of Mars with Others’ Aspects: (a)

If the planet Jupiter is in a sign of Mars (Aries^or Scorpio) in
aspect to the Sun, the native will be charitable, will fear telling lies,
will have famous progeny, will greatly enjoy pleasures and will be
a king’s minister.
(b) If the Moon aspects Jupiter in a Martian sign, the
subject will be skilful in history and poetry, will enjoy many
precious stones and women, be kingly and learned.
(c) If Mars aspects Jupiter in Aries or Scorpio, the person
will be truthful, heroic, the foremost of men and be endowed with
just disposition and modesty. He will be affluent and will have
disobedient servants and spouse.
(d) Mercury aspecting Jupiter in a sign of Mars denotes
that the native will be a liar, will cheat others, be skilful in
detecting others’ faults, be in servitude, modest, grateful and
cunning.
(e) If Venus aspects Jupiter in a sigh of Mars, the native
will be endowed with home, beds, robes, furniture, scents, flowers
and wealth. He will possess a wholesome intelligence (lacking in no
respect) and be timid.
(f) Should Saturn aspect Jupiter in a Martian sign, the
subject will be dirty, miserly, fierce, valorous, agreeable to others

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 599--

and bold. His friends and progeny will be temporary.
Thus the aspects on Jupiter in a sign of Mars.

’J?! Wli I
Now effects of Jupiter in a sign of Venus with aspects from
other planets.

Mra II SUS II

SPJRHfcl Q|RHI II SS<> II

SjfcR II SSI II
5131 I
hH'qft II $53 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 600--

HfeHWRHKf sffa: II W8 II
sfa ^* i<? i <yfe i
j 4

659 - 664. Jupiter in a Sign of Venus With Others' Aspects:

(a) If Jupiter is in a sign ofVenus with the Sun’s aspect, one will
possess servants and quadrupeds, be quite rich, tall, learned and
be a king’s minister.
(b) The Moon lending his aspect to Jupiter in a sign of
Venus will make one very rich, very sweet in speech, dear to
mother and liked by women. He will enjoy much pleasures.
(c) If Mars aspects Jupiter in a sign ofVenus, one will be
liked by young women, learned, heroic, affluent, happy and kingly.
(d) Mercury aspecting Jupiter in a sign ofVenus will make
one learned, skilful, fortunate, sweet in speech, wealthy and
virtuous. He will have plenty of everything, be charming, dirty and
majestic.
(e) If Venus aspects Jupiter in Taurus or Libra, the person
will be exceedingly beautiful and exceedingly wealthy. He will
possess excellent ornaments, be soft in disposition, will possess
excellent eiyoymente, bed comforts and residence.
(f) Saturn aspecting Jupiter in a sign ofVenus will make one
learned. He will possess abundant food comforts and wealth. He
will be a great man among the men of villages and towns, be dirty,
ugly and without wife.
Thus end the aspects on Jupiter in a sign ofVenus.

Now the effects of aspects on Jupiter in a sign of Mercury.

II $$$ ii

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 601--

3°^ <*& I) || 4^d<4K 665 - 670.
Jupiter in
Mercury’s
RTWH-M I Sign with
Others’
Aspects: (a)
^Midim-ii spRnteK^ I One with
difl(lll ^5^ ^M&dl sffa: II II ^ftwiSFni^R
Jupiter in a
sign of
WFRHF^r I dH^fcl ?lPHll <5ftcjt *R II S^9o II Mercury
^Flt I
(Gemini or
Virgo) with
the aspect
of the Sun will be a gentle person, the best among his villagers (or
place of birth), a family man, liberal and endowed with progeny
and wealth.
(b) One will be wealthy, dear to his mother, prosperous and
endowed with happiness, spouse and progeny if the Moon aspects
Jupiter in a sign of Mercury.
(c) If Mars aspects Jupiter in a sign of Mercury, the subject
will have success obtained "in a hundred battles", will have an
ugly body, be wealthy and be agreeable to all.
(d) One will be an expert astrologer, will have many wives
and children and be wealthy. His words will imply manifold
meanings causing surprise. He will be honourable. These effects
will come to pass if Jupiter in a sign of Mercury is aspected by
Mercury himself.
(e) One will be involved in temple construction activities,
will have a good spouse and will rob the hearts of females if
Jupiter placed in a sign of Mercury begets the aspect of Venus.
(f) Saturn aspecting Jupiter in a sign of Mercury will cause
headship of a group of men or a State. He will be the best among
his townsfolk and be pliable.
Notes: (c) “Veekshita Gaatram” is not a sensible term. It
sensibly reads as “Vikruta Gaatram” in another version which
means an ugly body.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 602--

(d) In the second line of sloka No. 668, “Virudhdha” should
read as “VYroopa” meaning “manifold” to befit the-context. Thus
end the aspects on Jupiter in a sign of Mercury.

Wli I
Now effects of Jupiter in Cancer with aspects from other
planets.

II 5^9? II

II II
<=tn*ii7 QKiQ«i 8*II<$$R*IIPH sra*( i ^«HIK Jl^l

«RKIS?41I&3: ^5^ II II 'MK’M'IHI^RPlTi *<R.1 I

sR^Pri nPw n swa n «!§<y<

HHIrtgiWlPH I
II II

CIRICS ii ii
I
671 - 676, Jupiter in Cancer With Others* Aspects: (a) One
with Jupiter in Cancer in aspect to the Sun will earn fame and be
the foremost among a group of men. He will be devoid of
happiness, wealth and spouse, and will be after others’ wives.
(b) The Moon lending his aspect to Jupiter in Cancer will
make one highly learned in scriptures. He will be kingly and will
possess plenty of wealth, numerous conveyances, an excellent
spouse and (excellent) progeny.
(c) Jupiter in Cancer with the aspect of Mars will grant
marriage in boyhood itself. The subject will be rich with golden

Hora Ratnam / O (4
ornaments, be learned, heroic and willhave an injured physique.
(d) One will becomd wealthy through his kinsfolk and
mother. He will be involved in quarrels, be not sinful, be reliable
and be a minister. These effects will come to pass with Mercury
aspecting the planet Jupiter in Cancer.
(e) If Venus aspects Jupiter in Cancer, the native will have
many wives (say two or more marriages), much prosperity, many
kinds of ornaments, be happy and fortunate.
(f) Jupiter in Cancer begetting Saturn’s aspect will make one
a great person in a village or town or in an army. He will be
talkative, very wealthy and will acquire a spouse and worldly
pleasures in his advanced age.
Thus end aspects on Jupiter in Cancer.
Notes: (a) There is another version to atate that the native
will not initially be endowed with happiness, wife and wealth all of
which will be acquired by himlater. That is, he will have initial
obstacles in these areas. Further, the version concerned does not
specify illegal association with others’ females. I personally
subscribe to these suggestions.
(c) “Su + Vrana Gaatram” should read as “Sa + Vrana
Gaatram”. The latter term indicates an injured physique.

sra $1 wri i Now Jupiter in Leo with aspects from

other planets.

I
II SSS II
3lR)y‘i’'l‘iRl‘<l?>4 ^HH^HRWI^H^I*^ I 3R*|fa $3*1: Il
SO* II TO ARIB-WUIHMHAR^ I
11
ii
J
^31-Kd fastl-T f llP<ld I
II II
I
top ^3^: HfjWr^ II <?*? II
^F«H ATIHIPH' I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 604--

H^5R ^: 4!«XK; 'I I'

677 - 682. Jupiter in Leo With Others’ Aspects .a) The Sun
aspecting Jupiter in Leo will make the person dear to others. He
will enjoy fame, wealth through royal patronage and be virtuous.
(b) If the Moon aspects Jupiter in Leo, one will be very
prosperous and very dirty. His wealth will expand through the
fortunes of his spouse. He will be affluent and will conquer his ,
senses.
(c) Should Mars aspect Jupiter in Leo, one will possess an
excellent conduct in the midst of good men and elders. He will
perform special deeds, be the foremost among men, be highly
talented, stunned, heroic and cruel.
(d) One with Mercury’s aspect on Jupiter in Leo will be a
specialist in architectural branch of learning. He will have a
scientific bent of mind, be the foremost among advisers and be very
learned in scriptures.
(e) If Venus lends his aspect on Jupiter in Leo, the subject
will be liked by women, be fortunate, willreceive royalrecognition
and be very mighty.
(f) Saturn aspecting Jupiter in Leo means that the subject
will be talkative but sweet in speech. He will not have (general)
happiness, will enjoy wealth and be fierce. He will enjoy material
pleasures akin to a divine female.
Thus of the aspects on Jupiter in Leo.
Notes: (f) Vide second line of verse 682, our text attributes a
great deal of material pleasures resembling the degree of enjoyment
by an angel (in the assembly of Iridra, the king of gods). But this is
replaced by another version with “mean spouse and mean progeny
for the native”. The relevant text thereof reads as “Adhama Stree
Sutha Purusham”
srq FFpFt wri i
Now Jupiter in his own sign with other planets’ aspects.

oRqlck 1
*ft^E: Mft4fcW43-^3^4 II 3*3 II
3ftg44 I
ic o
’iMiR wl< M^d ^stfi^rat 4ft: ii ii
WjftjS’lft 31 3F335ftft^ I
343ft ^44 43^fs<3R^ II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 605--

HftWJ ^ift 31 ^ra4^HFWf34R^ I
H II
Hft3l34Hft43 HR^m4ra4t34^^ I
siwwn'jd 343ft ^>Hrat 413; li st’s 11
Hft»4*l4l3H33 'HWfWtafajH 4ft^l
?ft^4 351 apt 343ft iJ<440d 4ft; II II
?ft S3^j <jft: II
683 - 688. Jupiter in his Own Sign With Others’ Aspects: (a)
If the Sun aspects Jupiter found in his own sign (Sagittarius or
Pisces), the subject will go against the king and be bereft of
wholesome wealth and kinsfolk.
(b) Jupiter in his own sign with the Moon’s aspect will give
agreatdealoffortunesthrough women. The native willbe proud on
account his name and wealth. He will enjoy many kinds of
pleasures.
(c) Mars aspecting Jupiter in his own sign will cause injuries
in a battle. The person concerned will be cruel, be harmful to his
relatives and will lose his family members.
(d) Jupiter in his own sign begetting Mercury’s aspect will
make one a king or a minister. .He will enjoy plenty of happiness,
wealth, fortunes and strength. He will be endowed with every kind
of happiness but be deprived of intelligence.
(e) If Venus aspects Jupiter in own sign, the native will enjoy
a lot of food, drinks and wealth. He will possess (i.e. will enjoy)
others’ houses, beds and seats (furniture). He will acquire an
excellent spouse and ornaments.
(f) Saturn aspecting Jupiter in his own sign will cause one to
be very dirty, in the grip of fear and a leader of villages, towns of
group of men. He will be miserable and devoid of happiness.
Thus the aspects on Jupiter in his own sign.
Notes: (d) Absence of intelligence is not included in another
version. Mercury aspecting Jupiter, with the latter in his own sign,
should surely bless one with great intelligence.
(e) In the first line of verse 687, “Pari Gruha” is a wrong
expression. It should read as “Vara Gruha” - 3K - meaning excellent
houses.

aw wi i
Now effects of planetary aspects on Jupiter in a sign of
Saturn.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 606--

ara tayjt HFJHT I

R^idHitapi talfe s&feat ata; II w II WRfe tata

HFtalfSHIsM ai I ■’J?: aRl^ II II gferi ara I
'SH'MR feta <j£Et 5^*1 II II

afeta) II ^8 n
689 - 694. Jupiter in Saturn’s Sign With Others*

Aspects: (a) One with Jupiter in a sign of Saturn (Capricorn or

Aquarius), with the Sun’s aspect, will be learned, kingly, known for
his good nature, be wealthy and valorous.
• (b) The Moon aspecting the planet Jupiter in a sign of Saturn
will make the native devoted to his parents. He will be gentle,
willfollow the traditions ofhis family, be learned, wealthy, virtuous
and charitable.
(c) One with Mars aspecting Jupiter in a sign of Saturn will
be valorous, a warrior under a royal administration, proud and
majestic. He will dress well, be famous, gentle and honourable.
(d) If Mercury aspects Jupiter in a sign of Saturn, the native
will be lustful, virtuous, excellent, rich with conveyances and
wealth, willhave skilful friends and relatives and be learned.
(e) One will be happy, learned, devoid of any blemishes,
long-lived, in the grip of fear, and surrounded by Lakshmi, the
goddess of lucre. These effects will come to pass with Venus
aspecting Jupiter in a sign of Saturn.
(f) Saturn aspecting Jupiter in Capricorn or Aquarius will
give the following results. The person will be incomparable. He will
have incomparable learning. A great person, he will rule a country.
He will have servants, quadrupeds, and wealth.

Thus end aspects on Jupiter in a sign of Saturn, sft

II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 607--

Thus of Jupiter.

Now effects of Venus in a sign of Mars with aspects from

other planets.

II w II
I I
ftflte II II <JHHHI4 i
Spt ^*4.^ l^
X| c,:
II II
^•ityjcdHRd o<4l<ki <M§^d I f^F^PjfiS^F^
55faw$ II w II

’j’ja^ fcFw>q^raak: n n
695 - 700. Venus in a Sign of Mars With Others* Aspects: (a)
The Sun aspecting Venus in a sign of Mars (Aries or Scorpio) will,
on account of females, cause grief as well as loss of wealth and
happiness. The person will, however, be sought after by the ruler.
(b) Should the Moon aspect Venus in a sign of Mars, the
native will be of extraordinary intelligence. He will be unstable in
disposition, lustful, will marry a gentle female and will be childless.
(c) Venus in Aries or Scorpio aspected by Mars will deprive
one of wealth, happiness and honour. He will be miserable, will
argue with others and indulge in dirty acts.
(d) Mercury aspecting Venus in a sign of Mars will produce a
fool who will be proud (or mad) and will lack gentleness. He will
blame his kinsfolk, be immodest, inimical, mean and cruel.
(e) One with Jupiter aspecting Venus in a sign ofMars will be
justly disposed, be known for his liberal mind, will have an
attractive physique, be tall and will have many children.
(f) Should Saturn aspect Venus in a sign of Saturn, the native
will be very dirty, indolent, without wealth, will serve his relatives
and be thievish.
Notes: (b) Instead of “extra-ordinary intelligence” attributed
by our text, there is an erroneous version to'state that one will be
imprisoned.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 608--

3jej FWFFi wni
Now effects of Venus in his own sign with aspects from other
planets.

Flf^l R(ld>Mlft II «o? ||

3M-d£l£taiW SRqfa ^FStf&d: II \9O5 II

wxiBdtei HB^HR^ I H3FFRI

<*♦>«<£!: II 0°3 II •Is Hi RlWIr^S I
W^umPdd II Uo8 II
JWijFjmi HiPFm di^dwi^ i

3EHI^ II Uox 11
t'Kr'Wjt'i tdc'I’H «t’-'*£hR»3<l I
<sH^ o^lfcrocle di ^p>: II WoS II t?R I
701 - 706» Venus in Own Sign with Others’ Aspects: (a) If
Venus is in his own sign (Taurus or Libra) with the aspect of the
Sun, the native will have an excellent wife, be affluent, the best of
men and vanquished on account of women.
(b) Should the Moon aspect Venus in his own sign, the
subject is born in a family (or of a woman) that is among the best
ones. He will be endowed with happiness, spouse and progeny, be
highly gentle and lovely in appearance.
(c) If Mars aspects Venus in his own sign, one will marry a
wicked female. His home andenergy will be destroyed on account of
women. He will be in the grip of lust.
(d) One will be beautiful, sweet in speech, very prosperous
and endowed with happiness, courage, intelligence and abundant
physical energy if Mercury aspects Venus in his own sign.

(e) Jupiter aspecting Venus in his own sign indicates that the
person will be blessed with spouse, progeny, home and conveyances.
He will put in much efforts (in his undertakings).
(f) Venus in his own sign with Saturn’s aspect will limit
one’s happiness and wealth. He will be of bad disposition and will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 609--

marry an unchaste woman. Diseases will trouble him.
These are (the effects ofVenus) receiving aspects in his own
sign.
Notes: (a) “Swahito Nirjitham cha” should read as “Stree
HetorNirjitam” which means that the person will be vanquished on
account of women.
(b) Atyanta (Ati +Anta) Yuvati” is a wrong expression. The
correct version reads as “Atyaarya (Ati + Aarya) Matim” which
denotes one with a highly gentle disposition.
(d) Vide first line of verse No. 704, “Vipala” means a
“moment”. It should be “Vipula” meaning “abundant”.
(f) “Bandhaki” means a woman illicitly connected with many
men, i. e. an unchaste woman, a harlot. It is also sometimes, rarely
though, used to indicate a barren lady.

3jq WIT I

oFFlft II \90\9 ||

sptai WISHHIPH I
II uo* II

(<J4) JWR II ||

WIRHISR R II w?o II

3|R^RHHRMR'I SlR^i II II

^5 R ii kw ii

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 610--

707 - 712. Venus in Mercury’s Sign with Others’ Aspects:
Now detailed are the effects of Venus placed in a sign of Mercury
and begetting aspects from other planets.
(a) Should the Sun aspect Venus in a sign of Mercury
(Gemini or Virgo), the subject will perform the deeds of the king,
his own mother and kinsfolk. He will be a scholar and will have
plenty of wealth. His happiness will be endless.
(b) The Moon aspecting Venus in a .sign of Mercury will give
dark coloured eyes and beautiful hair. The person will enjoy
sleeping and food comforts, be beautiful, soft-bodied and very
prosperous.
(c) If Venus is in a sign of Mercury and receives the aspect of
Mars, one will be exceedingly libidinous, very fortunate and will
lose his wealth through women.
(d) Mercury aspecting Venus in a sign of Mercury will cause
a wise behaviour on the part of the native. He will be rich
with^conveyances and pleasures and will be head of a group of men
and be kingly.
. (e) Venus in a sign of Mercury with Jupiter’s aspect will
produce much happiness and a lot of wealth. The native will be a
model of beauty worth imitation, be learned and a teacher.
(f) With Saturn aspecting Venus in a sign ofMercury, one
will be much in grief. He will be humiliated by wicked men, be
unstable in disposition, disliked by others and foolish.
1
Thus end aspects on Venus in
a sign of Mercury.

Wli I

H TO II

{jR'H II k9?8 ||
q<1»diR<W<l4 gfe+H I
II ii

ura ^R ii o?? ii

Hora Ratnam /• Chapter 3 611

3^3 Sfl^RR^ I
HZfa? 335 TOR^R^ ’j«i^«: II «?o II
^IROri c$3 uRdH^H wl’dHrfoxi I
^raR gtWd R'Wqdcflte 11 11
?R ^fe: I
713 - 718. Venus in Cancer With Others* Aspects: Now about
the effects of Venus being in Cancer with aspects from other
planets.
(a) If Venus is in Cancer in aspect to the Sun, the person will
acquire a spouse of the following description. She will be attached to
her duties, will have an obstructed (or paralysed) body, will be akin
to a king’s daughter, given to anger and wealthy.
(b) With the Moon aspecting Venus in Cancer, one will have
a step-mother. His first issue will be a female, to be followed by
many male issues. He will be very fortunate, happy and beautiful.
(c) Should Mars aspect Venus in Cancer, one will have
knowledge of many arts, be quite wealthy and will be grieved on
account of wife (or women). He will be generally happy and will
contribute to the prosperity of his kinsmen.
(d) If Mercury aspects Venus in Cancer, the subject will
marry a scholarly lady. He will be sad through his relatives, will
lack in happiness and will not be rich but learned.
(e) Venus in Cancer with the aspect of Jupiter will give
progeny, wealth, servants, conveyances, pleasures, kinsmen and
friends. The person in question will be liked by the king.
(f) Saturn aspecting Venus in Cancer denotes a person who
is vanquished by females and in the grip of poverty. He will be
morally fallen, of an ugly appearance and a wavering mind about
money, and will enjoy no happiness.
These are the aspects on Venus in Cancer.
spj AB wni i

Hlf^FWI ^THHT sFFlA {AB) 5fF: II II

Addd'd^ I
d^H’-ddBdJ'lA 4><l(rl ^>: II ^3° II
<£Ad 1 gspi
HWKEi s&te spr 11 w? 11

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 612--

Hfddd ^SM m<<y<+ SRH. 1 qftcF ^A ^AlAra: 5fp: II II

<peB ^-aHfewA'ji^te sp* 11 S53 11 ^HA dsAaAa

H^JB 1
wild 11 11
719 - 724. Venus in Leo With Others’ Aspects: Now of effects
of Venus in Leo with aspects from other planets.
(a) The Sun aspecting Venus in Leo will produce jealousy in
the person. He will be liked by women, troubled by sexual feelings
and enriched on account of females. He will possess elephants (i.e.
rich conveyances).
(b) Should the Moon aspect Venus in Leo, the person will
have a step-mother, will incur grief on account of females, be
powerful, wealthy and will lord over many people.
(c) If Mars aspects the planet Venus in Leo, one will be a
royal person, famous, grieved on account of women, will have
plenty of wealth, very fortunate and interested in others’ wives.
(d) One with Mercury’s aspect on Venus in Leo will be fond
of accumulating (wealth), be miserly, be after women, illicitly
attached to others’ spouses, valorous, crafty, a liar and wealthy.
(e) Jupiter aspecting Venus in Leo will cause conveyances,
wealth, servants, numerous wives and ministership in a royal
hierarchy.
(f) Venus in Leo enjoying Saturn’s aspects will make
the person kingly, endowed with fame befitting royalty. Hewillhave
plenty of money and conveyances. He will* marry a widow, be
good-looking but in grief.
Notes: (d) In the second line ofverse No. 722, the expression
“Shatha + Matrukam (Cha) - 313 ” is immune to a
meaningful translation. The correct text .elsewhere reads as
u
Shatham+Aanrutikam(Cha) - 313 ” which indicates
a person who is crafty and a liar.

ii ii
HHPSH i
gFJHWR SfF: II W II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 613--

II V9=M II
WWH HlPHnfi MI^HHI»t I
II II

y?uu ijEt ■JSH’MRI $pt>'l II ^9?^ II

*FCT4 gfen Hfarfcd *HH*^I I
SJHJI*1 II >930 II *J«l($|j| <|ffe I
725 - 730. Venus in Jupiter’s Sign With Others’ Aspects:
Now the effects of aspects on Venus in a sign of Jupiter.
(a) If Venus is in a sign of Jupiter (Sagittarius or Pisces) with
the Sun’s aspect, the native will be extremely fearful and extremely
heroic. He will be learned, wealthy, quite liked by others and will go
to foreign countries.
(b) The Moon aspecting Venus in a sign of Jupiter will grant
fame, royal status, pleasures, distinction and unparalleled strength.
(c) If .Venus is in a sign of Jupiter with the aspect of
Mars, the subject will have strong dislike for women. He will have
various kinds of happiness and grief, be rich and endowed with
many quadrupeds.
(d) Mercury aspecting Venus in a sign of Jupiter will grant
ornaments, (comforts of) food and drinks, many conveyances and
wealth. i
(e) One with Venus in Sagittarius or Pisces with the aspect
of Jupiter will own many horses, elephants and cows. He will have
many children and wives and be exceedingly happy.
(f) Saturn aspecting Venus in a sign of Jupiter will
incessantly give wealth. The person will be happy, will enjoy
pleasures and plenty of wealth and be highly prosperous.
Thus of the aspects on Venus in a Jupiterian sign.
Notes: (d) “An na Yaanaanaam” in the first line of verse 728
should read as “Anna Paanaanaam” meaning food and drinks.

aw w>ri i

afcjB II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 614--

II >33^ II

EHlpRFa II 033 II
3<ra ’<R<roi feran i

’T^n 5$ II «3X II
Slfa^E: cRdlfHI&JH’l I
HfcH WT5RR (^) ^(Jlld II >335 II
731 - 736. Venus in Saturn’s Sign With Others’Aspects: Now
effects of aspects on Venus in a sign of Saturn.

(a) One with the Sun aspecting Venus in a sign of Saturn

(Capricorn or Aquarius) will be tranquil in disposition, mighty on
account of females and very rich. He will enjoy all kinds of
pleasures and be heroic.
(b) The Moon aspecting Venus in a sign of Saturn will
produce a majestic and beautiful person. He will have good
relatives and progeny, be very prosperous and radiant.
(c) If Mars aspects Venus in Saturn’s sign, the spouse of the
native will incur early end. He will incur many evils in his life and
be subjected to diseases. After a series of ordeals, happiness will
dawn on him.
(d) Venus in a sign of Saturn with the aspect of Mercury will
produce a learned, rich and munificent person. He will have
knowledge of sacred books, be a scholar of great order and be much
happy.
•(e) Should Jupiter lend his aspect on to Venus in a sign of
Saturn, the native will have desired robes, scents and garlands. He
will be attractive, knowledgeable in music and related instruments
and will possess an excellent wife.
(f) If Saturnhimself aspects Venus in Capricorn or Aquarius,
one will enjoy the best of conveyances and wealth. He will however
be dirty, dark in complexion and will have an attractive and huge
body.
I I
Thus end aspects on Venus in a sign of Saturn and others.
Thus of Venus.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 615--

arc wni i
Now7 the effects of aspects on Saturn in a sign of Mars.

‘fc'iuil-UdHsnssi I
’^RHl 3FR& Hk: II ||

II US* II

|jl<4^dpl'1l ddH ctH'sl II >33^ II

3^p i
II <380 II
^HylHM^i •JwP^IWIW’Et I
^sl zfepq: nH4 11 «8? II
Slfa faqq cRISdiqatl^WM^ I
cgK: II II
$Pi $fa) <y& i
737 - 742. Saturn in a Sign of Mars With Others* Aspects: (a)
If the Sun aspects Saturn in a sign of Mars (Aries or Scorpio), the
native will be a tiller, wealthy, endowed with cows, buffalos and
goats and hard working.
(b) The Moon aspecting Saturn in a sign of Mars will be
unstable and mean in disposition, be interested in base and
beautiful females and be bereft of happiness and riches.
(c) If Saturn in a sign of Mars receives the aspect of Mars
himself, the native will kill living beings, be mean, a head of thieves,
famous and sad in love affairs.
(d) Mercury aspecting Saturn in a sign of Mars will make one
a liar, irascible, garrulous, thievish and bereft of happiness and
wealth.
(e) If Saturn in a sign of Mars receives the aspect of Jupiter,
the subject will enjoy happiness, wealth and prosperity. He will be a
king’s minister, be the foremost among men and will have good
thoughts.
(f) Should Venus aspect Saturn in a sign of Mars, one will be
very unstable and crooked in disposition, be attached to excellent as
well as questionable women, and be devoid of worldly pleasures^
Thus end the aspects on Saturn placed in a sign of Mars.
Notes: (b) “Neecha Roopa + Angana” vide the first line of verse 738

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 616--

reads as “Neecha Viroopa + Angana” in another version. The
former means “base and beautiful women” while the latter means
“base and ugly women”. It occurs to me that “ugly women” is more
suitable to the context.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 617--

Now the effects of Saturn’s aspects on planets in signs of
Venus.
f^ravH fagin wiig wi i
Tf^on <JK: l
R‘)oq II V983 ||
^ckft'sM’iHR I
SlftHI ^E: II 088 II
HtFIW^ I
sFHfa <3HMf$&i Hfe II O8U II
fa?4 JRjSHSftf* Mfaj. I

^E ! ^sPjB HFra II 085 II

qfWq qwffci i

■,J<?IJII <jEl arait HteR Hfc: II 080 II jflf'KiM nraq I

5iW kra^st siqqfa nkt u oa^ n
?fit ^ql ^fe: I
743 - 748. Saturn in a Sign of Venus With Others’ Aspects:
Now effects of aspects on Saturn placed in a sign of Venus.
(a) One will be clear in speech, will lose his wealth, be
learned, will depend on others for food and will possess a very
delicate body. These are for Saturn is in a sign of Venus (Taurus or
Libra) with the aspect of the Sun.
(b) The Moon aspecting Saturn in a sign of Venus will make
the native liberal towards women. He will be honoured by the king,
liked by women and be endowed with robes, food, flowers and
relatives.
(c) Saturn in a sign of Venus with the aspect of Mars will
make one skilful in war preparation. He will be reliable in times of
war, will speak much and be surrounded by many people.
(d) With Mercury aspecting Saturn in a sign of Venus, the
subject will ever be jocular in disposition, fond ofhermaphrodites,
will serve women and be mean.
(e) Jupiter aspecting Saturn in Taurus or Libra will cause
blame and grief. The person will be interested in others’ work, liked
by others, munificent and industrious.
(f) Should Venus aspect Saturn in Taurus or Libra, the
subject will acquire happiness through women in the middle of his

Hora Ratnam/ Chapter 3 618

life, will possess precious stones, be very mighty and be liked by the
ruler.
Thus end effects of aspects on Saturn in a sign of Venus.
Notes: (a) ilParapelavain” in the second line of verse 743
should read as uParipelavamn meaning “of a very delicate body”.
(b) “Liberal towards women” is replaced by “wealthy on
account of women” in another version.

aw snt wni i

'ft? sflfc II II

^luli II 'SKo II
R$wiR«t i
nkt *w n u

ak: II «« II

I
II W8 II

749 - 754 Saturn in Mercury’s Sign With Others’ Aspects: (a)

If the Sun aspects Saturn in a sign of Mercury, the native will be
devoid of happiness and wealth, be exceedingly liberal, will conquer
his anger, will endure grief and be valorous.
(b) The Moon aspecting Saturn in a sign of Mercury will
make one equal to a king. He will have a glossy physique, will
acquire wealth and honour through females and will serve females.
(c) Saturn in a sign of Mercury with the aspect of Mars will
make one a famous boxer. He will be stupefied, will carry loads, will
have excellent intelligence and be wealthy.
(d) Mercury lending his aspect to Saturn in Gemini or Virgo
will make one wealthy, skilful .in a war, a teacher of dancing, fond
of music and skilful in arts.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 619--

(e) One will be a reliable person in royal circles, if Jupiter
aspects Saturn in Mercury’s sign. He will be endowed with many
good qualities, be liked by good people and will earn wealth by
means of his virtues (i.e. by fair means).
(f) Should Saturn in Gemini or Virgo be in aspect to Venus,
the native will be endowed with a spouse, be skilful in scriptures, be
a teacher of Yoga or be saintly and be liked by women.
Thus end aspects on Saturn in a sign of Mercury.
Notes: (a) uDhanaRat.hin of our text is replacedby another
version with“Z)/ianaRaAj/am”. The latter means being without
wealth. “Klesabhijnam” is replaced with “Klesa Sahishnum” which
means enduring grief. The translation is provided for the correct
versions.
(c) “Vikhyatam Malta” should read as “Vikhyata Malta”
denoting a famous boxer. “Hita” should read as “Mohita” meaning
stupefied.
(f) Vide first line of verse No. 754, the words “Yoshitaam cha
apt” should read as “Yoginam va apt” which denotes an ascetic or a
contemplative saint.

Now effects for Saturn’s aspects on planets in Cancer. «l1<fl

^3?: Siftfl I
w II oyy n
■spifl HI^AB wra wsyfifea i
$ <2$ II II
A*CM$ MHWH'lfelK’l, I
Prfa^E: R^M^Mc^l’J, II W II
RB<HR|MMR JlftdHR cIlPM^^nfa I
x>
igMSpt HIFPfc II ASK* II
iitePJOT xpipri ZR I
WHcafcR] ak: II II
sjraa^^mi ^fei& sferaj i
HTPIT HPfcqH: H5I flk: II U$o ||
755 - 760. Saturn in Cancer With Others’Aspects: Now
Saturn in Cancer with aspects from other planets.
(a) The Sun aspecting the planet Saturn in Cancer will
deprive the native of his father and others in his boyhood. He will
not possess wealth, happiness and spouse but will be happy with

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 620--

(even) bad quality of food.
(b) At one’s very birth, his mother will be endangered if
Saturn in Cancer is in aspect to the Moon. He will however be
wealthy but will trouble his brothers and sisters.
(c) Mars lending his aspect to Saturn in Cancer will give
riches equal to that of a king. The subject will have some physical
defects, be endowed with gold, gems and kinsfolk. He will lord over
the spouse of one of his relatives.
(d) If Saturn in Cancer is aspected by Mercury, the subject
will be cruel-minded, talkative, of wandering disposition, crooked
and will perform excellent deeds.
(e) Jupiter aspecting Saturn in Cancer will bless the person
with landed and housing properties in boyhood itself. He will
possess wealth, gems and spouse.
(f) Should Venus aspect Saturn in Cancer, the native is of an
excellent lineage by birth. He will be deprived of beauty, grace and
happiness.
Notes: (a) The expression “Karshaka Pushtani” in the second
line of verse No. 755 defies a sensible translation. Elsewhere, this is
replaced by “Kadasana Tushtam” - a compromising attitude with
any kind of food.
(d) “Prachaaram” in the first line of verse 758 should read as
“Pravaacham” - talkative.

friFjei wrga i -SFFlft flfe II US?

II HHKHMdHi fRfal HTSH I
QlRm <J& •d WW‘i U* '*X H ii
L ?C

Pifc^diRui i
>ll4jdlW SFBlfa 5Fft ^RTsF^S: II US3 II cCtH’r i
fcRSRWlfiR: ak: II USS II yhiHi&i i
3R<t site: II USX II
^S^^SH'SFd aW^sHlPR I
^Rlrte-rJ II USS II

761 - 766. Saturn in Leo With Others* Aspects: Now effects of

Saturn in Leo with aspects from other planets.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 621--

(a) The Sun aspecting Saturn in Leo will deprive one of
wealth arid happiness. He will not be a gentle person but be a liar,
will perform sinful acts, be a servant and be sad.
(b) Saturn in Leo in aspect to the Moon will bless the person
with various kinds of jewels, wealth and women. His fame will be
wide-spread. He will be liked by the ruler.
(c) One with Mars aspecting Saturn in Leo will wander in
'each and every" country. He will be poor, a thief, will live in hills
and forts, be mean and will not have spouse and progeny.
(d) If Mercury should aspect Saturn in Leo, the native will
not be outspoken. He will be wealthy, indolent, will do females’
jobs, be dirty and pitiable.
(e) Jupiter aspecting Saturn in Leo denotes that the native
will be the foremost among his villagers, townsmen or a group of
men (i.e. will have abundant progress), be wealthy and virtuous.
(f) Saturn in Leo with the aspect ofVenus will cause enmity
with spouse. The person will not be beautiful, will enjoy good food
and plenty of wealth and be independent.
Thus the aspects on Saturn in Leo.

3ijq wm I

HR Hl?: II II
^R3= I ^RT II II

ajg Hfate ate ii ii

3R<t WR W3RH I

^PR HM gH’i nMte nte n wo n 35^3 31

HPWRJ HH+O-3 HHW I
^33^ 3JW zp H3fTq0H site II W9? II
I
3R3& <5^ II UW II
767 ■ 772. Saturn in Jupiter’s Sign With Others’ Aspects:
Now effects of planets on Saturn in a sign of Jupiter.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 622--

(a) The Sun aspecting Saturn in a sign of Jupiter (i.e.
Sagittarius or Pisces) will give the following effects. The native will
have illegal progeny, be highly rich through such progeny, be
honourable, and famous.
(b) If Saturn in a sign of Jupiter begets the aspect of the
Moon, one will be devoid of mother (i.e. lose his mother early), be
virtuous, will have two names and be endowed with spouse, progeny
and wealth.
(c) Mars aspecting Saturn in a sign of Jupiter will
cause rheumatic diseases. The person will dislike others, be
disposed to living in distant places (out of distress^ mean and
blamed by others.
(d) Should Mercury aspect Saturn in a sign of Jupiter, one
will be kingly, recognized by the king, of good conduct, honourable,
wealthy, auspicious and fortunate.
(e) Jupiter aspecting Saturn in Sagittarius or Pisces will
make the person a king or equal to a king. Or he will be a minister
or an army chief. He will be immune to all kinds of dangers.
(f) Venus aspecting Saturn in a sign of Jupiter will cause
two mothers and two fathers. The native will be interested in forests
and hills. He will have various dispositions and be highly
industrious.

W || W II
HI^AB F3T3JJH I
^ft II II

’4^ •S-KlA Qlft: Hl?: II W II

ft^I^HHft^Fjft II Afl'a'a II
ft*H WI«H I
Hfe II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 623--

SHI I
773 - 778. Saturn in Own Sign With Others’ Aspects: Now
effects of Saturn placed in his own sign with aspects from other
planets.
(a) If Saturn is in his own sign (Capricorn or Aquarius)

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 624--

begetting the aspect of the Sun, the native will have an
ugly and sickly spouse. He will thrive on others’ food and
will incur much sadness. He will be disposed to wandering
and will carry loads.
(b) The Moon aspecting Saturn in Capricorn or Aquarius
will give the following effects. The subject will be unstable in
disposition, be sinful, evil to his mother, will have a fiance, be
wealthy, and be lustful and sad.
(c) With Mars aspecting Saturn in his own sign, the person
will be exceedingly beautiful, heroic, famous for virtues, be
foremost among men, fierce and valorous.
(d) One having Saturn in his own sign with the aspect of
Mercury will be carry loads, be indolent, auspicious, of wandering
disposition, will have limited wealth and be fortunate.
(e) If Jupiter aspects Saturn who is in Capricorn or
Aquarius, the native will have many virtues, be a king, will promote
the growth of royal family, be long-lived and be without diseases.
(f) Should Venus aspect Saturn in his own sign, the person
will be without wealth, be interested in others’ wives, be fortunate,
happy, wealth and will enjoy comforts of food and drink.
Thus end the effects of Saturn in his own sign with aspects
from other planets.
Notes: (f) “Vidhana m” - - in the first line of sloka 778
should read as “Dhaninam” meaningwealthy, which however is a
repetition because of the term “Vittavantam”

Thus end the effects of various planets in different signs with

different planers’ aspects.
[: II 3 II

Avasthas and aspects in Hora Ratnam of Bala Bhadra, son of

Thus ends the 3rd chapter dealing with effects of planetary
Damodara Pandita, the excellent among astrologers.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 625--

CHAPTER
FOURof Eianets uhth different
‘Effects
divisions, dignities, strengths etc

wqffewni HR! cWp’If: i ?rat

After this (i.e. following the initial preparations as explained

in the previous chapter), the positions of the Sun and others in the
various Bhavas should be noted down to be used in association with
the speculum of planetary terms (i.e. friendship etc). Then should
be noted down the Sapta Varga Chakra, i.e. the positions of various
planets in the seven divisions including (Rasi and) Hora, decanate,
Navamsa, Dvadasamsa and Trimsamsa along with strengths like
positional, directional, natural, motional and aspectual, and Ishta
and Kashta Phalas of the planets.
Notes: The author advises us of the step-by-step method to
prepare required details. This amounts to preparation of Bhava
positions of planets, Panchadha Sambandha (5-fold terms) diagram,
Sapta Varga charts, Shadbala, Ishta Phala and Kashta Phala so
that one is well-equipped with required details for a meaningful
analysis of a horoscope.
Most authors restricted themselves to employment of Shad
Varga or Sapta Varga. Maharshi Parasara advocated full use of
Shodasa Vargas (16 Vargas) which only will lead us to the
knowledge of Vimsopaka strength of the planets. Without 16
Vargas, Vimsopaka strengths of planets can be never known.
'Without Vimsopaka strengths, dasa period results can never be

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 626--

understood in full, according to sage Parasara.
In this chapter, BalaBhadra systematically supplies relevant
effects for Sapta varga positions of planets, individual effects
keeping Shadbala disbursement in mind and many other things.
These details are bound to be useful as we see them for the first time
with such minute classifications.
This entire chapter is as per Yavanas.

Now told are the effects of signs, divisions etc. relating to the
Sun and others.
Authority - Vriddha Yavana.

Effects of the Sun in Signs.

1. The Sun in Aries: Should the Sun be in the sign Aries at
birth, the subject will be fierce in battles (or leading diis disputes)
and be endowed with wealth and heroism. He will be skilful in
interpreting ancient Sastras, and in speech and deeds. He will be
ever after attaining success and willpossess a superior history.
Notes: The Sun in Aries will further give strong bones to the
person. He will be broad-minded in disposition, be fond of changing
places and will prove fortunate for the family of his birth. He will
work in favour of highly placed people and be exceedingly
intelligent.
If the Sun is past 10 degrees in Aries, then one’s father will
have a severe downfall in fortunes soon after the native’s birth. The
effects stated for a planet in its sign of exaltation, debilitation and
Moola Trikona should not be applied liberally. Good effects will
end with the end of degree of exaltation, Moola Trikona etc. and
will materialise in a far lesser ratio thereafter. Similarly malefic
effects will decline proportionately once the planet crosses the deep
debility point.
As for effects in other signs, the planet concerned will depend
upon its dispositor, association, aspect, strength etc. Moreover, the
effects stated will not come to pass without the help of a suitable
dasa period or. a transit. The importance of dasa periods and future

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 627--

transits has already been stressed by Bala Bhadra in his comments
immediately following the sloka 38, chapter 1 supra. And the
planet’s position in a suitable Bhava is a dire necessity. Take the
Sun in Aries who is supposed to give wealth. Suppose in a
horoscope, he is in the 12th while Taurus is the ascendant. Then the
native will earn wealth but will not be able to retain it for long.
Sometimes even an exalted planet will carry with it certain
adverse trends on its own. For example, the Sun in his exaltation
space will be ready to cause disorders of blood and bile through the
medium of the concerned signifcator; that is blood disorders
through the Moon and bilious disorders through Mars.
These guidelines, coupled with my elaborate notes in Saravali
for the positions of various planets in various signs, may be well-
remembered in each and every case.

2. The Sun in Taurus: If the Sun is in Taurus at birth, the

native will be fond of scents and garlands and will enjoy happiness
concerning food and robes. He will have interest in the science of
music, be a knower of (the art of) sexual pleasures and will possess
conveyances of a superior order and many friends.
Notes: The native will further be ill-related to a widowed
female. He will have many enemies, will have a weak-sight due to
seeking excessive pleasures and will endure a series of difficulties.
There may be childhood danger through stones, water or animals.
He will obey the orders of his well-wishers.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 628--

gsnfa Ttitaga WFj. i

3. The Sun in Gemini: One with the Sun in Gemini at birth

will be fond of his kinsfolk and be intent upon performing
adventurous deeds. He will enjoy general happiness but be troubled
by diseases and be sinful. He will be bereft of orthodox conduct and
virtues.
Notes: Further, one with the Sun in Gemini will be brought
up by two mothers. He will have wide educational achievements. He
will be attached to his native region, will face impediments to
professional pursuits off and on, and will be a responsible house-
holder. He will look after his family members affectionately.
The native will be skilful in gathering wealth but will not
easily spend his money. He willhave knowledge of astrology and
related subjects.
His father would be a very intelligent person but will suffer
from disorders of joints, movements and lungs. His sisters will incur
some disappointments and Eability through marriage.

4. The Sun in Cancer: One with the Sun in Cancer at birth

will be a learned person endowed with sweet and skilful speech. He
will be modest and will possess good quaEties. Various kinds of
happiness will come to wed him.
Notes: One with the Sun in Cancer will.be prone to incur
heart problems, but be long-Hved. He will achieve a reasonable
degree of success, be ominous for his mother, will achieve honour
and position, will face hardships in career, be inimical to paternal
kinsfolk, good-looking and will incur the wrath of subordinates and
men of eminence. He will be addicted to intoxicants and be
unfortunate concerning spouse.
Bad results will increase if the Moon (dispositor of the Sun) is
in decreasing condition while good results will increase with the
Moon in increasing condition.

*EH n u II
5. The Sun in Leo: The subject with the Sun in Leo will be in

HoraRatnam / Chapter 4 629

a position to destroy his enemies. He will be highly irascible but be
generous in disposition. Exceedingly truthful, he will earn fame for
his heroism. He will be ever enthusiastic and strong.
Notes: One with the Sun in Leo will become famous, will eat
meat, be prone to deafness and endowed with riches. He will
acquire landed properties.

’jswi n s n
6. The Sun in Virgo: One with the Sun in Virgo will be thin-
bodied and will be less energetic. He will be soft but pitiable in
respect of his speech. His heroism will be comparable to that of a
female. He will be miserly and interested to blame his elders (or
preceptors).
Notes: The person will further be poor, or will have financial
obstacles. He will be a gifted writer and be an expert in music and
ancient scriptures.
' Although our text denotes adverse effects concerning elders and
preceptors, there is an authority to state that the person will honour
his elders and preceptors. So also concerning "heroism comparable
to that of a female"; the other text states that the person will
resemble a female in appearance. Our texts seems to have got these
two areas wrongly.

7. The Sun in Libra: The native with the Sun in Libra will be
saddened due to obstacles, decline, pain, expenditure and grief. He
will be damaged by evil and mean men. He will himself be mean
and be addicted to vices.
Notes: The person having the Sun prior to the space of his
deep debility in Libra will lose his father early, be inimical to
others, humiliated by men in power, addicted to others’ females and
troubled by tuberculosis and urinary disorders. He will ever incur
defeats, will be asocial and will be in servitude.
If the Sun is past the space of his deep debility, the native will
deal in gold, jewellery, copper etc., be honoured by people in powei
and will himself enjoy a good position.

elRdltcOfisH I
sppi II « II
8. The Sun in Scorpio: One with the Sun in Scorpio will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 630--

follow the codes prescribed in the Vedas (i. e. the ancient
injunctions transmitted orally, Cf. Smriti- an account memorized).
He will be fond of women, be endowed with various kinds, of
wealth, be fortunate, will enjoy king’s favours and will conquer his
foes.
Notes: Ashtama in this context means the 8th sign, Scorpio,
and not the 8th house.
The subject will further be a Ear, fond of promoting quarrels
and will have a questionable history. He will be associated with
questionable women, be unfortunate concerning parents and will
incur danger through poison, weapons and fire.
His spouse will have a defective physique and be a wicked
female.

5JII«I4RM faj’i sra nn

9. The Sun in Sagittarius: One with the Sun in Sagittarius
will be agreeable to the ruler, be a great person, will pursue the
meanings of the ancient Sastras, be skilful, devoid of contempt for
others, be learned and an expert in legal matters.
Notes: "Vyavahara” has meanings such as behaviour,
litigation or legal matters, and the like. Seeing the reference to
Sagittarius ruled by Jupiter, the appropriate meaning for the Sun’s
position here is chosen as 'legal matters"
Further, he will receive honours from the king (i.e.
government), be wealthy, firm in disposition, skilful in training
others in elephant-riding and usage of weapons and will possess a
broad and stout physique. He will be a well-wisher of his kinsfolk.

10. The Sun in Capricorn: The subject with the Sun in

Capricorn at birth will be of destroyed virtues, i.e. be not virtuous.
He will be ever interested in performing evil deeds and be less
energetic. He will have a dislike for things of beauty .
Notes: "Vipanna Seelam" needs a correct interpretation.
Vipanna means one that is destroyed or ruined. Thus "Vipanna
Deha" means “ruined body"; "Vipannartha" means destroyed
fortunes; "Vipannapathyaa” means a female whose progeny is
ruined by abortion, miscarriage etc. Hence, the native with the Sun

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 631--

in Capricorn will be bereft of good qualities.
One with the Sun as above will feel excessive thirst, will eat
abundantly, be industrious, devoid ofkinsfolk, and be associated
with a questionable woman. His progress will be through
questionable deeds.

oqqjfcia wi 11 ?? 11
11. The Sun in Aquarius: One with the Sun in Aquarius will
possess unchangeable contempt, enmity and anger. He will be
indecisive in his deeds, will incoherently chatter, be troubled by
expenses, attached to sinful deeds and be ungrateful.
Notes: The native will further be sometimes happy and
sometimes unhappy. He will be fortunate on account of his
association with others’ women. He will also incur heart disorders.

‘ft4£<sh 1
JWHRH snrM’tsften 11 ?? 11
12. The Sun in Pisces: The native with the Sun in Pisces will
be meritorious, will eliminate his adversaries, will cause happiness
to his friends and elders (or teachers), will speak good words, be
gracious and highly righteous.
* Notes: The person will further be highly intelligent, will have
many friends, and be successful in regard to fame and wealth. He
will have many brothers and sisters and will earn fame through his
children. His gains will be through water- related deeds and
products. He will indulge in falsehood, will have an affectionate
spouse, will incur health disorders relating to blood and will suffer
from fear of which he will not share with others.

ii « ii
Effects of the Sun in Horas.
13. The Sun in Solar Hora: If the Sun at birth is in his own
Hora, the person will be rude in behaviour. He will incur disorders
of bile, will disregard his men, bereft of sound eye sight, and will
incur quarrels, grief, financial decline and numerous enemies.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 632--

II VB n
14. The Sun in Moon’s Hora: One with the Sun in the Hora
of the Moon will be devoid of good qualities, will enjoy freedom
from diseases and enemies, be fond of his guests and be chief among
his kinsfolk.

wan w II n Effects of the Sun in

Decanates.
15. The Sun in Own Decanate: Should the natal Sun be in his
own decanate, the person will be troubled by many diseases, be
mentally agitated, will Eve in- distant lands, be successful, valorous
and ever a great person.

O' ?fWi ^Pra^R 3 sfaa II ?S II

16. The Sun in Moon’s Decanate: Should the Sun at birth be
in a decanate ruled by the Moon, the native will be charitable, will
become wealthy on account of his own people, will not commit sins,
be fond of music, will speak to a limited extent, will acquired a
spouse of advanced age, be very rich and be dear to others.

3FFW ^l4eilR ?RRf II II

17. The Sun in Mars’ Decanate: If the Sun at birth is in a
decanate of Mars, the person will destroy his enemies, will befriend
mean people, and will ever incur decline of both progeny and
wealth.

5*$ ’RJ: HFJ: I

RtflfiUl+IW II II
18. The Sun in Mercury’s Decanate: If the Sun at birth is in
a decanate owned by Mercury, the subject will follow the codes
prescribed for his religion, be attached to pleasures from women,
will speak surprising words and be devoted to Brahmins and Gods.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 633--

19. The Sun in Jupiter’s Decanate: One with the Sun in a
decanate of Jupiter will be modest, fond of guests, blessed with all
good qualities, be learned and be a skilful speaker.

<4^*1^ 11 11
20. The Sun in a Decanate of Venus: One with the Sun

in a decanate ruled by Venus will be happy, liked by women, will

honour gods and preceptors, be devoid of diseases and be very
truthful.

HR I

21. The Sunin Saturn’s Decanate: The Sun in adecanate

ruled by the Sun at birth leads to the following. The subject will
commit sinful deeds, incur diseases, be ungrateful, grieved on
account of his progeny, virtuous and bereft of kinsfolk.

c> e> *.
ctfewrclte *rawi II n
Effects of the Sun in Navamsas.
22. The Sun in Leo Navamsa: If the Sun at birth is in Leo
Navamsa, the subject will incur defeat, will not enjoy much
happiness, be fond of promoting strife, crooked and trifling in
disposition and will lose his (or be bereft of) dignity.

{Jdlfeki (rcrtd II 11
23. The Sun in Cancer Navamsa: If the Sun is in the
Navamsa of the Moon at birth, the subject will be skilful and be
endowed with progeny. He will seek wisdom, fame and wealth and
be dear to king. He will be the best among the members of his circle.

faofa eFrsnfjfaran n 58 n
24. The Sun in Aries/Scorpio Navamsa: If the Sun is in a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 634--

Navamsa ruled by Mars at birth, the subject will be troubled by
poverty and diseases, be a discarded person, be miserable, troubled
by excess of the humour wind (one of three humours), and
interested in sinful acts. He will also incur diseases caused by
venomous insects.
Notes: "Kritajaarthi” is a wrong copy for "Krimijaarthi'’
which is translated as "diseases caused by venomous insects".

frte-f slid dld^R ^<1^1 I

fenfcra q? uen n
25. The Sun Gemini/Virgo Navamsa: One born with the Sun
in Mercury’s Navamsa will have fear of windy disorders. He will
win over his enemies, be fond of virgins and will enjoy pleasures.

STOlfWI II II
26. The Sun in Sagittarius / Pisces Navamsa: One with the
Sun in a Navamsa of Jupiter will be highly truthful, will subdue his
enemies, be fond of penance and fire sacrifices (i.e.. Vedic rituals),
will subdue his senses and be endowed with all kinds of happiness.

*R MUy) tiRdl JPleH^ II 3*3 II

27. The Sun in Libra/Taurus Navamsa: Should the natal Sun
be in a Navamsa ruled by Venus, the person will be glorified, be
chief among his kinsfolk, prudent, virtuous, will subdue his enemies
and be resolute.

28. The Sun in Capricorn/Aquarius Navamsa: If the Sun at

birth be in a Navamsa ruled by Saturn, the subject will be defeated
by others. He will be poor, physically weak, lustful, bereft of
relatives, will meet a bad end (or be in a bad shape in general) and
incur diseases.
HHCRW ^RFfcM II II
Effects of Sun in Dvadasamsa.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 635--

29. The Sun in his own Dvadasamsa: If the Sun is in his own
Dvadasamsa (i.e. in Leo in Dvadasamsa chart), the person will be
very fierce, will fear others, be quite irascible, devoid of strength
and wealth, quite skilful and bereft of growth of intelligence.

JRFIPW II 3° II
30. The Sun in the Moon’s Dvadasamsa: If the Sun is in
Cancer in Dvadasamsa, the native will be soft in disposition, will
perform good deeds, endowed with learning and modesty, very
happy, gracious and be lordly.

H5FFIFI II 3? II
31. The Sun in Mars’ Dvadasamsa: If the Sun at birth be in
Aries or Scorpio in Dvadasamsa, the person will be bereft of near
and dear, will incur injuries and confinement, be interested in sinful
deeds, untruthful and be argumentative.

II 35 II
32. The Sun in Mercury’s Dvadasamsa: If the Sun at birth
be in Gemini or Virgo in Dvadasamsa, the subject will be highly
truthful, endowed with all kinds of happiness, be fond of his guests,
agreeable to Brahmins (or to men of learning) and will enjoy
others’ patronage (or protection).

II 33 II
33. The Sun in Jupiter’s Dvadasamsa: If the Sun is in

Sagittarius or Pisces in Dvadasamsa, the subject will be dear to

females, be skilful in the art of music and will enjoy pleasures, rich
robes and ointments. He will be very truthful and modest.

II 38 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 636--

34. The Sun in Venus* Dvadasamsa: With the Sun in Taurus
or Libra Dvadasamsa, the native will be an excellent craftsman (or
artist etc.), be virtuous, very charitable, fond of guests, will endure
all odds, be very heroic and will enjoy royal honours.

II 3^ II
35. The Sun in Saturn’s Dvadasamsa: If at birth, the Sun be
in Capricorn or Aquarius in Dvadasamsa, the subject will be
impotent, emaciated, attached to sinful deeds, ungrateful, bereft of
wealth, will ever wear rags and will incur abundant grief.

spites fkrte II 3? n
Trimsamsa Effects of the Sun.
36. The Sun in Martian Trimsamsa: If the natal Sun is in the
Trimsamsa portion of Mars, the native will be wealthy, be not very
meritorious, an abode of wealth, be a servant (i.e. be in
subordination to others), virtuous, will suffer from many diseases
and be associated with kinsfolk.
Notes: Reference to wealth occurs twice in the text.
Apparently, the expression "Dhana" in the first line is a misnomer
for something else.
"Sahya Jana" should read as "Saha Jana" to meaningfully
indicate "kinsfolk"
(ddldfad 3^ ’raster n 30 11
37. The Sun in Saturn’s Trimsamsa: If the Sun is in the
Trimsamsa portion ruled by Saturn, the person will be interested in
performing sinful acts, bereft of wealth; ungrateful, hostile to others
and bereft of friendliness.

Wi 5IWI II 3’ II
38. The Sun in Jupiter’s Trimsamsa: If at birth, the Sun is in
Jupiter’s Trimsamsa portion, the person will be exceedingly
confident, willearn fame, beendowed withheroism, good qualities,
and abundant wealth and be interested in the study of Sastras.

39. The Sun in Mercury’s Trimsamsa: If the Sun is found in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 637--

Gemini or Virgo in Trimsamsa, the subject will enjoy gold, pearls
and robes. He will be fond of women (or spouse) and devoted to
gods and will be bereft of foes.
Notes: "Suta" denotes in this case a class of deities though it
also means sons.

|| 80 II
40. The Sun in Venusian Trimsamsa: If the Sun occupies
Taurus or Libra in Trimsamsa, the native will enjoy fortunes,
various kinds of wealth, excellent horses (or conveyances), freedom
from diseases and honour those engagedin religious observances,
that is, the native will be religiously well-disposed.

The Sun with Other Kinds of Strengths.

41. The Sun with Mitra Bala: If the Sun gets Mitra Bala, the
native will have many friends, will conquer his enemies, be
honoured by his kinsfolk, endowed with wealth, corns and sons and
will be agreeable to Brahmins.
Notes: From now onwards, the text gives effects of the Sun
attaining certain score in Shadbala divisions. For example, Mitra
bala is a part of Sthaana bala or positional strength. A planet gets
l/3rd of a Rupa (or 20 Virupas) if it is in a friend’s Rasi. The reader
may remember that Mitra Bala comes under Sapta Vargaja bala in
Sthaana bala computation. These have fully been explained in my
notes in the chapter entitled "Spashta Baladhyaya", part 1 ofBrihat
Parasara Hora Sastra. Repeating them here again will mean a lot of
space on our already strained text.
A close look at the details of Shadbala computation will reflect
the strengths obtained by a planet at different stages.
Such detailed effects for the various planets are given in the
present chapter by Bala Bhadra and the reader will understand
these terms accordingly in those contexts as well. These clues should
be applied to cases of full acquisition of the respective strength and
not to partial cases. For example, the Sun with Digbala means the
Sun with 1 Rupa of such strength. It can acquire partial strength
with proportional variations.
For the sake of easy identification, I am using the Sanskrit
terms only when required in this part of translation.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 638--

SPRlfa Hlff? II 85 II
42. The Sun with Swaksehtra Bala: If the Sun gets strength
for being in his own sign, the person will be heroic, a preceptor, be
sleepy, highly over-powering, very rich, endowed with elephants
and horses and ever truthful.
Notes: A planet gets half a Rupa for being in awn Rasi, under
Sthaana Bala.
BtolGl® HllSdHH^ wi ^R STOHU11 85 11
43. The Sun with Uchcha Bala: If the Sun begets Uchcha
Bala, the native will be famous, will win over his enemies, be fond of
guests, will receive royal honours, be very wealthy, justly disposed
and chief among men.
Notes: Uchcha bala is obtained thus. Note a planet’s actual
longitude and remove from this its deep debilitation (or Neecha)
point. The resultant product be divided by 3 to get Uchchabala in
Virupas. Maximum Uchcha bala for a planet is 1 Rupa.

11 an 11
44. The Sun with Navamsa Bala: If the Sun enjoys Navamsa
bala, the native will ever be charming, endowed with superior
garlands, ornaments, much happiness, peaceful disposition,
freedom from diseases and be highly virtuous.
Notes: Each of the Moon and Venus is entitled to onefourth of
a Rupa for their position in an even Rast So also when in an even
Navamsa. Other planets acquire similar strength if in odd Rasi,
again if in odd Navamsa.

HI5: SRja
tei I
11 11
45. The Sun with Beneficial Aspect: If the Sun begets this
stipulated strength, the native will be free from diseases, endowed
withprosperity, will gain birth of sons, be honoured by the king and
devoted to Brahmins and gods.
Notes: This does not form part of Shadbala as such.
Apparently, it indicates the Sun being in powerful aspect to a
benefic planet.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 639--

qnwj, II 85 II
46. The Sun with Purusha Rasi (or Ojha Rasi) Bala: If
the Sun enjoys this strength, the person will be devoted to
preceptors and virtuous Brahmins, be modest, prosperous,
righteous and will please others.
Notes: For this strength, see notes under sloka 44 supra.

47. The Sun with Digbala: If the Sun is endowed with

directional strength, the native will acquire various kinds of x
wealth, elephants, horses, gems, robes and garlands. He will enjoy
pleasures and royal honours.
Notes: Digbala or directional strength accrues as under. For
the Sun and Mars in the 10th, for Jupiter and Mercury in the
ascendant, for the Moon and Venus in the 4th, and for Saturn in the
7th. These are to be seen only from the ascendant which is the
commencing direction of the horoscope, be. eastern horizon, and
never and not from the Moon.

MHdPR 11 8^ 11
48. The Sun with Cheshta Bala: If the Sun acquires Cheshta
bala, the native will follow the path shown by his enemies, (i.e. he
will be subdued by them), will have many friends, will remove all
his grief and be happy. He will be honoured by his kinsmen.
Notes: Cheshta Bala for the Sun is his own Ayana Bala. As for
the Moon, her Paksha Bala is itself her Cheshta Bala. Thus, no
separate calculations are required for the luminaries once these
relevant strengths are obtained.
As for the other five planets, a reference may made to slokas
24 and 25, ch. 27, Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra, vol. 1, English
translation by R. Santhanam.

414^1 nt ufeg *
II SS II
49. Dvija Bala: If the Sun gets this stipulated strength
the native will be famous, modest, virtuous, sweet in speech, ever
well-disposed to others and be dear to them.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 640--

Notes: It is not known what this Dvija Bala is. Dvija indicates
a Brahmin. This term is applied by the author, only for the Sun and
not to others, infra. In fact, this is not part of Shadbala calculations.

Wi ?pFi I
11 *011
50> The Sun with Dina Bala: With the Sun getting Dina Bala,
the native will be resolute, fortunate, brilliant, large- hearted, dear
to others, be submissive, will display contempt and will lose his
fame.
Notes: Dina, Hora, Paksha, Masa and Varsha balas being
discussed in the present verses are part of Kala Bala or temporal
strength, vide sloka 8 etc., ch. 27, Brihat. ParasaraHora Sastra, part
1, English translation by R. Santhanam.

intern 33FFR fra 11 11

51. The Sun with Hora Bala: If the Sun at birth begets this
strength, the native will be famous, endowed with surpriseinstilling
heroism, dear to others,'’will speak favourable words and be
heralded by praisers.
Notes: "Vandi" means a praiser who in the presence of a king
heralds him with martial songs. In the present context, suffice it to
say that the native will be praised by other for his various
achievements.

AaiWId spri 11« 11

52. The Sun with Paksha Bala: If the natal Sun is endowed
with strength, the native will have a wide circle of kinsfolk, will
speak auspicious and charming words, will possess a lot of wealth
and be learned, modest, fortunate and attractive.
wrtfa HFJ# faepM I
irofr-i nsrfrfcj <Rie>ie>«a 11 « n
C* /
53. The Sun with Masa Bala: With the Sun attaining Masa
Bala one will be a shrewd person, and endowed with wealth, horses,
many friends, and fame through war. He will be very modest and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 641--

fond of sexual union.

54. The Sun with Varsha Bala: If the Sun acquires strength
on this count, the subject will perform good acts and deliver
auspicious words. He will be inimical to females, devoid of grief,
ever energetic and devoted to gods and Brahmins.

H ’RH II XX II
55. The Sun without Mitra Bala: If the Sun is without Mitra
bala at the time of birth, the native will be bereft of a spouse, be a
tale-bearer, interested in others’ food, hard-hearted, exceedingly
poor and be not lustful (i.e. not interested in sexual pleasures).

wIR i
<b^|R *k4 II US II
56. The Sun without Svakshetra Bala: The Sun without
Svakshetra Bala will deprive the person of residence in his own
place and of kinsfolk. The native will be interested in living in far-
off places and be in the grip of vices.

TraiWi n xo n
57. The Sun bereft of Uchcha Bala: When the Sun is without
Uchcha Bala, the person will be interested in mean people, be
troubled by diseases of the face and eyes, be very wicked, bereft of
progeny and will face many evils.

C'

58. The Sun without Navamsa Bala: If at birth the Sun is

without Navamsa Bala, the subject will be fond of quarrels, will face
danger through poison, fire, weapon, fever and bilious imbalances.
He will neither serve his parents.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 642--

^SlPfuj HrH II xs II
59. 'The Sun without Benefic Aspect: If the Sun is
without beneficial aspects,, the person will be meritorious, ugly, will
suffer from heart disorders, will wander frequently, be a fool, will
indulge in crimes and be very timid.

spFfaft wirai 11 «o 11
60. The Sun without Ojha Rasi Bala: If the Sun is without
Ojha Rasi bala, the native will be bereft of heroism, be surrounded
by many, defeated and bereft of kinsfolk, progeny, aims,
conveyances, wealth and grains.

fiwfl TOSWM l&sl&MHI»t II C? II

61. The Sun without Digbala: If the Sun is without
directional strength, the native willincur harmfrom all directions,
will tell lies and be averse to honouring gods and Brahmins.

^TI II S3 II
62. The Sun without Cheshta liala: If the Sun is bereft of
Cheshta Bala, the person will always be blame-worthy, perverted,
will adore ornaments (or decorative make-up) and will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 2 643--

incur enmity with good people.

63. The Sun without Diva Bala: If the Sun is without

^HTC HdW’i II S3 II
Diva Bala, the person will be ever in debts. His valour will be
injured. He will be bereft of kinsfolk and will serve others’ wives’ or
women outside his family (i.e. be ill-related to them).

faq’foj ^<yj*uii JFffl II SB II

64. The Sun without Vara Bala: If the Sun is without vara
Bala, the person will ever be in rags, be not righteous, be highly
fraudulent (or untruthful) and ill-disposed to friends and elders.

Hd&li II SX II
65. The Sun without Hora Bala: The Sun without Hora Bala
will make one a fool. He will be bereft of affection to others, will
bear contempt for others and be argumentative. He will be childless
and very wicked.

HSR I
WO faJIdf^lH qiqi&l R8WI4S$»T4 II SS II
66. The Sun without Paksha Bala: If the Sun is without
Paksha Bala, the native will be ever in grief, devoid of relatives, will
lack in courage, be cunning and reproachful.
Notes: "Vigata Prataapa" should read as "Vigata Prataapa"
denotingapersonwithoutcourageasrenderedabove. "Pralaapa"
means incoherent speech while "Prataapa" means courage.

HWdcbH dldWtill |

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 644

67. The Sun without Masa Bala: If the Sun is without Masa
bala, the person will be ugly, will eat a lot,-will suffer from diseases
and be troubled by thieves and rulers.

68. The Sun without Varsha Bala: If the Sun is without

Varsha bala, the native will be in the grip of penury, will lose a lot
of money in gambling be attached to whores.

These are the effects for the Sun’s various dispositions (as
per senior Yavanas).

Now of the Moon’s various positions.

/:
I
UH8PT II II
y Effects of the Moon in Signs. /69. The Moon in Aries: The natal
Moon in Aries will give yalotir, happiness/energy, fame, many
females, progeny and servants. The native will eat abundantly, be
sacrificial in nature and be very irascible.
Notes: The person’s body will reflect the brilliance of gold.
zHe will have weak knees, be not well-disposed to his brothers and /
sisters, will have many sons, be subdued by his spouse, will enjoy
firm wealth, and will have a scar on his head. His fame will be wide-
spread.
Tl^e results mentioned for the Moon here and anywhere
should^ understood according to her digital strength in a given
horoscope which is a well-known fact.
. Also refer to chapter 3, slokas 457 etc. for results of the
Moon in,various signs for additional information.

i Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4

64
5
5Rft •nf^litexR tew I
nsran II II
70. The Moon in Taurus: The natal Moon in Taurus will
make one proud. The person will acquire an agreeable spouse,. He
will wear a smiling look, speak sparingly, be fortunate, radiant, will
eat a lot, will wear good robes, be a great man and will gather
wealth.
Notes: Further, the subject will be overtaken by sexual
indulgences. He will have a broad chest, will acquire daughters, will
enjoy pleasures in the middle and end of his life and be attractive in
appearance. He will enjoy happiness by performing good deeds.

II II
71. The Moon in Gemini: If the Moon is found in the sign
Gemini at birth, the person will have sweet speech. He will be
skilled in exorcising (or employment of spell for malevolent
purposes).
Notes: This verse has only one line, giving limited effects for
the Moon’s position in Gemini.
The person will in addition be an expert in the art of sexual
enjoyments. He will be tall, with a prominent nose and be charming
in appearance. Authorship, writing, poetry etc. will be the fields of
his specialisation. He will lose his mother early and be brought up
by another woman. He will be ready to help others.

w II II
72. The Moon in Cancer: With the Moon at birth in Cancer,
the person will be bold in his deeds, be very intelligent and be a
brilliant speaker. He will be good-looking with an attractive face, be
learned, very wise and broad-minded.
Notes: Also, he will haye deep knowledge of arts and . ancient
Sastras, and be fond of scented articles, sports played in water,
swimming etc. He will earn fame, properties and vehicles. He will be
lustful and will have increasing and decreasing
fortunes. He will be a specialist in astrology and related fields.

KB QRII I
’gffld+i4 nrafifei <£w n 11

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 646

73. The Moon in Leo: Should the Moon at birth be in Leo,
the subject will be highly energetic, honoured and will have a face
resembling that of a lion. His physique will be broad and stout. He
will be fond of meat, impatient and troubled by hunger.
Notes: One will promote quarrels in the family and will incur
disorders of the abdomen and teeth. He will be munificent, will
possess small and yellowish eyes, will have enmity with females and
will have limited progeny.

. tfeldd 3 H II
74. The Moon in Virgo: If the Moon at birth be in Virgo, the
person will deliver auspicious and sweet words, be modest, fond of
women, will have a soft physique, be learned and will cause
pleasure to gentle people.
Notes: The person will further enjoy excellent fortunes, 'will
possess worthy daughters and will enjoy various pleasures with
women. He will be a sacred soul and be a scholar.

3I3ft I
II *3^ II
75. The Moon in Libra: One with the natal Moon in Libra
will be very liberal, eloquent, energetic, intelligent, will render
gentle advices (showing good path), pure, modest, fortunate and
attractive.
Notes: Further, the subject will be successful in trading or
rearing quadrupeds. He will be wealthy and will perform
meritorious acts.

TsRIH RR 4<IMId^Gi II W II

76. The Moon in Scorpio: The native with the Moon in

Scorpio will be plentiful, heroic, adventurous, famous, ever gaining
royal honours, be cruel, interested in injuring (or damaging) others
and fierce in disposition.
Notes: The native will have thievish habits, be miserly, be
troubled by diseases in childhood, be not well-related to his
kinsfolk, be attached to others’ females and will run the risk of
losing wealth due to gambling and royal (or governmental) wrath.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 647

He will invite quarrels. At the end, he will meet with bad death.

II II
77. The Moon in Sagittarius: If the natal Moon is in the sign
Sagittarius, the native will acquire honour from the rulers. He will
be youthfill, will have an exalted history, be heroic, pure, truthful,
modest, wealthy and devoted to elders.
Notes: One will be skilful in music and many other arts and
sciences. He willhave knowledge of Vastu Sastra, sculpture etc., be
short-statured and fond of living near river etc.

II II
78. The Moon in Capricorn: If the Moon at birth be in
Capricorn, the person will be fond of foreign or distant lands,
forests, watery areas, music and jokes. He will wear good dress, be
famous and attached to others’ females.
Notes: The term "Vana" vide the first line has been
interpreted as "distant land" although it means: distant land,
forests, fountains etc. "Aranya" is taken for forest.
Further, the subject will be disposed to danger from
rheumatism and the like. He will be ill-associated with elderly
women, be a skilful poet or writer and will spend all his wealth on
the welfare of his family and relatives.
J^a-^O'-q II k9^ II
79. The Moon in Aquarius: One with the natal Moon in
Aquarius will be very irascible, will enjoy less happiness, be
emaciated, will need to be maintained (by others), be narrow-
minded, will commence many undertakings but will achieve none,
will have (helpful) kinsfolk and will cheat his elders.
Notes: The person will adopt a child, be addicted to
intoxicants, ever in grief, skilful in Vastu Sastra, sculpture etc.,
highly intelligent and will have enemies galore.

StaFRlfaWR H? 5Rft II "O II

80. The Moon in Pisces: If the Moon at birth is in Pisces, the
subject will be reliable, scholarly, very wealthy, bashful,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 648

considerate, modest and sweet in speech.
Notes: Further he will be attached to many women, will serve
the king (or men of great power), be skilful in music, attractive in
appearance, will win over a wealthy woman, and will achieve
scholarship in ancient disciplines of study.

<l(^*lA4m FffrRI I
WFpi fd^yiRdHMHTlH. II *’? II
81. The Moon in the Ascendant: One with the Moon in the
ascending sign will be devoted to virtues, i.e. virtuous, attached to
righteousness, will receive honours from rulers, be grateful,
enthusiastic and vigilant.

SRft TOTTOI feq TO ^I^H I

Effects of the Moon in Decanates.

82. The Moon in Sun’s Decanate: If the Moon at birth is in
the decanate of the Sun, the person will be ever attached to sinful or
questionable acts, will have a number of enemies but less energy
and less wealth. He will not possess any good

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 649

83. qualities. His wealth will only decline, that is, his
wealth willnot grow. HewiUbe unfortunate
andbegreedyforothers’possessions.

Rra ^iP<d I
II *3 II
84. The Moon in Own Decanate: If the Moon is in her
own decanate, the subject will be learned, will have many friends
and much wealth, be endowed with sons and kinsfolk, be happy,
radiant, and will adore orders issued to him. 1

HT 5Rj3 fa’rasrai’I’i I
J|dHted>M II *8 II
85. The Moon in a Decanate of Mars: The person with natal
Moon in a Martian decanate will lose his valour, will perform mean
deeds, be laden with abundant grief, will have an eye for others’
wealth, and will lose his friends (or be unfriendly to others).

^lulHIH: HM ?J»FT I
RiiiPdd II II
86. The Moon in Mercury’s Decanate: If the natal Moon is
in a decanate ruled by Mercury, the subject will be cheerful,
prosperous, learned, endowed with all kinds of good qualities, well-
educated and be skilful in various arts.

^l^d^dHcH+W fjRlfaR II II
87. The Moon in Jupiter’s Decanate: When the Moon comes
to occupy a decanate ruled by Jupiter, at birth, say that the person
will be interested in Sastras, be virtuous, praised (even) by mean
and unfriendly people, be less irascible, fond of guests and be highly
devoted to gods and Brahmins.

«b<IGl I
^RR 11^ II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 650

87. The Moon in a Decanate of Venus: If the Moon occupies
a decanate of Venus, the native will be endowed with excellent
conveyances, dear to women, truthful, liberal, be a lord of arts, and
be highly worshipped by the king.

cfa wi w ii ii
88. The Moon in Saturn’s Decanate: If the Moon at birth is
in a decanate of Saturn, the person will incur diseases, be pitiable,
indigent, ugly, sinful, very unfortunate and very harsh in speech.

HTTO IHE^ fafoj Hh II II

Effects of the Moon in Navamsas.
89. The Moon in Leo Navamsa: If the Moon is in Leo
Navamsa at birth, the person will be wicked, of unstable disposition
concerning females, sinful, ever subjected to huge losses and gains,
and defeated by others.

fclMi || <^o )|
90. The Moon in Cancer Navamsa: One with the. Moon in
Cancer Navamsa will be beautiful, fortunate, virtuous, agreeable to
women, endowed with all good qualities, learned, modest and dear
to people.

II II
91. The Moon in a Navamsa of Mars: If the Moon is in Aries
or Scorpio in Navamsa, the subject will be troubled by blood
disorders, a eunuch, emaciated, diseased, will enjoy lesshappiness,
unfortunate concerning spouse, and ever lustful.

tel HPt te wi?: te I

te iterate, ii ii
92. The Moon in Mercury’s Navamsa: If the Moon is in
Gemini or in Virgo in Navamsa, the person will be ever cheerful,
will enjoy much general happiness, devoted to friends, gods and
elders, very opulent, and a scholar of a great order.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 651

w teft I
felted dfe fesifri nn
93. The Moon in Jupiter’s Navamsa: One with the Moon in
Sagittarius or Pisces Navamsa will enjoy the strength of just and
truthful disposition. He will be learned, modest, best of his friends,
fond of Brahmins and be free from fear of diseases.

HF! 31311^1 HZ I
Surfed II <;8 II
94. The Moon in a Navamsa of Venus: If the Moon is in
Taurus or Libra Navamsa, the native will be very rich, endowed
with sons, meritorious, fond of guests and will cause happiness to
one and all.

/R II II
95. The Moon in Saturn’s Navamsa: If the Moon is in
Capricorn or Aquarius in Navamsa, the person will speak highly
wicked words and be crooked in disposition. He will be fond of
others’ wealth and will have vices.

fenfteit I
srate ^41^4 te ^d^ n n
Effects of the Moon in Dvadasamsas.
96. The Moon in Sun’s Dvadasamsa: One with the
Moon in Leo Dvadasamsa will incur much fear and be grieved. He
will be without friends, kindly disposed to others, very indolent and
ungrateful.

H? ii ii
97. The Moon in Own Dvadasamsa: If the Moon is in
Cancer, in Dvadasamsa, the person will be wealthy, an eloquent
speaker, and will have less enemies and auspicious progeny. He will
enjoy many superior conveyances and will not involve in
factionalism.
Notes: "Pa6s?m"hasmeaningslikefaction, shoulder, wing, side
etc. etc.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 652

tarn dtagd srad n n
98. The Moon in Martian Dvadasamsa: If the natal Moon is
in Aries or Scorpio Dvadasamsa, the person will enjoy abundant
happiness, be discerning, willenjoy pleasures, perform good deeds
and be virtuous.

dta: HM I
II II
99. The Moon in Mercury’s Dvadasamsa: One with the
Moon in Gemini or Virgo Dvadasamsa will be happy, will have
knowledge of crafts, will perform wonderful deeds, be fond of
guests and be very famous.

HWJR ndd gfawi i> °»

?o

100. The Moon in Jupiter’s Dvadasamsa: If the Moon is in

Sagittarius or Pisces in Dvadasamsa, the person will adore
attractive dresses, will enjoy royal favours, be modest and endowed
with wonderful conveyances and many friends.

Wfcfr HPfrF3FTFq fry SRRtfa rFg: I c«

HHWt JT5p fjFr^y^B IF^FTCHH II ?o? ||
101. The Moon in Venusian Dvadasamsa: One with the
Moon in a Dvadasamsa of Venus, i.e. in Taurus or in Libra
Dvadasamsa, will be modest, will earn royal favours and thereby
become wealthy, be plentiful and will possess elephants, horses and
plenty of food and drinks.

HH PldFd Il II
102. The Moon in Saturn’s Dvadasamsa: One with the Moon
in Capricorn or Aquarius Dvadasamsa willhave untruthful
kinsfolk. His face will be reddish like the face of a monkey. His
relatives will abandon him.

Sjfrsoj: II ?°3 II
Trimsamsa Effects of the Moon.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 653

103. Tl^e Moon in Martian Trimsamsa: One with the Moon
in the Trimsamsa portion of Mars will be unfaithful. He will
vigorously follow the school of Kaulas, will wear dirty and, torn
clothes, interested in mean men, will incur disorders of blood, be
given to anger and be triumphant.
Notes: The word "Kaula" has principally two meanings. One
is - "sprungfrom a noble descent". The other, which meaning I
preferred in the rendering, denotes a sect called "Kaulas" who
generally follow the principals of Kularnava Tantra and worship
Sakthi according to left-hand rituals. Thus the native will be what is
called Vaamachara Tantrika.

frFTftH HsR II II
104. The Moon in Saturn’s Trimsamsa: the native having the
Moon in the Trimsamsa portion ruled by Saturn will not be good-
looking, be garrulous, illustrious (or shining forth), thick-skinned
(lit.), triumphant, and ever interested in blaming others.

331 I
c»
II II
105. The Moon in Jupiter’s Trimsamsa: One with the Moon
in the Trimsamsa portion ruled by Jupiter will be learned, will earn
fame in the world (i.e. be widely famous), be very rich and close to
the ruler.

R;>iii>& stajaR a? I

106. The Moon in Mercury’s Trimsamsa: If the Moon at

birth be in the Trimsamsa portion of Mercury, the subject will be
pure, dissatisfied, dear to women, skilful in music, fond of guests
and be ever liberal in disposition.

Rkiii>i4>^ <
^■4^ 5WJ?i W3 II II
107. The Moon in Venus’ Trimsamsa: If the Moon at birth
occupy the Trimsamsa portion ruled by Venus, the native will be
very valorous, disposed to do meritorious acts, will own horses and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 654

other conveyances, be merciful and ever interested in virtuous
people.

The Moon with Other Kinds of Strengths.

108. The Moon with Mitra Bala: If the Moon is endowed
with Mitra Bala, the native will have several friends and be liked by
them. He will be strong due to royal favours, be highly educated,
interested in gentle people and be bashful.

RFJHTiq f^l SRIFH ’fjcR^cf II ?°S II

109. The Moon with Sthaana bala: Should the Moon attain
Sthaana Bala, the person will be endowed with plenty of females
(i.e. associated with many females). He will receive honours in his
birth region, interested in tjefriending others, very peaceful and live
like a king.

110. The Moon with Uchcha Bala: The Moon endowed with
exaltation strength will give the following effects. The native will
perform highly excellent deeds, will possess undiminished energy,
attached to Brahmins and Gods, endowed with many horses and be
ever plentiful.

dcIRigH: W: SRUfl I
SHU II ??? II
111. The Moon with Navamsa Bala: Should the Moon
possess this strength, the subject will acquire progeny and
conveyances, be bereft of diseases, will possess a soft physique, will
enjoy abundant pleasures and be skilful in various arts.

n TO II‘
112. The Moon with Beneficial Aspect: If the Moon begets a
beneficial aspect, the subject will be free from fear, be an excellent
personage, endowed with elephants and horses, be heroic, very

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 655

enthusiastic and prosperous.

113. The Moon with Yugma Rasi (or Stri Kshetra) Bala: If
the Moon is endowed with this strength, the person will conquer his
foes, will be rich for his virtues, endowed with abundant food and
wealth, be liked by women and be endowed with great perception.

W Met I
HcHMH HHM^ <tktfcl II II
114. The Moon with Digbala: Should the Moon earn
Digbala, the native will win over his enemies, be endowed with
progeny and kinsfolk, very wealthy, an abode of numerous virtues,
dear to women and highly honourable.

3sra^i<^l ffef |
R-fld ftvM 11 II
115. The Moon with Cheshta Bala: The Moon earning this
strength will give the following effects. The person concerned will
have numerous friends, be free from health disorders, be highly
learned in Sastras, truthful, modest and be devoted to divine
worship.

afal-NcW || ||
116. The Moon with Ratri Bala: If the Moon is endowed
with Ratri Bala (Cf. Diva Ratri Bala), the native will be great, be
highly radiant, endowed with various kinds of robes, food and
drinks, be prosperous and be exceedingly charitable.

117. The Moon with Dina (Vara) Bala: Should the Moon be
with this strength, the native will ever have many friends, will
possess a pleasing body, be famous and will plentifully enjoy
various kinds of wealth, articles and learning.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 656

jctfi yfhi SfFFHH I
TF£: sra3 *Jd+-M+l<J4»( II 11* II
118. The Moon with Hora Bala: If the Moon is endowed with
Hora Bala, the person will have an odd physique, be skilful, liked by
his elders, very eijduring, endowed with agricultural pursuits and
will have many sons and daughters.

119. The Moon with Masa Bala: The Moon with strength on
this count will make the person active. He will be a liberal donor
(lit. Kalpa Vriskha, or the celestial tree granting any boon to the
seeker without ever refusing), be plentiful, be a very knowledgable
craftsman, famous, will acquire a good spouse, be fond of guests
and be a gracious person.

120. The Moon with Varsha Bala: The native will be

heralded by praise-singers, interested in auspicious deeds, fond of
enjoying pleasures with superior women and be away from sinful
men - all these when the Moon at birth acquires Varsha Bala.

<jdl&l& II II
121. The Moon without Mitra Bala: Should not the Moon
earn this strength, the subject will be pitiable, will argue with
others, be very indolent, given to vices, and will face loss of wealth
and energy.

e> e»
fsR’jf II W II
122. The Moon without Sthaana Bala: If the Moon is

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 657

123. without Sthaana Bala, the subject will be
very miserable, humiliated, bereft of royal honours,
emaciated, pale and be with evil friends.

TF$[: I
41dl^ Mf^l-Wrcj JHWCMH Il ?=?3 II
123, The Moon without Uchcha Bala: If the Moon does not
enjoy this strength, the native will be miserly, interested in base
men, bereft of energy, highly libidinous and will undergo various
kinds of miseries.

ddi«i4)^i i
W •fl'flfed^ II II
124. The Moon without Navamsa Bala: If the Moon is bereft
of Navamsa Bala, the person will be unjust, wicked, ungrateful, and
troubled by diseases and royal wrath.

: "ckSv Hdd I

125. The Moon without Beneficial Aspect: If the Moon

without beneficial aspect, the person will be ugly, will wear rags, be
fierce, miserly, interested in sinful deeds and willhave strong arms.

ii ii
126. The Moon without Yugma Rasi Bala: If the Moon does
not get this strength, the person will be ever sinful, unfortunate,
bereft of respect for Brahmins and gods, will have no energy and be
a troubled soul.

fe||<fl4Ad(5d« fa&IW Wi I

127,. The Moon without Digbala: If the Moon loses on

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 658

this count, the native will be interested in going to
distant lands (out of distress), will wander aimlessly, be
unfortunate, will perform mean deeds, be unkind and bereft
of sons and friends.

fMt'Rra H^IU* faM II «*= II

128. The Moon without Cheshta Bala: Should the Moon be
without Cheshta bala, the native will be ever involved in evil deeds,
will show hatred to others, interested in others’ wives and be bereft
of royal honours.

MH: SI^M^I^ dlttl+Pkd II II

129. The Moon with Ratri Bala: If the Moon is without this
strength (Cf. Diva Ratri Bala), the native will be troubled by eye
disorders. He will possess stolen wealth and quadrupeds, be blamed
by womenfolk, distressed and wicked.

fadRid^ R^t I

130. The Moon without Vara Bala: If the Moon is

without Vara Bala, the person will face various kinds of harm. He
will be in servitude, devoid*of righteousness and happiness, will eat
others’ food and will have numerous blemishes.

131. The Moon without Hora Bala: If the Moon is without

Hora Bala, the native will be a great fool, will undergo distress, be
bereft of wealth but interested in friends. He will have many
enemies.

II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 659

132. The Moon without Masa Bala: If the Moon is without
Masa Bala, the native will be devoid of wealth and grains, be timid,
defeated, poor and be ever humiliated.

II
Thus end the effects of the Moon’s various positions as per
senior Yavanas.

HkgR: I
Now about the various positions of Mars.

3 nW i

Effects of Mars in Basis.

133. Mars in Aries: Should Mars be in Aries at birth, the
subject will be impetuously fierce, heroic, adventurous in deeds,
radiant, gentle, insurmountable, impatient and charitable.
Notes: The person will own landed properties, will earn fame
through wars (i.e. be a military dr defence personnel) and be
endowed with many quadrupeds and abundant food comforts. He
will be liked by all. These are additional effects.

II II
134. Mars in Taurus: Should Mars be in Taurus, the native
will be inimical to his own people, will enthuso the members of his
race, be a satisfied person, will deliver many evil words, will eat
voraciously and will have limited wealth and limited number of
children.
Notes: Further, the person will enjoy limited happiness in
respect of home-life and properties. He will live in others* houses,
(i.e. will depend on others), be troubled by his progeny and will
have blood disorders. He will spoil women of virtues, will separate
from his people, be skilful in music and other related subjects and
will perform sinful deeds.

H^EHH faff I
35?5ig aFrcfen^a 11 m n
135. Mars in Gemini: The native with Mars in Gemini will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 660

be a gracious person, will live in many distant places, be skilful in
various aims and crafts, well-read of Sastras and be a skilful
speaker.
Notes: One will further be helpful to his friends. He will
acquire famous children and be happy through them.

II II
136. Mars in Cancer: One with Mars in Cancer will have
limited wealth, be not peaceful, will have bodily defects and
diseases, will again and again improve his destroyed finances, will
eat others* food and be famous.
Notes: The native v^ill invite misunderstandings with a
famous or mighty female. The number of his enemies will ever
increase. He will be a wicked person.

3^iw: nt i
iirew II
137. Mars in Leo: One with Mars in Leo will be endowed
with a brilliant physique, highly energetic, unassailable, heroic, very
fierce, will steal others’ articles and be free from doubts.
Notes: One with Mars in Leo will further be happy with his
spouse and children. However, he will incur obstacles to obtain a
male issue and may run the risk of losing his first spouse. He will
have no enemies (or his enemies will be subdued by him), be
industrious and justly disposed. He will be endangered by animals,
snakes etc., fond of living in forest regions and eating the flesh of
cow, bull etc.

ftwi nt II II
138. Mars in Virgo: The native having Mars in Virgo
will be wealthy, honoured by virtuous men, straightforward, less
heroic, will speak affectionately, will indulge in singing others’
praise and will have various kinds of (wasteful) expenditure.
Notes: Further, the subject will be responsiblehouseholder
and will enjoy landed properties and marital happiness. He will
perform Vedic rituals, be ever troubled by enemies, fond of esoteric
songs and be a great scholar (or well-educated).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 661

II II
139- Mars in Libra: If Mars is in Libra at birth, the subject
will be ever fond of journeying, will speak with affection, be
boastful, highly untruthful, injured by sword and be enthused by
friends.
Notes: The person will have some physical deficiency and will
incur grief on account of lands and spouse. He will not honour his
elders, will have limited servants, will speakin favour of meritorious
deeds, be very wealthy, and be addicted to intoxicants and
courtezans. He will lose his spouse and wealth.

140. Mars in Scorpio: If Mars is in Scorpio at birth, the

person will be sinful, untruthful, will commit many criminal and
inimical acts, be crafty, betraying till the end, of truthful conduct,
well-read in Sastras and be righteous.
Notes: There are certain contradictions in the effects given
above. "Sinful", "righteous", "truthful" and "untruthful" do notgo
well in combination. From what I gather from other sources,
"truthful" and "righteous" are to be rejected.
In addition to the above-mentioned effects, the native will be
endangered by fire, weapons, poison etc. He will be a skilful
businessman, will earn favours from high-ups, and will enjoy
happiness from spouse, children and grand-children. He will have
knowledge ofVedas and other ancient disciplines, willenjoy landed
properties and will promote quarrels. He will not wish well of
others and be a leader of thieves or criminal acts.

qsj qf^qfo q^sra gfbran rara i

33 3? faawiwtte ftMH<iKi?qwra?pq«T II ?8? II
Si X
141. Mars in Sagittarius: Should natal Mars be in
Sagittarius, the native will be emaciated, will possess many injuries,
be crafty and harsh in speech. His spouse and progeny will be
endangered. He will not be independent, i.e. subordinate of others.
Notes: His spouse will be a chaste woman. He will be grieved
on account ofhis adversaries. He willlose his wealth due to his
misdeeds and anger, will not honour his elders and will speak
harshly.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 662

Htn: I
rarara qr qr n n
142. Mars in Capricorn: The native with Mars in Capricorn
will be happy, radiant, be an excellent personage, be sometimes
wealthy, sometimes poor, be sinful, virtuous, an army chief and
head of men.
Notes: One will enjoy happiness through spouse and be
troubled by the wrath ofhis kinsfolk. He will be famous, will be free
from diseases and will steal others’ wealth.

*13°^ -R I
II II
143. Mars in Aquarius: IfMars is in Aquarius, the person
will be ugly, unfortunate, a tale-bearer, Bar, cheat etc.
Notes: Further, one will have poor health, be inimical to his
own men arid be grieved due to having a number of children. He
will be fond of liquid stuff, will have a hairy physique and will lose
his wealth in gambling. He will look like an old man due to
abundant grief and will live in the end only with his savings (i.e. will
be neglected by his people).

|
/ 144. Mars in Pisces: Should Mars be in Pisces at the time of birth,
the subject will be troubled by diseases, will live in distant places, be
dull-headed, will highly honour Brahmins and will lose everything
on account of cheating. He will incur limited grief.
Notes: The person will have limited progeny, will suffer from
diseases and will befriend foolish men in a distant land, skifirai
wiwften i
5R 5^ farilfira WFJ II II
Effects of Mars in Hora.
145. Mars in the Sun’s Hora: If Mars at birth is in the Hora
of the Sun, the person will be disposed to torture others,
adventurous in acts, will incur many diseases, be troubled bilious
imbalances.

<>w^ ’rasraft t^rai^a^ n n

146. Mars in the Moon’s Hora: One with Mars in Moon’s

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 663

Hora will be modest, will enjoy pleasures, be wealthy, fond of
litigations and will eliminate his enemies.

fiprasrar^ n n
Effects of Mars in Decanates.
147. Mars in the Sun’s Decanate: The native having Mars in
the Sun’s decanate will incur diseases of the face and eyes. He will
be virtuous, willhavelimitedprogeny, be anguished, wicked and will
lose his valour.

-JHPII I
’rat ?ifaH34dtal H? tsFraiftwr II SB* II
148. Mars in Moon’s Decanate: The native with Mars in a
decanate ruled by the Moon will be cruel, wicked, will hate others,
be fond of his religion (or be righteous), famous through the king
and forhis own virtues. He will have an evil spouse. His enemies will
be destroyed.
Notes: "Kudaaraih" is corrupt text. It should read as
"Kudaaram" meaning "an evil wife".

I
JRIJRR II II
149. Mars in Own Decanate: If Mars be in his own decanate,
the person will incur many diseases, interested in others’ food,
highly irascible, devoid of heroism and be ever ill- disposed.

*i*4lwrci I
=R «l£Rxl$b II ?*<> II
150. Mairs in Mercury’s Decanate: If Mars is in a decanate
ruled by Mercury, the native will be resolute, prosperous, will have
a lot of wealth and will receive honours from the king.

II W? II
151. Mars in Jupiter’s Decanate: One with Mars in a
decanate owned by Jupiter will be shrewd, famous, will wear dirty
robes, will serve Gods, elders and Brahmins, be very modest and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 664

intelligent.
Notes: "Kuvesham" meaning dirty robes should read as
"Suvesham" to indicate quality robes.

Wl 5FCTJ II W II
152. Mars in Venus’ Decanate: If at birth Mars occupies a
decanate ruled by Venus, the subject will be attached to women, be
famous through the wealth of gold and iron, and be illustrious.
JR II ?W II
153* Mars in Saturn’s Decanate: If Mars be in a decanate ■
ruled by Saturn, the subject will be a fool, bereft of good conduct
and virtues, of destructive disposition, will promote quarrels, and
will ever be in rags.

JHR& I
faM galPlui 313^3 II ?K8 II
Effects of Mars in Navamsa:
154. Mars in Leo Navamsa: The native whose Mars occupies
Leo Navamsa will be miserly, fond of sleeping for long, troubled by
cardiac diseases, will eat abundantly and be crafty.

155, Mars Cancer Navamsa: Should Mars be in Cancer

Navamsa, the person will be radiant,’ endowed with happiness and
honours, attached to friends, Brahmins and guests, very calm in
disposition, honourable and ever desirous of the welfare of his
kinsfolk.

<4sflR$» fayi || ?<<$ ||

156. Mars in Aries/Scorpio Navamsa: If Mars is in his own
Navamsa, the native will be very torturous, unsightly in
appearance, skilful in sword-fighting, devoid of virtues and will
bear hatred for gentle people.

SJMFI Hin: TO I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 665

157. Mars in Gemini/Virgo Navamsa: One with Mars in a
Navamsa ruled by Mercury will be respectful of Brahmins, be
wealthy, very bold, very liberal and highly energetic, prosperous
and very happy.

b<lfcl
C
I
gz ws wiK* ’ ^> *nn< H^HH II n 11
ra 15

158. Mars in Jupiter’s Navamsa: One with Mars in

Sagittarius or Pisces Navamsa will be endowed with various kinds
of food and drinks, be heroic, fierce, fond of warring, bereft of
contempt and endowed with excellent conveyances.

^5’4^b»t II n
159. Mars in Taurus/Libra Navamsa: One with Mars at
birth in a Navamsa owned by Venus will enjoy sexual pleasures, will
please his elders and friends, will speak affable words, be interested
in virtuous men and endowed with many attendants.

f^rat HZ I
’jsnfeztitei qzifc'R^ II ?$° n
160. Mars in Capricorn or Aquarius Navamsa: If the natal
Mars in a Navamsa ruled by Saturn, the native will be interested in
many sinful deeds, be troubled by diseases of the rectum and sight,
be a wicked person, bereft of affection and argumentative.

Zfaf&i ^SZH fhlZ HI I

WW MW HZ || ||
Cs O O
Effects of Mars in Dvadasamsa.
161. Mars in Leo Dvadasamsa: One with Mars in Leo
Dvadasamsa will be fond of sexual pleasures and fraudulent deeds,
be a bad workman, be either firm or infirm, troubled by ulcers and
confinement and be a rogue and wicked man.

zifrnzR Mint HZ wi zjnj; I S^IZ^ ura

ntpzraznfc^i II w II
162. Mars in Cancer Dvadasamsa: The native mmu6 Mars in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 666

Cancer in Dvadasamsa will have a sturdy body, be radiant in
appearance, liberal, will enjoy much happiness, be learned, will
possess many co-born and be energetic.

II II
163. Mars in own Dvadasamsa: One with Mars in Aries or
Scorpio in Dvadasamsa will be unfortunate concerning spouse, be in
servitude, and a dependant. His work will correspond to his form of
appearance, i.e. he will involve in such a calling befitting his
appearance. He will suffer from disorders of blood and will be in
the grip of vices.

wwwwra w=i i
Htapo HW H? 11 vss n
164. Mars in Mercury’s Dvadasamsa: If Mars at birth is in
Virgo or Gemini in Dvadasamsa, the subject will be skilful in
gymnastics and matters related to females’ robes and ornaments.
He will be famous, firm in disposition, will possess excellent women
and be troubled by the ruler.

5Prafcra ^r>i II II
165. Mars in Jupiter’s Dvadasamsa: If Mars is in Sagittarius
or Pisces Dvadasamsa, the person will be widely known for his
intelligence, be happy, independent, a poet, be unassailable in
arguments, be very wealthy and fortunate.

Hfagat ’piter II II
166. Mars in Venus’ Dvadasamsa: One with Mars in Taurus
or Libra Dvadasamsa will be liked by women, be modest,
charitable, courteous, respectful of others and be himself
honourable. His adversaries will bow down before him.

»R4 «b<WbJW( II II
167. Mars in Saturn’s Dvadasamsa: One with Mars in
Capricorn or Aquarius Dvadasamsa will hate his kinsmen, be
argumentative in disposition, will chatter a lot, be fickle-minded, ill-

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 667

disposed and belligerent.

I
felwcl *R II 9^^ II
Effects of Mars in Trimsamsa.
168. Mars in Own Trimsamsa: If Mars is in Aries or Scorpio
in Trimsamsa, the subject will be wealthy possessing various
articles, will perform agreeable deeds, be a spendthrift and a victim
of calamities, be unsightly, and very much troubled by vices.

II II
169. Mars in Saturn’s Trimsamsa: If Mars is in Capricorn
or Aquarius Trimsamsa, the person will be miserly, attached to
others’ females, contemptuous, will marry an evil female and be a
rebellion.

II ?v9o II
170. Mars in Jupiter’s Trimsamsa: If Mars is in Sagittarius
or Pisces in Trimsamsa, the native will be attached to Vedic
sacrifices, studies and charities. He will be a priest and a king’s
minister and be highly righteous.

wft II II
171. Mars in Gemini or Virgo in Trimsamsa: Should
Mars be in the Trimsamsa portion ruled by Mercury, the native will
be a donor, will enjoy robes, scents and garlands, will have many
children, will ever be desirous of his kinsfolk’s welfare and be a
knowledgeable person.

H? II II
172. Mars in Venus’ Trimsamsa: One with Mars in
Taurus or Libra in Trimsamsa will be skilful in writing and
learning, be virtuous, fond of his kinsfolk, skilful in music and be
opulent. '

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 668

JPJWMH II II
Mars with other kinds of strengths.
173. Mars with Mitra Bala: If Mars is with this strength the
person will be endowed with friends, will enjoy abundant
happiness, be charming and devoted to elders, Brahmins and
teachers.

Ri&a: <=&<!& I
’rarf^ n vat II
174. Mars with Svakshetra Bala: If Mars is endowed with
this strength, the person will be endowed with sons and honour. He
will have knowledge about females’ ornaments, be highly skilful in
sexual pleasures, arts and writing activities. He will be sweet in
speech and will eliminate his enemies.

faflHIHIffci A^IJ^J|»t I
FI^^I STO ^Hi*t II m II
175. Mars with Uchcha Bala: If Mars is endowed with
Uchcha Baia, the person will be rich with learning, knowledge of
Agamas, progeny and wealth. He will be meritoriously disposed,
skilful and will honour Brahmins.
Hfa: W’F<iKI4>4l4^5: 3Rtf4 H?4 II W II
176. Mars with Navamsa Bala: One with Mars being
endowed with this strength will earn fame for his devotion to gods,
Brahmins and gentle-folk. He will be heroic, will seek shelter under
virtuous men, be learned, and will beget honours from the ruler.

^RTR 344 ■frrHKWtf’i 31 I

Hk SJH3 3^3^ II II
177. Mars with Beneficial Aspect: If Mars is endowed with,
the native will beget a spouse with questionable history. His enemies
will disappear. He will be a poet, a king’s minister, a very great
person and be fortunate.
Notes: "Kuvrittadaaram" means acquiring a spouse with
questionable history. It is difficult to say whether this evil effect will
go hand in hand with other good effects due to beneficial aspects. I
dare not change the text to read as "Suvrittadaaram" meaning a
spouse with good history, for some evil effect is also attributed for
Mars acquiring directional and motional strengths, vide slokas 179
and 180 infra.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 669

gstekft’T HMI =R fj^3H35»[ I

178. Mars with Ojha Rasi Bala: Should Mars be with this
strength, the subject will be devoted to gods and Brahmins, be
endowed with abundant quadrupeds, gold, grains, many women,
many sons and surprising wealth.

^414^; wifa 3? wi TOT i

35F3 f44k VHlfck vk'RI3'’l>3 II II
179. Mars with Digbala: Mars earning Digbala will make the
person given to bad qualities. He will be radiant, will endure
difficult labour and anguish, be modest, wealthy and righteous.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 670

srara f^i f^ng n r=o n
180. Mars with Cheshta Bala: If Mars is endowed with
Cheshta Bala, the subject will be active, will perform evil deeds and
be favourably disposed to friends and be skilful.

181. Mars with Ratri Bala: Mars begetting Ratri Bala will

M^IH^ ii ii
give fortunes. The person will be interested in constructing parks,
wells etc. He will gain through his spouse and will enjoy abundant
foods and drinks.

•TC SwA bl xi
c ,
II II
182. Mars with Vara Bala: Mars endowed with Vara bala
will make the native favourably disposed to the teachings of Vedas
(or Sastras in general). He will be virtuous, endowed with a lot of
pleasures and fortunes, be radiant and fond of applying (scented)
ointments.

'Wd-'ilHfaydlsHief faW II ?*3 II

183. Mars with Hora Bala: When Mars is endowed with
Hora bala in a nativity, the subject will be learned in Vedas and
other Sastras, will have plenty of quadrupeds, lands, sons, women
and be an agreeable speaker. He will be able to endure everything
(said of adversities).

4^ WHH 11^8 II
184. Effects of Mars WhenDispositor is Strong: If the
dispositor of Mars is strong, the native will be famous, will enjoy
abundant pleasures, willconquerhis enemies, will protect virtuous
housewives and be dear to the king.

Slid 43J *fc4 |

rjf&R srfB' 3 frW
st
II II
185. Mars with Varsha Bala: Should Mars be with Varsha
bala, the native will be blessed with wealth and corns. He will be

HoraRatnam/ Chapter 4 671

free from contempt for others, be a gracious person, tolerant, an
affable speaker and be affectionate to all.

nW W w&q i
JPj Jjfag SR MHieg II II
186. Mars with Paksha Bala: Should Mars beget Paksha
Bala, the native will be devoid of adversaries, lordly, famous,
endowed with brilliance, honour, heroism and abundant wealth,
and be chief among the men of his race.

II II
187. Mars without Mitra Bala: Should Mars be without
Mitra Bala, the subject will be friendly to evil people, be wicked,
unsightly, bereft of wealth and corns, but be devoted to gods and
Brahmins.

fafad fait: II II
188. Mars without Svakshetra Bala: One with Mars having
no strength on this count, will be harsh in speech, be dear to
women, bereft of kinsfolk, will lose his wealth and energy .and be
taken over by his foes.

nW w n II
189. Mars Without Uchcha Bala: If Mars does not get
strength on this count, the native will have blemishes (or
difficulties) concerning his spouse, conveyances, calamities and
expenses. He will be involved in strange quarrels and incur troubles
from one and all.

190. Mars without Navamsa Bala: If Mars is devoid of this

strength, one will incur diseases. He will be an object of troubles by
enemies and humiliation by friends.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 672

frpjq’f 11 11
191. Mars without Beneficial Aspect: When Mars is devoid
of this strength, the native will have an ugly body, be not righteous,
blamed by others, averse to his co-bom and be devoid of virtues.

f&W II w II
192. Mars without Svakshetra Bala: If Mars is without
Svakshetra Bala, the native will incur a high degree of fear, will
torture others, will incur, huge debts and poverty and will be devoid
of prosperity and sexual pleasures.

311411^^ I

193. Mars without Digbala: If Mars is without directional

strength, the native will have no wealth, will serve aged women, be
desirous of others’ wealth arid will undergo intense difficulties.

194. Mars without Cheshta Bala: If Mars is found without

Cheshta balaj the subject will incur health disorders caused by
hunger, be emaciated, will consume roots etc. and devoid of
humiliation (i.e. be not humiliated by others).

fawra ^4 wi i
SRI HZ n II
195. Mars without Ratri Bala: If Mars does not acquire this
strength, the native will be unrighteous, be not efficacious, be fond
of gambling, sinful, be not virtuous and ever troubled by foes.

196. Mars without Vara Bala: If Mars is without this

strength, the native will be ugly, rich with paraphernalia required
for bathing (of superior kind), endowed with ornaments etc. and be
inclined to undertake religious vows of ancient nature.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 673

Hk ll II
197. Mars without Hora Bala: If Mars is devoid of such
strength, the native will be fond of association with others’ women,
will cause obstacles to the vows of chaste women, very fierce and be
given to vices.

HM II II
198. Mars without Masa Bala: Mars not having Masa Bala
will cause betraying tendency. The native will adore ancient
methods of dressing, be untruthful, wicked, ungrateful and be
diseased.

H? fadFH ffawia II II
199. Mars without Varsha Bala: If Mars is without
Varsha Bala, the person will be devoid of progeny, will have an
inimical spouse, be sinful, be not charitable bt L be adventurous.

33 i
nk WlfttofofeH II 5°o II
200. Mars without Paksha Bala: If Mars is without this
strength, the native will be crafty, will try to mould others into his
favour, will violate his friends’ beds and be devoid of work.

HftW: II
Thus end effects of the positions of Mars, as per senior
Yavanas.

Of the various positions of Mercury.

f’MJWI'l II W ||
Effects of Mercury in Signs.
201. Mercury in Aries: The native with Mercury in Aries
will be emaciated, will wander much, be crafty, a liar, fond of

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 674

quarrels and will earn wealth through landed properties and hard
labour. His wealth will also be endangered, i. e. there will be loss of
wealth.
Notes: One with Mercury in Aries will further be of wicked
and unstable disposition. He will eat abundantly, be unkind, and
flooded by debts. He will find it hard to achieve his goal, be a
subordinate to others (i.e. will not enjoy supreme positions), fond of
music, dance etc., a debaucher, teacher and gambler.

^<ft^Rft5Wftc5 W1 foWJdl'Wt II w II
202. Mercury in Taurus: If Mercury is in Taurus at birth,
the subject will have a stout and radiant body, be sacrificing in
disposition, will acquire an agreeable spouse, be fond of music,
sexual pleasures and jokes, be skilful, resolute and eloquent in
speech.
Notes: The person with Mercury as above will further be
liberal in disposition. He will be virtuous, an expert in various kinds
of disciplines including gymnastics, and willenjoy happiness on
account of progeny and younger co-born. He will be firm in
disposition, be knowledgeable in commenting on Vedas etc., and
will speak eloquently. He will acquire wealth which will .ever keep
on increasing.

gqRq HT I
Rk-H^H+^lRRra II W ||
203. Mercury in Gemini: On with Mercury in Gemini at
birth will be an able and affable speaker. He will wear attractive
dress, be an expert in crafts, ancient knowledge, Wisdom, arts and
law. He will be boastful, fortunate and great.
Notes: The subject will additionally be a skilful writer, will
have two mothers (i.e. be also brought up by another woman, like
mother) and will be replete with all kinds of happiness at home.
(There is however a particular text which mentions that the native
will enjoy no happiness at all, which is an incorrect attribute to
Mercury in Gemini.)
The person will be fond of independence and will always
speak high of himself. He will be famous for his wealth, will donate
liberally and be an expert worker in every respect. He will obtain
progeny through his second wife (or through another woman). He

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 675

will have many sons and friends, be argumentative and will speak
sparingly.
There is another authority that restricts the native’s
knowledge in the Vedas (and ancient disciplines).

w ii n
204. Mercury in Cancer: The person whose Mercury is in
Cancer will be fond of residing in foreign countries, be learned, a
poet, knowledgeable in matters of sexual union and music,
interested in various activities and be intelligent.
Notes: The subject will have bad conduct and will be
associated with charming women. He will lose his wealth on account
of strained terms with women. His birth would be in a famous
family. He will be inimical to his kinsfolk.

3^16^73 II II
205. Mercury in Leo: Should Mercury be in Leo at birth, the
person will have a weak memory, and will be bereft of wisdom, arts,
enthusiasm, energy, position and wealth. He will be a knower of the
lord of the Universe but be untruthful.
Notes: One with Mercury in Leo will have enmity with his co-
born and be henpecked. He will be troubled by his adversaries. He
will acquire wealth.

11 11
206. Mercury in Virgo: Should Mercury be in Virgo in a
nativity, the person will greatly love righteousness, be eloquent in
speech, and knowledgeable in drawing, writing, Vedic studies,
poetry, Wisdom, crafts etc.
Notes: The person will further acquire the following effects.
He will have lofty ideals and will enjoy the company of women with
"attractive eyes". He will be quite famous, liberal in helping others,
be interested in scientific pursuits, sculpture etc. and will be akin to
an elderly person in conduct.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 676

SI35T3 II II

R
207. Mercury in Libra: One with Mercury in Libra will be
an expert in arguments concerning crafts (i.e. be an expert
craftsman), be ofunstable disposition, crafty, irascible and skilful in
trading affairs.
Notes: The native will be a spendthrift, will speak with the
"flow of nectar" (i.e. incomparably sweet in speech) and will at
times speak meaninglessly. He will join base women and will incur
grief. • He will try to expand his business activities in various
directions, will acquire anger as well as satisfaction momentously,
and be wealthy. He will be crooked in disposition but be outwardly
courteous.

208. Mercury in Scorpio: If Mercury lies in Scorpio at the

time of one’s birth, he will be subjected to difficulties and grief, will
perform contemptible deeds, be not gentle, be harsh in behaviour
and be a womanizer.
Notes: The native will be indolent. His spouse will be a miser.
He will not enjoy ancestral properties. He will voluntarily invite evil
after evil and will be attached to inimical deeds. He will be ever in
debts, foolish, miserly and fond of acquiring others’ possessions.

209. Mercury in Sagittarius: One with Mercury in

Sagittarius at birth will be famous for his speech, be very
munificent, be an expert in the meanings of Sastras, Vedas and
crafts, be heroic, learned and a skilful speaker.
Notes: Further, the subject will be wealthy, will build up
wealth through his own exertion, writing etc. and be the best among
the members of his family.

II II

210. Mercury in Capricorn: If Mercury is in Capricorn, the

native will face evils, be mean, a servant of others, untruthful,
foolish, be not a knower of arts and crafts and be a tale-bearer. He
will be restrained by fools.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 677

Notes: The native will in addition to receiving the above
effects be subjected to danger from enemies, be like a eunuch and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 678

wicked in disposition. He will be given to vices but be modest. He
will be away from his relatives, will receive spiritual initiation and
be a day-dreamer.

II 5?? II
211. Mercury in Aquarius: If Mercury is at birth in
Aquarius, the native will be bereft of good conduct and virtues, will
humiliate others, will incur loss (on account) of speech, intelligence
and work (i.e. will not be a good speaker, not intelligent and not
progressive), be desirous of good, shameless and incapable of
enjoying sexual pleasures.
Notes: One will be ever involved in domestic tension, will
incur troubles from enemies, be arrogant and irreligious. He will be
impure and will not have a commendable history. His spouse will be
extremely wicked.

212. Mercury in Pisces: The native with Mercury in Pisces

will be fond of good conduct and lustre, be attached to his country,
an eloquent speaker, will incur penury, will have limited number of
children and will beget an agreeable spouse.
Notes: One with Mercury in Pisces will face difficulties in
acquiring progeny, according to one school of thought.
Further, the subject will show interest in others’ religion, will
be skilful in acquiring others’ articles and will live in distant
regions. He will have an excellent spouse.

eTOMR 33 MfeR I
’iwny n w II
Effects of Mercury in Hora.
213. Mercury in Sun’s Hora: Should the natal Mercury be in
the Hora of the Sun, the native will be fierce, crafty, highly
libidinous, bereft of virtues and valour, highly sinful and averse to
Gods and Brahmins.

RRlHcHJ^JJui ffalfa® R^clK^ II 5?8 II

214. Mercury in Moon’s Hora: If Mercury is in the Hora of

HoraRatnam/ Chapter 4 679

the Moon, the native will be fortunate, virtuous, endowed with
distinct speech, intelligence and good qualities, knowledgeable in
matters of law, fond of guests and be munificent.

HWJII 11
Effects of Mercury in Decanates.
215. Mercury in Sun’s Decanate: One with Mercury in Leo
in decanate will argue with others, be cruel, disappointed, indebted,
ugly, fraudulent and ever libidinous.

5^ ml i

216. Mercury in Moon’s Decanate: If Mercury is in Cancer

in decanate at birth, the person will not have enemies. He will
render service to gods and Brahmins, be a skilful writer and fond of
promoting quarrels.

HP) Wflfa H^H I

H1^M4 ’ijffo’fsn?) FW^TdWdeWI f^5H II II
217. Mercury in a Decanate of Mars: One with Mercury in
Aries or Scorpio in decanate will be deprived of propitiousness, and
Vedic knowledge, and will have no dealings with his kinsfolk.

^ddl^d^^K ^HRHFf II 5?* II

218. Mercury in Own Decanate: If Mercury occupies
Gemini or Virgo in decanate, the person will be attractive,
fortunate, virtuous, interested in performing Yagnas (Vedic
Sacrifices) and religious vows, charitable, gentle and will possess a
number of friends.
^♦i0Vq<84 5Md<t>kl II 3?^ Il
219. Mercury in Jupiter’s Decanate: If Mercury is in
Sagittarius or inPiscesin decanate, the person will be exceedingly
liked by females, pure, unconquerably heroic, very wealthy and
endowed with various kinds of articles.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 680

nd narf? mfci HHawns-’a n «<>
n
220. Mercury in a Decanate of Venus: When Mercury is
found in Taurus or Libra in decanate, the native will be very clever,
an ocean of pleasures, will have no enemies, be a gracious person
and dear to the ruler.
Notes: "Sasijasya" in the text denotes Mercury’s decanate
only, and not that of VenUs. In sequence, however, the decanate of
Venus should feature after that of Jupiter. Mercury’s decanate has
already been discussed in sloka218supru. Hence ''Sasijasya" should
be replaced with "Bhargavasya" in the original.
"Dhaama" means a place, residence, pleasures, delight etc.
etc. Seeing the mention "Nidhi" or "ocean" in the text, I have
chosen the meaning "pleasures" for "Dhaama".

221. Mercury in Saturn’s Decanate: Should Mercury be in

Capricorn or Aquarius in decanate, the person will be ever in debts,
be argumentative, emaciated, will live in distantlands and be
valorous in fights.

d’fci n w n
Effects of Mercury in Navamsas.
222. Mercury in Sun’s Navamsa: Leo Navamsa having
Mercury therein indicates the following. The native will be sinful,
ugly, devoid of happiness from wife, and fond of quarrels,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 681

gambling and stealing.

^44 fidiilMH I
WI~N$ ^<{1<IWI RdIHH 11553 II
223. Mercury in Cancer Navamsa: If Mercury is found in
the Navamsa ofthe Moon, the person will be unfortunate about his
spouse, bereft ofkinsfolk, be attachedto mundane affairs, will lose
his energy and pride and be handsome.

II 558 II
224. Mercury in Aries/Scorpio Navamsa: If Mercury is in a
Navamsa rule d by Mars, the person will be famous, physically
strong, liberal in disposition, successful, honourable, will win the
hearts of his friends and virtuous men. But he will be troubled by
blood disorders.

^HRE i
jR W?IR II 35X II
225. Mercury in Gemini or Virgo Navamsa: If Mercury is in
his own Navamsa, the person will not be dutiful, will wish ill of his
friends, be contemptuous, wicked, troubled by the king, soft in
disposition, good-looking and fortunate.

JEFR ffcnRR SRSRFJSES’I i WW

y<MpldR !ER II 55$ II
226. Mercury in Sagittarius of Pisces Navamsa: Should
Mercury be found in a Navamsa owned by Jupiter, the subject will
be devoted to gods and Brahmins, be a gracious person, fond of
guests, be amicable to all and be happy.
227. Mercury in Taurus or Gemini Navamsa: One having
Mercury in a Navamsa ruled by Venus will enjoy gains of various
articles, be highly heroic, endowed with many good friends,
virtuous, be associated with many gentle people, fond of
worshipping Brahmins, endowed with sons and be munificent.
Notes: This sloka in original has 3 lines.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 682

•RlsMWTbHdl4$i>‘( II QR15 II
228. Mercury in Capricorn or Aquarius Navamsa: One with
Mercury in a Navamsa owned by Saturn will be very ill, be a bad
craftsman (or worker), bereft of good qualities, interested in others’
women and associated with people bereft of gentle background.

II II
Mercury’s Dvadasamsa Effects.
229. Mercury in Leo Dvadasamsa: One with Mercury in Leo
in Dvadasamsa will be troubled by ulcers. He will commit sinful
deeds, be not happy and be endowed with evil friends. His enemies
will be on the increase. His fame will be destroyed. He will
accumulate sons (or progeny), i.e. will have a multitude of sons (or
children).

II 33® II
230. Mercury in Cancer Dvadasamsa: The native with
Mercury in Cancer in Dvadasamsa will be endowed with various
kinds of valorous activities, progeny and wealth. He will be fond of
sexual pleasures, be distinctly virtUous and be modest.

’rafira f^j HRRW n ?3? n

231. Mercury in Aries/Scorpio Dvadasamsa: One with
Mercury in a Dvadasamsa owned by Mars will be extremely crafty,
be not virtuous, will lose his wealth on account of his relatives, be
ever sinful and troubled by diseases.

uMt HF SPJ FR& I ssi wnfasi II

535 11
232. Mercury in Gemini or Virgo Dvadasamsa: The person
having Mercury in Gemini or Virgo in Dvadasamsa will be lordly,
interested in Sastras and skilful in arts. His foes will bow before
him. He will be a conqueror of senses and be praiseworthy.

ata: 5R{3 |

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 683

II 533 II
233. Mercury in Sagittarius or Pisces Dvadasamsa: One with
Mercury in a Dvadasamsa ruled by Jupiter will be exceedingly
virtuous, will have a great history, will fight a great battle (or for a
great cause), be fond of guests and be righteous.

^yjfstn II 538 II
234. Mercury in Taurus / Libra Dvadasamsa: The sukjetdt
whose natal Mercury occupies a Dvadasamsa ruled by Venus vfrill
possess plenty of food comforts and wealth. He will be close to the
ruler, interested in good men, very righteous and will perform
many meritorious deeds. He will enjoy happiness.

taspR Hta: 414 I

II 53k II
235. Mercury in Capricorn / Aquarius Dvadasamsa: One
with Mercury in a Dvadasamsa owned by Saturn will be poor,
miserly, devoid of virtues, afflicted by many diseases, skilful in
cunning-deeds, unkind and harsh in speech.

i
II 53? II
Trimsamsa Effects of Mercury.
236. Mercury in Aries / Scorpio in Trimsamsa: If Mercury
occupies a Trimsamsa ruled by Mars, the subject will argue with
others, be fierce, addicted to vicea and averse to gods and
Brahmins.

237. Mercury in Saturn’s Trimsamsa: If Mercury at birth is

found in the Trimsamsa portion of Aquarius or Capricorn, the
person will argue with others and be fierce. He will be interested in
his duties, fond of gambling and be troubled by diseases.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 684

II 33^ II
238. Mercury in Jupiter’s Trimsamsa: Should natal
Mercury be in Sagittarius or Pisces in Trimsamsa, the subject will
be courageous, modest, liked by virtuous men, honoured by his
kinsfolk and be the best of the men of his race.

f5RiR& I
II 33S II
239. Mercury in Own Trimsamsa: If Mercury comes to
occupy his own Trimsamsa, the person will be knowledgeable in
Sastras, wealthy, famous in the world for his good qualities,
unconquerably heroic, and be a gracious and virtuous person.

TOfc? W Wlf JKHSW •• ’8° II

240. Mercury in Trimsamsa of Venus: If Mercury occupies
Taurus or Libra in Trimsamsa, the person will be highly valorous,
will lord over others’ lands and wealth, be munificent and endowed
with an agreeable spouse.

I
nnpR n =*8? n
Mercury with Other Kinds of Strengths:
241. Mercury with Mitra Bala: If Mercury is endowed with
Mitra Bala, the native will be ever endowed with many friends. He
will be charitably disposed, devoted to gods and Brahmins, will
serve men of virtues.

II Q8Q II
242. Mercury with Rasi Bala: One with Mercury having this
strength will be liked by all. His undertakings and friends will be
firm. He will be famous for his speaking skills.

jRFRfe II ?83 II
243. Mercury with Uchcha Bala: One with Mercury having
this specific power will be liked by women. He will be charitable,
dpvoted to gods and Brahmans and will serve virtuous people.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 685

HHfaR H^lRldld^ II Q88 II
244. Mercury with Navamsa Bala: The native having
Mercury with Navamsa strength will be pure, forgiving in
disposition, truthful, grateful, intelligent and be a repository of all
kinds of happiness.
I
WSW Tfei HHfiW g'RRfl H^l II 58X II
245. Mercury with Beneficial Aspects: One having Mercury
with this power will be modest, heroic, tolerant of much anguish, a
knower of the art of sexual enjoyment, liked by the king and
meritoriously disposed.

^414^: SRjflfa HW II 38$ II

246. Mercury with Ojha Rasi Bala: Should Mercury obtain
this strength, the person will be knowledgeable in science, ancient
Sastras, Vedas, crafts, music and arts. He will earn fame.

3lli>IHd>l<fc|: 5RFHHI3 II 58W II

247. Mercury with Digbala: If Mercury has directional
strength, the person will be kind, friendly, will enjoy pleasures, be
jocular and endowed with prosperity, skill and virtues. He will be a
gracious figure and famous in the world.

SIPIcH II 38^ II
248. Mercury with Cheshta Bala: If Mercury is endowed
with Cheshta Bala, the person willbe liked by women, associated
with a king, highly orthodox, righteous, resolute, very truthful and
just in disposition.

fiskdHI’i || 58S II
249. Mercury with Dina-Ratri Bala: If Mercury is endowed
with this strength, the person will be ever rich, will enjoy food,
drinks, scents and garlands, be a knower of rules of serving
(honouring) others and will attend to them courteously.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 686

Notes: While some planets get Dina Bala, and some Ratri
Bala, Mercury is the one planet which gets this strength irrespective
of birth being in day or night. Hance, the term "Dyu- ratri"
meaning "Dina-Ratri" or "day and night" is used in the original
sloka.

I
II 3*0 II
250. Mercury with Vara Bala: If Mercury begets this
strength, the person will be very charitable, be the most favourite of
others, charming in appearance, learned, extremely wise and
extremely intelligent.

HZ Hziwnfoi i
?mrfzw^ II w n
251. Mercury with Hora Bala: If Mercury is endowed with
this strength, the native will ever be a well-wisher of others,
willendure much anguish and difficulties, modest, unconquerable
by others and will have his enemies bow down before him.

HHfW vpfaz JRlf§H TO II II

252. Mercury with Paksha Bala: If Mercury is endowed with
Paksha Bala, the subject will have many relatives, be liked by
others, righteous, good-looking and will subjugate his enemie s.

II II
253. Mercury with Masa Bala: If Mercury attains this
power, the native will be very wealthy, be averse to Gods and
Brahmins, modest, intelligent, fortunate in respect of spouse and
will be well-dressed.

254. Mercury with Varsha Bala: If Mercury gets this

strength, the native will be a great artist, will possess great wealth,
be skilful in knowing of friendship, honour and affection, well-
disposed to music and fond of jocular disposition.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 687

stab fro IRHR II II
255. Mercury without Mitra Bala: Should Mercury be
without this strength, the native will lose his wealth and fame due to
females, be interested in evil deeds and carnal pleasures and be
devoid of friendliness.

5i: HFf i

256. Mercury without Svakshetra Bala: If Mercury is bereft

of Svakshetrabala, the native will be devoid of self-respect, and be
ever troubled on account of association with women, drinks (liquor
etc.) and diseases.

257. Mercury without Uchcha Bala: Should Mercury be

without this strength, the person will perform highly condemnable
deeds, be highly anguished on account of his kinsfolk, very indigent
and will wear rags (inferior dress).

•MRI#I 51: I
II II
258. Mercury without Navamsa Bala: When Mercury at
birth is deprived of this strength, the person will be harsh in speech,
be "rid of clothes and ornaments", averse to co-born, censured and
bereft of good qualities.
Notes: "Vimukta Deha'' means a body without clothes and
ornaments - (Draupadi was once so described in the Maha
Bharata). A practical interpretation of the effect thus should be: the
native will not bother for clothes and ornaments.

51: HHH fTHRR I

' 513 f&U’R’CTfcki Ebbfci II W II
259. Mercury without Beneficial Aspect: If Mercury is
bereft of this strength, the person will be timid, disappointed,
wicked, troublesome, will have limited riches and averse to friends
and be arrogant.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 688

RcifSd) si: HHrI IfdlSl^ I

260. Mercury without Ojha Rasi Bala: Should not Mercury

get this strength, the person will be timid, disappointed, crafty,
highly betraying, and be devoid of orthodoxy, Vedic knowledge and
righteousness.

faj-Wd: I
’R&R^ II 35? II
261. Mercury without Digbala: One with Mercury without
Digbala will be disappointed, given to vices, fond of warring, a head
of thieves, without dutifulness and attached to moving in distant
lands (without fruits).

53 W R8<««4^1ki faHHdRIcM^d^ II II
262. Mercury without Cheshta Bala: If Mercury does not
enjoy Cheshta Bala, the person will be wicked, crafty, harsh in
speech and be degraded with endangered spouse and progeny.

tddl<4$ul fcfalSdl sit HT I

II 353 II
263. Mercury without Vara Bala: One will undergo a lot of
difficulties, be untruthful to his elders, will not get the fruits of his
labour and will lose his children due to enemies.

{I’IIPCH ^^ddd spffci SRRRIWR inss II

264. Mercury without Hora Bala: If Mercury is without
Hora Bala, the person will have a number of enemies, will incur
diseases, engulfed by grief, fond of gambling and bereft of modesty
and valour.

^5TRf ^4^-3 II II
265. Mercury without Paksha Bala: One with Mercury not
being strong on this count will be dirty, indigent, will incur serious
blemishes, be troubled by diseases, bereft of relatives and be highly
argumentative.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 689

Notes: "Vihina paksham" can also be interpreted as one
without shoulders. But that may be generally meaningless, for
normally "Paksha Bala" denotes the strength of the native
concerning his kinsfolk. "Paksha" means kinsfolk, shoulder, wing
etc.

J
^^Mi4*< f^ra ’IWS $H«RdHld*l II 35$ II
266. Mercury without Masa Bala: One with Mercury having
no Masa Bala will be crooked, will serve the interests of elders,
Brahmins and preceptors, be a well-wisher of others, interested in
others’ food and be miserly.

41dWcil 5Rj3 f4d4 |

II n
267. Mercury without Varsha Bala: If Mercury fails to earn
strength on this count, the subject will be ever without wealth, will
lose his possessions, be troubled, interested in wicked men and
bereft of honour for elders.

Thus of the effects of Mercury as per senior Yavanas.

3RI
Now the effects for Jupiter’s various positions as per senior
Yavanas.

II n
Jupiter’s Rasi Effects.
268. Jupiter in Aries: Should Jupiter be in Aries at the time
of birth, the person will be uncoquerable, of variable character,
involved in some famous work, very resolute, physically vigorous
and akin to an elderly person in qualities.
Notes: The native will carry out his work after a great deal of
deliberation. He will have enemies and numerous expenses and will
have scars on his body. He will be subjected to a cruel (or severe)
punishment. He will acquire progeny, gemstones, ornaments etc.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 690

wuitei fcfci II w II
269. Jupiter in Taurus: If Jupiter at birth occupies Taurus,
thepersonwillbe troubled(inmany ways), be a wanderer, fortunate,
well-dressed, beautiful, affectionate to his spouse, modest and will
serve gods, Brahmins and preceptors.
Notes: One will be attached to temples and Brahmins. He will
be widely honoured, wealthy and will have many foes but will
conquer all of them.
He will have a stout, attractive and wide physique, will gain
through agricultural products and quadrupeds, and be skilful in
justice, politics and scientific experiments^

fwf nn
270. Jupiter in Gemini: One with Jupiter in Gemini will be
skilful, considerate, scholarly, will be a well-wisher of others
through his speech as well as thought, merciful and endowed with
intelligence and virtues.
Notes: The person with-Jupiter in Gemini will be courteous in
speech, highly intelligent, and will have knowledge of ancient
disciplines. He will be an able writer and will have a wide circle of
friends.

ara fspwfnra nn

271. Jupiter in Cancer: If Jupiter at birth is in Cancer, the

native will be beautiful, scholarly, energetic, strong, heroic, learned,
righteous, famous and be honoured in the world (i.e. widely
honoured).
Notes: One with Jupiter in Cancer will have various kinds of
wealth, be intoxicated by sexual lust, be skilful in various branches
of studies, be an affable speaker, skilful in several undertakings,
and will possess conveyances. He will enjoy fortunes with the
passage of time. Food comforts and wealth will be at his disposal.
He will be honoured like an elderly person, will perform good deeds
for the welfare of others and will be ever ready to help his friends.

fi-R? M41< HT I

II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 691

272. Jupiter in Leo: One with Jupiter in Leo will be very
heroic, will enjoy firm courage as well as energy, be scholarly, will
have set aims, be liberal, fierce, heroic and will have many
affectionate friends.
Notes: Further, the subject will earn money from remote
places surrounded by forests, hills etc. He will be charitable in
disposition, will usurp the wealth of his enemies and be a gifted
speaker. He will earn honours in the assembly of men, be bold,
wealthy and attached to his friends. His progeny will also be well-
educated.
273. Jupiter in Virgo: If Jupiter is in Virgo at birth, the
native will have professional skills, supreme intelligence, be
scholarly and interested in affairs related to work (i.e. devoted to
work), meanings of Sastras, crafts, Vedas and poetry. He will be
attractive in appearance.
Notes: The native with Jupiter as above will be particularly
fond of purity. He will enjoy excellent robes and food, be endowed
with attractive features, a scholar and will give trouble to his
adversaries. He will be highly intelligent, righteous, skilfulinhis
work and be of pure disposition. He will be a linguist and will enjoy
abundance of wealth. He will be skilful in interpreting the Sastras of
the remote past.

lira II II
274. Jupiter in Libra: If Jupiter is found in Libra at birth,
the person will possess surprising (i.e. incalculable) wealth, will
prattle a lot, be a great man, famous for his intelligence, beautiful,
endowed with good conduct, modest and extremely successful in
business affairs.
Notes: Moreover, the native wall be blessed with worthy and
numerous sons. He will be interested in meditation, worship, divine
assignments, and honouring Brahmins, guests and the like.
However, he will be troubled by his adversaries.
He will speak sweetly, be endowed with attractive (or
fortunate) features due to a kingly person, He will live in distant
lands. His wealth will be spent on dancers etc.

II ||

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 692

275. Jupiter in Scorpio: If Jupiter occupies Scorpio at birth,
the person will be mean, will have many enemies as well as strong
friends, will betray others, be ill-disposed, cunning, torturous and
will have a bad spouse.
Notes: The subject will experience additional effects as under.
He will lose his physical charm due to utter penury, will be arrogant
and will incur grief on account of his family members as well as
outsiders. Hischildrenwillrevoltagainsthim. He will incur loss of
children, be fond of finding others’ blemishes, will dishonour
others, be troubled by diseases, will acquire the company of
excellent women, be hypocritic and be interested in questionable
deeds.

<ydRHi4 n sus n
276. Jupiter in Sagittarius: Should Jupiter be in Sagittarius,
the native will be fond of offering gifts (to superiors), devoted to
Vedas and righteousness, and will head religious sacrifices and
vows. His wealth will be unstable. He will be a donor, be gentle and
will have many friends.
Notes: One with Jupiter in Sagittarius will enjoy'
conveyances, houses and beautiful ornaments, be learned,
intelligent and prosperous. He will be fond of living in places like
shrines and temples and be attached to his family members.
There is a version to state that the native’s wealth will be ever
firm (which is only logical) as against our text’s mention of
instability of wealth.
He will help others, be attached to functions like religious
initiation, religious Sacrifices and temple-renovation. He will enjoy
superior positions and will live in many countries (or places) and
will be long-lived.

’JI'f II Q«k9 II
277. Jupiter in Capricorn: One with Jupiter in Capricorn
will be soft in disposition, will have less energy, attached to mean
deeds, will meet with a bad end, be a fool, will have to obey others’
orders, be bereft of wealth, will undergo much labour and be
anguished.
Notes: Further, the native will lose his intelligence, be a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 693

servant, be devoid of sexual lust, be troubled by fear and diseases
and desirous of what he does not deserve. He will be unkind, not
attached to his kinsfolk and will not get suitable rewards for his
labour. He will often experience misfortunes and calamities.
fap I
fftifiMHiw&fiura *p*i II II
278. Jupiter in Aquarius: Should Jupiter be in Aquarius, the
native will be a tale-bearer, liar, contemptuous, untruthful, a bad
craftsman (or a bad worker), will serve others, be the chief of a
group and will indulge in very mean deeds.
Notes: Further, the native will incur diseases (particularly of
teeth and stomach) and financial upheavals. He will not believe in
the Almighty. He will lose his wealth on account of his own faults,
be ill-related to elderly women and be bereft of virtues and
intelligence.

279. Jupiter in Pisces: If Jupiter is in Pisces at birth, the

subject will honour his elders, be highly praiseworthy, bold, will
have firm undertakings, be highly proud and interested in meanings
of Vedas, Sastras and poetry.
Notes: The native will enjoy the following effects as welL His
wealth will increase due to the goodwill of men in power. He will be
skilful in domestic routines, be pure in conduct and will be
respected by men of virtues. He will advise even powerful people, be
famous and wealthy. His undertakings will always be successful. He
will be peaceful in disposition and be praiseworthy.

Ski I
II II
Jupiter’s Effects in Hora.
280. Jupiter in Sun’s Hora: If Jupiter is in the Hora of the
Sun, the person will be highly irascible, miserly, blemished in
respect of speech, very fierce, will commit sins secretly and will
argue with others.

II ^9 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 694

281. Jupiter in Moon’s Hora: If Jupiter is in a Hora ruled by
the Moon, the person will be fortunate, good-looking, will have firm
work and wealth, will afford shelter or protection to others, be
charitably disposed and be firm in friendship.

Effects of Jupiter in Decanates.

282. Jupiter in Sun’s Decanate: With Jupiter occupying a
decanate ruled by the Sun, the native will be miserly, cruel, bereft
of work, very bold and will gather wealth through questionable and
evil deeds.

MJIcHRhi II II
283. Jupiter in Moon’s Decanate: If Jupiter is in a decanate
of the Moon, the person will be exceedingly attractive, famousj
endowed with great honour and wealth, resolute and devoted to
gods and Brahmans.

'FTT I
fcnf&fa *FWM4l$i 5PWT II ^8 II
284. Jupiter in Mars’ Decanate: Should Mars be the lord of
the decanate occupied by natal Jupiter, the subject will incur fear
through his kinsfolk, diseases of the eyes and bilious imbalances.
His wealth and corn will be destroyed. He will be a garrulous
speaker and will indulge in thieving.

Rsnft-fld II II
285. Jupiter in Mercury’s Decanate: If Mercury be the ruler
of the decanate occupied by Jupiter at birth, the native will be an
excellent personage. He will be famous, endowed with learning and
modesty. Very charitably disposed, he will perform good deeds and
be endowed with virtues.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 695

^M<4l<fci Wi *fOTP( 11 II
286. Jupiter in Own Decanate: If Jupiter islound in his own
decanate, the native will possess good qualities and will have his
enemies defeated. He will be forgiving in disposition, will receive
royal honours, be rich in regard to quadrupeds and will respect his
elders.

HHlFWi ^iPdd || ^<3 II

287. Jupiter in Venus’ Decanate: When natal Jupiter is
found in a decanate ruled by Venus, say the following. The native
will be rich with plenty of gold and excellent gem-stones. He will be
of variable dispositions, endowed with happiness and be close to the
ruler.

KWI'W I

288. Jupiter in Saturn’s Decanate: If natal Jupiter occupies

Saturn’s decanate, the person will be fierce, will steal others’
wealth, be of bad disposition, will perform evil deeds, be bereft of
friends and will experience abundant grief.

TOW HStf bUR’jsl: JFH’Jg: || ||

Navamsa Effects of Jupiter.
289. Jupiter in Leo Navamsa: If Jupiter occupies the
Navamsa ruled by the Sun, the native will be a servant, will do evil
deeds, b^ wicked, bereft of wealth, of less energy and fierce.

EtalAlRf M]fc|c6< HOTI MGnfati II II

290. Jupiter in Cancer Navamsa: If Jupiter occupies
Cancer Navamsa ruled by the Moon, the subject will be fortunate,

Hora Ratnam /
fond of guests, fearful, gracious and liked by women.

o^lPdd TJIW JRTO’l I

JW&A<l<fcS || ||
291. Jupiter in Aries/Scorpio Navamsa: If Jupiter occupies a
Navamsa owned by Mars, the person will suffer from diseases of the
face etc., be in the grip of vices and expenditure, be sinful, brilliant and
very wicked.

RrtiPdd aiai4<* ii w ii
292. Jupiter in Gemini / Virgo Navamsa: If Jupiter occupies a
Navamsa of Mercury, the native will be kind, wealthy, righteous, well-
dressed, interested in Sastras and devoted to elders.

JJdlPdd II w II
293. Jupiter in Sagittarius / Pisces Navamsa: If Jupiter
occupies his own Navamsa, the native will be akin to a king (lit. will
wear royal dress), endowed with sons, will have excellent knowledge in
one particular line of art, will know the meaning of Sastras and be very
valorous.

II II
294. Jupiter in Taurus / Libra Navamsa: If Jupiter occupies a
Navamsa ruled by Venus the native will be happy, brilliant, famous,
grateful, meritorious and righteous.

firai fa’rasm’i i
JRj3 II II
295. Jupiter in Capricorn / Aquarius Navamsa: If* Jupiter is
found in a Navamsa ruled by Saturn, the subject will incur eye
diseases, be given to vices, bereft of wealth and valour . and troubled
by the ruler.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 704

-R 5^ ten I

it w H
Effects of Jupiter in Dvadasamsa.
296. Jupiter in Leo Dvadasamsa: If Jupiter occupies Sun’s
Dvadasamsa, the native will have neither wealth nor attractive looks.
He will be notorious, and will have many adversaries but no friends.
He will have an indifferent attitude and will not possess good qualities.

frnfaft ctPra ii II
297. Jupiter in Cancer Dvadasamsa: With natal Jupiter in
Cancer in Dvadasamsa the person will be wealthy, fond of guests,
endowed with happiness concerning children, willreceive royal
honours and be liked by one and all.

<?ql?d II 3*^ II
298. Jupiter in Aries / Sagittarius Dvadasamsa: If Jupiter
occupies a Dvadasamsa owned by Mars at birth, the subject will be
very evil in disposition, bereft of virtues, given to vices, troubled by
diseases and will undergo confinement.

QlRl-3it-q I
tkqlPEF Pfc^ II I)
299. Jupiter in Gemini / Virgo Dvadasamsa: If Jupiter is found
in a Dvadasamsa ruled by Mercury, the native will be famoiis in the
three worlds (i.e. widely famous), highly truthful, will possess all kinds
of virtues, and dear to the ruler and relatives.

font? 9oo ||
300. Jupiter in Sagittarius / Pisces Dvadasamsa: If Jupiter
occupies his own Dvadasamsa, the native will be plentiful in every
manner. He will be energetic, will conquer his foes, be given to fear
and diseases, liked by women and be ever virtuous.
Notes: "Bhaya Roga Yuktam" in the text means ” given to fear
and diseases". Contrarily, for Jupiter in own Dvadasamsa, the result
should be "freedom from fear and diseases". As such the original text

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 705

should read as "Bhaya Roga Muktam".

fcnfa® ‡‡‡ 11

301. Jupiter in Taurus / Libra Dvadasamsa: Natal Jupiter in a

Dvadasamsa ruled by Venus will give number of horses and abundant
gold. The native will be fond ofgueste, will enjoy pleasures, be gentle
and will destroy his enemies.

foq srftfo Hjl: II II

302. Jupiter in Capricorn / Aquarius Dvadasamsa: If Jupiter
occupies Saturn’s Dvadasamsa, the person will wear inferior dress, be
pitiable, ugly, very grieved, pained and troubled by thieves and kings.
5^ fan i
ff^wrx n 3°s 11
304* Jupiter in Trimsamsa of Saturn: If Jupiter occupies the
Trimsamsa portion ruled by Saturn, the native will be devoid of
wealth. He will take interest in sinful work, will go to others* wives, be
bereft of kinsfolk and be crooked in disposition.

’Fsft sptft i
n II
305. Jupiter in Trimsamsa of Mercury: Should Jupiter be in
the Trimsamsa portion owned by Mercury, the subject will be skilful
in speech, be dejected, devoted to Brahmins and Gods, be a satisfied
person and virtuous.

‡‡‡ 303 II
Trimsamsa Effects of Jupiter.
303.Jupiter in Trimsamsa of Mars: Natal Jupiter in the
Trimsamsa portion ruled by Mars will give the following results. The
native will be crooked, jealous, bereft of association with scholars,
bereft of virtues and be interested in arguments.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 706

II II
306. Jupiter in Own Trimsamsa: If Jupiter at birth occupies his
Trimsamsa portion, declare that the person is of an eminent descent.
Further, his mind will be set on contemplation of the Supreme Spirit.
He will be of forgiving disposition and be the best of the Vedic
philosophers (or the best of the knowers of sacred spells -
"Brahmavid" means either of these).

II li
307. Jupiter in Trimsamsa ofVenus: If Jupiter is found in the
Trimsamsa portion ruled by Venus, the native will be wealthy, modest,
endowed with sons, will enjoy pleasures, be liked by women and
adored by the band of rulers.

w tedilfy ii5o*5n
Jupiter with Other Positions.
308. Jupiter with Mitra Bala: If Jupiter begets Mitra
Bala, the native will be modest, virtuous, famous, firm, prosperous,
and endowed with good friends and good history.

II 3o<s II
309. Jupiter with Svaksehtra Bala: One with Jupiter enjoying
power on this count will possess good qualities, be scholarly, respectful
of gods and Brahmins, involved in a famous work and be highly
energetic.

310. Jupiter with Uchcha Bala: The person whose Jupiter is

found with this strength will be blessed with various kinds of wealth
apart from knowledge of music, craft, law, poetry, sweet speech and
considerate behaviour. He will also be merciful to others.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 707

311. Jupiter with Beneficial Aspect: One with Jupiter enjoying
strength on account of benefic aspects will not have diseases. He will be
inimical to . sinful and rustic people, and honoured by his kinsmen as
well as the ruler.

312. Jupiter with Ojha or Purusha Rasi Bala: If Jupiter is

endowed with this kind of strength, the native will excel in profundity
and courage. He will be wealthy with quadrupeds, will honour his
family deity, be righteous, virtuous and close to the ruler.

I
TO TRnfaai II 3?3 II
313. Jupiter with Digbala: If Jupiter earns full power in . this
respect, the native will.be a great scholar, and endowed with many
good qualities, food comforts and drinks. His enemies will vanish.

a^iftra wn n 3?sn
314. Jupiter with Cheshta Bala: If Jupiter gets Cheshta Bala,
the native will involve in good deeds. He will have knowledge of Tantra
and will enjoy wide happiness, be valorous, will earn wealth and be of
forgiving disposition.

JRRHS Mi>idiRM«i d-=<R<4i n w n

315. Jupiter with Diva Bala: When Jupiter at birth is found
with this strength (C/L Diva Ratri Bala), declare that the native will
become very famous and very, opulent. He will, be gracious, will have
his enemies kneel before him, will enjoy happiness, be a specialist in
Tantra and an excellent personage.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 708

FcMdl^yJ few II II
316. Jupiter with Vara Bala: Should Jupiter be endowed with
Vara Bala, the person concerned will be well-educated, will gain a
woman (i.e. spouse), be well-disposed to his relatives, an affable
speaker and an expert in all (i.e. various) arts.

cltUM $H-d<ll H’J'HFJ. I

. 3ldl W ^Pri JF^IHHR’RL II II
317. Jupiter with Varsha Bala: One with Jupiter enjoying
strength on this count will be fortunate but rustic in disposition. He
will be endowed with abundant valour, akin to a kin of the ruler (i.e.
very close to the king) and will enjoy plenty of food and drinks.

^<11^ $33*11
sraa Il 3?15 II
318. Jupiter’s Dispositor with Strength: If the dispositor of
Jupiter is found in strength, the native will be fortunate, grateful,
good-looking, modest, endowed with many superior women, honoured
by his people and be wealthy.

II II
319* Jupiter with Hora Bala: One with Jupiter with Hora Bala
will possess a high degree of wisdom and be of peaceful disposition. He
will have knowledge of scientific matters, Sastras, Vedas and enjoy
happiness. Fond of guests, he will possess great honours.

4l<il HZ IMIH^ I
R«llPdd «4$8|RHIH TFnfeH cUfarf: II ||
320. Jupiter with Paksha Bala: If Jupiter is strong in this
regard, the native will be very unstable (or will have many movements
from place to place), be chief of the persons, learned, a repository of all
kinds of happiness and endowed with gemstones, horses and elephants.

dbiWdl I
fa’ftfeda II 3R? II
321. Jupiter without Mitra Bala: If Jupiter is bereft of this
strength, the native will be miserly and be highly troubled on account

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 709

of enemies, fever, intoxicant drinks, diseases transmitted through
female pleasures, confinement and the like.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 710

ft3f3&4 HMPHCW^ II W H
322. Jupiter without Sthaana Bala: Once Jupiter is found
without this strength at birth, the person will be hardhearted, will lose
his wife, troubled by abdominal disorders, bereft of friends and struck
by fear.

II 353 II
323. Jupiter without Uchcha Bala: If Jupiter is deprived of this
strength, the native will be of base disposition, bereft of progeny and
wealth, vulnerable, ungrateful, highly pained by thieves and rulers.

i
4I4|RRV*|: II 358 II
324. Jupiter without Navamsa Bala: If Jupiter does not gain
Navamsa Bala, the person concerned will be troubled by fear, sins and
diseases. He will be very wretched and bereft of intelligence. He will
experience neither happiness nor grief.

325. Jupiter without Beneficial Aspects: Should Jupiter be

without this strength, the person will be exceedingly ugly in
appearance. He will have no patronage of his kinsfolk. His disposition
will be "very hard" (Cf. tender in disposition). He will be fond of
acquiring enmity with others, very irascible and of evil mind;

45 513 || 355 II
326. Jupiter without Ojha Rasi Bala: If Jupiter does not beget
this power, the native will have a female’s disposition, be timid, crafty,
inactive, troubled by phlegmatic illnesses and sinful.

^HCX-4414 II 33^9 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 711

227. Jupiter withoutDigbala: Should Jupiterbe without this
strength he will deprive the person of wealth and grains. He will be
interested in living in distant lands (out of distress), be unstable in
disposition and ever humiliated.

c(T ^4^: II II
328. Jupiter without Cheshta Bala: IfJupiterisdeprived of this
strength, the native will be sinful, fierce in appearance and be troubled
by women, lightning, sports (or dalliance) water and kings. (That is,
these will endanger the subject.)

329. Jupiter without Dina Bala: If Jupiter is not endowed with

Dina Bala (Cf. Diva Ratri Bala), the person will be a talebearer, will
obtain female issues, and very much troubled by windy diseases (like
arthritis, paralysis, rheumatism and gastric disorders). He will
eliminate enemies but will incur many (other) blemishes.

R-dlP-KI^<tti>iaMll JTfifoi II 33o II 1

330. Jupiter without Vara Bala: If Jupiter is without | this
strength, the native’s heroism will be injured. He will face j troubles
through bilious disorders, fire, thirst, fever, weapons and thieves. He
will neither be righteously disposed.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 712

bH’lfi0lJ^i HcFP^ II 33? II
c

331. Jupiter without Varsha Bala: Should Jupiter be without

this strength, the native’s wealth will not incur any increase. He will be
thin-bodied, ungrateful, unstable, and will ever suffer from diseases of
phlegm and wind.

’RIHdl^ ^4 ’RFF55 tl<4lfadl«^ II 33? II

332. Jupiter with Masa Bala: If Jupiter is without this strength,
the native will be a liar, fierce in appearance, interested in finding fault
with others, ungrateful, interested in others’ food and will be ill-related
to a number of others’ females.

II 333 II
333. Jupiter without Hora Bala: If Jupiter is bereft of this
strength, the person will be very cunning, unperplexed, weak, ugly,
confined and be an artisan.

HRdl-Wrci II 338 II
334. Jupiter without Paksha Bala: If Jupiter is without Paksha
Bala, the person will be devoid of kinsfolk, be miserly, devoid of
energy, will have many enemies and interested in others’ wives.

Thus of Jupiter's various positions as per senior Yavanas,

3jq
Now of Positions of Venus.

^iri<fc<wirxi «i§3HR<kk1lcN^ I
ajg MU’Ite’il TTFHj cHRU'ilAMiRuia II 33* II
Effects of Venus in Basis.
335. Venus in Aries: The native whose Venus is in Aries will not
be calm in disposition, will oppose auspiciousness (i.e. deeds of
welfare), be mean, will steal others’ women (or be ill- related to them),

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 713

be jealous and will wander in distant lands and forests.
Notes: One with Venus in Aries will be fond of living in different
regions. He will enjoy conveyances and housing properties, be highly
honouredby others and be bereft of enemies. (However, there are some
texts which indicate many enemies which does not seem to be actually
correct).
The native will further be fond of moving among men of
learning and will desist the company of illiterate men. He will be hard-
hearted and be imprisoned (or will incur legal troubles) on account of
women.

336. Venus in Taurus: If natal Venus occupies Taurus, the

native will possess many women, sons and gem-stones. He will be
famous and will have an attractive physique. He will patronize his
kinsmen and be very heroic. He will enjoy agricultural (or professional
strength) and will eke out his livelihood through cows (or quadrupeds).
Notes: Owning many women means associated with many
women. Eking out livelihood through cows and quadrupeds indicates
one’s association with running dairy-related business, breeding
animals and the like.
Further, there will occur the following effects. The person will
be happy with his spouse and children. He will acquire many children,
be wealthy, fond of scented articles and will deal with

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 714

agricultural products. He will be free from enmity, blessed with
attractive appearance, will generously help others, be learned in many
branches and highly honoured by others.
Venus in Taurus is specially favourable for achievements in
medical field.

H? I

337. Venus in Gemini: The native having Venus in Gemini will

be a skilful speaker;, be gallant, will honour friends, Brahmins and
guests, be grateful and interested in scientific pursuits, meanings of
Sastras and (mythological) stories.
Notes: One with Venus in Gemini will enjoy superior food
comforts, will have artistic talents, be a noted writer, and be wealthy.

w 11 w*5 n
338. Venus in Cancer: One with Venus in Cancer at birth will
be less energetic, learned, scholarly in Vedas and Wisdom, be (one of)
the most excellent person(s), soft in disposition and charming in
appearance.
Notes: Further the person will be attached with good deeds. He
will have a just and virtuous disposition and will charm others with his
sweet talks. He will incur diseases produced by contact with women
and those that are water-borne. His family will have some great
blemishes.

^4 II 33S II
331. Venus in Leo: When natal Venus is found in Leo, the native
will be well-disposed to his relatives, be less energetic, addicted to
enjoying pleasures of a wondrous nature, be charming, and respectful
of elders, Brahmins and preceptors.
Notes: One with Venus in Leo will acquire wealth through his
marriage and marital relatives. He will be honourable and happy. He
will incur grief on account of his family members but will gain through
his enemies. He will help others.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 . 715

Il 3tJo II
340. Venus in Virgo: If Venus at birth is found in Virgo, declare
that the person will be pliable in disposition. He willhave limited
wealth, will depend on others for his livelihood and will have
knowledge about women’s ornaments, carnal pleasures, music, arts
and writingactivities. He will be a sweet person.
, Notes: The native'will be fond of visiting pilgrim centers and will
be skilful in charming women.
As regards wealth there are three different views. Our text
denotes "limited wealth". There are two more extreme views - "blessed
by Goddess of Wealth", "utter penury". In my view, our text gives the
right effect for this position of Venus.. However, caution should be
exercised when Venus is found in the last degrees of Virgo which
position on its own will cause lack of, or great loss of, wealth.

II 98? II
341. Venus in Libra: One having natal Venus in Libra will be
wealthy, will trade in beautiful articles, be endowed with wonderful
garlands and robes, will act on his own will, and will possess wealth
gathered by labouring in many distant places.
Notes: The subject will further be -wealthy and be an excellent
poet or a literateur. He will earn wealth by his own efforts and be very
meritorious in his deeds.

5i3 mdK+msH’M n SBS II

342. Venus in Scorpio: If the natal Venus occupies Scorpio, the
person will be a liar, will bear contempt for others, be not
praiseworthy, will have inimical feelings for others, be base in
disposition, will possess a spouse with perverse disposition, be crafty
and shamelessly attached to others’ women.
Notes: One will further be belligerent and will betray others. He
will earn a bad name, will suffer from disorders of genitals and will not
possess much wealth. He will be unrighteous in disposition, will highly
boast himself and be a sinner. He will not have good terms with his co-
born or will lose them, be burdened by heavy debts and willincur
enmity with questionable women.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 716

II 383 II
343. Venus in Sagittarius: Should natal Venus be in Sagittarius,
the person will have unfruitful education and be a distinguished
speaker. He will be endowed with the benefits of the three of four
human pursuits, viz. Dharma (discharge of duty), Kama (gratification
of desire) and Artha (acquirement of wealth), be liked by men of the
world, be beautiful and very rich.
Notes: The native with Venus in Sagittarius will experience
additional effects as under. He will be happy with respect to his spouse
and progeny, well-related to men of learning, will hold superior
positions, endowed with quadrupeds, conveyances etc. and be stout-
bodied. He will be attractive in appearance.

I
II 388 II
344. Venus in Capricorn: If Venus occupies Capricorn at the
time of one’s birth, the native will be subjected to much anguish, fear
and hard-work. He will be a tale-bearer, be miserly, crafty, bereft of
masculine vigour and will perform dangerous, deeds.
Notes: One will further be ill-attached to aged women, be
burdened by heavy expenditure and fond of living in forest regions. He
will be engaged in others’ work and will undergo disorders of the
heart.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 717

345. Venus in Aquarius: One with Venus in Aquarius will be

H ’ysft gta n 38*

troubled in respect ofII work, and by passion and vices. He will not be a
good worker but attentive of end-results and be inimical to his elders
and children.
Notes: In addition to the above effects, the subject will be devoid
of wealth and will display aversion to good deeds. He will not be
righteous in disposition but be specially troubled by diseases and
emotional distress.

II 385 II
346. Venus in Pisces: If Venus occupies the sign Pisces at the
time of one’s birth, he will be extremely liberal, will keep up his word,
be highly intelligent, skilful in work, charming in appearance, close to
the king (or high-ups) and be honoured by men of virtues.
Notes: Further, the native will gain wealth through powerful
men, will usurp the wealth of his enemies, will donate to the needy, be
widely honoured and bezan opulent person. His words of advice will
find honour with everyone.

(jta ^<11^ I
f&ll-Jdfch'R wi ^^5 II 38^9 II
Effects of Venus in Horas.
347. Venus in Sun’s Hora: If Venus is found in a Hora owned
by the Sun, the native will be a fool, without wealth and virtues, will
torture others, be untruthful, thievish, highly libidinous, a tale-bearer
and not attached to his duties.

AsiQq n sb*5 II
345. Venus in Moon’s Hora: If Venus is in a Hora owned by the
Moon, the person will be liked by good people, be very wealthy,
beinterested in music, fond of Brahmins and be a 'head of the
emperors".

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 718

^fcnwri jHyk°4^b ajsi II 38^ II
Effects of Venus in Decanates.
349. Venus in Sun’s Decanate: If Venus occupies Leo in
decanate, the person will be hard-hearted, will lose his wealth will lose
his happiness on account of his association with base women, be
himself mean, a liar and will suffer from many diseases,

fafllWld f^Rl^R5 $3^ 11 3X° II

350. Venus in Moon’s Decanate: One with Venus found in the
decanate Cancer will be happy, learned, modest, devoted to father and
(elder) brothers, brilliant, dutiful but ungrateful.

351. Venus in Mars’ Decanate: If Venus occupies Aries or

Scorpio in decanate, the person will be attached to sinful deeds, will
incur diseases caused by hunger, be given to vices, cunning in
disposition and intent upon cheating others.

II W II
352. Venus in Mercury’s Decanate: If Venus occupies Gemini
or Virgo in decanate, the person will be fortunate, charming, skilful in
sexual matters, will have an affectionate and wicked wife and will
enjoy happiness on account of progeny, precious gems and gold.

y^iPdd <?si SHI^H sftfoR SHHI^ II W II

353. Venus in Jupiter’s Decanate: If Venus occupies Sagittarius
or Pisces in decanate, the person will be the best of men. He will be
attractive in appearance, be truthful, skilful in various arts, of
forgiving disposition and will please others.

354. Venus in Own Decanate: With Venus occupying Taurus or

Libra decanate one will be resolute, wealthy, virtuous, interested in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 719

spiritual pursuits, attractive, important among the folk of his family
and bereft of vices.

HP) |•
II 3XX II
355. Venus in Saturn’s Decanate: If Venus is found in
Capricorn or Aquarius decanate, the native will be subjected to
murderous attacks and confinement. He will be bereft of (i.e. discarded
by) relatives, interested in others’ wives, will hate others and will ever
serve (i.e. be associated with) evil men.

JlddrddtM^ II 3X5 II
Navamsa Effects of Venus.
356. Venus in Leo Navamsa: If Venus occupies the Sun’s
Navamsa, the person will be distressed, very timid, will greatly dislike
others, inactive, less heroic, cunning and will lose his energy and
happiness.

t sRqrwi ftjsra II II
357. Venus in Cancer Navamsa: Should Venus be in the Moon’s
Navamsa, the person willhave sons, will gain a good wife, wealth and
grains, will destroy his foes and be attached to his kinsmen.

H^l MJM<* R$l4fihl>^ II 3X* II

358. Venus in Aries / Scorpio Navamsa: If Venus is found in a
Navamsa ruled by mars, the person will be troubled by blood
disorders, will be pained greatly by thieves and rulers, will dislike
others and be dishonest.

*1^4 Ayl I

359. Venus in Gemini / Virgo Navamsa: One with Venus in a

Navamsa owned by Mercury will be learned, very dutiful, will visit
shrines, devoted to gods and elders, fond of guests and follow worthy

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 720

principles.

^MpraFtl sra I
3$° n
II
360. Venus in Sagittarius / Pisces Navamsa: If Venus occupies a
Navamsa owned by Jupiter, the person will honour Brahmins, will
gain in respect of Wisdom, learning, Agamas and Sastras, be close to
the ruler and endowed with attendants.

ewfyar*! STHRMST cfcRflfedai II 35? 11

361. Venus in Libra/TaurusNavamsa: IfVenus occupies his own
Navamsa, the native will be interested in spiritual knowledge, will
honour his religion, be intelligent, will subdue his enemies and will
undertake religious vows.

362. Venus in Capricorn / Aquarius Navamsa: Should the natal

Venus be found in a Navamsa ruled by Saturn, the person will be
pained by diseases and grief. He will be bereft of spouse, progeny and
wealth and will undergo a lot of miseries, particularly through men of
evil propensities.

II 353 II
Dvadasamsa Effects of Venus.
363. Venus in Leo Dvadasamsa: One with Venus occupying the
Sun’s Dvadasamsa will be pitiable, bereft of delay (i.e. be active),
bereft of intelligence, given up by his own men, of betraying
disposition, argumentative and untruthful.

^4 || 358 II
364. Venus in Cancer Dvadasamsa: If Venus is found in the
Moon’s Dvadasamsa, the subject will enjoy excellent conveyances, be
close to the ruler, will eqjoy pleasures, be wealthy and interested in
constructing parks and wells.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 721

’KcOWraH II 3£X II
365. Venus in Aries / Scorpio Dvadasamsa: Should Venus be in
a Dvadasamsa of Mars, the native will be fond of living in distant
places, gambling and war (or fighting). He will be ungrateful, will lack
wisdom and be attached to others’ wives.

F!|H|4MI3: II 3S5 II
366. Venus in Gemini/Virgo Dvadasamsa: If the native has
Venus in a Dvadasamsa of Mercury, he will be fortunate, charming,
endowed with a place (landed properties or position of importance),
wealth and drinks, be famous, interested to gather learning and will
incur limited blemishes.

fofcwtf 5^TF^ II 3«?U II

367. Venus in Sagittarius / Pisces Dvadasamsa: If Venus is
found in a Dvadasamsa ruled by Jupiter, the person will be gentle,
"very miserable", endowed with honour, friendship, sons and
wealth, will enjoy wonderful pleasures and be highly powerful.
Notes: "Sudeenam meaning "very miserable" is
obviously a copying error amidst all good effects for Venus with
Jupiter’s Dvadasamsa. Hence this particular effect should be
rejected as invalid.

II II
368. Venus in Taurus / Libra Dvadasamsa: If Venus is in his
own Dvadasamsa, the person will be a wonderful speaker, attached
to carnal pleasures, endowed with the three of four human ends, viz.
Dharma (dutifulness), Artha (acquirement of wealth) and Kama
(gratification of desire). He will be very learned, an important
person among the rulers and honoured by his kinsfolk.

i
qiHk*w»' sraifci n 11
369. Venus in Capricorn / Aquarius Dvadasamsa: If Venus
occupies a Dvadasamsa ruled by Saturn, the person will be bereft of

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 722

happiness and fortunes. He will commit sinful deeds, be bereft of
enemies, will live in distant places and be troubled by diseases.

Trimsamsa effects of Venus.

370. Venus in Trimsamsa of Mars: If Venus is in the
Trimsamsa portion of Mars, the person will be diseased, will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 723

5IJWn5KRj 34 M^4^<!|: Il 3^U II
Venus with Other Positions*
375. Venus with Mitra Bala: If Venus is endowed with this
strength, the person will have many friends, be fond of guests, wise,
kind, devoted to gods and endowed with wealth, lordship and
virtues.

376. Venus withSthaana Bala: If Venus begets Sthaana

Bala, the native will be important among meh, be honoured in his
place, be dear to women, a gracious person and be very courageous
(lit. leader of courage).

IJiHlkH* M£>4<4l*i II 3^19 II

377. Venus with Uchcha Bala: With Venus enjoying this
particular power, the native will enjoy abundant fame. He will be a
meritorious person, and be highly truthful, rich with quadrupeds
and will possess charming looks.

SHHfcT sfag II 3^ II
378. Venus with Navamsa Bala: If Venus begets this
strength, the native will win over his enemies, be fond of
performing Vedic sacrifices, will lead in charities, be famous,
liberated from blemishes and be the chief of the men of his race.

MUMlRMM II 3^ II

379. Venus with Benefic Aspects: If Venus enjoys this

strength, the person will be associated with auspicious functions, be
fierce, bereft of diseases, will have his foes subdued, be fond of
guests, and endowed with various kinds of happiness.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 725

dRd II II
380. Venus with Svakshetra Bala: If Venus is endowed with
this specified strength, the native will have (association with) many
women, and be endowed with prosperity, beauty, radiance, and
various kinds of financial gains.

31T5IT I
w fara 11 3*? 11
381. Venus with Digbala: If Venus obtains this strength at
the time of one’s birth, the person will be gracious, will have no
enemies, will have his fame spread in various directions and
countries, be wealthy, be large-hearted and be dear to all.
Notes: "Sutha +Aadhyam" (^jdlG^) in this verse need not be
translated as "rich in terms sons or progeny". It correctly means in
this context "having the wealth obtained - (Suta means obtained)"
and thus Venus with Digbala will give wealth.

^5J*R5 II 3*3 II
382. Venus with Cheshta Bala: Should Venus be with this
strength, the person will be gracious, brilliant, bereft of sinful
deeds, endowed with elephants andhorses, devoted to gods and
Brahmins, bereft of fear and will gain birth of sons.

HH
383. Venus with Vara Bala: IfVenus enjoys this strength,
the native will be inherently efficacious, scientific in temperament,
be interested in many Sastras, highly dutiful and will have his
enemies eliminated.
HHfeH II 3*8 II
384. Venus with Varsha Bala: One with Venus with this
strength will be fortunate, will win over his enemies, be endowed
with quadrupeds, robes, food etc. and be plentiful of everything.

SFHlft HZ ZJSfe? I
WEFH’jfif II 3*K II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 726

385. Venus with Hora Bala: If Venus earns this power, the
native will be virtuous, skilful in delivering affectionate words, be
honoured (even) by great men, and be a gracious and attractive
person.

386. Venus with Paksha Bala: One with Venus excelling in

Paksha Bala will conquer his enemies, be honoured by his kinsfolk,
highly righteous and will enjoy happiness with women dear to him.

w fera&n ?fldwi few i

n 3*s II
387. Venus bereft of Mitra Bala: If Venus does not get
strength on this score, the native will have no wealth and no
friends. He will be subjected to a lot of grief apart from royal
wrath.

ferftaz^ sp* u^sfea^ fetter i

$il5HIH<Wd fejfei ™ II 3** II
388. Venus bereft of Svakshetra Bala: The native whose
Venus does not score this strength will be highly evilsome, bereft of
virtues, attached to evil women, ugly, unrighteous, sinful and
ungrateful.
Notes: "Dushtangana Saiyaratharti' should read as
"Dushtangana sangaratham" to reflect the meaning "association *
with evil women".

5ra^ nfei i
n 3^ 11
389. Venus without Uchcha Bala: If Venus is devoid of this
strength, the subject will be dirty, very sinful, interested in mean
associations, will long for others* wives, will torture others and be
inflicted by a great disease.

RSjMki II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 727

390. Venus without Navamsa Bala: One with Venus
without Navamsa Bala will be very hard-hearted, distressed by
fear, bereft of truthfulness and wealth, contemptuous and will lack
in friendship.

HHH n 3V n
391. Venus without Beneflc Aspects: IfVenusis without
benefic aspects, the person will be humiliated, inactive, grieved,
and pained by the king and thieves.

feu fejU? II w II
392. Venus without Yugma Rasi Bala: If Venus is deprived
of this strength, the native will be very evilsome, will blame others,
will enjoy less happiness, devoid of a spouse and will incur great
evils.

3U5IH^d K&IWt I
wWi 513 ^3 HFUfef « 3S? II
393. Venus without Digbala: If Venus is without Digbala,
the native will be interested in livingin foreign countries, will not
have fortunes, be wicked, ungrateful, cunning and be not
associated with good people.

394. Venus without Cheshta Bala: If Venus is not found

with Cheshta Bala, the native will face murderous attacks and
confinement, be cruel, will perform evil deeds, be less energetic,
will have many enemies and be bereft of wealth and spouse.

II 3<tt II
395. Venus without Diva Bala: One with Venus without
Diva Bala (Cf. Diva Ratri Bala) will wear inferior clothes, be a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 728

thief, very evilsome, will have many (evil) associations, be bereft of
heroism, and subjected to fear.

II II
396. Venus without Vara Bala: If Venus does not enjoy this
strength, the person will eliminate his enemies, will lose his spouse,
be bereft of truth, humiliated by others, ever in grief and be
abandoned by his kinsmen.

MIW II 3^ II
397. Venus without Varsha Bala: If Venus is bereft of
Varsha Bala, the native will be debased, crooked, penniless,
abandoned by his people, attached to moving away to distant
places and will promote quarrels.

fasiRKlte* 3^: OJ SJHfiW II 3^ II

398. Venus without Masa Bala: If Venus is bereft of
this strength, the person will be sinful, be argumentative, given to
vices, highly distressed, fond of gambling and will be censured by
gentle people.

II 3SS II
399. Venus without Hora Bala: If Venus loses Hora Bala,
the native will neither be intelligent nor be truthful. He will have
no shame, no wealth and will wear inferior robes and be averse to
gods, elders and Brahmins.

3^513. II 8°° II
400. Venus without Paksha Bala: One with Venus without
Paksha Bala will be without wealth. He will be rustic and will lose
his shame and honour. He will be subjected to fear, and be a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 729

wicked and crooked fellow

I Thus of Venus’ positions as

per senior Yavanas.

Now of Saturn’s effects as per senior Yavanas.

<4 1
’rafira n B<>? II
Rasi effects of Saturn.
401. Saturn in Aries: The native having Saturn in Aries will
not be gentle, be ill-dressed, and will face the wrath of fate, vices
andhard labour. He will not prosper, will speak harsh and evil
words, be censured, poor and fond of enmity.
Notes: Further, the person will face failures in his
undertakings due to wrath of others. He will be away from his
kinsfolk. Or. he will be in their subordination.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 730

q II 8°3 II
402. Saturn in Taurus: If Saturn at birth is in Taurus, the
native will be involved with many activities, be poor, will work
without any devotion, will deliver unsuitable words, and will set his
heart on agec| women.
Notes: The native with Saturn in Taurus will receive the
following additional effects. He will have mental aberrations, be
untruthful, will lose his wealth on account of females and will
suffer blemishes in obtaining progeny. He will be dishonoured and
will fall in bad company.

403. Saturn in Gemini: If Saturn is in Gemini at the time of

one’s birth he will be highly libidinous, be under the pressure of a
lot of debts and confinement, crafty, deceiving, will do evil deeds
and be an adviser to a hypocrite.
Notes: In addition to the above, the native will have
knowledge of magic formulae. He will be ever distressed, be very
intelligent, very friendly to others, but will never enjoy happiness.

Hcfl ^RTrf II 8°8 II

404. Saturn in Cancer: The native having Saturn in Cancer
will be exceedingly poor, ever troubled by labour, will lose his
mother early, be soft and a distinguished achiever.
Notes: "Subhagaabhimaanam” is a wrong text for
"Sugunaabhiraamam" meaning that the native will be endowed
with superior virtues.
The native will further be agreat scholar but will noteasily
move among men of excellence. His childhood will be marked by
diseases while the middle age will grant him a princely life.
Generally, Saturn in Cancer will take one to great heights by tact
and presence of mind.
He will freely spend his wealth for pleasures and will not be
careful to save for the future. He will be fond of Vedas and ancient
disciplines. He will have a thin body with not so attractive features.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 731

405. Saturn in Leo: If Saturn is in Leo at the time of birth,
the native will possess blameworthy qualities and conduct, will
have serious blemishes, be discarded by his people and attached to
mean men.
Notes: The native in addition to the above effects will be a
skilful writer and will achieve fame thereby. He will suffer from
diseases of heart, digestion and head.
"He will be close to his co-born and will enjoy happiness
with regard to his spouse and progeny" - this is one school of
thought. There are alternative authorities (who, I feel, only are
right) attributing the following contrary effects thus: The native
will lackhappiness from spouse, will carry loads (i.e. will do mean
jobs), and be inimical to his own people.
Saturn in Leo is further not welcome for good relations with
one’s father.

313 f^RJ II II
406. Saturn in Virgo: One with Saturn in Virgo will look
like a eunuch, will seek shelter in others’ home and survive on their
food and will lose his wealth. He will blame his children, spouse
and other kinsfolk.
Notes: Further the subject will ever face disappointments in
his work, be immodest and be unstable in friendship. He will
sometimes gain energy and will sometimes be weak.
He will be associated with questionable women, will look and
conduct himself like a diseased person and will be extremely
crooked in disposition. He will lose the confidence of others.
However, he will be happy in regard to wealth and progress of his
progeny.

407. Saturn in Libra: One with Saturn in Libra will be a

chief among men, be interested in gathering wealth, will earn
honours in Saurashtra region and will achieve a position for his
wealth.
Notes: One wiilfurtherbe very libidinous, will live a kingly
life, be a notable donor, be long-lived and will be patronised by

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 732

men of authority. He will conduct like an elderly (or mature)
person in an assembly of men or in the society, be endowed with
virtues, will live in distant countries, and will hide his wealth from
the eyes of his own people. He will move among prostitutes,
infamous dancers and other mean women. He will either enjoy a
royal status or be a man of Superior Wisdom.

408. Saturn in Scorpio: If Saturn occupies Scorpio, the

native will be contepmtuous, will do crooked deeds, be not
righteous, be troubled by poison and fire, highly fierce and
shameless.
Notes: The native will further be wealthy and will also steal
others’ wealth. He will undergo abundant grief, and many diseases.
Particularly, he will be a victim of tuberculosis of the lungs (or
some other breathing disorders). He will be troubled by enemies.
He will have no male issues.
There is an authority to state that the ^native will be
troubled by utter poverty which is against a majority of views and
practical experience. In fact, Saturn here gives wealth gathered
through unjust means.

409. Saturn in Sagittarius: If Saturn occupies Sagittarius,

the person will be soft in disposition, will speak sparingly, be
interested in his .own religion and in learned men, will have
knowledge of meanings of Sastras, law, teachingand black magic
and will enjoy abundant happiness.
Notes: In addition to the above, the native will have
fulfilment of his desires through his progeny. He will own various
kinds of wealth and wide fame. Particularly, he will be opulent in
his old age.

II 8?O II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 733

410. Saturn in Capricorn: If Capricorn is occupied by
Saturn at birth, the person will be honoured by the members of his
clan, be an important person, will have knowledge of many deeds,
stories, teachership and numerous arts, will live in a distant land
and will enjoy social honours.
Notes: One will further be very effective and influential in
high circles. He will enjoy others’ lands and women, will acquire
knowledge of Vedas etc. and will be fond of gathering ornaments
and scented articles. Even his enemies will tend to honour him.

HcWI ^14^ I
II 8?? II
411. Saturn in Aquarius: If Saturn is in Aquarius, the
person will be highly truthful, will speak auspiciously, enjoy health
and supreme conveyances, be valorous, honourable and will
commit less sins.
Notes: (1) The person will be troubled by enemies, be devoid
of good friends and be unhelpful. This is one school of thought for
Saturn in Aquarius which is his Moola Trikona sign.
(2) Another text states: The native will commence many
undertakings but will not lead them to their completion. He will he
a Bar, will enjoy others’ women and properties, be crafty and be
averse to attaining Wisdom. He will be addicted to intoxicants but
will have a sturdy body.
It is to be observed that our text’s views are more practical.
As regards the other two texts quoted, I have reservations about
the underHned portions.
413. Saturn in Pisces: One having Saturn at birth in Pisces
will be the best among his kinsfolk and friends. He will be calm in
disposition, highly honoured, will perform religious sacrifices and
will set his mind on learning, arts, religious sacrifices and the like.
Notes: The person will be wealthy, will help others, will have
knowledge of law, and will acquire fame in the fag end of his life.
He will have special knowledge in testing precious stones, ski ’rai
i

R^HIPWH n a?? n
Hora Effects of Saturn.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 734

413. Saturn in Sun’s Hora: If Saturn is in a Hora of the Sun,
the person will have many enemies. He will be bereft of duties, be
shameless, unkind and attached to others’ wives.

$4 wi II ass II
414. Saturn in Moon’s Hora: If Saturn is in a Hora of the
Moon, the native will be highly famous, will enjoy abundant
beauty, happiness and wealth, be dear to others, handsome and will
serve gods (i.e. temples).

wimra ftnwn’i n an n
Decanate Effects of Saturn.
415. Saturn is in Sun’s Decanate: If Saturn occupies Leo in
decanate, the native will have daughters, interested in physical
exercises, bereft of courage, a gracious person and ever crooked in
disposition.
HPt 5^ I
38j fora&j II 89£ II
416. Saturn in Moon’s Decanate: If Saturn occupies
Cancer in decanate, the subject will be endowed with a great deal
of wealth, be wise, an expert in various arts, bereft of enemies and
be fond of (acquiring) sons.

HPT HtaH? 313 I

gfas? wi n «?« II
417. Saturn in Mars* Decanate: If Saturn is in Aries or
Scorpio decanate, the person will be crafty, in the service of others,
very harsh in speech, attached to sinful jobs, a liar, shameless and
devoid of friendliness.

Ufa I
fenPFT ’H’fcST 5RTFT FTSIFJE ■’lcRTItcffl>M || W ||
418. Saturn in Mercury’s Decanate: Should Saturn occupy
Gemini or Virgo in decanate, the person will be highly learned in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 735

Sastras, be scientific, dutiful, praiseworthy, happy with his own
wife and be fearless.

Gkicm SFIeH HGIOA II 8?^ II

419. Saturn in Jupiter’s Decanate: If Saturn is found in
Sagittarius or Pisces in decanate, the person will be attached to
gods and Brahmins, be an affable speaker, be tolerant of various
kinds of strains, resolute, honoured by great men and will acquire
a good spouse.

HPl SF5<l'HMH‘t I
saifagr II 83<> n
421. Saturn in Venus’ Decanate: If Saturn occupies Taurus
or Libra in decanate, the person will enjoy abundant food and
drinks, endowed with gains, be dutiful, will have good friends, will
eliminate his enemies and be free from vices.

w ii i«? ii
421. Saturn in Own Decanate: Should Saturn be in his own
decanate, i.e. in Capricorn or Aquarius, the native will have good
conduct and plenty of happiness, be close to royal progeny, very
liberal, bereft of diseases and will possess many friends.

5H§: MjMri II 855 II

Navamsa Effects of Saturn,
422. Saturn in Leo Navamsa: If Saturn occupies the Sun’s
Navamsa, the person will be highly irascible, will torture others, be
not with good people, be contemptuous of others and be slighted by
others.

HPI i
Il 853 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 736

423. Saturn in Cancer Navamsa: One with S a turn in the
Moon’s Navamsa will have a good spouse, be,interested in Sastras
and Yagnas (fire sacrifices), be charitable, will conquer his senses,
be an expert in Mantras and be an excellent personage.

'Rijwi n 858 II
424., Saturn in Mars* Navamaa: If Saturn occupies Aries or
Scorpio Navamsa, the person will talk much, attached to others’
women, be not dutiful, bereft of friends and will ever wear dirty
clothes.

cW Utolin II II
425. Saturn in Mercury’s Navamsa: If Saturn occupies
Gemini or Virgo in Navamsa, the person will be satisfied with
happiness and pleasures, be beautiful, auspicious, gainful, will have
knowledge of law and religious sacrifices, be fond of guests and be
an important person.

II 8=?S II
426. Saturn in Jupiter’s Navamsa: If Saturn occupies
Sagittarius or Pisces in Navamsa, the person will be respectful of
gods and Brahmins, endowed with wisdom, Agamas (or Sastras),
learning, and Truth. He will be gracious and will enjoy plenty of
foods and drinks.

Hl4|ug<s|:
ura AAPsW ^FlA II 83U II
427. Saturn in Venus* Navamsa: If Saturn occupies Libra
or Taurus in Navamsa, the person will visit pilgrim centers, be
religious, learned, grateful, will serve scholars, will win over his
senses, will possess a clean mind and be charming in appearance.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 737

f siaiftw n 8=^ n
428. Saturn in Own Navamsa: If Saturn is in Capricorn or
Aquarius Navamsa, the person will be very munificent, separated
(from his people), will enjoy increased happiness due to pleasures
from superior women, will win over his enemies, be firm, fierce
and heroic in disposition.

WTO H^q^l
tjAaWI'W ^8 AWfliq^ II 8^ II
Dvadasamsa Effects of Saturn.
429. Saturn in Leo Dvadasamsa: Should Saturn be in Leo
Dvadasamsa, the person will be intelligent, will speak harsh words,
be very wicked, interested in base women and be devoid of
excellence.

rWlP^I II 83° II
430. Saturn in Cancer Dvadasamsa: If Saturn occupies the
Navamsa of the Moon, the native will be intelligent, will have gains,
will enjoy abundant royal favours and be interested in music,
crafts etc.

gmuiHIWeit aftetfPcTd yiaRj>IIW>-M II 83? II

431. Saturn in Mars’ Dvadasamsa: If Saturn occupies Aries
or Scorpio in Dvadasamsa, the person will be highly troubled in
general, will incur diseases caused by vitiation of bile, be timid, will
always blame others, be famous and be an expert in Sastras.

farllftfci tpfci fekriFI faSH. II 83Q II

433. Saturn in Mercury’s Dvadasamsa: If Saturn occupies
Gemini or Virgo in Dvadasamsa, the native will be intelligent,
wealthy, dutiful, bashful and be turned away by kings.

311(^31 sWq ^Ssf'R I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 738

^llP^ Wi^lPcfci II 833 II
433. Saturn in Jupiter’s Dvadasamsa: When Saturn at birth
occupies Sagittarius or Pisces in Dvadasamsa, the person will be
attached to wealth, endowed with sons and honours from his
kinsfolk, bashful and agreeable to Brahmins.

HFniPFfj WJffl ^8^ II 838 II

434. Saturn in Venus’ Dvadasamsa: One with Saturn in
Libra or Taurus in Dvadasamsa will be endowed with plenty of
foods and drinks. He will possess a distinguished spouse, will enjoy
superior gem-stones and a high degree of fortunes and be the best
of the men.

SFR II 83X II
435. Saturn in Own Decanate: If Saturn occupies Capricorn
or Aquarius in Dvadasamsa, the native will have a firm mind,
willundertake religiousvows andfasts, willhavegood friends, be the
chief of his clan but ever of evil disposition.

Mi<l<tt«W|c|*( II 83? II
Trimsamsa Effects of Saturn.
436. Saturn in Mars’ Trimsamsa: One with Saturn in Aries
or Scorpio in Trimsamsa will be sinfully disposed, will perform
fierce deeds, be humiliated by kings (i.e. shunned by powerful
people), troubled by diseases and be a very wicked man.

II 83U II
437. Saturn in Own Trimsamsa: If Saturn occupies his own
Trimsamsa, i.e. in Capricorn or Aquarius, the subject will be
modest, will eliminate his enemies, be engaged in amassing wealth,
will have good friends, be highly energetic, truthful and will have
knowledge of law (or politics).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 739

W Sift I

438. Saturn in Jupiter’s Trimsamsa: One with Saturn in

Sagittarius / Pisces Trimsamsa will be fortunate, will increase his
religious merits by observing vows and fasts, be truthful and
resolute.

HO W5 II 83S II
439. Saturn in Mercury’s Trimsamsa: Should Saturn be
found in Gemini or in Virgo in Trimsamsa, the native will be the
best of the men of his race. He will have charming appearance, be a
scholar, righteous, and interested in Sastras.
Notes: ’dTWT1 is a corrupt text and is not included in the
translation.

fanftfei n SBO n
440. Saturn in Venus* Trimsamsa: If Saturn occupies
Libra or Taurus in Trimsamsa, the native will be endowed with
happiness and progeny. He will be fond of his guests, be intelligent,
grateful, fond of women and willreceive a high degree of honours
from various kings.

feRSWi «I0)I&J* tofa’fld Hdd II 88? II

Effects of Saturn for Other Positions.
441. Saturn with Mitra Bala: If Saturn enjoys Mitra Bala,
the native will have many friends and relatives. He will be firm in
disposition, will enjoy wide fame and learning, and be modest and
charming.

^ddl 3^ I
Wd^l^ M^Mdldd 'iMMpId^ II 885 II
442. Saturn with Sthaana Bala: If Saturn is endowed with
Sthaana Bala, the native will be pure, attentive, will join
prostitutes, will (yet) have a good spouse, be rich with quadrupeds
and honoured by men in rule.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 740

’raifaai add n 883 11
443. Saturn with Uchcha Bala: If Saturn begets this
strength, the person will be pure, attentive, endowed with
abundant gemstones, will eliminate his ermies and be ever
virtuous.

fenf? UW WWR II 888 II

444. Saturn with Navamsa Bala: If Saturn enjoys Navamsa
strength, the native will perform many Yagnas, be scholarly,
meritorious, will eliminate his enemies and be agreeable to
Brahmins.

II 88k II
445. Saturn with Benefic Aspects: Saturn with benefic
aspects will make the person fierce. The native will be endowed
with gains from agriculture, gold, grains and superior horses. He
will be happy and virtuous.

fiwi ycUftiy n 88? n

446. Saturn with Ojha Rasi Bala: One with Saturn enjoying
this strength will have strong body, be unconquerable, be liked by
women, be an affable speaker and skilful in various arts.

II 88^9 II
447. Saturn with Digbala: Saturn endowed with directional
strength will give the following effects. The subject will enjoy
abundant food and drinks, be considerate, will enjoy various
pleasures, fond of music and devoted to gods and Brahmins.
SJ^B I
RcMlPsfcl &VJWW R^HR>W{ II SB11 II
448. Saturn with Cheshta Bala: Should Saturn be with
Cheshta Bala, the person will perform good deeds, be truthful,

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 741

devoted to gods and Brahmins,/will visit pilgrim centers of high
merits and devoted to his father.

^B nqiP<w ww ll BB^ ll
449. Saturn with Ratri Bala: With Saturn acquiring Ratri
Bala, the native will be endowed with excellent happiness and
various pleasures, will have an attractive body, will do good deeds,
be kind to others, charitable and bashful.

WlWti f^53 II 8X° II

450. Saturn with Varsha Bala: If Saturn is endowed with
Varsha Bala, the native will earn a high degree of fame, restrained
(or patient), bereft of vices, will conquer his senses and devoted to
Gods and Brahmins.

sraifci 11 BK? 11
451. Saturn with Masa Bala: Should Saturn be endowed
with Masa Bala, the native will, have pleasing appearance, be
valorous, righteous, tolerant and will ever wish for others’ welfare.

S&Rt ellWcM q? I
HFPp’l: II BX3 II
452. Saturn with Vara Bala: One with Saturn enjoying
Vara Bala will be learned in various Sastras. He will not trouble
others, be honourable, be opulent and dear to men.
TH II 8X9 II
453. Saturn with Hora Bala: If Saturn is endowed with
Hora Bala, the native will receive honours, be bereft of mother (i.e.
will lose his mother early), be righteous, honoured by the king, and
will follow the path of men of distinction.

Slfrfal I
II 8X8 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 742

454. Saturn with Paksha Bala: Saturn with Paksha Bala
will give the following effects. The person will be free from enmity
with others, be honoured by his kinsmen, be an important member
of his clan, bereft of diseases and be sinless.

II 8XX II
455. Saturn without Mitra Bala: One with Saturn enjoying
no Mitra Bala will be highly wicked, be bereft of friends, will lose
his progeny, be withopt wealth, of ugly looks and be ever troubled
by the ruler.

■RfKcl BFRH II 8X5 II

456. Saturn without Sthaana Bala: If Saturn is deprived of
this strength, the native will be without wealth, without virtues,
troubled by others, attached to sinful deeds, ungrateful, troubled
by diseases and discarded by his kinsmen.

II 8X^3 II
457. Saturn without Uchcha Bala: If Saturn is without
Uchcha Bala, the person will be without wealth and virtues, be won
over by others, and be addicted to gambling etc.
&lf3rd|s&: I
$ gUM w^ti srfc niMfeH n Bk* 11
458. Saturn without Navamsa Bala: Saturn not enjoying
this strength will cause the following effects. The native will be
learned in many Sastras but will trouble others, be bereft of wealth
and grains, be not cautious and be troubled by the king.

RM*I II II
459. Saturn without Ojha Rasi Bala: One with Saturn being
this way will be troubledby diseases, enemies and calamities. He
will be ugly, fierce, not righteous and will discard his religion.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 743

31^ 5^ H«R<xb^ |
R<IQiyi || 8$o ||
460. Saturn without Digbala: If Saturn is without
directional strength, the person will be interested in others’
women, be pessimistic, fierce, will betray his preceptors (or elders)
and be shameless.

AjMcS aHM&i II 8?? II

461. Saturn without Cheshta Bala: If Saturn is without
Cheshta Bala, the native will be well-dressed but will face many
evils. He will bear contempt for others, be crooked, will possess an
evil spouse, be bereft of honour and be discarded by others.

nraifri II «« II
462. Saturn without Ratri Bala: If Saturn is without Ratri
Bala, the native will be bereft of sexual pleasures. He will be
cunning, troubled by diseases, will have evil aims and will blame all
others.
dlW^d dl^ddl I
£fei II 853 II
463. Saturn without Vara Bala: If Saturn is without Vara
Bala the native will be penniless, be given to various vices, be
blame-worthy, ill-dressed and very valorous.

n BSB II
464. Saturn with Varsha Bala: Should Saturn be without
this strength, the native will incur fever, bilious disorders, itch and
head-aches. He will be untruthful.

q<d<Ua i WSRj
II 8« II
465. Saturn without Masa Bala: If Saturn is without Masa

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 744

Bala, the native will argue with others, will lose his wealth, will
incur evils, be hard-hearted, attached to living in distant places and
be devoid of affection.

II 855 II
466. Saturn without Hora Bala: If Saturn is without Hora
Bala, the native will be devoid of spouse and children, interested in
unrighteous deeds, be well-dressed but highly troubled by relatives.

QlAlffc (ftd: I
WW q<d<U»’d II 85K9 II
467. Saturn without Paksha Bala: If Saturn is without
Paksha Bala, the person will be discarded by his kinsfolk, be sinful,
troubled by his relatives, will like living in distant places and will
argue with others.

Thus of effects for Saturn’s positions as per senior Yavanas.

i wri

Now broad effects of exalted planets etc. as per Saravali.

TO f^Hf^ TOWfit I
o
u’jni
as*nifesq
u
468. (a) Exaltation: A planet that is exalted will grant
lordship.
(b) Moola Trikona: One in Moola Trikona will give
ministership or headship of an army.

II 8SS II
469. (a) Own Sign: A planet in own sign will keep the native
happy with wealth and grains.
(b) Friend’s Sign: One in a friend’s sign will bless the native
with fame.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 745

wfa II II
470. Planet with Hora Bala: Ifa planet earns Hora Bala, the
native will be radiant, extremely happy, will enjoy undiminished
lordship, wealth granted by the king and valour. He will deliberate
a lot.

feukwewkl: II gy? 11
471. S^ptamsa & Dvadasamsa: (a) A planet enjoying
Saptamsa strength will make one valorous, wealthy and very
famous.
(b) Should a planet enjoy Dvadasamsa strength, the person
will be attached to his work and will help others.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 746

II 8^ II
472. Drekkana & Navamsa: (a) A planet enjoying
Drekkana strength will make one virtuous.
(b) If a planet enjoys Navamsa strength, the native will be
famous.

W fcRFHfepq ’JuilfcH I
: ^IRFl II 8^3 II
II 808 II
^*1 swH'iR <t>eq I
Hpneg: II 8«X II Vftft
FEFWlf I
airaiacSH^at n 8^ n

siatoai ^rf^ra; n aoo n

fag’ifea ^Ei414«HpMd-. i
n B's* II
qgl^qf: ?RFm W I
w gai a II 8v»s II
473 • 479. (a) Should a planet enjoy Trimsamsa strength, the
native will enjoy extensive happiness and be virtuous.
(b) If a planet gets beneficial aspects, the native will acquire
money and fame. He will be fortunate, chief of all, will possess an
attractive physique and be quite soft in disposition.
(c) When a planet at birth gets Ojha Rasi Bala or Stri Rasi
Bala, as the case may be, the native will be honoured by others. He
will be an expert in arts. A gracious figure, he will be afraid of
others.
(d) If a planet earns Sthaana Bala, the person will enjoy

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 747

happiness concerning his position and friends. He will have rich
inheritanoes (Bhaaga), be courageous, firm in disposition and will
have an independent work.
(e) Should there be a planet with Digbala, it will take him to
the direction ruled by it and will grant him robes, ornaments,
conveyances and happiness (i.e. fortunes in general).
(f) A planet with Cheshta Bala will give wonderful effects
like - sometimes kingdom, sometimes honours, sometimes fame
and sometimes pleasures.
(g) A planet with Ayana Bala will bestow various kinds of
wealth in the particular direction ruled by it.
(h) If a strong benefic planet is retrograde at birth, the
native will acquire kingdom. A malefic thus found will give vices
and unfruitful wanderings.

II 8*° II
480. Naisargika Bala: A planet endowed with Naisargika
Bala will give health and happiness on account of physical union; if
it is highly beneficial, the native will attain a kingdom that cannot
be conquered by his enemies.
Notes: The purpose of this verse is not clear. For all
horoscopes, Naisargika bala of planets is the same.

HfcWfa II 8*? II
481. Diva-Ratri Bala: When a planet at birth enjoys either
Diva Bala or Ratri Bala as the case may be, the person will gain
landed properties and elephants (i.e. conveyances). He will deify
his enemies with his increasing valour and will attain prosperity.

*«riR^I Willy VH Tf II 8*3 II

482. Varsha Bala etc.: Note the planets with Varsha Bala,
Masa Bala, Vara Bala and Hora Bala. Happiness, fame and Hora

Ratnam / Chapter 4 749

wealth will in the respective Dasas double in the ascending order.
That is Masa (month) lord will give double the effects of Varsha
(year) lord, Vara (week-day) lord will give double the effects of
Masa lord, and Hora (planetary hour) lord will give double the
effects of Vara lord.

QlQIIJMK’WWJ, II 8^3 II
483. Paksha Bala: The planet with the highest Paksha Bala
will destroy the native’s foes and will give him precious stones,
robes, elephants, wealth, women, gold, lands and fame akin to the
rays of the moon.

7Ts4 W II B^B II
484. Kirana Bala: A planet that enjoys Kirana Bala (that is
a planet earning maximum number of pure and brilliant rays and
not yet losing them) will give kingdom and happiness in excess of
the native’s desire.

3iq 4<UJii^H<^>i(^4i^iftrf3i’w i
MPsw-m*! -
Now about the effects of planets in exaltation, Moola
Trikona, friendly sign, debility and inimical signs.
Firstly explained are the effects of exalted planets as per the
work "Chandrika!' upto sloka 533.
Notes: The text "Chandrika" hinted at by Bala Bhadra
seems to be Haurika Chandrika in this context, and not Jataka
Chandrika.
Kalyana Varma in his Saravali adopted these very slokas of
"Chandrika".

MR'SA —
M3: 118^ II
485. The Sun in Exaltation: If the Sun is exalted, the native

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 750

will be endowed with meritorious acts, wealth, servants^ progeny,
wealth through women, loss of enemies by his fierce courage, anger
and captainship over the men of his clan.
Notes: The results described for this kind of occasions will
materialise in full when the planet is in deep exaltation. Once it
crosses ite deep exaltation degree, it is no more powerful in the
same sense.
Similarly this yardstick should be followed for Moola
Trikona, debility etc.

-
cetaSHR?: Wl: || ||
486. The Moon in Exaltation: If the Moon is exalted, the
person will be a donor, will enjoy pleasures, be the leader of
plenteous women, be like a kinsfolk to others, interested in various
kinds of sports, be of unstable disposition, will have many
daughters, sons, horses, elephants and chariots, be radiant,
honoured in the world and gracious.

vpHpqjuf: I

Mdl41 II II
487. Mars in Exaltation: Mars in exaltation in a nativity will
lead to the following. The person will encharm all the kings of the
earth with his fierce courage. He will be skilful in using weapons,
be replete with wealth and grains, will have abundant blood in his
body, Will horrify his enemies in war-field and be valorous.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 751

HihRtefiTfl II 8^ II
488. Mercury in Exaltation: If Mercury is exalted, the
person will be a teacher, intelligent, chief of the rulers, will inherit
lordship, be virtuous, liberal, endowed with unsullied fame and
good sons, will not fall sick, will have good friends and will help
one and all.

O'

HCR Staid: II 8^ II
489. Jupiter in Exaltation: One who has Jupiter in
exaltation at birth will be the lord of the earth, generous, a donor,
pure with the knowledge of Supreme Being, endowed with many
sons and grandsons, attached to visiting pilgrim centers, will tie
rosary beads and be a lord of wealth.

^ifelRTOJ; 3^: -
II 8<?o II
490. Venus in Exaltation: The native with Venus in
exaltation will be the lord of a country, be of firm disposition, a
good adviser, valorous, famous on account of lording over all
people, interested in heading thieves and others, a good poet, very
intelligent, head of the race and be a very satisfied person.

arm? -

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 752

II 8S? II
491. Saturn in Exaltation: One with Saturn in exaltation
will be the lord of a kingdom extending upto the oceans, will have a
sturdy body, be disposed to torture others in the war-field and
endowed with elephants, horses and precious gems.

II 8V II
492. Rahu in Exaltation: If Rahu is (exalted) in Gemini, the
person will be a king of mean people, be valorous, endowed with
horses, elephants and wealth, attached to his relatives, crooked in
disposition, fearless, and endowed with a replete granary.

Now the effects for planets in Moola Trikona etc. according

to Saravali.

*FFR SRft II 8^3 II

493. (a) The Sun in Moola Trikona: If the Sun is in his
Moola Trikona portion at birth, the native will be wealthy, happy,
and very skilful.
(b) The Moon in Moola Trikona: The native with the Moon
in her Moola Trikona portion will enjoy pleasures and be wealthy.

^hft gift i

HH II 8^8 II

494. (a) Mars in Moola Trikona: One with Mars in Moola

Hora Ratnam
Trikona portion will have the courage comparable to that of the
Sun-god, be wicked and unkind.
(b) Mercury in Moola Trikona: One with Mercury in Moola
Trikona portion will be sportive and successful.

II 8^ II
495. (a) Jupiter in Moola Trikona: The person with Jupiter
in his Moola Trikona portion will not be cruel, be a very greater
person, learned in matters of law and will enjoy happiness.
(b) Venus in Moola Trikona: The native with Venus in his
Moola Trikona portion will be excellent among the men in his
village/town and will possess a disposition akin to that of the
members of sovereignty.

3JRnf#fa 31#: I
5^ 5E II 8S$ II
496. (a) Saturn in Moola Trikona: One with Saturn in his
Moola Trikona portion will be rich, attached to his race (or family)
and be valorous.
(b) The Sun in own Sign: One with the Sun in his own sign
will be cheerful and will perform very fierce deeds.

WFHRHS? I
311^1 Hln: <r<=l<lRp|: II 8^ II
497. (a) The Moon in Own Sign: The native with the Moon
in her own sign will be righteous, intelligent and be attractive in
appearance.
(b) Mars in Own Sign: Should Mars be in his own sign, the
person will be rich and highly fickle-minded.

•O qilo^WGfci ^E II 8^ II
498. (a) Mercury in Own Sign: One with Mercury in own
sign will be an impressive speaker and a scholar.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 754

(b) Jupiter in Own Sign: When Jupiter occupies his own sign
at birth, the person will be knowledgeable in poetry and Vedas. He
will be rich and will perform great deeds.

tcRlRNI: II II
499. (a) Venus in Own Sign: If the native has Venus in own
sign, he will be a husbandman and will possess extensive wealth.
(b) Saturn in Own Sign: If Saturn is in own sign, the person
will be honourable and bereft of grief.

fcisf’l: SRHft WcTdt

500. (a) The Sun in a Friendly Sign: If at birth the Sun is in
a friendly sign, the native will enjoy firm friendship and wealth. He
will be a donor.
(b) The Moon in a Friendly Sign: If the Moon at birth is in a
friendly sign, the native will be famous, happy and highly
honourable.

509. (a) Mars in a Friendly Sign: Should the natal Mars be

in his friendly sign, the subject will be intent upon protecting his
wealth and friendship.
(c) Mercury in Friendly Sign: If Mercury is in his friend’s
sign, the person will be skilful and highly jocular in disposition.

502. (a) Jupiter in a Friendly Sign: One with Jupiter in a

friendly sign, will be honoured by virtuous men and will perform
distinguished acts.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 755

(b) Venus in a Friendly Sign: If Venus is in a friend’s sign,
the native will be liked by his friends, fond of wealth and be highly
heroic.

Hfel 1^3 4kM<KsMI«V^fcl9| II ^©3 II

,503. (a) Saturn in a Friendly Sign: If Saturn is in a friend’s
sign, the person will eat others’ food and be interested in irreligious
deeds.
(b) The Sun in Debility: One with the Sun in debility will

II II
serve others and will be separated from his relatives.
504. (b) The Moon in Debility: If the Moon is in debility, the
person will not have many meritorious deeds to his credit. He will
be sickly and unfortunate.
(b) Mars in Debility: If Mars is in debility, the native will
incur calamities and vices and be very mean.

413 ^5: II II
505. (a) Mercury in Debilitation: One with Mercury in
debilitation will be mean and inimical to his kinsfolk.
(b) Jupiter in Debilitation: One with Jupiter in debilitation
will be dirty, humiliated and be very indigent.
Notes: (b) "Ati deeptam" should read as "Ati deenam" to
mean "very indigent".

5HS5R |
|| KoS ||
506. (a) Venus in Debility: The native whose Venus is in
debility will be dependent, will lose his spouse and be of odd
disposition.
(b) Saturn in Debility: One with debilitated Saturn will invite
dangers, be of blameworthy conduct and bereft of wealth.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 756

H? II ii
507. (a) The Sun in Inimical Sign: The native who has the
natal Sun in enemy’s sign will be bereft of wealth and be troubled
by sexual lust.
(b) The Moon in Inimical Sign: One with the Moon placed in
an enemy’s sign willever be troubled by diseases caused by hunger.

aran u x®15 II
508. (a) Mars in Inimical Sign: The native with Mars in an
inimical sign will face confinement, enmity and obstacles. He will
be poor, distressed and unfortunate.
(b) Mercury in Inimical Sign: One with Mercury in an
inimical sign will be unwise, poor in speech and be of variable
dispositions.
Notes: (a) The text reads wrongly in respect of the first line
concerning Mars. Saravali (Part 2, English translation by R.
Santhanam), ch. 44, sloka 20, has the following: "Bandhaaribhanga
bhaajam, deenam vikalam cha durbhagam bhaumah" for which the
translation is made accordingly as above.

TO? || II
509. (a) Jupiter in Inimical Sign: One with Jupiter in an
enemy’s sign will be a eunuch, bereft of good dress and be
ungetlemanly in behaviour.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 757

Wl II *?o II
510. (a) Saturn in Enemy’s Sign: One with Saturn in an
enemy’s camp will be dirty, and will incur diseases and grief.
(b) Two Planets in Exaltation: If two planets occupy their
exaltation spaces, the native will be wealthy and famous.
(c) Three Planets in Exaltation: If three planets are in their
exaltation zones, the subject will protect his city, and be an army
head.

WJ HHfdyfiH II k?? II
511. (a) Four Planets in Exaltation: One with four planets in
exaltation sign will acquire fame from an important ruler, be
liberal and righteous.
(c) Five Planets in Exaltation: The native having five planets
in exaltation will be famous, equal to a king and will increase his
through multiple means.

H5T I '
JWFHHtilH II W II
512. Six Planets in Exaltation: If six are exalted at birth, the
person will be a king. He will earn reputation by his donations and
will enjoy numerous vehicles.

513. All Planets in Exaltation: When all planets occupy their

exaltation spaces, the native will be an emperor of the earth bound
by seas on all sides.
Notes: Yogas of these specifications are in found in many
texts. It is not known why the astronomical impossibility was not
considered by our ancient texts. Or is there something which we
are unable to understand ?
II W II
514. Two Planets in Moola Trikona: If two planets are in
their respective Moola Trikona portions, the native will be a family
person, will increase the reputation of his family, be an excellent
person and widely famous.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 758

II im II
515. (a) Three Planets in Moola Trikona: If three planets are
in their Moola Trikona portions, the native will enjoy abundant
wealth and virtues. He will lord over villages.
(b) Four Planets in Moola Trikona: If four planets are in
their Moola Trikona portions, one will be wealthy, honoured by the
king and be agreeable to one and all.

II II
516. Five Planets in Moola Trikona: If five planets are in
their Moola Trikona spaces, the person will be a chief protector of
wealth of the city and the king and will enjoy family happiness.

<1^ QllPd PRd || II

517. Six Planets in Moola Trikona: If six planets occupy
their Moola Trikona portions, the native will be learned,
munificent, wealthy and will become a king eve n though his birth
may be in a family of cowherds.

II U?” II
518. All Planets in Moola Trikona: If all the planets are in
their Moola Trikona portions, one will be a king, rich with robes,
females and strength and skilful in learning and Sastras.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 759

F«IR^il(^4l f^THl: II *9^ II
’ 519. (a) Two Planets in Own Signs: If two planets are in their
own signs, the native will be chief of his race, honoured by his
kinsfolk and fortunate.
(b) Three Planets in Own Signs: One having three planets in
own signs will expand his descent, be rich and will enjoy position
and fame.

520. (a) Four Planets in Own Signs: If four planets are in

own signs, the person will be famous, will perform distinguished
deeds and endowed with towns, groups of men etc.
(b) Five Planets in Own Signs: If five planets are in their own
signs, the person will be a king possessing abundant quadrupeds,
lands, females and sons.

•jMcjyilldl faqa II II
521. Six Planets in Own Signs: If six planets are in their own
signs, the native will speak loudly, be brilliant, irascible and
endowed with horses and elephants. One born in a royal family
with this combination will be a king.

^cjxl jfl II X33 II

522. (a) Seven Planets in Own Signs: If seven planets are
found in their own signs, the native will become a king and will win
over his enemies.
(b) Two Planets in Friendly Signs: If two planets are in
friendly signs, the native will enjoy a good history and will join his
friends for shelter.

<o<tfa: II II
523. (a) Three Planets in Friendly Signs: If three planets are
in their friendly signs, the native will help his friends and relatives
and be virtuous.
(b) Four Planets in Friendly Sign: If four planets are in their

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 760

friendly signs, the person will be devoted to Brahmins and gods and
be famous.

524. (a) Five Planets in Friendly Signs: If five planets are in

their friendly signs, the native will serve the king, be wealthy but
will not be a well-wisher of the king.
(b) Six Planets in Friendly Signs: If six planets are in their
friendly signs, the native will enjoy extensive pleasures,
conveyances and wealth and be akin to a king.

525. (a) Seven Planets in Own Signs: If seven planets are in

their own signs, the native will have many elephants, horses,
servants and articles and be a king.
(b) Two Planets in Debilitation: If two planets are in debility,
the native will be mean, firm in speech and endowed with spouse.

526. (a) Three Planets in Debility: If three planets are in

their debilitation portions, the native will be a fool, righteous and
be a servant.
(b) Four Planets in Debility: If four planets are in
debilitation, the native will be indolent, will lose in his undertakings
and be a servant.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 761

wiwra: H3WI: !i u^’a n
527. (a) Five Planets in Debility: If five planets are in
debility, the native will be without a home, will have an
incompatible spouse and be a servant of others.
(b) Six Planets in Debility: If six are in fall, the native will be
injurious, be troubled by fear and hard labour, mean and weak.

II II
528. Seven Planets in Debility: If seven planets are in fall,
the native will earn food by begging, be troubled by hunger and
will lose everything.

4cb«Wdi Rw41dlH I
3lRmR'HdHIH(il H”ri SFWfl II W II
ts
529. Two Planets in-Inimical Signs: If two planets at birth
are in the their inimical signs, the person will be anguished, fond of
creating quarrels and be highly humiliated.

II II
530. (a) Three Planets in Inimical
Signs: One with three planets in inimical
signs will be laden with various kinds of expenditure and grief. He
will lose his heart due to heavy troubles.
(b) Four Planets in Inimical Signs: If four are in their
inimical signs, the native will face his death due to loss of money
and health.

f^n I

531. (a) Five Planets in Inimical Signs: One with five

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 762

532. planets in their enemies’ signs will be
troubled due to losses, vices and black magic.
(b) Six planets in Inimical Signs: One with six planets in
inimical signs will be an orphan and be (ever) in grief.

533. Seven Planets in Inimical Signs: If at birth, seven

planets are in their enemies’ signs, the native will possess a fearful
body. He will ever be deprived bed, robes, food etc.

II U33 II
534. If a planet is in its exaltation division, the (good) effects
will be wholesome. If a planet is in such a division identical with its
Moola Trikona Rasi, the results will be the same as for its Moola
Trikona Rasi. If it is in a division akin to its own Rasi, the results
will be as for its position in own Rasi. If it is in debilitation or
inimical divisions, the results will be the least.
Thus end the effects for planets in exaltation, Moola Trikona,
friendly, debility, and inimical signs.

Thus ends the fourth chapter dealing with the effects for
planetary positions, exaltations etc. in Hora Ratnam. of Bala Bhadra,
son ofPandita Damodara, the excellent of astrologers.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 4 763

CHAPTER
FIVE
'Evtfs, ‘Raja yogas & their canccltation,
Tancfia Maha Turusha yogas, Qraha Xjranas
etc..

srarfeiwit —
Now explained are the Yogas for various evils.

sfRIFq II ? II
1. Early Death: (a) If the Moon placed in the 6th, 8th or 12th
is in conjunction with or is aspected by malefics, the child will
instantly die.
(b) Instead, if benefics aspect the Moon as above, death will
occur at the age of 8.

in ii
2. Death within a Month: Benefics in the 6th, 8th or 12th
(instead of the Moon as above) in retrogression and in aspect to
malefics will cause death of the child within a month. But in this
yoga, the ascending sign should be bereft of a benefic planet’s
occupancy.
Notes: Though the text uses '’benefics" in plural, the actual
purpose of this verse is: Any benefic (one among Mercury, Venus
and Jupiter) in retrogression in one of the houses viz. 6th, 8th and
12th, and receiving the aspect of a natural malefic planet will kill
the child within a month of its birth, provided the ascendant is free

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 765

from the occupation of other benefics.

HR I
HF? nrat WHI n 3 11
3. Danger to Relatives: If the 5th house is occupied by the
Sun, Saturn, the Moon and Mars, the native will lose his parents
and brother early.
Notes: That is one way of translation of the verse. However,
the following is the right way to beget correct concept, splitting the
Yoga into three different ones, as the instruction relates to early
loss of three different relatives:
1. The Sun in the 5th with Saturn - early loss of father.
2. The Sun in the 5th with the Moon - early loss of mother.
3. The Sun in the 5th with Mars - early loss of brother (or
sister).

4. Early Death: (a) Mars in the ascendant related to a

malefic by aspect or conjunction and unrelated to a benefic will
cause early death of the child.
(b) The same effect will come to pass if Mars is in the 8th in
aspect to or in conjunction with Saturn or the Sun, but with no
relation to a benefic by aspect or conjunction.
Notes: (a) If the native overcomes this danger due to other
opposite combinations, he will be endangered later by blood
disorders, heart problems, injuries, accidents etc.
(b) Similarly this yoga will later on turn into a severe blemish
for the native’s marital life and his co-born’s wellbeing.

II k II
5. Same: The Moon along with a malefic planet placed in the
9th, 7th or the ascendant will cause early death of the infant,
provided there is no interference by a benefic by aspect or
company.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 766

II $ II
6. Same: A child born in Sandhya period, in Moon’s Hora,
in Gandanta and with malefics in every angle from the Moon will
be destroyed early.
Notes: This Yoga should again be split into three different
ones.
(a) Birth in Sandhya (see sloka 7 infra) while malefics are in
Moon’s angles.
(b) Birth in Moon’s Hora while malefics are in Moon’s
angles.
(c) Birth in Gandanta while malefics are in Moon’s angles.
In fact, Gandanta alone can cause early death of the child,
and adding "Sandhya" (as at "a") and Moon’s Hora (as at "b")
will only defeat the efficacy of Gandanta.

Ulcf: RHlfe^l II <3 II

7. Sandhya Defined: Three ghatikas from the setting of the
Sun’s half disc constitute evening Sandhya (evening twilight)
portion. Similarly three ghatikas after the rising of the Sun’s half
disc constitute morning Sandhya (morning twilight).

HR Wit tow II " II

8. Early Death: Birth should be in Scorpio ascendant while
the oriental half is occupied by malefics and the western half by
benefics will kill the child instantly.
Notes: Oriental or occidental half is the 180 degree portion
from the meridian to the cusp of the 4th house, including the
ascendant. Western half of the horoscope is the portion covering
180 degrees from the cusp of the 4th house to the meridian,
including the 7th house. These two halves are also known in order
as Poorva Ardha or-Pragardha (first half) and Para Ardha or
Paschima Ardha or Uttara Ardha (second half), vide Sambhu Hora
Prakasa, sloka 33, chapter 1.

4^ II II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 767

9. Same: The child will die early with anyone of the
following Yogas available at birth.
(a) Malefics in both the 12th and 6th houses.
(b) Malefics in both the 2nd and 8th houses.
(c) The rising sign hemmed betwixt malefic planets. Notes:
In the first two Yogas, the malefics should be close
to the respective cusps and be in perfect mutual aspects.
In the 3rd yoga, the original suggestion is not that the 12th
and 2nd should be occupied by malefics. Here the ascendant
hemmed between malefics should mean that there should be
malefics on both the sides of the rising degree. For example,
ascendant in the 12th degree of a sign while a malefic, say, is in the
15th degree and another 9th degree of the ascendant. In case both
the malefics are on one side, the yoga is inoperable.

4-dKfl I

10. Same: Malefics in the ascendant and the 7th house while
the Moon (anywhere) joins another malefic without a beneficial
aspect will bring forth instant death of the child.

^rat at II ?? II
. 11. Same: Declining Moon in the ascendant and malefics in
angles/8th house, without benefic interference, will kill the child
early.
URl^WI II 9? II
12. The child will not survive for long if the Moon hemmed
between malefics is in the ascendant, 7th or the 8th house.

wfa nrai ns ^r: n 93 u

13. Death along with Mother: If the Moon hemmed between
malefics is in the ascendant while the 7th and 8th are occupied by
malefic planets, the child will instantly die along with its mother.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 768

’TO W I
3JEH^ WI^II^RWil: II 98 II
14. Same: The Sun joining a malefic and eclipsed in the
ascendant while Mars is in the 8th will cause death of both the child
and the mother through a weapon or surgery.

15. Same: Saturn, the Sun and Mars in order in the 12th,
9th and 8 th without beneficial aspects will kill the child instantly.

faFc5TO: II 7$ II
16. Applicability: The Yogas so far stated (i.e. from sloka 1
to 15 supra) will give stipulated effects only when they are related
to malefics by conjunction or aspect. However, if benefics are
related to such Yogas by aspect or conjunction, these evils will not
forthcome.

Following slokas from 17 to 23 are from Yavana Jataka.

?®rar n ?K» n
17. Twenty Years of Life: If at birth the Sun is in a sign
owned by Saturn whereas the Moon is found in Leo, the native will
die in his 20th year in spite of protection from Lord Siva.
Notes: The Moon’s involvement is a necessary factor in the
present eight yogas (upto sloka 23 infra} for evil.

TO fai FUSfen II 1* II
18. Early Death: Even a child protected by Lord Siva will
instantly die (following its very birth) if Rahu is in the 4th house
while the Moon is in an angle from the ascendant.
Notes: In this Yoga, the 10th year will be dangerous, as
could be seen from the next verse.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 769

5Rft I
SKlfcsst ^rat H SRR: II II
19. Ten Years of Life: The child will die in its tenth year if
Rahu is in the 4th house while the Moon is in an angle or in the 6th
or the 8th house from the ascendant.

I
TO aflTOH TOR: II 3o |(
20. Death at Four: Rahu in the 7th house while the Moon is
in the ascendant will kill the child in its 4th year of life.

II II
21. (Childhood) ^Epilepsy: The child will incur epilepsy if
Rahu at birth is in the 6th house while the Moon is in the 8th house.
•

’FSW* I
3JB^ H gift Wlft^ II « II
22. Early Death: Jupiter in the 8th or 12th, the Moon in the
ascendant and Mars in the 8th - this yoga will instantly despatch
the infant to the Abode of Death.

RCR II 53 II
23. Death with Parents: If Mars is in the 7th house as the
Moon is in the ascendant, the child along with its parents will quit
the world early;

-
The following slokas from 24 to 39 are from Sukra Jataka.

MIM<J®^i gift $ft II 58 II

24. Birth in Rasi Sandhi: A child bom in Rasi Sandhi with a

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 770

malefic’s aspect or company will not live for long.
Notes: This is different from Lagna Gandanta which relates
to Cancer - Leo, Scorpio - Sagittarius and Pisces - Aries where a
malefic involvement is not specified. In the present Yoga, the
ascendant can be between the last degrees of any sign and the
initial degrees of the following sign. Thus, it covers all the 12 signs.
The additional requirement is a malefic’s effective involvement.
For more information, see sloka 40, chapter 1, (pp 13 and
14) with detailed notes in Jyotisharnava Navanitam, English
translation by R. Santhanam. /
RI® HR 11 5*11
25. Diseases: If the Moon and the Sun are together in the
3rd house, owned by a malefic planet, and are further conjunct a
malefic planet, the child will suffer from diseases, apart from
vitiation of the three bodily humours.
Notes: Diseases are referred to in general on the one hand.
On the other hand, reference to vitiation of the three humours
indicates death-dealing diseases; brain haemorrhage and delirium
are the possible inclusions.

&MHR: H?: H II II
26. Instant Death: The Moon in the 8th in Cancer along with
malefic planets will bring forth early end.

Il ^*3 II
27. Death within Ten Days: If the 7th house is occupied by
Mars and the Sun, while Rahu rtses in the ascendant will kill the
child within ten days of its birth.

HR I
srat II 5* 11
28. Early Death: An evil planet in the decanate rising in the
7th house and the weak Moon in the ascendant will kill the child
early.
Notes: Evil planet in the rising decanate of the 7th should be
understood thus. In whichever decanate the 7th cusp falls, the
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 771
occupant should also be in such decanate. For example, the 7th
cusp in the 11th degree of Taurus and an evil planet is in the 15th
degree there. Both these will fall in Virgo decanate. In the same
case, suppose Taurus 11th degree is the 7th cusp; the evil planet is
in the 9th degree. Then the 7th cusp falls in Virgo, but the evil
planet remains in Taurus decanate not fulfilling the condition.
- Yamatru - the original Sanskrit term meaning
’’son-in-law” has later turned in the hands of Yavanas, Varaha
Mihira etc. into "Jamitra" (.silRH) and "Yamitra" (3tPl3).

wns fenwi 31 <015 i* 11

29. Two or Six Months: If all the planets are in the
Apoklimas or cadent houses (Le. 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses
from the ascendant), and are bereft of strength, the child will live
for a period of two or six months only.

41*3 <13^1 I
fa-«u<yiuwi4l n 50 11
30. Early Death: The lord of the ascendant in debility while
Saturn is in the 8th house will cause early death, or death with
debts.

31 4RR 3433 Rw 31II II

31. Three Years or Three Months: One bom at the time of
an eclipse, as a malefic is in the ascendant, will die in the third year
or third month.

II 33 II
32. Death in 6th/8th Year: If Rahu, associated with malefic
planets, aspects the weak Moon, while the lord of the ascendant is
in the 7th house, the child will leave this world in its 6th or 8th
year.

nrit 1

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 772

11 33 11
33. Death in 7th Year: Amalefic in the 8th house while the
lord of the ascendant is in an angle in union with a malefic but
bereft of aspect or company of a benefic will kill the child in its 7th
year.

II 38 II
34. Death by Poison/Waten Add the longitudes of the Sun
and the Moon. If the resultant sign falls in an angle or in the 9th
from the ascendant and is conjunct a malefic, the native will die
(early) due to poison or water.

II 3x II
35. Instant Death: The Sun in the 4th/9th, Jupiter in the 8th
and the Moon in the 12th will all cause immediate death of the
child.

3^^ HISBHMIH sfcfa II 35 II

36. Eight Months of Life-span: Saturn in the 12th, Mars in
the ascendant and Rahu in the 4th will put together not allow the
child live beyond eight months.

qra I
sflwr II 3« II
37. Three Months of Life-span: The child will quit the world
in its third month if the Moon is in the 6th and Saturn is in the 4th
house. But this Yoga should occur in case of a benefic planet’s sign
ascending.

cW'dlcUWi) I
WR TO II 3* II
38. Immediate Death: The child dies early, if the ascendant

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 773

is one of Aries, Scorpio, Capricorn and Aquarius and contains the
Sun along with the aspects of two or three malefic planets. >
' TO; ERJ sPa F# ^rat H ^tar 11 3S 11
39. Mars in the ascendant unaspected by a benefic or Mars
in the 6th or 8th aspected by Saturn without beneficial aspect will
also cause instant death, according to Maniththa.

The following Yogas upto sloka 60 are from Soma Jataka.

H II 8° II
40. Death in First Year: Even Lord Siva cannot extend the
life of the child beyond the first year if the Sun and Mars are in the
12th house as the 8th house is occupied by Saturn.

2155^41 SFjFit i
B qift WlfeK*( I) 8? II
41. Instant Death: If the Sun and Mars are in the 12th
house as the Moon with Saturn is in the ascendant, the child will
die instantly.

’£FI2$I II 8? II
42. Death within 3 Months: Jupiter and Venus together in
the 11th, Saturn in the 7th and the Sun in the 9th will kill the child
within three months.

RHHlfe*: I
321 H S3 N
43. Saturn in the ascendant, the Moon in the 8th and
Jupiter in the 3rd will cause immediate death.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 774

£13$ fcO I
HR$$ H 3fafa II 88 II
44. Death in First Month: Saturn and Mars in the 6th
house, Mercury in the 12th and the Moon in the ascendant * this
Yoga will eliminate the child in the very first month of its birth.

Sift I
4<^il <f$k» (i 8^ n
45. Death in First Year: The Sun and Mars in the 3rd while
Saturn is in the Sth house will kill the child within one year of its
birth, provided Jupiter and Venus are without strength.

318RF$ ££I WF£: WI

II 8$ II
46. Same aa Above: Note a malefic in the 8th house, the
Moon in the 6th house, and both Jupiter and Venus without
strength. As a result of this yoga, the child will not cross its first
year of life.

cS’HHFSl ^HIcIHH^ ££I Sift: I

ft$$9 3£I 31$ 3feft dFI O’Ry’t II 8« II
47. Early Death: Mars and the Sun in the ascendant,
Saturn in the 8th, Jupiter without strength - this combination will
render the living useless, i.e. will cause immediate death.

i
sfftd H ft II 8* II
48. Difficult Survival: If the ascendant is aspected either by
the Moon or Mars, and Saturn is in the 7th from the ascendant, the
child’s survival will be difficult.

sil&nil&ia i
H 3taft 11 8^ n
49. One Month of Life: If the Moon is in the 6th or the 7th
house along with Venus as the Sun is in the 10th house, the native
will live for a month only.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 775

Notes: The Sun cannot be in the 10th house when Venus is in
the 6th house. Hence this instruction cannot be applied.

st&Kfldl &KI0NHI qfe II II

50. Early Death: Malefics in the ascendant as Mercury is in
the 12th will instantly kill the infant, even if it were equal to Indra,
the god of gods.

I
H II X? II
51. Same: All malefics in the ascendant, Jupiter in the 12th
and Mercury in the 6tb will cause early end of the baby.
Notes: The involvement of all malefics need not be literally
taken as it is. The Sun should be excluded, as Mercury is required
to be in the 6th house. The remaining malefics, i.e. Saturn, Mars
and a node in the ascendant should complete the Yoga.

*RI II « II
52. Mars in the ascendant, the Sun and Moon in the 7th
house (in opposition to Mars as indicated by the term "Sama
Saptama") and both Jupiter and Venus in the 6th house - this yoga
by these five planets will make survival of the child difficult.
Notes: "Sama Saptama" means "mutually 7th from each
other". The Anvaya for the first line, to avoid confusion, should be
written like this: "Bhaumelagne bhaskara seetagoo". Otherwise
taking a wrong Anvaya or sequence, if the luminaries are seen in
the ascendant while Mars is in the 7th, the planet Venus & C
cannot be in the 6th leading to an astronomical impossibility.
3{H3 •• 11

53. A malefic in the 7th, the Moon in the 12th and Mars in
the 8th will all put together cause instant death.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 776

SRI HTO3 -T II X8 II
54. Seven Nights of Life: If a child bom in dark fortnight
has the duo Jupiter and Venus in the 7th house receiving the aspect
of threesome, viz. the Moon, Rahu and Saturn, it will live for seven
nights.

^5 31E3 I
51^ FVl WTO H H II XK II
55. Six Months of Survival: Should Venus be in the
ascendant as Saturn and the Moon are in the 8th thereof, the child
will not live even for six months.

■allci: I
H II XS II
56. Five Months of Survival: Saturn, Venus and the Sun in
the ascendant as Jupiter is in the 12th house will not allow the child
live even for 5 months.

HHHWt TO II W II
57. Hundred Years: Jupiter in the 7th house as Venus is in
one of 3rd, 11th, 9th and 5th from the ascendant will bless the
native with a hundred years of life-span.

sfafa 3I1W: II X* II
58. Same: (a) Jupiter in the ascendant while
Venusisinthe 7th will bestow a life-span of hundred years on the
native,
(b) Mercury in the ascendant will also give the same effect.

*W: crfskl II XS II f
51. Same: Jupiter in the ascendant while Mercury and
Venus are in the 8th house will bless the subject with one hundred
years of life. This yoga should be unaspected by any malefic planet.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 777

fai sir i
II 3» II
60. Full Length of Life: The Full Moon aspected by a
friendly planet and occupying the divisions of a benefic planet or a
friendly planet, or the Full Moon in exaltation, or the Full Moon in
the 3rd or in the 11th will cause a span of full life.

According to Kalyana Varma (upto sloka 116 infra)

II 39 II
61. Death in Three Years: Jupiter should be in Aries or in
Scorpio which is the 8th house from the ascendant. He should
further receive the aspects of the foursome, viz. the Sun, the Moon,
Saturn and Mars. If this be so, the child will live for three years
only.

<$43(W5l&3l§«fa4i|uaRs>3l: II 35 II
62. Nine Years: According to sage Brahma Sounda, the
child will live for nine years if Saturn joins the Sun and the Moon
• at birth.

H Hd WFcRShsfa Hlfo II S3 II
63. Death within a Month: If Mars, the Sun and Saturn are
together in the 8th house identical with an inimical sign, the child
will have to quit the world within a month of its birth, no matter it
receives the protection of the God of Death.

*R Wf ’fidbfi II S3 II
64. Death within a Year: Even a single malefic planet in the
8th house in aspect to another malefic planet will cause the end of
the child in its first year of birth.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 778

<£E: Hl’j ’^Pl3$f II II
65. Death at Six: If Leo or Cancer is one of the 6th, 8th and
12th containing Venus in aspect to all malefic planets, the child will
die in the sixth year of its age.

ii ii
66. Death at Four: When Cancer containing Mercury is the
6th or the 8th house, and is aspected by the Moon herself, the child
will die during its fourth year of life.

wsq FCFAFA II II
67. Yavanas have stated Raja Yogas capable of giving
abundant effects. Astrologers should consider the present kind of
evil Yogas while considering such Raja Yogas in case of those bom
in base families.

H?4 RAR&dBI oTRFI II II

68. Death in 2 Months: If Ketu occupies one’s Janma
Nakshatra, the child will die within two months of its birth.

WFF4I ftw WI
^IIWHPI H II II
69. Early Death: Should the Sun be in the 10th house owned
by either Saturn or Mars in aspect to many malefics, the child will
die early.
Notes: The Sun will be in the 10th in the specified planets’
signs for the following ascendants: Aries, Taurus, Cancer and
Aquarius. "Many malefics" means a majority among Saturn, Mars
and RahuZKetu. (For life-span calculations, Mercury and the
Moon are always to be treated as benefics. However, sometimes
these two planets may feature as killers for different reasons.)
Thuseventhedispositor’saspectontheSuninthe 10th in these cases is
suggested to be adverse.

W Wf I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 779

4ter y-wRl yri H n «<> 11
70. Childhood Difficulties: If the lord of the Moon sign is a
malefic planet and occupies a malefic sign in relation to another
malefic planet by aspect or union, the child will undergo intense
difficulties. (That is, the child will incur severe danger). Difficulties
will not however be severe if a benefic joins or aspects the said
dispositor of the Moon sign.

TRTO H II a? II
71. Death in 7th Year: Should the ascendant contain a
malefic planet, rise in one of Nigada, Sarpa, Pakshi and Pasa
decanates, and be unaspected by its lord (i.e. lord of the rising
decanate), the subject will die in the 7th year of his birth.
Notes: (a) Capricorn’s first decanate is known as Nigada
(fetters) Drekkana.
(b) Sarpa (snake) Drekkanas are: the last decanates of
Cancer and Pisces.
(c) Pakshi (bird) Drekkana is the last decanate of Taurus.
(d) Pasa (noose) Drekkana is the middle decanate of
Scorpio. This Drekkana division is accordingto one school of
thought.
There is however no clear-cut division.

SS’Snfa’ft I
II -IM II
72. Childhood evils will persist in case the ascendant and its
lord are subjected to malefic planets* union or aspect. Benefits
involvement will reduce these evils.

fiwi fWrat nft i

II II
73. Death at 10 or 16: If Rahu is in an angle in aspect to
malefics, the child will die during its 10th year of age. Some say it
will be in the 16th year.

afalT: TOBRSWrara I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 780

wga; to: n II
74. Early Death: The child bom during the Sun-rise will
immediately die if trines and angles ofthe horoscope are captured
by malefic planets as benefics are in evil houses, i.e. 6/8/12th.

IB ^dUit iRrusq II n
75. If the weak Moon is in the ascendant, excluding Cancer,
Aries and Scorpio, in aspect to malefic planets, the child will set
forth to the heavens immediately after its birth.

TO: II «<? II
3^0 II <9<9 II
76 - 77. Early Death: (a) The subject will die in the first year
if the Moon aspected by malefic planets is in the 6th or 8th house
from the ascendant.
(b) Death will strike the child in the Sth year if the said
Moon as above is aspected by benefics.
(c) If, however, there be aspects of both benefics and
malefics, death will be in the fourth year. The exact year should be
guessed by rule of three process.

^55^: II *9* II

gift || ||
78 - 79. (a) Death within a Month: Benefic planets placed in
both the 6th and 8th houses receiving the aspects of retrograde
malefic planets and enjoying no aspect or union of benefics will kill
the child within a month of its birth.
(b) Death in 6th/8th Month: If the 12th and 2nd are occupied
by malefic planets without aspect or union of benefics they will
cause death of the child in 6th month. Death will be in the 8th
month if the said malefics are similarly placed in the 6th and 8th
houses.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 781

II ^o- II
80. Early Death: If the lords of the ascendant and the Moon
sign are placed in 6th, 8th or 12th in combustion, the child will die
in the year equal to the sign of said occupation (as counted from
Aries).
Notes: "Janmani" reads as "Janmapathi” in Saravali which
indicates the Moon sign lord. Thus these two planets are required
to be together in combustion in an evil house. Then the sign in
question will denote the year of death. Such as, Aries 1, Virgo 6,
Capricorn 10 and the like. Maximum life in this case is only 12 •
years as indicated by Pisces.

I
Hlfo q ^E: II ”? II
81. Should the lord of the ascendant be in the 7th house
along with a malefic planet death occurs within a month from
birth. Such understanding should be made with reference to the
Moon and her dispositor,
Notes: "Paapa yuto" reads as "Papajito" indicating loss to
the ascendant lord in a planetary war with a malefic planet, vide
Saravali.
"Tadvat chidre" in the 2nd line should read as "Tadvat
Chandre" vide Saravali, part 1, page 119 (ch. 10, aloka 26), English
translation by R. Santhanam.

fSRfopja: H ^E: I
’R’i felt: SJWft q II II
82. Death in 9th Yean If the Moon is in the 2nd or the 5th in
conjunction with Mars and Saturn, and is unrelated to a benefic
planet by aspect, death of the child will occur in its 9th year.

Hlfa WIFI ^1 »jfta|l<BI^ II *3 II

83. Death in 4th Month: As per the words of the sages, the
subject will die in the 4th month of its birth if the lord of the
ascendant is in the 8th house in aspect to all the malefic planets.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 782

<lRwft3»f<U|M H3JE: II *8 II
84. If the lords of the ascendant and the Moon sign are in
the 8th house along with the Sun and Saturn, death will occur in
the year equal to the sign concerned (as counted from Aries)
provided Venus aspects this combination.
Notes: For the year of death, see notes under sloka 80 *
supra.

85. Early Death: Even gods cannot save the child from early
death who has its Moon in the 7th, 4th or 8thhouse between two
malefic planets.

^5 HlflPWM siSft Wyi: II II

86. Same: Ensure no benefics are in any angle. Then the
Moon should be in the 12th, 8th, 7th or the ascendant aspected by
malefics but not benefics. As a result, the child will die early.

W: I
^5^ ^rai; ’rargqt nn
87. Vajra Mushti Yoga: The ascendant should be Scorpio.
Malefics in the oriental half, and benefics in the western half will
then eliminate the life of the child early.
Notes: Oriental half of the horoscope is from the meridian to
the cusp of the 4th house, through the ascendant. Western half is
from the meridian to the 4th house via the 7th house.

Wlfa’fcWd II ** II
88. Early Death: According to Yavana school of thought,
the life of the child will be endangered if weak Moon is in the
ascendant while the angles are captured by malefic planets.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 783

II II
89. Same: Birth should be in morning or evening twilight
(Sandhya). Malefics should be in the end of the signs which are
angular and should join the Moon, Such a child will not survive.

WW*FI3 skwHiwiM i
HH II So II
90. Same: The Moon in the ascendant, 7th or 8th in between
two malefic planets and unaspected by strong benefics will cause
immediate death.

II ^9 II
91. Death along with Mother: According to Satyacharya,
malefics in the 7th and 8th in aspect to other malefics will kill both
the mother and the child. If benefics, instead of malefics, aspect this
Yoga, only the mother will die because of diseases (but the child
will survive).

HHI RPRI nvH

92. Same: If the Moon involved in aneclipse (solar or lunar)
is in the ascendant along with a malefic planet (apparently in
addition to a node and the Sun) as Mars is in the 8th house, the
child will die along with its mother (in the delivery chamber). The
Sun replacing the Moon as above will kill both through weapon (or
surgery). \

SlRlR nA I
Hat II II
93. Weak Moon in the ascendant as malefics are in angles
and the 8th will instantly kill the child, provided benefics keep
away from this Yoga.

31 3lft I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 784

II ^8 II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 785

94. Instant death of the child will occur:
- if the Sun is in the 7th house while the ascendant is
occupied by Saturn or Mars,
- or if the Sun is in the ascendant while Mars or Saturn is in
the 7 th house,
- or if the Moon joins Saturn or Mars and receives malefic
aspects.

II SX II
95. The weak Moon in the 12th house, malefics in the
ascendant, 8th and 7th and no benefics in angles - this Yoga will
cause instant death.

^RIFl mt ^>n H II II
96. If the four planets viz. the Moon, Saturn, the Sun and
Mars are placed in the 3 houses, i.e. 5th, 9th and 8th houses,
unaspected by Jupiter will cause immediate death.

97. The Moon or the Sun in the ascendant while malefics are
in trines or angles, unrelated to benefics by union or aspect will also
cause instant death of the child.

II V1 II
98. Death in 9th Yean Should the Moon and the Sun be in
union with Venus, even Jupiter's aspect will not save the child but
will kill it in the 9th year.

HWI J|dl^l II II
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5
99. One will not survive for long if at birth strong malefic
planets join the Moon in the 8th, 7th, 12th, ascendant, 5th or 9th
house.

SRSelfa c|J II ?oo II

100. In these relevant Yogas of infantile death, the Moon
arriving in the sign occupied by strong malefic planet (relevant for
this Yoga), or in the ascendant or in the Moon sign, in aspect to
malefic planet will bring forth the implied death.
Notes: "Subha Drushte" (benefic aspects) should read as
"Asubha Drushte" denoting malefic aspecte .

ii ii
101. Death in Sth Year: Each ofthe following conjunctions
of four planets will cause death in the 5th year of age.
- the Sun, the Moon, Mara and Jupiter;
- the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Venus;
- the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn.

102. Death Based on Rasi, Navamsa, Decanate: There will

be danger to life in the year indicated by the sign concerned (as
counted from Aries) if the ascendant lord is in the 6th house; in the
month indicated by the sign concerned if the lord of the ascending
decanate is in the 6th house, and on the day concerned indicated by
the sign if the lord of the Navamsa ascendant is in the 6th house.
Notes: This useful Yoga should be well-understood thus.
Three planets are required to be together in the 6th from the
natal ascendant. These are:
(a) The lord of the natal ascendant (indicating year of
death).
(b) The lord of the rising decanate (indicating the
month of the year concerned).
(c) The lord of the rising Navamsa- (indicating the day

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 788

concerned).
These three should be in the 6th from ascendant to bring
forth the result mentioned.
For example, say in case of a Pisces native, such three planets
are in Leo (the 6th house from the ascendant) which is the 5th
counted from Aries. The 5th year (after completing 4 full years),
the 5th month and 5th day will cause death.
This Yoga applies to only such horoscopes where the lifespan
is subject to danger within a period of 12 years.

II II
103. (a) If Saturn is in the ascendant in aspect to a malefic,
the child will die on the 16th day of its birth.
(b) If the said Saturn joins a malefic planet in the ascendant,
death will be within a month of birth.
(c) Saturn in the ascendant neither aspected by nor conjunct
a malefic will cause the end of the infant in the end of the first year.

s|ki*{ II II
104. Death in 11th Year: The native will die in his 11th year,
let him be on the laps of gods, if Mercury is in union with the Sun
and the Moon and is aspected by malefic planets.

W) SRft dfa: I

105. Death in 7th Year: The Sun, Saturn and Mars in the
ascendant as the weak Moon is in the 7th house in an inimical
place, unaspected by Jupiter, will bring forth death in the 7th year.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 789

^rfe^H HR^ft ’iPl^T II ?O$ II
; 106. Death in 2nd Year: If the Sun and the Moon are in an
angle aspected or joined by Saturn and Mars, the child will die in
its 2nd year of birth; there is no need of any mathematical
calculations in such cases.

ft: HR<t II ?o« II

107. Death in 3rd Year: If the waning Moon occupies the
Sth from the lord of the ascendant receiving aspects of all the
malefic planets but not that of a benefic planet will bring forth
death in 3rd year.

HR^fa fej II 70" II

108. Death in 9 th Year: A malefic should be the lord of the
ascendant and should be placed in the 12th from .the Moon,
obtaining Moon’s Navamsa. As a result, the child will die in its
ninth year.

Htal: ifRra^WII: JKRRH& I

WFR II 9oq II
109. Death in Sth Year: All benefics in the visible half of
the zodiac and all malefics in the invisible half, where Rahu in
particular comes to occupy the ascendant - this yoga will cause
death in the 5th year. .

ftwiia ii ir
110. Death in 12th Year: Rahu in the 7th house receiving
aspects of the Sun and Moon, and being without beneficial aspects
indicates death in the 12th year.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 . 790

qflfWwi: II ??? II
111. Death in 7th Year: Should Rahu be in the ascendant
which is Aquarius, Leo or Scorpio, and beget malefic aspects, the
native will die in his 7th year of birth.

MSI^IR "HHIMII: I
^ra; H ?« H
112. Should DhoomaKetu rise at birth accompanied by fall
of a meteor or by a strong gale, one bom in Rudra Muhurta or
Sarpa Muhurta will not live for long.
Notes: Rudra Muhurta is for 96 minutes following sun-rise
while Sarpa Muhurta is for 48 minutes from sun-set.

MW TO SRIT^f H^<l§: HHFH I

nrafa to ii m II
113. If the weak Moon is aspected by Rahu who in turn is
with malefic planets, the child will instantly die without any reason
(i.e. all of a sudden).

RQIR HP! I
W qSHM II ??8 II
Slfefa TOB(3?IR*} i
nyl ii ??u ii

giftsl iiWwRfi <$43^ II m II (3fcra qisRR-

El&i SRft WIFI HFRJZ: II)
3 g^I: Ulftwlsyi sFHfa *|W^ TO& I

114 - 117. Fateful Degrees: The Moon at birth in the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 791

following degrees will cause early death.
• Aquarius 21’ Leo 5°
Taurus 9’ Scorpio 23°
Aries 28’ Cancer 22’
Libra 4’ Capricorn 20’
Virgo 1° Sagittarius 18°

Pisces 10’ Gemini 22’

Death will occur in the year concerned, as indicated by the
Moon’s degree as above, even if the subject were under the
protection of the Death God.
Notes: The 2nd line of sloka 116 is replaced another text by
the line shown in bracket in the Deva Nagari text. The above
translation is done avoiding repetitions.

Now life-span based on planetary combinations at birth

(upto sloka 152) as per Yavana Jataka.

118. Death at 20: If the lord of the ascendant is in the

12th house, and malefics are angular, while th e lord of the Moon
sign is bereft of union or aspect of benefics, the native will die in
his 20th year.

119. Fifteen Years: If the Moon is aspected by Mars and

Saturn and is in the 8th house from the ascendant begetting
Scorpio Navamsa, the child’s maximum life-span will be fifteen
years.

Mln i
31 II II

120. Twenty Years: Mars in the ascendant and weak

Saturn and the Sun in angles will cause a life-span of 20 years.
Else, the native will incur physical calamities or (dangerous)

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 792

diseases.

121. Twenty Years: The Sun and Mars in the ascendant

which is a movable sign, Jupiter in the 10th, and the Moon in
either the 5th or in the 9th will bring forth the person’s end in his
20th year.

HA I
II II
122. Twenty Years: The Moon in the ascendant, 6th or the
8th house, benefics in cadents (3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th) from the
ascendant, and maleflcs in the 8th from the Moon - this Yoga will
kill the person during his 20th year of age.

Sjsjowfeejt I
anensr KHI^I^I^ II 11
123. Thirty Years: Should Jupiter be in the 2nd, 12th, 7th
or 8th along with Mars, the person will at best live upto 30 years of
his age.

ll?^8 II
124. Short Life: If the Moon is weak at birth, as Jupiter and
Venus are in the 2nd house and Mars with Saturn is in the 5th
house, the subject will have short life.

*1^1 cffi II II
125. Death at 28: The Moon, the Sun and Rahu in the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 793

ascendant as Jupiter is in the 12th will cause death in 28th year of
age.

snglf^FTO II II
126. Death at 32: The lords of the 8th from the ascendant as
well as from the Moon joining in angle (from the ascendant) or
some evil planet in the 8th from the ascendant, will bring forth
one’s end in 32nd year of his age. These evil Yogas are nullified by.
a benefic in an angle from the ascendant.

nrt |
KHI^IR^ n n
127. Death at 30: The weak Moon at birth in the 8th house
which is Cancer, as the ascendant lord is weak, and malefics are in
angles as well as the 8th house will cause death during 30th year.

BlkW&HI II II
128. Death at 28: Should the lords of the ascendant and the
8th be together in the 8th house or in an angle along with a malefic
planet, the native’s life will end during his 28th year of age.

129. Death at 24: Should the lord of the 8th house be in the
9th, 5th or the ascendant, as the lord of the ascendant is in the 8th
house aspected by a malefic planet, the person will die during his
24th year of life. If however the said lord of the ascendant receives
beneficial aspects in the said yoga, untimely death will not take
place.
919)^ flij’n ^5 q: I
iRTii n ’3° ii
130. Death at 22: Jupiter joining Rahu in the ascendant
owned by a malefic planet and receiving Saturn’s aspect, while the
8th house is occupied by some planet will bring forth one’s end at

Hora Ratnam / Chapters 794

the age of 22.

. Wkl I
yidBlig II II
131. Thirty Years of Life: The lord of the ascendant in the
6th house, the Moon and the Sun in the 5th house in union with
malefics, and the lord of the 8th house in an angle will cause 30
years of life.

PiSIg'ifo'Wl II II
132. Thirty or Thirty-two Years: If the lord of the 8th
house is in an angle as the lord of the ascendant is bereft of
strength, the person will live upto 30 or 32 years of his age.

HlW II II
133. Living Upto 32: The Moon should be in a cadent
house (i.e. 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th). The lord of the ascendant, being
weak, should also be in a cadent house in aspect to a malefic
planet. The person with this Yoga will live upto 32 years of age.

II ’38 II

WH <!Jl4l^l4: || m II
HH 11 '93s 11
136. Twenty-one Years of Life:
(a) Jupiter and Venus in an angle while the lord of the
ascendant in union with a malefic is in a cadent house. One born in
morning/evening twilight hour (Sandhya) with such Yoga will not
live beyond 21 years.
(b) The Sun in the ascendant in an inimical sign, and being
between malefic planets will bring forth death at 21, apart from
troubles from diseases.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 795

(c) Birth should be in Kulika Muhurta (Le. in the portion
ruled by Gulika). Angles and the 8th should be bereft of benefic
planets. Mars and the Moon should be in the ascendant. These put
together form a yoga for a life-span of 21.

^5 II II
137. Death at 24: The 8th house containing no benefics and
the 8th lord in the ascendant which is an immovable sign will not
allow the subject live beyond 24 years of age.

30: II II
138. Fifty Years: The lord of the natal ascendant should be
in the 8th in Navamsa while the lord of the 8th from the natal,
ascendant is in the Navamsa ascendant. Both should join malefic
planets. As a result, the person will die at 50.

aifef HFt: II II

a II II
139 -140. Sixty Years: (a) If the 5th house and the angles arc
occupied by malefic planets and the ascendant is bereft of a malefic
planet, the native will live upto 60.
(b) If the lord of the ascendant is in the 12th house, bereft of
strength and with a malefic planet, while Jupiter is not in the
ascendant, the subject will live upto sixty.

n ’«’ ii
141. Forty-four Years: The lord of the 8th house in an
angle, Mars in the ascendant, the Sun in the 3rd house and Saturn
in the 6th house - this Yoga will give a life-span of 44 years.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 796

II 98? II
142. Forty-eight Years: The Moon being Vargottama in the
ascendant in aspect to malefic planet, while benefics are bereft of
strength, will end one’s life at 48.

aH «n4: %^l3frWl I
It 983 II
143. Medium Life-span: Benefics in malefic Navamsas, as
malefic planets are in angles bereft of benefic association will give
medium life-span.
Notes: "Papamsa Karkasthaih" should read as
'Papamsakasthaih" meaning malefic planets’ Navamsas.

31 I
*1^41 31^5.II 988 II
144. Fifty-two Years: One born in a dual sign with Saturn
therein, and the Moon in the 8th or the 12th house will enjoy a life-
span of 52 years.

MWlPai3 I
It 98* II
145. Hundred Years: The subject belonging to Scorpio or
Cancer ascendant with the Sun therein as the Moon is in the 2nd
house with a malefic planet and Jupiter is elsewhere other than an
angle will live for a hundred years.
Notes: ''Guru Rahite Kendre' means Jupiter not being in an
angle. But this seems to be an erroneous condition. In my opinion it
should read as "Guru Sahite Kendre" to necessitate the position of
Jupiter in an angle.

3«Slr$<l H II II
146. Medium Life-span: One will enjoy only a medium
length of life if the 4th and 8th houses from the ascendant or from
the Moon are occupied by malefic planets. But these planets should
not be blessed by benefice’ aspects or union.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 797

’j^i^ial ii ii
147. Medium Life-span: Again, one will enjoy a medium
length of life if the Sun and the Moon are in the 12th house, Jupiter
and Venus are together in one sign, and benefics are in the 5th,
10th and 8th house.
Notes: There is no mention of the house for Jupiter and
Venus. Neither we are left out with more benefics to replenish the
5th, 10th and 8th houses. Hence it seems that Jupiter and Venus
should not be separate but should be in one of 5th, 10th and 8th
houses. The full Moon and Mercury have the freedom to be
together or separate in the stipulated houses.

II W II
148. Fifty-eight Years: If the lord of the ascendant is in a
Navamsa of Saturn as the 8th lord is with the Moon in the 6th, 8th
or 12th house, the native will live upto 58 years.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 798

W: I

FTCTfM jrf^ II ?8S II

149. Sixty Years: Malefics in the 6th, 8th and 12th counted
from the lord of the ascendant as Jupiter is in the 8th house from
the ascendant will bestow a life-span of sixty years.

II n» n
150. Sixty-five Years: The lords of the Moon sign and the
ascendant joining in the 12 th or the 8th house while Jupiter is not
in any of the four angles will give a life-span of 65 years.

SO II ?X? II
151. Fifty-eight Years: If all the planets are in the 6th, 8th
and 12th houses, the native will live upto 58 years and be a king.

HHMPl MR: II II
152. Seventy Years: Should the Moon and weak Jupiter be
in the 12th or the 5th house as the threesome, viz. the Sun, Mars
and Saturn join elsewhere, the native will live upto 70 years.

M I
Now from Suka Jataka (up* ^oka 164 infra). .

^ fcl^ SFH
iRT 1

II II
MSHilAg |
HWfaj t ll ?X8 II
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 • 799
153 -154. Grades of Life-span: (a)Iffour or more planets are
found in one of the four houses commencing from the ascendant, the
subject will enjoy a long life, wisdom and wealth;
(b) If four or more planets are found in one of the 5th, 6th, 7th
and 8th houses, the native will enjoy 60 years of life-span. > ;.
(c) If four or more planets are found in one of the last four;
houses, the native will have short life.

n ii
155. Eighty/Sixty Years: If the planets in angles beget ■
malefic Navamsas, the person will live upto 80. If these fall in
Navamsas that are owned by benefics and malefics, the length of life
will be only 60.

<5^ wtf ^51^ I cRR 3l5ftfa

’RHFJ: II II
156. Eighty Years: One will live upto 80 if both the Moon and
Jupiter are in the 4th house as strong ascendant lord is in the 11th
house and Mercury is in the 10th house.

spj flMT S3 It II
157. Eighty-five Years: The Sun, the Moon and Mars
occupying angles and falling in Jupiter’s Navamaa/a, Jupiter himself
in the ascendant, and the rest (i.e. Mercury, Venus and Saturn)
placed in a house other than the 4th house - this Yoga will grant a
life-span of 85 years.

MWI^IHlR II II
158. Full Life-span: Malefic planets in the aigns owned by
malefic planets, benefic planets in the signs owned by benefic
planets, and the ascendant lord with strength - one with this Yoga
will live a full length of life (i.e. 100 years).

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 800

Hln: HRif ’’Mt I
ynfM^ II m n
159. Hundred Years: Mars in the 8th house (or) Mars along
with the Sun occupying the ascendant as Jupiter is in an angle will
bless the person with hundred years of life.
Notes: There are two Yogas in this verse, although the first
line does not separate Mars in two different contexte.
(a) Mars in the 8th, and Jupiter in an angle.
(b) Mars and the Sun in the ascendant while Jupiter is in an
angle.
However there are authorities who except the 7th house
position of Jupiter as Mars is in the 8th house. That is, the Yoga at
"a" should be: Mars in the 8th and Jupiter in 1st, 4th or 10th. If
however Jupiter is in the 7th while Mars is in the 8th house, the
person will die very young.

HITT

gsift fWnfa ggwFif

<Hlttki H II 1$O
II
160. Should the lord of the ascendant and Jupiter join in an
angle, while malefics do not occupy trines/angles, the person will live
upto 100 years. He will enjoy all kinds of pleasures and will perform
meritorious deeds.

II II
161. Navamsas: Venus, Saturn and Mars in movable
Navamsas, Jupiter and the Sun in immovable Navamsas, and the
rest (i.e. Mercury and the Moon) in dual Navamsas will produce
longevity and kingship.

c-
^fawgsIPrai it ?« n

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 801

162. Hundred Years of Healthy Life: Benefic planets
occupying the 4th and 9th houses begetting odd Navamsas (Aries,
Gemini etc.), malefics in the 11th house with even Navamsas
(Taurus, Cancer etc.) and the Moon with full rays in the ascendant
will bless one with a hundred years of life and freedom from
diseases.

carat II n
163. If the later half of Capricorn ascends with Mars and the
Moon, while Jupiter is in an angle, the native will live for one
hundred years.

^‘ifciPi w: sra II ?e« II

164. Hundred Years: Jupiter in an angle from the ascendant,
the Moon in the 8th house with beneficial aspect, and Venus in
exaltation in Pisces ascendant will also give a hundred years of life.

Now from Veera Jataka (upto sloka 168).

Wl II II
n ni?KiRi''ii
<
I
vtf afifdcu ^rat II ?ee n
Myfcrjc ^gpi WI
5|5FJ3lW 351 II II

^rat fhif^g,: ^qfPi n is* n

164 - 168. Long-life: (a) If the lord of the ascendant in strength
occupies an angle, unaspected by malefics and aspected by benefic
planets, the person will be a king and will live long.
(b) If the threesome, viz. Mercury, Venus and Jupiter are in
the ascendant and join in one and the same Navamsa; as Saturn is in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 802

the 9th from the rising sign, the person will enjoy longevity and
pleasures.
(c) If the FullMoon is in the 11th house or in the ascendant
with a friendly Navamsa as Saturn ruling the 9th house is endowed
with strength, the native will enjoy longevity.
(d) Jupiter in an angle while the Moon is in the 6th or the 8th
house from the ascendant will grant hundred years of lifespan and
protect the person from the onslaught of diseases.

Now from Hora Prakasa (upto sloka 176).

I
II II
169. Hundred Years: The Moon and Jupiter are endowed
with strength; the other five planets are in benefice’ signs and the
ascendant and the 8th are unoccupied • this Yoga will give a lifespan
of hundred years.

I
4 3$ -^iMelfa II ?«o II
170. Seventy Years: Jupiter in the ascendant, benefics in
angles, the 8th house being vacant and the Moon and the ascendant
unaspected by any planet - this Yoga will give seventy years of life.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 803

yl q ^gfei q?; n ?w n
171. (a) Should Mercury be in combustion in the 7th house
as the Moon is in the ascendant, the person will live upto 60.
(b) One hundred years will be the life-span if Jupiter and
Venus are in angles.

W5T qP^Hlfirai 3T I

172. All the planets in angles, 9th or the 2nd, begetting

Sagittarius and or Pisces Navamsas will make one ascetic. Such a
person will author many Sastras and will live for an exceedingly
long time {lit. one Yuga).

<R4h«flc(l MHffen: I
f^P?t faWTClfa II II
173. If at birth the Sun, Mars and Jupiter are strongly
placed in the 9th or the 10th house, with Saturn’s Navamsa/s,
while the Moon is in the ending space of the ascending sign, the
native will be wealthy and will live upto the end of Yuga. (That is,
he will live very long.)

q$Rt f^pft q i
yR4l i<siid: yiaife+df
J
nn
174. Munisvara Yoga: If the 9th lord is in the 9th house
and is aspected by the Moon, who in turn is in a Navamsa of Mars,
then Munisvara Yoga is formed. Such a person will be an
expounder of Sastras and will live for a Yuga.

Wil II II
175. The native will be dear to sages and will live for one
Yuga if the Moon, not in decline, is in friendly or exaltation sign,
in the 11th house, the 9th lord is in the ascendant and Saturn is

Hora Ratnam / O
rich in strength.
176. Extending the Life: Even one born with combinations
fora very longlife (not to speak of one with short-life combinations)
can extend his living upto the end of the Yuga if he wins over his
senses, and employs efficacious (divine) medicines (for sound
health).

177. According to Siddha Sena, there obtains Paramayu or

full life Yoga if Mercury is in the very last degree of Pisces or in
the 25th minute of arc of Taurus (L e. 0° 25’ of Taurus), while all
others are in their deep exaltation degrees.

11 ?k9B 11

178. Limitless Life-span: According to Varaha Mihira,

with Jupiter and the Moon in Cancer ascendant, Mercury and
Venus in an angle and the rest in the 11th, 6th and 3rd, the native
should be declared to be of limitless length of life, without any
mathematical calculations.
"Anukramaath" means through mathematical means, so
clarifies Bala Bhadra.

3W

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 805

Now Yogas for evils to mother.

HNt WWiq, I
Wft HPfakUll II ?«<? II
179. (a) Malefics in angles and trines will bring forth
danger to mother in the 7th year.
;
(b) If there be a malefic joining another malefic in the 4th
from Venus, one’s mother will be destroyed.
Notes: From sloka 179 to sloka 183 infra, no authority is
mentioned by Bala Bhadra.

■ SICMXR: I

■ B51 UHft II 7^0 II

180. Astrong malefic planet in the 4th house from
ascendant, andyet another malefic planet in an angle from the 4th
house will endanger the mother early.

nrai fe&pi: n u
181. Mars in the 6th or the 8th house from the Moon
aspected by a malefic will kill the mother early while the father of
the child will go away to a distant land (discarding the child).

^pjrasn -aFFft i) n
182. The mother of the child will die early in the following
circumstances.
(a) In case of night birth, Saturn in the 5th or 9th from the
Moon in aspect to a malefic planet.
(b) In case of day birth, Mars in the 5th or 9th from Venus
in aspect to a malefic planet.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 806

’ WT f^H fail fc&R: II II
183. Mars in the 7th house while the Moon is in the 6th or
the 8th house will cause early death of the mother and will consign
the father to a distant land.

sra I
Now from Vriddha Garga Jatakam (upto sloka 224).

MNRI fapfci I
II ? 8 II
E:

184. If the Moon is effectively aspected by three malefic

planets, destruction of mother will occur early while benefics
aspecting the Moon will cause good to the mother.

I
dF'H falf< II II
185. If the 2nd house is occupied by Rahu, Mercury,
Venus, Saturn and the Sun, the child will lose its mother instantly
while father would have died before the birth of the child.

wM I
*fl'<cj5i II II
186. If the Moon along with a malefic planet is in the 6th
or the 8th from another malefic planet receiving the aspect of a
third malefic, the mother will be endangered.

?fa: I
sntefai -Stefa II II
187. If the Sun is in the 7th house either in exaltation or in
debility, the child will be deprived of its mother’s milkin
childhood and will be fed by goat’s milk.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 807

351 3fe ^31 3 II ?** II
188. A malefic should be in an inimical sir n which is the
4th from the Moon while angles from the ascendant are bereft of
benefics. Then the mother will die early.

515^1 I^JHl^ 351 MiM-wcl 3^ I

351 31^3 53^ II II
189. Danger to Parents: (a) If the 12th and 6th are
simultaneously occupied by malefic planets, early danger to
mother will occur.
(b) The 4th and 10th thus in occupation by malefic planets
will endanger one’s father early.

JRt JR) I
C* O'
qfaRH’Tt*: II 9^<» II
190. Danger to Family: Evils to the whole family will
persist as the ascendant, 2nd 12th and the 7th are all occupied by
malefic planets.

<1^1 I
Firasj HHI q 11 ?s? 11
191. The mother will not survive if the ascendant, 2nd
and ' 3rd are in order occupied by Jupiter, Mercury and Rahu.

HHI iRc^ ^IcMWHIHia 5RR: II W II

192. Loss of Mother in six Months: The child will lose its
mother within six months of its birth if malefics are found in the
5th and the 9th places from the weak Moon, without any help
from benefic planets.
WSFSR! 33 33 feral i
al ar feai^Rii a n ?s? n

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 808

193. The child will not sundve for long even if its brought
up by two mothers if Saturn and Mars are together in an angle
from the Moon and obtain one and the same Navamsa for
themselves.
Notes: In this Yoga, if Saturn and Mars fall in two different
Navamsas, danger should not be foretold. The Navamsa
conjunction thus attains importance.

Now the Yogas for evils to father.

I
ficiT 3F9 II 7^8 II
194. Early Loss: Saturn in the ascendant, Mars in the 7th
and the Moon in the 6th from the ascendant will not allow one’s
father live long.

^141 I
HR 3R5R fan II W II
195. Father’s Death at the Time of Marriage: The native
will lose his father at the time of his marriage if the ascendant is
occupied by Jupiter and the 2nd house by the four planets,
viz.,Saturn, the Sun, Mars and Mercury.

31 WF^FI: I
gqfalWI: ’MRSI ftj33t 3^ II W II
196. If the Sun is with a malefic planet, or between malefic
planets, as the 7th from the Sun is spoilt by malefic occupation,
one’s father will be killed, i.e. will not live long.

fan JfafA ii ii
197. The survival of the father will be. difficult, i.e.
doubtful, if the 7th, 10th and 12th are respectively occupied by the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 809

Sun, Mars and Rahu.

HlH: I
TO H sto; n K* II
198. Mars in the 10th house identical with an enemy’s sign
will take away one’s father early.

HHA ^liA fiten H sftdIA II II

199. The Moon in the 6th, Saturn in the ascendant and
Mars in the 7th house - this Yoga will kill one’s father early.
Notes: There is a well-known Yoga that Saturn in the
ascendant and Mars in the 7th cause mental derangement. The
present Yoga, an additional role played by the Moon by her being
in the 6th house, diverts its attention to cause early death of
father. When such joint (or enlarged) Yogas are formed, the ones
in formation by lesser number of planets will remain cancelled,
and the larger one will operate.

HR} i
II =Joo ||
200. The child would have been discarded by its father
before its birth, or the father will die soon after the child’s birth, if
the Sun is aspected by Saturn and gets Aries or Scorpio Navamsa.

Midi0 nrit gmsl I

HRR II II
201. The 4th, 10th and 12th occupied by malefic planets
indicates that the native will lose his parents early and will wander
from one place to another.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 810

'J3RH H ’R’lfa II w II
202. Should Rahu and Jupiter be together in an inimical
sign which is the 4th or the ascendant, the person will not see his
father in his 23rd year. That is, father’s death will take place in
23rd year.

fan '31^1 "3 I

HIWWHHISR n 5°? it
faftE fcrtiWsfa i
HHt ®®IEHSMI: nrl: i
f^E II
203 - 204. (a) The Sun and the Moon are in order indicative
of one’s father and mother. If the Sun is aspected by malefic
planets or is between malefic planets, evils to father will come to
pass. (So also, the Moon indicates evils for mother.)
(b) If both the 6th and 8th or both the 4th and 8th counted
from the Sun are in occupation by malefic planets, without
relation to benefics, early danger to father will exist.

^1^^ VFftsfa 31 I
II II
205. Mars and Saturn in the 5th or the 9th from Venus
and unaspected by Jupiter and Venus will cause instant loss of
father.
Notes: The condition of aspect from Venus is not
understandable as Venus cannot aspect 5th/9th by normal
standards.

nrfl i
f&ft 31 II 30$ II
206. Should malefics be in the 9th and 4th, or in the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 811

8th and 12th from the ascendant, as the lord of the ascendant is
devoid of strength, the child's father will be grieved at the time of
its birth.

Adi lAft || ^o\3 ||

207. Diseases to Father: (a) Saturn in aspect to the Sun
and begetting Leo Navamsa indicates diseases to father at the time
of native’s birth.
(b) Saturn in conjunction with or in aspect to Mars will also
lead to the same effect. (In this case also, Saturn should be in Leo
Navamsa.)

d<£l 33OT Adi 3F3 H II 3°** II

208. Should the Sun in the 10th be with Saturn or Mars,
the child’s father will not survive for long. This apart, there will
be loss of wealth (in the family).
i

31 ^^Id. Adi Wl‘- II II

209. (a) The Sun aspected by Saturn and Mars, in case of
day birth, will bring forth (early) death of father.
(b) The Sun in conjunction with malefics, for day birth, will
also cause the said effect.

tfqfawral ylltelRdl 1
am fqferi fig: II ??o n
210. Venus, Saturn and Mars in the 8th place from the
Sun, unaspected by benefics, will hasten the death of father.
Notes: This is again one of the astronomically impossible
Yogas as Venus cannot be in the 8th from the Sun.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 812

3lA *w»hR 311
tiPd Ad< 3 U 3?? II
211. The three planets, viz. the Sun, Mars and Saturn,
occupying (in any manner) the 2nd and 12th houses, or the 5th
and the 9th houses, will lead to early death of father.

dldllMl*il$WkKWI I
’RWI CMPd W JRJdl II WII
212. Danger to Kinsfolk: Planets in the 5th at birth will
endanger specified kinsfolk thus:
the Sun * father; the Moon - mother; Mars - maternal
uncle; Mercury - co-born; Jupiter - maternal grand-mother;
Venus - maternal grand-father; and Saturn - progeny.

ykawcrt flftswfUdm i
fidFRfid K^lldld II II
WWI: ^4: I
WSHial JWlft fid? JRJdFl II II
Hfafe II II
. 213 - 215. (a) The native’s father will die in a foreign land if
Mars and Saturn are together in amovable sign. This aphorism
applies to night births only.
(b) Saturn, Mars and the Sun joining in one place, in any
house, indicates that the child’s father had passed away prior to
its birth.
(c) The Yogas on these lines relatingto mother be
understood with the help of the Moon.
Notes: (c) The two yogas based on the Moon should be
designed thus:
1. The Moon and Saturn together in a movable sign will
cause death of mother in a foreign land, in case of one born in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 813

night time.
2. Saturn, Mars and the Moon joining in one house would
have caused father’s death prior to the native’s birth.
Now of Yogas that lead to cancellation of evils to father.

HtaFR’lf: Hit: |
srat fa? w H n w 11
216. Malefics placed between benefic planets, and benefics
occupying angles and trines (with reference to the Bhava under
consideration, i.e. the 9th) will instantly eliminate all the evils and
will bring forth good concerning that Bhava, i.e. concerning 9th
Bhava (father).

IN: I
fcj: Htewl nfa: II II
217. Happiness to Father: Even though there may be
malefics in the 4th and 10th, their placement betwixt benefics, and
the angles and trines in occupation by benefics will cause
happiness to father.

ftai II 5?" II
216. Long life to Father: The 7th occupied by one among
Ketu, the Moon and Mercury, as the Sun is in the 4th house will
cause long life to father.
Notes: Three Yogas for father’s longevity are implied in this
verse, thus.
(a) Ketu in the 7th and the Sun in the 4th.
(b) The Moon in the 7th and the Sun in the 4th.
(c) Mercury in the 7th and the Sun in the 4th. However,
this 3rd Yoga is an astronomical impossibility as the Sun and
Mercury cannot be more than 28* apart.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 814

219. Mother: If Saturn and Mars are in benefic planets 1
divisions, there will be neither danger to mother, according to sages.
(That is, cancellation to all other related Yogas will take place.)

II II
220. The aphorisms stated earlier in connection with danger to
mother will not exist if Saturn is found in the 11th house.
Notes: This aphorism emphasises that Saturn alone is capable of
removing numerous evils concerning mother, if he is well-placed in the
11th house.

Site: II II
- 221. If the Sun is in the concluding space of one of Aries,
Capricorn, Pisces and Leo, he will remove all the blemishes concerning
(i.e. affecting) father’s auspiciousness.

ajfeqk ^><I5W: II W II
222. Astrong benefic in an angle, without Saturn in the 8th
house will destroy all evil Yogas (concerning parents) just as fire
consumes even a heap of cotton.
Notes: To wit, if Saturn is in the 8th houses, blemishes will not
easily vanish.
The word "Saumya" can be interpreted as a benefic, and also as
Mercury.

RtwK-M ^H^H^II W II
223. Jupiter and Mars in union, or Jupiter aspecting Mars, will
not leave the remnants of any blemish (concerning parents) and will
bring forth auspiciousness.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 815

Jigat tM^O^RRpsraH || 558 II
224. The child will be a source of happiness to the families of its
father and mother if Jupiter occupies an angle or a trine, in spite of
malefics being in the 4th house.

Now combinations for nullifying childhood evils as per Saravali

(upto sloka 254).

qHHIHHi wl WT’JHT II 55U II

225. Evil Yogas have been so far described. I (Kalyana Varma)
now describe such yogas that eliminate the effects of evil Yogas for
these are important.

4kl«INfi WWW da^foll^ II 555 II

226. Firstly explained are such combinations that counteract
the evils related to the Moon. Following these, Yogas that have been
laid down by Lord Brahma and others will be explained.

II H
227. If the Moon is Full and is aspected by all the planets, the
evils will be eliminated just as the king takes away the wealth of a law-
breaker.
Notes: Cancellation of evils means only such evils that relate to
Balarishta to the native, danger to his parents and the like. It does in
no way mean that the evils of the horoscope relating to marriage,
health etc. will also be eliminated en bloc.

qsssnqi w n 55B n

228. The Moon being Full; occupying friendly divisions and

aspected by Venus is a remedy for evils just as bladder-cleansing is for

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 816

windy upsets.

W II 33^ II
229. The Moon in deep exaltation and receiving the aspect of
Venus will dispel the evils just as induced vomiting destroys the
troubles of bile and phlegm.

230. Though the Moon may be in decline, if she occupies the

divisions of benefic planets and gets the aspects of benefics, evils will go
away just as the bark of nutmeg removes dysentery.

QIIQM: 5<Pd I
^IM^ ’RVHR^II 33? II
231. If benefics without association of malefics are placed in the
6th, 7th and 8th places from the Moon, evils will be destroyed just as
madness is removed by Kalyana Ghrita (an Ayurvedic medicine
prepared with clarified butter).
Notes: If we carefully note, this is Chandradhi Yoga which is
congenial for the native’s long-life..
Similarly, Lagna Adhi Yoga will be in a position to remove the
adverse yogas for short-life occurring with reference to natal
ascendant.

tfRUlRPR II 333 II
232. If the Moon joins all benefic planets and occupies a
benefic’s decanate, evils will go away just as eye pains are cured by salt
mixed with ghee.

233. The Moon being full and in the Dvadasamsa of a benefic

planet expends all evils just as butter-milk removes rectal diseases.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 817

Notes: "Takra" means two-thirds ofbutter milk mixed with one
third part of water. This is a powerful antidote for piles like the
mixture of white sesamum seeds and butter.

II 338 II
234. Let the Moon be in a malefic’s sign but with the aspect of
her dispositor apart from occupying the Vargas (divisions) of y that
very planet. That protects the subject from evils, as a miser protects
his money.

fcR imrefR: II II
235. The lord of the Moon sign in strength, aspected by a
friendly planet, and occupying a benefic’s division (or Navamsa) will
remove evils, just as a timid man is destroyed in war-field (by vaMant
warrior).

$<*1341 fcSPRFJRra II 33$ II

23& The Moon in a benefic planet’s sign and receiving .the
aspect of the lorcLof the ascendant but not of other planets, will
remove evils justas a woman from a noble family migrating with
another man takes away with her the family’s honour.

U 33*3 II
237. If the tori of the ascendant is in the ascendant and receives
the aspects of all planets, the evils riating to the Moon will vanish just
as the lion subdues even an intoxicated elephant in the woods.

3FJ53T 3^53 ^1^3 I W’S: 3^f

S3^ftS2J3f II

fe? sfo farcft; Ji&wRi w n n

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 818

238. The Moon being full should be in exaltation, or in own sign,
or in own division or in the divisions of friendly or benefic planets,
aspected by benefic planets and unaspected by inimical and malefic
planets. As a result, evils will go away just as the sun melts away a
heap of fog.

11 33X H
239. The Moon placed betwixt Mercury and Venus, a malefic in
the 11th and Jupiter in the 10th - these put together will dispel evils as
quartan fever is cured by inhaling Agasthya flower (Agasti
Grandiflora).

53 n Q8o »
240. The Moon aspected by a benefic planet and occupying 3rd,
6th, 10th or 11th counted from the lord of the ascendant will eliminate
evils. There is no need; «f exry mere mathematbal computation in this
case.

?*Pd R?ll33<pEi <”HlM 5^ 33^ II 38? II

241. Single-handedly, the lord of the Moon sign aspected by a
benefic, and not losing his rays in the Sun, will remove evils as an
inebriated tiger drives away a grotip of deer.

a f^fadttHidKR *Fn-
<UM^ Tfiifrt RQc( Ri^| *f (jPd II 383 II
242. Birth in night time with the Moon of bright lunar half in
the 6th house aspected by benefice, and birth in day time with the
Moon of dark half in the 8th house aspected by malefics will protect
the child from evils just like a father does for his child.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 819

3^35 sWHHn '• 383 II
243. Single-handedly, Jupiter in the ascendant with all his
rays (i.e. not being in combustion) and with exceeding strength can
counter all the evils just as a devout prayer to Lord Siva dispels evils.

JKlyf: W: -
W II 388 II
244. The ascendant should be in a benefic planet’s sign with a
benefic’s aspect on it. All benefics should be strong and malefics be
weak. In such a case, evils will go away as the sins of a worshipper of
Nava Grahas.

PlPl^Pd W 33ft II 38X II

245. Malefics should be in benefics’ divisions and receive the
aspects of such benefics who are themselves in benefics’ Navamsas.
Then evils will be destroyed just as a dejected woman

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 820

JRFT: W 5^ || W ||
251. Rahu in the ascendant which is c. *e of Aries, Taurus and
Cancer will protect the child from all evils just as a pleased ruler
forgives a crime.

>5^ W II W II
252. Even Lord Brahma will be surprised at the way evils
vanish in comparison to a calf-elephant’s destructive spree of the
natural features on a plain land, in case, planets that do not form
gvil combinations beget their own decanates.

ii w II
253. If many planets are strong at birth, evils will vanish just
as the evils at the time of a king’s journey will vanish if the Moon is in
the 5th or the 9th place from the Sun.

W fegl: I
H^nwSWRFIlfa || 5KB II
254. I have narrated all these Yogas as told by ancient
preceptors. The astrologer who knows of all these Yogas will endear
himself to the ruler.

ww?-
Now from Mandavya Jataka (upto sloka 262).

II II

255. If the lord of the ascendant is aspected by a strong friendly

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 822

or benefic planet (or) aspected by a benefic from an angle, the native’s
death will be far off and he will be blessed by the goddess of wealth.

WM! gift 11 n
256. If the Moon in the 6th or 8th occupies a decanate owned
by Mercury, Jupiter or Venus, the native will be protected from the
evils of childhood death.

JFRlft fc»1sF II II
257. The Moon being full in a benefic’s sign with a benefic
Navamsa, or specially in aspect to Venus, will eliminate evils.

i'SXHHdVft I
gaft ^i5Fi: ftg^g gjpg II n
258. One of Mercury, Jupiter and Venus being in strength in
an angle will remove evils, in spite of being with a malefic planet.

wf: IMWSC’J: 1
II II
259. If the full Moon is placed between two benefics, evils will
be destroyed just as Garuda destroys the world of Snakes.

^gftgftr agffas ii n
260. Jupiter with all his rays and with a brilliant disc, and in an
angle from the ascendant will remove evils.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 823

<Wl ■s||<<3 I
II II
265. As per Hora Sara, the Sun in the 12th will cause a life-
span of one hundred years for one bom in Libra ascendant.

-
Now the views.of sage Kasyapa (upto sloka 270).

sifts sfci ftptf HIFRI OTI ii ii

266. Singly Mercury, Jupiter or Venus (with strength) in
an angle from the ascendant will remove blemishes as the sun
dilutes fog.

WOT wn wrfa II II
267. Single-handedly, Jupiter in the ascendant can remove
a number of evils just as sins are removed by prostrating before
Lord Siva.

W V3 B «!0lPc|d: I
Sifts fW fty W II II
268. Single-handedly, the ascendant lord in an angle and in
strength will destroy blemishes just as Lord Siva destroyed the
triple-cities (of demons).

OTlfeft-WiH: II II
269. Birth in bright lunar half and the ascendant being
aspected by benefics will remove blemishes. In case of birth in
dark lunar half, birth should be day time and the ascendant should
be aspected by malefic planets. .
ftngi ftng ffcwn qfe n w u

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 825

270. If the 8th house at birth is occupied by a planet in
exaltation or in own sign, the person will be free from diseases.
Notes: The word "Niraayusham" ( meaning
shortlived, vide the 2nd line of the original sloka, should read as
"Niraamayam" ( ) to mean "freedom from diseases". The
translation is for the corrected and meaningful version.

3T gawtf sraffa? ii ii
271. According Yavanas, even one of Venus, Mercury
Jupiter in an angle or in the 9th or 5th will remove all evils.

W1!! I
In the context of formation of evils (relating to childhood
danger etc. as so far discussed) and their cancellation, a table
showing the different strengths of planets (causing evils and
cancelling evils, as the case may be) should be prepared. (So
instructs Bala Bhadra.)

Thus, about the cancellation of evils at birth.

sra i
Now about Raja Yogas leading to royal positions.

QlRlR II 3*33 II

272. (a) All of Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter or three
of them in exaltation and one of them in exaltation will cause
sixteen different kinds of Raja Yogas.
(b) Out of Mars, Saturn, Jupiter and the Sun, any two in

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 826

exaltation, and one in own sign, as the Moon is in Cancer, sixteen
different Raja Yogas are formed.

ara i 33 3^ ?, 313 3,
B, w 1

<1^143 W town ?T3F^>n: I w H33tH5iRft - c»

F3$3^i 3te^i i
33 3£ 1 331 ?, 3, <&QI4I 5,
8, U, 3,
21^*1*^
I 331 3^ HlH: *W>< 33 ?, MWl *<«*<
3^ 03? §f^3^3 | ^JUIIHA SF55I ^f: I W
O' H3 33 3^3 F3^3 3W: I 3lHI<wM45lR>4
ZraqhraWT:

The author Bala Bhadra comments - With the Sun in Aries,

Mars in Mercury, Jupiter in Cancer and Saturn in Libra, one of
them in the ascendant, four different Raja Yogas are formed.
Three of these four planets in routine thus form 12 different yogas.
Three of them in exaltation - the Sun,' Mars and Jupiter - in
routine in three different ascendants - cause nine Yogas. That is,
the Sun, Mars and Saturn in exaltation; Mars, Jupiter and Saturn
in exaltation - this way 16 Y ogas are formed. Out of these four,
two in exaltation, one in own sign while the Moon is in the
ascendant -16 Yogas are formed. The Sun in exaltation in Aries
ascendant while Mars is in Capricorn; and the reverse of it, i.e.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 827

Mars in Capricorn ascendant in exaltation and the Sun in Aries;
thus - the Sun and Jupiter (2nd pair); the Sun and Saturn (3rd
pair); Mars and Jupiter (4th pair); Mars and Saturn (5th pair)
Jupiter and Saturn (6th pair) - in each case one of them in the
ascendant. This way again 16 Yogas are formed.

W : II II
273. (a) If three or four planets are exalted at birth, one
belonging to' a royal scion will become a king.
(b) One born in other families (than royal family), will
become a king with five or more planets in exaltation.
(c) The same way planets in Moola Trikona signs will give
effects. That is, one of royal family will achieve kingdom if three or
four planets are in Moola Trikona signs while one of other family
will become a king with five ore planets in Moola trikona.

II 3V98 II
274. Yavanacharya says specially - If the planet causing
Raja Yoga is a malefic, the native will be a sinful king; exalted
planet or abenefic planetthus willproduce a king knowledgeable in
just administration. Planets of mixed nature will lead to birth of a
king with dual nature.

Mi^-ro&sifaf H TOPH to; i

(Wwa FJ sFhHT IRWH II I
275. As per Jeeva Sarma, a malefic in exaltation does not
produce a king, but the n ative will become wealthy. He states: "If
a malefic planet at birth is exalted, the native will not become a
king, but will be wealthy, irascible andfond of promoting
quarrels."

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 828

Now 22 different kinds of Raja Yogas as given by Varaha
Mihira.

6II&I& FJ3T: II II

1 sra 34^-3 1 33

3®ipR>®[ ^33 Mc3R^w>*d MWPd 33T 43«WI*W H3pH I

*i>3 ■'^>■‘■'1 M?4pd 32, 32

^iPkl^ll 33 I 33 3^3lfo aiPkifa

W4k: 33 3^3ifei^ra3k H3P3 1

276. If the ascendant is Vargottama, and is aspected by
four, five or six planets, other than the Moon, 22 different Raja
Yogas are obtained. If the Moon is in Vargottama and is aspected
by four or five planets, 22 Yogas are obtained.
The author Bala Bhadra comments: Based on the original
expression in the sloka - "Chandra Varjitaih - meaning other than
the Moon, the aspect of six planets are employed. The aspects of
four different planets out of six planets make for 15 alternative
Yogas; five planets aspecting differently produce six Yogas, and six
planets in union aspecting produce one Yogk. Thus 15 + 6 +1 = 22.
This way, the Moon in Vargottama, aspected by four or more
planets produces 22 Yogas. Thus 44 different Yogas are produced.

The following Yogas are from Mandavya dataka (upto sloka

314).
0*3 3^4^ ’IHt I

3 33^ 3ft swl II

fit 3^33^ 31^ H3c5 I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 829

WlM 3TH3I 3^ II WJ II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 830

277. Raja Yoga for Aries Ascendant: If Aries is the
ascendant with theSunin exaltation, the Moon in the 2nd, Venus in
the 3rd along with Rahu, Jupiter in the 4th, Mercury in the 12th,
Saturn in the 11th, Mars in the 10th, the native will be a king of a
band of other kings.

II II B ft i

HR: ^><>0 <4»4*ldl d4l4T <s|M: ^$MI dltJ^H: II II

278 -279. Vasu Deva Yoga for Taurus Ascendant: With the
Full Moon m Taurus ascendant, Jupiter in the 3rd, Mercury in the
5th, Saturn in the 6th, the Sun in the fourth, Venus in the 7th or in
the 5th, and strong Rahu and Mars in the 10th, the native will rule
over the earth like Vasu Deva (Lord Krishna).

3^ qi^cf*. I) II .
280. Virgo Ascendant: One born in Virgo ascendant with
Mercury, Jupiter and Venus therein, strong Saturn in the 2nd
house and Mars in the 3rd house will rule over the earth like Vasu
Deva.

R^ B -W'kHl SFRft

HfTSPt I
t -
st><|: i?S ‘ldl B dm

■3||db<l 11 3^7 II
281. Capricorn Ascendant: Mars and Saturn in Capricorn
ascendant, Saturn in the 10th, Venus in the 3rd, Mercury in the 4th,
malefics in the 6th, Jupiter in the 7th - this Yoga will give birth to a
king whose foes will only be weak.
Notes: Reference to Saturn occurs twice in this verse. If the
original expression - Bhaume Manda Yuthe" is treated erroneous
for "Bhaume Chandra Yuthe" (Mars with the Moon), Hora
Ratnam / Chapter 5

83
1
the text seems to be sensible.

5|M§|5RWpl I
3FWFI3 ^HI ^frarot ^5^
w II II
282. For Pisces Ascendant: Should Venus, endowed with all
kinds of strength, be in exaltation in the ascendant along with Mars,
while the 7th house is occupied by Saturn, the 4th by Jupiter, the
2nd by Mercury and the Moon, and the 3rd by Rahu, the native will
be like Lord Indra, the god of gods.
/
HF’S

wiM nrrat 11 ^3 n
283. Gemini Ascendant: Rahu exalted in the ascendant,
Venus in the 10th, the Moon in the 12th, Jupiter in the 2nd, the Sun
in the 3rd, Saturn in the 5th, Mercury in the 8th - one with this
Yoga will be the king of kings.
Notes: A careful scrutiny of this sloka reveals that sage
Mandavya treats Gemini as exaltation sign for Rahu.

fi?
SSH-UIHI^JA i

II 3^8 II
284. Cancer Ascendant: Jupiter exalted in the ascendant,
Mars in the 7th, Saturn in the 2nd, Venus in the 4th, the Sun in the
10th,-Rahu in the 12th and the Moon and Mercury in the 11th -
these planets placed thus produce a king.
Notes: The Sun in Aries and Venus in Libra is not a possible
combination.
o
^33 ^<3 fspr3 313 g3 wq?rt i

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 832

3$ 31 <(3'1'ci3 ^Il3llt33 <5IH3
31 3?3M B 331 JPJ: II II
285. Leo Ascendant: The Sun in Leo ascendant, Mercury in
the 2nd, Venus in the 3rd, Mars in the 4th, Jupiter in the 5th,
Saturn in the 6th, the Moon in the 7th and Rahu in the 11th - this
Yoga will make one the lord of the kings.

^5T f^3 3fe 331 35*fa3 ’ft I

c?H33 333 ^3 33131 3^31 ^33: II II
286. Libra Ascendant: Libra ascendant containing the
Moon and Venus, Jupiter in the 10th, Mars in the 11th and
Mercury in the 12th will make the native the best of the kings.

3jf^j3 3fe 55^33 <£31 ^313^3^3 I

3^3 *333 5lf^3 3fe ^PFl3 33: II II
287. Scorpio Ascendant: Scorpio ascendant with Mars
therein, Jupiter in the 2nd, the Moon in the 7th, Venus in the 12th
and Mercury in the 11th will produce a king.

tFjfa 35*333 ^3 3fe ^3T: I

5lf3j3 3fe 3Ff3 3n33 3333$f3 3rW3: II II
288. Sagittarius Ascendant: Jupiter in Sagittarius which is
the ascendant, the Moon and Mercury in the 10th, Venus and
Saturn in the 11th and Mars in the 2nd will produce a ruler of the
earth.

HFfi
4’-£. I ^5 ojQ I
U

4I<°4^ ^4Hl4 HRdl

WM II II
289. Aquarius Ascendant: One born in Aquarius ascendant
with the following planets will be equal to Indra, the . head of gods -
Jupiter in the ascendant, Venus in the 2nd, the Sun in the 3rd, Mars
in the 12 th, the Moon and Mercury in the 4th and Rahu in the 5th.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 833

I

sllflM iJSinPl: II 3V II
290. Pisces Ascendant: If Jupiter or Venus is in Pisces
ascendant while Mercury is in the 3rd in association with the Moon,
Mars is in the 11th, Rahu is in the 7th, Saturn is in the 12th and the
Sun is in the 2nd, the native will be successful among other kings.

q&erai cspmra WFSI nwn

291. If Jupiter, Mercury and Venus endowed with all kinds
of strength, and not being combust, are in the 10th house while
malefics are in the 6th or the 11th and the Moon is in exaltation, the
native will be a king.

3 Hlwn: ^1^4$ I
fa'WcMHl'HHUa W aHI&HIM: II II
292. If strong benefice are in angles, or in their exaltation
spaces, and malefics are in the 3rd, 6th and 11th, the native will
exclusively lord over the earth.

it w ii
293. Mercury and Venus with strength in the ascendant,
Jupiter in the 2nd, the Sun in the 12th, the Moon in strength in the
7th and malefics in 3rd, 6th and 11th - one bom with this Yoga

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 834

will be a ruler.

sSlWHSyl&Idl: ^iai«ll*>iWlBdl II II
294. Benefica viz. the Moon, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus in
order in the 10th, 4th, 5th and the 9th and malefics in the 11th, 6th
and 3rd will produce a king endowed with great happiness.
Notes: Mercury in the 5th and Venus in the 9th are not
possible.

^53 WRF53I: ft HFfa: I

q>44l *H5ldd>: II II
295. A strong king is bom with Jupiter in the ascendant,
Mercury in the 7th, the Moon and Venua in the 4th and Mars in the
10th.

ft Tlfaf:
+•1^1 d*il I
cS^seRT 35^
3$ II W II
296. Mercury in exaltation in the ascendant (Virgo) along
with the Moon, Saturn in the 10th, Rahu in the 2nd, Jupiter in the
11th, the Sun in the 12th, Mars and Venus (together) in the 10th or
11th will produce a king endowed with elephants and armymen.

3^ 313: 'IWJd: 31 II 5^9 II

297. Sagittarius Ascendant: Mercury in the ascendant,
Rahu in the 10th which is Virgo, Jupiter in the 11th, Venus and
Saturn in the 2nd, the Moon in the 9th in Poorva Phalguni Hora
Ratnam / Chapter 5 834
Nakshatra, the Sun in the 12th and Mars in the 12th - this Yoga will
produce an exoeedingly mighty king.
TOI wiPwR'w in
298. Mars in the 10th, the Moon in the 5th, Mercury in the
9th, Jupiter and Venus in the 6th and malefics in the 3rd, 6th and
11th will produce a king equal to Yudhishtira (the eldest of the
Pandavas of the Maha Bharata).

II W II
299. Jupiter, Venus and Rahu with their brilliant figures in
the ascendant, Saturn in the 5th, the Moon in Cancer, Mercury with
all-round strength in the 4th, the Sun and Mars with full strength in
the 3rd produces a long equal to Bhima Sena (the 2nd of the
Pandavas).
Notes: "Brilliance" means uncombust and with full disc
which in this case apply only to Jupiter and Venus. Rahu should be
excluded from this astronomical feature.

qfe 1? ^3: ’J’W & TO: ’jfapb I

vrffqR
TOS 5^51: II 3°o II
300. Aquarius rising as the ascendant, tha3 planets, viz.
Venus, fully strong Sun and Rahu in the 2nd, the Moon, Venus and
Mercury in the 4th, Mars in the 10th, Saturn in the 9th along with
Rahu, and Jupiter with all-round strength in the 11th will Hora
Ratnam / Chapter 5 835
produce a king akin to Duryodhana, the head of Kauravas. • Notes:
Due to repetition of planets, this verse suffers from blemishes.

<301 <301 II II
301. Should the ascendaent, 4th, 3rd and the 2nd in order be
occupied by purely appearing Jupiter, Mercury, the Moon and Venus
while the 11th and 6th are occupied by malefics, the native will be the
best of the kings.

SFEFt qfe II II
4>4HRRPI M W towift
J
I
11 3°3 Il
302 - 303. (a) Strong Venus, Jupiter and Mercury in the
ascendant, 2nd and 3rd, the Moon in the 7 th, malefics in the 11th,
6th and 3rd will produce a king.
(b) The 10th, 4th and the 7th occupied by benefic will produce
a jewel of the kings.

’rar ft star: H’4IH^I: H i

0Mll<'§|&Wldl2ff TO Wf:
T
<l<o«M: II II
304. If all the angles are occupied by brilliant benefics
unaspected by malefics while malefics are in the 11th, 3rd, and. the
6th, the native will be the king of kings.

0*<l<3 ft I
4HIHI=Wl3 ’J’ft B HFnf&qZjSIW II
3F^ sidteiRrMiql^ldi: 4l<liR«isl I
VKuft wfe IRJ: || II
305. Adhi Raja Yoga: Strong Jupiter in exaltation in the
ascendant, strong Venus, in the 7th, malefics in the 3rd, 6th and 11th
and the rest of the planets in the 12th and the 2nd cause what is called
Adhi Raja Yoga. Even a person of base birth with * this yoga will
lord over the entire earth.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 836

'jRr41qf?i: n 305 11
306. Mars in the 10th in exaltation (i.e. Aries being the
ascendant) while Jupiter is in the ascendant will produce the lord of
the earth.

5J»R^RT: I
3ifeRI**W II 3<>« II
307. If all the angles are occupied by benefic planets, who are
specially strong in all respects and malefics in the 6th and the 3rd, the
native will be dear to king.

•Wliyi: II 3QC; II
308. If all the benefic planets occupy their exaltation signs
which are the ascendant, 2nd, 5th and 4th houses, as malefics are in
the 6th, 3rd and 11th, the native will be long-lived and be a successful
king.

II $0^ II
309. Cancer Ascendant: Venus and Jupiter in the ascendant,
Mars in the 10th, the Moon in the 2nd, Saturn in exaltation in the 4th,
Mercury in the 12th and a malefic in the 7th (in Capricorn) - even
one of base birth with this Yoga will be endowed with wealth and
empire.

srgun 31 i 1
5*3 HW3 I
Mfr tWJW^ qplsq^ II 3?o II I
310. Jupiter with all kinds of strength in the 11th house, |
Venus or the Moon or Rahu exalted in the ascendant (i.e. Pisces, |
Taurus or Gemini), the Sun in the 12th, the Moon in the 7th and |
Mars in the 3rd in full strength - this Yoga will produce an | emperor.
•

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 837

Notes: This Yoga applies to one of the 3 ascendants as
mentioned above. But the Moon's position is a repetition with
reference to ths 7th house. 1

TTSl II 3?? II

cSRFSjtf ’tySlfcl^l 3IFll II 3?? II

312. Pisces Ascendant: (a) Jupiter in the 10th in Sagittarius,
particularly with the Moon, Mars in the 11th, Saturn in the 12th,
Venus in the ascendant, the Sun with all kinds of strength in the 2nd,
and Rahu with all kinds of strength in the 4th will produce a person
who will lord over the entire earth.
(b) An emperor is born with Mars in the 10th, Jupiter in the
7th, and Mercury and Venus in the 11th.

fWwiwn f^ira: -
TOlEHIeR^n <ia<l4: II 3?3 II
313. The Sun in full strength at birth, allbenefic planets
in their^exaltation or own signs, malefics in exaltation avoiding the
6th and 8th will make one the king of kings.

wjesA li 3?8 n
314. Leo ascendant with the Sun and Mars, Mercury in
strength in the 2nd, Saturn in the 3rd, and Venus and Jupiter in the
4th - this Yoga will produce a wealthy emperor.

Now from SaravalL

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 838

315. Aries Ascendant: One bom in Aries ascendant with
the Moon, Mars and Jupiter therein will become the emperor of the
earth encircled by three oceans and will have his enemies destroyed.

II W II
316. Aries Ascendant: Let there be any one of the following
Yogas available at birth:
(a) Aries ascendant with Mars therein, as Jupiter is in
exaltation, or
(b)Aries ascendant with both Mars and Jupiter in the
ascendant.
As a result the native will be a king before whom the enemy’s
army will not stand.
W: g^FR: !
^RW
■<WIS>^ ZT3I ^MRf5R?: II 3?*3 II
317. Virgo Ascendant: The native will become a king
endowed with abundant knowledge and skill if Virgo ascends at birth
with Mercury therein, as the 11th is occupied by the Moon, Jupiter
and Venus while Mars is in exaltation.

WJR: I
■ PI^ MHH!
J

FH^’jqicS: ZPJ^S ZRIcSFfi^ || 3?" II

318. Cancer Ascendant: Should Cancer be the ascendant
containing the Moon beautified by brilliant rays, Mercury be in the
7th, the Sun in the 6th, Venus in the 4th, Jupiter in the 10th, and
Mars with Saturn be in the 3rd, the subject will become a good king
possessing the wealth of kingdom and royal insignia.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 839

nnt; zfo i

FAd«ft*W^I II 3?^ II
319. Taurus Ascendant: If the Moon is exalted with full rays
akin to the ocean replete with water and occupies Taurus ascendant
as Saturn is in Aquarius, the Sun in Leo and Jupiter in Scorpio
bedecked with brilliant rays, the subject will become a ruler of men
endowed with wealth and numerous conveyances.

^4ll
&l«h I
era ^ra) ^HRWHI wjfibn u 330 11
320. Capricorn Ascendant: When Capricorn ascends with
Saturn therein, as the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter in order are
found in Pisces, Gemini, Virgo and Sagittarius, the person born will
be an efficacious king akin to Lord Indra.

’jJR&feel SSRRRFil II W II
321. Pisces Ascendant: The person will become a king with
rich knowledge in various arts if Pisces be the ascendant containing
the Moon, as Mars, the Sun and Saturn are in order placed in
Capricorn, Leo and Aquarius.

313ft I

322. Mars in the ascendant and the Moon with full rays in the
7th will make the person a king who will be unassailable by his foes
and will be endowed with knowledge of Vedas and a hundred
commentaries to his credit.
Notes: This applies to Capricorn ascendant although the above
verse does not specify as such. There is a version which reads "Kuje
Mrigaange............................." to confirm this concept.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 840

STO’I II 3Q3 II
323. If the Sun is exalted in the ascendant and joins the Moon,
the native will become the ruler of the earth, the likes of whom never
existed and whose very reminiscence will make his enemies’ wives
shed tears.
Mt fcfr 33 I |
3T3K ’4taf§^g^: II W8 II 1
324. Venus in Libra, Mars in Aries and Jupiter in Cancer I
will produce a king who will spread his fame in all the directions. . 1

3R! J|ylt I
FPplfafaRHfa: II 33X II 1
325. Cancer Ascendant: If Cancer ascendant is occupied ? by
Jupiter possess the brilliance of heated gold, as the Sun ia in the 10th,
and the trio, the Moon, Mercury and Venus are in Taurus, the person
will earn kingdom with his own power and be the best of the kings .

I
3S3fa 31 3^ 3T3: F3I^ II 355 II
326. Pisces Ascendant: The Moon and Jupiter in Sagittarius,
Mars in Capricorn and Venus or Mercury in Pisces as the ascendant
will give birth to a king.

^31313 HWi.H«iR><«lw3d dRlfant <5^ Hl^dte>3

F3li ’JRFJ: I
3^3 33^ 3^3 ?ih? 331^
^3 33^3 333 fM !HNl(M II 33>3 II
327. Libra Ascendant: Should Libra be the ascendant
containing very strong Saturn, while the Sun and the Moon are in the
first half of Sagittariua, and Mars is in exaltation, the native will
become a king whose valour will bring forth honour even from
enemies bowing down before him from a distance.

^3 3833153 RIIQR^: W 3333J: ^31: I 3iU3i 3fe 3

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 841

nfadl 3F3I?3I^<£3: II

^IWfl'SWHtlfiM' II 33* II
H it WJ, I

328 - 329. Chandradhi Yoga: All benefics should be in the 7th,

6th and 8th from the Moon avoiding vicinity of the sign occupied by
the Sun (i.e. not being in combustion) and unaffected by malefics.
Such a native will become a king possessing a kingdom bound by
oceans and a band of inebriated superior elephants which eke out
ichor that will be consumed by black forest bees. He will not attain
old age (early), will not fear enemies, be bold, fortunate and happy.

’j’t arct RifT^ «

wifrasrarar n 33° n
330. Virgo Ascendant: If Mercury is in the ascendant in
exaltation, while the Moon and Jupiter are in Pisces, Mars and
Saturn are in Capricorn and Venus is in Gemini, the native will
become a king ever interested in destroying his enemies and whose
elephants’ movements will rise dust darkening the day into night.

II 33? II
331. The ascendant should be one of Aquarius, Taurus and
Aries. Jupiter and the Sun should be in Leo, Saturn in Aquarius, the
Moon in Taurus, and Mars in Scorpio. As a result the native will
become a king.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 842

?THl C5*3 Hqfa»fafa II 335 II
332. The native will become a king with brilliant fame if
Aries is the ascendant, as Jupiter is in Sagittarius, and the Sun
along with the Moon is in Libra.

Gk^l ■aW<<Rl *JHR I

Wil star n 333 11

333. (a) Jupiter, Mercury and Venus should be in angles
from the signs owned by them and in order be in union with
Saturn, the Sun and Mars, as the Moon is exalted. One born with
this Yoga will become a king purifying all the directions with his
unsullied fame.
(b) The Sun in deep exaltation in the ascendant will give
birth to hard-hearted king whose armymen will during their
movements will drink the water of four oceans.

35R& •J'Tl —
Rfe H W 11338 II
334. The Moon with the splendour of all the rays in tact
and occupying the 4th house with a watery Navamsa and a benefic
planet in the ascendant with the divisions owned by him will make
one a king. But there should be no malefic planets in the angles of
the ascendant.

SRITt Wlfcf I

^ifcwa II 33k II
335. The Moon being full in aspect to Jupiter, Venus and
Mercury, the ascendant lord is strength and the ascendant is in
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5
344
Vargottama Navamsa - this Yoga will produce a king.

it WFlf H ?ra: JRR HRA: II 33$ II

336. The native will become a king if three or more planets
are in Vargottama in angles, unassociated with malefics, and
possessing brilliant bodies.

w *FT: CHATWIHI I
II 330 II
337. Even if a single planet is in exaltation and procures
Vargottama Navamsa, apart from the aspect of a friendly planet, the
subject will become a king.

’Hi.- wai it wi
II 33*= II
338. The Moon with full rays should be in Cancer as the
ascendant, obtain friendly Vargas and also the aspects of benefic
planets. All other planets should further be in Seershodaya signs. As
a result, the person will become a king owning plenty of gems,
elephants and horses.

HFTlfaMFn:
3 II II
339. If the Moon sign lord is in the 3rd, 6th, 10th or the 11th
from the Moon, while benefics are in angles identical with benefic
signs or instead, obtain benefic Navamsas, and malefics are deprived
of their strengths, the native will become a king comparable to Indra.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 845

4C5^4^ H; II 38° II

Rg<j?n ’itet H wt I

340. All the planets should be in deep exaltations and aspected

by friendly planets and unaspected by inimical ones. Such a person
will become a king; the roar of whose elephants and the movements
of whose horses, in a battle with enemies, will shake the entire earth.

gj’f n 38? II
341. The native will be the lord of the whole earth if the Moon
in deep exaltation is aspected by Venus as malefics are in cadent
houses.

RgPifSal 3?^ i

II 58? II
342. The lords of the Moon sign and ascendant should be
strongly placed in angles, receiving the aspects of benefic planets
apart from that of friendly malefic planets. The two planets in
question should not have lost to their enemies in planetary battles.
Lastly the Moon should be in the 9th from her dispositor. As a result,
the person will become a king whose praise will be sung by other
kings.

II 383 II
343. Note whose exaltation sign is the rising sign. If that planet
obtains its own Navamsa, or exaltation Navamsa or friendly
Navamsa, and receives the aspect of a benefic from an angle, the
native will become a king.
Notes: To apply this Yoga, note the rising sign and note which
planet remains exalted therein. For example, Taurus is the ascendant
where the Moon can be exalted. As such, locate if the Moon

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 846

(remaining in any favourable sign) is in Cancer/Taurus Navamsa.
Then also ensure that the Moon in the Rasi chart is in aspect to a
benefic planet from an angular house. As a result, a king (or powerful
and wealthy person) is born.

II 388 II
344. Saturn with strength in the later half of Capricorn, the
Sun in Leo, Venus in Libra, Mars in Aries, the Moon in Cancer and
Mercury in Virgo - one born with this planetary setup will become a
king protecting the whole earth.

q: -
II 38X II
345. If all the planets, without combustion, are in their own
signs and in Vargottama Navamsas, the person will become a king
and will win over his adversaries.

csM&a J6«|: II 385 II

346. The lord of the ascendant in an angle in aspect to a
friendly planet, as the ascendant is occupied by a benefic planet, will
make one a king.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 847

<fai>iR$-M4R34 <3 fWrai
H3ft 3 33. ^3? WlRsfcM»u<l+: l| 38« II
347. The Moon and Jupiter in Taurus ascendant as the lord
of the ascendant, in strength is in a trine, unaspected by strong
Sun, Saturn and Mars will make the person a famous ruler
defeating his enemies.

5
C^PRPJ'RCI R I
o
^RPl4Wn: II 38c II
348. Planets at birth should not be in debilitation, nor in
their inimical signs. They may be in their own signs, or own or
exaltation Navamsas and should be aspected by friendly planets.
The Moon should additionally be full. One born with such planets
will become a ruler.

3t 3: fW&fi 5nwflw?i
ex

H <?$n MM H!*3I t<+£)3i

^313 ?5& 3^ 33I3^F3T 3 W II 38S II
349. The Moon being Full, be in Vargottama Navamsa and
should beget the aspect of exalted planet. There should be no
malefic in an angle from the angle. As a result the native will
become a ruler in the dasa of the aspecting planet.

^^TW]tNia)P=w»'|u|jil 3i 3?ftai^ II ii
350. The lords of the ascendant and the Moon sign being
strong and occupying an angle, as the Moon is in exaltation in a trine
or in an angle will give birth to a ruler of the earth.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 848

qat u si? u
351. Even a person of mean birth can become a ruler if (all)
planets are in own signs and friendly divisions, or in friendly signs
with own divisions.

SF! ir'iltlisl I
II 5X5 II
352. If Mercury is in exaltation Navamsa while all others are
in their deep exaltation degrees, the native will be the head of the thee
worlds receiving honours from gods and demons.

HPT# HPfa: I
SPF^HHI H W JRlfaj: II 5X3 II
353. One will become a weak king if ths star Vasishta is in the
4th, Jupiter in the ascendant, Venus in the 7th and Agastya in the
10th.
Notes: The results are wrongly described in our text It should
read as "Nashta Satru ..." meaning that the native’s enemies will be
destroyed instead of his being a weak king.

SlStt Hyf: Rffl Ml

FIFH ’JJ:
5PPH II 5X8 II
354. The Sun should be in the ascendant identical with his
own sign, i.e. Leo. The Moon should be full and be in own sign, own
Navamsa or exaltation Navamsa and should be aspected by Jupiter
and Venus from an angle. Such a native will become .a king.
H ^41 ^5F^: ^4^ II3XXII
355. The Sun in a trine about to enter his exaltation while the
Moon is in Cancer along with Jupiter will make one a king endowed
with abundant gems.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 849

3HdT: slqRctlVi: I
SfcMkNPd —
II ii
356. One becomes akingif six planets are in their exaltation
signs with own Navamsas and in direct motion.

aiTO II II
357. If all benefics are in the ascendant which is a benefic
sign, with full rays, uncombust and with benefic Navamsas, the
person will become a pious king.

35 WW WPft qfe WW I

358. If at birth all benefics are in succedent houses (2nd, 5th,

8th and 11th) as malefics are in dual signs, the native will become a
king subduing his enemies with his. own power and enjoying the
brilliance of Brihaspati, the preceptor of gods.

few i
II W II
359. With a benefic planet in the ascendant while the lord of
the ascendant is in the 4th, 7th or 10th owned by a friendly planet
and in aspect to a friendly planet, the subject will be a ruler.
H 4l®fdU*-<J: W <H*uRKfa: Il3$o II
360. According to Yavanesvara, with the Full Moon in Aries
along with Jupiter’s exclusive aspect, while there is no debilitated
planet at birth, one will become a king.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 850

fadfcwton II 35? II
361. The Moon should be in 3rd, 6th, 10th or 11th from the
ascendant or in the 7th place either from the Moon sign lord or from
Venus. Further, the said Moon should receive the aspect of Jupiter.
One so born will be a ruler.

FcpfRl twA: Misfit I

^RR RT 5^3 II 3« II
362. The full Moon occupying her degree of exaltation with
brilliant rays aspected by all other planets will produce a king, the
movements of the elephants and horses in whose army will shake the
whole earth, upon which the divine Cobra (bearing the earth on its
hoods) will query, "How can I endure this?"

'^5 q WJTO II n
363. The angles from the ascendant be occupied by benefic
planets avoiding malefic co-tenancy. The Moon, endowed with the
brilliance akin to that of a white lotus should further be in Leo
Navamsa. The result of this Yoga is birth of a king possessing
numerous elephants.
Fira^ - j
^Rfa a’jfaqfafiraifc II 3$« II J
364. The Moon at birth should appear pure like cow’s milk |
and conch while three planets, occupying debilitation/inimical , signs,
with exaltation Navamsas, and receiving the aspects of strong benefic
planets. As a result, the person will become a king and will have
subdued adversaries.

3WHW4i HIM't’l H
Hdfa H$sHld: II 35* II
365. An emperor with a charming physique is denoted by the

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 851

following Yoga. The Moon should be aspected by a strong benefic
planet and should be in Vargottama Navamsa while there is no
malefic in the ascendant.

3RJ»W& II 35$ II
366. The Moon should be in a watery sign with watery
Navamsa; the ascendant should be occupied by a benefic planet who
in turn begets benefics’ divisions, and the angles should be free from
malefics’ occupation. One born thus will be a king owning several
elephants.

31 I

HTJ: Wl II 3SV9 II
367. Should the Full Moon be in Cancer in Vargottama
Navamsa the native will be a king, endowed with the rarest kind of
fame and the rising dust of his horses will make the sun akin to the
morning moon.
W 30 ‘Ji&'bHIH'&RT: II II
368. If all the planets (say many planets) at birth become
indicators of Raja Yoga, the person will become an emperor. If only
one is the indicator, he will be the head of a region.

Wlsft I
II 3$^ II
369. Even if one planet is in its Panchamamsa, the native will
become a king; if it is endowed with all kinds of strength, he will be
an emperor.

370. The Moon in Taurus aspected by Jupiter produces a

king who like a shining gem will brighten all the directions of the
earth.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 852

31 I
II II
371. Even if a single planet, posited in its exaltation sign, or
Moola trikona sign, or own sign, and aspects the Moon, one will
become a king though he may hail from a hunter’s family.

SRft I
3fe II W II
372. (a) If the Moon occupies her own decanate the native will
become a king.
(b) If a beneiic strong in all aspects occupies his own decanate,
the person will become an emperor.

F3Rl 3R O3R: I
H ?131 33S(HM3RBWR5: II II

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 853

373. The Sun in Leo Navamsa while the Moon is in the sign
Cancer will give birth to a king, the drops of the ichor of whose
elephants will wet the earth.

wH n 3\9« 11
374. The ascendant should be in occupation by Saturn while
the 7th house contains just risen Jupiter (i.e. after heliacal
combustion) in aspect to Venus. Even a villager born with this Yoga
will become a king.

Pfad H ^4. II 3V9X II

375. If the lord of the ascendant is in aspect to Jupiter and is
in a sign and Navamsa owned by Jupiter, as Mercury is
simultaneously in the zone of his exaltation, the person will become a
king.

Firam II 3*35 II
376. The native will become a king if the Moon, Venus and the
Sun are together in one sign and receive Jupiter’s aspect

’gfRU: II 3V)k3 II
377. Venus, Mercury and Mars should be in the ascendant as
the Moon with Jupiter is in the 7th house in aspect to Saturn, the
person will become the lord of the earth endowed with abundant
fame.

II 3^ II
378. The Sun should be in the 10th in Aries while Mercury
and Jupiter (placed in a suitable house) endowed with full

Hora Ratnam/C^^ Q
strength are in aspect to Mars and occupy a Navamsa of Mars
himself. Such a person, though hailing from a base family, will be a
ruler.

33 w n 3^ 11
379. Again, one of mean birth can become a king if the
ascendant is Vargottama, as the 3rd is occupied by Venus, Saturn,
Mercury and the Moon, the 7th by Mars and the 9th by Jupiter.

Rai+33i

II II
380. If Jupiter, Mercury, Venus or the Moon be in the 9th
with brilliant rays (unaffected by combustion or heliacal setting) and
with full disc or if these four are aspected by their own friends, the
native will be a powerful king equal to god.

rRl ^I§ul I
W F^Jki W <£ERft faqH II 3=? II
381. If a planet is exalted in the 9th or if the 9th is aspected by
the 9th lord as two other planets are in exaltation, the native will
become a king endowed with a family.

H3fa 3>(?Hd'kl: II 3^ II
382. Even a person of mean birth will become a king if the 5th
house is occupied by Jupiter as the 5th lord is weak and Vpnus is
found in Pisces.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 855

"x

BWJ3; II 3*3
383. II is occupiedby the Moon as Jupiter
If the 3rd or the 10th
is in exaltation, the person will be blessed by the goddess of fortunes
and will be the ruler of the earth.

HcfPrl Jj^i: <°<4kli: 11 3*8 (I

384. If Jupiter at birth is in exaltation identical with
placement in an angle while Venus is in the 10th house, the native will
be the lord of the entire earth and will enjoy fame.

WRW fcm^n fcfltea

II II
385. Saturn in his own sign, with undiminished rays, while
Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are in the 4th house with the Sun’s
aspect and being in their own Navamsas, indicates that the native
belongs to a chief Brahmin’s family and will become a king.

I
^flwiwia n 3^5 II
386. This slokas has more than one defect of composition.
"Chandrat Kurvanti" reads as "Lagnat Kurvanti" in another version.
Even if that is sorted out, the 3 planets viz. Venus, Jupiter and the
Moon cannot be in that order in own signs identical with 3rd t 6th and
11th. Hence for practical purposes, the implication seems to be:
(a) The Sun should be in his Moola Trikona space while the
Moon» Venus and Jupiter are in their own signs.
(b)The Moon, Venus and Jupiter should be in the 3rd, 6th and
11th houses.
These two yogas are Raja Yogas leading to birth of kings.
’jfc: II 3^ II

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 856

387. If there is a benefic planet in the 7th house receiving a
friendly planet’s aspect, and occupies a friendly Navamsa, as Mars is
in exaltation, the native will lord over other kings.

II 3^ II
388. Note if the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Mercury are in the
10th house and in friendly Navamsas. None of these be in inimical or
debilitation signs, nor should they be in combustion. Further, Venus
should be in the 9th house. Such a native will become a king, the
ichor of whose elephants will wet the lands and suppress the rising
dust.

II 3^ II
389. The Sun being strong should be in the 10th in exaltation
with Jupiter while Venus in strength is in the 9th house with own
Navamsa. The ascendant should receive Mercury’s aspect and beget
is a benefic Varga. Such a native will become a king.

qRl'3(ltq3*l I
MkikMIdl FWWl II 3<?° II
390. The Moon being Full should be' in Taurus ascendant
with the aspect of Venus while Mercury is in the 4th house. The
native concerned will become a king.
391. Mars in exaltation in aspect to the Sun, the Moon and
Jupiter will make even a mean person a king who will be capable of
protecting the whole earth.

s’w&t 11 w n
392. OneborninAbhijitNakshatrawillbecomeakingwith
immeasurable fame though he may be of base birth.
Notes: Abhijit Nakshatra extends from Capricorn 6° 40’ to
Capricorn 10* 53’ 20" including which there are 28 Nakshatras in

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 857

all.

393. The native with Moon in Krittika Nakshatra with one of

Gandanta ascendant, Bhadra Karana, Parigha Yoga and Vyatipata
Yoga will become a king who plays with the heads of his enemies
waving his sword fiercely.

I
JRITfal ’jdt -
II3S8 II
394. Mercury in the ascendant, Jupiter in the 7th, Venus in
the 10th and the Full Moon in the 4th identical with Cancer will
produce a king who will rule the earth with peace.

VSJFrR’l I
3{^ II 3^ II
395. Chakra Yoga: If all the planets occupy six
alternative signs, Chakra Yoga is formed and the native in question
will become a king. In this very Yoga, a benefic in the ascendant will
make the person rule the entire earth.

HJpn HEl II II
396. In the above Chakra Yoga, with any two planets in the
ascendant as a benefic is in an angle, the person will become the king
of kings.

w II II
397. Pankthi Yoga: If all the planets occupy six continuous
signs from the ascendant, Pankthi Yoga forms, whose native will
become a king. If all the planets are in the first four houses, the

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 858

person will be a king's minister.

398. The 5th, 4th, 3rd and 10th occupied by all the planets will
give birth to a king who will endowed with kinsfolk, progeny, wealth
and numerous servants.

*PR did II 3^ II
399. Nagara Yoga: Should all the planets be in the 10th, 7th,
4th and the ascendant, Nagara Yoga forms. One so born will be the
lord of the earth.

II 8oo II
400. With the 7th, ascendant and the 4th containing all
the benefics while Mars and Saturn are respectively in the 9th and
11th, according Yavanesvara, the native will be a peaceful ruler of
the earth.

^PTO’fl&RT: Hfan: W: ^fPl I

II II
401. Kalasa Yoga: Benefics in the 9th and 11th houses as
maleficsareinthe lOthhouse, Kalasa Yogaisformed. Thenative , of this
Yoga will be a ruler.

551 Hl^dl^qiH'} §1 Hfaprat I ^^^1 flduSI'H,!

^155 II 8oQ II
402. Pooma Chandra Yoga: Any three planets occupying the
3rd, 5th and the 4th, any two planets in the 7th house and the
remaining two in the ascendant cause Poorna Chandra Yoga. One of
this native will be a ruler.
Notes: Sevenplanets from the Sun to Saturn are considered in

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 859

this yoga. The term "Kalatra" (7th house) appearing in the 2nd line
in addition to "Made- " (7th house) appearing in the 1st line is a
repetition. The correct formation ofthe Yoga eliminating this error is
reflected in the translation above.

— Now from Vasishta Jataka (upto sloka

413).

spidfii <10 4bi; i

■o

Hdfa mi: II 8o3 II

e. cs cs
■ 403. Sarva Bhauma Yoga: The 9th lord (endowed with
strength) occupying an angle from the ascendant causes Sarva
Bhauma Yoga. The native concerned will possess countless virtues, be
intelligent, charitable, the best of the kings, justly disposed and rule
over the other rulers.

jnrtt n B°B II
404. Kalpa Vriksha Yoga: Should the lord of the 3rd be in an
angle, Kalpa Vriksha Yoga is formed. One bom in this Yoga will be
honoured by the king and endowed with elephants, horses, gold and
valour.

VRlfeH: Hlfeswl faaHi II Boy II

505. The 2nd lord in an angle will cause Sri Vatsa Yoga whose
owner will be endowed with wealth, will ever perform good deeds and
be associated with agriculture (or related calling).

^t^nRRFsi I
blcRKI^IGlRjkhsHi'fl II B°S ||
406. Kulabhushana Yoga: If the lord of the ascendant is in an
angle, one of the best Yogas called Kulabhushana Yoga is formed.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 860

Such a person will inherit kingdom and will become a very valorous
emperor.

n B°« II
407. Padma Raga Yoga: The lord of the 5th house in an angle
causes Padma Raga Yoga. The native will destroy all his adversaries,
be endowed.with a great deal of wealth and be a famous king.

3$*^ 3^1 II Bo®5 II

408. Ratnanjali Yoga: The lord of the 9th house in the 9th
itself causes Ratnanjali Yoga. One born with this Yoga will possess
much fortunes, elephants and horses, and be honoured by the king.
Hgl H*fel c5HglW II 8<^ II
409. Sadaa Phala Yoga: If the lords of the ascendant, the 11th
and the 2nd occupy an angle, a trine and the 11th in that order,
Sadaa Phala ("ever fruitful") Yoga is formed. The native in question
will enjoy incessant gains.

nwfisl ^5: REgsrarnfaaR i

wit ni’nw H8?oii
410. Supratapa Yoga: One having the 10th lord in an angle in
aspect to a beneflc planet obtains Supratapa Yoga. He will be a lord
of the earth, eligible to be served by others, interested in pleasures
and willhave achievement of desires with his own valour.

itfcit gojppst Mkc4l<fcl: SBEst II 8?? II

411. Kama Dhenu Yoga: If the 11th lord is in an angle, Kama
Dhenu Yoga forms. The person possessing this combination will be a
king, be served by others, endowed with wealth, females and precious
stones and be disposed to saving.

31 H3H3^ 3fe 3^3^331 3$3F( I gl Wit

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 861

H^t 3lfi+:

fl! JJWUllHIrtq: SfejH: II 8« II

412. (a) One or two of Jupiter, Venus and Mercury occupying

with strength an angle, or the 9th, or the 5th from the Moon or from
the ascendant will bless the person with conveyances, wealth and
lordship. He will be religious in disposition.
(b) If all three planets mentioned above are involved as
prescribed, the effects will be - the native will be endowed with many
virtues and lordship over villages, houses and wealth. He will be a
king akin to Lord Indra.

§1 t^PHl H^l: II 8?3 II

413. Note the three planets Saturn, Mars and the Sun. One of
them placed in an Upachaya house from the ascendant will give
wealth, two will give ministership and three kingship.

— (From another source upto sloka 418)

*rai II 8?8 II
414. Neecha Bhanga Raja Yoga: Note if there is a debilitated
planet at birth. Should the lord of the said sign, or the planet that gets
exalted therein, is in an angle from the ascendant, the person will
become a king endowed with a just disposition.

II an II
415. If the Moon at birth is placed in Taurus, Virgo or Cancer,
the person will be aking of kings endowed with abundant wealth,
horses, elephants and armymen. He will be akin to fire to his foes.
Notes: On the face of it, this is merely an exaggeration. The

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 862

Moon should be in one of these signs, coinciding with a good house,
and obtaining other virtues like favourable divisions and beneficial
aspects. The importance is primarily the Moon’s being in one of these
signs.

fem; i

jfcWR I! 8?? II
416. Simhasana Yoga: Should the lord of the 10th be in
strength in the 2nd, or in an angle or in a trine, the person will
acquire what is called Simhasana Yoga. He will be a world- famous
king served by excellent elephants.

era gsft-
ii 8?« ii
417. If at birth the Moon aspects the Sun, while the Moon
herself is aspected by Mercury, where is the need for an astrologer to
scrutinize, as the native is bound to be happy and long-lived?
Notes: The implied Yoga is formed as under. The Sun and
Mercury in one sign aspected by the Moon from the opposite sign.
This Yoga apart from giving stipulated effects will give intelligence,
wealth, power, fame etc.

ssfa ftwif gRpft i

35?^ ’RHft II 8?* II

418. If the Full Moon is in an angle endowed with much
auspicious disposition (i.e. occupying good Vargas), the person
willacquire an exceeding beautifulspouse who will be affectionate and
will bear him progeny. The native will be endowed with plenty of
wealth and gold, will increase his possession of gems and will subdue
his enemies.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 863

(From Saravali)

3H: n? ’nf&rasrar sjjft nsfo i8?si

419. A number of Yogas giving kingship to person of mean

birth have been earlier explained by me (i.e. Kalyana Varma in his
Saravali). Now I am going to explain such Yogas that will make one
of a royal scion a king, in the words of the sages.

-
FU^ II 8=*° II
420. Leo Ascendant: The native will be a king honoured by
the whole world, if Leo is the ascendant containing the Sun while the
Moon is in Aries, Saturn in Aquarius, Jupiter either in Sagittarius or
Pisces and Mars in exaltation.

W M<lRl
fl? Wifi I

421. A strong benefic in the ascendant while the other planets

are in 9th, ascendant, 2nd, 3rd, 11th, 6th and 10th houses will make
the person a king endowed with firm wealth whose band of elephants
will shed ichor upon which the clouds will be in doubt (as to how it
were raining).

WlfjFFR: I
ftd^HcHMIHI: star W H'lfa-
II iW II
422. Should Jupiter at birth be in his own sign identical with
the 4th house, as the Full Moon is in the 9th house and others are in
the 3rd and the ascendant, the native will be a bold king, endowed

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 864

with a number of conveyances and abundant wealth.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 865

fcfa: II 853 II
423. The Moon in the ascendant which is Taurus, Jupiter
in the 2nd house, Venus in Libra, Mercury in Virgo, Mars in
Aries and the Sun in Leo - this Yoga will produce a king who will
enjoy pure fame like the rays of the Moon.

tlPkll I

•jj
■I
^qrai 11 8?« 11
424. The Moon in the 10th house along with the Sun,
Saturn in the ascendant, Jupiter in the 4th, and Venus with Mercury
and Mars in the 11th will make one a king who will become famous
for his virtues.

^KlRl MRC^^I R<<dl I

II II

s
425. If Jupiter at birth is in the ascendant avoiding y
Capricorn, the native will be a king endowed with elephants.

3F3T FfFft d$IHJ^il HPfo Wl: I

3n^ Bn RIRK&^II ^-^IRI sm
n SPS n
426. Saturn and Mars in the ascendant, the Sun and Jupiter
in the 10th, Venus in the 7th, Mercury in the 11th, the Moon in the
4th - this combination will make one an exceedingly famous king.
427. Even with the weak Moon in exaltation, a person will
become a king. Then, what of the Moon with full body (i.e. the Moon
being Full) in exaltation?

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 866

cS’H faSR Mt HcRWIMRMf&l fcW' I
II 83^ II
428. With the Moon with her entire rays, i.e. the Full Moon,
in an angle, other than the ascendant, the native will be endowed with
valour, wealth, and conveyances.

cy-fal£ici I
^fa4§dWI^ II 83S II
429. If Venus at birth is aspected by Jupiter the subject will
be equal to the King of Snakes (i.e. Adi Sesha, the bed of Lord
Vishnu.)

fc&Rfi 3^1.
(QRIP-T 3IRH "fTT H<X( II 83° II
430. If Mercury at birth is aspected by Jupiter, the native’s
orders will ever be obeyed by kings.

431. The lord of the ascendant in exaltation in aspect to the

Moon will cause one to be a king endowed with many elephants and
horses.

II 895 II
432. The Moon in exaltation and aspecting Mercury and
Venus will make one a peaceful king endowed with wide fame and
fortunes.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 867

& ’J'^FftWHTR. II 833 II
433. If the lord of the Moon sign, enjoying full strength,
occupies an angle, even a Brahmin by birth will become a king. Then
what of one born of a royal, scion?

3i^5nfM ’JTl 'I 838

II
434. The Sun placed in an exceedingly friendly house and
aspecting the Moon will make one the ruler of Anga kingdom,
endowed with virtues and wealth.

<5WKr*|: 3ll$ld-BI: I
dR<llcl II 83^t II
435. Should Mercury be in exaltation and enjoy the
company of the Moon, the native willenjoy lordship over Magadha
region. >

Wfcfa II 835 II
436. Even if the Moon singly endowed with strength on all
important counts, the native will be a king and will eliminate his

enemies.
437. Even when a shepherd can become a king with the lord of
the ascendant with excellent strength in an angle, what of a person of
royal scion?

II 83^ II
438. Should the planet Jupiter be in Cancer which is the

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 868

10th from the natal Moon, the person will lord over a kingdom bound
by four seas.

431. The Sun in Aries along with the Moon will make one
the ruler of Kerala, Karnataka, Andhra and Dravida regions.

SIM: I

440. Jupiter in exaltation along with the Moon will make one
the king of Kashmira region.

II 88? n
441. If Jupiter and Venus join together in the 11th, 2nd,
ascendant, 10th, 7th, 4th or the 9th which is either Cancer or Pisces,
one of a royal birth will be led to rule a kingdom.

442. If three or four benefics occupy angles, earning strengths

on account of directional, positional, temporal and other sources,
unrelated to malefic planets, one will become a king.

II 883 II
443. The three planets, viz. Mercury, Jupiter and Venus found
in the 2nd from the Sun, which is not however Leo, and endowed
with bright rays (i.e. uncombust), the native will own a kingdom
bound by three seas.

wn:
II 888 li
444. If the Moon at birth is Full endowed with the purity of
the white oleander and lotus (i.e. with pure rays) as the lord of the

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 869

Moon sign enjoys the aspect of a benefic planet, the person will be
skilful in outraging the modesty of women. He will enjoy wide fame
and good knowledge in politics.

^MIMIC'S II 88K II
445. Jupiter in the 2nd house along with Venus will cause one
to be a king having subdued enemies.

SO qn I
faMRwal felFJ H^IH^ Il 885 II
446. One born in Karaka Yoga will become a king, the
movements of whose army, elephants and horses will wrap the skies
with dust.
Notes: For Karaka Yogas, see slokas 447 to 451 infra.

«l>Kcb<il',h febrUH0!!— (Karaka Yogas from Chintamani.)

t41wRl+|uF«n: ^«n: I
wit fostaf: II 880 II
447. When two planets are in mutual angles, particularly
mutually in 4th and 10th positions, identical with own signs, Moola
trikona signs or exaltation signs, they become Karakas (and cause
Karaka Raja Yoga).
Notes: The following examples may be noted in this
connection.
(a) Capricorn ascendant, Mars in Aries and Venus in Libra
both in own signs.
(b) Libra ascendant, having Jupiter in Cancer and Mars in
Capricorn, both in exaltation signs.
(c) Taurus ascendant with the Sun in Leo in Moola Trikona
^portion and Saturn in Aquarius in Moola Trikona portion.
The 4th and 10th are preferred houses for obtaining excellent
results followed by 2nd ■ 5th, 11th - 3rd etc. In other houses, the
results will decline, particularly when such Yogas are in mutual
angles in 3rd ■ 12th, 6th - 9th, 8th - 11th and the like.
The two planets mentioned need not enjoy similar class of

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 870

dignity. One can be exalted, and the other can be either in Moola
Trikona or own sign.

jaitereraw WR WWW: II aa* n

448. Example as per Dundhi Raja: Should the Moon be in the
ascendant which is Cancer, while Mars, the Sun, Saturn and Jupiter
are in their respective exaltation spaces, they become mutual
Karakas.
Notes: In fact, these four planets thus placed cause Raja Yoga
of a great order for any movable ascendant. It is not necessary that
only Cancer should be selected in preference to the other three
movable ascendants.

^*4J|: Wdt eNdWI ^2: I d<VJul^bSI II 88^ II

449. Another kind of Karaka Yoga as per Chintamani:

(a) For a planet posited in the ascendant, those in the 4th and
the 10th become Karakas.
(b) Note if there is a planet in the 10th house which is owned
by its friend. Then those that become friendly to the said planet in the
10th by temporary count (by horoscopic positions) will also become
Karakas.
(Special statements of Saravali.)
llferai: W^T: I

ifaRfa fa&rat ^5 WT II 8X° ||

450. The planet posited in exaltation sign, friendly sign, own
sign, or such a Navamsa will become a Karaka. Particularly the Sun
in the 10th in exaltation will become a Karaka. These views are as per
Chanakya.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 871

3>Rigi>0Pd H a^ra n ax? II
451. (a) Planets in the ascendant, 4th and 10th become
Karakas.
(b) There is also a view that those in the 11th will become
Karakas which view is not however from the best of the sages.

I
fe3 iHRfea) n II
452. (a) Mara in the ascendant along with Saturn, while
Venus is in the 4th along with Mercury and Jupiter will cause one to
become a king.
(b) Mars in Capricorn ascendant, with a Navamsa of Saturn
(i.e. within the first 6° 40’ of Capricorn) will make one a king.

iwifPnl qfe srara: n ax? II

453. Jupiter in exaltation in Cancer ascendant along with the
Moon, Venus in exaltation in Pisces, Saturn in deep exaltation and
the Sun in exaltation along with Mars in Aries will make the person
head of his kinsfolk.
■ Notes: It is strange that a very nominal effect is attributed to
such a rare and superior Yoga. In fact this combination should

be in a position to give an extremely exalted position, combined with

opulence, fame etc. of a high* degree.

qj>f:

^FW5^f ?qr-
Il 8X8 II
454. Venus and Jupiter inPisces, the fullMoonin exaltation, *
and the Sun in aspect to malefic in exaltation will cause one to
become a king the movements of whose army will raise enormous

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 872

dust whereupon the lotus will contract mistaking it to be the sunset.
Notes: This Yoga is not astronomically possible and hence the
Moon’s participation as the Full Moon should be taken as the waxing
Moon in exaltation. Even then, the Yoga does not lose its supremacy.

srrai qrat fasnqi-

H S’nc&SI: II 8XX II
455. All the malefic planets should be at birth in debility or in
enemies’ signs, or in the 3rd or the 6th while benefic planets are in
their deep exaltation degrees identical with angular houses. Further
the Moon should be in Cancer identical with the 10th house. One
born with this Yoga in night time will become the ruler of the three
worlds.

SFj*: WWd-'ld: ^”1 ^E: I

M’-aiSi’jl&M qfe qqfa qqr 3q <jE:
sral sn^i n axe n
456. Jupiter with brilliant rays in the ascendant, the Moon
in the 11th in aspect to Mercury, and the Sun in the 2nd place from
the Moon but unaspected by Mars, will bless the person with *
kingdom with a number of elephants and horses.

fi^ldl II 8*K9 II
457. Aries should be the ascendant containing the Sun, the
Moon and Mars, as Venus, Saturn and Mercury are in Taurus, and
Jupiter is in the 9th in Sagittarius will produce a king whose orders
will be obeyed and foes will be destroyed. In this Yoga, the two
planets, viz. Jupiter and the Sun should in particular be in
Vargottama Navamsa.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 873

n s** 11
458. Scorpio Ascendant: Jupiter, Mercury and Venus in the
5th house, the Sun in the 6th in Aries along with Mars, and Saturn in
the 9th will make one the lord of the rulers. He will enjoy unsullied
fame.

HElfe f^Fit qfe xRtaqaflffi:

atom aqaif^Fi: n n
459. In case of birth in a movable ascendant, with the Sun,
Venus and Saturn respectively receiving the aspects of Jupiter, the
Moon and Mars, the person will be a king endowed with fame and
destroyed foes.

f^a: wra^ i
R<WlRg«k^
^MRRS II 8£o II
460. Virgo Ascendant: With Mercury in Virgo which is the
ascendant, Jupiter in Pisces, strong Mars in Aries, and Saturn in the
6th, the person will attain a kingdom on his own strength.

»FR k^ ^Fl3 I
ii 85? ii
461. Capricorn Ascendant: Saturn in the ascendant which is
Capricorn, the Sun in the 7th, Venus in the 8th, Mars in Scorpio and
the Moon in Capricorn - this combination will bring forth a famous
king.

51^ I
k^ nwk ll 855 II
462. Capricorn Ascendant: A fickle-minded king is born in
Capricorn ascendant with an unsullied Mars therein while Saturn is
in the 9th, and the Sun is in the 7th along with the Moon.

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 874

II 853 II
463. The native will be an unassailable king with Saturn in
the ascendant, the Moon and Jupiter in the 7th and Mercury in
exaltation with the aspect of Venus.

II 858 II
464. Jupiter in Sagittarius in aspect to a friendly planet,
Venus in the ascending sign, and the Moon in Cancer will usher

Hora Ratnam ( Chapter 5 875

465. the birth of a king who will construct wells, tanks
etc. and be devoted to Brahmins.

HFJ Mcl»&dcl><: I
<§5: fsfe’R’JW
H#i II 8« II

466. Even a single benefic in exaltation with pure rays, while a

strong Sun alone is in an angle with the aspect of Jupiter from the 5th
house will make one a successful king endowed with a number of

II 8^ II

elephants, revered by one and all.

467. Note if the 6th or the 3rd is in occupation by Mars,

Saturn and the Sun - the latter without Moon’s aspect - while Jupiter
is in Leo in the 11th house with beneficial aspect. Such a native will
become a king who will conquer his enemies with his own mite.

3^ SpFSi

468. Jupiter in Libra ascendant, Venus in Taurus, while there

flows a breeze and the other planets are brilliantly placed in the
zodiac, the native will be a king.

qfo: II 85^ II gw gfam<*t5i tog

i gfoj srcPa 11 ass n

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 876

468 - 469. Pushkala Yoga: Should the lord of the Moon sign
join the ascendant lord in an exceedingly friend’s sign, which is an
angle from the ascendant, and aspect the ascendant, Pushkala Yoga is
formed. One enjoying this Yoga will be a king for ever and will move
in all the directions filled with fragrance of the ichor of the dead
elephants of his subdued adversaries.

3*3 ^3 II 8UO II
MW 3 Hl^><: I
^33 ^•iad‘ii=& II 8»? II
F3Rft ^3Fft ’fft: ?J3: I ’jjai
sifcra: II II
470 - 472. (a) If the ascendant lord is in the ascendant and is in
the initial part of the sign (i.e. first decanate), the native will be the
army chief under a king. If in the middle portion, he will be the head
of a region. If in the end, he will head over a village.
(b)If the Sun in the ascendant is in Revathi, Poorva Phalguni,
Uttara Phalguni, Moola, or Pushya Nakshatra, the person will have a
kingdom spreading over a linear distance of one hundred Yojanas.
(c) Venus placed in one of Krittika, Revathi, Asvini, Svathi and
Pushyami will produce a king.
Notes: (a) From this kind of the position of the lord of the
ascendant in the ascendant itself, we derive three Yogas with
differentiation in effects. The said planet in the first decanate is the
most favourable; if in the 2nd decanate comparatively less
favourable; and if in the 3rd decanate it is relatively the least
powerful. These indicate, thus, progress of a person in various levels.
(b) One among the 4 signs, viz. Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius and
Pisces should be the ascendant and the Sun should be in the stipulated
Nakshatra. Then the person will be a powerful and wealthy person.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5

•JMR II 8193 II
473. (a) If the lord of the Navamsa ascendant is in exaltation
in an angle from the natal ascendant, the native will be an emperor.
(b) Should the lords of the Moon sign and natal ascendant join
in an angle, the person will be a king.
Notes: The second yoga is inferior to the first mentioned one as
could be seen from the effects concerned.

Mfr Ryr*<: I
HF HH H CT; II 8V98 II
474. The Moon being Full and occupying Pisces with a
friendly planet’s aspect will give birth to an emperor whose orders
will be adored.

ii say II
aWraf fast ’ra-. i
JRiRa n BUS II
475. With Mars in the 10th house, Venus and the Moon in the
9th house and the Sun in exaltation in the 10th house in union with
Jupiter, the native will be a king. The fragrance of dust raised by the
movements of the band of his horses will be enjoyed by the horses of
the sun god in the skies.

eft; n w n
477. Saturn in an angle along with the Moon will make one a
king endowed with elephants, horses, villages and increasing wealth.
'JJW. H£J: aAdy^Hjg: II B'S5 II
478. One with Venus, Jupiter and Mercury in the 2nd house
while the Moon, the Sun (read Saturn) and Mars are in the 7th house
will be broad-chested, and be a king whose enemies will remain
destroyed.
Notes: "Saturn" appears in the place of Sun in some texts
which is only correct. . x

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 878

7^7: qfe TRFpft frfe I
cS’H W 'W’l:
sRto^jWwf: ii m II
479. An exalted planet with full rays in the ascendant,. Jupiter
in the 6th house and the Sun in strength in Cancer along with the
Moon will give rise to birth of a king whose army’s march will
envelope the skies with clouds dust.

aHHcSkW II B^o II
480. The Moon in 8th degree of Aquarius which is a trine
from the ascendant will produce a king who will contribute to the
good of the whole world.

II 8 ? it
15

481. Mars in the 7th degree of Aries will produce a king. So

also in the 21st degree of Gemini.

*jMp|^ II 8^3 II
482. The Moon in the 15 th degree of Aquarius or in the 10th
degree of Cancer will make one a king.
I
RfeeM W II 8^3 II
483. (a) Jupiter in the 20th degree of Sagittarius will produce
a famous king.
(b) Similar effect will come to pass when the Sun, or Mercury
or Jupiter is in the 5th degree of Leo.
Notes: (b) This Yoga should not be interpreted as the 3 planets
occupying the same degree. Anyone of the three in this degree will
give kingdom.

aSKifciRRFg: I
HPig B^B II
484. In the five Yogas mentioned above (i.e. slokas 481 and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 879

483), if the Moon is simultaneously in the 10th degree of that
particular sign (occupied by the other planet involved in .the Yoga),
the person will earn a kingdom with his own strength.
Notes: In slokas 481 and 483, there are altogether five
different Yogas, viz. 2 by Jupiter, 1 each by Mars, the Sun and
Mercury.

WJPI I
HPI aiaCta-M II 8*=x II
485. Saturn in the 5th degree of Capricorn will produce a lord
of the kings who will be justly disposed, adorable, a knower of law,
and interested in Sastras.

HFlg I
II 8^ II
486. Jupiter and the Moon together occupying the 5th degree
of Cancer will make one a king who will be unconquerable as the Sun
is among all the planets.

feqife II 8^ ||
487. (a) If at birth the Full Moon occupies Pushyami, Krittika
or Asvini or a Vargottama Navamsa, the native will become an
emperor.
(b) Birth in Tripushkara Yoga will give,the native an empire.
Notes: (b) Tripushkara Yoga is a combined Yoga of three
different phenomena, as under.
One of the 2nd, 7th and 12th lunar daya of bright or dark
fortnights coinciding with Sunday, Tuesday or Saturday while birth
Nakshatra is one of Krittika, Punarvasu, Uttara Phalguni, Visakha,
Uttarashadha and Poorvabhadra. Week-days are to be counted from
one sun-rise to the other.
At one stage, this Tripushkara Yogas has been discussed in the
context of questionable birth as well.

II gw II
488. Should Mars at birth be in exaltation, or in Vargottama

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 880

Navamsa, or in Asvini, Anuradha or Dhanishta, one will become a
king, but not otherwise (thus, this is matchless Raja Yoga).

straw 3 II S'”? II
489. Pure white Moon (i.e. an uncombust Moon) in the 10th
house, Venus in the 9th house while all others are in the 11th house.
will give birth to a king endowed with incomparable valour.

WR: i
3ra^ II 8^° II
490. If all the planets are in Upachayas from the Moon, the
person, will be a repository of honour and will lord over the entire
earth.
qfe zrai $^e4l widsdl n BV n
491. Counted from Mars, if Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun are
in order in the 5th, 9th and 3rd signs, the person will be wealthy and a
ruler akin to Kubera, the Hindu god of wealth.

^IRI fcO: I
H H II W II
492. Counted from the "Sun" (read "from the Moon" as the
correct text should be "Sasistrutiyo'") Venus in the 3rd, Mercury in
the 4th, and all others are in the 5th will make one a king possessing
boundaries upto three seas. But no planet should be in debility or
inimical sign in this Yoga.

II BS3 II
493. If Mars, the Stin and the Moon are in the 7th, 4th and the
10th as counted from the sign occupied by Jupiter while all others are
in the 6th house from the ascendant, the native will be a king.
»

II B^B II
494. One will become a king if Mercury and Saturn are 4th

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 881

and with reference to Venus while all others are in the 3rd and 11th
houses from the ascendant.

qfe zrar WI^IIS II BV II

495. With Venus and Mercury in an angle from Saturn while
others including Jupiter are in their exaltation zones, the native will
ascend the throne.
$wH II ii
496. If all the planets are in the 3rd, 5th and 11th places with
reference to the natal Sun, the subject will be a king’s minister or an
army-head.

3RI II 8<?a II
497. Should the lord of the ascendant be endowed with
unaffected rays while malefics are in the 11th from the ascendant, and
benefics are in angles, the native will earn a kingdom on his own
strength.

*lfc W sFHft I
HSffa cRI VRofa: WcFfRpSa: WJ II 8V II
498. If malefics occupy the 11th, 3rd and the 6th from the
ascendant and beget the aspects of benefic planets, the native will be a
virtuous king receiving honours from other kings.

FRRlI I
H -WAMIA
II 8<^ II
499. If Jupiter at birth is in Aries or Leo, while Mars placed in
his own sign is in aspect to the Sun, one of a royal scion will become a
king. But there should be no planet in debility in the horoscope.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 882

II k°° II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 883

500. Sunapha, Anapha and Durudhura with reference to the
natal Moon have been explained (earlier). If one of these Yogas is
present with reference to an angle from the ascendant, one of a
royal family will ascend the throne.
Notes: The Moon who is the base for the formation of
Sunapha&C should be in an angle from the ascendant. Thenthe
participants should be placed as required from the Moon. That is
the Yoga stipulated by the text occurs. \
Sunapha occurs when a planet occupies the 2nd fiirom the
Moon; Anapha by one in the 12th from the Moon; and Duruqhura
when both the 12th and 2nd from the Moon are in occupation. With
this kind of Yoga occurring when the Moon herself is in an angle
(1st, 4th, 7th or 10th) from the ascendant, a still superior Yoga is
formed leading to riches and position.
Kemadruma occurs when there is none with the Moon or
none in the 2nd/12th from the Moon. But when Kemadruma occurs
with Moon in an angle, it would destabilise the entire array of
planets to a great extent.
In these Moon-based Yogas, it is well-known, the Sun is not
taken into consideration.

H SRlfe? ¥3 Wife
^fe^ejfe H life Fliq. II II
501. One will be a king with immeasurable fame if Jupiter is
in an angle in union with the Moon and be in aspect to Venus.

Wife Wife gRjjd

nfenfe ■'I^I^H. » «
502. If Venus with enormous strength is in the natal
ascendant (extremely close to the cusp, as the term "Sikhara" in the
text implies) and begets his own Navamsa, while Mercury is in
aspect to Saturn, and Jupiter is found in the 5th house from the
ascendant, the person will "rule the earth”, endowed with
elephants, and will eliminate his enemies with his own power.

Hora Hatnam /Chapter 5 884

^><?ki€ci^n II ^°3 II
503. The Sun in Leo and the Moon in Cancer in aspect to
Jupiter will make one a king.
Notes: The text implies that both the luminaries should be
aspected by Jupiter. For practical purposes, we should ensure that
one of them gets Jupiter’s aspects.

11 11

504. Mercury in Cancer, Jupiter in Sagittarius and the Sun

placed anywhere receives the aspect of Mars - one born with this
Yoga will become a king.

I
11 II
505. The Moon in Pisces, Jupiter in Cancer and Venus in
Aquarius will altogether bring forth a king.

Sift: I
II II
506. The Moon in a watery sign, the Sun in the ascendant and
Saturn in Aquarius in aspect to Venus will make one a king.
Notes: Looking at the original conditions, the ascendant can
either be Cancer or Virgo only. The position of Venus in Leo is
implied for Saturn should be in Aquarius with the aspect of Venus.
Six different Yogas can then be formed:
(a) Cancer ascendant with the Sun therein, Venus in Leo, and
Saturn in Aquarius.
(b) Virgo ascendant with the Sun therein, Venus in Leo and
Saturn in Aquarius.
In either case, the Moon should be in Cancer, Pisces or second
half Capricorn.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 885

51: II yols i;
508, Mars in Scorpio or Aries in aspect to the Sun or Jupiter,
while Mercury is in Taurus in aspect to Venus will cause kingship.

3><<WI( fWl^l
WFI i
Rmtl:
Ht FUH II 'to* II
508, If the Full Moon, unafflicted, occupies her own sign or own
or exaltation Navamsa, in aspect to five friendly planets, while there
is none in debility at birth, the native will become a ruler.

II II
509. Saturn in the 11th, Jupiter in the 5th, the Moon in Aries
which is the ascendant, and the 3rd occupied by the Sun, retrograde
Mercury and retrograde Mars, - with this Yoga the native will
become a king, the flow of whose elephants’ ichor will make the ocean
recall the days of construction of Setu (over- bridge built by Lord
Rama to proceed to Lanka).

H FIRH HJT:
3H&dJ|^^lfcnW'WlM: II k?° II
510. One will become a king covering all the directions with
his elephants if the Sun is in Virgo, Mars is in Scorpio in union Hora,
Ratnam / Chapter 5 886
with Jupiter, and the Moon is in Aries, unaspected by others.

— (From Garga Jataka upto sloka 515*)

Wf: '* H
511. Jupiter, Mercury and Venus in the ascendant, Saturn in
the 7th and the Sun in the 10th will give enjoyment of pleasures.

II W II
512. Malefics in malefics’ signs, benefic signs are identical with
angles with strength (i.e. the angles should enjoy GrihaBala or Bhava
Bala, which is dependent on the respective ruling planet’s Shadbala)
will make one the leader of thieves.

W5t W II X?3 II
513. The sub period of the stronger of the planets in the
ascendant and the 10th will bring forth the effects of an indicated
Raja Toga.
Rotes: Importance is given to the planet in the ascendant or in
tiie 10th house. Whether such a planet forms a Raja Yoga or not,it
acts as an agent for other Raja Yoga Karaka planets in the nativity.
Thus, the sub period of the occupant in question will be a powerful
source of Raja Yoga effects.
Aso see the next sloka.
Smbhu Hora Prakasa (ch, 17, sloka 63) takes into consids*ation
the whole dasa, in the above circumstances, instead of sub-period.
The present text’s condition is more logical, for a strongq* sub period
will have to ultimately rely on the lord of the main disa. If we take the
entire dasa of a strong planet, it would mean tjiat any strong planet
will give Raja Yoga. For mere strengt^ in the highest terms is alone
not enough, and every
i

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 887

horoscope will have a planet who is the mightiest of all. <9

ft ^: |
"
1
a Hftfll&t: n K?B II ;
■
514. If there are no planets in the ascendant and the 10th 9
house, the sub-period of the strongest planet will usher the ■9 effects
of a Raja Yoga. J

gafira nn I
515. In the dasa of a debilitated planet, and in the sub | period
of a strong female planet, one’s wealth will vanish.
Notes: The authority of this verse is sage Garga. This is a | rare
yoga which we have not found elsewhere. Of all, a strong female
planet (i.e. the Moon, Ketu or Venus in strength) playing an adverse
role for wealth is to be noted.
For example, Taurus is the ascendant with Mars in Cancer in
debility and Venus in exaltation in Pisces (or alternatively the Moon

or Pisces - each case providing strength to the concerned planet). |

Then the dasa of the planet Mars and the sub period of Venus (or |
the Moon or Ketu as the case may be) will be a source of one’s losing
wealth.

(From Saravali upto sloka 518)

in Taurus or in Cancer, or Ketu in the sign Sagittarius, Leo

Hi-wiMA-itti n u?\s II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 888

516 - 518. (a) If the indicative planet is in the 10th house, the
nativie will obtain kingdom (or Raja yoga effects) in the said planets
dasa.
• (b) The dasa of a planet that is in combustion will cause
abundant grief, and will destroy one’s honour, fame, wealth, valour
and undertakings.
(c) One will be foolish (or lose his intelligence) in the dasa of a
planet that is an adversary to the lord of the ascendant or to the lord
of the Moon sign. He will further lose his kingdom (or position), be
troubled by enemies and will depend on others.

519. According to SamudraJataka, planets in Seershodaya

signs will give kingdom, lordship and happiness in the initial part of
life, if in Prishtodaya Rasis in the middle part of life, and in
Ubhayodaya sign in the end of life.
Notes: "Kendra neeeharka Rasipaah" is a wrong copy and
interrupts a proper concept. Lords of Kendra (angle), Neecha
(debility), Arka Rasipaah (Sun sign lord) make no sense. The above
rendering excludes such text.
While the conditions of time periods mentioned are specific to
Raja Yogas, it should also be interpreted that planets (good or bad)
will give their results in the initialpartof life (or dasa period) and so
on and so forth.

II II
Thus end Raja Yogas.

WWll'l ’WJlfa II II
520. Pancha Maha Purusha Yogas: The king named Deva
Kirti spoke of Pancha Maha Purusha Yogas, or five combinations for
great men, which are now being retold with a peaceful disposition.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 889

Hi«o<il 'FW: ^i?ra «hra HS?FW I
S^lfaR WF( II Stt? II
521. Venus, Mars, Saturn, Jupiter and Mercury in order cause
Malavya, Ruchaka, Sasa, Hamsa and Bhadra Maha Purusha Yogas if
placed in own sign or exaltation sign identical with an angle. These
are now being extensively explained as conceived by sages.
Notes: Since my English translations of Hora Sara and
Sambhu Hora Prakasa contain elaborate treatment to the subject of
Pancha Maha Purusuha Yogas, I do not propose to explain these
here.
:

Bala Bhadra comments - The planets Venus etc. causing these

Yogas should be endowed with Shadbala like Sthaana Bala, and
should be in their own signs or exaltation signs, identical with angles.

RdwAsRAa n’feqfa w n
e> e> v

522. Now told are the effects of birth with Satva and other
Gunas, and in Tatvas like Bhoomi (i.e. Pancha Bhutas or primordial
compounds). From the status of Mars one’s valour, from that
Mercury one’s greatness, from that of Jupiter one’s voice, from that
of Venus one’s friendship, and from that of Saturn one’s (physical)
complexion should be deduced. The effects being full etc. will depend
on the planet’s strength, weakness etc.
H^VJ^sW: HvFJWIH: II «3 II
523. Predominance of Satva Guna: One born with* the
predominance of Satva Guna will be straightforward, kind and be
endowed with many wives and servants. He will be firm in
disposition, fond of truthfulness, will honour Gods and Brahmins,
and be enduring in disposition.
Notes: The subject will inherit Satva Guna, Rajo Guna or
Tamo Guna according to the predominance of the relevant planet at
birth.
Refer to my comments in my notes in Sambhu Hora Prakasa,
(page 22, chapter 2). For example if the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter
are predominant at birth, the native displays predominance of Satva
Guna (gentle disposition). If Mars, Mercury and Venus are the
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 890
strongest, he will show signs of Rajo Guna (marked by passion).
Saturn, Rahu and Ketu in strength impart Tamo Guna (indolence,
darkness, laziness etc.).
Apart from the information given hereof concerning effects of
Satva & C, the reader may consult Sambhu Hora Prakasa, page 22,
referred to above.
It is to be understood that the Guna of the strongest planet will
shape the future of the native. If a Satva Guna planet is the strongest,
destiny will be, in sum total, the most favourable to him; Rajo Guna
planet degrades the effects, and Tamo Guna planet gives the least of
good luck.

5IR<R: WHl sRg: II II

524. Predominance of Rajo Guna: One born with
predominance of Rajo Guna will be valorous, attached to arts, poetry
and females, be skilful in performing Yagnas (religious sacrifices), be
showy, fond of jokes, resolute, and knowledgeable in the meanings of
the Vedas.

c|>x|Rdl sfM R’FH: fap gptf: I '

525. Predominance of Tamo Guna: The native with
predominant Tamo GunA will be a fool, indolent, will cheat others, be
irascible, endangered, miserly, troubled by hunger, bereft of orthodox
conduct, impure, not liberal and be careless. '

wt i
K we ii
526. The king bears the responsibility for half of the land (i.e.
kingdom) and the populace the rest. Hence, the king, enjoying the
highest share of the land is known as the lord of the land.

TOPH wferaat TO; II WVS II

527. One having the voice akin to the sound of a lion,
Mridanga (a kind of musical drum), elephant, moving chariots, ox or
clouds is capable of protecting the whole land and will become the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 891

king winning over his enemies.

HRFJTOI3& II X?” II
528. According to Sarasvata Ja£aAia:Onehavingbrilliant
tongue, skin, teeth, eyes, nails and hair will become a king. One
having dry tongue etc. will be poor.

I
Rn/ld*. W^l^l II II
529. The king is said to be of pure physical complexion with
splendour and gloss. One contrary to this will experience grief apart
from only moderate (or limited) effects in regard to progeny, wealth
and happiness.

W II *3° ||
530. Pancha Bhutas (Five Primordial Elements): According to
Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, Mars and Mercury being predominant at
birth, the native will inherit the characteristics of the five Bhutas, viz.
Akasa (ether), Jala (water), Wind (Saturn), Fire (Mars) and Earth
(Mercury). The strongest will impart the temperament ruled by it,
viz. bile, phlegm or wind as the case may be. If there be more of
strong planets, these effects will be mixed.

II *3? II
531. Akasa Tatva: The native enjoying predominance of Akasa
Tatva (i.e. Jupiter being the strongest) will be skilful in grammar and
law. He will be resolute, knowledgeable, will enjoy various kinds of
wealth, will have peculiar bodily joints and thin hands and legs and
be very miserable.
Notes: "Ati Deenah" (meaning miserable) correctly reads
elsewhere as "Ati Deergha" denoting that the native will be very tall.
The question of being miserable with strong Jupiter does not arise.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 892

fstenfanrtt I
532. Predominance of Jala Tatva: One with predominance of
this element will drink a lot of water, will speak sweetly, will consume
juicy food, be fickle-minded, will have many friends and will not be
lastingly resolute.

331 M^lfa I
Z33I fad} II II
533. Predominance of Vayu Tatva: The native with
predominant Vayu Tatva will be energetic but thin-bodied, given to
anger in a moment, devoted to work, fond of wandering, restrained
and will be an unconquerable king.

Hist I
HFft ^sf^FFI: II *38 II
534. Predominance of Agni Tatva: The native with
predominant Agni Tatva will be heroic, troubled by hunger, fickle-
minded, very fierce, learned and emaciated. He will have obstructed
physical growth, be inimical to others, scholarly, honourable, a
voracious eater and be tall.

5F5na: II II
535. Predominance of Bhoomi Tatva (Bhootatva):
One with predominance of Bhoomi Tatva will emanate the fragrance
ofcamphor and blue lotus. Hewillenjoypleasures. His voice will be like
that of a Eon. He will be firm in disposition,

JHRJHI fcW I
gw gw II *3$ II
536. One with the reflection of "Ether" will be glossy like
crystal and lotus, be very meritorious, praiseworthy, will enjoy
benefits of Dharma, Artha and Kama, and be prosperous.

fcPMl fW I

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 893

BCT II *3^9 II
537. One with reflection of "Jala" or water will be pure,
affable, will enjoy pleasures and be fortunate.

nfeHHtwjq: I

wtelT II *3^ II
538. One with reflection of "Vayu" or wind will have the
physical complexion akin to that of a dark cloud, will emanate foul
smell, be very fooEsh, hard-bodied, troubled by grief and distress,
will trouble others, be indigent, sickly and will lose his wealth.
Notes: "Asi-ta jalaja" meaning "black lotus" should read as
Asita Jalada" indicative of dark cloud (about to cause rain-fall).

539. One with reflection of "Agni" or fire will have the

brilliance of the stem of a lotus, will award harsh punishments, be
honoured by his kinsfolk, earn lands (or kingdom) by his own valour,
be endowed with gems and gold, will achieve his undertakings and be
bereft of anger and diseases.

W srafe Hfafai 11 II
540. One with the reflection of "earth" will emanate the smell
akin to that of the earth with the first rains of the season and that
"Agaru" (i.e. the fragrance of the tree AmyrisAgallocha"). He will
have charming teeth, nails, hair and physique. He will enjoy wealth,
virtues and happiness and be liked by others.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 894

541. As per Varaha Mihira, birds and animals too reflect the
effects of these primordial elements. Those versed in the

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 895

542. characteristics of these reflections say that these
point out the good and bad effects, just as the lamp placed in
a vessel containing crystal or brilliant gems throws the
brilliance outside the sphere of the vessel, the brilliance and
qualities of men are also reflected in the same manner (by
primordial elements composing the body).
3RI I

Now effects of Tempermanets as per Saravali.

fcro $ ’rssfa n KBO
II

H84>lPd: I

542 - 03 II X83 II One with predominance of

543. Windy Temperament:
windy temperament will be troubled by cold. He will speak a lot, will
walk fast, be thievish, egoistic, unstable in disposition, fortunate, will
keep on sounding by teeth, be not very friendly, be knowledgeable in
music, forgiving in disposition, skilful in making friends, will fly in
the skies in dreams, will lose his courage, will have harsh hair, be
ungrateful, will have splay feet and crooked arms, be irascible, devoid
of radiance and will destroy his wealth.

^lW 53:
’frit I
WI JRfa HRJ: II *88 II

Wlft ^^STcftal^

RTHRW?) R lRtd: J
c^aPlit: II U8X II
■a
544 • 545. Bilious Temperament: One with predominant bilious
temperament will speak evil, be given to less anger, broadminded and

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 896

easily satiable. His nails, eyes, hands and legs will be large and
reddish. He will look like an old man, be ever thirsty, intelligent,
fearless in war, fond of cold articles, will participate in gambling, will
not fear others, will eat abundantly, be inimical to his mother, and
will see in his dreams such things as gold, sun, lamp, engulfing fire,
pink lotus, eunuch, blood, and lightning.

g&i- iHIiS

Hr’J'iHsil I
J
il<l "jttsv

^551: ’J5R5Ri II U8S II

&*Hll?Ft>l II II
546 ■ 547. Phlegmatic Temperament: One with phlegmatic
temperament will be opulent, will have clung bodily joints, be
courageous, energetic, radiant, attractive, gentle, enduring, fair in
complexion, will have reddish eyes, fond of sweet juices, will subdue
his enemies, be grateful, anguished, will honour others, will wish ill
for elders and will see in dreams such things as oceans, rivers, tanks,
pearls, swans, white lotus, conch, lily, moon and fall iceberg, so say
the sages.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 897

dRT ^Idldi Wldedl^ -.
Now effects of Malavya and other Yogas caused by the five non-
luminary planets as per Saravali.

HStef: ddfeld^ dl^llHdl^-

HJ^O^S^ fenPr «H(^H<IUII«^ II II

dfeifadift asj^rft i

548 - 549. Malavya Yoga: The native of Malavya Maha

Purusha Yoga will have thin lips (not being fleshy) and will have an
even physique. He will not have any extra limbs, will have a slender
waist, and will possess the splendour equal to that of the moon. His
voice will be akin to that of an elephant. He will have prominent
cheeks, shining eyes, even and white teeth, long ar&s touching the
knees and will be a king. He will live upto 70 years of his life. His face
will be 13 inches (ancient measurement) and be 10" long from the
ear-whole. He will rule over Laata, Mala, Sindhu and Pariyatra
regions.

^5: SMH:
5Ri ’Wt W II M° II
yddl^m^+ltj+Mdxfluil «R5l^dd<«IUa ildl^rtia I

HF1 II KK? II

I
550 - 552. Ruchaka Yoga: The native having Ruchaka Yoga will

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 898

have a long face, be endowed with radiance and plenty of blood, will
achieve his undertakings through his valour, will have beautiful eye-
brows and dark hair, be industrious in nature, will have knowledge of
machinery, be the head of thieves, of dark- red complexion, be very
heroic, will destroy his enemies, will have a neck resembling a conch,
be a chief person, be evil, devoted to others, obedient to Brahmins
and elders, and will have thin arms and knees. There will be special
marks on his palms and soles of bed, rope, ox, arch, wheel, lute etc.
He will be hundredinch tall, be skilful in Mantraseven among a
thousand people and be happy for a long time. He will enjoy
happiness for seventy years in the cities held betwixt the regions of
Vindhya and Sahya mountains. His death will be through fire or
weapons.

SldlsR^I fopwt I

amt u ws 11

q'HjRl HHfrl RdlR 4><IR —

Mk^Pd'ti: f&frlR: II m II
553 - 555. Sasa Yoga: One born in Sasa Yoga will have small
teeth and walk in a fast pace. He will be crafty, very valorous,
interested in wandering in forests, mountains, forts etc, will have a
depressed belly, be not very short, be the head of an army, interested
in oceans, skilful in metals, fickle-minded, will have eyes resembling
that of a swine, charming knees, and thin waist, be endowed with
spouse, will enjoy others’ wealth, be devoted to his mother, will have
various kinds of dispositions, will speak ill of others and will have
marks of bed,-conch, arrow, drum, garland, lute etc. on his palms and
soles. He will be a king of some region for seventy years, so have said
the sages.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 899

&i: mwi&al II XX<? II

teraft ^5-dis^lfi ^UJ qrojcfa: || XU'S II

’nftte 3siw i
add&M wisjiFft wj, u xx* 11 OTl’T: I
556 - 558. Hamsa Yoga: The native of Hamsa Yoga will have
reddish and elevated (or prominent) nose and beautiful legs. He will
be endowed with great virility and be fair in complexion. His cheeks
will be fleshy and nails reddish. He will possess a voice comparable to
that of a swan. He will be phlegmatic and will have marks of conch,
lotus, arch, sword, garland, and pot on his palms and soles. His eyes
will reflect the colour of honey and his head will be round in shape
(i.e. well-formed). He will be fond of moving in places of water resorts
and will not be satisfied in his sexual union with females. He will be
very libidinous. His weight will be 1600 (units of ancient
measurement) and he will be 16 inches tall (again ancient
measurement). He will rule Soorasena, Gandhara, and the regions
between Ganga-Yamuna rivers. He will live for a hundred years and
will die in forests.

Wft «<’.S’<luSteR5:
i l
W: Mg<sHI'‘$Ml[ W 'l: II W II

J
r'4d^: II XS° II

Mte

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 900

«4+l4g FT^f Slfa H SJ’fi I
fawaiFSI fa^i HP^: n?: II II
HRHJOTT 5^1 WI^+F^^lfaHfaWIMlI I
^^nfeg§: Hf^J: W: WI 5E?FRftfe: II II
559 - 563. Bhadra Yoga: One born in Bhadra Yoga will have a face resembling that of a tiger. His gait will

resemble an elephant’s gait. His knees and chest will be stout. He will possess long and stout, arms, and soft hair. His arms and legs will be like the stem of

a lotus. He will be a scholar. He will have knowledge of Yoga (physical exercises). There will be marks of conch, sword, mace, lute, flag, wheel, lotus, plough

etc. in his palms and soles. His bodily fragrance will be comparable to that of the ichor of elephant, and the initial rains of the season. He will have a

charming nose, will have knowledge of meanings of the Saastras, becourageous, poisonous in disposition, willhave a notable belly, be firm in disposition,

will have black and curly hair and will not forgive his men. His wealth will be consumed by ministers and others. His weight will be one Bhaara and

he will rule over the region of Kanya Kubja. He will live upto 80 endowed with spouse and others.

HHFIMKM II XSfcS II

564. If the Sun or the Moon bereft of strength joins the

planet causing Maha Purusha Yoga, this Yoga will not give stipulated
effects. Instead of becoming a king, the native will simply enjoy
happiness.
: Notes: These Yogas have elaborately been annotated by me iii
my translations of Hora Sara, SambhuHora Prakasa etc. and as such
they are not being retold here.

isn i

! Bala Bhadra adds: One bom in Malavya and such other j Yogas(will
become a powerful king. One devoid of such Yoga will I not become a
king.

Thus of Pancha Maha Purusha Yogas.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 901

HjfS W 331 HWlfa II WC II
565. Earlier several kinds of Yogas leading to royalty have
been narrated in a wonderful manner. Now stated are such
combinations that cancel these Raja Yogas.

fes^ i
feW feW ft I) II
566. Out of Jupiter, the Sun, Saturn and Mars, if one, two,
three or all are in the ascendant, one of them being in debility, as the
Moon is debilitated elsewhere, Raja Yogas are destroyed.

3RWnfon’l -lUl^lR^ 5Rft Hsf: I

Wnfi q ii ii
567. If the Moon at birth is in the 9th Navamsa of a movable
sign, or 8th Navamsa of a fixed sign, or the 1st Navamsa of a common
sign, unaspectedby any other planet, Raja Yogas will be destroyed.
Notes: The Moon’s position in the 8th Navamsa of Aquarius, though a fixed sign, should not come under the purview of this condition. In

such a case, the Moon will be in Taurus Navamsa, which is her exaltation Navamsa.

wfc -
II n
568. A malefic planet in the 10th house will destroy even a hundred Raja Yogas in case Aquarius rises at birth, while there are three

planets in debility, Jupiter is in debility and in combustion in Capricorn and none is exalted.

gift ftw ft gfo u n

569. Should there be four planets in debility of in inimical signs, while angles are bereft of benefics and the Moon is not in

combustion, the Raja Yogas of the native will remain nullified.

-flgiR'irai H HUWJHI I
Hcflft H^l II X'So II

570. All the malefic planets in angles, identical with signs of their enemies or debility, and unaspected by benefic planets, while

benefic planets themselves are in the 12th, 6th and 8th houses, Raja Yogas will be destroyed.

’Miwi H i

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 902

ggft -jM^iHi USOFU II xe? n
571. If the ascendant is in Vargottama Navamsa but is not aspected by any planet, Raja Yogas will be nullified.

SdIQl: II TO II

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 903

573. If the Sun is in his own Navamsa while the Moon is in
combustion or has lost her digits, and aspected by malefics but
without beneficial aspects, the Raja Yogas ’*7ill go in vain.

HRI Sj'fa II 1693 II

573. Rahu in the ascendant in aspect to the Moon, as the
3rd, 6th, 11th are occupied by the Sun, Mars and Saturn, angles
bereft ofbenefics and benefics are in combustion will also eliminate
the Raja Yogas within a moment.

JRIPH 3 srftf&n: n n
574. If five planets are in debilitation or in combustion, the
person’s Raja Yogas will go in vain.

^8 HR1 || yV3U II
575. If a meteor, noise of winds, Vyatipata or Upaketu is
seen at birth, the planets in the nativity will fail to promote any
Raja Yogas.

ii yw? n
576. (a) If two or three planets are found in debility in these
different houses, viz. 9th, 2nd and 11th house, the native will become
a ruler.
(b) The 6th house containing an exalted planet will make one
a servant.
(c) Should the 8th and 12th be simultaneously occupied by
exalted planets, one will become a beggar.

Hora Ratnam/^^J^ Q
M'UiPd ^>11 HFpit II II
577. The ascendant in occupation by Saturn while there is a
fall of meteor, or rise of Trisanku Nakshatra (a constellation so
named, in the southern hemisphere), the Raja Yogas will vanish.
Notes: "Trisanku” was a king of Ayodhya (to whom the
famous Harischandra was born) whom the great sage Visvamitra
arbitrarily consigned to the Heavens, and whom Indra sent back
with head foremost. Visvamitra refused the king’s re-entry into
this mundane world and placed him in a "Heaven” created by the
power of his own penance. From thence, Trisanku remained a
southern cross constellation and "Trisanku Svarga"has attained a
comical reference for one who is neither here nor there.

f^i ii xs* ii
578. If the planets involved Raja yogas are about to enter
into planetary war, or if their discs are weak, dry, or afflicted, the
Raja yogas will be destroyed.

’R’Rffci I
dismiGl 11 11
579. The declining Moon in her deep debilitation will
nullify the entire Raja Yogasr just as a king not honouring the
words of an astrologer gets destroyed.

Tnq || ||
580. The Sun in the 10th degree of Libra will destroy all the
Raja Yogas just as miserliness destroys all virtues.

cteA HF! I
II II
581. If the Sun occupies the 10th degree of Libra, all Raja
Yogas will be destroyed.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 905

Notes: "Kujasya dasame Bhaage" an incoherent term
meaning "the 10th degree (or Navamsa) of Mars" correctly reads
in Saravali as "Jookasya Dasame Bhage" meaning the 10th degree
of Libra (deep debility of the Sun). The translation is for the
correct^ersion.

H II K”} II
582. Single-handedly the Sun in deep debility will destroy
all the Raja Yogas even if some planets are in Moola Trikonas,
own signs and exaltations.
Notes: Here a re-emphasis is laid on the concept reflected in
the previous sloka. The present sloka need not give an impression
that the previous one could be different.

II II
583. If Jupiter is in (the space of deep) debility in
Capricorn ascendant, without the Moon’s being in an even sign,
the person will incur grief and poverty and be troubled by carnal
lust.

HRHIMK; W; FIT^ II II
584. Should there be Kemadruma Yoga, and the Moon is
unexpected by some planet, Raja Yogas will vanish and the native
will be of bad conduct.

II II
585. If three, four or more planets be in debility, even a
person of royal scion will resort to beggary. He will be very much
grieved and very dirty.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 906

3kqi(&cH ’WHI: I
wfa nsn H^FJI II n
586. If 5 or 6 planets are found in bitter enemies’ signs, or
are in combustion, as the Sun and the Moon are not in exaltation,
all Raja Yogas will be demolished.

ziM Hi HH
587. Venus in debility will destroy even an incomparable
kingdom of the native.
No^es: Instead of simply seeing Venus in debilitation, it
should be ensured that Venus is in deep debilitation to cause the
above effect.

v I
Mc’ld: JO: II II
588. So far have been stated fructifications of Raja Yogas
and their cancellation. Good and bad effects should be declared
after assessing the merits of these yogas.

Thus of obstacles to Raja Yogas.

Wifi W II II
589. Rays (of the planets) are an essential part of this
Sastra according to Maniththa and others. Hence I am now going
to state of these.

II II
510. When in (deep) exaltation, the Sun attains 10 rays, the
Moon 9, Mars 5, Mercury 5, Jupiter 7, Venus 8 and Saturn 5.
gn feo w; wrai II W II
Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 907 f
511. As per Vriddha Yavana (also), the rays for the planets from the Sun etc. when in (deep) exaltation are respectively: 10, 9, 5, 5,

7, 8 and 5.

HH faf&T fl&SMt’t II W II

^IWW ^ra: FnfejRRftq: II U*?3 II

592 - 593. The views reflected above (vide slokas 590 and 591) are held by Maniththa, Maya and Badarayana (Veda Vyasa). However,

there is another school of thought allotting 7 rays to each of the planet when in exaltation. Though both are authoritative lines of thinking, a majority

of people lean towards "equal number of rays". All agree that when in deep debilitation, a planet gets no rays.

31-44^4*11^ WFH4 W4lfa II II

594. Abhimukha & Paranmukha Rays: The rays of a planet proceeding from debility

to exaltation are known as Abhimukha rays. Conversely, a planet’s rays are Paranmukha when it departs from exaltation to debility.

Notes: The rays of the planets are known by two different names. Abhimukha means having the face upwards.

Paranmukha
‘Such rays are auspicious. means facing downward and such rays are inauspicious.

siRifrRfrFjfaH: qpn wmn. II m n

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 908

595. Computation of Rays: Deduct the deep debility point of a planet from the actual horoscopic

position of that very planet. If the remainder exceeds six signs, deduct it from 12. Multiply the resultant product by the number of rays allotted to that

planet and the final product will represent the actual rays the planet obtained at birth.

41 41 I

’teirafal: I

tsiRJui: i
sofat tq; n sws n

cbb'^wl |

1
J=lfa$ II US* II

596 - 598. Rectification of Basic Rays: The rays thus obtained should be rectified under

the following conditions.

(a) If a planet is in a friendly Dvadasamsa, or own Dvadasamsa, or in its exaltation Dvadasamsa, double the rays originally

obtained.

(b) The basic rays should be subjected to a six-fold increase if the planet is in its own sign. This view is held by some.

(c) One in enemy’s Dvadasamsa or debilitation Dvadasamsa, l/16th of the basic\ays should be cast off.

It should be known that rays are increased for position in own or exaltation Dvadasamsa, and rays are to be subjected to reduction

when a planet occupies inimical or debilitation Dvadasamsa. (So comments Bala Bhadra.)

(d) Except Saturn and Venus, the others lose their rays in full if in combustion.

(e) A planet in retrogression acquires two-fold of the basic rays in all.

(f) A planet that has just emerged from retrogression loses

one eighth of the basic rays.

Thus have the ancient preceptors spoke of computation of
rays of the several planets.

Wife I
MCd-WI 4^31: Wlftl HO: II m II
599. Effects of Rayss If there is a total of 1 to 5 rays, the
subject will experience a lot of grief. He is of an ignoble family. He
will depend on others, be indigent and be associated with base
people.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 909

It $oo ||
600. If the rays from 6 to 10, he will serve others, will go to
distant lands, be bereft of fortunes and be dirty.

^3T: f?5FI II W ||
601. If the rays are between 10 and 15, one will join men of
virtues, be righteous, charming and willconduct himself as per the
family traditions.

i&l&Ria WFH II So} II

602. Should the rays be between 16 and 20, he will be the
best among his family members, wealthy, famous and honoured
by his people.

TOt TO I
*i<lPd || II
603. If the rays are between 21 and 25, one will be
honourable, very fortunate, bold, learned, kingly and will achieve
all his undertakings.
*Rp3 II ^08 II
604. If the rays are between 26 and 30, he will be fierce,
will be associated with the king and will thereby gain happiness
and wealth. He will be a minister and be honoured by others.

Eif^rar $ gw II so* II
605. One having the planets with a total of 31 rays will be
excellent, famous and will earn royal favours. 32 rays at birth will
give headship over fifty villages.

Au^HPli 5^ II II
606. Thirty-three rays will give lordship over thousand
villages while 34 will give rulership of 3 thousand villages.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 910

SWflW M^H-Hisfa ^HHIH.
II II
607. One with planets enjoying a sum total of 35 rays will
be the head of a region, be very irascible, very mighty, famous and
will wish well of others.

^FI WKRt Ff I
Hl4 fllHPII H II 5°* H
608. If there are 36 rays, the person will be the head of 150
thousand villages.

WHnni Wit II II
609. If the rays are 37 in all, one will lead over 300
thousand villages.
WUpMdcWli JIWI«li ^sf^pn: ifal: II 51° II
610. The leadership in question will be over 500 thousand villages, if the total rays are 38 in all.

'Midi '3|’-HP| Hpd I

3 H-J3I: II $11 II
611. One with planets having 39 rays in all will become a king causing pleasure to one and all.

fold I §§§ and an emperor.

W ’RH: fiWFlf: I

§§§v|«ftd?l<^Wfi<H*lil’'|iT: II W II
612. If the rays are 40 in all, the person will rule over many spacious lands. His praise will be seemingly sung by the cries of the

children in the wombs of the pregnant females of the crushed enemies of the native.

sfoRRKddlFHi: I

II 593 II
613. The boundary of the kingdom of the native will be covered by one, two or three seas according to the number of rays being
41, 42 and 43.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 911

gw H^sgcwwra II S9X II
615. With the progressive increase of rays from 45, the
effects will increase in terms of rulership of other islands, world-
honours, prosperity and valour akin to Lord Indra.

33 d^iRsi gnwa n n
616. (The 2nd line ofthesloka is defective. The rendering
for the correct version is:)
If the rays are 44 to 48, all evils will disappear and the
person will be a king.

fg^l’jIclHHHi ^M>c|l<Wic| II II
617. If the rays are 49 in all, the person will protect the
whole world. He will have no enemies in any comer, be powerful
like Lord Indra and be honoured by one and all.

3iPig'!fWMcii<si: w JH^Pd ggawg i dtjpmfld yri fl^rtiung n «?*! II

wri TS’frri m3 sral mf31

II II
618 - 619. Rays which are Abhimukha in nature will give
fully auspicious effects while the other kind of rays, i.e.
Paranmukha will be inauspicious. More number of rays will
increase good effects while lesser the number, the good results will
decline. According to rays of planets, the native’s inferiority or
superiority will occur.

II X II
Thus ends the 5th Chapter consisting of Arishta Yogas,
Raja Yogas, and their cancellation and planetary rays, in Hora
Ratnam of Bala Bhadra, son of Damodara Daivagna, the best of the

HMfc II 598 II
614. If the rays are 44 in all, the native will be soft in disposition, devoted to gods and Brahmins, be long-lived, mighty

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 912

scholars.

End of Part 1 of Hora Ratnam.

Hora Ratnam / Chapter 5 ' 913

Speculum No. 1 - Limbs of Time Personified
(Reference: Chapter 1, sloka 2)

1. Aries = Head
2. Taurus X Face
3. Gemini = Arms
4. Cancer = Heart
5. Leo Abdomen
6. Virgo = Waist
7. Libra = Bladder (lower abdomen,
8. Scorpio = Privities (male/female organ)
9. Sagittari = Thighs.
10 us
Capricor = Knees
11 Aquarius = Shanks
12 Pisces = Feet

91
4
Speculum No. 2 - Signs & Nakshatras
(Reference: Chapter 1, slokas 7 -12)

Aries Four quarters each of Aswini and Bharani,

and first quarter of Krittika.
Taurus The next three quarters of Krittika, four
quarters Rohini and first two quarters of
Mrigasira.
Gemini The next two quarters of Mrigasira, four
quarters of Arudra and the first three
quarters of Punarvasu.
Cancer The last quarter, of Punarvasu, and four
quarters each of Pushyami and Aslesha.
Leo Four quarters each of Magha and Poorva
Phalguni and first quarter of Uttara Phalguni.
Virgo The next three quarters of Uttara Phalguni,
four quarters of Hasta and first two quarters
of Chitra.
Libra The next two quarters of Chitra, four quarters
of Swati, and the first three quarters of
Visakha.
Scorpio The last quarter of Visakha, and four quarters each of
Anuradha and Jyeshta.
Sagittarius Four quarters each of Mula, Purvashadha, and first
quarter of Uttarashadha:
Capricorn The next three quarters of Uttarashadha, four quarters
of Sravana and the first two quarters of Dhanishta.
Aquarius The next two quarters of Dhanishta, four quarters of
Satabhisha and the first three quarters of Purva
Bhadra Pada.
Pisces The last quarter of Purva Bhadra Pada and four quarters
each of Uttara Bhadra Pada and Revati.
Speculum No. 3 -
Names of Nakshatras in regular order.
(Reference: Chapter 1, slokas 7 • 12)

1. Aswini
2. Bharani
3. Krittika
4. Rohini
5. Mrigasira
6. Arudra
7. Punarvasu
8. Pushyami
9. Aslesha
10. Magha
11. Poorva Phalguni
12. Uttara Phalguni
13. Hasta
14. Chitra
15. Swati
16. Visakha
17. Anuradha
18. Jyeshta
19. Mula
20. Purvashadha
21. Uttarashadha
22. Sravana
23. Dhanishta
24. Satabhisha
25. Poorva Bhadra Pada
26. Uttara Bhadra Pada
27. Revati

91
7
Speculum No. 4 - Signs & Appearances
(Reference: Chapter 1, slokas 14 -15)

1. Aries Goat
2. Taurus Bull
3. Gemini A female and a male
4. Cancer Crab
5. Leo Lion
6. Virgo Virgin
7. Libra A male with a balance
8. Scorpio Scorpion
9. Sagittarius Half-human, half-horse Capricorn
10. Deer-faced (or Crocodile) Aquarius Male
11 holding a pot Pisces A pair of fish
12.

Speculum No. 5 - Signs as Biped etc. (Reference:

Chapter lt slokas 30 - 31)

Gemini, Virgo, Libra, Aquarius, and 1st

Biped signs half of Sagittarius. Aries, Taurus, Leo,
2nd half of Sagittarius and 1st half of
Quadruped signs Capricorn. Cancer and Scorpio.
Pisces and 2nd half of Capricorn.
Centipede signs
Footless signs

91
8
Speculum No. 6 - Houses & Directional Strength
(Reference: Chapter 1, slokas 32 - 34)

Ascendant East (Biped signs)

4th North (Watery signs) West (the only
7th insect sign)
10th South(Quadruped signs)

Speculum No. 7 - Day Signs & Night Signs (Reference

chapter 1, sloka 35)

Day Signs Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Aquarius, and

Pisces.

Night Signs Cancer, Gemini, Taurus, Aries, Sagittarius,

and Capricorn.

91
9
Speculum No. 8 - Rising Manner of Signs
(Reference: Chapter 1, slokas 36 - 37)

With Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio, Libra,

head Leo and Aquarius.
With Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagittarius
back and Capricorn.
With Pisces.

Speculum No. 9 - Nature & Sex of Signs

(Reference: Chapter lf slokas 36 - 37)

Masculine & Malefic Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra,

Sagittarius and Aquarius. Taurus,
Feminine & Benefic Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn
and Pisces.

Speculum No. 10 -
Movable, Fixed & Common Signs
(Reference: Chapter 1, slokas 36 - 37)

Movable signs Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn.

Fixed Signs Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius.
Common Signs Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces.

92
0
Speculum No. 11 - Signs & Directions
(Reference: Chapter 1, slckas 39 - 41)

East Aries, Leo, Sagittarius

Taurus, Virgo,
•South
Capricorn
West Gemini, Libra, Aquarius

North Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces

Speculum 12 * Signs & Their Lords

(Reference: Chapter 11, sloka 46)

2. Taurus Venus
3. Gemini Mercury
4. Cancer Moon
5. Leo Sun
6. Virgo Mercury
7. Libra Venus
8. Scorpio Mars
9. Sagittarius Jupiter
10 Capricorn Saturn
11 Aquarius Saturn
12 Pisces Jupiter
. 1. Aries Mars

92
1
Speculum No. 13 - Rulerships of Navamsas
(Reference: Chapter 1, sloka 46)
Signs -> (Aries to Pisces)
03 04 05 07 09

01 02 06 08 10 11 12

1st 01 10 07 04 01 10 07 04 01 10 07 04

2nd 05 05 05
02 11 08 02 11 08 02 11 08

3rd 03 09 03 09 03 .12' 09
12 06 12 06 06

4th 04 01 10 07 04 01 10 07 04 01 10 07

5th 05 05 05
2 11 08 02 11 08 02 11 08

6th 06 03 12 09 06 03 12 09 06 03 12 09

7th 07 04 01 10 07 04 01 10 07 04 01 10

8th 05 05 05
08 02 11 08 02 11 08 02 11

9th 09 06 03 12 09 06 03 12 09 06 03 12

Speculum No. 14 - Rulership of Dvadasamsas

(Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 50)
Signs -> (Aries to Pisces)
03 04 07 09
01 02 05
06 08 10 11 12

1st 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

2nd 03 04 05 07 09
02 06 08 10 11 12 01

3rd 03 04 05 06 .07 08 09 10 11 12 01 02

4th 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 01 02 03

5th 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 04

6th 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 04 05

7th 07 08 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 04 05 06

8th 08 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

9th 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

10th 10 11 12 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

11th 11 12 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

12th 12 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

92
2
Speculum No. 15 - Decanates
(Refernce: Chapter I, sloka 50)
Sign4/ 0° -10° 10° -20° 20°-30°

Aries Aries Leo Sagittarius

Taurus Taurus Virgo Capricorn

Gemini Gemini Libra Aquarius

Cancer Cancer Scorpio Pisces

Leo Leo Sagittarius Aries

Virgo Virgo Capricorn Taurus

Libra Libra Aquarius Gemini

Scorpio Scorpio Pisces Cancer

Sagittarius Sagittarius Aries Leo

Capricorn Capricorn Taurus Virgo

Aquarius Aquarius Gemini Libra

Pisces Pisces Cancer Scorpio

Aries Sun Mo
Taurus Moon Su
Gemini Sun Mo
Cancer Moon Su
Leo Sun Mo
Virgo Moon Su
Libra Sun n
Mo
Scorpio Moon Su
Sagittarius Sun n
Mo
Capricorn Moon Su
Aquarius Sun Mo
Pisces Moon Su

92
3
Speculum No. 15 - Decanates
(Refernce: Chapter I, sloka 50)
Sign First 15* Next 15°

Speculum No. 17 - Trimsamsas

(Reference Chapter 1 - sloka 50)

Odd Signs Even Signs

0e -5* Mars 0* -5* Venus

5° -10° Saturn 5° - 12“ Mercury

10° -18° 12°-20°

Jupiter Jupiter
18° -25° Mercury 20°-25° Saturn

25° - 30° Venus 25°-30° Mars

92
4
Speculum No. 18 - Saptamsas
Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 62

Sign 2n
1st 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
4/ d

Ta Ge Ca
Aries Ari Leo Vir Lib
u m n
Taurus Sco Sag Ca Aq Pis Ari Tau
Gemini Ge Ca p
Leo u
Vir Lib Sco Sag
Cancer Ca Aq Pis Ari Ta Ge Can
Leo Le Vir Lib Sco Sag Ca Aqu
Virgo o
Pis Ari Ta Ge Ca p
Le Vir
Libra Lib Sco Sag Ca Aq Pis Ari
Scorpio Ta Ge Ca p
Leo u
Vir Lib Sco
Sagittariu Sag Ca Aq Pis Ari Ta Gem
s
Capricor Ca p
Le u
Vir Lib Sco u
Sag Cap
Aquarius Aq Pis Ari Ta Ge Ca Leo
Pisces Vir Lib Sco Sag Ca Aq Pis
p u

Speculum No. 19 -
Short, Medium and Long Signs
(Reference: Chapter 1- slokas 65 - 66)

Aries/Pisces 4x5 = 20 = Short

Taurus/ 4x6 = 24 Short
Aquarius
Gemini/Capricorn 4x7 = 28 = Medium
Cancer/Sagitt. 4x8 = 32 = Medium
Leo/Scorpio 4x9 = 36 Long
Virgo/Libra 4x 10= 40 Long

92
5
Speculum No. 20 -
Exaltations & Debilitations of Planets
(Reference: Chapter 1, sloka 70)

Planet Exaltatio Deep Debilitation Deep

Exaltatio Debil
n Sign
n ity
Sign Degr
Degree
ee
The Sun Aries 10 Libra 10

The Moon Taurus 3 Scorpio 3

Mars Capricorn Cancer
28 28
Mercury Virgo 15 Pisces 15

Jupiter Cancer 5 Capricorn 5

Venus Pisces 27 Virgo 27

Saturn Libra 20 Aries 20

Speculum No. 21 -
Moolatrikona & Own Signs
(Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 81)

Planet Moolatrikona Own.sign

Sun 0 - 10° Leo Rest of Leo

Moon 4 - 30° Taurus • Cancer

Mars 0 -12° Aries Rest of Aries & Scorpio

Mercury 15-20° Virgo Rest of Virgo & Gemini

Jupiter 1 -10° Sagit. Rest of Sagittarius &
Pisces

Venus 0-15° Libra Rest of Libra & Taurus

Saturn 0 - 10° Aquarius

Rest of Aquarius &

Capricorn

92
6
Speculum No. 22 - Signs & Colours
(Reference: Chapter 1, sloka 86)

Aries Red

Taurus White

Gemini Green
Cancer Pale red

Leo Yellowish white

Virgo Variegated
Libra . Dark

Scorpio Golden

Sagittarius Tawny

Capricorn White & Tawny

Aquarius Colour of a mongoose

Pisces Colour of fish (mixed with dirt)

Speculum No. 23 - Planetary Cabinet

(Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 23)

The Sun King

The Moon Queen

Mars Commander-in-chief

Mercury Prince
Jupiter Minister

Venus

Minister’s beloved (same as Jupiter’s status)

Saturn Servant

92
7
Speculum No. 24 - Planetary Colours
(Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 112)

The Sun Red with a mix of black.

The Moon White
Mars Pale red
Mercury Grass-green
Jupiter Yellowish (with a mix of
Venus Swarthy (considered a mark
of beauty)
Saturn Black

Speculum No. 25 - Planets & Directions

(Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 113)

Sun East North-west South

Moon North North-east South-
Mars east
Mercury West
Jupiter South-west
Venus
Saturn
Rahu

92
8
Speculum No. 26 - Planets & Tutelary Deities
(Reference: Chapter 1, sloka 115)

The Sun Agni, Fire God.

The Jala or water, Varuna.
Moon Kartikeya, Lord Siva’s son, born in a
Mars pond, and is known as army chief of
gods.
Mercury Vishnu, the middle of the Trinity.
Jupiter Indra, king of Gods, whose preceptor
is
Jupiter himself (and hence known as
Venus Sachi Devi, consort of Lord Indra.
Saturn Brahma, the Creator.

Speculum No. 27 - Primordial Elements

(Reference: Chapter 1, sloka 127)

Planet Primordial Element Reflection

Mars Fire Sight (eyes)

Mercury Earth . Smell (nose)
Jupiter Ether Sound (ears)
Venus Water Taste (tongue)
Saturn Wind Touch (skin)

92
9
Speculum No. 28 - Robes & Primary Elements
(Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 135)

The Sun Thick Copper

Primary Element
The New- Precious
Mars Burnt Gold
Mercury Wet Lead
Jupiter Neither old nor new Silver
Venus Strong Pearl
Saturn Ragged Iron
Planet Nature of Robe
Speculum No. 29 - Planets & Seasons
(Reference: Chapter 1 - sloka 139)

Planet Season Duration (Avnroxi)

Saturn Sisira (dewy season) Jan 21 to Mar 20

Venus Vasanta (spring) Mar 21 to May 20
Mars Greeshma* (summer) May 21 to July 20
The Varsha (rainy) July 21 to Sept 20
Moon
Mercury Sarad (autumn) Sep 21 to Nov20
Jupiter Hemanta (winter) Nov 21 to Jan 20
*The Sun treated as a co-ruler of Greeshma Ritu
is (summer).

93
0
Speculum No. 30 - Natural Relationships of Planets (Reference:
Chapter 1, sloka 147, commentary on page 126)

Planet Friends Enemies Eauals

Mon, Mar,
Sun V$n, Sat Merc
Jup
Moon Sun, Merc ( —— Mar, Jup,
V
Mars Sun, Mon, Jup Mer Ven, Sat
Mercur Sun, Ven Mon Mar,Jup,S
y
Jupiter Sun, Mon, Mer, Ven atSat
Venus Mer, Sat Mon, Sun Mar. Jup
Saturn Mer, Ven Sun, Mon, Jup
Mar

> Speculum No. 31 • Compound Terms

(Panchadha Sambandha) (Reference: Chapter 1,
sloka 163 -165)
One
+ Another Source Compound (Final)
Source

Friendship + Friendship Extreme Friendship

(Adhi Mitra)
Neutrality + Friendship Friendship
(Mitra)
Enmity + Enmity Extreme Enmity
(AdhiSatru)
Neutrality + Enmity Enmity
(Satru)
Enmity + Friendship Neutral
(Sama "W)

93
1
Speculum No. 32
Tripushkara Yogas denoting Illegal Births
(Tie/; slokas 426 - 432, chapter 1)

Nakshatra Thithi Week-

dav
Svathi Sunday
Revathi Dvitiya (2 & 17) Wednesd
Dhanishta Sapthami (7 & 22) ay
Uttara Dvadasi (12 & 27) Saturday
Phalguni Ashtami (8 & 23) Sunday
Uttarashadha Chaturthi (4 & 19) Thursda
Uttarabhadra Chaturdasi (14 & 29) y
Uttarashadha Dvitiya (2 & 17) Tuesday
Uttarashadha Dvadasi (12 & 27) Sunday
Uttarashadha Sapthami (7 & 22) Saturday
Tuesday

93
2
Speculum No. 33 - Mula Vrikshakara Chakra
Mula Nakshatra as a Tree & Effects
(Reference Chapter 2, Sloka 27)

Sla Part No. of Result '

b Ghatika
s

1. Roots 7 Destruction (death)

2. Stem 8 Extinction of family
3. Stark 10 Difficulty to mother
4. Branches 11 Destruction of everything
5. Leaves 12 Attainment of kingdom
6. Flowers 5 Attainment of
7. Fruits 4 ministership
Attainment of great
8. Tip 3 Short life

60 ghatikas

93
3
Speculum No.34 - Mula Purushakara Chakra
(Mula as a Male & Effects,
(Reference: Chapter 2, sloka 28 - 30)

Sla Limb No.of Result

b Ghatika
s

1. Head 5 Attainment of kingdom

2. Face 7 Death of father
3. Shoulder 4 Much physical strength
4. Arms 8 Physical Strength
5. Neck 3 Acquisition of house
6. Chest 9 Ministership under a
7. Navel 2 Physical strength
8. Privity 10 Sexual lust
9. Knee 6 High intelligence
10. Leg 6 Death
60

93
4
Speculum No. 35 - Mula Kanya Chakra
(Ref Notes in sloka 28 - 30, ch. 2)

Sla Limb No.of Result

b Ghatikas

1. Head 4 Loss of quadrupeds

2. Face 6 Destruction of wealth
3. Neck 5 Advent of wealth
4. Heart 5 Crooked disposition
5. Shoulders 10 Advent of wealth
6. Arms 8 Kindness, charity
7. Privities 4 libidinous disposition
8. Thighs 4 Death of maternal
9. Knees 4 Death of older brother
10. Feet 10 Widowhood
60

Speculum No. 36 - Birth in Mula Nakashatra A Source of

Destruction
(Reference, chapter 2, sloka 38)

Mula 3rd day of dark half Tuesday

Mula 3rd day of dark half Wednesday
Mula 3rd day of dark half Saturday
Mula 10th day of dark half Tuesday
Mula 10th day of dark half Wednesday
Mula 10th day of dark half Saturday
Mula 14th day of bright half Tuesday
Mula 14th day of bright half Wednesday
Mula 14th day bright half Saturday
Nakshatra WithRuling Thithi and Week Day

93
5
Speculum No. 37 - Mula as a Male
(Reference: Chapter 2 slokas 40 44)

Slab Limb No. of Effect

Ghatikas

1. Head 5 Royal Umbrella

2. Face 5 (kingship)
3. Shoulde 8 Destruction of wealth
4. Arms 8 Indulgence in evil deeds
5. Fore- 2 Torturous disposition
6. Heart 8 Acquisition of kingdom
7. Navel 2 Short life
8. Privity 10 Wonderful enjoyment
9. Knee 6 Wandering disposition
10 Legs 6 Mean life (i.e. low
. status)

60 ghatikas

93
6
Speculum 38 - Aslesha as a Male
(Reference.: Chapter 2, slokas 40 - 44)

Sla Limb of
No. Effect
b Ghatikas

1. Head 6 Mean life

Face Wandering disposition
2. 6.

3. Shoulders 10 Wonderful enjoyment

4. Arms Short life

2
5. Fore-arm Acquisition of kingdom
8
Heart Torturous disposition
6. 2
7. Navel Indulgence evil deeds
8
Privity Destruction of wealth
8. 8
9. Knee 5 Destruction of father

Legs 5 Royal umbrella (kingship)

10.

60 ghatikas

93
7
References of ancient authors & works ||
consulted by Bala Bhadra in compiling 4
Hora Ratnam (Part 1) (followed by page references hereof) 4
i
7. Adbhuta Sagara (491) |
2. Amara (50)
3. Badarayana, sage (50, 85, 94,114, 156,158, 233) |
4. Bharadwaja, sage (276, 424)
5. Bhargava, sage (297) j
6. Bhauma Jataka (203)
7. Brahma Siddhanta (315, 337, 390)
8. Brihat Jataka (108)
9. Chamatkara Chintamani (478)
10. Chandrika (221, 750)
11. Chintamani (870, 871)
12. Chudamani Acharya (132)
13. Damodara Misra (206)
14. Damodara Paddhati (313)
15. Deva Kirti (61, 62,110, 889)
16. Dhundiraja (871)
17. Garga, sage (Sr. Garga) (31,53,60,61,66,81,83,91,161,172,
184, 190, 204, 207, 240, 275, 291, 294, 316, 368)
18. Garga Jataka (68,189, 195, 887)
19. Garga Samhita (272)
20. Gnana Prakasa (221)
21. Gunakara (47, 85, 109, 132)
22. Hillaja (483)
23. Hora Makaranda (63, 102, 104, 165, 179, 205, 211)
24. Hora Prod ipa. (218)
25. Hora Prakasa (803)
26. Hora Sara (70, 344)
27. Janma Pradipa (219)
28. Jatakabharanam (236, 303, 311, 378, 415)
29. Jataka Chintamani (214)
30. Jataka Ratnamala (26, 113)
31. Jataka Ratnavali (59)
32. Jataka Ratnapradipa (472)
33. Jataka Sara (309, 310, 312, 313)
34. Jataka Sarvasva (225)

93
8
35. Jataka Siromani (312)
36. Jatakottama (207, 223, 379, 380)
37. Jayarnava (235)
38. Jiva Sanna (221)
39. Jyotirnibandha (273)
40. Jyotisharka (298)
41. Kasyapa, sage (33, 73, 123, 228, 358, 825)
42. Kalyana Varma (36, 46, 49, 52, 54, 67, 71, 74, 78, 84, 86,
92, 98, 105, 126,127, 134,164,181, 779)
43. Kesavarka (41)
44. Laghu Jataka of Varaha Mihira (87)
45. Mandavya Jataka (823, 829)
46. Manithha Acharya (116, 158,195)
47. Manu Samhita (267)
48. Meenaraja Jataka (164)
49. Muhurta Chintamdni (236)
50. Narada, sage (36, 73, 123, 228, 230, 231, 271, 352)
52. Other authorities (40, 45,180, 209, 222, 329, 424, 824, 863)
53. Parasara Jataka (61, 64, 93)
54. Parasara Hora (424)
55. Pitamaha (228, 234)
56. Pulastya Siddhanta (351)
57. Ratna Mala (338)
58. Romaka Siddhanta (343)
59. Samudra Jataka (160, 184, 187, 199, 220, 889)
60. Sanketa Kaumudi (496)
61. Sdravali (38,103,107,114,115,155, 158,161,166,179,184,'
185,188, 191,195,196,209,214,216, 217,218,225,544,748,
839, 864, 872, 888, 896)
62. Sarvasva Jataka (892)
63. Satyacharya (54, 61, 65, 73, 75, 78, 90, 107, 119, 399)
64. Saunaka, sage (40, 46, 228, 230, 231, 243, 256, 267, 360)
65. Shatpanchasikha (59)
66. Siddhanta Sara (345)
67. Siddhanta Sundara (315)
68. Siddhasena (805)
69. Soma Jataka (775)
70. Soma Siddhanta (337)
71. Sookshma Jataka (106)

93
9
72. Sripathi (232, 316, 423)
73. Sripathi Paddhati (26)
74. Sruta Kirti (71)
75. Sudha Nidhi (422)
76. Suka, sage (192)
77. Suka Jataka (95, 110, 113, 177, 179, 183, 184, 193, 799)
78. Sukracharya (163)
79. Sukra Jataka (160,171, 421, 771)
80. Surya or Sun God (35, 61,67, 83, 86, 88,110, 121,125,163)
81. Surya Jataka (52, 74, 82, 1(30, 102, 118, 161, 202, 221)
82. Surya Siddhanta (26, 310, 314, 316)
83. Utphala Bhatta (183, 197, 214, 217)
84. Uttara Garga (junior Garga, a preceptor of sage Narada)
(279,286)
85. Vamana, sage (424)
86. Varaha Mihira (38, 60, 66, 69, 79, 85, 88, 89,102,110, 111,
117, 120, 128,167, 176, 178, 182, 187, 194, 215, 216, 217,
220, 339, 805, 827, 829)
87. Vasanta Raja (42)
88. Vasishta, sage (35, 106, 121, 171, 175, 228, 234, 240, 242,
259,274,290,293,313,351) ,
89. Vasishta Jataka ( 860)
90. Vasishta Samhita (246, 258, 275, 309, 337, 359)
91. Vasishta Siddhanta (314)
92. Vedanga Jyotisha (316)
93. Veera Jatka (802)
94. Vishnu Purana (309)
95. Vriddha Garga Jataka (807)
96. Vriddha Yavana (43, 192, 212, 428, 908)
97. Yagna Valkya (42, 46)
98. Yavana Rishi (51)
99. Yavanacharya or Yavaneswara, a mortal authority like
Meena Raja and Sphuji Dhwaja, different from Yavana
Rishi - one of the 18 sages (55,72, 73, 80, 104,105,118,123, 210,
370)
100. Yavana or Vriddha Yavana (76, 77, 82,126,130,131,135, 170, 232,
339, 345, 376, 382, 628, 826, 828)
101. Yavana Jataka (317, 337, 361, 770, 792)

94
0
Meanings of difficult astrological and related terms.

Abhijit=a specialy auspicious Muhurta ruling around midday,

a particular space of Nakshatra between Uttarashadha and Sravana
specially used in Chakras and in a certain dasa system. Abhisheka =
ritual bath offered to the idol of a deity. Abhukta Mula=birth in
blemished part of Mula Nakshatra. Adhana = the act of
impregnation.
Adhi Devata = ruling deity.
Adhika Masa = an intercalary month.
Agni = fire god.
Ahargana = number of days elapsed from Kali to a given date.
Ahoratra = the combine of day and night.
Amavasya = the 30th day of a lunar month, New Moon day
Amsa = Navamsa, degree, division (Varga).
Antara = sub-sub period of a planet, also known as Vibhukti,
the 3rd lower level in dasa system.
Anupachaya, Apachaya = the process of decaying (lit.) a
horoscopic house other than an Upachaya (see under “U”).
Anuvakra = entry of a planet into the previous sign, by
retrogression.
Apoklima = the more appropriate Sanskrit term is Upa
Kendra, a subordinate Kendra, but popularly known as a cadent
house, i.e. 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th.
Aquarius = the 11th sign of the zodiac.
Ardha, Adrisya = Adrsiyardha, invisible half of the zodiac, the
180° space ahead of the cusp of the ascendant.
Ardha, Drisya = Drisyardha, visible half of the zodiac, the
180* space behind the cusp of the ascendant.
Ardha, Paschima = Paschimardha, western half, the 180*
space reckoned from the meridian to the 4th cusp through the 7th
cusp.
Ardha, Poorva = Poorvardha, oriental half, the 180* space
reckoned from the meridian to the 4th cusp through the ascending
degree.
Aries = the first sign of the zodiac.
Arudha Pada = a special system of house-counting used by
sage Jaimini.

94
1
Aruna = the Sun God’s charioteer.
Ascendant = the sign, more so, a degree rising in the east for a
given epoch.
Ashtaka Varga = an eight-fold aggregate of benefic and malefic
points contributed by planets specially used for analysis of a Bhava,
transit, life-span and a special dasa period.
Asta or Astangata = heliacal setting of a planet, losing its rays
in the Sun.
Atichaara = unusually fast motion of a planet before its
retrogression.
Avastha = a certain planetary state.
Ayana = northerly or southerly course of the Sun. (Also see
Dakshinayana and Uttarayana.)
Ayanamsa = precessional value expressed in degrees (for
example Chaitra Paksha Ayanamsa).
Ayana Bala = equinoctial strength.
Barhaspatya Mana = the measure of Jovian cycle of year-
reckoning.
Beeja = seed, seminal seed, algebra.
Bhava = a house.
Bhukti = sub period of a planet in any Dasa, the 2nd lower level
in dasa reckoning.
Biped sign = human sign, also known as Dvipada Rasi and
Nara Rasi. (Also see Purusha Rasi.)
Brahma = the Creator of the Universe. ,
Cancer = the 4th sign of the zodiac.
Capricorn = the 10th sign of the zodiac.
Chandra Lagna = the sign occupied by the Moon, reckoned on
par with the ascending sign.
Chaturasra = 4th and 8th houses.
Chatushpada Rasi = quadruped sign.
Chatushtaya = an angular house.
Cheshta Bala = motional strength.
Cinivali = the first one-eighth part of Amavasya.
Dakshinayana = the Sun’s southerly course from Cancer
through Sagittarius.
Darsa = the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th parts of Amavasya made
into eight equal parts.
Dasa = major period ruled by a planet.
Dasa Varga = a combine of ten-fold divisions.

94
2
Debilitation = a space of weakness for a planet in a particular
sign, Neecha.
Digbala = directional strength.
Dimbha Chakra=a diagram drawn in the form of an urchin
correlating Janma Nakshatra and the Sun-occupied Nakshatra.
Dirgha Rasi = a sign of long ascension. *
Drekkana = decanate, one third of a sign.
Drishti Bala = aspeptual strength of a planet.
Dual sign = common sign, Ubhaya Rasi.
Dvadasamsa = a twelfth part of a sign.
Dvadasa Varga = a combine of 12-fold divisions.
Exaltation = a powerful space for a planet in a particular sign,
Uchcha.
Gandanta, Lagna = critical portion of the ascendant.
Gandanta, Nakshatra = critical portion of a Nakshatra.
Gandanta, Rasi = critical portion between two specified signs,
another name of Riskha Sandhi.
Gandanta, Thithi = critical portion of a lunar day or thithi.
Ganesa = the Hindu god removing obstacles.
Ghati, Ghatika = a sixtieth part of whole day, 24 minutes of
modern time, also known as Nadika.
Graha = the planet.
Grahana = eclipse (lunar or solar).
Gemini = the 3rd sign of the zodiac. Gochara = planetary
transit.
Guna, Rajo = passion, intense activity.
Guna, Satva = gentleness.
Guna, Tamo = laziness, mental darkness.
Hoda Chakra = the wheel of Sanskrit alphabet suggesting
formal names based on quarters of Nakshatra at birth.
Homa = fire sacrifice.
Hora = the science of astrology, an astrological hour, the
ascendant, half of a sign.
Hrasva Rasi = a sign of short ascension.
Hridroga = a special term exclusively denoting the sign
Aquarius - significant for heart ailments.
Immovable sign = fixed sign, Sthira Rasi.
Indra = the ruler of gods.
Insect Sign = Keeta Rasi, Scorpio.
Janma Patrika = horoscope of the birth.

94
3
Japa=recitation ofpassages from scriptures, saying prayers.
Kala Bala = temporal strength.
Kala Purusha = Time Personified or Cosmic Man, represented
by Lord Sri Maha Vishnu.
Kalpa = an aeon, a day of Brahma, 4320 million mortal years.
Kalasa = a ritual pot.
Kendra = an angular house, involves a cardinal direction of the
zodiac, a cardinal house, i.e. 1st, 4th, 7th and 10th.
Kirana = a planet’s ray.
Kona = a trine, the 5th and 9th (to the exclusion of the 1st).
Kranti = declination, northern or southern.
Kroora Rasi = odd or fierce sign.
Kshaya Masa = a diminutive month.
Kshetra = a sign.
Kubera = the Hindu god of wealth.
Kuhu = the last two parts of Amavasya which is made into
eight equal parts.
Kundali = horoscope, also known as Kundalini.
Kundali, Rasi = sign chart.
Kundali, Chalita = Bhava chart.
Kundali, Varsha = solar return horoscope.
Kuttaka = multipliers treated by Brahma Gupta.
Lakshmi = the Hindu goddess of wealth and a spouse of Lord
Vishnu.
Leo = the 5th sign of the zodiac.
Libra = the 7th sign of the zodiac.
M.C. = Medium Colle, the 10th cusp.
Madhya = meridian, the cusp of the 10th house.
Madhya Rasi = a sign of medium ascension (Cf. Dirgha and
Hrasva Rasis)
Maasa = a month.
Manmatha = the Hindu god of beauty and love.
Mantra = a sacred spell.
Manu = the principal ancient Hindu law-maker.
Meridian = the cusp of the 10th house.
Mitra = friendly planet.
MoolaTrikona=a powerful space for a planet in a particular
sign, next to exaltation in importance.
Movable sign = Chara Rasi, cardinal sign.
Mrityu Bhaga = a critical degree for a planet and ascendant in

94
4
a given sign whereof inauscpicious effects occur.
Muhurta = a period of 48 minutes.
Nakshatra=that is indestructible, a group of constellations,
which are primarily 27 and sometimes 28 in number for astrological
interpretations, (roughly translated in English as constellation, star,
or asterism).
Nabhasa Yoga = a special Yoga formed at birth.
1
Navamsa = one ninth part of a aign.
Nirayana = without Ayanamsa value, popularly known as
sidereal system of horoscopy.
Nisheka = the first intercourse of a couple wedded as per
rituals laid down by the Sastras with a view to beget progeny. Paatala
= the cusp of the 4th house, Nadir.
Paati = arithmetic.
Paksha = a fortnight.
Panaphara = the more appropriate Sanskrit term is Anu
Kendra, that follows a Kendra; popularly known as a succedent, i.e.
2nd, 5th, Sth and 11th.
Pancha Bhoota = the five primordial compounds, viz. earth,
water, light, air and ether.
Panchadha Sambandha = five-fold terms.
Panchanga = Hindu almanac consisting primarily of weekday,
Nakshatra, Thithi, Karana and Yoga.
Paurnami, Poornima = the 15th day of a lunar month, Full
Moon day.
Pisces = the 12th sign of the zodiac.
Prahara = one eighth part of the whole day.
Prasna = horary system of horoscopy.
Prishtodaya = a sign rising with its back first. Purushartha
= .human end or pursuit, four in all.
Purusha Rasi = an odd sign, a masculine sign. (Also see biped
sign.)
Rasi = a sign, (like Aries).
Riksha Sandhi = critical portion between two specified signs,
another name for Rasi Gandanta.
Ritu = season, the duration required for the Sun to cover two
specific signs.
Sagittarius = the 9th sign of the zodiac.
Saham = a special longitude used in solar return chart. Sapta
Varga = a combine of seven-fold divisions.

94
5
Sama = a neutral planet, an even sign.,
Samasaptama = planets in mutual opposition.
Sambandha = planetary relationship.
Sambhu =Lord Siva, a constituent of Trinity.
Samkalpa = a solemn vow for ritual observance.
Samkranthi = the Sun’s entry in a sign.
Sarasvathi =■ the Hindu goddess of learning and Lord
Brahma’s spouse.
Satru = inimical planet.
Saumya Rasi = soft or even sign.
Sayana = inclusive of Ayanamsa, popularly known as tropical
system of .astrology.
Scorpio = the 8th sign of the zodiac.
Shadbala = six-source strength of a planet.
Shad Varga = a combine of six-fold divisions. Shashtiamsa =
60th part of a sign, half of a degree. Shodasa Varga = a combine
of 16-fold divisions.
Sirshodaya = a sign rising with its head first.
Smriti = religious texts transmitted by memory.
Sruti = religious texts transmitted orally.
Sthaana Bala = positional strength.
Sthambana = stationary position of a planet.
Sthira Karma = destiny firm in nature, as indicated by a
nativity.
Stri Rasi = a female sign, an even sign.
Sutaka = the 11-day period of impurity following a child’s
birth, prohibited for rituals.
Svakshetra = own sign of a planet.
Tantra = inculcating the methods of worship of Lord Siva and
Mother Sakthi. '
Taurus = the 2nd sign of the zodiac.
Trimsamsa = one of the 5 zones of a sign consisting of a specific
number of degrees, i.e. specific number of 30th parts.
Ubhayodaya = a sign that rises both ways, i.e. with head
and back.

Udaya or Udita = rising, a planet’s rising after its having heliacally set, and gradually gaining back its rays.

Upachaya = a house of prosperity, i.e. 3rd, 6th, 10th and Uth.

Upachara = homage as per ancient texts.

Upanayana = thread ceremony of a Brahmin.

Utpata Karma = events suddenly occurring to a person due to planetary movements, or Gochara, after his birth.

94
6
Uttarayana = the Sun’s northerly course from Capricorn through Gemini.

Vakra = retrogression of a planet.

Vajra = the weapon thunder-bolt used by Indra (said to be in the form of two transverse bolts crossing each other.)

Vargottama Navamsa = being in same Rasi and same Navamsa.

Varuna = the Hindu god of rains, oceans etc.

Veda = a sacred Book of the Hindus - Rig, Yajur, Saama and Atharvana.

Vighatika = a sixtieth part of a Ghatika (24 seconds of modern time).

Vishama = an odd sign.

Vishnu = the first of the Trinity, the other two being Brahma and Siva.

Virgo = the 6th sign of the zodiac.

Watery sign = Jala Rasi.

Yama = the Hindu god of death.

Yavana = a certain non-Aryan (Mlechcha) sect that lived in ancient India, popularly and easily mistaken to be of Greek origin.

Yuddha Bala = strength of a planet that wins a war with another.

Yugma Rasi=an even sign, but sometimes used to specially denote Gemini, though it is not an even sign.

94
7
■

The Translator’s Bibliography

1. Brihat Jataka, English Tr. Pandita Bhooshana V. | Subrahmanya Sastri, Bangalore. ’

2. Brihat Samhita, English Tr. Prof. M. R. K. Bhatt.

3. Brihat Samhita, English Tr. N. Chidambara Iyer. -|

4. Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra (Volume 1) - English Tr. by

R. Santhanam.

5. Brihat Yavana Jatakam of Sphujidhwaja, - English Tr. * R. Santhanam.

6. DevaKeralam(ChandraKalaNadi)(3 vols)-English Tr.

R. Santhanam.

7. Garuda Purana (MLBD publication, Messrs. Motilal Banarsidas Publishers, 41 UA, Bungalow Rd., Delhi 7).

8. Hindu Astrological Calculations - Dr. M. Vijaya

Raghavulu, M.B.B.S.

9. Hora Sara - English Tr. R. Santhanam.

10. Jatakalankaram - Keeranuru Nataraja, Tamil edn.

11. Jatakabharanam - Hindi Tr. Pandita Jyotishacharya Seetarama Jha.

12. Jataka Parijata ~ (3 vols) - English Tr. Pandita Bhooshana

V. Subrahmanya Sastri.

13. Jaganmohanam (2 vols.), Lakshmana Bhattasri (Sanskrit) - Nepal origin.

14. Jyotisharnava Navanitam - English Tr. R. Santhanam.

15. Jyotisha Tatvam (2 vols) - Hindi Tr. Pandita Mukunda Daivagna, Himalayan Gharwal region.

16. Manasagari Paddhati of Harji, Hindi Tr. Pandita Jyotishacharya Seetarama Jha.

17. Meenaraja’s Vriddha Yavana Jatakam - Sanskrit, Baroda Series.

18. Muhurta Chintamani of Rama Daivagna - Hindi Tr. Pandita Ramaratna Avasthi.

19. Narapathi Jayacharya • Hindi Tr. Ganesha Datta Pathak, Bombay Series, (Sri Venklatesvara Press,

Khetwadi lane, Bombay 400 004).

20. Phala Deepika - English Tr. Pandita Bhooshana V.

Subrahmanya Sastri

948
21. The Sabda Kalpadruma, Raja Radhakanta Deva, (in five
volumes, Lal Bahadur Sastri Kendriya Sanskrit Vidya Peetha, New
Delhi).
22. Sanketa Nidhi, English Tr. Pandita Bhooshana V.
Subrahmanya Sastri.
23. A Sanskrit - English Dictionary (MLBD Delhi eidtionj, Sir
Monier Monier-Williams.
24. Sakuna Vasantaraja - Bombay series.
25. Saravali (2 vols) - English Tr. R. Santhanam.
26. Sambhu Hora Prakasa - English Tr. R. Santhanam.
27. Shatpancha Sikha - English Tr. Pandita Bhooshana V.
Subrahmanya Sastri.
28. Shyama Sangraha - Venkatesvara Press, Bombay.
29. Siva Purana (MLBD, Delhi publication).

94
9